SERVICE MANUAL DIGITAL MINILAB
FRONTIER 570 SCANNER/IMAGE PROCESSOR
SP-3000 LASER PRINTER/PAPER PROCESSOR
LP5700 Servicing and Electrical Circuit Diagram
System Disk Ver.1.7 or later
First Edition PP3-C1053E
INTRODUCTION
This Servicing Manual outlines the maintenance and servicing procedures for the Fujifilm Digital Minilab FRONTIER 570 SP-3000 and LP5700. This manual is a professional publication provided for qualified service personnel or persons fully trained in equipment service procedures. All other personnel and operators are restricted from servicing the SP-3000 and LP5700. When maintenance service is needed, be sure to contact qualified service personnel. Precautions Generally Applying to All Serving Operations ! WARNING When servicing internal machine parts, make sure the built-in circuit breaker and the main power supply on the power distribution board are both set to the OFF position and the scanner’s power supply cord is disconnected from the wall outlet. If the main power is left ON, electricity will flow as far as the power supply section, and this can cause electric shocks and/or short-circuiting. If the power is left on, there is also the possibility for the machine to maybe accidentally activated causing damage to the machine and/or bodily injury. ! CAUTION The dryer will be hot to the touch. Wait 15 minutes after turning off the power before commencing with servicing procedures. • Wear gloves when handling the optical system parts to keep the parts free from fingerprints. • When mounting machine parts, take care not to sandwich any of the wires. • Each of the connectors is provided with a symbol indicating what it is to be connected to. Make sure the connectors are connected to the connectors, harness ends or parts bearing the corresponding symbols. • The plastic connectors have a locking catch on the plug (male) end. To disconnect one of these connectors, loosen the catch first; to connect, make sure the catch engages (locks).
Service Manual Appropriations 1. All rights are reserved by the Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. (FUJIFILM). 2. Manual usage is restricted to FUJIFILM equipment related technical and service personnel. 3. This manual contains information relating to FUJIFILM equipment and is therefore proprietary. Unauthorized disclosure is prohibited. 4. FUJIFILM’s prior consent is required in regard to the following. K Manual copying in whole or in part. K Disclosure of manual contents to unauthorized personnel. K Manual uses for purposes other than technical service.
MENU TABLE
1
MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION
2
MESSAGES AND ACTIONS
3
SOFTWARE INSTALLATION
4
MAINTENANCE MENU
5
OPERATION SECTION
6
FILM CARRIER SECTION
7
SCANNER SECTION
8
SCANNER ELECTRICAL SECTION
9
PAPER SUPPLY SECTION
10
PAPER FEED SECTION
11
EXPOSURE SECTION
12
DISTRIBUTION/PRINTER EXIT SECTION
13
PROCESSOR SECTION
14
PROCESSING SOLUTION CIRCULATION SYSTEM
15
PROCESSING SOLUTION REPLENISHMENT SYSTEM
16
DRYER SECTION
17
PRINT EXIT SECTION/SORTER
18
ELECTRICAL SECTION
19
ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
20
APPENDIX
21
CONTENTS 1.
MENU TABLE........................................................................................................................... 1-1 1.1 1.2
2.
Setup and Maintenance Menu Table................................................................................... 1-2 Printer/Processor Operation Panel Menu Table.................................................................. 1-6 1.2.1 Menu Table ............................................................................................................... 1-6 1.2.2 0 [MENU] Item........................................................................................................... 1-7 1.2.3 1 [STARTUP CHK.] Item ........................................................................................... 1-8 1.2.4 2 [END CHK.] Item .................................................................................................. 1-10 1.2.5 3 [LANGUAGE] Item ............................................................................................... 1-11 1.2.6 4 [CHECK] Item....................................................................................................... 1-12 1.2.7 5 [SELECT FUNC.] Item ......................................................................................... 1-13 1.2.8 6 [PRINT COND.] Item ............................................................................................ 1-14 1.2.9 7 [SPECIAL PRINT] Item ........................................................................................ 1-15 1.2.10 8 [SYSTEM] Item..................................................................................................... 1-16 1.2.11 9 [INSTALLATION] Item.......................................................................................... 1-19
MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION ................................................................................. 2-1 2.1 2.2 2.3
Maintenance Schedule ........................................................................................................ 2-2 Regular Maintenance and Inspection Table ........................................................................ 2-3 Maintenance and Inspection Procedures ............................................................................ 2-4 2.3.1 Lens Cleaning ........................................................................................................... 2-4 2.3.2 Mouse Cleaning ........................................................................................................ 2-4 2.3.3 Auto Film Carrier Inspection...................................................................................... 2-4 2.3.4 Carrier Base Slider Rail Cleaning.............................................................................. 2-5 2.3.5 Power Supply Cord Cleaning .................................................................................... 2-5 2.3.6 Carrier Base Slider Guide Replacement ................................................................... 2-5 2.3.7 Floppy Disk Drive Inspection..................................................................................... 2-6 2.3.8 CD-ROM Drive Inspection......................................................................................... 2-7 2.3.9 Printing Function Inspection ...................................................................................... 2-8 2.3.10 Cutter Inspection ....................................................................................................... 2-9 2.3.11 Back Printing Head Inspection .................................................................................. 2-9 2.3.12 Back Printer Head Replacement ............................................................................... 2-9 2.3.13 Registration Section Feed Roller Cleaning ............................................................. 2-10 2.3.14 Nip Release Mechanism (before exposure) Inspection........................................... 2-11 2.3.15 Sub-scanning Section Roller Cleaning.................................................................... 2-11 2.3.16 Cam Follower (Rubber Bearing) Replacement ....................................................... 2-12 2.3.17 Pipe Slider Inspection.............................................................................................. 2-13 2.3.18 Distribution Section Nip Release System/Roller Inspection .................................... 2-13 2.3.19 Processing Rack Helical Drive Gear Lubrication..................................................... 2-14 2.3.20 Crossover Rack/Dryer Entrance Rack Auto Washing Nozzle Inspection................ 2-14 2.3.21 Circulation Pump Inspection.................................................................................... 2-15 2.3.22 Processing Solution Heater Inspection ................................................................... 2-15 2.3.23 Processing Solution Level Sensor Cleaning ........................................................... 2-16 2.3.24 Replenisher Level Sensor Cleaning ........................................................................ 2-17 2.3.25 PS4 Solution Concentration Sensor Cleaning......................................................... 2-18 2.3.26 Waste Solution Level Sensor Cleaning ................................................................... 2-18 2.3.27 PSR Level Sensor Inspection.................................................................................. 2-19 2.3.28 Solution Hose and Clamp Inspection ...................................................................... 2-20
4
2.3.29 Processor Drive Chain Lubrication.......................................................................... 2-21 2.3.30 Dryer Mesh Belt Inspection ..................................................................................... 2-21
3.
MESSAGES AND ACTIONS ............................................................................................... 3-1 3.1
3.2 3.3
3.4 3.5
4.
SOFTWARE INSTALLATION ............................................................................................. 4-1 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5
5.
Error Indication Outline........................................................................................................ 3-2 3.1.1 Message Number ...................................................................................................... 3-2 3.1.2 Message Icon ............................................................................................................ 3-2 3.1.3 X-#### Actions .......................................................................................................... 3-2 Messages and Actions ........................................................................................................ 3-3 Trouble Shooting ............................................................................................................. 3-163 3.3.1 Film Carrier............................................................................................................ 3-163 3.3.2 CTB23 Circuit Board ............................................................................................. 3-164 3.3.3 CTB23 Circuit Board +24V System ....................................................................... 3-165 3.3.4 Replenishment Cartridge Box Malfunction ............................................................ 3-166 3.3.5 Processing Solution Temperature Abnormality ..................................................... 3-168 3.3.6 Dryer Temperature Abnormality ............................................................................ 3-172 3.3.7 Processing Solution Tank Level Lowering ............................................................ 3-176 3.3.8 Replenishment Pump Diagnostics ........................................................................ 3-177 3.3.9 Rack Auto Cleaning System Diagnostics .............................................................. 3-178 3.3.10 P1R Stirring Valve/Replenishment Cartridge Washing Valve Diagnostics............ 3-179 3.3.11 Replenishment Level Sensor Diagnostics............................................................. 3-180 3.3.12 Return Action after Replenishment System Error ................................................. 3-180 3.3.13 Replenishment Cartridge Opening Malfunction..................................................... 3-181 Restoration of Backup for Refreshing.............................................................................. 3-182 OS Recovery and Backup for Refreshing........................................................................ 3-184 3.5.1 OS Recovery ......................................................................................................... 3-184 3.5.2 Device Driver Installation....................................................................................... 3-189 3.5.3 Backup for Refreshing........................................................................................... 3-194
Simple Upgrade................................................................................................................... 4-2 Update ................................................................................................................................. 4-6 Reinstallation ..................................................................................................................... 4-13 New Installation ................................................................................................................. 4-26 Reversion .......................................................................................................................... 4-36
MAINTENANCE MENU ......................................................................................................... 5-1 5.1 5.2
Operational Procedure ........................................................................................................ 5-4 System Operation Setup and Check (01)............................................................................ 5-6 5.2.1 Connection to Imaging Controller (0100) .................................................................. 5-6 5.2.2 Image Export Settings (0101).................................................................................... 5-6 5.2.3 Production Information (0120)................................................................................... 5-6 5.2.4 Timer Setup (0121) ................................................................................................... 5-8 5.2.5 Data Backup (0122) .................................................................................................. 5-9 5.2.6 Error Information Check (0123)............................................................................... 5-10 5.2.7 DI Manager Administrative Setting (0124) .............................................................. 5-11 5.2.8 Timer Waiting Time Setup (0125) ........................................................................... 5-12
5
5.2.9 Installation Information Reference (0126) ............................................................... 5-13 5.2.10 Accumulated Production Information (0127) ........................................................... 5-13 5.2.11 Installation Information Setup (0140) ...................................................................... 5-15 5.2.12 Clear Error Log (0141) ............................................................................................ 5-16 5.2.13 Shipping Information Reference (0142) .................................................................. 5-16 5.3 Print Condition Setup and Check (02) ............................................................................... 5-17 5.3.1 Paper Condition Setup (0200)................................................................................. 5-17 5.3.2 Print Size Setup (0220) ........................................................................................... 5-19 5.3.3 Paper Magazine Registration (0221)....................................................................... 5-22 5.3.4 Monitor Adjustment (0222) ...................................................................................... 5-24 5.3.5 Special Film Channel Setting (0223)....................................................................... 5-25 5.3.6 Monotone Correction Setting (0224) ....................................................................... 5-27 5.3.7 Custom Setting Regist/Delete (0225)...................................................................... 5-28 5.3.8 Back Printing Format (0226) ................................................................................... 5-36 5.3.9 Index Conditions (0227) .......................................................................................... 5-38 5.3.10 Image Correction Setup (0240) ............................................................................... 5-39 5.3.11 Fine Adjustment of the Print Mag.Setting (0241) .................................................... 5-39 5.3.12 Paper Condition Method Setup (0242).................................................................... 5-40 5.3.13 Paper Surfaces Display Setup (0243) ..................................................................... 5-41 5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (03) ............................................................................. 5-42 5.4.1 Image Scanning Method (0300) .............................................................................. 5-42 5.4.2 Input Check (0320).................................................................................................. 5-43 5.4.3 Focus Position Adjustment (0321) .......................................................................... 5-43 5.4.4 Working Information Display (0322) ........................................................................ 5-44 5.4.5 AF Function Setup (0323) ....................................................................................... 5-45 5.4.6 Dark Correction/Bright Correction (0340)................................................................ 5-47 5.4.7 I/O Check (0341) ..................................................................................................... 5-49 5.4.8 Carrier Inclination Display (0342) ............................................................................ 5-50 5.4.9 CCD Data Display (0343)........................................................................................ 5-51 5.4.10 Lens Registration (0344) ......................................................................................... 5-53 5.4.11 Optical Axis Adjustment (0345) ............................................................................... 5-54 5.4.12 Optical Magnification Calibration (0346) ................................................................. 5-56 5.4.13 Focus Calibration (0347) ......................................................................................... 5-57 5.4.14 Spectral Calibration (0348)...................................................................................... 5-59 5.4.15 LED Light Amount Adjustment (0349)..................................................................... 5-61 5.4.16 Scanner Parameter Check/Update (0350) .............................................................. 5-63 5.4.17 CCD Adjustment (0351) .......................................................................................... 5-65 5.5 Carrier Adjustment/Maintenance (04)................................................................................ 5-69 5.5.1 NC100AY Fixed Feeding Setup (0400)................................................................... 5-69 5.5.2 Mask Position Adjustment (0420)............................................................................ 5-69 5.5.3 NC100AY Input Check (0421)................................................................................. 5-71 5.5.4 MFC10AY Input Check (0422) ................................................................................ 5-72 5.5.5 NC100AY Working Information Display (0423) ....................................................... 5-73 5.5.6 MFC10AY Working Information Display (0424) ...................................................... 5-75 5.5.7 NC100AY Monitor Frame Ratio Setup (0425)......................................................... 5-76 5.5.8 MFC10AY Monitor Frame Ratio Setup (0426) ........................................................ 5-77 5.5.9 NC100AY Sensor Calibration (0440) ...................................................................... 5-78 5.5.10 NC100AY Focus Offset Adjustment (0441)............................................................. 5-79
6
5.5.11 MFC10AY Focus Offset Adjustment (0442) ............................................................ 5-80 5.5.12 NC100AY Sensor Calibration Information (0443) ................................................... 5-81 5.5.13 NC100AY Installation Information Display (0444) ................................................... 5-83 5.5.14 MFC10AY Installation Information Display (0445) .................................................. 5-83 5.5.15 NC100AY Installation Information Setup (0446) ..................................................... 5-84 5.5.16 MFC10AY Installation Information Setup (0447)..................................................... 5-85 5.5.17 NC100AY I/O Check (0448) .................................................................................... 5-86 5.5.18 MFC10AY I/O Check (0449) ................................................................................... 5-88 5.5.19 Film Carrier ID Setup/Delete (0450)........................................................................ 5-88 5.5.20 NC100AY Machine Data Setup (0451) ................................................................... 5-90 5.5.21 NC100AY Magnetic Information Reading (0452) .................................................... 5-91 5.5.22 NC100AY Magnetic Verify (0453) ........................................................................... 5-92 5.5.23 NC100AY Nest Section Operation Check (0454).................................................... 5-93 5.5.24 NC100AY Feeding Operation Check (0455) ........................................................... 5-93 5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (05) ................................................................................ 5-95 5.6.1 Paper Magazine Feeding Fine Adjustment (0520).................................................. 5-95 5.6.2 G Laser (SHG) Optimal Temperature Setup (0522)................................................ 5-96 5.6.3 Paper Feed (0523) .................................................................................................. 5-97 5.6.4 Printer Temperature Display (0524) ........................................................................ 5-97 5.6.5 Printer Input Check (0525) ...................................................................................... 5-98 5.6.6 Image Position and Tilt Fine Adjustment (0527) ..................................................... 5-98 5.6.7 Printer Function Select (0528)............................................................................... 5-100 5.6.8 Printer I/O Check (0540) ....................................................................................... 5-101 5.6.9 Test Pattern Printing (0541) .................................................................................. 5-102 5.6.10 Laser Exposure Check (0542)............................................................................... 5-104 5.6.11 R Laser (R-LD) Data (0543) .................................................................................. 5-104 5.6.12 G Laser (G-SHG) Data (0544) .............................................................................. 5-104 5.6.13 B Laser (B-LD) Data (0545) .................................................................................. 5-105 5.6.14 Scan/Scan Home Position Parameter (0546) ....................................................... 5-105 5.6.15 Main Scan/Laser Beam Sync. Rough Adjust (0547) ............................................. 5-106 5.6.16 Laser Beam Sync. Fine Adjustment Print (0548) .................................................. 5-107 5.6.17 Laser History Display (0549) ................................................................................. 5-109 5.6.18 Paper Condition Setup Table (LUT) Copy (0550) ................................................. 5-109 5.6.19 Printer Mechanical Fine Adjustment (0551) .......................................................... 5-110 5.6.20 Filter Replacement History (0552)......................................................................... 5-111 5.6.21 Feeding Position Sensor Fine Adjustment (0553)................................................. 5-111 5.6.22 Image Position Initial Setting (0554)...................................................................... 5-112 5.6.23 Sub-scan Feeding Speed Adjustment (0555) ....................................................... 5-113 5.6.24 Sub-scanning Soft Nip Fine Adjustment (0557) .................................................... 5-114 5.6.25 Sensor Calibration (Initial) (0558).......................................................................... 5-115 5.6.26 Sensor Calibration (Daily) (0559) .......................................................................... 5-116 5.6.27 Printer Operation Data Display (0560) .................................................................. 5-117 5.6.28 Data Saving (0561) ............................................................................................... 5-118 5.6.29 Data Download (0562) .......................................................................................... 5-119 5.7 Processor Adjustment/Maintenance (06) ........................................................................ 5-120 5.7.1 Replenisher Pump Output Measurement/Setting (0620) ...................................... 5-120 5.7.2 Auto Cleaning Output Measurement/Setting (0621) ............................................. 5-122 5.7.3 Low Volume Processing Setup (0622) .................................................................. 5-124
7
5.7.4 Processor Temperature Calibration (0623) ........................................................... 5-125 5.7.5 Processor Input Check (0624)............................................................................... 5-127 5.7.6 Processor Operating Condition Setup (0625) ....................................................... 5-128 5.7.7 Processing Temperature Setting (0640) ............................................................... 5-129 5.7.8 Processor I/O Check (0642).................................................................................. 5-130 5.7.9 Processor Operation Data Display (0643)............................................................. 5-131 5.7.10 PS Liquid Concentration Management (0644) ...................................................... 5-131 5.8 Image Processing Section Adjustment/Maintenance (07)............................................... 5-133 5.8.1 Image Processing Section Information Display (0720) ......................................... 5-133 5.8.2 Image Processing Section I/O Check (0740) ........................................................ 5-133 5.8.3 Image Processing Section Function Setting (0741) .............................................. 5-134 5.9 Register/Delete................................................................................................................ 5-135 5.9.1 Shop Logo Regist/Delete (1020) ........................................................................... 5-135 5.9.2 Template Regist/Delete (1021) ............................................................................. 5-136 5.9.3 Holiday File Regist/Delete (1022).......................................................................... 5-136 5.9.4 Custom Button Regist/Save (1023)....................................................................... 5-136 5.10 Help (21)/Self-Diagnostics (Scanner)(22)/Self-Diagnostics (Printer)(23) ....................... 5-139 5.11 Special Operations (99)................................................................................................... 5-139 5.11.1 Paint (9940)........................................................................................................... 5-139 5.11.2 Explorer (9941)...................................................................................................... 5-139 5.11.3 Command (9942) .................................................................................................. 5-140
6.
OPERATION SECTION ......................................................................................................... 6-1 Parts Location...................................................................................................................... 6-2 Monitor................................................................................................................................. 6-3 6.1.1 Monitor Replacement ................................................................................................ 6-3 6.2 Mouse/Keyboard/Light Box (Optional)................................................................................. 6-4 6.2.1 Mouse Replacement ................................................................................................. 6-4 6.2.2 Operation Keyboard Assembly Removal/Reinstallation............................................ 6-4 6.2.3 Operation Keyboard Circuit Board Replacement ...................................................... 6-5 6.2.4 Operation Keyboard Replacement ............................................................................ 6-5 6.2.5 Light Box (Optional) Replacement ............................................................................ 6-6 6.2.6 Light Box (Optional) Switch Replacement................................................................. 6-7 6.2.7 Table Upper Cover Removal/Reinstallation .............................................................. 6-7
6.1
7.
FILM CARRIER SECTION.................................................................................................... 7-1 7.1
Parts Location...................................................................................................................... 7-3 Auto Film Carrier NC100AY (Pressure Cover Section) ....................................................... 7-9 7.1.1 Pressure Cover Removal/Reinstallation.................................................................... 7-9 7.1.2 MRH23 (Magnetic Reading Head) Circuit Board Replacement ................................ 7-9 7.1.3 MWH20 (Magnetic Writing Head) Circuit Board Replacement................................ 7-10 7.1.4 IX240 Leading End/Trailing End/Bar Code Sensor LED (D116L)/ LEE23 Circuit Board Replacement...................................................................... 7-10 7.1.5 135 Leading End Sensor LED (D101L)/LEE22 Circuit Board Replacement ........... 7-11 7.1.6 135 Downstream Perforation Sensor LED (D103L)/ LEE22 Circuit Board Replacement...................................................................... 7-11 7.1.7 135 Feed Roller Replacement................................................................................. 7-12
8
7.1.8 LBF23 Circuit Board Replacement.......................................................................... 7-13 7.1.9 IX240 Feed Roller Replacement ............................................................................. 7-14 7.1.10 IX240 Dust Removal Roller Replacement............................................................... 7-15 7.1.11 Dummy Head Replacement .................................................................................... 7-17 7.1.12 Magnetic Reading Head (D124) Replacement........................................................ 7-17 7.1.13 Magnetic Writing Head (MG101) Replacement....................................................... 7-18 7.1.14 Pressure Cover Hinge Replacement....................................................................... 7-19 7.1.15 Pressure Mask Replacement .................................................................................. 7-22 7.1.16 Pressure Cover Open/Close Detecting Pin Position Adjustment ............................ 7-23 7.1.17 Flexible Cable (LBF23 to JNC23) Replacement ..................................................... 7-24 7.1.18 Machine Data Writing .............................................................................................. 7-25 7.2 NC100AY Lower Feed Section.......................................................................................... 7-26 7.2.1 Feed Section Unit Removal/Reinstallation .............................................................. 7-26 7.2.2 Winding Unit Removal/Reinstallation ...................................................................... 7-30 7.2.3 Winding Roller Replacement................................................................................... 7-30 7.2.4 Feed Motor (M101) Replacement ........................................................................... 7-32 7.2.5 JNC23 Circuit Board Replacement ......................................................................... 7-36 7.2.6 Feed Roller Rotation Sensor (D135)/SSE23 Circuit Board Replacement............... 7-37 7.2.7 135 Downstream Perforation Sensor (D103)/DTE22 Circuit Board Replacement .. 7-37 7.2.8 Solenoid (S101) Replacement ................................................................................ 7-38 7.2.9 Reading Head Opposite Roller Replacement ......................................................... 7-38 7.2.10 Magnetic Reading Adjustment ................................................................................ 7-39 7.2.11 Writing Head Opposite Roller Replacement............................................................ 7-40 7.2.12 IX240 Lower Dust Removal Roller Replacement .................................................... 7-40 7.2.13 Slide Rail Replacement ........................................................................................... 7-41 7.2.14 Pressure Cover Open/Close Sensor (D128) Replacement..................................... 7-41 7.2.15 Harness Cover Removal/Reinstallation................................................................... 7-42 7.2.16 135 Leading End Sensor (D101P)/DTG23 Circuit Board Replacement.................. 7-42 7.2.17 IX240 Leading End/Trailing End/Bar Code Sensor (D116P)/ DTE23 Circuit Board Replacement ..................................................................... 7-43 7.2.18 DTB23 Circuit Board Replacement ......................................................................... 7-43 7.2.19 DTF23 Circuit Board Replacement ......................................................................... 7-44 7.2.20 DBF23 Circuit Board Replacement ......................................................................... 7-44 7.2.21 Dummy Head Opposite Roller Replacement .......................................................... 7-45 7.2.22 Lane Change Lever/Arm Replacement ................................................................... 7-46 7.2.23 Pressure Cover Lock Lever Replacement............................................................... 7-47 7.2.24 Feed Roller/Belt Replacement ................................................................................ 7-48 7.2.25 Flexible Cable (CYA23 to JNC23) Replacement..................................................... 7-50 7.3 NC100AY Nest Section ..................................................................................................... 7-52 7.3.1 Nest Section Cover Removal/Reinstallation............................................................ 7-52 7.3.2 Left-hand Front Cover Removal/Reinstallation ....................................................... 7-52 7.3.3 Nest Section Unit Removal/Reinstallation............................................................... 7-53 7.3.4 Nest Section/135 Entrance Guide-to-Feed Section Alignment Adjustment ............ 7-56 7.3.5 135/IX240 Lane Change Phase Adjustment ........................................................... 7-59 7.3.6 SSB23 Circuit Board Replacement ......................................................................... 7-61 7.3.7 135 Entrance Guide Removal/Reinstallation........................................................... 7-61 7.3.8 135 Entrance Guide Brush Replacement................................................................ 7-62 7.3.9 Gear Bracket Replacement ..................................................................................... 7-62
9
7.3.10 Supply Motor Home Position Sensor (D122)/SSD23 Circuit Board Replacement .. 7-63 7.3.11 IPI Sensor (D121)/SSA23 Circuit Board Replacement ........................................... 7-63 7.3.12 Cartridge Holder Assembly Replacement ............................................................... 7-65 7.3.13 Spool Gear Replacement ........................................................................................ 7-66 7.3.14 Cartridge Release Lever Assembly Replacement................................................... 7-66 7.3.15 Supply Motor (M102) Replacement......................................................................... 7-67 7.3.16 Keyboard (D131~D134)/MSC22 Circuit Board Replacement ................................. 7-68 7.3.17 Indicator Lamp (L/P101)/LEH23 Circuit Board Replacement.................................. 7-69 7.4 NC100AY Body Section .................................................................................................... 7-70 7.4.1 Carrier Cover Removal/Reinstallation ..................................................................... 7-70 7.4.2 Load Harness Replacement.................................................................................... 7-70 7.4.3 135/IX240 Feed Lane Position Sensor (D129/D130) Replacement........................ 7-71 7.4.4 Plug-in Connector Replacement ............................................................................. 7-72 7.4.5 Bottom Cover Removal/Reinstallation..................................................................... 7-73 7.4.6 CYA23 Circuit Board Replacement ......................................................................... 7-74 7.4.7 NC100AY Unit Replacement................................................................................... 7-80 7.5 Multi-film Carrier MFC10AY (Optional) .............................................................................. 7-81 7.5.1 Right-hand, Left-hand and Circuit Board Cover Removal/Reinstallation ................ 7-81 7.5.2 CYB23Circuit Board Replacement .......................................................................... 7-81 7.5.3 Flexible Cable Replacement ................................................................................... 7-82 7.5.4 MSB23 Circuit Board Replacement......................................................................... 7-84 7.5.5 Solenoid (S480) Replacement ................................................................................ 7-84 7.5.6 Mask Table Slider Position Sensor (D486) Replacement ....................................... 7-85 7.5.7 Mask Cover Gear Replacement .............................................................................. 7-86 7.5.8 Plug-in Connector Replacement ............................................................................. 7-88 7.5.9 Slider Bracket Assembly Replacement ................................................................... 7-89 7.5.10 Mask Table Lock Unit Replacement........................................................................ 7-90 7.5.11 Mask Table Lock Unit Spring Replacement ............................................................ 7-91 7.6 Carrier Base Section ......................................................................................................... 7-92 7.6.1 Plug-in Connector Replacement ............................................................................. 7-92 7.6.2 Carrier Base Assembly Removal/Reinstallation...................................................... 7-94 7.6.3 Carrier Lock Sensor (D208) Replacement .............................................................. 7-96 7.6.4 Carrier Lock Assembly Removal/Reinstallation ...................................................... 7-96 7.6.5 Lock Release Shaft Disassembly/Reassembly ....................................................... 7-98 7.6.6 Roller/Arm Replacement ......................................................................................... 7-99 7.6.7 Lock Release Arm Replacement........................................................................... 7-100 7.6.8 Lock Arm Replacement ......................................................................................... 7-100
8.
SCANNER SECTION ............................................................................................................. 8-1 Parts Location...................................................................................................................... 8-2 8.1 Light Source Section ........................................................................................................... 8-3 8.1.1 Light Source Unit Removal/Reinstallation ................................................................. 8-3 8.1.2 CLE23 Circuit Board Replacement ........................................................................... 8-4 8.1.3 135/120 Diffusion Box Sensor (D301/D302) Replacement ....................................... 8-4 8.1.4 Light Source Assembly Removal/Reinstallation........................................................ 8-5 8.1.5 LED Heater (LH311/LH312)/Light Source Temperature Sensor (D311) Replacement ........................................................... 8-6 8.1.6 LED23 Circuit Board Replacement ........................................................................... 8-7
10
8.2
9.
8.1.7 Light Source Section Exhaust Fan (F311) Replacement .......................................... 8-8 Scanner Section .................................................................................................................. 8-9 8.2.1 Scanner Section Rear Cover Removal/Reinstallation............................................... 8-9 8.2.2 Scanner Section Upper Cover Removal/Reinstallation............................................. 8-9 8.2.3 Scanner Section Front Cover Removal/Reinstallation .............................................. 8-9 8.2.4 Scanner Section Exhaust Fan (F211) Replacement ............................................... 8-10 8.2.5 Scanner Section Cooling Fan (F212) Replacement................................................ 8-10 8.2.6 Scanner Section Bracket Removal/Reinstallation ................................................... 8-11 8.2.7 CTB23 Circuit Board Replacement ......................................................................... 8-12 8.2.8 CPZ23 Circuit Board Replacement ......................................................................... 8-12 8.2.9 CCD Unit Removal/Reinstallation ........................................................................... 8-14 8.2.10 Shutter/Gear Replacement...................................................................................... 8-16 8.2.11 Lens Home Position Sensor (D202) Replacement.................................................. 8-17 8.2.12 Lens Drive Motor (M202) Replacement .................................................................. 8-18 8.2.13 Lens Unit Replacement ........................................................................................... 8-19 8.2.14 Conjugate Length Variable Motor (M201) Replacement ......................................... 8-20 8.2.15 Conjugate Length Variable Section Home Position Sensor (D201) Replacement ........................................................................................... 8-21 8.2.16 Conjugate Length Variable Gear/Rack Replacement ............................................. 8-22 8.2.17 Program Downloading to Scanner Circuit Board..................................................... 8-25 8.2.18 Fixing Bracket Installation ....................................................................................... 8-29
SCANNER ELECTRICAL SECTION................................................................................. 9-1 Parts Location...................................................................................................................... 9-2 Power Supply Section ......................................................................................................... 9-3 9.1.1 Front Cover Removal/Reinstallation.......................................................................... 9-3 9.1.2 Rear Cover Removal/Reinstallation .......................................................................... 9-3 9.1.3 Start Switch (D214) Replacement ............................................................................. 9-4 9.1.4 Power Supply Unit Replacement............................................................................... 9-5 9.1.5 Power Supply Voltage Adjustment ............................................................................ 9-6 9.2 Image Processing Circuit Board Section ............................................................................. 9-7 9.2.1 Image Processing Circuit Board Box Removal/Reinstallation................................... 9-7 9.2.2 Box Cover and Circuit Board Holder Removal/Reinstallation ................................... 9-9 9.2.3 GSR23 Circuit Board Replacement........................................................................... 9-9 9.2.4 GIA23 Circuit Board Replacement .......................................................................... 9-10 9.2.5 GIE23 Circuit Board Replacement .......................................................................... 9-10 9.2.6 GPA23 Circuit Board Replacement......................................................................... 9-11 9.2.7 GMB23 Circuit Board Replacement ........................................................................ 9-11 9.2.8 Image Processing Circuit Board Expansion ............................................................ 9-12 9.2.9 Image Processing Section Cooling Fan (F321) Replacement ................................ 9-12 9.3 Main Control Unit............................................................................................................... 9-14 9.3.1 Main Control Unit Replacement .............................................................................. 9-14 9.3.2 Main Control Unit Left-hand Cover Removal/Reinstallation .................................... 9-15 9.3.3 Connecting Grounding Wristband ........................................................................... 9-15 9.3.4 Motherboard Backup Battery Replacement ............................................................ 9-16 9.3.5 Hard Disk Replacement .......................................................................................... 9-18
9.1
11
10. PAPER SUPPLY SECTION ............................................................................................... 10-1 Parts Location.................................................................................................................... 10-2 10.1 Paper Magazine ................................................................................................................ 10-3 10.1.1 Paper Supply Section Assembly Replacement ....................................................... 10-3 10.1.2 Magazine Roller Release Arm Replacement .......................................................... 10-3 10.1.3 Drive Pulley Replacement ....................................................................................... 10-4 10.2 Upper Paper Magazine Table........................................................................................... 10-5 10.2.1 Upper Magazine Setting Lever Cover Removal/Reinstallation ............................... 10-5 10.2.2 Upper Magazine Setting Lever Removal/Reinstallation .......................................... 10-5 10.2.3 Upper Magazine Setting Lever Lock Arm Replacement ......................................... 10-6 10.2.4 Upper Magazine Table Unit Removal/Reinstallation............................................... 10-6 10.2.5 Upper Slide Table/Bracket Removal/Reinstallation................................................. 10-7 10.2.6 Magazine Moving Cam Roller Replacement ........................................................... 10-7 10.2.7 Upper Magazine Table Slide Lock Replacement .................................................... 10-8 10.3 Lower Magazine Table ...................................................................................................... 10-9 10.3.1 Lower Magazine Setting Lever Cover Removal/Reinstallation ............................... 10-9 10.3.2 Lower Magazine Setting Lever Removal/Reinstallation .......................................... 10-9 10.3.3 Lower Magazine Setting Lever Lock Arm Replacement ....................................... 10-10 10.3.4 Lower Magazine Table Unit Removal/Reinstallation............................................. 10-10 10.3.5 Magazine Table Lift Cam Roller Replacement...................................................... 10-11 10.3.6 Soft Down Damper Replacement.......................................................................... 10-12 10.4 Magazine Drive Unit/Interlock Switch .............................................................................. 10-14 10.4.1 Upper Magazine Drive Unit Removal/Reinstallation ............................................. 10-14 10.4.2 Lower Magazine Drive Unit Removal/Reinstallation ............................................. 10-15 10.4.3 Upper/Lower Magazine Paper Supply Motor (M610/M620) Replacement............ 10-15 10.4.4 Drive Belt Replacement......................................................................................... 10-16 10.4.5 Magazine Door Interlock Switch (D680A/B) Replacement.................................... 10-17
11. PAPER FEED SECTION ..................................................................................................... 11-1 Parts Location.................................................................................................................... 11-3 11.1 Cutter/Feed Section........................................................................................................... 11-6 11.1.1 Left Cover Removal/Reinstallation .......................................................................... 11-6 11.1.2 Cutter/Feed Unit Removal/Reinstallation ................................................................ 11-6 11.1.3 Upper Sensor Bracket Removal/Reinstallation ....................................................... 11-9 11.1.4 Lower Sensor Bracket Removal/Reinstallation ....................................................... 11-9 11.1.5 Upper/Lower Magazine Paper End Sensor (D616/D626) Replacement ............... 11-10 11.1.6 Upper Magazine ID Sensor 1 to 6 (D610 to D615), Open/ Close Sensor (D617/D618), Lower Magazine ID Sensor 1 to 6 (D620 to D625), Open/Close Sensor (D627/D628) Replacement ............................................... 11-10 11.1.7 Feed Motor 1 (M630) Replacement ...................................................................... 11-11 11.1.8 Drive Gear Replacement....................................................................................... 11-11 11.1.9 Upper Magazine Paper Sensor (D631) Replacement........................................... 11-12 11.1.10 Lower Magazine Paper Sensor (D632P) Replacement ........................................ 11-12 11.1.11 Connector Cover Removal/Reinstallation ............................................................. 11-13 11.1.12 Upper Cutter Unit Removal/Reinstallation............................................................. 11-14 11.1.13 Upper and Lower Common use Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation................... 11-15 11.1.14 Lower Magazine Paper Sensor LED (D632L) Replacement................................. 11-15
12
11.1.15 Lower Cutter Unit Removal/Reinstallation............................................................. 11-16 11.1.16 Feed Guide Plate Replacement ............................................................................ 11-17 11.1.17 Exit Nip Roller/Lower Magazine Entrance Nip Roller Replacement...................... 11-17 11.1.18 Lower Cutter Feed Roller Replacement ................................................................ 11-18 11.1.19 Upper Cutter Feed Roller Replacement ................................................................ 11-19 11.1.20 Emulsion Surface Side Upper Cutter Exit Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation.... 11-20 11.1.21 Upper Cutter Nip Roller Replacement................................................................... 11-21 11.1.22 Back Surface Side Upper Cutter Entrance Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation .. 11-21 11.1.23 Exit Feed Roller Replacement............................................................................... 11-22 11.2 Back Printing Section ...................................................................................................... 11-23 11.2.1 Back Printing/Feed Unit Removal/Reinstallation................................................... 11-23 11.2.2 Feed Section Paper Sensor (D633) Replacement ................................................ 11-24 11.2.3 Nip Release Solenoid 1 (S631) Replacement....................................................... 11-25 11.2.4 Nip Release Solenoid 2 (S632) Replacement....................................................... 11-25 11.2.5 Feed Motor 3 (M632) Replacement ...................................................................... 11-26 11.2.6 Back Printing Entrance/Cutter Exit Feed Roller Drive Gear Replacement............ 11-27 11.2.7 Feed Motor 2 (M631) Replacement ...................................................................... 11-28 11.2.8 Back Printing Entrance Feed Roller Replacement ................................................ 11-28 11.2.9 Back Printing Middle Feed Roller Replacement.................................................... 11-29 11.2.10 Back Printing Exit Feed Roller Replacement ........................................................ 11-30 11.2.11 Back Printing Exit Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation......................................... 11-30 11.2.12 Back Printing Middle/Exit Nip Roller Replacement................................................ 11-31 11.2.13 Back Printing Entrance Nip Roller Replacement................................................... 11-32 11.2.14 Back Printing Entrance Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation ................................ 11-33 11.2.15 Platen Replacement .............................................................................................. 11-34 11.2.16 Back Printing Surface Side Guide Plate Replacement.......................................... 11-34 11.2.17 Back Printing Drive Gear Replacement................................................................. 11-35 11.2.18 Back Printing Head Replacement ......................................................................... 11-36 11.2.19 Back Printing Unit Removal/Reinstallation ............................................................ 11-37 11.2.20 Back Printing Unit Drive Gear Replacement ......................................................... 11-37 11.2.21 Back Printing Head Clearance Adjustment ........................................................... 11-38 11.3 Registration Section ........................................................................................................ 11-40 11.3.1 Registration Unit Removal/Reinstallation .............................................................. 11-40 11.3.2 Nip Release Home Position Sensor 1 (D642) Replacement................................. 11-40 11.3.3 Tilt Home Position Sensor (D641) Replacement................................................... 11-41 11.3.4 Registration Section Paper Sensor (D640P) Replacement................................... 11-42 11.3.5 Registration Section Paper Sensor LED (D640L) Replacement ........................... 11-42 11.3.6 Feed Motor 4 (M640) Replacement ...................................................................... 11-43 11.3.7 Registration Tilt Motor (M641) /Nip Release Motor1 (M642) Replacement .......... 11-43 11.3.8 Nip Release Solenoid 4 (S641) Replacement....................................................... 11-45 11.3.9 Nip Release Solenoid 3 (S640) Replacement....................................................... 11-45 11.3.10 Registration Section Feed Roller Replacement .................................................... 11-46 11.3.11 Registration Section Nip Roller 2 Replacement .................................................... 11-47 11.3.12 Registration Section Nip Roller 3/4 Replacement ................................................. 11-48 11.3.13 Exit Side Upper and Lower Guide Plate Replacement.......................................... 11-49 11.3.14 Tilt Unit Removal/Reinstallation ............................................................................ 11-52 11.3.15 Registration Section Feed Roller 1 Replacement ................................................. 11-53 11.3.16 Entrance Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation ...................................................... 11-53
13
11.3.17 Registration Section Nip Roller 1 Replacement .................................................... 11-54 11.3.18 Feed Roller 1 Drive Gear Replacement ................................................................ 11-55
12. EXPOSURE SECTION ........................................................................................................ 12-1 Parts Location.................................................................................................................... 12-2 12.1 LDD Circuit Board/AOM Driver Section ............................................................................. 12-3 12.1.1 Printer Top Cover Removal/Reinstallation .............................................................. 12-3 12.1.2 Thermohygrometer (HS760) Replacement ............................................................. 12-4 12.1.3 Fan Bracket Removal/Reinstallation ....................................................................... 12-4 12.1.4 Feed Section Cooling Fan 5 (F609) Replacement .................................................. 12-5 12.1.5 Feed Section Cooling Fan 4 (F608) Replacement .................................................. 12-5 12.1.6 Louver Removal/Reinstallation................................................................................ 12-5 12.1.7 LDD/AOM Cooling Fan (F614A/B) Replacement .................................................... 12-6 12.1.8 AOM Driver Replacement ....................................................................................... 12-6 12.1.9 LDD23 Circuit Board Replacement ......................................................................... 12-7 12.1.10 Operation Panel/Keyboard Circuit Board (KEY23) Replacement ........................... 12-8 12.2 Laser Optical Unit ............................................................................................................ 12-10 12.2.1 Laser Optical Unit Air Filter Replacement ............................................................. 12-10 12.2.2 Anti-dust Fan 1/2/3 (F610/F611/F612) Replacement............................................ 12-10 12.2.3 Laser Optical Unit Removal/Reinstallation ............................................................ 12-11 12.2.4 Shutter Solenoid (S673) Replacement.................................................................. 12-14 12.2.5 Shutter Open/Close Sensor (D674) Replacement ................................................ 12-15 12.2.6 Exposure Point Thermometer (TS650) Replacement ........................................... 12-15 12.3 Sub-scanning Unit ........................................................................................................... 12-17 12.3.1 Sub-scanning Unit Removal/Reinstallation ........................................................... 12-17 12.3.2 Frame Removal/Reinstallation .............................................................................. 12-18 12.3.3 Sub-scanning Steel Belt Replacement.................................................................. 12-19 12.3.4 Sub-scanning Feed Motor (M650) Replacement .................................................. 12-21 12.3.5 Timing Belt Replacement ...................................................................................... 12-21 12.3.6 Soft Nip Motor (M651) Replacement..................................................................... 12-22 12.3.7 Rubber Flat Belt Replacement .............................................................................. 12-22 12.3.8 Soft Nip Home Position Sensor (D651) Replacement........................................... 12-24 12.3.9 Exposure Section Entrance Paper Sensor (D650P)/ Exposure Position Paper Sensor (D653P) Replacement.................................. 12-25 12.3.10 Exposure Section Entrance Paper Sensor LED (D650L)/ Exposure Position Paper Sensor LED (D653L) Replacement .......................... 12-26 12.3.11 Soft Nip Pre-turning Belt Replacement ................................................................. 12-27
13. DISTRIBUTION/PRINTER EXIT SECTION ................................................................... 13-1 Parts Location.................................................................................................................... 13-3 13.1 Distribution Entrance Unit.................................................................................................. 13-6 13.1.1 Magazine Door Hinge Opening/Closing .................................................................. 13-6 13.1.2 Distribution Section Connector Cover Removal/Reinstallation ............................... 13-7 13.1.3 Printer Right Inner Cover Removal/Reinstallation................................................... 13-7 13.1.4 Distribution Entrance Unit Removal/Reinstallation.................................................. 13-8 13.1.5 Nip Release Home Position Sensor 2 (D655) Replacement................................. 13-10 13.1.6 Nip Release Timing Belt (M655 Side) Replacement ............................................. 13-10 13.1.7 Nip Release Motor 2 (M655) Replacement ........................................................... 13-12
14
13.1.8 Nip Roller (M655 Side) Replacement.................................................................... 13-13 13.1.9 Nip Release Home Position Sensor 3 (D656) Replacement................................. 13-15 13.1.10 Nip Release Timing Belt (M656 Side) Replacement ............................................. 13-15 13.1.11 Nip Release Motor 3 (M656) Replacement ........................................................... 13-16 13.1.12 Nip Roller Replacement ........................................................................................ 13-16 13.1.13 Drive Gear Replacement....................................................................................... 13-17 13.1.14 Upper Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation ........................................................... 13-18 13.1.15 Feed Roller Replacement...................................................................................... 13-19 13.1.16 Feed Roller Drive Gear Replacement ................................................................... 13-20 13.2 Distribution Unit ............................................................................................................... 13-23 13.2.1 Distribution Unit Removal/Reinstallation ............................................................... 13-23 13.2.2 Nip Release Home Position Sensor (Front: D662/Rear: D663) Replacement ...... 13-24 13.2.3 Nip Release Timing Belt (Front) Replacement...................................................... 13-25 13.2.4 Nip Release Motor 4 (Front) (M662) Replacement ............................................... 13-26 13.2.5 Nip Release Timing Belt (Rear) Replacement ...................................................... 13-27 13.2.6 Nip Release Motor 4 (Rear) (M663) Replacement ................................................ 13-27 13.2.7 Nip Roller Replacement ........................................................................................ 13-28 13.2.8 Distribution Home Position Sensor (D661) Replacement ..................................... 13-29 13.2.9 Distribution Timing Belt Replacement ................................................................... 13-30 13.2.10 Distribution Slide Motor (M661) Replacement....................................................... 13-32 13.2.11 Distribution Roller Replacement............................................................................ 13-33 13.2.12 Feed Motor 5 (M660) Replacement ...................................................................... 13-35 13.2.13 Drive Belt Replacement......................................................................................... 13-36 13.2.14 Distribution Section Paper Sensor (Front: D664P/Center: D660P/Rear: D665P) Replacement.............................. 13-36 13.2.15 Distribution Section Paper Sensor LED (Front: D664L/Center: D660L/Rear: D665L) Replacement ............................... 13-37 13.2.16 Pipe Slider Replacement....................................................................................... 13-38 13.2.17 Distribution Section Drive Standby Sensor (D669) Replacement ......................... 13-40 13.2.18 Drive Gear with Torque Limiter Replacement ....................................................... 13-40 13.2.19 Nip Roller Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation ..................................................... 13-41 13.2.20 Exit Side Feed Roller Replacement ...................................................................... 13-42 13.3 Printer Exit Section .......................................................................................................... 13-44 13.3.1 Printer Exit Unit Removal/Reinstallation................................................................ 13-44 13.3.2 Feed Section Cooling Fan Cover Removal/Reinstallation .................................... 13-44 13.3.3 Feed Section Cooling Fan 3 (F607) Replacement ................................................ 13-45 13.3.4 Feed Section Cooling Fan 2 (F606) Replacement ................................................ 13-45 13.3.5 Printer Exit Unit Drive Gear Replacement............................................................. 13-46 13.3.6 Speed Control Section Paper Sensor (Front: D666P/Center: D667P/Rear: D668P) Replacement.............................. 13-47 13.3.7 Speed Control Section Paper Sensor LED (Front: D666L/Center: D667L/Rear: D668L) Replacement ....................... 13-47 13.3.8 Speed Control Motor (M664)/Belt (Front) Replacement........................................ 13-48 13.3.9 Speed Control Motor (M665)/Belt (Rear) Replacement ........................................ 13-49 13.3.10 Front Entrance Feed Roller Replacement............................................................. 13-50 13.3.11 Rear Entrance Feed Roller Replacement ............................................................. 13-51 13.3.12 Front/Rear Entrance Nip Roller Replacement....................................................... 13-52 13.3.13 Exit Nip Roller Replacement ................................................................................. 13-53
15
13.3.14 13.3.15 13.3.16 13.3.17
Emulsion Surface Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation......................................... 13-53 Entrance Back Surface Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation ................................ 13-54 Exit Back Surface Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation ........................................ 13-54 Exit Feed Roller/Guide Plate Replacement........................................................... 13-55
14. PROCESSOR SECTION ..................................................................................................... 14-1 Parts Location.................................................................................................................... 14-2 14.1 Crossover Racks ............................................................................................................... 14-4 14.1.1 No.1 Crossover Rack Disassembly/Reassembly .................................................... 14-4 14.1.2 No.2/No.3 Crossover Rack Disassembly/Reassembly ........................................... 14-4 14.1.3 Dryer Entrance Rack Disassembly/Reassembly..................................................... 14-5 14.2 Processing Racks.............................................................................................................. 14-6 14.2.1 P1/P2/PS1/PS4 Upper Guide Removal/Reinstallation............................................ 14-6 14.2.2 PS2/PS3 Upper Guide Removal/Reinstallation....................................................... 14-6 14.2.3 Upper Guide Disassembly/Reassembly.................................................................. 14-7 14.2.4 P1/P2 Roller Replacement ...................................................................................... 14-9 14.2.5 P1/P2/PS1/PS4 Drive Shaft Removal/Reinstallation ............................................ 14-12 14.2.6 PS2/PS3 Drive Shaft Removal/Reinstallation ....................................................... 14-12 14.2.7 PS2/PS3 Roller Replacement ............................................................................... 14-13 14.2.8 PS1/PS4 Roller Replacement ............................................................................... 14-15 14.3 PS Tank Partition Board .................................................................................................. 14-20 14.3.1 PS Tank Partition Board Blade/Seal Replacement ............................................... 14-20 14.4 Processor Drive System .................................................................................................. 14-25 14.4.1 Right Cover Removal/Reinstallation...................................................................... 14-25 14.4.2 Processor Rear Cover Removal/Reinstallation ..................................................... 14-25 14.4.3 Motor Driver Bracket Removal/Reinstallation........................................................ 14-26 14.4.4 Motor Driver Replacement .................................................................................... 14-27 14.4.5 Auto Chain Tensioner Removal/Reinstallation...................................................... 14-27 14.4.6 Processor Drive Motor (M700) Replacement ........................................................ 14-28 14.4.7 Drive Bracket Removal/Reinstallation ................................................................... 14-29 14.4.8 Drive Sprocket/Gear Replacement........................................................................ 14-30 14.4.9 Processor Drive Chain Replacement .................................................................... 14-31 14.4.10 Printer Drive Gear/Sprocket Replacement ............................................................ 14-32
15. PROCESSING SOLUTION CIRCULATION SYSTEM............................................... 15-1 Parts Location.................................................................................................................... 15-2 15.1 Sub-tank Section ............................................................................................................... 15-3 15.1.1 Processor Front Cover Removal/Reinstallation ...................................................... 15-3 15.1.2 Upper Connector Cover Removal/Reinstallation..................................................... 15-3 15.1.3 Processor Inner Cover Removal/Reinstallation....................................................... 15-4 15.1.4 P1 to PS4 Solution Thermometer (TS700 to TS703) Replacement........................ 15-4 15.1.5 Solution Level Sensor (FS700 to FS705) Replacement.......................................... 15-5 15.1.6 PS4 Solution Concentration Sensor (FS706) Replacement.................................... 15-6 15.2 Processing solution Heater/Circulation Pump Section ...................................................... 15-7 15.2.1 Lower Connector Cover Removal/Reinstallation..................................................... 15-7 15.2.2 Heater Cooling Fan (F700 to F703) Replacement .................................................. 15-7 15.2.3 Heater Safety Thermostat (D700 to D703) Replacement ....................................... 15-8
16
15.2.4 Solution Heater (H700 to H703) Replacement........................................................ 15-9 15.2.5 P1/P2 Circulation Pump (PU700/PU701) Replacement........................................ 15-10 15.2.6 PS1 to PS4 Circulation Pump (PU702 to PU705) Replacement........................... 15-11 15.2.7 Processing Solution Tank Exhaust Fan 1 (F704) Replacement............................ 15-13 15.2.8 Processing Solution Tank Exhaust Fan 2 (F705) Replacement............................ 15-13 15.2.9 Hose Connection................................................................................................... 15-14 15.3 Waste Solution System ................................................................................................... 15-15 15.3.1 Waste Solution Level Sensor (FS728) Replacement ............................................ 15-15 15.3.2 Waste Solution Tank Replacement ....................................................................... 15-16 15.3.3 Waste Solution Hose Replacement....................................................................... 15-17
16. PROCESSING SOLUTION REPLENISHMENT SYSTEM ....................................... 16-1 Parts Location.................................................................................................................... 16-2 16.1 Replenisher Cartridge Section........................................................................................... 16-3 16.1.1 Replenisher Box Door Open/Close Detecting Interlock Switch (D724) Replacement ....................................................................................................... 16-3 16.1.2 Replenisher Cartridge Setting Sensor (D721) Replacement................................... 16-3 16.1.3 Replenisher Cartridge Box Upper/Lower Sensor (D722/D723) Replacement ........ 16-4 16.1.4 Replenisher Cartridge Open Unit Removal/Reinstallation ...................................... 16-5 16.1.5 Replenisher Cartridge Open Cam/Gear Replacement............................................ 16-6 16.1.6 Cartridge Set Box Removal/Reinstallation .............................................................. 16-7 16.1.7 Cartridge Opening Motor (M720) Replacement ...................................................... 16-8 16.1.8 Replenisher Box Door Lock Manual Releasing....................................................... 16-9 16.2 Processing Solution Replenishment System................................................................... 16-10 16.2.1 Replenisher Filter Replacement ............................................................................ 16-10 16.2.2 P1R/P2RA/P2RB Pump (PU721/PU722/PU723) Replacement............................ 16-10 16.2.3 PSR Pump Bracket Removal/Reinstallation.......................................................... 16-12 16.2.4 PSR Pump (PU724) Replacement ........................................................................ 16-13 16.2.5 PSR Pump Valve Replacement ............................................................................ 16-14 16.2.6 PSR Pump Bellows Replacement ......................................................................... 16-15 16.2.7 PSR Filter Replacement........................................................................................ 16-16 16.2.8 PSR Upper/Lower Level Sensor (FS723/FS727) Replacement............................ 16-16 16.2.9 P1R Upper/P2RA/B Upper/P1R Lower/P2RA/B Lower Level Sensor (FS720/FS721/FS722/FS724/FS725/FS726) Replacement ............................. 16-17 16.2.10 PSR Tank Replacement........................................................................................ 16-18 16.2.11 P1R/P2RA/P2RB Tank Replacement ................................................................... 16-20 16.3 Auto Washing and P1R Stirring System.......................................................................... 16-23 16.3.1 Auto Washing Pump (PU720) Replacement ......................................................... 16-23 16.3.2 Rack Auto Washing Valve/P1WR Water Replenishment Valve (S720 to S722) Replacement ............................................................................ 16-24 16.3.3 P1R/P2RA/P2RB Cartridge Washing/P1R Stirring Valve (S728/S729/S730/S731) Replacement ............................................................. 16-25
17. DRYER SECTION ................................................................................................................. 17-1 Parts Location.................................................................................................................... 17-2 17.1 Dryer Belt Unit ................................................................................................................... 17-3 17.1.1 Dryer Belt Unit Removal/Reinstallation ................................................................... 17-3 17.1.2 Dryer Mesh Belt/Roller Replacement ...................................................................... 17-3
17
17.1.3 Dryer Belt Unit Open/Close Detecting Interlock Switch (D762B) Replacement ...... 17-5 17.2 Dryer Rack Section............................................................................................................ 17-6 17.2.1 Dryer Rack Removal/Reinstallation......................................................................... 17-6 17.2.2 Dryer Section Open/Close Detecting Interlock Switch (D762A) Replacement........ 17-8 17.2.3 Dryer Feed Roller Drive Belt Replacement ............................................................. 17-9 17.2.4 Dryer Feed Roller Replacement.............................................................................. 17-9 17.2.5 Dryer Unit Exit Turn Roller Replacement .............................................................. 17-10 17.2.6 Dryer Unit Exit Roller Replacement....................................................................... 17-12 17.2.7 Dryer Unit Lock Assembly Replacement............................................................... 17-13 17.2.8 Exit Feed Belt Replacement.................................................................................. 17-13 17.3 Dryer Fan/Heater Section................................................................................................ 17-14 17.3.1 Dryer Fan Cover Removal/Reinstallation .............................................................. 17-14 17.3.2 Dryer Fan (F760) Replacement............................................................................. 17-15 17.3.3 Dryer Heater Safety Thermostats 1/2 (D760A/B) Replacement............................ 17-16 17.3.4 Dryer Thermometer (TS760) Replacement ........................................................... 17-16 17.3.5 Dryer Heater Assembly (H760 to H767) Replacement ......................................... 17-17
18. PRINT EXIT SECTION/SORTER...................................................................................... 18-1 Parts Location.................................................................................................................... 18-3 18.1 Dryer Exit Unit ................................................................................................................... 18-9 18.1.1 Dryer Exit Unit Right Cover Removal/Reinstallation ............................................... 18-9 18.1.2 Dryer Exit Unit Top Cover Removal/Reinstallation.................................................. 18-9 18.1.3 Dryer Exit Unit Removal/Reinstallation ................................................................. 18-10 18.1.4 Feeding Path Switching Paper Sensor LED (Rear/Center/Front) (D770L/D771L/D772L)/Lower Exit Paper Sensor LED (Rear/Center/Front) (D773L/D774L/D775L) Replacement ................................................................ 18-12 18.1.5 Feeding Path Switching Paper Sensor (Rear/Center/Front) (D770P/D771P/D772P) Replacement............................................................... 18-13 18.1.6 Lower Exit Paper Sensor (Rear/Center/Front)(D773P/D774P/D775P) Replacement ..................................................................................................... 18-13 18.1.7 Feeding Path Switching Solenoid (S770) Replacement........................................ 18-14 18.1.8 Feeding Path Switch Position Sensor (Large Size)(D776) Replacement ............. 18-15 18.1.9 Dryer Section Drive Motor (M770) Replacement .................................................. 18-16 18.1.10 Feed Roller Drive Belt Replacement ..................................................................... 18-17 18.1.11 Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation...................................................................... 18-18 18.1.12 Roller Replacement............................................................................................... 18-22 18.1.13 Nip Roller Replacement ........................................................................................ 18-24 18.2 Print Sending Unit ........................................................................................................... 18-25 18.2.1 Print Sending Unit Removal/Reinstallation............................................................ 18-25 18.2.2 Print Sending Drive Motor (M771)/Belt Replacement ........................................... 18-25 18.2.3 Feed Belt/Feed Belt Drive Roller Replacement..................................................... 18-27 18.3 SU1400AY Transversal Sorter ........................................................................................ 18-29 18.3.1 SU1400AY Transversal Sorter Removal/Reinstallation ........................................ 18-29 18.3.2 Cover/Lower Bracket Removal/Reinstallation ....................................................... 18-29 18.3.3 Transversal Sorter Stop Sensor LED (D813L) Replacement................................ 18-30 18.3.4 Transversal Sorter Stop Sensor (D813P) Replacement ....................................... 18-31 18.3.5 Transversal Sorter Drive Motor (M811) Replacement........................................... 18-31 18.3.6 Feed Belt/Belt Drive Roller Replacement.............................................................. 18-32
18
18.4 SU1400AY Sorter ............................................................................................................ 18-34 18.4.1 SU1400AY Sorter Removal/Reinstallation ............................................................ 18-34 18.4.2 Sorter Cover Removal/Reinstallation .................................................................... 18-34 18.4.3 SWA20 Circuit Board Replacement ...................................................................... 18-35 18.4.4 Sorter Tray Stop Position Sensor (D810) Replacement........................................ 18-35 18.4.5 Sorter Drive Motor (M810) Replacement .............................................................. 18-36 18.4.6 Sorter Full Sensor (D811) Replacement ............................................................... 18-38 18.4.7 Chain Tension Adjustment .................................................................................... 18-38 18.5 SU2400AY Transversal Sorter ........................................................................................ 18-39 18.5.1 SU2400AY Transversal Sorter Removal/Reinstallation ........................................ 18-39 18.5.2 Transversal Sorter Upper Cover Removal/Reinstallation...................................... 18-40 18.5.3 Transversal Sorter Stop Sensor/LED (D813P/D813L) Replacement.................... 18-40 18.5.4 Transversal Sorter Lower Cover Removal/Reinstallation...................................... 18-41 18.5.5 Transversal Sorter Drive Motor (M811) Replacement........................................... 18-41 18.5.6 Print Alignment Motor (M812) Replacement ......................................................... 18-42 18.5.7 Print Alignment Stop Sensor (D814) Replacement ............................................... 18-43 18.5.8 Roller/Feed Belt Replacement .............................................................................. 18-44 18.6 SU2400AY Sorter ............................................................................................................ 18-46 18.6.1 Sorter Right Upper Cover Removal/Reinstallation ................................................ 18-46 18.6.2 Sorter Tray Stop Position Sensor (D810) Replacement........................................ 18-46 18.6.3 Sorter Drive Motor (M810) Replacement .............................................................. 18-47 18.6.4 SWA20 Circuit Board Replacement ...................................................................... 18-48 18.6.5 Sorter Right Lower Cover Removal/Reinstallation ................................................ 18-48 18.6.6 Sorter Left Upper/Lower Cover Removal/Reinstallation........................................ 18-49 18.6.7 Sorter Full Sensor (D811) Replacement ............................................................... 18-50 18.6.8 Chain Tension Adjustment .................................................................................... 18-50 18.6.9 Sorter Tray Step Position Adjustment ................................................................... 18-51
19. ELECTRICAL SECTION ..................................................................................................... 19-1 Parts Location.................................................................................................................... 19-2 19.1 Power Input Section .......................................................................................................... 19-3 19.1.1 Built-in Circuit Breaker Replacement ...................................................................... 19-3 19.2 Power Supply/Electrical Equipment Section...................................................................... 19-4 19.2.1 Power Supply/Electrical Equipment Section Inner Cover Removal/Reinstallation.. 19-4 19.2.2 AC Power Supply Bracket Removal/Reinstallation ................................................. 19-4 19.2.3 PAC23 Circuit Board Replacement ......................................................................... 19-6 19.2.4 PAC23 Circuit Board Bracket Removal/Reinstallation ............................................ 19-7 19.2.5 Auxiliary Power Supply (SPS23 Circuit Board) Replacement ................................. 19-7 19.2.6 Leakage Breaker (LB1 to LB3) Replacement.......................................................... 19-8 19.2.7 Noise Filter (NF1 to NF3)/Capacitor (C1 to C3) Replacement ................................ 19-8 19.2.8 Relay (K1 to K5) Replacement................................................................................ 19-9 19.2.9 Circuit Protector (CP1 to CP6) Replacement .......................................................... 19-9 19.3 Image Control Box........................................................................................................... 19-10 19.3.1 Image Control Box/Cover Removal/Reinstallation ................................................ 19-10 19.3.2 Image Control Section Cooling Fan (F620) Replacement..................................... 19-11 19.3.3 GEP23/GIE23/GPR23 Circuit Board Replacement............................................... 19-12 19.3.4 GMC23 Circuit Board Replacement ...................................................................... 19-13 19.3.5 ATX23 Circuit Board Replacement ....................................................................... 19-14
19
19.3.6 GDM23 Circuit Board Replacement ...................................................................... 19-14 19.3.7 Program Download to GMC23 Circuit Board ........................................................ 19-15 19.4 DC Power Supply Section ............................................................................................... 19-19 19.4.1 Left Lower Cover Removal/Reinstallation ............................................................. 19-19 19.4.2 DC Power Supply Bracket Removal/Reinstallation ............................................... 19-19 19.4.3 PWR23 Circuit Board Replacement ...................................................................... 19-20 19.4.4 DC Power Supply Unit Replacement .................................................................... 19-21 19.5 Control Section ................................................................................................................ 19-23 19.5.1 Printer Rear Cover Open/Close ............................................................................ 19-23 19.5.2 CTL23 Circuit Board Replacement........................................................................ 19-23 19.5.3 Control Circuit Board Bracket Removal/Reinstallation .......................................... 19-24 19.5.4 PDA23 Circuit Board Replacement ....................................................................... 19-29 19.5.5 PDB23 Circuit Board Replacement ....................................................................... 19-29 19.5.6 Control Section Exhaust Fan 1 to 5 (F600 to F604) Replacement........................ 19-30 19.5.7 Power Supply Cooling Fan (F630)/Electrical Equipment Cooling Fan 1/2 (F631A/F631B) Replacement............................................................................ 19-31 19.5.8 Control Section Exhaust Fan Bracket Removal/Reinstallation.............................. 19-32 19.5.9 Left Cover Interlock Switch 1/2 (D681A/D681B) Replacement ............................. 19-32 19.5.10 Power Switch (D684) Replacement ...................................................................... 19-33 19.5.11 Feed Section Cooling Fan 1 (F605) Replacement ................................................ 19-34
20. ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS .............................................................................. 20-1 20.1 I/O Parts Diagrams ............................................................................................................ 20-2 20.1.1 Scanner Section (SP-3000)..................................................................................... 20-2 20.1.2 Auto Film Carrier NC100AY .................................................................................... 20-4 20.1.3 Multi-film Carrier MFC10AY .................................................................................... 20-6 20.1.4 Printer Section (LP5700) ......................................................................................... 20-7 20.1.5 Processor Section (LP5700) ................................................................................. 20-11 20.2 Electrical Parts and Circuit Board Layout Diagrams........................................................ 20-15 20.2.1 Scanner Section (SP-3000)................................................................................... 20-15 20.2.2 Printer Section (LP5700) ....................................................................................... 20-16 20.3 Block Diagrams ............................................................................................................... 20-18 20.3.1 Scanner Block Diagram......................................................................................... 20-18 20.3.2 Image Processing Block Diagram ......................................................................... 20-19 20.3.3 Printer/Processor Block Diagram .......................................................................... 20-20 20.3.4 Printer/Processor Electrical Equipment Block Diagram ........................................ 20-21 20.4 Scanner DC Power Supply Unit and Circuit Boards........................................................ 20-22 20.4.1 DC Power Supply Voltage Adjustment.................................................................. 20-22 20.4.2 DC Voltage Check List .......................................................................................... 20-23 20.4.3 DC Power Supply Unit Fuses and LEDs ............................................................... 20-24 20.4.4 Circuit Board Layout Diagrams ............................................................................. 20-26 20.5 Scanner (SP-3000) Wiring Diagrams .............................................................................. 20-29 20.5.1 Scanner Wiring Diagram ....................................................................................... 20-29 20.5.2 Auto Film Carrier NC100AY Wiring Diagram ........................................................ 20-32 20.5.3 Multi-film Carrier MFC10AY Wiring Diagram......................................................... 20-33 20.6 Printer/Processor DC Power Supply Unit and Circuit Boards ......................................... 20-34 20.6.1 Input Extension Cable Connection ........................................................................ 20-34 20.6.2 DC Voltage Check List .......................................................................................... 20-35
20
20.6.3 “POWER” LEDs on the Operation Panel............................................................... 20-37 20.6.4 DC Power Supply System LED Indication............................................................. 20-39 20.6.5 Circuit Board Layout Diagrams ............................................................................. 20-44 20.7 Printer/Processor Wiring Diagrams ................................................................................. 20-53 20.7.1 AC Power Supply Wiring Diagram ........................................................................ 20-53 20.7.2 PAC23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram ................................................................... 20-54 20.7.3 PWR23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram .................................................................. 20-55 20.7.4 CTL23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram .................................................................... 20-56 20.7.5 JND23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram .................................................................... 20-59 20.7.6 JNE23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram .................................................................... 20-61 20.7.7 LDD23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram.................................................................... 20-63 20.7.8 Image Control Box Circuit Board Wiring Diagram ................................................. 20-64 20.7.9 PDA23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram ................................................................... 20-65 20.7.10 PDB23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram ................................................................... 20-67
21. APPENDIX ............................................................................................................................... 21-1 21.1 Adjustment Jigs ................................................................................................................ 21-2 21.1.1 Auto Film Carrier NC100AY .................................................................................... 21-2 21.1.2 LP5700 .................................................................................................................... 21-4 21.2 Required Adjustments after Parts Replacement .............................................................. 21-5 21.2.1 Auto Film Carrier NC100AY .................................................................................... 21-5 21.2.2 Scanner ................................................................................................................... 21-6 21.2.3 Paper Supply and Feed Sections............................................................................ 21-7 21.2.4 Exposure Section .................................................................................................... 21-7 21.2.5 Processing Solution Replenishment System........................................................... 21-8 21.2.6 Sorter....................................................................................................................... 21-8 21.2.7 Power Supply/Electrical Equipment/Control Section............................................... 21-8 21.3 Index.................................................................................................................................. 21-9
21
1. MENU TABLE 1
1.1
Setup and Maintenance Menu Table..................................................... 1-2
1.2
Printer/Processor Operation Panel Menu Table .................................. 1-6 1.2.1 1.2.2 1.2.3 1.2.4 1.2.5 1.2.6 1.2.7 1.2.8 1.2.9 1.2.10 1.2.11
Menu Table............................................................................................................... 1-6 0 [MENU] Item .......................................................................................................... 1-7 1 [STARTUP CHK.] Item .......................................................................................... 1-8 2 [END CHK.] Item ................................................................................................. 1-10 3 [LANGUAGE] Item .............................................................................................. 1-11 4 [CHECK] Item ...................................................................................................... 1-12 5 [SELECT FUNC.] Item......................................................................................... 1-13 6 [PRINT COND.] Item ........................................................................................... 1-14 7 [SPECIAL PRINT] Item ....................................................................................... 1-15 8 [SYSTEM] Item .................................................................................................... 1-16 9 [INSTALLATION] Item ........................................................................................ 1-19
1-1
1.1 Setup and Maintenance Menu Table Password No.
Submenu
01 System Operation Setup and Check
02 Print Condition Setup and Check
03 Scanner Adjustment/ Maintenance
Operator
Laboratory Manager
SE
—
0000
7777
0100 Connection to Imaging Controller
K
K
K
0101 Image Export Settings
K
K
K
0120 Production Information
K
K
0121 Timer Setup
K
K
0122 Data Backup
K
K
0123 Error Information Check
K
K
0124 DI Manager Administrative Setting
K
K
0125 Timer Waiting Time Setup
K
K
0126 Installation Information Reference
K
K
0127 Accumulated Production Information
K
K
No.
Menu
0140 Installation Information Setup
K
0141 Clear Error Log
K
0142 Shipping Information Reference
K K
K
K
0220 Print Size Setup
K
K
0221 Paper Magazine Registration
K
K
0222 Monitor Adjustment
K
K
0223 Special Film Channel Setting
K
K
0224 Monotone Correction Setting
K
K
0225 Custom Setting Regist/Delete
K
K
0226 Back Printing Format
K
K
0227 Index Conditions
K
K
0200 Paper Condition Setup
0240 Image Correction Setup
K
0241 Fine Adjustment of the Print Mag. Setting
K
0242 Paper Condition Method Setup
K
0243 Paper Surface Display Setup
K K
K
0320 Input Check
K
K
0321 Focus Position Adjustment
K
K
0322 Working Information Display
K
K
0323 AF Function Setup
K
K
0300 Image Scanning Method
K
0340 Dark Correction/Bright Correction
K
0341 I/O Check
K
1-2
1.1 Setup and Maintenance Menu Table
1
Password No.
Submenu
03 Scanner Adjustment/ Maintenance
04 Carrier Adjustment/ Maintenance
No.
Menu
Operator
Laboratory Manager
SE
—
0000
7777
0342 Carrier Inclination Display
K
0343 CCD Data Display
K
0344 Lens Registration
K
0345 Optical Axis Adjustment
K
0346 Optical Magnification Calibration
K
0347 Focus Calibration
K
0348 Spectral Calibration
K
0349 LED Light Amount Adjustment
K
0350 Scanner Parameter Check/Update
K
0351 CCD Adjustment
K K
K
0420 Mask Position Adjustment
K
K
0421 NC100AY Input Check
K
K
0422 MFC10AY Input Check
K
K
0423 NC100AY Working Information Display
K
K
0424 MFC10AY Working Information Display
K
K
0425 NC100AY Monitor Frame Ratio Setup
K
K
0426 MFC10AY Monitor Frame Ratio Setup
K
K
0400 NC100AY Fixed Feeding Setup
K
0440 NC100AY Sensor Calibration
K
0441 NC100AY Focus Offset Adjustment
K
0442 MFC10AY Focus Offset Adjustment
K
0443 NC100AY Sensor Calibration Information
K
0444 NC100AY Installation Information Display
K
0445 MFC10AY Installation Information Display
K
0446 NC100AY Installation Information Setup
K
0447 MFC10AY Installation Information Setup
K
0448 NC100AY I/O Check
K
0449 MFC10AY I/O Check
K
0450 Film Carrier ID Setup/Delete
K
0451 NC100AY Machine Data Setup
K
0452 NC100AY Magnetic Information Reading
K
0453 NC100AY Magnetic Verify
K
0454 NC100AY Nest Section Operation
K
0455 NC100AY Feeding Operation
K
1-3
1.1 Setup and Maintenance Menu Table Password No.
Submenu
05 Printer Adjustment/ Maintenance
Operator
Laboratory Manager
SE
—
0000
7777
0520 Paper Magazine Feeding Fine Adjustment
K
K
0522 G Laser (SHG) Optimal Temperature Setup
K
K
0523 Paper Feed
K
K
0524 Printer Temperature Display
K
K
0525 Printer Input Check
K
K
0527 Image Position and Tilt Fine Adjustment
K
K
0528 Printer Function Select
K
K
No.
Menu
0540 Printer I/O Check
K
0541 Test Pattern Printing
K
0542 Laser Exposure Check
K
0543 R Laser (R-LD) Data
K
0544 G Laser (G-SHG) Data
K
0545 B Laser (B-LD) Data
K
0546 Scan/Scan Home Position Parameter
K
0547
Main Scan/Laser Beam Sync. Rough Adjustment
K
0548 Laser Beam Sync. Fine Adjustment Print
K
0549 Laser History Display
K
0550 Paper Condition Setup Table (LUT) Copy
K
0551 Printer Mechanical Fine Adjustment
K
0552 Filter Replacement History
K
0553 Feeding Position Sensor Fine Adjustment
K
0554 Image Position Initial Setting
K
0555 Sub-Scan Feeding Speed Adjustment
K
0557 Sub-Scanning Soft Nip Adjustment
K
0558 Sensor Calibration (Initial)
K
0559 Sensor Calibration (Daily)
K
0560 Printer Operation Data Display
K
0561 Data Saving
K
0562 Data Download
K
1-4
1.1 Setup and Maintenance Menu Table
1
Password No.
06
Submenu
Processor Adjustment/ Maintenance
Operator
Laboratory Manager
SE
—
0000
7777
K
K
K
K
0622 Low Volume Processing Setup
K
K
0623 Processor Temperature Calibration
K
K
0624 Processor Input Check
K
K
0625 Processor Operating Condition Setup
K
K
No.
0620 Pump Output Measurement/Setting 0621
07 Image Processing Section Adjustment/ Maintenance
Auto Cleaning Output Measurement/ Setting
0640 Processor Temperature Setting
K
0642 Processor I/O Check
K
0643 Processor Operating Data Display
K
0644 PS Liquid Concentration Management
K
0720
Image Processing Section Information Display
K
K K
0740 Image Processing Section I/O Check 0741
10 Register/Delete
Menu
Image Processing Section Function Setting
K
1020 Shop Logo Regist/Delete
K
K
1021 Template Regist/Delete
K
K
1022 Holiday File Regist/Delete
K
K
1023 Custom Button Regist/Save
K
K
21 Help
2140 Trouble Help (SE)
K
22 Self-Diagnostics (Scanner)
2240 Image Processing Circuit Board Check
K
2241 Image Data Diagnostics
K
2242 Main Control Unit Diagnostics
K
2243 NC100AY Magnetic Data Test (IX240)
K
2244 NC100AY Feeding Drive Test
K
2245 NC100AY Sensor Test
K
23 Self-Diagnostics (Printer)
2340 Paper Feed Check
K
99 Special Operations
9940 Paint
K
9941 Explorer
K
9942 Command
K
1-5
1.2 Printer/Processor Operation Panel Menu Table 1.2.1
Menu Table Classification
No. 1
Main Menu
Laboratory Manager
SE
11 PROC TEMP.
K
K
12 CALIBRATION
K
K
13 MEASURE DENS
K
K
14 CTRL STRIPS
K
K
K
K
No.
STARTUP CHK
User
Sub Menu
Description
2
END CHK.
21 STARTUP TME
3
LANGUAGE
31 SET LANG.
Language change
K
K
32 ORG. LANG NO.
Required data version
K
K
33 ADD LAND NO.
Loaded data version
K
K
4
CHECK
41 PROC TEMP
Processor temperature indication
K
K
5
SELECT FUNC.
51 POWER OFF
Power supply OFF
K
K
6
PRINT COND.
61 CALIBRATION
Condition upkeep printing
K
K
62 MEASURE DENS
Density measurement
K
K
K
K
7
SPEC. PRINT
71 TEST PATTERN
Pattern printing
8
SYSTEM
81 PROC. TYPE
Processor type selection
K
82 PROC. METHOD
Processing method selection
K
83 SORTER TYPE
Sorter type selection
K
84 NIGHT ALARM
Night alarm ON - OFF
K K
85 SET AREA 9
INSTALLATION
91 PSR AIR EXT.
PSR line air bleeding
K
92 MIX REPL.
Replenisher preparation
K
93 PUMP AIR EXT.
Replenishment line air bleeding
K
94 IP ADDR. SET
K
95 NET MASK SET
K
Key Operation for Menu User
Laboratory Manager
Key Operation
MENU
MENU ,
SE
MENU
MENU and ENTER ,
MENU ,
MENU ,
MENU ,
1-6
MENU and ENTER ,
1.2 Printer/Processor Operation Panel Menu Table 1.2.2
1
0 [MENU] Item MENU
MENU
MENU
MENU
MENU
ENTER
STANDBY
$✻
0 [MENU]
1 [STARTUP CHK]
1 STARTUP CHK.
1 PROC. TEMP.
?
(SeeSubsection Subsection1.2.3) 1.2.3) (See
0 [MENU]
2 [END CHK]
2 END CHK.
1 CHK START
?
(See (SeeSubsection Subsection1.2.4) 1.2.4)
INITIALIZE
$✻ 0 [MENU]
3 [LANGUAGE]
3 LANGUAGE
1 SET LANG.
?
(See (SeeSubsection Subsection1.2.5) 1.2.5)
0 [MENU]
4 [CHECK]
4 CHECK
1 PROC. TEMP.
?
(SeeSubsection Subsection1.2.6) 1.2.6) (See
MENU
0 [MENU]
5 [SELECT FUNC.]
5 SELECT FUNC.
1 POWER OFF
?
(See (SeeSubsection Subsection1.2.7) 1.2.7)
0 [MENU]
6 [PRINT COND.]
6 PRINT COND.
1 CALIBRATION
?
(SeeSubsection Subsection1.2.8) 1.2.8) (See
0 [MENU]
7 [SPEC. PRINT]
7 SPEC. PRINT
1 TEST PATTERN
?
(See (SeeSubsection Subsection1.2.9) 1.2.9)
0 [MENU]
8 [SYSTEM]
8 SYSTEM
1 PROC. TYPE
?
(See (SeeSubsection Subsection1.2.10) 1.2.10)
0 [MENU]
9 [INSTALLATION]
9 INSTALLATION
1 PSR AIR EXT.
?
(See (SeeSubsection Subsection1.2.11) 1.2.11)
1-7
1.2 Printer/Processor Operation Panel Menu Table 1.2.3
1 [STARTUP CHK.] Item
0 [MENU] 1 STARTUP CHK.
ENTER
1 [STARTUP CHK.] 1 PROC. TEMP.
11
?
P1
30.5
?
11 P2
30.5
?
11 PS2
30.5
?
11 PS4
30.5
?
11 DRY
1-8
30.5
?
1.2 Printer/Processor Operation Panel Menu Table
1 1 [STARTUP CHK.] 2 CALIBRATION
?
12
12
1
START
89
G
F
?
ENTER
ENTER
12 PRINTING
1 [STARTUP CHK.] 3 MEASURE DENS
*
13 ?
START
13 ?
ENTER
MEASURING
ENTER
$
#Ixxxx ENTER
LUT UPDATE OK ENTER
MEASURE DATA NORMAL
13
ENTER
#Cancel [YES]
?
?
13 LUT UPDATE NG
?
MEASURE DATA ABNORMAL
ENTER
#Ixxxx #Cancel [NO]
?
MEASURE DATA RECEPTION
1 [STARTUP CHK.] 4 CTRL STRIPS
14 ?
START
#xxxxx ?
ENTER
[CONDITION NG]
#xxxxx
ENTER
[CONDITION OK]
#Set Holder #DRIVE [YES]
PROCESSING
* ENTER
#Set Holder #DRIVE [NO]
1-9
?
ENTER
14
?
1.2 Printer/Processor Operation Panel Menu Table 1.2.4
2 [END CHK.] Item
0 [MENU] 2 END CHK.
ENTER
2 [END CHK.] 1 CHK START
?
21 CHECKING
21 ✻
07/01/03 09:00
?
Only the date rises-descends.
21 07/01/04 09:00
?
ENTER
21 POWER OFF CLEANING
ENTER
$
#M002 #Cancel [YES]
?
ENTER
#M002 #Cancel [NO]
1-10
?
1.2 Printer/Processor Operation Panel Menu Table 1.2.5
1
3 [LANGUAGE] Item
0 [MENU]
3 [LANGUAGE]
3 LANGUAGE
1 SET LANG.
ENTER
?
ENTER
31 [English]
?
ENTER
31 [Japanese]
ENTER
3 [LANGUAGE] 2 ORG. LANG NO.
?
3 ADD. LANG NO.
1-11
000003
ENTER
3 [LANGUAGE] ?
32
33 NO LANG LOADED
?
1.2 Printer/Processor Operation Panel Menu Table 1.2.6
4 [CHECK] Item
0 [MENU]
4 [CHECK]
4 CHECK
1 PROC TEMP.
ENTER
?
41 P1
43.0
$
41 P2
43.0
$
41 PS2
45.0
$
41 PS4
45.0
$
41 DRY
1-12
31.6
$
1.2 Printer/Processor Operation Panel Menu Table 1.2.7
1
5 [SELECT FUNC.] Item
0 [MENU]
5 [SELECT FUNC.]
5 SELECT FUNC.
1 POWER OFF
ENTER
?
51 START
?
ENTER
#M0003 #POWER OFF [YES]
?
ENTER
POWER OFF
ENTER
#M0003 #POWER OFF [NO]
1-13
?
1.2 Printer/Processor Operation Panel Menu Table 1.2.8
6 [PRINT COND.] Item
0 [MENU] 6 PRINT COND.
ENTER
6 [PRINT COND.] 1 CALIBRATION
?
61 MAG. [UPPER] 61 START
?
61 ENTER
MAG. [LOWER] 61 PRINTING
✻
ENTER
61 COMPLETED
ENTER
6 [PRINT COND.] 2 MEASURE DENS
?
ENTER
62 START
62 MEASURE
?
ENTER
?
62 LUT UP DATE OK
ENTER
$
#M0002 #Cancel [YES]
ENTER
?
?
MEASURE DATA NORMAL
LUT UP DATE NG
ENTER
#M0002
62 ?
MEASURE DATA ABNORMAL
#Cancel [NO]
MEASURE DATA RECEPTION
1-14
?
1.2 Printer/Processor Operation Panel Menu Table 1.2.9
1
7 [SPECIAL PRINT] Item
0 [MENU]
7 [SPEC. PRINT]
7 [SPEC. PRINT]
1 TEST PATTERN
ENTER
?
71 MAG. [UPPER]
71 MAG. [LOWER]
71 LENGTH [82.5]
71 TYPE GRID
71 71
TYPE BL Plas
LENGTH [89.0] 71 71 71
START
?
TYPE BD Plas ENTER
LENGTH [127.0] 71 TYPE Pap. Feed
71 PRINTING
✻
71 LENGTH [254.0] 71
ENTER
71 TYPE ZIBKPrint COMPLETED 71 LENGTH [381.0]
71 TYPE LIBKPrint
71 71 LENGTH [457.0] TYPE CHBKPrint
71 TYPE Grad.
71 TYPE Frame
1-15
?
1.2 Printer/Processor Operation Panel Menu Table 1.2.10
8 [SYSTEM] Item
0 [MENU]
8 [SYSTEM]
8 SYSTEM
1 PROC TYPE
(See 81 [PROC.TYPE].) ?
8 [SYSTEM] (See 82 [PROC. METHOD].) 2 PROC METHOD
?
8 [SYSTEM] (See 83 [SORTER TYPE].) 3 SORTER TYPE
?
8 [SYSTEM] (See 84 [NIGHT ALARM].) 4 NIGHT ALARM
?
8 [SYSTEM] (See 85 [SET AREA].) 5 SET AREA
?
81 [PROC. TYPE]
ENTER
8 [SYSTEM] 1 PROC TYPE
?
ENTER
81 [LP5700]
?
ENTER
81 [PRO Entry chk]
1-16
?
1.2 Printer/Processor Operation Panel Menu Table
1
82 [PROC. METHOD]
ENTER
8 [SYSTEM] 2 PROC.METHOD
?
82 [FACTORY TEST]
?
82 [CP-49E]
?
ENTER
83 [SORTER TYPE]
ENTER
83 [NONE]
ENTER
8 [SYSTEM] 3 SORTER TYPE
?
ENTER
83 [14 ORDER]
?
?
ENTER
83 [24 ORDER]
1-17
?
1.2 Printer/Processor Operation Panel Menu Table 84 [NIGHT ALARM]
ENTER
8 [SYSTEM] 4 NIGHT ALARM
ENTER
84
?
[OFF]
?
ENTER
84 [ON]
?
85 [SET AREA]
ENTER
8 [SYSTEM] 5 SET AREA
ENTER
85 [Standard]
?
$
ENTER
85 [North America]
$
ENTER
85 [Europe]
1-18
$
1.2 Printer/Processor Operation Panel Menu Table 1.2.11
1
9 [INSTALLATION] Item
0 [MENU] 9 INSTALLATION
ENTER
9 [INSTALLATION] 1 PSR AIR EXT.
?
2 MIX REPL.
?
?
?
?
START
?
✻
92 PREPARING
ENTER
93
91 EXTRACTING AIR
ENTER
92 START
ENTER
9 [INSTALLATION] 3 PUMP AIR EXT.
START
ENTER
9 [INSTALLATION]
ENTER
91
✻
93 EXTRACTING AIR
✻
It moves to a right beam. ENTER
9 [INSTALLATION] 4 IP ADDR. SET
?
94 123000000000
94 ?
223000000000
?
Number change
It moves to a right beam. ENTER
9 [INSTALLATION] 5 NET MASK SET
?
95 123000000000
95 ?
223000000000 Number change
1-19
?
2. MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION 2.1
Maintenance Schedule ........................................................................... 2-2
2.2
Regular Maintenance and Inspection Table......................................... 2-3
2.3
Maintenance and Inspection Procedures............................................. 2-4 2.3.1 2.3.2 2.3.3 2.3.4 2.3.5 2.3.6 2.3.7 2.3.8 2.3.9 2.3.10 2.3.11 2.3.12 2.3.13 2.3.14 2.3.15 2.3.16 2.3.17 2.3.18 2.3.19 2.3.20 2.3.21 2.3.22 2.3.23 2.3.24 2.3.25 2.3.26 2.3.27 2.3.28 2.3.29 2.3.30
Lens Cleaning .......................................................................................................... 2-4 Mouse Cleaning ....................................................................................................... 2-4 Auto Film Carrier Inspection .................................................................................. 2-4 Carrier Base Slider Rail Cleaning .......................................................................... 2-5 Power Supply Cord Cleaning ................................................................................. 2-5 Carrier Base Slider Guide Replacement................................................................ 2-5 Floppy Disk Drive Inspection ................................................................................. 2-6 CD-ROM Drive Inspection....................................................................................... 2-7 Printing Function Inspection.................................................................................. 2-8 Cutter Inspection ..................................................................................................... 2-9 Back Printing Head Inspection............................................................................... 2-9 Back Printer Head Replacement ............................................................................ 2-9 Registration Section Feed Roller Cleaning......................................................... 2-10 Nip Release Mechanism (before exposure) Inspection ..................................... 2-11 Sub-scanning Section Roller Cleaning ............................................................... 2-11 Cam Follower (Rubber Bearing) Replacement ................................................... 2-12 Pipe Slider Inspection ........................................................................................... 2-13 Distribution Section Nip Release System/Roller Inspection ............................. 2-13 Processing Rack Helical Drive Gear Lubrication ............................................... 2-14 Crossover Rack/Dryer Entrance Rack Auto Washing Nozzle Inspection ........ 2-14 Circulation Pump Inspection................................................................................ 2-15 Processing Solution Heater Inspection............................................................... 2-15 Processing Solution Level Sensor Cleaning ...................................................... 2-16 Replenisher Level Sensor Cleaning .................................................................... 2-17 PS4 Solution Concentration Sensor Cleaning.................................................... 2-18 Waste Solution Level Sensor Cleaning ............................................................... 2-18 PSR Level Sensor Inspection............................................................................... 2-19 Solution Hose and Clamp Inspection .................................................................. 2-20 Processor Drive Chain Lubrication ..................................................................... 2-21 Dryer Mesh Belt Inspection .................................................................................. 2-21
2-1
2
2.1 Maintenance Schedule Every Day
Schedule
Pre-operational Check
Item
Post-operational Check
Every Week
Every Month
Every 3 Months
Scanner
Diffusion Box/LED Board Cover
Clean
Scanner
Auto Film Carrier NC100AY Feed Lanes
Clean
Printer/ Processor
Control Strip
Process/ Check
Scanner
Auto Film Carrier NC100AY Magnetic Heads/Rollers
Clean
Printer/ Processor
Waste Solution
Collect
Printer/ Processor
Crossover Racks
Wash
Printer/ Processor
Dryer Entrance Rack
Wash
Printer/ Processor
Upper Part of the P1/P2/ PS1 Processing Racks
Wash
Scanner
Light Source Section Air Filter
Clean
Printer/ Processor
Printer Section Air Filter
Clean
Printer/ Processor
Printer Power Supply Section Air Filters
Clean
Printer/ Processor
Processing Solution Cooling Fan Air Filter
Clean
Printer/ Processor
Dryer Section Air Filters
Clean
Printer/ Processor
Dryer Exit Section Air Filter
Clean
Printer/ Processor
P1/P2 Circulation Filters
Replace
Printer/ Processor
Processing Racks
Wash
Printer/ Processor
Auto-washing Nozzles
Clean
Printer/ Processor
Paper Feed Section Rollers
Clean
Printer/ Processor
Dryer Exit Rollers
Clean
Printer/ Processor
Dryer Roller/Dryer Rack Mesh Belt
Clean
Printer/ Processor
Exposure Section Cooling Air Filter
Replace
Printer/ Processor
Densitometer White Board
Clean
Printer/ Processor
G Laser Optimal Temperature Setup
Setup
Printer/ Processor
PS Processing Solutions
Printer/ Processor
PS Circulation Filters
Printer/ Processor
Paper Magazine Rollers/ Inside of the Magazine
Every 6 Months
Every Year
Replace
Replace Replace Clean (at the time of paper end)
2-2
Every Two Years
2.2 Regular Maintenance and Inspection Table Implementation Period (Every)
Item
Scanner
Lens Mouse Auto Film Carrier Floppy Disk Drive CD-ROM Drive Printing Functions Carrier Base Slider Rails Carrier Base Slide Guides Carrier Base Plug-in Connector Main Control Unit Backup Battery Power Supply Cord Magazine Rollers
6 months
year
3 Years
5 Years
Clean Inspect Inspect Inspect Inspect Clean Replace Replace Replace Clean Inspect
Cutters
Inspect
Back Printer Head
Inspect
Registration Section Feed Rollers Nip Release System (before exposure) Sub-scanning Section Rollers Steel Belt Rubber Belt Cam Followers (Rubber Bearings) Distribution Pipe Slider Distribution Section Nip Release System/Rollers Laser Optical Unit Air Filter Processing Rack Helical Drive Gears P1R, P2RA, P2RB Pump Output/ Inspect Leaks PSR Pump Output/Leaks Inspect
Replace
Replace Clean Inspect Clean Replace Replace Replace Inspect Clean
Replace Grease
Refer to
Subsection 2.3.1 Subsection 2.3.2 Subsection 2.3.3 Subsection 2.3.7 Subsection 2.3.8 Subsection 2.3.9 Subsection 2.3.4 Subsection 2.3.6 Subsection 7.6.1 Subsection 9.3.4 Subsection 2.3.5 Subsection 5.6.1 Subsection 2.3.10 for inspection Subsection 11.1.12 for upper cutter replacement Subsection 11.1.15 for lower cutter replacement Subsection 2.3.11 for inspection Subsection 2.3.12 for replacement Subsection 2.3.13 Subsection 2.3.14 Subsection 2.3.15 Subsection 12.3.3 Subsection 12.3.7 Subsection 2.3.16 Subsection 2.3.17 Subsection 2.3.18 Subsection 12.2.1 Subsection 2.3.19 Subsection 5.7.1
PSR Pump Bellows/Valve Crossover Rack Auto Washing Nozzle Printer/ Dryer Entrance Rack Auto Washing Processor Nozzle PS Tank Separate Plate Blade/Seal Circulation Pumps Processing Solution Heaters Processing Solution Level Sensors Replenisher Level Sensors PS4 Solution Concentration Sensor Waste Solution Level Sensor PSR Level Sensor Processing Solution Temperature Sensors Solution Hoses/Clamps Processor Drive Chain Dryer Mesh Belt
2 Years
Clean
Subsection 5.7.1 Subsection 16.2.6 for bellows Subsection 16.2.5 for valve Subsection 2.3.20
Replace Inspect Inspect
Subsection 2.3.20 Replace
Subsection 14.3.1 Subsection 2.3.21 Subsection 2.3.22 Subsection 2.3.23 Subsection 2.3.24 Subsection 2.3.25 Subsection 2.3.26 Subsection 2.3.27
Inspect Inspect Clean Clean Clean Clean Inspect Calibrate
Subsection 5.7.4
Inspect Grease
Subsection 2.3.28 Subsection 2.3.29 Subsection 2.3.30 Subsection 17.2.3 for Dryer rack unit Subsection 18.1.10 for dryer exit unit Subsection 18.2.2 for print sending unit Subsection 18.2.3 Subsection 18.4.7 for SU1400AY Subsection 18.6.8 for SU2400AY Subsection 18.3.6 for SU1400AY Subsection 18.5.8 for SU2400AY Subsection 18.4.5 for SU1400AY Subsection 18.6.9 for SU2400AY
Inspect
Drive Timing Belt Tension (Dryer Rack, Dryer Exit and Print Sending Units)
Inspect/ Adjust
Print Sending Feed Belt Tension
Inspect
Sorter Drive Chain Tension
Inspect
SU1400AY/SU2400AY Transverse Sorter Belt Tension
Inspect
SU1400AY/SU2400AY Sorter Stop Position
Inspect
2-3
2
2.3 Maintenance and Inspection Procedures 2.3.1
Lens Cleaning
1. Wipe the lens surface clean using a lens cleaning cloth (TORAY TORAYSEE or equivalent). Use a lens cleaning fluid if it is available.
Lens Z2498
2.3.2
Mouse Cleaning
1. Turn the mouse ball cover counterclockwise and remove it and the ball.
Mouse Ball Cover
2. Wipe any dirt and dust off the ball using a cloth moistened with water. 3. Remove any dirt or dust adhering to the ball cavity using tweezers. 4. Remove any dirt or dust adhering to the rollers using a cotton swab moistened with alcohol solution (mixture of an equal amount of alcohol and water).
Mouse Ball Cover
Ball Z2208
5. Reinstall the ball and cover.
2.3.3
Auto Film Carrier Inspection
1. Make sure that the carrier maintenance operations are executed correctly by the customer.
Blower Brush
2. Clean the sensors on the carrier and check them for scratches or cracks. 3. Clean the plug-in connector using the blower brush. Plug-in Connector Z2533
2-4
2.3 Maintenance and Inspection Procedures 2.3.4
Carrier Base Slider Rail Cleaning
1. Wipe the carrier slider rails clean with a cloth moistened with alcohol solution (mixture of an equal amount of alcohol and water).
2
Slider Rails
2. Wipe the carrier base slider rails clean with a cloth moistened with alcohol solution (mixture of an equal amount of alcohol and water).
Z2580
2.3.5
Power Supply Cord Cleaning
1. Remove any dirt or dust adhering to the power supply cord using a cloth moistened with water.
2.3.6
Carrier Base Slider Guide Replacement
Removal
Left-hand Slider Guide
1. Remove the carrier. 2. Remove two screws each and then the right-hand and left-hand slider guides.
Installation Right-hand Slider Guide
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Slider Guide Screws (2 each) Z2156
2-5
2.3 Maintenance and Inspection Procedures 2.3.7
Floppy Disk Drive Inspection
1. Prepare a formatted floppy disk. 2. Insert the floppy disk into the floppy disk drive.
Formatted Floppy Disk Z2041
3. Proceed to Menu 0122 “Data Backup”. 4. Select “Film Scanner” or “Printer Processor” for “Destination”.
5. Click the [OK] button. 6. Click the [Cancel] button after backup is completed. • Operation returns to the menu screen. 7. Proceed to Menu 9941 “Explorer”. 8. Double-click the “My Computer” and “3.5 inch FD” icons. 9. Make sure there are the three files in the floppy disk. 10. Exit the “Explorer” screen.
2-6
2.3 Maintenance and Inspection Procedures 11. Remove the floppy disk from the floppy disk drive.
2
Z2042
2.3.8
CD-ROM Drive Inspection
1. Press the CD-ROM eject button.
CD-ROM Eject Button
• The CD-ROM tray is ejected.
CD-ROM Tray Z2534
2. Press the CD-ROM eject button. • The CD-ROM tray returns. NOTE: If the CD-ROM tray does not operate properly after Steps 1 and 2 are taken, the CD-ROM drive may be defective.
CD-ROM Tray
CD-ROM Eject Button Z2535
2-7
2.3 Maintenance and Inspection Procedures 2.3.9
Printing Function Inspection
1. Perform: • scanner correction • print condition upkeep printing 2. Set the paper magazine for the largest size print available at the lab. 3. Proceed to Menu 0541 “Test Pattern Printing”.
4. Move the cursor to “Test pattern selection” and select “Grid”. 5. Move the cursor to “Feed length” and enter the feed length for the largest size print.
6. Click the [Print] button. • After about three minutes, the print is output to the large size print tray. 7. Check the color drift for the C, M and Y lines at the center of the print using a magnifying lens (×20 to ×40). If the color drift exceeds 1/3 of the color line thickness, perform the following maintenance operations. • Menu 0547 “Main Scanning Position Adjustment/Laser Beam Sync. Rough Adjustment” (See Subsection 5.6.15) • Menu 0548 “Laser Beam Sync. Fine Adjustment Print” (See Subsection 5.6.16) • Menu 0554 "Image Position Initial Setting" (See Subsection 5.6.22). 8. Proceed to the printing screen. 9. Perform test printing several times with known good negatives and reversals and make sure all system functions are normal.
2-8
2.3 Maintenance and Inspection Procedures 2.3.10 Cutter Inspection
2
1. Check the edges of prints. If they are rough, replace the unit with a new one (See Subsection 11.1.12 for the upper cutter or 11.1.19 for the lower one).
2.3.11 Back Printing Head Inspection 1. Check the back printing of prints. If it is abnormal, replace the ink ribbon cassette with a new one and check the back printing again. 2. If the back printing is still abnormal, replace the back printer head (See Subsection 2.3.12).
2.3.12 Back Printer Head Replacement Removal 1. Open the magazine door. 2. Loosen the screw and move the back printer unit to the right side. Then retighten the screw. 3. Push the locking tab and remove the ink ribbon cassette. 4. Remove the screw and then the connector cover.
Screw
Connector Cover L2928
2-9
2.3 Maintenance and Inspection Procedures 5. Disconnect the connector.
Screws (2)
6. Remove the two screws and then the back printer head.
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Connector Printer Head
NOTE: After installation, adjust the printer head clearance (See Subsection 11.2.21). L2929
2.3.13 Registration Section Feed Roller Cleaning 1. Remove the registration unit (See Subsection 11.3.1).
Rollers
2. Wipe the feed and nip rollers clean with a cloth moistened with water while turning the knob or gear as shown.
Knob L2930
Rollers
Gear
3. Reinstall the registration unit (See Subsection 11.3.1).
L2931
2-10
2.3 Maintenance and Inspection Procedures 2.3.14 Nip Release Mechanism (before exposure) Inspection 1. Remove the left cover (See Subsection 11.1.1).
2
Nip Release Solenoids (4)
2. Check the four nip release solenoids for smooth operation by moving them with hand.
3. Reinstall the left cover (See Subsection 11.1.1). L2932
2.3.15 Sub-scanning Section Roller Cleaning 1. Remove the sub-scanning unit (See Subsection 12.3.1).
Screws (6) Connectors (3)
2. Open the clamp and disconnect the three connectors. 3. Remove the six screws and then the bracket.
Clamp
Bracket L2933
4. Wipe the lower nip rollers clean with a cloth moistened with water while turning the knob.
Lower Nip Rollers
Knob
5. Reinstall the bracket.
L2929
2-11
2.3 Maintenance and Inspection Procedures 6. Set the nip rollers and wipe the feed rollers clean with a cloth moistened with water while turning the knob.
Feed Rollers Knob L2935
7. Wipe the scanning rollers clean with a cloth moistened with water while feeding a sheet of paper to turn them.
Paper
Cotton Swab
8. Reinstall the sub-scanning unit (See Subsection 12.3.1).
Scanning Rollers L2936
2.3.16 Cam Follower (Rubber Bearing) Replacement Removal 1. Remove the sub-scanning unit (See Subsection 12.3.1). 2. Remove the frame from the sub-scanning unit (See Subsection 12.3.2). 3. Remove the three screws and then the timing belt cover. Screws (3) Timing Belt Cover L2436
2-12
2.3 Maintenance and Inspection Procedures 4. Remove the two E-rings.
Cam Followers (2)
2
5. Lift the nip roller assembly slightly and remove the two cam followers.
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. E-rings (2) L21155
2.3.17 Pipe Slider Inspection 1. Open the magazine door.
Pipe Slider
2. Open the distribution section guide plate. 3. Check the pipe slider for smooth operation by sliding it back and forth. NOTE: If there are scores on the slider shaft caused by the sliding balls, the pipe slider is no problem if it slides smoothly.
4. Close the distribution section guide plate. L2937
2.3.18 Distribution Section Nip Release System/Roller Inspection 1. Open the magazine door. 2. Open the distribution section guide plate. 3. Check the nip rollers are free from foreign matter and for smooth operation by turning them.
4. Close the distribution section guide plate.
Nip Roller L2938
2-13
2.3 Maintenance and Inspection Procedures 2.3.19 Processing Rack Helical Drive Gear Lubrication 1. Remove the crossover racks. 2. Wipe grease off the helical drive gears fitted on each rack. 3. Apply recommended grease to the helical drive gears.
GREASE
Recommended Grease: Minilab Grease (P/N: 891G02003) Rack Drive Gears (6)
4. Reinstall the crossover racks.
L2939
2.3.20 Crossover Rack/Dryer Entrance Rack Auto Washing Nozzle Inspection 1. Open the dryer unit and support it with Stopper 2 (yellow).
Auto Washing Nozzle
2. Remove the No.1 to No.3 crossover and dryer entrance racks.
Toothbrush
3. Check the auto washing nozzles for clogging and clean them using a toothbrush if necessary. 4. Reinstall the dryer entrance and No.1 to No.3 crossover racks.
Toothbrush
Auto Washing Nozzle
5. Close the dryer unit.
L2940
2-14
2.3 Maintenance and Inspection Procedures 2.3.21 Circulation Pump Inspection
2
1. Remove the processor front cover (See Subsection 15.1.1). 2. Turn ON the main power supply and the built-in circuit breaker, then press the START switch to start up the system. 1) Go to the second page of Menu 0642 “Processor I/O Check”. 3. Click the [ON] - [OFF] buttons for the PU700 to PU705 circulation pumps and check that the pumps are operating normally. 4. Reinstall the processor front cover (See Subsection 15.1.1).
2.3.22 Processing Solution Heater Inspection 1. Start up the system and open Menu 4 "Processor Solution Temperature Check" screen in the preoperational checks. 2. Check that the temperatures increase normally. 3. If the temperature increases slowly or does not rise, either the circulation filter is clogged or the safety thermostat or heater is malfunctioning.
2-15
2.3 Maintenance and Inspection Procedures 2.3.23 Processing Solution Level Sensor Cleaning 1. Remove the processor inner cover (See Subsection 15.1.3).
Screw
2. Open the replenisher box door. 3. Remove the circulation filter tray. 4. Remove the screw and then the splash-prevention cover. 5. Open the dryer unit and support it using Stopper 2 (yellow). Splash-prevention Cover L21051
6. Remove the screw and then the processing solution level sensor from the sub-tank.
Solution Level Sensor Screw L21127
7. Wipe dirt off each processing solution level sensor with a cloth moistened with water.
Solution Level Sensor
8. Reinstall the removed parts. 9. Close the dryer unit. L21128
2-16
2.3 Maintenance and Inspection Procedures 2.3.24 Replenisher Level Sensor Cleaning
2
1. Remove the right cover (See Subsection 14.4.1). Screws (2)
2. Remove the two screws and pull the replenisher tanks out.
Replenisher Tanks L21131
3. Remove the two screws and then the level sensor.
P1R Replenisher level Sensor Screws (2)
P2RA
P2RB L21132
4. Wipe dirt off each replenisher level sensor with a cloth moistened with water.
Replenisher Level Sensor
5. Reinstall the removed parts. L21133
2-17
2.3 Maintenance and Inspection Procedures 2.3.25 PS4 Solution Concentration Sensor Cleaning 1. Remove the processor inner cover (See Subsection 15.1.3).
PS4 Solution Concentration Sensor PS4 Solution Concentration Sensor
2. Loosen the screw and remove the water supply port inner cover. 3. Remove the screw and then the PS4 solution concentration sensor. 4. Wipe dirt off the PS4 solution concentration sensor with a cloth moistened with water. Screw
5. Reinstall the removed parts. L21129
2.3.26 Waste Solution Level Sensor Cleaning 1. Perform the post-operational checks to shut down the system and turn OFF the built-in circuit breaker and main power supply.
Screw
2. Open the dryer unit and support it using Stopper 2 (yellow). 3. Remove the screw and then the waste solution level sensor cover.
Waste Solution Level Sensor Cover L2665
2-18
2.3 Maintenance and Inspection Procedures 4. Put the flashlight from above as shown.
Flashlight
2
5. Look through the slits (peep holes) in the right cover and remove the waste solution tank cap. Connector
Slits (Peep Holes) Tank Cap L21191
6. Wipe dirt off the waste solution level sensor with a cloth moistened with water.
Waste Solution Tank Cap Waste Solution Level Sensor
7. Reinstall the removed parts. L21130
2.3.27 PSR Level Sensor Inspection 1. Open the Menu 0624 "Processor Input Check" screen. 2. Remove the right cover (See Subsection 14.4.1).
2-19
2.3 Maintenance and Inspection Procedures 3. The PSR level sensor is normal if its level matches the screen display.
PSR Lower Level Sensor
4. Reinstall the right cover.
PSR Upper Level Sensor L21151
2.3.28 Solution Hose and Clamp Inspection 1. Remove: • Processor front cover (See Subsection 15.1.1). • Right cover (See Subsection 14.4.1). 2. Check the processor bottom pan for any sign of solution leakage. 3. Check the solution circulation system and replenisher system for: 1) Any sign of solution leakage at each joint. 2) Loose hose clamps. 3) Collapsed, bent or cracked hoses. 4. If necessary, repair or replace parts. 5. Reinstall the removed covers.
2-20
2.3 Maintenance and Inspection Procedures 2.3.29 Processor Drive Chain Lubrication 1. Remove all crossover racks.
2
Chain
2. Wipe grease off the drive chain and sprockets. GREASE
3. Apply a sufficient amount of recommended grease to the drive chain. Recommended Grease: Minilab Grease (P/N: 891G02003) 4. Reinstall the crossover racks.
L2941
2.3.30 Dryer Mesh Belt Inspection 1. Remove the dryer belt unit (See Subsection 17.2.1). 2. Check the mesh belt for damage or fouling by turning it with hand. • Replace the mesh belt if it is damaged. • Clean the mesh belt if it is fouling. 3. Reinstall the dryer belt unit (See Subsection 17.2.1). Dryer Mesh Belt
L21194
2-21
3. MESSAGES AND ACTIONS 3.1
Error Indication Outline.......................................................................... 3-2 3.1.1 3.1.2 3.1.3
Message Number..................................................................................................... 3-2 Message Icon ........................................................................................................... 3-2 X-#### Actions......................................................................................................... 3-2
3.2
Messages and Actions ........................................................................... 3-3
3.3
Trouble Shooting ................................................................................ 3-163 3.3.1 3.3.2 3.3.3 3.3.4 3.3.5 3.3.6 3.3.7 3.3.8 3.3.9 3.3.10 3.3.11 3.3.12 3.3.13
Film Carrier .......................................................................................................... 3-163 CTB23 Circuit Board ........................................................................................... 3-164 CTB23 Circuit Board +24V System .................................................................... 3-165 Replenishment Cartridge Box Malfunction....................................................... 3-166 Processing Solution Temperature Abnormality ............................................... 3-168 Dryer Temperature Abnormality ........................................................................ 3-172 Processing Solution Tank Level Lowering ....................................................... 3-176 Replenishment Pump Diagnostics .................................................................... 3-177 Rack Auto Cleaning System Diagnostics ......................................................... 3-178 P1R Stirring Valve/Replenishment Cartridge Washing Valve Diagnostics.... 3-179 Replenishment Level Sensor Diagnostics ........................................................ 3-180 Return Action after Replenishment System Error............................................ 3-180 Replenishment Cartridge Opening Malfunction ............................................... 3-181
3.4
Restoration of Backup for Refreshing.............................................. 3-182
3.5
OS Recovery and Backup for Refreshing ........................................ 3-184 3.5.1 3.5.2 3.5.3
OS Recovery ........................................................................................................ 3-184 Device Driver Installation.................................................................................... 3-189 Backup for Refreshing ........................................................................................ 3-194
3-1
3
3.1 Error Indication Outline 3.1.1
Message Number
The messages are identified by the following four codes. Symbol
Error
E
Trouble (Error requires action of the service representative.)
W
Mismatching of condition (Error can be corrected by the operator.)
I
Information
X
Software trouble
3.1.2
Message Icon
Icon
Error Errors with code “E” (Take measures after turning OFF the power supply.)
Errors with code “E” , “W” or “X” (Error can be recovered.)
For code “I” (Information)
3.1.3
X-#### Actions
X-#### errors (software error) Take the following actions. 1. 2. 3. 4.
Write down the error number. Restart the system. Reinstall the software if the problem persists. Create a report in the specified format.
3-2
3.2 Messages and Actions No. W-1406
Message #### not installed or paper end processing in progress. Install the magazine, and then start printing. Install the paper magazine.
W-1407
The incorrect magazine installed. Press [OK] to change magazine, or change print size.
W-1408
Back print cannot be performed with specified paper. Press [Continue] to perform printing without back print. Back printing is not applied for medium weight paper.
W-1417
An error occurred during creating of image.
Factor Magazine is not installed. (Causes of the error message) 1. Magazine not installed. 2. ID chip not installed. 3. Upper/lower magazine ID sensor(D610 to D615/D620 to D625) malfunction 4. Magazine abnormal
1. Install magazine. 2. Install ID chip. 3. Replace upper/lower magazine ID sensor(D610 to D615/D620 to D625). 4. Replace magazine.
Printing size width and magazine paper mismatch. (Causes of the error message) 1. Print size and magazine mismatched. 2. Upper/lower magazine ID sensor(D610 to D615/D620 to D625) malfunction 3. Magazine abnormal
1. Install correct magazine, or change print size. 2. Replace upper/lower magazine ID sensor(D610 to D615/D620 to D625). 3. Replace magazine.
Back printing is specified with medium weight paper. Magazine with postcard ID installed. (Causes of the error message) 1. Wrong magazine installed or incorrect print mode. 2. Upper/lower magazine ID sensor(D610 to D615/D620 to D625) malfunction 3. Magazine abnormal
1. Install correct magazine, or change mode to postcard print. 2. Replace upper/lower magazine sensor(D610 to D615/D620 to D625). 3. Replace magazine.
Error occurred during auto setup. (Causes of the error message) 1. Software failure
2. Hard disk malfunction. 3. Main control unit malfunction.
1. Restart system, and if problem persists, reinstall system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the HDD. 3. Replace main control unit.
Magazine is not installed during the index format consistency check. (Causes of the error message) 1. Magazine not installed. 2. Magazine ID chip not installed. 3. Upper/lower magazine ID sensor(D610 to D615/D620 to D625) malfunction 4. Magazine abnormal
1. Install magazine. 2. Install ID chip. 3. Replace upper/lower magazine sensor(D610 to D615/D620 to D625) 4. Replace magazine.
Paper width mismatch occurred during the index format inconsistency check. (Causes of the error message) 1. Index format and magazine mismatched. 2. Upper/lower magazine ID sensor(D610 to D615/D620 to D625) malfunction. 3. Magazine abnormal
1. Install correct magazine, or change index format. 2. Replace upper/lower magazine sensor(D610 to D615/D620 to D625). 3. Replace magazine.
Do the pre-scan again.
W-1418
##### not installed or paper end processing in progress. Install the magazine, and then start printing.
W-1419
Selected paper width and index print size mismatched. Press the [OK] button and replace magazine, or change the index format. If you press [Output], an incorrect index print will be outputted.
I-1420
Printer processor is busy, so postoperational check not performed.
Actions
Post-operational check was started while in operating in printer.
Wait until processing is completed.
Upon completion of printing, perform “Post-operational check”. I-1421
Printer processor is busy. Please wait a moment, and then perform “Post-operational check”.
(Causes of the error message) 1. Printing is processing. 2. Paper jamming
NOTE 1: The refreshing backup can be restored (see Section 3.4).
3-3
1. Wait until processing is completed. 2. Remove jammed paper.
3
3.2 Messages and Actions No.
Message
Factor
W-1422
A communication error occurred between the main control section and printer processor.
“No response” is received from printer at the start-up of the postoperational check. (Causes of the error message) 1. Connection error or disconnection of 1394(interface) cable or grounding wire 2. Abnormal system software
E-1425
Initializing of printer processor failed. (Causes of the error message) Consult your technical representative. 1. Abnormal system software [S-alone]: Starts only the scanner. [End]: Shuts down the system. 2. Faulty main control unit [Retry]: Retries to initialize the printer.
Actions
1. Connect cable correctly, or replace it. 2. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 1. Reinstall system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace main control unit.
If you restart the system, please wait 12 seconds and then turn on the power switch. Please wait 12 seconds, and then turn on the system. W-1427
A communication error occurred between the main control section and printer processor. Check the connection, and then press the [Retry] button.
W-1428
A communication error occurred between the main control section and printer processor. Check the connection, and then press the [Retry] button.
W-1449
No valid frame detected during frame detection. Do the pre-scan again.
W-1450
Error returned when the printer status notice registering command is issued at start-up. (Causes of the error message) 1. Connection error or disconnection 1. Connect 1394 cable correctly or of 1394(interface) cable or replace it. grounding wire 2. System software failure 2. Restart system, and if problem persists, reinstall system software. (NOTE 1) Error returned when the magazine status retrieving command is issued to printer at start-up. (Causes of the error message) 1. Connection error or disconnection of 1394(interface) cable or grounding wire 2. System software failure
1. Connect 1394 cable correctly or replace it. 2. Restart system, and if problem persists, reinstall system software. (NOTE 1)
Number of detected frames was zero during frame detection. (Causes of the error message) 1. Optical path interrupted during 1. Perform scanner correction at prebright correction at pre-operational operational check. check 2. Lamp burned out. 2. Replace lamp. 3. CCD unit system abnormal 3. Replace the CCD unit.
Error occurred while reading magnetic information.
Magnetic information reading error (Causes of the error message) 1. Pressure cover not closed Clean the magnetic head and then try completely. pre-scan again. 2. Dust or debris collect on the magnetic head. 3. Connector’s connection error or harness disconnection in carrier. 4. MRH23(read head) circuit board malfunction 5. CYA23 circuit board malfunction
NOTE 1: The refreshing backup can be restored (See Section 3.4).
3-4
1. Close cover. 2. Clean or replace magnetic head. 3. 4. 5.
(See Subsection 3.3.1)
3.2 Messages and Actions No. I-1455
Message Magnetic data registered on film failure. Continue the process ignoring the magnetic information.
W-1473
Incorrect template. Delete all templates stored in HD and register them again.
Factor
Actions
Magnetic information contents error. (Causes of the error message) 1. Dust or dirt collected on the magnetic head. 2. High-intensity radio wave such as from a cell phone near the carrier 3. High power supply noise
1. Clean the magnetic head and scan again. 2. Keep radio wave source far away form the carrier. 3. Ground the power supply securely.
Composite format to the extended SIP failed. (Causes of the error message) 1. Frontier D-drive full 2. Faulty Frontier hard disk
W-1475
Template and paper widths mismatched.
Template and paper width mismatch
1. Delete all templates and register them again. 2. Replace the HDD of the main control unit. Replace the paper magazine or change the print size.
Press the [OK] button, and then replace magazine. W-1479
Template image size does not match print size. Confirm print size and template size.
E-1482
Hard disk failure occurred. Consult technical representative.
E-1483
Index image data cannot be read. Consult technical representative.
W-1484
Initializing of printer processor failed. Press the [S-alone] button, and only the film scanner will be started up.
W-1487
Selected print size and paper width mismatched.
Template and print sizes specified in frame/character print do not match. (Causes of the error message) 1. Print size does not match 1. Change the print size or template. template. 2. Faulty magazine ID sensors (D610 2. Replace the sensor. to D615/D620 to D625). Hard disk fault is detected when file is imported from or exported to the Imaging Controller. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty hard disk in main control 1. Replace the HDD of the main unit. control unit. Image data file cannot be read out when editing index print. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty Frontier system software (A1). 2. Faulty Frontier hard disk. Printer initialization failed at system start-up. (Causes of the error message) 1. Printer processor did not start. 2. Poor connection of 1394 communication cable. 3. Faulty ATX power supply Print size does not match paper in magazine.
1. Reinstall the software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the HDD of the main control unit.
1. Start the printer processor. 2. Connect the 1394 cable correctly. 3. Replace ATX power supply. Replace magazine or change print size.
Press [OK] to change magazine, or change print size. Press [Output] to output forcibly. W-1488
Template and print widths mismatched.
Template width does not match paper Replace paper magazine. in magazine.
Press [OK] and replace magazine. Press [Output] to output forcibly.
NOTE 1: The refreshing backup can be restored (see Section 3.4).
3-5
3
3.2 Messages and Actions No. W-1492
Message Carrier not installed. Install carrier and press [OK].
W-1495
Select the correct magazine paper type. Press [Output] to output forcibly.
Factor
Actions
Carrier is not installed. (Causes of the error message) 1. Carrier is not installed. 1. Install the carrier. 2. Faulty carrier I/O or electric system 2. (See Subsection 3.3.1) Paper types (emulsion types or surface types) different between upper and lower magazines regardless of selecting “Auto” for “Switch magazine”.
Replace magazine so that upper and lower paper types are same.
I-1501
Selected function cannot be used.
This message appears when selecting an unsupported function.
–
I-1502
Insert the floppy disk into the FD drive.
This message prompts you to insert FD during the data backup.
–
#####
This message appears when FD is not inserted during the data backup. (Causes of the error message) 1. Floppy disk not set. 2. Floppy disk drive malfunction
W-1503
Insert the floppy disk into the FD drive. I-1504 W-1505
Insert the next floppy disk into the FD drive.
This message prompts you to insert the next FD during the data backup.
#####
This message appears when the inserted FD is incorrect. (Causes of the error message) 1. Floppy disk abnormal 2. Floppy drive malfunction
Insert the correct floppy disk into the FD drive. E-1506
Reading of control information file failed. Couldn’t display the selected screen. To use this function, consult your technical representative.
This message appears when the files required to display image cannot be read. (Causes of the error message) 1. Write protected FD 2. System software failure
3. Main control unit failure E-1507
Data backup completed abnormally.
This message appears when data backup fails. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty FD 2. Write protected FD 3. Lack of HDD capacity 4. System software failure
I-1508
W-1510
Cancel data backup.
The data backup processing is cancelled according to operator’s instruction.
Date value exceeds the limit.
Set date value exceeds the limit. (Causes of the error message) 1. Current date/time entry error 2. System software failure
(1998/01/01 00:00:00 - 2037/12/31 23:59:59) Set the correct date.
3. Main control unit failure W-1511
1. Insert floppy disk into drive. 2. Replace main control unit. –
1. Insert correct floppy disk into drive. 2. Replace main control unit.
1. Set the FD to the write enable mode. 2. Restart system, and if problem persists, reinstall system software. (NOTE 1) 3. Replace the main control unit.
1. Replace the FD. 2. Set the FD to write enable mode. 3. Delete unnecessary files in the HDD. 4. Reinstall the system software. Click the [Cancel] button to stop the backup.
1. Enter correct date/time. 2. Restart system, and if problem persists, reinstall system software. (NOTE 1) 3. Replace main control unit.
Next timer-ON time exceeds the limit. Next timer-ON time exceeds the limit. Set time value must be changed. (1998/01/01 00:00:00 - 2037/12/31 (Causes of the error message) 23:59:59) 1. Current date/time entry error 1. Enter correct date/time. 2. System software failure 2. Restart system, and if problem Confirm the present time. persists, reinstall system software. (NOTE 1) 3. Main control unit failure 3. Replace main control unit.
NOTE 1: The refreshing backup can be restored (See Section 3.4).
3-6
3.2 Messages and Actions No. W-1512
W-1513
Message The FD free space insufficient.
Factor
Actions
Insert the correct floppy disk into the FD drive.
Inserted FD is full. (Causes of the error message) 1. Inserted floppy disk is full. 2. Faulty floppy disk drive
1. Insert a blank disk. 2. Replace the main control unit.
An unsettled order exists.
Unsorted prints remain after printing.
Press [Sort].
Communication error occurred in downloading from PU800B. (Causes of the error message) 1. PU800B turned OFF 2. Connection error or disconnection of PU800B communication cable
1. Turn ON PU800B. 2. Connect cable correctly, or replace it.
Communication error occurred in uploading to PU800B. (Causes of the error message) 1. PU800B turned OFF 2. Connection error or disconnection of PU800B communication cable
1. Turn ON PU800B. 2. Connect cable correctly, or replace it.
Communication error occurred in sending PU800B bill. (Causes of the error message) 1. PU800B turned OFF 2. Connection error or disconnection of PU800B communication cable
1. Turn ON PU800B. 2. Connect cable correctly, or replace it.
Settle the order. W-1521
PU800B is not turned ON or is disconnected. Check the connection with PU800B, press the [Retry] button.
W-1522
PU800B is not turned ON or is disconnected. Check the connection with PU800B, press the [Retry] button.
W-1523
PU800B is not turned ON or is disconnected. Check the connection with PU800B, press [Retry] to retry. To stop printing of the price table, press the [Stop] button.
W-1524
Couldn’t read the backup data for PU800B. Check the connection with PU800B.
File reading error occurred in downloading from PU800B. (Causes of the error message) 1. System software failure
2. Main control unit failure W-1525
Couldn’t write to the backup data for PU800B. Check the connection with PU800B.
I-1526
Production information log file not found.
File writing error occurred in uploading to PU800B. (Causes of the error message) 1. System software failure
1. Restart system, and if problem persists, reinstall system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace main control unit.
2. Main control unit failure
1. Restart system, and if problem persists, reinstall system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace main control unit.
Production information log file reading error
Check that the production information log file exists.
A new file will be created. W-1527
Production information cannot be written into file. To use this function, consult your technical representative.
Error occurred in writing production information log file. (Causes of the error message) 1. System software failure
2. Main control unit failure E-1530
FDi device registration failed.
1. Restart system, and if problem persists, reinstall system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace main control unit.
Error in registering F-DIA logical output devices (cannot be recovered) Couldn’t provide the service. (Causes of the error message) 1. No logical output/input device 1. Set up the logical output/input Consult your technical representative. name in registry. name in Menu 0124 “DI Manager Administrative Setting”. 2. Faulty Imaging Controller software. 2. Restart the Imaging Controller. If the trouble is not remedied, reinstall the software.
NOTE 1: The refreshing backup can be restored (see Section 3.4).
3-7
3
3.2 Messages and Actions No. W-1531
Message FDi device registration failed. Check the network connections, and then press the [Retry] button.
W-1532
Registering with FDi not done.
Factor
Actions
Error in registering F-DIA logical output devices. (can be recovered) (Causes of the error message) 1. Imaging Controller did not start. 2. Poorly connected LAN cable. 3. No logical output/input device name in registry.
1. Start up the Imaging Controller. 2. Connect the LAN cable correctly. 3. Set up the logical output/input name Menu 0124 “DI Manager Administrative Setting”. 4. Faulty Imaging Controller software. 4. Reinstall the software. 5. Faulty main control unit for 5. Replace the PC. Imaging Controller. Error occurred when registering FDIA logical output device.
Perform pre-operational check.
To register it, perform the “1. Preoperational Check”. W-1534
Order not unlocked. Check the network connections, and then press the [Retry] button.
W-1535
Order not unlocked. Check the network connections, and then press the [Retry] button.
E-1536
Error occurred during the order completion. Incorrect order status.
Communication from the Imaging Controller has failed when processing the order with the Frontier. (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected LAN cable. 2. Faulty Imaging Controller software. 1. Connect the LAN cable correctly. 2. Restart or reinstall the Imaging Controller software. Communication from the Imaging Controller has failed down when processing the order with the Frontier. (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected LAN cable 1. Connect the LAN cable correctly. 2. Faulty Imaging Controller software 2. Restart or reinstall the Imaging Controller software. Inappropriate status, no device authority. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty Imaging Controller software 1. Restart or reinstall the Imaging Controller software.
Change the status in the Imaging Controller. E-1537
An error occurred in the Imaging Controller. Couldn’t provide the service.
Other errors in F-DIA. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty Imaging Controller software 1. Restart or reinstall the Imaging Controller software.
W-1538
Registering with FDi not done. To register it, perform the “1. Preoperational Check”
Pre-operational Check has not been performed.
E-1539
Error occurred during the order end process.
The order is already in the “Delete Waiting” state. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty Imaging Controller software 1. Restart or reinstall the Imaging Controller software.
The status shows “Wait to delete”.
Perform the pre-operational checks.
Change the status in the Imaging Controller. I-1540
W-1541
No order of the selected paper width. No order can be printed with the labin. Replace magazine. Couldn’t provide the service. Check the network connections, and then press the [Retry] button.
–
Communication from the Imaging Controller has failed when processing the order with the Frontier. (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected LAN cable 2. Faulty Imaging Controller software 1. Connect the LAN cable correctly. 2. Restart or reinstall the Imaging Controller software.
3-8
3.2 Messages and Actions No. W-1542
Message Couldn’t provide the service. Check the network connections, and then press the [Retry] button.
W-1543
Couldn’t provide the service. Check the network connections, and then press the [Retry] button.
W-1544
Couldn’t provide the service. Check the network connections, and then press the [Retry] button.
W-1545
Couldn’t provide the service. Check the network connections, and then press the [Retry] button.
W-1546
Couldn’t provide the service. Check the network connections, and then press the [Retry] button.
W-1547
Couldn’t provide the service. Check the network connections, and then press the [Retry] button.
W-1548
E-1549
Actions
Error caused by status change during normal printing. (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected LAN cable 1. Connect the LAN cable correctly. 2. Faulty Imaging Controller software 2. Restart or reinstall the Imaging Controller software. Error caused by status change during abnormal printing. (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected LAN cable 1. Connect the LAN cable correctly. 2. Faulty Imaging Controller software 2. Restart or reinstall the Imaging Controller software. Error caused by notice of the completion of 1-order printing. (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected LAN cable 1. Connect the LAN cable correctly. 2. Faulty Imaging Controller software 2. Restart or reinstall the Imaging Controller software. Error at the time of order deletion. (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected LAN cable 1. Connect the LAN cable correctly. 2. Faulty Imaging Controller software 2. Restart or reinstall the Imaging Controller software. Error caused by status change when no order is read. (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected LAN cable 1. Connect the LAN cable correctly. 2. Faulty Imaging Controller software 2. Restart or reinstall the Imaging Controller software. Error caused by reading order. (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected LAN cable 1. Connect the LAN cable correctly. 2. Faulty Imaging Controller software 2. Restart or reinstall the Imaging Controller software.
Check the network connections, and then press the [Retry] button.
Error occurred while receiving image file printing command. (Causes of the error message) To cancel the image import, press the 1. The printer processor is not in [Stop] button. STANDBY condition when performing Digital Image Import. Error occurred while deleting the order. The status of the order to be deleted does not become “Creating”. Change the status on the Imaging controller.
E-1551
Factor
Dialog cannot be displayed. Message definition file not found or defective. To use this function, consult your technical representative.
1. Turn printer to STANDBY and press [Retry].
Every order except for the one currently being registered is deleted. (Causes of the error message) 1. The status of order has changed 1. Return the status of order to by Imaging Controller side. “Creating”. 2. Faulty Imaging Controller software 2. Restart or reinstall the Imaging Controller software. The function for string resource management returns error while generating a dialog. (Causes of the error message) 1. Damaged message file 2. Faulty hard disk
NOTE 1: The refreshing backup can be restored (see Section 3.4).
3-9
1. Reinstall the Frontier system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the HDD of the main control unit.
3
3.2 Messages and Actions No.
Message
E-1552
Could not start up the Red-eye/Soft/ Cross plug-in.
E-1553
Couldn’t continue the Red-eye/Soft/ Cross.
To use this function, consult your technical representative. Couldn’t continue the Red-eye/Soft/ Cross. Could not create the file that was required for the Red-eye/Soft/Cross plug-in.
Error has occurred when reading Red Eye/Cross plug-in I/F file. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty Frontier system software 1. Reinstall the software. (NOTE 1) (A1) 2. Faulty Variety Print software (B1) 2. Reinstall the software. 3. Faulty hard disk 3. Replace the HDD of the main control unit. Error has occurred when writing Red Eye/Cross plug-in I/F file. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty Frontier system software (A1) 2. Faulty Variety Print software (B1) 3. Faulty hard disk
To use this function, consult your technical representative. W-1556
This frame cannot be selected.
1. Reinstall the software. (NOTE 1) 2. Reinstall the software. 3. Replace the HDD of the main control unit.
Select another frame again.
Frame number of mounted print mismatched. (Causes of the error message) 1. Large index or template frame number mismatched. 2. Frame number reading failed.
1. Enter the correct frame number for the template. 2. Reload the film.
Printing the image file. Couldn’t perform the pre-scan.
Pre-scanning is attempted when an image file is being exported.
Wait until present processing completes.
Cannot end because the external-file being output.
Wait until output is completed.
Frame No. to specify template not matched.
W-1566
Actions
Error has occurred when starting Red Eye/Cross software. (Causes of the error message) The Red-eye/Soft/Cross plug-in not 1. Faulty Frontier system software 1. Reinstall the software. (NOTE 1) installed or the file may be corrupted. (A1) 2. Faulty Variety Print software (B1) 2. Reinstall the software. To use this function, consult your 3. Faulty hard disk 3. Replace the HDD of the main technical representative. control unit.
Could not find the file that was required for the Red-eye/Soft/Cross plug-in or the file may be corrupted.
E-1554
Factor
Eject film. After printing of the image file, insert the film. I-1569
Printing external file. Wait!
E-1571
Message definition file not found or defective. Check message definition file.
W-1572
Incorrect font size value.
Error occurred when reading string resource for creating a dialog. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty Frontier system software (A1) 2. Faulty hard disk
1. Reinstall the software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the main control unit.
Font size is out of the specified range. Set up font size to 8 to 72.
Specify 8 to 72 point as font size. W-1573
Logo or title exceeds area.
Input characters exceed character area.
Reduce font size or number of characters.
Select smaller font size or reduce number of characters. W-1574
Frame with selected No. already mounted.
Frame is overwritten because the – selected frame was already mounted.
Frame overwritten.
NOTE 1: The refreshing backup can be restored (See Section 3.4).
3-10
3.2 Messages and Actions No. W-1575
Message Preparing of variety printing is not completed yet.
Factor
Actions
Pre-scanning is attempted while setting up a template.
–
Pre-scanning is attempted while selecting service to be exported.
Wait a while and then reload the film.
Data loading from registry is in progress.
Wait until reading is completed.
Couldn’t start scan.
3
The film is fed out. W-1586
Couldn’t start scan, because the service to be exported is not started. Eject film. Start the service, and then insert the film.
I-1587
Reading print mag. fine adjust data. Please wait.
I-1588
Saving print mag. fine adjust data.
Data saving to registry is in progress. Wait until saving is completed.
Please wait. W-1589
Carrier/mask and composite type mismatch.
Film is fed out.
Pre-scanning is attempted when the carrier/mask and composite type do not match. (Causes of the error message) 1. Incorrect film mask 2. Incorrect template
Could not detect frame(s) specified in the “Re-order Sheet” screen.
Frame specified on invoice is not detected.
Check the film.
Template setup is in progress.
–
Wait until saving is completed.
Please wait.
This message appears while reading the service name list for image file export/import.
Start the connection with Imaging Controller, and update the data.
This message appears when registering logical device.
–
Couldn’t start scan.
W-1591
1. Install the correct mask. 2. Select the correct template.
Check the film. I-1593
##### Please wait.
I-1594
I-1595
Reading service name list.
(Use digital imaging service without Imaging controller, update the inside data.) Press [OK] to start. E-1596
Couldn’t provide the service. Check the network connections.
W-1597
The service type is not selected, so pre-scan not performed. Eject film. Select the service type, and then insert the film.
I-1598
Processing Red-eye/Soft/Cross ####.
FDI error occurred while reading service name list. (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected LAN cable 1. Connect the LAN cable correctly. 2. Faulty Imaging Controller software 2. Restart or reinstall the Imaging Controller software. Pre-scanning for other than image file export is attempted when the scanner is doing stand-alone operation. (Causes of the error message) 1. Digital Image Export has not been 1. Select the Digital Image Export. selected. Red eye/Soft/Cross startup is in progress.
Please wait.
3-11
Wait until completion.
3.2 Messages and Actions No. E-1599
Message An error occurred. Couldn’t continue the “Red-eye/Soft/ Cross”. Complete the “Red-eye/Soft/Cross” plug-in.
W-1701
W-1702
This is the last frame.
Factor
Actions
Red eye/Soft/Cross failed to start up. (Causes of the error message) 1. The carrier or mask is removed 1. Restart Red eye/Soft/Cross plugduring Red eye/Soft/Cross startup. in. 2. Faulty system software (A1) 2. Reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 3. Faulty Variety Print software (B1) 3. Reinstall the software. 4. Faulty hard disk 4. Replace the main control unit.
Press [OK] to eject film.
When the film mode is “Manual,” the [START/ENTER] key was pressed at the last frame of the film.
Click [OK] to terminate the operation or press the frame return key to return to the previous frame.
The carrier or mask removed, so the custom setting information is not displayed correctly.
The carrier or mask was removed while the dialog box related to the custom setting was displayed.
Correctly install the carrier or mask and then perform the custom setting again.
The selected custom setting number is invalid.
Print with the master settings or select a correct custom setting number.
Bordered print size has been selected.
Select borderless print size.
The related dialog(s) closed. Install the carrier or mask, and then try again. W-1703
Invalid custom setting. Changed to master settings.
E-1710
Templates are not available for the bordered print. Select the borderless print size.
W-1711
Reading of order information failed. Check if the network connection is properly done.
W-1712
DI Service is not finished. Retry when DI Service finished.
I-1721
When [1st Print] is selected, the frame order will be discarded.
This message appears when an error occurs due to a network disconnection during reading of order in auto printing mode. (Causes of the error message) 1. The Imaging Controller power is turned off. 2. Poorly connected LAN cable 3. Faulty software on the imaging controller 4. Faulty PC on the imaging controller side
1. Start the Imaging controller. 2. Connect the LAN cable correctly. 3. Reinstall the software. (NOTE 1) 4. Repair or replace the PC.
This is the message that appears when you quit while the B3/B4 is being started up.
Try again after the B3/B4 is completed.
This is the confirmation message after the All-frame specifying command is issued.
–
This message appears when inserting the film while the sub-menu screen is open.
–
Press [OK] to discard the frame order information. I-1722
A film remains in the carrier. To start the service, it is fed out.
I-1723
The settings in this dialog will be discarded because the carrier is changed.
This message appears when the wrong carrier is installed when pressing the button in the “Index Conditions” dialog.
Proceed to the dialog and set up correctly.
E-1729
Couldn’t open the order data function key setting file.
There is no order data function key setting file, or it cannot be opened.
Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1)
E-1730
An incorrect parameter may be set in the order data function key setting file.
The parameter value without the range is set up in the order data function key setting file.
Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1)
##### ##### ##### ##### NOTE 1: The refreshing backup can be restored (See Section 3.4).
3-12
3.2 Messages and Actions No. I-1732
Message Couldn’t change the film drive mode to ####.
Factor
Actions
This message appears when the selected film drive mode is invalid depending on the carrier type.
–
“Semi” is used. I-1733
A film is inserted while [All] setting for order information is currently being done, so it is fed out.
A film is inserted.
Insert the film again.
W-1734
This floppy disk already contains any data.
This message appears when a customizing file exists in the floppy disk.
Replace the floppy disk. To overwrite, click the [OK] button.
If you overwrite it, press the [OK] button. W-1735
A paper size with more than 203.0mm width and with less than 152.0mm length exists.
This message appears when a paper Check the print size. size with more than 203.0mm in width and with less than 152.0mm in length exists.
It may cause a trouble. I-1736
Print size has been changed. Check the paper width of the magazine.
I-1737
Nega sheet index printing is processing.
This message prompts you to check if Check paper width of the magazine. a correct print size is selected before 135 negative sheet index printing, template simple selection or template selection. This message appears during the negative sheet index printing.
Wait until processing completes.
Please wait. W-1739
Lens correction cannot perform when the free cropping is selected.
This message shows that lens correction cannot perform when free cropping is selected. (Causes of the error message) 1. Free cropping is in process. 2. Lens type other than “No. 0 No” is selected for “Lens Manual Correct Setup”.
1. Wait until completing free cropping. 2. Select below Lens Auto Correction: OFF Lens Manual Correct Setup: Lens type “No. 0 No”
W-1740
Cannot perform the free cropping because the lens correction was done.
This message shows that free cropping cannot be performed when the lens correction was done.
Lens Auto Correction: OFF Lens Manual Correct Setup: Lens type “No. 0 No”. After rescanning, select free cropping.
I-1741
The print size for negative sheet index is not registered yet.
The print size for negative sheet index is not registered.
Register the print size for the negative sheet index printing.
Check the print size and the group. I-1742
The print size for negative sheet index is not registered.
The searched template cannot be found.
Enter correct template number.
I-1743
The print size for the selected template not registered.
The print size for the selected template is not registered.
Register the print size for the selected template.
I-1744
The year in the calendar template is out of range.
The year in the calendar template is out of range.
Input an year within the specified range.
Quitting of operation is selected.
Close the current window and then try again.
This message appears when the disk space of the C drive is insufficient. The disk space is required more than 100MB for the systems.
Increase the disk space more than 100MB.
Change the year. I-1745
Cannot quit the operation, because the template is currently being set. Retry after closing the current dialog.
E-1746
The storage capacity of the drive is insufficient, so the variety printing cannot be done. To use this function, consult your technical representative.
3-13
3
3.2 Messages and Actions No. E-1750
Message More frames than the specified frames are detected. Change the number of frames, or use the piece film with the same number of frames.
W-1751
##### Couldn’t start scan. Eject film. #####
Factor
This message appears when the Change number of frames or use system recognizes the strip film but piece film with specified number of cannot find the frame with the starting frames. frame No. in the negative sheet index print. The real-time display is unavailable. (Causes of the error message) 1. A template used for mounted print or frame/character is being installed. 2. The “Output destination selection” screen is being displayed for exporting image file. 3. The “Original selection” screen is being displayed. 4. The template selection screen for mounted print or frame/character is being displayed. 5. Exporting image files is in progress. 6. The manual film carrier is installed during the single scan digitizing. 7. The carrier or mask type does not fit the composite type. 8. The “Image preview” screen used for mounted print or frame/ character is being displayed. 9. The batch retrieval of exposure conditions is in progress. 10. Negative sheet index screen is being displayed or print is being processed. 11. The Red-eye/Soft/Cross plug-in is starting.
W-1752
Actions
#####
Reading end frame cannot be found. (Causes of the error message) Adjusting of the image position failed. 1. Carrier/mask and composite type do not match. 2. Batch retrieval of exposure conditions in progress.
3-14
1. Wait until the template setting finishes. 2. Select the output destination using the “Output destination selection” screen. 3. Close the “Original selection” screen. 4. Select the template using the template selection screen, and then wait until it is set. 5. Wait until the file is output. 6. Set the auto film carrier. 7. Install the carrier or mask corresponding to the composite type. 8. Close the “Image preview” screen.
9. Close the “Exposure condition retrieve setup” screen. 10. Wait until the negative sheet index screen is closed or processing is completed. 11. Quit the Red eye/Soft/Cross plugin screen. Install the correct carrier and mask. 1. Check the carrier and mask. 2. Wait until retrieval of exposure conditions is completed.
3.2 Messages and Actions No. W-1753
Message ##### Eject film. #####
Factor The pre-scanning cannot be performed. (Causes of the error message) The film was inserted under the condition that the waiting time for the leading frame position determination was 0 second. 1. A template used for mounted print or frame/character is being installed. 2. The “Output destination selection” screen is being displayed for exporting image file. 3. The “Original selection” screen is being displayed. 4. The template selection screen for mounted print or frame/character is being displayed. 5. Exporting of image files is in progress. 6. The manual film carrier is installed during the single scan digitizing. 7. The carrier or mask type does not fit the composite type. 8. The “Image preview” screen used for mounted print or frame/ character is being displayed. 9. The batch retrieval of exposure conditions is in progress. 10. Negative sheet index screen is being displayed or print is being processed. 11. The Red-eye/Soft/Cross plug-in is starting.
W-1754
Couldn’t provide the service. Check the network connections. If the network connections are correct, consult your technical representative.
I-1756
Printing.
An error occurred while a service name list was being read. (Causes of the error message) 1. The DI controller power is turned off. 2. Poorly connected LAN cable 3. Faulty software on the DI controller 4. Faulty PC on the DI controller side
Actions
3 1. Wait until the template setting finishes. 2. Select the output destination using the “Output destination selection” screen. 3. Close the “Original selection” screen. 4. Select the template on the template selection screen, and then wait until it is set. 5. Wait until the file is output. 6. Set the auto film carrier. 7. Install the carrier or mask corresponding to the composite type. 8. Close the “Image preview” screen.
9. Close the “Exposure condition retrieve setup” screen. 10. Wait until the negative sheet index screen is closed or processing is completed. 11. Quit the Red eye/Soft/Cross plugin screen.
1. Start the DI controller. 2. Connect the LAN cable correctly. 3. Reinstall the software. (NOTE 1) 4. Replace the PC.
–
Wait until the processing is completed.
Be sure that the printer processor is stopped, and then start the operation. I-1757
The selected original type cannot be used for this carrier.
This message appears when the carrier is changed and a wrong original is selected while the “Original Selection” dialog is displayed.
Install the correct carrier or select original type properly.
I-1758
The template was not settled, because the template is not selected or it is currently being set.
This message appears when the determination of template fails while the preview appears on the order screen.
Select template before the preview screen.
W-1762
“Print Mode Select” cannot be done A different type of service was while the scanned image is mounted. requested while a mounted or frame/ character printing was in progress. Complete a mounted print, or press the [Print] or the [Cancel] in the “Image Preview” screen, and then select it again.
NOTE 1: The refreshing backup can be restored (see Section 3.4).
3-15
Wait until one mounted print is completed, or select [Print] or [Cancel] on the image preview screen.
3.2 Messages and Actions No.
Message
Factor
Actions
W-1763
The printing operation cannot be The process in progress was forcibly canceled while the image is mounted. terminated while mounted or frame/ character printing was in progress. Complete a mounted print, or press the [Print] or the [Cancel] button in the “Image Preview” screen, and then try it.
Wait until one mounted print is completed, or select [Print] or [Cancel] on the image preview screen.
W-1764
Cannot replace the magazine while the Printing Status Notice screen is displayed.
This message instructs you not to replace the magazine while the Printing Status Notice screen appears.
Exit this screen to replace the paper magazine.
Film driving mode was changed.
This message appears when the film driving mode is changed during the view and check of images.
–
Cannot perform the billing service for DSC.
This message appears when an error occurred during the DSC billing output. (Cause of the error message) 1. Poor connection of cable to FDiA 2. Faulty cable to FDiA
1. Connect the cable securely. 2. Replace the cable.
This message appears when the service menu setting file does not exist or when it cannot be opened. (Causes of the error message) 1. No setting file 2. Abnormal floppy disk
1. Make setting file. 2. Try again with another FD.
To replace it, exit this screen. I-1765
W-1771
Check the network connections.
E-1772
Couldn’t open the service menu setting file.
E-1773
Incorrect parameter is written in the service menu setting file.
This message appears when value Set up the file correctly. written in the service menu setting file exceeds the range.
E-1774
Cannot perform the DI service registered in the Service Menu.
This message appears when the Change the service menu setup file digitizing service that was registered to the optimum setting. in the service menu setting file cannot be found in the Imaging Controller.
E-1775
1st service menu not found.
#####
Check the service menu setting file.
This message appears when the service menu Button 1 is not displayed, or when any parameter error occurs.
Set up Button 1 to “Display”. Set up the parameter correctly.
Set up the proper service to Button 1.
E-1776
Proper service type is not registered for the 1st service menu. Check the service menu setting file.
This message appears when the proper service is not registered for the service menu button 1.
W-1777
Carrier not installed.
This message appears if the carrier is Install the carrier correctly. not installed when the service menu button is pressed.
Install it, and then select the service menu again. W-1778
The carrier for #### is not installed. Replace it, and then select the service menu again.
W-1779
Because the wrong carrier is installed, the film type cannot be set to ####.
This message appears if the proper carrier is not installed when the service menu button is pressed.
Install the proper carrier correctly.
This message appears if the proper carrier is not installed when the service menu button is pressed.
Install the proper carrier correctly.
Replace it, and then select the service menu again.
3-16
3.2 Messages and Actions No. E-1780
Message
Factor
Could not detect the frame No. Could not print with this film strip.
Actions
Starting frame number of the film strip was not detected in the 135 negative sheet index print. Select the strip to match the specified (Causes to the error message) number of frames. 1. Frame No. not fond 2. Fogged film 3. Dust or dirt adhered to 135 bar code sensor (D106/108) glass 4. Faulty barcode sensor (D106/108)
Enter the frame number correctly, or insert the proper film strip.
I-1781
In the Negative Sheet Index Print, you cannot use the Image Preview.
–
Click [OK].
W-1782
Could not call the exposure conditions, because they do not match the current custom settings.
Inconsistency of image setting parameters
Set up the custom setting correctly.
W-1785
The carrier/lane cannot be changed during ordering process.
The carrier was changed from the original one during the reorder.
Return the lane to the original position.
The carrier/lane was changed during “Frame order” reordering, and film inserted.
Return the lane to the original position.
This message appears when the magazine is not installed properly when the service menu button is pressed.
Install the paper magazine.
This message appears when the service menu button is pressed when you select the frame.
–
1. Specify 135 negative sheet again. 2. – 3. Clean the glass.
4. Replace the LBF23/DBF23 circuit board. 5. Faulty JNC23 circuit board 5. Replace the circuit board. 6. Poor connected or broken harness 6. Repair or replace the harness. 7. Faulty CYA23 circuit board 7. Replace the circuit board.
Return it to the original position. E-1786
The carrier/lane was changed during “Frame order” re-ordering. Couldn’t start scan. Eject film.
W-1787
The magazine is not installed properly. Install it properly.
I-1788
The frame information will be discarded. OK?
E-1789
Couldn’t open the function key setting This message appears when the file. function key setting file is not found, or when it cannot be opened. (Causes of the error message) 1. No setting file 2. Abnormal floppy disk This message appears when parameter to be set in the function key setting file exceeds the range.
1. Make setting file. 2. Try again with another FD.
E-1790
The parameter is not correctly written in the function key setting file.
Set up the file correctly.
W-1791
Cannot send the status information to This message appears when sending Connect the LAN cable correctly. the Imaging Controller. of the status information failed because of the network Check the network connections. disconnection.
W-1792
The specified frame size and the installed carrier mismatched.
Reorder printing by “Frame Order” is selected when the MFC10AY is installed.
Install the carrier correctly.
–
Replace the carrier with the correct one, and then select the service menu again. I-1793
After the execution of the order, the frame information will be discarded.
This message appears when starting the order during the order specification.
I-1794
The frame ordering information will be discarded. OK?
This message appears when controls – return from reorder printing to normal printing.
3-17
3
3.2 Messages and Actions No. W-1795
Message The carrier that is appropriate to the reorder printing is not installed.
Factor
Actions
This message appears when you select the reordering service while the MFC10AY is installed.
Install the carrier correctly.
Replace the carrier, and then select the service menu again. I-1796
####
This message appears when registering and saving of the custom button are currently done.
–
I-1797
Return the customized data of the custom button to the initial values.
This message appears when the [Initialize] button is pressed on the “Custom Button Registration/Saving” screen.
–
E-1798
Processing of customized data for custom button is not completed normally.
This message appears when registering, saving or initializing of the custom button is aborted. (Causes of the error message) 1. No file 1. Check that the file in the system environment (D:\Fujifilm\Frontier \Param\OPE). 2. Faulty FD 2. Check the FD. 3. Faulty FDD or HDD of the main 3. Replace the main control unit. control unit
W-1799
The mask is not installed, so setting of original type is not done.
This message appears if the mask is not installed when the service menu button is pressed.
Install the mask correctly.
The correct mask is not installed. The incorrect mask is installed when printing operation starts or the service menu button is pressed.
Install the correct mask.
Reversal is selected when the NC100AY is installed.
Remove the 135 insertion section upper guide and click the [OK] button.
Install the mask, and then select the service menu again. W-1800
The mask for #### is not installed. Replace it, and then select the service menu again.
W-1801
135 Reversal Film was selected. Remove the 135 insertion section upper guide during processing the 135 Reversal Film.
I-1908
W-1910
Available frame not detected. Eject film.
Carrier not installed.
No frame is detected during animation scanning. (All the frames are unexposed.) (Causes of the error message) 1. All the frames of the inserted film are unexposed. 2. Faulty unexposed frame sensor in the carrier A carrier is not installed.
1. Check the film. 2. Replace the sensor. Install the carrier.
Install the carrier and then start prescan. W-1911
Mask for MFC not installed. Install the mask and then start prescan.
The mask sensor in the manual film carrier does not function. (Causes of the error message) 1. The mask is installed incorrectly and floating above the target surface. 2. Faulty mask sensor 3. Faulty CYB23 circuit board
3-18
1. Correctly install the mask. 2. Replace the MSB23 circuit board. 3. Replace the circuit board.
3.2 Messages and Actions No. W-1912
Message Carrier upper cover opened. Close it and then start pre-scan.
W-1917
Factor Scanning was attempted while the upper cover was open. (Causes of the error message) 1. Open pressure cover 2. Faulty pressure cover lock mechanism 3. Faulty pressure cover open/close sensor (D128) or poorly connected harness 4. Poorly connected flexible cable 5. Faulty JNC23 circuit board 6. Faulty CYA23 circuit board
Paper width and print size of negative This message appears when a paper sheet index mismatched. width mismatch is detected in the format check in negative sheet index Press [OK] and replace with the printing. magazine of #### mm.
Actions
1. Close the pressure cover. 2. Replace the damaged parts of the lock mechanism. 3. Replace the sensor, reconnect or replace the harness. 4. Reconnect the flexible cable. 5. Replace the circuit board. 6. Replace the circuit board. Replace the magazine with the correct one.
If you press [Output], an incorrect negative sheet index printing will be outputted. W-1918
No frame for negative sheet index printing.
This message appears when the desired frame in negative sheet index printing is not found.
–
Incorrect mask is installed for oneway mode.
Install the correct carrier.
Printing operation is terminated during image processing.
Wait until processing is completed.
Paper width mismatch discovered by index format consistency check before one-way mode pre-scanning completion.
Replace the paper magazine or select the index format which meets the magazine.
MFC10AY mask table slider is not set properly.
Set the mask table slider correctly.
Print/file output processing cannot be executed because the number of images exceeds concurrent processing quantity.
Wait a moment.
Printing of negative sheet index cancelled. W-1920
One-way mode cannot be used for this carrier. Install correct carrier.
I-1921
You cannot return to the main menu screen during processing of the image. After it is completed, return to the main menu screen.
W-1922
When the format type is ####, the current paper width and the print size selected as index format is mismatched. Press the [OK] button and replace the paper magazine, or change the index format. When it is ####, the correct index print will not be outputted after the [Output] button is pressed.
W-1923
MFC mask not installed. Install mask and perform pre-scan.
W-1924
Image data full. Please wait a moment, and start printing.
E-1998
Error table item(####) cannot be omitted. Sub-system: #### (####) Error No.: ####
The item(s) required for the error table file is(are) not written. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software
2. Faulty main control unit NOTE 1: The refreshing backup can be restored (see Section 3.4).
3-19
1. Restart the system software. Reinstall it if the problem occurs again. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the main control unit.
3
3.2 Messages and Actions No.
Message
E-1999
Error table items (####) are incorrect. Sub-system: #### (####) Error No.: ####
Factor Incorrect values are written in the error table file. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software
Actions
2. Faulty main control unit
1. Restart the system software. Reinstall it if the problem occurs again. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the main control unit.
Communication error occurred between scanner and printer. (Command time-out) Consult your technical representative.
No response within a specified time after command is issued. (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected or broken 1394 (interface) cable 2. Poorly connected or broken 1394 grounding clamp 3. Abnormal system software
1. Connect the cable correctly, or repair or replace it. 2. Connect the clamp correctly, or repair or replace it. 3. Restart the system software.
W-2106
Performing printer maintenance. Set up printing conditions.
Uncalibrated magazine is detected during printer/processor maintenance.
Quit the “Setup and Maintenance” screen, and perform paper condition setup.
E-2107
Data files not opened. Data files cannot be opened in saving Consult your technical representative. or loading. (Causes of the error message) 1. File to save/load corrupted. 1. Reinstall system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Faulty main control unit 2. Replace the main control unit.
W-2108
Communication error occurred between scanner and printer. (IEEE1394 communication error: Code No.=%NUM%) Refer to manual for guidance.
E-2102
Sending to printer failed. (Causes of the error message) 1. Built-in breaker on the LP5700 is OFF. 2. Poorly connected or broken 1394 grounding clamp. 3. Abnormal software
4. Faulty main control unit W-2110
Communication error occurred between scanner and the printer. The printer may not be turned ON. If the printer not started up, turn it to ON. In the E-1425 dialog after [ON] is pressed, press [Retry].
Sending to printer failed. (Causes of the error message) 1. Built-in circuit breaker on the LP5700 is OFF. 2. Poorly connected or broken 1394 (interface) cable or grounding clamp. 3. Abnormal software
1. Turn ON the built-in circuit breaker to restart the system. 2. Connect the clamp correctly or replace. 3. Restart the system. If the problem persists, reinstall system software. (NOTE 1) 4. Replace the main control unit.
1. Turn ON the built-in circuit breaker to restart the system. 2. Connect the clamp correctly, or repair or replace it. 3. Restart the system. If the problem persists, reinstall system software. (NOTE 1) 4. Replace the main control unit.
4. Faulty main control unit W-2111
A selected printer differs from the During initialization, a different currently connected printer. system type has been detected. Consult your technical representative. (Causes of the error message) 1. The LP1500 or LP2000 is connected.
1. Connect the LP5700 to the SP3000.
This function cannot be started.
The unusable function has been tried to start.
Do not try to start this function.
I-2202
Creating condition setup print.
Printing condition setup print is in progress.
Wait until printing is completed.
I-2203
Measuring density of condition setup print.
Density measurement of condition setup print is in progress.
Wait until density measurement is completed.
W-2201
NOTE 1: The refreshing backup can be restored (See Section 3.4).
3-20
3.2 Messages and Actions No. W-2205
W-2206
Message As printer setup and maintenance is in progress, the printer maintenance not started.
Printer setup and maintenance is in progress. Perform the paper condition setup after the operation.
Factor During the printer/processor maintenance, the maintenance mode has been activated on the SP-3000. (Causes of the error message) 1. While the printer/processor maintenance mode is activated on the LP5700 operation panel, maintenance mode has been activated on the SP-3000. During the printer/processor maintenance, paper condition setup has been attempted. (Causes of the error message) 1. During the printer/processor maintenance, the W-2507 error has occurred and the [Yes] button has been clicked.
Actions
1. After quitting the maintenance mode on the LP5700 operation panel, activate the maintenance mode on the SP-3000.
1. After quitting the printer/processor maintenance, perform paper condition setup.
I-2207
Paper condition setup starting.
After paper end, paper condition setup has been activated.
Wait until paper condition setup has started up.
W-2208
As the order remain, the printer maintenance not started.
(Causes of the error message) 1. The maintenance is started when the order is remained.
1. Start the maintenance after printing or canceling all orders.
Initializing printer. Please Wait.
(Causes of the error message) 1. The maintenance is started during initializing the printer.
1. Wait until printer initialization is completed.
Printer is processing. Please Wait.
(Causes of the error message) 1. The maintenance is started during the printer is processing.
1. Wait until processing is completed.
Performing evaporation correction. Please Wait.
(Causes of the error message) 1. The maintenance is started during performing the evaporation correction.
1. Wait until the evaporation correction is completed.
Printing not performed due to lack of conditions.
Print pre-check NG (Causes of the error message) 1. Printing is directed when the printer is under condition that printing cannot be dune.
W-2209
W-2210
W-2211
W-2213
W-2214
1. Wait until the printer can print or correct error condition.
As the magazine is not loaded Printing not performed
(Causes of the error message) 1. Printing is directed when the magazine is not installed.
As specified magazine ID differs from the stored ID, Printing not performed
(Causes of the error message) 1. Mismatch of magazine ID
Printing not performed due to the error occurrence.
(Causes of the error message) 1. Printing is directed in error condition.
E-2301
Request not accepted by printer. Request rejected.
A printing command is sent but the printer/processor cannot perform printing. (Causes of the error message) 1. Another error has not been solved. 1. Take appropriate corrective measures.
W-2302
Maintenance is underway in printer. Request cannot be accepted. Complete maintenance in printer.
A printing command is sent when the printer is in off-line. (Causes of the error message) 1. The printer/processor is in the maintenance mode.
W-2215 W-2216
3-21
1. Install the magazine.
1. Install the correct magazine. 1. Correct error condition.
1. Quit the printer/processor maintenance mode.
3
3.2 Messages and Actions No.
Message
Factor
I-2305
The data in the printer backup memory was updated. This message does not mean abnormality when the software version is updated. For other than the version up, consult your technical representative.
–
E-2306
Printer's timer abnormal. Scanner time adopted. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Error occurred in reading the time data from timer IC at the start-up. (Causes of the error message) 1. Abnormal system software
Actions –
2. Faulty backup circuit 3. Timer IC failure 4. Memory failure
1. Restart system, and if problem persists, reinstall system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the GPR23 circuit board. 3. Replace the GPR23 circuit board. 4. Replace the GPR23 circuit board.
I-2309
Initializing printer. Please Wait.
While initializing the printer/ – processor, the post-operational check is activated.
I-2310
Printer is processing. Please Wait.
While driving the printer/processor, the post-operational check is activated.
I-2311
Power switch in printer is turned ON. Turn the power switch to STANDBY.
The post-operational check is activated with the power switch turned ON. (Causes of the error message) 1. The power switch is ON.
–
1. Turn the power switch to STANDBY.
E-2312
Timer in printer abnormal, so it was initialized. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
During system startup, abnormality of the RTC device has been detected. (The default value “1980/01/01” is set.) (Causes of the error message) 1. GPR backup switch is OFF. 1. Turn the GPR backup switch to ON. 2. Discharged backup battery 2. Replace the GPR circuit board (After starting up the system, allow 3. Faulty GPR circuit board several hours for battery charging.) 3. Replace the GPR circuit board (After starting up the system, allow several hours for battery charging.)
I-2313
Backup memory in printer was initialized.
During system startup, backup SRAM clear has been detected. (Finely adjusted values are returned to the default settings.) (Causes of the error message) 1. System startup after version 1. No corrective measure is required. upgrade 2. GPR backup switch is OFF. 2. Turn the GPR backup switch to ON. 3. Discharged backup battery 3. Replace the GPR circuit board (After starting up the system, allow several hours for battery charging.) 4. Faulty GPR circuit board 4. Replace the GPR circuit board (After starting up the system, allow several hours for charging the battery charging.)
NOTE 1: The refreshing backup can be restored (See Section 3.4).
3-22
3.2 Messages and Actions No. W-2314
Message Updating backup memory in printer failed. Check parameter file.
Factor File acquisition has failed while connecting to the scanner. (Causes of the error message) 1. Insufficient number of printer/ processor parameter files are stored in the scanner. 2. Installation has been performed incompletely.
Actions
1. Load the machine parameters from the FD. 2. Reinstall system software.
W-2315
Communication error occurred between scanner and Printer. Refer to manual for guidance.
Communication between the scanner and printer/processor has interrupted more than 30 seconds. (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected or broken 1394 1. Connect the cable correctly, or (interface) cable repair or replace it. 2. Poorly connected or broken 1394 2. Connect the clamp correctly, or grounding clamp repair or replace it. 3. Faulty scanner GIE23 circuit board 3. Replace GIE23 circuit board on the scanner.
E-2331
Image control box cooling fan(F620) abnormal. Shut down scanner with emergency button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Rotation of the image control section cooling fan (F620) is not detected. (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected or broken harness between the image control section cooling fan (F620) and GMC4 on the GMC23 circuit board 2. Faulty F620 3. Faulty GMC23 circuit board
E-2332
Image control box cooling fan(F620) abnormal. Shut down scanner with emergency stop button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Rotation of the image control section cooling fan (F620) is not detected. (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected or broken harness between the image control section cooling fan (F620) and GMC4 on the GMC23 circuit board 2. Faulty F620 3. Faulty GMC23 circuit board
1. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
2. Replace F620. 3. Replace the GMC23 circuit board.
1. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
2. Replace F620. 3. Replace the GMC23 circuit board.
E-2333
Temperature in circuit board(GMC23) abnormal. Shut down scanner with emergency stop button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Although the rotation of the image control section cooling fan (F620) is detected, the temperature of the GMC circuit board exceeds 45 °C. (Causes of the error message) 1. Ventilation holes in the GMC box 1. Remove foreign matter. are blocked by with foreign matter. 2. Faulty GMC23 circuit board 2. Replace the GMC23 circuit board.
E-2334
Communication error occurred in printer(GMC23 CTL23). Shut down scanner with emergency stop button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Communication timeout between the GMC23 and CTL23 circuit boards (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected or broken 1. Connect the harness correctly, or harness between the GMC23 and repair or replace it. CTL23 circuit boards 2. After data transmission, the 2. Replace the CTL23 circuit board. GMC23 cannot receive any responses from the CTL23. 3. After data transmission, the CTL23 3. Replace the GMC23 circuit board. cannot receive any responses from the GMC23.
3-23
3
3.2 Messages and Actions No.
Message
E-2350
Printer rear upper exhaust fan(F600/ F601/F602/F603) abnormal. Shut down scanner with emergency stop button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Factor Fan rotation cannot be detected. (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected or broken harness between the control section exhaust fan (F600/F601/ F602/F603) and PDA16 on the PDA23 circuit board 2. Faulty F600/F601/F602/F603 3. Faulty PDA23 circuit board
Actions
1. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
2. Replace F600/F601/F602/F603. 3. Replace the PDA23 circuit board.
E-2351
Electric section cooling fan(F630) abnormal. Shut down scanner with emergency stop button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Fan rotation cannot be detected. (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected or broken 1. Connect the harness correctly, or harness between the power supply repair or replace it. cooling fan (F630) and PAC03 on the PAC23 circuit board 2. Faulty F630 2. Replace F630. 3. Faulty PAC23 circuit board 3. Replace the PAC23 circuit board.
W-2401
Paper jam occurred in upper supply section(1). Check it. %NUM% sheets remain. Press [Help] button to see error help (or manual). Remove paper while referring to it.
D619 sensor does not detect the leading end of paper within a specified time after the paper has been drawn from the upper paper magazine. (Causes of the error message) 1. Jammed paper remains. 2. Poorly connected or broken harness: 1) Between the upper magazine splice sensor LED (D619L) and JND2 on the JND23 circuit board 2) Between the upper magazine splice sensor (D619P) and JND2 on the JND23 circuit board 3) Between the upper magazine paper supply motor (M610) and PDA3 on the PDA23 circuit board 3. Faulty D619 4. Faulty M610 5. Faulty magazine drive belt 6. Damaged magazine pulley 7. Faulty PDA23 circuit board 8. Faulty CTL23 circuit board
3-24
1. Remove paper. 2. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
Replace the cutter unit. Replace M610. Replace the magazine drive belt. Replace the magazine pulley. Replace the PDA23 circuit board. Replace the CTL23 circuit board.
3.2 Messages and Actions No.
Message
Factor
W-2402
Paper jam occurred in lower supply section(2). Check it. %NUM% sheets remain. Press [Help] button to see error help (or manual). Remove paper while referring to it.
D629 sensor does not detect the leading end of paper within a specified time after the paper has been drawn from the lower paper magazine. (Causes of the error message) 1. Jammed paper remains. 2. Poorly connected or broken harness: 1) Between the lower magazine splice sensor LED (D629L) and JND3 on the JND23 circuit board 2) Between the lower magazine splice sensor (D629P) and JND3 on the JND23 circuit board 3) Between the lower magazine paper supply motor (M620) and PDA3 on the PDA23 circuit board 3. Faulty D629 4. Faulty M620 5. Faulty magazine drive belt 6. Damaged magazine pulley 7. Faulty PDA23 circuit board 8. Faulty CTL23 circuit board
W-2403
Paper jam occurred in cutter/feed section (3). Check it. ### sheets remain. Press [Help] button to see error help (or manual). Remove paper while referring to it.
D631 sensor does not detect the leading end of paper within a specified time after D619 sensor detects the leading end of paper. D632 sensor does not detect the leading end of paper within a specified time after D629 sensor detects the leading end of paper. (Causes of the error message) 1. Jammed paper remains. 2. Poorly connected or broken harness: 1) Between the upper magazine paper sensor (D631) and JND2 on the JND23 circuit board 2) Between the lower magazine paper sensor LED (D632L) and JND3 on the JND23 circuit board 3) Between the lower magazine paper sensor (D632P) and JND3 on the JND23 circuit board 4) Between the Feed Motor 1 (M630) and the PDA5 on the PDA23 circuit board 3. Faulty D631 4. Faulty D632 5. Faulty PDA23 circuit board 6. Faulty CTL23 circuit board
3-25
Actions
1. Remove paper. 2. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
Replace the cutter unit. Replace M620. Replace the magazine drive belt. Replace the magazine pulley. Replace the PDA23 circuit board. Replace the CTL23 circuit board.
1. Remove paper. 2. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
3. 4. 5. 6.
Replace D631. Replace D632. Replace the PDA23 circuit board. Replace the CTL23 circuit board.
3
3.2 Messages and Actions No.
Message
Factor
W-2404
Paper jam occurred in back printing/ feed section (4). Check it. ### sheets remain. Press [Help] button to see error help (or manual). Remove paper while referring to it.
D633 sensor does not detect the leading end of paper within a specified time after D631 or D632 sensor detects the leading end of paper. (Causes of the error message) 1. Jammed paper remains. 2. Poorly connected or broken harness: 1) Between the feed section paper sensor (D633) and JND4 on the JND23 circuit board 2) Between the Feed Motor 2 (M631) and PDA6 on the PDA23 circuit board 3) Between the Feed Motor 3 (M632) and PDA6 on the PDA23 circuit board 3. Faulty D633 4. Faulty M631 5. Faulty M632 6. Faulty PDA23 circuit board
W-2405
Paper jam occurred in registration section(5). Check it. ### sheets remain. Press [Help] button to see error help (or manual). Remove paper while referring to it.
D650 sensor does not detect the leading end of paper within a specified time after D633 or D640 sensor detects the leading end of paper. (Causes of the error message) 1. Jammed paper remains. 2. Poorly connected or broken harness: 1) Between the exposure section entrance paper sensor LED (D650L) and JND6 on the JND23 circuit board 2) Between the exposure section entrance paper sensor (D650P) and JND6 on the JND23 circuit board 3) Between the Feed Motor 4 (M640) and PDA9 on the PDA23 circuit board 3. Faulty D650 4. Faulty M640 5. Faulty PDA23 circuit board
3-26
Actions
1. Remove paper. 2. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
3. 4. 5. 6.
Replace D633. Replace M631. Replace M632. Replace the PDA23 circuit board.
1. Remove paper. 2. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
3. Replace D650. 4. Replace M640. 5. Replace the PDA23 circuit board.
3.2 Messages and Actions No.
Message
Factor
W-2406
Paper jam occurred between exposure section and distribution entrance section(6). Check it. ### sheets remain. Press [Help] button to see error help (or manual). Remove paper while referring to it.
D664 or D665 sensor does not detect the leading end of paper within a specified time after D650 sensor detects the leading end of paper. (Causes of the error message) 1. Jammed paper remains. 2. Poorly connected or broken harness: 1) Between the exposure section entrance paper sensor (D650) and JND6 on the JND23 circuit board 2) Between the distribution section paper sensor (D664/ D665) and JND8 on the JND23 circuit board 3) Between the Feed Motor 4 (M661) and PDA13 on the PDA23 circuit board 3. Faulty D650 4. Faulty D664/D665 5. Faulty M661 6. Faulty PDA23 circuit board
W-2409
Auto-rewinding of upper magazine failed. Press [Help] button to see error help (or manual). Inspect it while referring to it.
Splice sensor does not function even if a specified amount of paper is rewound. (Causes of the error message) 1. Abnormal magazine
2. Slip of magazine rollers 3. Poorly connected or broken harness between the upper magazine splice sensor (D619) and JND2 on the JND23 circuit board 4. Poorly connected or broken harness between the upper magazine paper supply motor (M610) and PDA3 on the PDA23 circuit board 5. Faulty D619 6. Faulty M610 malfunction 7. Faulty PDA23 circuit board 8. Faulty CTL23 circuit board W-2410
Auto-rewinding of lower magazine failed. Press [Help] button to see error help (or manual). Inspect it while referring to it.
Splice sensor does not function even if a specified amount of paper is rewound. (Causes of the error message) 1. Abnormal magazine
2. Slip of magazine rollers 3. Poorly connected or broken harness between the lower magazine splice sensor (D629) and JND3 on the JND23 circuit board 4. Poorly connected or broken harness between the lower magazine paper supply motor (M620) and PDA20 on the PDA23 circuit board 5. Faulty D629 6. Faulty M620 7. Faulty PDA23 circuit board 8. Faulty CTL23 circuit board
3-27
Actions
1. Remove paper. 2. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
3. 4. 5. 6.
Replace D650. Replace D664/D665. Replace M661. Replace the PDA23 circuit board.
1. Load another magazine, and if paper rewind is normally done, replace the old magazine. 2. Clean the magazine rollers. 3. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
4. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
5. 6. 7. 8.
Replace D619. Replace M610. Replace the PDA23 circuit board. Replace the CTL23 circuit board.
1. Load another magazine, and if paper rewind is normally done, replace the old magazine. 2. Clean the magazine rollers. 3. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
4. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
5. 6. 7. 8.
Replace D629. Replace M620. Replace the PDA23 circuit board. Replace the CTL23 circuit board.
3
3.2 Messages and Actions No.
Message
Factor
W-2411
Paper remains in printer. Press [Help] button to see error help (or manual). Inspect it while referring to it.
1. System is started up after the power is turned OFF while processing paper. 2. System is not restored from paper jamming at the last shutdown. 3. Paper is detected at sensor check after the cover is closed. (Causes of the error message) 1. Jammed paper remains. 2. Poorly connected or broken harness between paper sensor (D616/D619/D626/D629/D631/ D632/D633/D640/D650/D653/ D660/D664/D665/D666/D667/ D668) and CTL23 circuit board 3. Faulty D616/D619/D626/D629/ D631/D632/D633/D640/D650/ D653/D660/D664/D665/D666/ D667/D668 4. Misdiagnosis due to noise caused by a sensor wiring short circuit or wiring malfunction 5. Faulty CTL23 circuit board
W-2412
Upper cutter operation(M600/D601/ D602) abnormal. When a paper jam occurs in the printer section, this problem is solved by removing the paper. Shut down scanner with emergency button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative
Home position or close sensor does not function during operation. (Causes of the error message) 1. Jammed paper remains. 2. Poorly connected or broken harness between the upper cutter open (home) position sensor (D601) and JND2 on the JND23 circuit board 3. Poorly connected or broken harness between the upper cutter close (home) position sensor (D602) and JND2 on the JND23 circuit board 4. Poorly connected or broken harness between the upper cutter drive motor (M600) and PDA4 on the PDA23 circuit board 5. Faulty D601 6. Faulty D602 7. Faulty M600 8. Faulty PDA23 circuit board 9. Faulty CTL23 circuit board
3-28
Actions
1. Remove paper. 2. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
3. Replace the sensor.
4. Replace the harness.
5. Replace the CTL23 circuit board.
1. Remove paper. 2. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
3. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
4. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
Replace the cutter unit. Replace the cutter unit. Replace the cutter unit. Replace the PDA23 circuit board. Replace the CTL23 circuit board.
3.2 Messages and Actions No.
Message
W-2413
Lower cutter operation(M601/D603/ D604) abnormal. When a paper jam occurs in the printer section, this problem is solved by removing the paper. Shut down scanner with emergency button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative
W-2414
W-2415
Initializing of registration section tilt(M641/D641) failed. Open and close magazine door. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Initializing of registration section nip(M642/D642) failed. Open and close magazine door. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Factor Home position or close sensor does not function during operation. (Causes of the error message) 1. Jammed paper remains. 2. Poorly connected or broken harness between the lower cutter open (home) position sensor (D603) and JND3 on the JND23 circuit board 3. Poorly connected or broken harness between the lower cutter close (home) position sensor (D604) and JND3 on the JND23 circuit board 4. Poorly connected or broken harness between the lower cutter drive motor (M601) and PDA4 on the PDA23 circuit board 5. Faulty D603 6. Faulty D604 7. Faulty M601 8. Faulty PDA23 circuit board 9. Faulty CTL23 circuit board Home position sensor does not function during operation. (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected or broken harness between the tilt home position sensor (for M641) (D641) and JND5 on the JND23 circuit board 2. Poorly connected or broken harness between the registration tilt motor (M641) and PDA9 on the PDA23 circuit board 3. Faulty D641 4. Faulty M641 5. Faulty tilt mechanism 6. Faulty PDA23 circuit board 7. Faulty CTL23 circuit board Home position sensor does not function during operation. (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected or broken harness between the nip release home position Sensor 1 (for M642) (D642) and JND5 on the JND23 circuit board 2. Poorly connected or broken harness between the nip release motor 1 (M642) and PDA10 on the PDA23 circuit board 3. Faulty D642 4. Faulty M642 5. Faulty nip mechanism 6. Faulty PDA23 circuit board 7. Faulty CTL23 circuit board
3-29
Actions
1. Remove paper. 2. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
3. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
4. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
Replace the cutter unit. Replace the cutter unit. Replace the cutter unit. Replace the PDA23 circuit board. Replace the CTL23 circuit board.
1. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
2. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
Replace D641. Replace M641. Replace the registration unit. Replace the PDA23 circuit board. Replace the CTL23 circuit board.
1. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
2. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
Replace D642. Replace M642. Replace the registration unit. Replace the PDA23 circuit board. Replace the CTL23 circuit board.
3
3.2 Messages and Actions No. W-2416
W-2417
W-2418
Message Initializing of nip in exposure section (M651/D651) failed. Open and close magazine door. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Initializing of sub-scanning receiving section nip(M655/D655/M656/D656) failed. Open and close magazine door. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Initializing of distribution section nip(M662/D662/M663/D663) failed. Open and close magazine door. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Factor Exposure soft nip home position is not detected (Sensor did not function even if the soft nip motor is driven specified pulses). (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected or broken harness between the soft nip home position sensor (for M651) (D651) and JND6 on the JND23 circuit board 2. Poorly connected or broken harness between the soft nip motor (M651) and PDA11 on the PDA23 circuit board 3. Faulty D651 4. Faulty M651 5. Faulty exposure nip mechanism 6. Faulty PDA23 circuit board 7. Faulty CTL23 circuit board Distribution entrance section nip home position is not detected. (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected or broken harness between the nip release home position sensor 2/3 (D655/ D656) and JND7 on the JND23 circuit board 2. Poorly connected or broken harness between the nip release motor 1/2 (M655/M656) and PDA12 on the PDA23 circuit board 3. Faulty D655/D656 4. Faulty M655/M656 5. Faulty distribution entrance section nip mechanism 6. Faulty PDA23 circuit board 7. Faulty CTL23 circuit board Distribution section nip home position is not detected. (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected or broken harness between the nip release home position Sensor 4 (front/ rear) (D662/D663) and JND8 on the JND23 circuit board 2. Poorly connected or broken harness between the Nip Release Motor 4 (front/rear) (M662/M663) and PDA14 on the PDA23 circuit board 3. Faulty D662/D663 4. Faulty M662/M663 5. Faulty distribution section nip mechanism 6. Faulty PDA23 circuit board 7. Faulty CTL23 circuit board
3-30
Actions
1. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
2. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
Replace D651. Replace M651. Replace the sub scanning unit. Replace the PDA23 circuit board. Replace the CTL23 circuit board.
1. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
2. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
3. Replace D655/D656. 4. Replace M655/M656. 5. Replace the distribution entrance unit. 6. Replace the PDA23 circuit board. 7. Replace the CTL23 circuit board.
1. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
2. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
3. Replace D662/D663. 4. Replace M662/M663. 5. Replace the distribution unit. 6. Replace the PDA23 circuit board. 7. Replace the CTL23 circuit board.
3.2 Messages and Actions No. W-2419
Message Initializing of distribution section(M661/D661) failed. Open and close magazine door. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Factor Distribution home position cannot be detected. (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected or broken harness between the distribution home position sensor (for M661) (D661) and JND8 on the JND23 circuit board 2. Poorly connected or broken harness between the distribution slide motor (M661) and PDA13 on the PDA23 circuit board 3. Faulty D661 4. Faulty M661 5. Faulty distribution slide mechanism 6. Faulty PDA23 circuit board 7. Faulty CTL23 circuit board
Actions
1. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
3 2. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
3. Replace D661. 4. Replace M661. 5. Replace the distribution unit. 6. Replace the PDA23 circuit board. 7. Replace the CTL23 circuit board.
W-2421
Paper end processing of upper magazine completed. Replace magazine. If not replaced, press [Print Stop] to cancel print instruction.
Paper end sensor detects paper end. (Causes of the error message) 1. Paper end 1. Load paper. If paper remains, perform 2 to 4. 2. Poorly connected or broken 2. Connect the harness correctly, or harness between the upper repair or replace it. magazine paper end sensor (D616) and JND2 on JND23 circuit board 3. Faulty D616 3. Replace D616. 4. Faulty CTL23 circuit board 4. Replace the CTL23 circuit board.
W-2422
Paper end processing of lower magazine completed. Replace magazine. If not replaced, press [Print Stop] to cancel print instruction.
Paper end sensor detects paper end. (Causes of the error message) 1. Paper end 1. Load paper. If paper remains, perform 2 to 4. 2. Poorly connected or broken 2. Connect the harness correctly, or harness between the lower repair or replace it. magazine paper end sensor (D626) and JND3 on JND23 circuit board 3. Faulty D626 3. Replace D626. 4.. Faulty CTL23 circuit board 4. Replace the CTL23 circuit board.
W-2423
Unknown magazine ID is set. Set correct magazine ID.
Different magazine ID from the last magazine’s is used when replacing magazine at paper end. (Causes of the error message) 1. Paper magazine has been replaced. 2. ID chip has been replaced. 3. Poorly connected or broken harness between the upper magazine ID sensor (D610 to D615) and JND2 on the JND23 circuit board 4. Poorly connected or broken harness between the lower magazine ID sensor (D620 to D625) and JND3 on the JND23 circuit board 5. Faulty D610 to D615 6. Faulty D620 to D625 7. Faulty CTL23 circuit board
3-31
1. Change print size, or use the previous magazine. 2. Change magazine registration data. 3. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
4. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
5. Replace D610 to D615. 6. Replace D620 to D625. 7. Replace the CTL23 circuit board.
3.2 Messages and Actions No.
Message
W-2424
Magazine ID not registered. Press [Help] button to see error help (or manual). Set magazine while referring to it.
W-2425
ID is duplicated for upper and lower magazines. Set another magazine ID.
Factor Unregistered magazine ID is set. (Causes of the error message) 1. Unregistered magazine 2. Poorly connected or broken harness between the upper magazine ID sensor (D610 to D615) and JND2 on the JND23 circuit board 3. Poorly connected or broken harness between the lower magazine ID sensor (D620 to D625) and JND3 on the JND23 circuit board 4. Faulty D610 to D615 5. Faulty D620 to D625 6. Faulty CTL23 circuit board ID is duplicated for upper and lower magazines. (Causes of the error message) 1. Same IDs for upper and lower 2. Poorly connected or broken harness between the upper magazine ID sensor (D610 to D615) and JND2 on the JND23 circuit board 3. Poorly connected or broken harness between the lower magazine ID sensor (D620 to D625) and JND3 on the JND23 circuit board 4. Faulty D610 to D615 5. Faulty D620 to D625 6. Faulty CTL23 circuit board
W-2426
W-2429
Magazine not loaded. Set magazine.
Magazine section door open. Remove paper in printer and close door.
Paper drawing is attempted but the paper magazine is not installed. (Causes of the error message) 1. Magazine is not installed. 2. ID chip is not installed. 3. Poorly connected or broken harness between the upper magazine ID sensor (D610 to D615) and JND2 on the JND23 circuit board 4. Poorly connected or broken harness between the lower magazine ID sensor (D620 to D625) and JND3 on the JND23 circuit board 5. Faulty D610 to D615 6. Faulty D620 to D625 7. Faulty CTL23 circuit board Magazine door is opened during paper processing. (Causes of the error message) 1. Magazine door is open. 2. Bent or broken interlock dog
Actions
1. Register the magazine. 2. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
3. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
4. Replace D610 to D615. 5. Replace D620 to D625. 6. Replace the CTL23 circuit board.
1. Replace an ID chip for one magazine, and register it again. 2. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
3. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
4. Replace D610 to D615. 5. Replace D620 to D625. 6. Replace the CTL23 circuit board.
1. Install paper magazine. 2. Install ID chip and register it. 3. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
4. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
5. Replace D610 to D615. 6. Replace D620 to D625. 7. Replace the CTL23 circuit board.
1. Close the magazine door. 2. Repair or replace the interlock dog. 3. Install the magnet properly. 4. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
3. Removed or loosened magnet 4. Poorly connected or broken harness between the magazine door interlock switch (D680) and PWR4 on the PWR23 circuit board 5. Faulty D680 5. Replace D680. 6. Faulty DC power unit 6. Replace the DC power unit.
3-32
3.2 Messages and Actions No. W-2430
Message Magazine section door open. Close magazine section door.
Factor Magazine door is opened during printing. (Causes of the error message) 1. Magazine door is opened. 2. Bent or broken interlock dog
Actions
1. Close the magazine door. 2. Repair or replace the interlock dog. 3. Install the magnet properly. 4. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
3. Removed or loosened magnet 4. Poorly connected or broken harness between the magazine door interlock switch (D680) and PWR4 on the PWR23 circuit board 5. Faulty D680 5. Replace D680. 6. Faulty PWR23 circuit board 6. Replace the PWR23 circuit board. W-2431
Printer section left-hand cover opened. Remove paper in printer, and then close cover.
Dryer section left cover is opened during paper processing. (Causes of the error message) 1. Dryer section left cover is opened. 2. Bent or broken interlock dog 3. Removed or loosened magnet 4. Poorly connected or broken harness between the left cover interlock switch (D681) and PWR4 on the PWR23 circuit board 5. Faulty D681 6. Faulty PWR23 circuit board
W-2433
Incorrect paper magazine is set. Replace magazine.
Magazine installed oppositely. (Causes of the error message) 1. Magazines are installed oppositely. 2. ID chip is replaced. 3. Poorly connected or broken harness between the upper magazine ID sensor (D610 to D615) and JND2 on the JND23 circuit board 4. Poorly connected or broken harness between the lower magazine ID sensor (D620 to D625) and JND3 on the JND23 circuit board 5. Faulty D610 to D615 6. Faulty D620 to D625 7. Faulty JND23 circuit board 8. Faulty CTL23 circuit board
I-2435
1. Close the dryer section left cover. 2. Repair or replace the interlock dog. 3. Install the magnet properly. 4. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
5. Replace D681. 6. Replace the PWR23 circuit board.
1. Replace the magazines. 2. Use the previous ID chip or register it again. 3. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
4. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
5. 6. 7. 8.
Replace D610 to D615. Replace D620 to D625. Replace the JND23 circuit board. Replace the CTL23 circuit board.
Resume printing.
–
Magazine with different paper width installed. Install magazine with correct paper.
Magazine different from one at paper end has been set. (Causes of the error message) Refer to W-2433.
Refer to W-2433.
I-2437
Paper end process completed in upper magazine. Paper is to be fed from lower magazine.
–
–
I-2438
Paper end process completed in lower magazine. Paper is to be fed from upper magazine.
–
–
W-2439
Paper end detected in upper magazine. Install a new paper in magazine.
–
–
W-2436
–
3-33
3
3.2 Messages and Actions No.
Message
Factor
Actions
W-2440
Paper end detected in lower magazine. Install a new paper in magazine.
–
W-2441
Specified magazine ID differs from the stored ID. Install magazine with ID=###.
Even though printing is attempted by specifying a magazine ID, the specified magazine is not installed. (Causes of the error message) 1. Even though printing is attempted 1. Install the specified magazine. by specifying a magazine ID, the specified magazine is not installed. 2. Faulty upper magazine ID sensor 2. Replace D610 to D615. (D610 to D615) 3. Faulty lower magazine ID sensor 3. Replace D620 to D625. (D620 to D625)
W-2442
Specified paper width and registered print size mismatched. Replace magazine.
When printing is attempted, the magazine of the specified paper width is not installed. (Causes of the error message) 1. When printing is attempted, the magazine of the specified paper width is not installed. 2. Faulty magazine ID chip 3. Faulty upper magazine ID sensor (D610 to D615) 4. Faulty lower magazine ID sensor (D620 to D625)
W-2443
W-2444
W-2445
Paper end detected in magazine. Install a new paper in magazine.
Printer section left-hand cover opened. Close it.
Loading of paper in upper magazine failed. No paper or paper jam in magazine. Press [Help] button to see error help (or manual). Remove paper while referring to it.
–
At the post-operational check, paper end is detected. (Causes of the error message) 1. Paper end 2. Faulty magazine ID chip 3. Faulty upper magazine ID sensor (D610 to D615) 4. Faulty upper magazine paper end sensor (D616) 5. Faulty lower magazine ID sensor (D620 to D625) 6. Faulty lower magazine paper end sensor (D626) The left cover is opened during paper processing. (Causes of the error message) 1. Theleft cover is opened. 2. Faulty left cover interlock switch (D681) 3. Faulty left cover The splice sensor does not change after paper is fed specified length from the magazine. (Causes of the error message) 1. No paper in upper magazine 2. Paper feed failed from upper magazine 3. Faulty upper magazine splice sensor (D619) 4. Faulty upper magazine ID sensor (D610 to D615) 5. Faulty upper magazine paper supply motor (M610)
3-34
1. Install the specified magazine.
2. Replace the magazine ID chip. 3. Replace D610 to D615. 4. Replace D620 to D625.
1. Replace the magazine. 2. Replace the magazine ID chip. 3. Replace D610 to D615. 4. Replace D616. 5. Replace D620 to D625. 6. Replace D626.
1. Close the left cover. 2. Replace D681. 3. Replace the left cover.
1. Install roll paper in the magazine. 2. Remove jammed paper. 3. Replace D619. 4. Replace D610 to D615. 5. Replace M610.
3.2 Messages and Actions No.
Message
W-2446
Loading of paper in lower magazine failed. No paper or paper jam in magazine. Press [Help] button to see error help (or manual). Remove paper while referring to it.
W-2447
W-2448
Paper jam occurred between distribution section and printer exit section(7). Check it. ### sheets remain. Press [Help] button to see error help (or manual). Remove paper while referring to it.
Initializing of upper cutter failed(M600,D601,D602). Shut down scanner with emergency stop button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Factor The splice sensor does not change after paper is fed specified length from the magazine. (Causes of the error message) 1. No paper in lower magazine 2. Paper feed failed from lower magazine 3. Faulty lower magazine splice sensor (D629) 4. Faulty lower magazine ID sensor (D620 to D625) 5. Faulty lower magazine paper supply motor (M620) Paper is not detected even when the specified time has elapsed. (Causes of the error message) 1. Paper jamming 2. Poorly connected or broken harness between the distribution section paper sensor (D660/D664/ D665) and JND8 on the JND23 circuit board 3. Poorly connected or broken harness between the speed control section paper sensor (D666/D667/D668) and JND9 on the JND23 circuit board 4. Poorly connected or broken harness between the Feed Motor 5 (M660) or distribution slide motor (M661) and PDA13 on the PDA23 circuit board 5. Poorly connected or broken harness between the Nip Release Motor 4 (M662/M663) and PDA14 on the PDA23 circuit board 6. Poorly connected or broken harness between the speed control motor (M664/M665) and PDA15 on the PDA23 circuit board 7. Faulty D660/D664/D665/D666/ D667/D668 8. Faulty M660/M661/M662/M663/ M664/M665 9. Faulty PDA23 circuit board
Actions
1. Install roll paper in the magazine. 2. Remove jammed paper. 3. Replace D629. 4. Replace D620 to D625. 5. Replace M620.
1. Remove paper. 2. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
3. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
4. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
5. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
6. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
7. Replace D660/D664/D665/D666/ D667/D668. 8. Replace M660/M661/M662/M663/ M664/M665. 9. Replace the PDA23 circuit board.
• Both the cutter open and close sensors detect their home position. • Cutter error flag is detected. • The cutter close position sensor does not function even after the specified time has elapsed. (Causes of the error message) 1. Replace the upper cutter unit. 1. Faulty upper cutter drive motor (M600) 2. Replace the upper cutter unit. 2. Faulty upper cutter open (home) position sensor (D601) 3. Faulty upper cutter close position 3. Replace the upper cutter unit. sensor (D602)
3-35
3
3.2 Messages and Actions No.
Message
Factor
Actions
W-2449
Initializing of lower cutter failed(M601,D603,D604). Shut down scanner with emergency stop button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
• Both the cutter open and close sensors detect their home position. • Cutter error flag is detected. • The cutter close position sensor does not function even after the specified time has elapsed. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty lower cutter drive motor 1. Replace the lower cutter unit. (M601) 2. Faulty lower cutter open (home) 2. Replace the lower cutter unit. position sensor (D603) 3. Faulty lower cutter close position 3. Replace the lower cutter unit. sensor (D604)
W-2450
Tilt in registration section(M641/ D641) malfunction. Shut down scanner with emergency stop button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Tilt home position cannot be detected. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty tilt home position sensor (for 1. Replace D641. M641) (D641) 2. Faulty registration tilt motor (M641) 2. Replace M641. 3. Faulty registration mechanism 3. Replace the registration unit.
W-2451
Registration section nip(M642/D642) malfunction. Shut down scanner with emergency stop button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Nip release home position cannot be detected. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty nip release home position Sensor 1 (for M642) (D642) 2. Faulty nip release motor (M642) 3. Faulty registration mechanism
Exposure section nip(M651/D651) malfunction. Shut down scanner with emergency stop button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Nip home position cannot be detected. (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected or broken harness between the soft nip home position sensor (for M651) (D651) and JND6 on the JND23 circuit board. 2. Poorly connected or broken harness between the soft nip motor (M651) and PDA11 on the PAD23 circuit board 3. Faulty D651 4. Faulty M651 5. Faulty PDA23 circuit board 6. Faulty CTL23 circuit board 7. Faulty cam mechanism
1. Replace D642. 2. Replace M642. 3. Replace the registration unit.
W-2452
W-2453
Sub-scanning receiving section nip(M655/D655/M656/D656) malfunction. Shut down scanner with emergency stop button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Nip release home position cannot be detected. (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected or broken harness between the nip release home position Sensor 2 (for M655)/3 (for M656) (D655/D656) and JND7 on the JND23 circuit board 2. Poorly connected or broken harness between the nip release motor 2/3 (M655/M656) and PDA12 on the PDA23 circuit board 3. Faulty D655/D656 4. Faulty M655/M656 5. Faulty PDA23 circuit board 6. Faulty CTL23 circuit board 7. Faulty nip release mechanism
3-36
1. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
2. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
Replace D651. Replace M651. Replace the PDA23 circuit board. Replace the CTL23 circuit board. Replace the sub scanning unit.
1. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
2. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
Replace D655/D656. Replace M655/M656. Replace the PDA23 circuit board. Replace the CTL23 circuit board. Replace the distribution entrance unit.
3.2 Messages and Actions No.
Message
Factor
W-2454
Nip in distribution section(M662/ D662/M663/D663) malfunction. Shut down scanner with emergency stop button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Nip release home position cannot be detected. (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected or broken harness between the nip release home position Sensor 4 (front/ rear) (D662/D663) and JND8 on the JND23 circuit board 2. Poorly connected or broken harness between the Nip Release Motor 4 (front/rear) (M662/M663) and PDA14 on the PDA23 circuit board 3. Faulty D662/D663 4. Faulty M662/M663 5. Faulty PDA23 circuit board 6. Faulty CTL23 circuit board 7. Faulty nip release mechanism
W-2455
W-2456
Distribution section(M661/D661) malfunction. Shut down scanner with emergency stop button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Paper may be slipped from feed rollers in magazine. Remove paper from magazine and set it correctly in a dark location.
Distribution home position cannot be detected. (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected or broken harness between the distribution home position sensor (for M661) (D661) and JND8 on the JND23 circuit board 2. Poorly connected or broken harness between the distribution slide motor (M661) and PDA13 on the PDA23 circuit board 3. Faulty D661 4. Faulty M661 5. Faulty PDA23 circuit board 6. Faulty CTL23 circuit board 7. Faulty nip release mechanism Paper cannot be fed due to its length too short because the splice sensor detects paper and the paper end sensor detects its end. (Causes of the error message) 1. Too short length paper remains between the splice sensor (D619) and the paper end sensor (D616) due to paper end. 2. Too short length paper remains between the splice sensor (D629) and the paper end sensor (D626) due to paper end. 3. Faulty D619 4. Faulty D616 5. Faulty D629 6. Faulty D626
3-37
Actions
1. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
3 2. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
Replace D662/D663. Replace M662/M663. Replace the PDA23 circuit board. Replace the CTL23 circuit board. Replace the distribution unit.
1. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
2. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
Replace D661. Replace M661. Replace the PDA23 circuit board. Replace the CTL23 circuit board. Replace the distribution unit.
1. Remove the paper.
2. Remove the paper.
3. 4. 5. 6.
Replace the cutter unit. Replace D616. Replace the cutter unit. Replace D626.
3.2 Messages and Actions No. W-2457
W-2458
W-2459
W-2460
Message Paper may be slipped from feed rollers in magazine. Remove paper from magazine and set it correctly in a dark location.
Printer section inner cover opened. Press [Help] button to see error help (or manual). Inspect it while referring to it.
Printer section cover opened. Close it.
Paper is not Installed in upper magazine. Install a paper in magazine.
Factor Paper cannot be fed due to its length too short because the splice sensor detects paper and the paper end sensor detects its end. (Causes of the error message) 1. Too short length paper remains between the splice sensor (D619) and the paper end sensor (D616) due to paper end. 2. Too short length paper remains between the splice sensor (D629) and the paper end sensor (D626) due to paper end. 3. Faulty D619 4. Faulty D616 5. Faulty D629 6. Faulty D626 Opening of the distribution section inner cover is detected during initialization. (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected or broken harness between the distribution section drive standby sensor (D669) and JND8 on the JND23 circuit board 2. Faulty D669 3. Faulty PDA23 circuit board 4. Faulty CTL23 circuit board During output check, device operation is attempted with a cover open. (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected or broken harness between the magazine door interlock switch (D680) and PWR4 on the PWR23 circuit board 2. Poorly connected or broken harness between the left cover interlock switch (D681) and PWR4 on the PWR23 circuit board 3. Faulty D680 4. Faulty D681 5. Faulty PWR23 circuit board 6. Damaged cover Upper magazine paper end is detected during initialization. (Causes of the error message) 1. Paper is not installed in the magazine. 2. Poorly connected or broken harness between the upper magazine paper end sensor (D616) and JND2 on the JND23 circuit board 3. Faulty D616
3-38
Actions
1. Remove the paper.
2. Remove the paper.
3. 4. 5. 6.
Replace the cutter unit. Replace D616. Replace the cutter unit. Replace D626.
1. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
2. Replace D669. 3. Replace the PDA23 circuit board. 4. Replace the CTL23 circuit board.
1. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
2. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
3. 4. 5. 6.
Replace D680. Replace D681. Replace the PWR23 circuit board. Replace the cover.
1. Install paper or replace the magazine. 2. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
3. Replace D616.
3.2 Messages and Actions No. W-2461
W-2462
Message Paper is not Installed in lower magazine. Install a paper in magazine.
Factor Lower magazine paper end is detected during initialization. (Causes of the error message) 1. Paper is not installed in the magazine. 2. Poorly connected or broken harness between the lower magazine paper end sensor (D626) and JND3 on the JND23 circuit board 3. Faulty D626
Actions
1. Install paper or replace the magazine. 2. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
3. Replace D626.
Magazine ID changed. Check magazines.
(Causes of the error message) 1. The magazine ID is changed during driving the feed system.
1. Reinstall the magazine correctly.
Specified paper and registered paper mismatched. Replace magazine.
(Causes of the error message) 1. The paper type or surface differs from the magazine installed.
1. Install the proper magazine.
W-2490
Cannot be performed due to printing.
Output maintenance is attempted during printing.
Wait until printing is completed.
W-2492
Cannot be performed due to feeding paper.
Output maintenance is attempted during paper feeding.
Wait until paper feeding is completed.
W-2493
Error occurred in getting master magazine ID.
Error occurred while obtaining the master magazine ID.
Clear the error.
W-2495
Master magazine is not loaded. Load it.
Upkeep printing is attempted with a magazine other than the master magazine.
Replace with the master magazine and perform upkeep printing again.
W-2497
Condition upkeep printing not performed due to lack of conditions.
Paper jamming has occurred during upkeep printing.
Remove paper and perform upkeep printing again.
E-2501
Anti-dust shutter abnormal. Shut down scanner with emergency stop button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Shutter open/close sensor (D674) does not function even if operating anti-dust shutter at initialization. (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected or broken harness between JROS on the laser unit and LDD7 on the LDD23 circuit board 2. Faulty D674 3. Faulty S673 4. Faulty LDD23 circuit board
W-2463
E-2502
E-2503
Anti-dust fan malfunction. Shut down scanner with emergency stop button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Polygon malfunction. Shut down scanner with emergency stop button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Fan does not function (Rotating sensor malfunction). (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected or broken harness between JROS on the laser unit and LDD7 on the LDD23 circuit board 2. Faulty F610/F611/F612 3. Faulty LDD23 circuit board 4. Faulty CTL23 circuit board Mechanical polygon is abnormal (Rotating sensor malfunction). (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected or broken harness between JROS on the laser unit and LDD7 on the LDD23 circuit board 2. Poorly connected or disconnected connector on the JND20 circuit board on the bottom side of the laser unit 3. Faulty LDD23 circuit board 4. Faulty laser unit
3-39
1. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
2. Replace D674. 3. Replace S673 4. Replace the JDD23 circuit board.
1. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
2. Replace F610/F611/F612. 3. Replace the JDD23 circuit board. 4. Replace the CTL23 circuit board.
1. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
2. Connect the connector correctly.
3. Replace the JDD23 circuit board. 4. Replace the laser unit.
3
3.2 Messages and Actions No.
Message
Factor
E-2504
AOM driver cooling fan malfunction. Shut down scanner with emergency stop button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
AOM cooling fan malfunction (Rotating sensor malfunction). (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected or broken harness between the AOM cooling fan (F690A) and LDD5 on the LDD23 circuit board 2. Faulty F690A 3. Faulty LDD23 circuit board 4. Faulty CTL23 circuit board
E-2505
W-2507
LDD23 circuit board cooling fan malfunction. Shut down scanner with emergency stop button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Condition setup for present paper not performed. When replacing the paper with the one with different emulsion number, make sure to perform condition setup for paper.
LDD cooling fan malfunction (Rotating sensor malfunction). (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected or broken harness between the LDD cooling fan (F690B) and LDD5 on the LDD23 circuit board 2. Faulty F690B 3. Faulty LDD23 circuit board 4. Faulty CTL23 circuit board Density measurement for the installed magazine is not performed. (Causes of the error message) 1. Paper condition setup is not performed. 2. ID chip is replaced. 3. Poorly connected or broken harness between the upper magazine ID sensor (F610 to D615) and JND2 on the LND23 circuit board 4. Poorly connected or broken harness between the lower magazine ID sensor (D620 to D625) and JND3 on the LND23 circuit board 5. Faulty D610 to D615 6. Faulty D620 to D625 7. Faulty CTL23 circuit board
E-2508
E-2509
Communication error occurred in printer(GMC23-LDD23). Shut down scanner with emergency stop button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Abnormal R laser (R-LD) information. The laser temperature controlstopped. Shut down scanner with emergency stop button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Communication error occurred between the GMC23 and LDD23 circuit board. (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected or broken harness between the LDD1 on the LDD23 circuit board and GMC2 on the GMC23 circuit board 2. Poorly connected or broken harness between the LDD2 on the LDD23 circuit board and PWR3 on the PWR23 circuit board 3. Replace the LDD23 circuit board 4. Replace the GMC23 circuit board
Actions
1. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
2. Replace F690A. 3. Replace the JDD23 circuit board. 4. Replace the CTL23 circuit board.
1. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
2. Replace F690B. 3. Replace the JDD23 circuit board. 4. Replace the CTL23 circuit board.
1. Perform paper condition setup. 2. Change the magazine registration data. 3. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
4. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
5. Replace D610 to D615. 6. Replace D620 to D625. 7. Replace the CTL23 circuit board.
1. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
2. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
3. Replace the LDD23 circuit board. 4. Replace the GMC23 circuit board.
Abnormal data read from EEPROM in the laser unit at start-up. (Causes of the error message) 1. Connect the harness correctly, or 1. Poorly connected or broken repair or replace it. harness between the laser unit and LDD11 on the LDD23 circuit board 2. Replace the LDD23 circuit board. 2. Faulty LDD23 circuit board 3. Replace the laser unit. 3. Faulty laser unit
3-40
3.2 Messages and Actions No.
Message
E-2510
Abnormal G laser (G-SHG) information. The laser temperature control stopped. Shut down scanner with emergency stop button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Abnormal data read from EEPROM in the laser unit at start-up. (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected or broken 1. Connect the harness correctly, or harness between the laser optical repair or replace it. unit and LDD13 on the LDD23 circuit board 2. Faulty LDD23 circuit board 2. Replace the LDD23 circuit board. 3. Faulty laser optical unit 3. Replace the laser optical unit.
E-2511
Abnormal B laser (B-LD) information. The laser temperature control stopped. Shut down scanner with emergency stop button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Abnormal data read from EEPROM in the laser unit at start-up. (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected or broken 1. Connect the harness correctly, or harness between the laser optical repair or replace it. unit and LDD9 on the LDD23 circuit board 2. Faulty LDD23 circuit board 2. Replace the LDD23 circuit board. 3. Faulty laser optical unit 3. Replace the laser optical unit.
E-2512
R laser (R-LD) temperature adjustment outside specified range. The laser temperature control stopped. Shut down scanner with emergency stop button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Laser temperature did not converge within a specified range during initialization. (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected or broken harness between the laser optical unit and LDD11 on the LDD23 circuit board 2. Faulty LDD23 circuit board 3. Faulty laser optical unit
1. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
Laser temperature did not converge within a specified range during initialization. (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected or broken harness between the laser optical unit and LDD12/LDD14 on the LDD23 circuit board 2. Faulty LDD23 circuit board 3. Faulty laser optical unit
1. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
Laser temperature did not converge within a specified range during initialization. (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected or broken harness between the laser optical unit and LDD9 on the LDD23 circuit board 2. Faulty LDD23 circuit board 3.Faulty laser optical unit
1. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
1. Laser temperature exceeds the range. 2. Thermistor error is detected. (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected or broken harness between the laser optical unit and LDD11 on the LDD23 circuit board 2. Faulty LDD23 circuit board 3. Faulty laser optical unit
1. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
E-2513
E-2514
E-2515
G laser (G-SHG) temperature adjustment outside specified range. The laser temperature control stopped. Shut down scanner with emergency stop button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
B laser (B-LD) temperature adjustment outside specified range. The laser temperature control stopped. Shut down scanner with emergency stop button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Abnormal R laser (R-LD) temperature. The laser temperature control stopped. Shut down scanner with emergency stop button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Factor
3-41
Actions
2. Replace the LDD23 circuit board. 3. Replace the laser optical unit.
2. Replace the LDD23 circuit board. 3. Replace the laser optical unit.
2. Replace the LDD23 circuit board. 3. Replace the laser optical unit.
2. Replace the LDD23 circuit board. 3. Replace the laser optical unit.
3
3.2 Messages and Actions No.
Message
Factor
E-2516
Abnormal G laser (G-SHG) temperature. The laser temperature control stopped. Shut down scanner with emergency stop button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
1. Laser temperature exceeds the range. 2. Thermistor error is detected. (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected or broken harness between the laser optical unit and LDD12/LDD14 on the LDD23 circuit board 2. Faulty LDD23 circuit board 3. Faulty laser optical unit
1. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
1. Laser temperature exceeds the range. 2. Thermistor error is detected. (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected or broken harness between the laser optical unit and LDD9 on the LDD23 circuit board 2. Faulty LDD23 circuit board 3. Faulty laser optical unit
1. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
E-2517
W-2518
Abnormal B laser (B-LD) temperature. The laser temperature control stopped. Shut down scanner with emergency stop button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Abnormal temperature detected in printer. The laser temperature control stopped. Press [Help] button to see error help (or manual). Inspect it while referring to it.
Ambient temperature exceeds the range. (Causes of the error message) 1. Dirty anti static filter 2. Poorly connected or broken harness between the thermohygrometer (HS760) and CTL15 on the CTL23 circuit board 3. Tripped circuit protector on the LDD circuit board 4. Faulty HS760 5. Faulty LDD circuit board 6. Poorly connected or broken harness between the control section exhaust fan (F600/F601/ F602/F603)/feed section cooling fan (F604/F605/F608/F609) and PDA16 on the PDA23 circuit board. 7. Poorly connected or broken harness between the feed section cooling fan (F606/F607) and PDA20 on the PDA23 circuit board 8. Poorly connected or broken harness between the AOM cooling fan (F690A)/LDD cooling fan (F690B) and LDD15 on the LDD23 circuit board. 9. Poorly connected or broken harness between the power supply cooling fan (F630/F631) and PAC03 on the PAC23 circuit board 10.Poorly connected or broken harness between the image control section cooling fan (F620) and GMC4 on the GMC23 circuit board 11.Faulty fan (F600/F601/F602/F603/ F604/F605/F606/F607/F608/F609/ F620/F621/F622/F630/F631/ F690)
3-42
Actions
2. Replace the LDD23 circuit board. 3. Replace the laser optical unit.
2. Replace the LDD23 circuit board. 3. Replace the laser optical unit.
1. Replace the filter. 2. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it. 3. Replace the LDD23 circuit board.
4. Replace HS760. 5. Replace the LDD23 circuit board. 6. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
7. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
8. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
9. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
10.Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
11.Replace the fan.
3.2 Messages and Actions No.
Message
Factor
E-2520
R laser (R-LD) current exceeded. Shut down scanner with emergency stop button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
LD current value limiter detection. (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected or broken harness between the laser optical unit and LDD10 on the LDD23 circuit board 2. Faulty LDD23 circuit board 3. Faulty laser optical unit
E-2521
E-2522
E-2523
E-2524
E-2525
W-2526
W-2527
G laser (G-SHG) current exceeded. Shut down scanner with emergency stop button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
B laser (B-LD) current exceeded. Shut down scanner with emergency stop button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
R laser (R-LD) current measurement value outside specified range. Shut down scanner with emergency stop button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
G laser (G-SHG) current measurement value outside specified of range. Shut down scanner with emergency stop button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
B laser (B-LD) current measurement value outside specified range. Shut down scanner with emergency stop button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
LD current value limiter detection. (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected or broken harness between the laser optical unit and LDD12 on the LDD23 circuit board 2. Faulty LDD23 circuit board 3. Faulty laser optical unit LD current value limiter detection. (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected or broken harness between the laser optical unit and LDD8 on the LDD23 circuit board 2. Faulty LDD23 circuit board 3. Faulty laser optical unit PD current value does not converge within a specified range. (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected or broken harness between the laser optical unit and LDD10 on the LDD23 circuit board 2. Faulty LDD23 circuit board 3. Faulty laser optical unit PD current value does not converge within a specified range. (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected or broken harness between the laser optical unit and LDD12 on the LDD23 circuit board 2. Faulty LDD23 circuit board 3. Faulty laser optical unit PD current value does not converge within a specified range. (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected or broken harness between the laser optical unit and LDD8 on the LDD23 circuit board 2. Faulty LDD23 circuit board 3. Faulty laser optical unit
Actions
1. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
2. Replace LDD23 circuit board. 3. Replace the laser optical unit.
1. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
2. Replace LDD23 circuit board. 3. Replace the laser optical unit.
1. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
2. Replace LDD23 circuit board. 3. Replace the laser optical unit.
1. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
2. Replace the LDD23 circuit board. 3. Replace the laser optical unit.
1. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
2. Replace the LDD23 circuit board. 3. Replace the laser optical unit.
1. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
2. Replace the LDD23 circuit board. 3. Replace the laser optical unit.
R laser (R-LD) current exceeds the specified range. Shut down scanner with emergency stop button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Laser deterioration was detected at the last post-operational check. (Causes of the error message) 1. LD deteriorated.
1. Replace the laser optical unit.
G laser (G-SHG) current exceeds the specified range. No problem for the moment, but consult your technical representative.
Laser deterioration was detected at the last post-operational check. (Causes of the error message) 1. LD deteriorated.
1. Replace the laser optical unit.
3-43
3
3.2 Messages and Actions No.
Message
W-2528
B laser (B-LD) current exceeds the specified range. Shut down scanner with emergency stop button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Laser deterioration was detected at the last post-operational check. (Causes of the error message) 1. LD deteriorated.
SOS detection failed. Shut down scanner with emergency stop button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SOS (Start of Scanning) is not detected. (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected or broken harness between JROS on the laser optical unit and LDD7 on the LDD23 circuit board 2. Poorly connected or broken harness between LDD1 on the LDD23 circuit board and GEP10 on the GEP23 circuit board 3. Poorly connected connector on the DTA23 circuit board on ROS 4. Faulty DTA23 circuit board 5. Faulty GEP23 circuit board 6. Faulty LDD23 circuit board
E-2529
E-2530
Electric power failure occurred in the exposure and light source sections. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Factor
Abnormal power voltage on the LDD23 circuit board. (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected or broken harness between LDD2/3/4 on the LDD23 circuit board and PWR3/6 on the PWR23 circuit board 2. Faulty LDD23 circuit board 3. Faulty PWR23 circuit board
Actions
1. Replace the laser optical unit.
1. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
2. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
3. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it. 4. Replace the laser optical unit. 5. Replace the GEP23 circuit board. 6. Replace the LDD23 circuit board.
1. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
2. Replace the LDD23 circuit board. 3. Replace the PWR23 circuit board.
W-2532
G laser (G-SHG) optimal temperature It’s time to perform SHG stabilization. Perform Menu 0522 “G, B Laser setting periods. (SHG) Optimal Temperature Setup”. Press [Help] button to see error help (or manual). Set optimal temperature for G laser(G-SHG) while referring to it.
W-2533
10 days passed since the last paper condition setup. We recommend paper condition setup.
Paper magazine requiring paper condition setup is detected during magazine installation.
E-2534
R laser (R-LD) connector removed or temperature sensor abnormal. Shut down scanner with emergency stop button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Laser thermistor detected. (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected or broken harness between LDR1 on the LDR23 circuit board and LDD11 on the LDD23 circuit board 2. Faulty LDD23 circuit board 3. Faulty laser optical unit
E-2535
E-2536
G laser (G-SHG) connector removed or temperature sensor abnormal. Shut down scanner with emergency stop button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
B laser (B-LD) connector removed or temperature sensor abnormal. Shut down scanner with emergency stop button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Laser thermistor detected. (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected or broken harness between JMH2 on the JMH20 circuit board and LDD12 on the LDD23 circuit board 2. Faulty LDD23 circuit board 3. Faulty laser optical unit Laser thermistor detected. (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected or broken harness between LDB1 on the LDB23 circuit board and LDD9 on the LDD23 circuit board 2. Faulty LDD23 circuit board 3. Faulty laser optical unit
3-44
Perform paper condition setup.
1. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
2. Replace the LDD23 circuit board. 3. Replace the laser optical unit.
1. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
2. Replace the LDD23 circuit board. 3. Replace the laser optical unit.
1. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
2. Replace the LDD23 circuit board. 3. Replace the laser optical unit.
3.2 Messages and Actions No.
Message
W-2537
The laser temperature control cannot be performed, because the ambient temperature is too low(high). Adjust the ambient temp. between 15 to 30 °C. (Laser temp. adjustment will be started when the ambient temp. exceeds 5 °C.)
Factor After the initialization, the ambient temperature has been outside the specified range for more than the specified period. (Causes of the error message) 1. The current temperature is above (or below) the specified range.
Actions
1. On Menu 0524 “Printer Temperature Display”, measure the internal temperature, and adjust it (using an air conditioner) to within 5 to 45 °C. 2. Connect the connector, or repair or replace the harness.
2. Poorly connected or broken harness between HS760 on the THA23 circuit board and CTL15 on the CTL23 circuit board 3. Faulty thermohygrometer (HS760) 3. Replace HS760. 4. Faulty LDD23 circuit board 4. Replace the LDD23 circuit board. W-2538
Anti-dust filter of laser unit is about to its lifetime. Prepare a new anti-dust filter. No problem for the moment, but consult your technical representative.
It’s time to change anti-dust filter.
E-2539
Anti-dust filter of laser unit is about to It’s time to change anti-dust filter. its pariodic replacing time. (Causes of the error message) Consult your technical representative. 1. Filter has not been replaced.
W-2540
Ambient temperature too low (high). Adjust the ambient temperature between 15 to 30 °C.
The ambient temperature has been outside the specified range (15 to 30°) for more than the specified period. (Causes of the error message) 1. The current temperature is above (or below) the specified range.
Replace the filter.
1. Replace the filter.
1. On Menu 0524 “Printer Temperature Display”, measure the internal temperature, and adjust it (using an air conditioner) to within 5 to 45 °C. 2. Connect the connector, or repair or replace the harness.
2. Poorly connected or broken harness between HS760 on the THA23 circuit board and CTL15 on the CTL23 circuit board 3. Faulty thermohygrometer (HS760) 3. Replace HS760. 4. Faulty LDD23 circuit board 4. Replace the LDD23 circuit board. E-2542
E-2544
E-2545
E-2546
AOM drive temperature error occurred. Shut down scanner with emergency stop button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Abnormal temperature of AOM driver is detected. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty temperature control circuit on the AOM driver
An error detected by R laser (R-LD) sensor. Shut down scanner with emergency stop button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Laser thermistor detected. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty LDD23 circuit board 2. Faulty laser thermistor
1. Replace the LDD23 circuit board. 2. Replace the laser optical unit.
An error detected by G laser(G-SHG) sensor. Shut down scanner with emergency stop button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Laser thermistor detected. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty LDD23 circuit board 2. Faulty laser thermistor
1. Replace the LDD23 circuit board. 2. Replace the laser optical unit.
An error detected by B laser (B-LD) sensor. Shut down scanner with emergency stop button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Laser thermistor detected. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty LDD23 circuit board 2. Faulty laser thermistor
1. Replace the LDD23 circuit board. 2. Replace the laser optical unit.
3-45
1. Replace the AOM driver.
3
3.2 Messages and Actions No.
Message
E-2547
Fuse in exposure section blown out. Shut down scanner with emergency stop button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Blown fuse is detected. (Causes of the error message) 1. Blown fuse on the LDD23 circuit board
DTA connector disconnected. Shut down scanner with emergency stop button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Disconnected DTA connector is detected. (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected or broken harness between JROS on the laser optical unit and LDD7 on the LDD23 circuit board
LDD6 connector disconnected. Shut down scanner with emergency stop button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Disconnected LDD16 connecter is detected. (Causes of the error message) 1. Disconnected LDD16 connector
The density measurement is not complete within a specified time.
Density measurement time-out (Causes of the error message) 1. Cable is disconnected during density measurement.
E-2548
E-2549
W-2552
Factor
Actions
2. Densitometer goes wrong during density measurement. W-2553
The densitometer may malfunction. Data size from the densitometer is Consult your technical representative. abnormal. (Causes of the error message) 1. Densitometer error (Red LED lights.) 2. Faulty densitometer
1. Replace the blown fuse on the LDD23 circuit board.
1. Connect the connector, or repair or replace the harness.
1. Connect the connector, or repair or replace the harness.
1. Connect the cable properly and perform density measurement again. 2. Inspect the densitometer and replace it if necessary.
1. Reset the densitometer. (NOTE 2) 2. Replace the densitometer.
W-2554
Check the outputted upkeep print and Density measurement operation error then perform the density for upkeep printing measurement again. (Causes of the error message) 1. Densitometer error (Red LED 1. Reset the densitometer. (NOTE 2) lights.) 2. Faulty densitometer 2. Replace the densitometer.
W-2555
Density measurement failed due to the error occurrence.
The [Measure] button is clicked but measurement cannot be started because error has been occurred in the densitometer. (Causes of the error message) 1. Densitometer error (Red LED lights.) 2. Faulty densitometer
1. Reset the densitometer. (NOTE 2) 2. Replace the densitometer.
NOTE 2: Press the densitometer reset switch.
Reset Switch (AD300)
3-46
3.2 Messages and Actions No. W-2556
W-2557
W-2558
Message Initializing is in progress, so density measurement cannot be started. After initialization, retry measurement.
Density measurement cannot be started. Press the [Reset] button of the densitometer, and then retry it.
Check the connection of the densitometer and the power cable, retry it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Factor
Actions
Density measurement cannot be started because the densitometer initialization is in progress. (Causes of the error message) 1. Initializing densitometer Density measurement cannot be started because error has been occurred in the densitometer. (Causes of the error message) 1. Densitometer error (Red LED lights.)
1. Wait until densitometer initialization is completed.
1. Press the [Reset] button to initialize the densitometer. (NOTE 2)
Signal for starting density measurement is not received from the densitometer within the specified time. (Causes of the error message) 1. Disconnected cable before measurement
1. Connect the cable properly and perform density measurement again. 2. Turned OFF power supply for 2. Make sure the power switch on the densitometer before measurement densitometer is turned ON. W-2559
Canceling of density measurement failed. Check if the paper remains.
W-2560
Canceling of density measurement Communication busy state occurs failed. when interrupting density Consult your technical representative. measurement. (Causes of the error message) 1. Collision occurred while communicating with the densitometer.
W-2561
Detecting of leading end of the print failed. Insert the upkeep print into the densitometer correctly, and perform the measurement again.
Density measurement interruption failed. (Causes of the error message) 1. Jammed chart in the densitometer. 1. Press the [Reset] button to eject the chart. If not ejected, pull out the chart by hand and press the [Reset] button. (NOTE 2)
The leading end of the print upkeep chart cannot be detected during density measurement. (Causes of the error message) 1. Chart is not inserted. 2. Insufficiently inserted chart.
1. Press the [Reset] button to initialize the densitometer. (NOTE 2)
1. Set the chart and perform density measurement again. 2. Set the chart and perform density measurement again.
NOTE 2: Press the densitometer reset switch.
Reset Switch (AD300)
3-47
3
3.2 Messages and Actions No. W-2562
Message Detecting of leading end of the print failed. Insert the condition setup print into the densitometer correctly, and perform the measurement again.
Factor
Actions
The leading end of the print upkeep chart cannot be detected during density measurement. (Causes of the error message) 1. Chart is not inserted. 2. Insufficiently inserted chart.
W-2563
W-2564
W-2565
W-2566
W-2567
Paper is inserted incorrectly. Insert the upkeep print into the densitometer correctly, and perform the measurement again.
Pattern reading failed during density measurement of upkeep chart. (Causes of the error message) 1. Incorrect chart insertion direction 2. Tilted chart or out of lane 3. Inserted print is not for upkeep printing.
Paper is inserted incorrectly. Insert the condition setup print into the densitometer correctly, and perform the measurement again.
Pattern reading failed during density measurement of upkeep chart. (Causes of the error message) 1. Incorrect chart insertion direction 2. Slanted or misaligned chart 3. Inserted print is not for upkeep printing.
Detecting of trailing end of the print failed. Insert the upkeep print into the densitometer correctly, and perform the measurement again.
Chart is not ejected from the densitometer. (Causes of the error message) 1. Jammed chart in densitometer
Detecting of trailing end of the print failed. Insert the condition setup print into the densitometer correctly, and perform the measurement again.
Chart is not ejected from the densitometer. (Causes of the error message) 1. Jammed chart in densitometer
Ejecting of the print failed. Insert the upkeep print into the densitometer correctly, and perform the measurement again.
Chart is not ejected from the densitometer. (Causes of the error message) 1. Jammed chart in densitometer
1. Set the chart and perform density measurement again. 2. Set the chart and perform density measurement again.
1. Insert the chart correctly. 2. Adjust chart guides correctly. 3. Insert the print upkeep chart.
1. Insert the chart correctly. 2. Adjust the chart guides correctly. 3. Insert the print upkeep chart.
1. Press the [Reset] button to eject the chart. If not ejected, pull out the chart by hand and press the [Reset] button. (NOTE 2)
1. Press the [Reset] button to eject the chart. If not ejected, pull out the chart by hand and press the [Reset] button. (NOTE 2)
1. Press the [Reset] button to eject the chart. If not ejected, pull out the chart by hand and press the [Reset] button. (NOTE 2)
NOTE 2: Press the densitometer reset switch.
Reset Switch (AD300)
3-48
3.2 Messages and Actions No. W-2568
W-2569
Message Ejecting of the print failed. Insert the condition setup print into the densitometer correctly, and perform the measurement again.
Factor
Actions
Chart is not ejected from the densitometer. (Causes of the error message) 1. Jammed chart in densitometer
1. Press the [Reset] button to eject the chart. If not ejected, pull out the chart by hand and press the [Reset] button. (NOTE 2)
Check the outputted setup print and then perform the density measurement again.
Density measurement operation error for condition setup printing (Causes of the error message) 1. Densitometer error (Red LED 1. Reset the densitometer. (NOTE 2) lights.) 2. Faulty densitometer 2. Replace the densitometer.
I-2573
Laser temperature adjustment not completed in exposure section. Please Wait.
–
E-2580
R laser (R LD)CB temperature error occurred. Shut down scanner with emergency stop button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
R laser CB temperature is outside the specified range. (Causes of the error message) 1. Replace the laser optical unit. 1. Faulty CB temperature control section on the LDR23 circuit board
W-2590
Door opened.
(Causes of the error message) 1. Door is opened during maintenance mode.
1. Close the door.
Cannot be performed due to the lack of conditions
(Causes of the error message) 1. Operation is directed when the conditions are not met.
1. Check the operation conditions.
Paper jam in processor (8). Check it. ### sheets remain. Press [Help] button to see error help (or manual). Remove paper while referring to it.
Paper is not fed out within the specified time. (Causes of the error message) 1. Paper jamming 2. Faulty feeding path switching paper sensor (D770/D771/D772) 3. Incorrectly set processing rack, crossover rack, dryer rack, etc. 4. Faulty dryer rack or abnormal drying temperature control 5. Faulty dryer exit section
W-2591
W-2601
W-2602
Paper remains in processor. Press [Help] button to see error help (or manual). Remove paper while referring to it.
–
Power is turned OFF while paper remains in processor.
1. Remove paper. 2. Replace D770/D771/D772. 3. Set the rack properly. 4. Replace the dryer rack. 5. Replace the faulty part(s) in the dryer exit unit. Check the processor and dryer sections and dryer exit unit. If paper remains, remove it.
NOTE 2: Press the densitometer reset switch.
Reset Switch (AD300)
3-49
3
3.2 Messages and Actions No.
Message
Factor
W-2603
Paper remains in dryer exit unit. Press [Help] button to see error help (or manual). Remove paper while referring to it.
Paper remains in the high-speed feeding section when the processor is driven. (Causes of the error message) 1. Paper remains in the dryer exit unit. 2. Poorly connected or broken harness between the feeding path switching paper sensor (D770/ D771/D772) and JNE3 on the JNE23 circuit board 3. Poorly connected or broken harness between the dryer section drive motor (M770) and PDB10/ PDB11 on the PDB23 circuit board 4. Faulty D770/D771/D772 5. Faulty M770
W-2604
E-2606
E-2608
Sorter operation(M810/D810) abnormal. Shut down scanner with emergency stop button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Replenisher cartridge opening drive motor (M720,D722,D723) failure. About 510 3R-size sheets can still be printed without replenishment. Consult your technical representative.
Communication error occurred in printer(GMC23-CTL23). Shut down scanner with emergency stop button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Sorter malfunction. (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected or broken sorter cable 2. Poorly connected or broken harness between the sorter tray stop position sensor (D810) and SWA3 on the SWA20 circuit board 3. Poorly connected or broken harness between the sorter drive motor (M810) and SWA2 on the SWA20 circuit board 4. Faulty D810 5. Faulty M810 6. Faulty SWA20 circuit board 7. Tray and chain setting position error. Loaded by interference. Replenisher cartridge section malfunction. (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected or broken harness between the cartridge opening motor (M720) and PDB8 on the PDB23 circuit board 2. Poorly connected or broken harness between the replenisher cartridge upper/lower sensor (D722/D723) and JNE2 on the JNE23 circuit board 3. Poorly connected or broken harness between the replenisher door open/close detecting interlock switch (D724) and PWR4 on the PWR23 circuit board 4. Faulty M720 5. Faulty D722/D723 6. Faulty D720 Communication time-out with processor occurred. (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected or broken harness between the GPR23 and GMC23 circuit boards 2. Poorly connected or broken harness between the GPR2 on the GPR23 circuit board and CTL1 on the CTL23 circuit board 3. Faulty CTL23 circuit board 4. Faulty GPR23 circuit board 5. Faulty GMC23 circuit board
3-50
Actions
1. Remove paper. 2. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
3. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
4. Replace D770/D771/D772. 5. Replace M770.
1. Connect the cable correctly, or repair or replace it. 2. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
3. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
4. 5. 6. 7.
Replace D810. Replace M810. Replace the SWA20 circuit board. Install the sorter chain and trays properly.
1. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
2. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
3. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
4. Replace M720. 5. Replace D722/D723. 6. Replace D720.
1. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it. 2. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
3. Replace the CTL23 circuit board 4. Replace the GPR23 circuit board 5. Replace the GMC23 circuit board
3.2 Messages and Actions No.
Message
Factor
W-2609
The dryer unit (D762A) or the dryer cover (D762B) opened. Processing cancelled. Paper may remain. Press [Help] button to see error help (or manual). Remove paper while referring to it.
Processing tank’s or accumulating section’s cover is opened during paper processing. (Causes of the error message) 1. Dryer unit or dryer belt unit is opened. 2. Interlock switch is activated due to vibration, etc. because the dryer unit or dryer belt unit is installed improperly. 3. Poorly connected or broken harness between the dryer section open/close detecting interlock switch (D762) and PWR4 on the PWR24 circuit board 4. Faulty D762
W-2611
E-2614
E-2615
E-2616
E-2617
The dryer unit (D762A) or the dryer section cover (D762B) opened. Close the cover.
Processing tank’s or dryer section’s cover is open when starting processing. (Causes of the error message) 1. Dryer unit or dryer belt unit is opened. 2. Interlock switch is activated due to vibration, etc. because the dryer unit or dryer belt unit is installed improperly. 3. Poorly connected or broken harness between the dryer section open/close detecting interlock switch (D762) and PWR4 on the PWR24 circuit board 4. Faulty D762
Actions
1. Close the dryer unit or dryer belt unit. 2. Close the dryer unit or dryer belt unit.
3. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
4. Replace D762.
1. Close the dryer unit or dryer belt unit. 2. Close the dryer unit or dryer belt unit.
3. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
4. Replace D762.
P1 processing tank temperature not rising. The heaters (H700 to H703) turned off. Shut down scanner with emergency stop button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Solution temperature does not rise more than 1 °C within 30 minutes. (Causes of the error message) 1. Abnormal heater system 2. Abnormal temperature sensor system 3. Abnormal circulation system
(See Subsection 3.3.5)
P2 processing tank temperature not rising. The heaters (H700 to H703) turned off. Shut down scanner with emergency stop button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Solution temperature does not rise more than 1 °C within 30 minutes. (Causes of the error message) 1. Abnormal heater system 2. Abnormal temperature sensor system 3. Abnormal circulation system
(See Subsection 3.3.5)
PS1/2/3 processing tank temperatures not rising. The heaters (H700 to H703) turned off. Shut down scanner with emergency stop button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Solution temperature does not rise more than 1 °C within 30 minutes. (Causes of the error message) 1. Abnormal heater system 2. Abnormal temperature sensor system 3. Abnormal circulation system
(See Subsection 3.3.5)
PS4 processing tank temperatures not rising. The heaters (H700 to H703) turned off. Shut down scanner with emergency stop button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Solution temperature does not rise more than 1 °C within 30 minutes. (Causes of the error message) 1. Abnormal heater system 2. Abnormal temperature sensor system 3. Abnormal circulation system
(See Subsection 3.3.5)
3-51
3
3.2 Messages and Actions No.
Message
E-2618
Dryer section temperature not rising. The heaters (H760 to 767) turned off. Shut down scanner with emergency stop button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-2619
E-2620
E-2621
E-2622
E-2623
E-2624
Factor
Actions
Dryer section temperature does not rise more than 1 °C in a minute at heat up. (Causes of the error message) 1. Cover around the dryer section is open. 2. Abnormal dryer heater system 3. Abnormal dryer temperature sensor 4. Abnormal dryer fan system
(See Subsection 3.3.6)
P1 processing tank temperature is out of range. The heaters (H700 to H703) turned off. Shut down scanner with emergency stop button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
P1 temperature is abnormal. (Causes of the error message) 1. Abnormal heater system 2. Abnormal temperature sensor system 3. Abnormal circulation system
(See Subsection 3.3.5)
P2 processing tank temperature is out of range. The heaters (H700 to H703) turned off. Shut down scanner with emergency stop button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
P2 temperature is abnormal. (Causes of the error message) 1. Abnormal heater system 2. Abnormal temperature sensor system 3. Abnormal circulation system
(See Subsection 3.3.5)
PS1/2/3 processing tank temperature is out of range. The heaters (H700 to H703) turned off. Shut down scanner with emergency stop button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
PS1/2 temperature is abnormal. (Causes of the error message) 1. Abnormal heater system 2. Abnormal temperature sensor system 3. Abnormal circulation system
(See Subsection 3.3.5)
PS4 processing tank temperature is out of range. The heaters (H700 to H703) turned off. Shut down scanner with emergency stop button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
PS3/4 temperature is abnormal. (Causes of the error message) 1. Abnormal heater system 2. Abnormal temperature sensor system 3. Abnormal circulation system
(See Subsection 3.3.5)
Dryer section temperature is out of range. The heaters (H760 to 767) turned off. Shut down scanner with emergency stop button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Dryer section temperature is abnormal. (Causes of the error message) 1. Abnormal dryer heater system 2. Abnormal dryer temperature sensor system 3. Abnormal dryer fan system
(See Subsection 3.3.6)
P1 safety thermostat (D700) activated. The heaters (H700 to H703) turned off. Shut down scanner with emergency stop button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Safety thermostat in the P1 processing tank is activated. (Causes of the error message) 1. Abnormal heater system 2. Abnormal temperature sensor system 3. Abnormal circulation system 4. Abnormal heater safety thermostat system
(See Subsection 3.3.5)
3-52
3.2 Messages and Actions No.
Message
Factor
E-2625
P2 safety thermostat (D701) activated. The heaters (H700 to H703) turned off. Shut down scanner with emergency stop button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Safety thermostat in the P2 processing tank is activated. (Causes of the error message) 1. Abnormal heater system 2. Abnormal temperature sensor system 3. Abnormal circulation system 4. Abnormal heater safety thermostat system
(See Subsection 3.3.5)
PS1/2/3 safety thermostat (D702) activated. The heaters (H700 to H703) turned off. Shut down scanner with emergency stop button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Safety thermostat in the PS1/2/3 processing tank is activated. (Causes of the error message) 1. Abnormal heater system 2. Abnormal temperature sensor system 3. Abnormal circulation system 4. Abnormal heater safety thermostat system
((See Subsection 3.3.5)
PS4 safety thermostat (D703) activated. The heaters (H700 to H703) turned off. Shut down scanner with emergency stop button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Safety thermostat in the PS4 processing tank is activated. (Causes of the error message) 1. Abnormal heater system 2. Abnormal temperature sensor system 3. Abnormal circulation system 4. Abnormal heater safety thermostat system
(See Subsection 3.3.5)
Safety thermostat in dryer section (D760A,D760B) activated. The heaters (H760 to 767) turned off. Shut down scanner with emergency stop button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Safety thermostat in dryer section is activated. (Causes of the error message) 1. Abnormal dryer heater system 2. Abnormal dryer temperature sensor system 3. Abnormal dryer fan system 4. Abnormal dryer heater safety thermostat system
(See Subsection 3.3.6)
P1 solution level (FS700) has fallen. Temperature adjustment stopped. Press [Help] button to see error help (or manual). Inspect it while referring to it.
Solution level in P1 processing tank is lowered. (Causes of the error message) 1. Solution leakage 2. Abnormal solution level sensor system 3. Abnormal replenisher system
(See Subsection 3.3.7)
P2 solution level (FS701) has fallen. Temperature adjustment stopped. Press [Help] button to see error help (or manual). Inspect it while referring to it.
Solution level in P2 processing tank is lowered. (Causes of the error message) 1. Solution leakage 2. Abnormal solution level sensor system 3. Abnormal replenisher system
(See Subsection 3.3.7)
PS1 solution level (FS702) has fallen. Temperature adjustment stopped. Press [Help] button to see error help (or manual). Inspect it while referring to it.
Solution level in PS1 processing tank is lowered. (Causes of the error message) 1. Solution leakage 2. Abnormal solution level sensor system 3. Abnormal replenisher system
(See Subsection 3.3.7)
PS2 solution level (FS703) has fallen. Temperature adjustment stopped. Press [Help] button to see error help (or manual). Inspect it while referring to it.
Solution level in PS2 processing tank is lowered. (Causes of the error message) 1. Solution leakage 2. Abnormal solution level sensor system 3. Abnormal replenisher system
(See Subsection 3.3.7)
E-2626
E-2627
E-2628
W-2629
W-2630
W-2631
W-2632
3-53
Actions
3
3.2 Messages and Actions No.
Message
Factor
W-2633
PS3 solution level (FS704) has fallen. Temperature adjustment stopped. Press [Help] button to see error help (or manual). Inspect it while referring to it.
Solution level in PS3 processing tank is lowered. (Causes of the error message) 1. Solution leakage 2. Abnormal solution level sensor system 3. Abnormal replenisher system
(See Subsection 3.3.7)
PS4 solution level (FS705) has fallen. Temperature adjustment stopped. Press [Help] button to see error help (or manual). Inspect it while referring to it.
Solution level in PS4 processing tank is lowered. (Causes of the error message) 1. Solution leakage 2. Abnormal solution level sensor system 3. Abnormal replenisher system
(See Subsection 3.3.7)
P1R replenisher pump (PU721) malfunctions. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
(Causes of the error message) 1. Pump malfunction due to bent or clogged hose 2. Faulty replenisher pump (due to hardened bellows, faulty rotation sensor or motor)
P2RA replenisher pump (PU722) malfunctions. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
(Causes of the error message) 1. Pump malfunction due to bent or clogged hose 2. Faulty replenisher pump (due to hardened bellows, faulty rotation sensor or motor)
P2RB replenisher pump (PU723) malfunctions. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
(Causes of the error message) 1. Pump malfunction due to bent or clogged hose 2. Faulty replenisher pump (due to hardened bellows, faulty rotation sensor or motor)
PSR replenisher pump (PU724) malfunctions. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
(Causes of the error message) 1. Pump malfunction due to bent or clogged hose 2. Faulty replenisher pump (due to hardened bellows, faulty rotation sensor or motor)
PSR solution level has fallen. Pour 8L of replenisher and then put two FSC tablets into the port.
PSR upper limit sensor detects“no solution”. (Causes of the error message) 1. PSR is empty.
W-2634
W-2641
W-2642
W-2643
W-2647
W-2648
2. Poorly connected or broken harness between the PSR upper level sensor (FS743) and JNE6 on the JNE23 circuit board 3. Faulty FS723 W-2649
PSR replenisher empty. Printing cancelled. Pour 8L of replenisher and then put two FSC tablets into the port.
PSR lower limit sensor detects “no solution”. (Causes of the error message) 1. PSR is empty. 2. Poorly connected or broken harness between the PSR lower level sensor (FS727) and JNE6 on the JNE23 circuit board 3. Faulty FS727
3-54
Actions
1. Repair or replace the hose. 2. Replace the pump.
1. Repair or replace the hose. 2. Replace the pump.
1. Repair or replace the hose. 2. Replace the pump.
1. Repair or replace the hose. 2. Replace the pump.
On Menu 0624, check FS748 and actual solution level. 1. Replenish with 8 liters of FRSS and put 2 FSC tablets into the port. 2. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
3. Replace FS723. On Menu 0624, check FS748 and actual solution level. 1. Replenish with 8 liters of FRSS and put 2 FSC tablets into the port. 2. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
3. Replace FS727.
3.2 Messages and Actions No. W-2650
W-2651
E-2653
Message Waste solution tank nearly full. Collect the solution in the recovery tank in the W2 manner.
Waste solution tank full. Printing stopped. Collect the solution in the recovery tank in the W2 manner.
Remaining replenisher abnormal. Shut down scanner with emergency stop button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Factor Internal waste solution sensor detects “Solution exists”. (Causes of the error message) 1. Waste solution tank is full. 2. Poorly connected or broken harness between the waste solution level sensor (FS728) and JNE6 on the JNE23 circuit board 3. Dirty FS728 4. Faulty FS728 Internal waste solution sensor detects “Solution full”. (Causes of the error message) 1. Waste solution tank is full. 2. Poorly connected or broken harness between the waste solution level sensor (FS728) and JNE6 on the JNE23 circuit board 3. Dirty FS728 4. Faulty FS728 Status of P1R, P2RA, or P2RB level sensor changed during standby. (Causes of the error message) 1. Solution leakage from replenisher tank 2. Replenisher collected or supplied during stand-by.
Actions
1. Collect waste solution 2. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
3. Clean FS728. 4. Replace FS728.
1. Collect waste solution. 2. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
3. Clean FS728. 4. Replace FS728.
1. Repair solution leakage.
2. Take appropriate corrective measures. (See Subsection 3.3.12) 3. Poorly connected or broken 3. Connect the harness correctly, or harness between the solution level repair or replace it. sensor (FS720/FS721/FS722/ FS724/FS725/FS726) and JNE6 on the JNE23 circuit board 4. Faulty solution level sensor 4. Replace FS720/FS721/FS722/ (FS720/FS721/FS722/FS724/ FS724/FS725/FS726. FS725/FS726) E-2657
P1R replenishment flow volume or its solution level abnormal. About 510 3R-size sheets can still be printed without replenishment. Consult your technical representative.
Accumulated output amount of solution to P1R upper level sensor exceeds the specified value (1998.0 ml). (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty P1R pump (PU721) 2. Faulty P1R stirring valve (S731) 3. Faulty P1R cartridge washing valve (S728) 4. Faulty P1R upper level sensor (FS720)
5. Bent or clogged P1R hose E-2658
P2RA replenishment flow volume or its solution level abnormal. About 510 3R-size sheets can still be printed without replenishment. Consult your technical representative.
Accumulated output amount of solution to P2RA upper level sensor exceeds the specified value (777.0 ml). (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty P2RA pump (PU722) 2. Faulty P2RA cartridge washing valve (S729) 3. Faulty P2RA upper level sensor (FS721)
4. Bent or clogged P2RA hose
3-55
1. (See Subsection 3.3.8) 2. (See Subsection 3.3.10) 3. (See Subsection 3.3.10) 4. (See Subsection 3.3.11) Take appropriate corrective measures. (See Subsection 3.3.12) 5. Repair or replace the hose.
1. (See Subsection 3.3.8) 2. (See Subsection 3.3.10) 3. (See Subsection 3.3.11) Take appropriate corrective measures. (See Subsection 3.3.12) 4. Repair or replace the hose.
3
3.2 Messages and Actions No.
Message
E-2659
P2RB replenishment flow volume or its solution level abnormal. About 510 3R-size sheets can still be printed without replenishment. Consult your technical representative.
Factor Accumulated output amount of solution to P2RB upper level sensor exceeds the specified value (777.0 ml). (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty P2RB pump (PU723) 2. Faulty P2RB cartridge washing valve (S730) 3. Faulty P2RB upper level sensor (FS722)
4. Bent or clogged P2RB hose I-2662
Performing evaporation correction. Warming-up will be started after the evaporation correction. Please wait. ( Max 25 min.)
Performing evaporation correction.
E-2663
P1R replenishment pump(PU721) or lower limit sensor(FS724) abnormal. About 510 3R-size sheets can still be printed without replenishment. Consult your technical representative.
Accumulated output amount of solution between P1R upper and lower sensors exceeds the specified value. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty P1R pump (PU721) 2. Faulty P1R lower level sensor (FS724)
3. Incorrect default setting of pump output amount 4. Bent or clogged P1R hose E-2664
P2RA replenishment flow volume or its solution level abnormal. About 510 3R-size sheets can still be printed without replenishment. Consult your technical representative.
Accumulated output amount of solution between P2RA upper and lower sensors exceeds the specified value. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty P2RA pump (PU722) 2. Faulty P2RA lower level sensor (FS725)
3. Incorrect default setting of pump output amount 4. Bent or clogged P2RA hose E-2665
P2RB replenishment flow volume or its solution level abnormal. About 510 3R-size sheets can still be printed without replenishment. Consult your technical representative.
Accumulated output amount of solution between P2RB upper and lower sensors exceeds the specified value. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty P2RB pump (PU723) 2. Faulty P2RB lower level sensor (FS726)
3. Incorrect default setting of pump output amount 4. Bent or clogged P2RB hose
3-56
Actions
1. (See Subsection 3.3.8) 2. (See Subsection 3.3.10) 3. (See Subsection 3.3.11) Take appropriate corrective measures. (See Subsection 3.3.12) 4. Repair or replace the hose.
1. (See Subsection 3.3.8) 2. (See Subsection 3.3.11) Take appropriate corrective measures. (See Subsection 3.3.12) 3. Perform Menu 0620 “Replenisher Pump Output Measurement/ Setting”. 4. Repair or replace the hose.
1. (See Subsection 3.3.8) 2. (See Subsection 3.3.11) Take appropriate corrective measures. (See Subsection 3.3.12) 3. Perform Menu 0620 “Replenisher Pump Output Measurement/ Setting”. 4. Repair or replace the hose.
1. (See Subsection 3.3.8) 2. (See Subsection 3.3.11) Take appropriate corrective measures. (See Subsection 3.3.12) 3. Perform Menu 0620 “Replenisher Pump Output Measurement/ Setting”. 4. Repair or replace the hose.
3.2 Messages and Actions No.
Message
Factor
W-2668
SU2400AY alignment operation (M814/D814) abnormal. Shut down scanner with emergency stop button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Abnormal print alignment (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected or broken sorter cable 2. Poorly connected or broken harness between the print alignment motor for SU2400AY (M812) and PDB10 on the PDB23 circuit board 3. Poorly connected or broken harness between the print alignment stop sensor (D814) and JNE4 on the JNE23 circuit board 4. Faulty M812 5. Faulty D814 6. Faulty PDB23 circuit board 7. Increased load in the drive system for print alignment 8. Prints are hit by a sorter tray.
Actions
1. Connect the cable correctly, or repair or replace it. 2. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
3. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
4. 5. 6. 7.
Replace M812. Replace D814. Replace the PDB23 circuit board. Repair the drive system.
8. Remove the sorter and then reinstall it.
W-2670
Replenisher cartridge (D721) not loaded. Install new replenisher cartridge.
Replenisher cartridge is not installed. (Causes of the error message) 1. Replenisher cartridge is not 1. Install a new replenisher cartridge. installed. 2. Poorly connected or broken 2. Connect the harness properly, or harness between the replenisher repair or replace it. cartridge setting sensor (D721) and the JNE2 on the JNE23 circuit board 3. Faulty D721 3. Replace D721.
W-2671
Replenisher door (D724) open. Close it.
Replenisher box door is open. (Causes of the error message) 1. The replenisher box door is open. 2. Poorly connected or broken harness between the replenisher box door open/close detecting interlock switch (D724) and PWR4 on the PWR23 circuit board 3. Faulty D724 4. Faulty PWR23 circuit board
W-2672
E-2673
Mix the replenisher. Add 8L of PSR.
When the PSR upper limit level sensor detects “no solution” (Causes of the error message) 1. PSR replenisher solution level is low. 2. Faulty replenisher solution level sensor system
Opening of replenisher cartridge When a lower level sensor does not failed. detect “solution exists” within a Consult your technical representative. specified time after the cartridge is opened. (Causes of the error message) 1. Replenisher cartridge is opened improperly. 2. Clogged replenishment hose. 3. Faulty lower level sensor system
3-57
1. Close the replenisher box door. 2. Connect the connector properly, or repair or replace it.
3. Replace D724. 4. Replace the PWR23 circuit board.
1. Add (about 8 liters of) FRSS until this message disappears. 2. (See Subsection 3.3.11)
1. (See Subsection 3.3.13) 2. (See Subsection 3.3.13) 3. (See Subsection 3.3.13)
3
3.2 Messages and Actions No.
Message
Factor
Actions
W-2674
Replenisher cartridge empty. Insert a new replenisher cartridge.
When the lower level sensor detected “no solution in all tanks” within the specified time after the valve was opened. (Causes of the error message) 1. An empty replenisher cartridge is 1. Install a new replenisher cartridge. installed. 2. Faulty replenisher tank lower level 2. (See Subsection 3.3.11) sensor system 3. Faulty replenisher cartridge setting 3. Replace D721. sensor (D721)
E-2675
P1R replenisher cartridge washing valve (S728) or P1R replenisher stirring valve (S731) malfunctions. About 510 3R-size sheets can still be printed without replenishment. Consult your technical representative.
P1R replenisher upper level sensor detects “no solution” (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty P1R stirring valve (S731) 2. Faulty P1R cartridge washing valve (S728) 3. Faulty auto washing pump (PU720) 4. Faulty P1R upper level sensor (FS720) 5. Air “frapped in” the hose used for washing pumps
E-2676
E-2677
W-2678
W-2679
P2RA replenisher cartridge washing valve (S729) malfunctions. About 510 3R-size sheets can still be printed without replenishment. Consult your technical representative.
P2RB replenisher cartridge washing valve (S730) malfunctions. About 510 3R-size sheets can still be printed without replenishment. Consult your technical representative.
Sorter nearly full. Collect prints from sorter.
Sorter full. Stop printing. Collect prints from sorter.
P2RA replenisher upper level sensor detects “no solution” (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty P2RA cartridge washing valve (S729) 2. Faulty auto washing pump (PU720) 3. Faulty P2RA upper level sensor (FS721) 4. Air “frapped in” the hose used for washing pumps P2RB replenisher upper level sensor detects “no solution” (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty P2RB cartridge washing valve (S730) 2. Faulty auto washing pump (PU720) 3. Faulty P2RB upper level sensor (FS722) 4. Air “frapped in” the hose used for washing pumps “Sorter full” is detected. (Causes of the error message) 1. Sorter is full. 2. Poorly connected or broken harness between the sorter full sensor (D811) and SWA4 on the SWA20 circuit board 3. Faulty D811 4. Faulty SWA20 circuit board “Sorter completely full” is detected. (Causes of the error message) 1. Sorter is full. 2. Poorly connected or broken harness between the sorter full sensor (D811) and SWA4 on the SWA20 circuit board 3. Faulty D811 4. Faulty SWA20 circuit board
3-58
1. (See Subsection 3.3.10) 2. (See Subsection 3.3.10) 3. (See Subsection 3.3.9) 4. (See Subsection 3.3.11) 5. Perform Menu 0621 “Auto Cleaning Output Measurement/ Setting”.
1. (See Subsection 3.3.10) 2. (See Subsection 3.3.9) 3. (See Subsection 3.3.11) 4. Perform Menu 0621 “Auto Cleaning Output Measurement/ Setting”.
1. (See Subsection 3.3.10) 2. (See Subsection 3.3.9) 3. (See Subsection 3.3.11) 4. Perform Menu 0621 “Auto Cleaning Output Measurement/ Setting”.
1. Remove print(s) from the sorter. 2. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
3. Replace D811. 4. Replace the SWA20 circuit board.
1. Remove print(s) from the sorter. 2. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
3. Replace D811. 4. Replace the SWA20 circuit board.
3.2 Messages and Actions No.
Message
Factor
W-2680
Number of prints exceeds limit. Stop printing. Press [Help] button to see error help (or manual). Mix replenisher while referring to it.
Accumulated output amount of P1R replenisher exceeds the specified range. (Causes of the error message) 1. Error in the replenishment system has not been solved.
Actions
1. Perform Menu 0123 “Error Information Check” to solve the error, and then take appropriate corrective measures. (See Subsection 3.3.12)
I-2681
Mixing replenisher. Please wait.
A specified amount of processing is performed while mixing new replenisher
–
I-2682
Processor busy. Auto-washing of racks in process. Please wait.
Auto-washing of racks is in progress.
–
I-2684
Processing paper. Please wait.
Pre-operational or post-operational check is attempted while printing.
Wait until processing is completed.
E-2685
Error occurred in replenishment section. Shut down scanner with emergency stop button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
System is started up but the replenishment section is in an error state.
1. Perform Menu 0123 “Error Information Check” to solve the error, and then take appropriate corrective measures. (See Subsection 3.3.12)
I-2689
Last replenishment solution prepared. Replace replenisher cartridge.
Last cartridge opening is detected.
–
I-2690
Processing paper. Please wait. Perform control strip processing after paper processing.
Control strip processing is performed during paper processing.
–
I-2691
Solution remains in replenisher tank. Shut down scanner with emergency stop button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Replenisher tank lower level sensor detects “Solution exists”. (Causes of the error message) 1. At the time of installation, when solution mixing is performed again after error recovery, a lower level sensor detects “Solution exists” because solution remains in the replenisher tank. 2. Faulty lower level sensor (FS724/ FS725/FS726)
1. Drain solution remaining in the replenisher tank.
2. Replace FS724/FS725/FS726.
I-2692
Intermittent operation. Please wait.
Auto intermittent driving is in progress.
–
I-2693
Processor section now operating. Please wait.
1. Auto-washing is attempted during paper processing. 2. Auto-washing is attempted during control strip processing.
–
I-2694
Temperature adjustment of processing tanks is process. Please wait.
–
–
3-59
3
3.2 Messages and Actions No.
Message
Factor
W-2696
Switching operation in feed lane(S770/D776) abnormal. Shut down scanner with emergency stop button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Abnormal operation of the feeding path switching guide is detected. (Causes of the error message) 1. Foreign matter such as jammed paper in the feeding path switching guide section 2. Incorrectly positioned solenoid (Solenoid dog does not reach the sensor.) 3. Poorly connected or broken harness between the sorter tray section solenoid (S770) and PDB11 on the PDB23 circuit board 4. Poorly connected or broken harness between the feeding path switch position sensor (D776) and JNE3 on the JNE23 circuit board 5. Faulty S770 6. Faulty D776 7. Faulty PDB23 circuit board
I-2697
W-2698
E-2699
Opening not completed normally. Check that replenisher cartridge is properly installed. Restart processing.
1. Remove foreign matter.
2. Adjust the position of the solenoid.
3. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
4. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
5. Replace S770. 6. Replace D776. 7. Replace the PDB23 circuit board.
Cartridge opening is not completed at – the previous operation.
Wrong machine or processing type. (Causes of the error message) Message for service engineer. 1. Machine or processing type is not Consult your technical representative. met. Transversal sorter operation(M811/ D813) abnormal. Shut down scanner with emergency stop button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Actions
Abnormal operation of the transversal sorter is detected. (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected or broken cable between the transversal sorter and processor. 2. Poorly connected or broken harness between the transversal sorter drive motor (M811) and PDB10 on the PDB23 circuit board 3. Poorly connected or broken harness between the transversal sorter stop sensor (D813) and JNE4 on the JNE23 circuit board 4. Faulty M811 5. Faulty D813 6. Faulty PDB23 circuit board 7. Increased load in the belt drive system
1. Use correct machine or processing type.
1. Connect the cable correctly, or repair or replace it. 2. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
3. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
4. 5. 6. 7.
Replace M811. Replace D813. Replace the PDB23 circuit board. Repair or replace the drive system.
W-2740
As processor section is in process, the printer maintenance not started.
–
Wait until processing is completed.
W-2750
Control strip processing error occurred. Control strip processing has been canceled.
–
Clear the error and then perform control strip processing again.
E-2752
Power failure in PS4 tank leak solution sensor circuit. Shut down scanner with emergency stop button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Abnormal power supply to solution concentration detecting circuit (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected or broken harness between the PS4 solution concentration sensor (FS706) and CTL7 on the CTL23 circuit board 2. Faulty FS706 3. Faulty CTL23 circuit board
3-60
1. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
2. Replace the FS706circuit board. 3. Replace the CTL23 circuit board
3.2 Messages and Actions No.
Message
Factor
W-2753
Concentration of the PS4 tank processing solution is out of range. Throw away waste and 4L FRSS water put PS4 tank with PS2 (No.4) rack pulled out. If this Message persists, consult your technical representative.
Measurement result of solution concentration is abnormal (Causes of the error message) 1. PS4 solution concentration is increased because the Solution is in the PS1 to PS3 tank mixed with the PS4 solution. 2. Poorly connected or broken harness between the PS4 solution concentration sensor (FS706) and CTL7 on the CTL23 circuit board 3. Faulty FS706 4. Faulty CTL23 circuit board
5. PS4 solution concentration is increased because the PS tank partitioning plate or blade is broken and the PS1 to PS3 tank solution flows into the PS4 tank. W-2754
E-2761
W-2762
W-2763
W-2764
The temperature of the PS4 tank processing solution is out of range. Please wait a moment.
Rotating of dryer fan (F760) abnormal. Shut down scanner with emergency stop button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Thermometer abnormal. Shut down scanner with emergency stop button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Hygrometer abnormal. Shut down scanner with emergency stop button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Water addition data abnormal. Shut down scanner with emergency stop button and restart it. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
PS4 temperature exceeds the limit (temperature setting ±2 °C). Temperature control of the PS4 tank is not completed. (Causes of the error message) 1. Temperature control of the PS4 tank is not completed. Dryer fan rotation detecting function is abnormal. (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected or broken harness between the dryer fan (F760) and PDB9 on the PDB23 circuit board 2. Faulty F760 3. Faulty PDB23 circuit board Thermohygrometer is faulty. (Causes of the error message) 1. Thermohygrometer (HS760) is covered with an obstacle. 2. Poorly connected or broken harness between HS760 and CTL15 on the CTL23 circuit board 3. Faulty HS760 4. Faulty CTL23 circuit board Thermohygrometer is faulty. (Causes of the error message) 1. Thermohygrometer (HS760) is covered with an obstacle. 2. Poorly connected or broken harness between HS760 and CTL15 on the CTL23 circuit board 3. Faulty HS760 4. Faulty CTL23 circuit board Thermohygrometer is faulty. (Causes of the error message) 1. Thermohygrometer (HS760) is covered with an obstacle. 2. Poorly connected or broken harness between HS760 and CTL15 on the CTL23 circuit board 3. Faulty HS760 4. Faulty CTL23 circuit board
3-61
Actions
1. Collect waste solution and add 4 liters of FRSS to the PS4 tank. (If the problem persists for a long time, perform 2/3/4 below.) 2. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
3. Replace FS706. 4. Replace CTL23 circuit board. (If the problem persists for a long time, perform 5 below.) 5. Drain off the solution in the PS tanks and replace the partitioning plates or blode.
1. Wait until temperature control of the PS4 tank is completed.
1. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
2. Replace F760. 3. Replace the PDB23 circuit board.
1. Remove the obstacle. 2. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it. 3. Replace HS760. 4. Replace the CTL23 circuit board.
1. Remove the obstacle. 2. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it. 3. Replace HS760. 4. Replace the CTL23 circuit board.
1. Remove the obstacle. 2. Connect the harness correctly, or repair or replace it. 3. Replace HS760. 4. Replace the CTL23 circuit board.
3
3.2 Messages and Actions No. I-2765
W-2766
I-2767
W-2768
W-2769
E-4201
Message Initializing dryer. Please wait.
Printing stopped.
Replenisher pump activating. Please wait.
Factor Initial dryer temperature control is in progress. (Causes of the error message) 1. When the power is turned OFF and ON, dryer initialization is performed. During initialization, printing cannot be performed. During paper processing, processor drive is stopped forcibly. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty processor drive/stop button on the operation panel Replenisher pump is in operation. (Causes of the error message) 1. Post operational check is attempted while the replenisher pump is in operation.
Actions
1. Wait until dryer initialization is completed(maximum of 5 minutes).
1. Replace the operation panel.
1. Wait until the replenisher pump stops.
Replenisher tank empty. Operation cannot be started.
(Causes of the error message) 1. Maintenance operation is started with replenisher tank empty.
1. Pour replenisher in the tank.
Solution level has fallen. Operation cannot be started.
(Causes of the error message) 1. Maintenance operation is started with low processing tank level.
1. Recover processing tank level.
An error occurred in the image processing section.
Image processing PC starting failure Restart the system software.If the due to lack of system resource or I/F error occurs again, reinstall the inconsistency with upstream program system software. (NOTE1)
Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative. E-4202
An error occurred in the image processing section. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4204
A communication error occurred between the main control section and the image processing section. (Correction data transfer error) Check the print is correctly done.
E-4206
A communication error occurred between the main control section and the image processing section. (Image data transfer error) Check the print is correctly done.
GMB start-up timeout (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected or broken 1394 interface cable 2. Image processing OS not started up 3. Poorly inserted GIE23 circuit board 4. Faulty GIE23 circuit board
1. Connect the cable correctly or replace it. 2. Restart the system software.If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE1) 3. Insert the circuit board correctly in the slot. 4. Replace the circuit board.
Script transfer failure (DTM error response) (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected or broken 1394 interface cable 2. Poorly inserted GIE23 circuit board 3. Faulty GIE23 circuit board
1. Connect the cable correctly or replace it. 2. Insert the circuit board correctly in the slot. 3. Replace the circuit board.
Output image transfer failure (DTM error response) (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected or broken 1394 interface cable 2. Poorly inserted GIE23 circuit board 3. Faulty GIE23 circuit board
1. Connect the cable correctly or replace it. 2. Insert the circuit board correctly in the slot. 3. Replace the circuit board.
NOTE 1: The refreshing backup can be restored (See Section 3.4).
3-62
3.2 Messages and Actions No. E-4207
Message The image processing is not operable. Consult your technical representative.
E-4208
A communication error occurred between the main control section and the image processing section. Command data transfer error. Restart the system.
Factor
Actions
Conversion executed without GPA circuit board (Convertible number zero) (Causes of the error message) 1. GPA23 circuit board in incorrect slot 2. Poorly connected GPA23 circuit board 3. Faulty GPA23 circuit board
1. Insert the GPA23 circuit board in the correct slot. 2. Insert the circuit board correctly in the slot. 3. Replace the circuit board.
IPC error (Breaking of IEEE1394) (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected or broken 1394 interface cable 2. Poorly inserted GIE23 circuit board 3. Faulty GIE23 circuit board
1. Connect the cable correctly or replace it. 2. Insert the circuit board correctly in the slot. 3. Replace the circuit board.
Image processing
Wait until processing is completed.
If problems persist, consult your technical representative. I-4210
Processing image. Start it after the image processing.
E 4211
An error occurred in the image processing section. Check the print is correctly done.
90˚ turning/mirror image failure (Parameter)
Click [OK] and proceed processing. If the error occurs again, restart the system software or reinstall it. (NOTE1)
I-4212
Restart the system.
At the time of self diagnosis including DIMM check
Restart the system software.
E-4213
Downloading of the red eye correction data failed. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
The parameter file does not exist in the hard disk of the main control unit. (Causes of the error message) 1. File is deleted by mistake (such as 1.Reinstall A1 system software. power OFF during writing). 2. Faulty hard disk in main control 2.Replace the hard disk. unit
E-4221
The GPA circuit board not detected.
DSP not detected (Faulty or no circuit board) (Causes of the error message) 1. GPA23 circuit board in incorrect slot 2. Poorly inserted GPA23 circuit board 3. Faulty GPA23 circuit board
Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4222
An error occurred in the image processing section.
1. Insert the GPA23 circuit board in the correct slot. 2. Insert the circuit board correctly in the slot. 3. Replace the circuit board.
HW script transfer ID obtaining failure (Retry over/abnormal software)
Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1)
Check the print is correctly done. I-4223
The image processing of any frame was not cancelled.
Cancel request failure (Command cross occurred)
Click [OK] and proceed processing.
E-4224
An error occurred in the image processing section.
Pattern file transfer ID obtaining failure
Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1)
Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
NOTE 1: The refreshing backup can be restored (see Section 3.4).
3-63
3
3.2 Messages and Actions No. E-4225
I-4231
Message An error occurred in the image processing section.
Factor
Restart the system.
Partition change failure (H/W or software abnormal) (Causes of the error message) 1. Software abnormal
If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
2. Poorly inserted or faulty DIMM
The fan in the image processing box malfunctions. You may continue processing, but the operation will be unstable.
Actions
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Reinsert the DIMM. If the error occurs again, replace the DIMM.
Fan (F321) does not turn. (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected fan connector 2. Faulty fan
1. Connect the connector securely. 2. Replace the fan.
Temperature abnormal Fan (F321) does not turn (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected fan connector 2. Faulty fan
1. Connect the connector securely. 2. Replace the fan.
PCI device position abnormal (GIA/ GIE/GPA only) (Causes of the error message) 1. GIA23, GIE23 or GPA23 circuit board in incorrect slot 2. Faulty GMB23 circuit board
1. Insert the circuit board in the correct slot. 2. Replace the circuit board.
Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative. I-4232
The temperature in the image processing box is too high. You may continue processing, but the operation will be unstable. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4233
The circuit board in the image processing box is incorrectly installed. Consult your technical representative.
E-4234
An error occurred in the image processing section.
PCI transfer (pattern) output area Restart the system software. If the obtaining failure (Software abnormal) error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1)
Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative. E-4241
A failure in the GPA circuit board was detected. (SLOT: ####) You may continue processing, but the processing speed will be lowered.
DSP-SDRAM bus check error detected (Downloading) (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly inserted GPA23 circuit board 2. Faulty GPA23 circuit board
1. Insert the circuit board in the slot securely. 2. Replace the circuit board.
DSP downloading timeout (Faulty DSP) (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly inserted GPA23 circuit board 2. Faulty GPA23 circuit board
1. Insert the circuit board in the slot securely. 2. Replace the circuit board.
Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative. E-4242
A failure in the GPA circuit board was detected. (SLOT: ####) You may continue processing, but the processing speed will be lowered. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
NOTE 1: The refreshing backup can be restored (See Section 3.4).
3-64
3.2 Messages and Actions No.
Message
E-4243
A failure in the GPA circuit board was detected. (SLOT: ####) You may continue processing, but the processing speed will be lowered.
Factor (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly inserted GPA23 circuit board 2. Faulty GPA23 circuit board
Actions 1. Insert the circuit board in the slot securely. 2. Replace the circuit board.
3
Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative. E-4251
An error occurred in the image processing section. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4252
An error occurred in the image processing section. Check the print is correctly done.
E-4253
The GPA circuit board is not operable. Consult your technical representative.
I-4254
E-4271
The GPA circuit board is invalidated.
The image processing of any frame was not properly done. Check the print is correctly done.
E-4272
An error occurred in the image processing section. It is possible to continue processing, but the processing speed will be lowered.
E-4273
An error occurred in the image processing section. You may continue processing, but the processing speed will be lowered.
All DSP downloading failure (Processing impossible) (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly inserted GPA23 circuit board 2. Faulty GPA23 circuit board Incorrect ordered value from scanner (Software abnormal) Incorrect ordered HW script (Abnormal 1394 data or software abnormal) (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected or broken 1394 interface cable 2. Abnormal software
1. Insert the circuit board in the slot securely. 2. Replace the circuit board.
3. Poorly inserted GIE23 circuit board 4. Faulty GIE23 circuit board
1. Connect the cable correctly or replace it. 2. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 3. Insert the circuit board correctly in the slot. 4. Replace the circuit board.
All DSP delinking/failure (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly inserted GPA23 circuit board 2. Faulty GPA23 circuit board
1. Insert the circuit board in the slot securely. 2. Replace the circuit board.
DSP delinking setup valid (Maintenance setup) (Causes of the error message) 1. Incorrect setting
2. Poorly inserted GPA23 circuit board 3. Faulty GPA23 circuit board
1. Set up DSP Valid/Invalid on Menu 0741 “Image Processing Section Function Setting”. 2. Insert the circuit board in the slot securely. 3. Replace the circuit board.
Script execution failure (DSP abnormal response/Sharpness mixed) (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly inserted GPA23 circuit board 2. Faulty GPA23 circuit board
1. Insert the circuit board in the slot securely. 2. Replace the circuit board.
Cancel failure (Timeout) (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly inserted GPA23 circuit board 2. Faulty GPA23 circuit board
1. Insert the circuit board in the slot securely. 2. Replace the circuit board.
DSP reset failure (Faulty DSP/2250 abnormal) (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly inserted GPA23 circuit board 2. Faulty GPA23 circuit board
1. Insert the circuit board in the slot securely. 2. Replace the circuit board.
NOTE 1: The refreshing backup can be restored (see Section 3.4).
3-65
3.2 Messages and Actions No. E-4274
Message An error occurred in the image processing section. Check the print is correctly done.
E-4275
The image processing is not operable. Consult your technical representative.
W-4311
Carrier is not installed. Install the carrier.
I-4312
Correcting the scanner. Please wait a moment.
Factor JPEG parameter abnormal (Script parameter) (Causes of the error message) 1. DIC setup (Quality Factor) abnormal 2. Poorly connected or broken 1394 interface cable 3. Poorly inserted GIE23 circuit board 4. Faulty GIE23 circuit board Processed plural DSP at DIMM 512MB (Causes of the error message) 1. Large-size or high-magnification print was printed when DIMM was degenerated with 512MB. 2. Degenerated condition of DIMM
Actions
1. Change the DIC setup (Quality Factor). 2. Connect the cable correctly or replace it. 3. Insert the circuit board correctly in the slot. 4. Replace the circuit board.
1. Do not print large-size or highmagnification prints. 2. Reconnect or replace the DIMM.
Carrier not installed. (Causes of the error message) 1. Initializing or removed carrier 2. Communication error between main control unit, GMB circuit board and carrier
1. Execute again. 2. Check and correct connection.
Under scanner correction
Wait until completion
Downloading
Wait until completion.
Under temperature control
Wait until completion.
It takes about 2 minutes. I-4313
Downloading the scanner correction data.
I-4314
The scanner temperature control is not completed.
Please wait.
Please wait. After the completion of temperature control, the selected menu will be automatically started. W-4315
The correction table is not found. Perform the scanner correction in the pre-operational check.
No brightness correction table for the Perform the scanner correction in the installed carrier when carrying out the pre-operational check. scanner correction.
W-4316
The mask is installed in the carrier.
MFC carrier installed with mask when carrying out scanner correction (preoperational checks) (Cause of the error message) 1. Not installed or seated calibration 1. Install the calibration mask mask properly. 2. Faulty MSB23 circuit board 2. Inspect the mask ID sensor by input check and replace the circuit board if it is abnormal.
Couldn’t perform the scanner correction. Remove the mask.
W-4317
The sliding stage is not inserted. Insert it, and then perform the scanner correction with calibration mask.
Slider of MFC carrier is not set when carrying out scanner correction (preoperational checks). (Causes of the error message) 1. Mask table slider out of optical axis 1. Lock the mask table slider in the side lock position optical axis side. 2. Faulty mask table slider position 2. Replace the sensor. sensor (D486)
3-66
3.2 Messages and Actions No. W-4318
Message The film remains in the carrier. Couldn’t perform the scanner correction.
Factor Film remains in NC100AY carrier when intending to carry out scanner correction (pre-operational checks).
Actions Remove the film and then start the scanner correction.
3
Remove the film, and then perform the scanner correction. W-4319
Couldn’t perform the scanner correction for this lane. Select the 135 lane.
NC100AY is not in 135 feed lane when intending to carry out scanner correction (pre-operational check). (Causes of the error message) 1. Carrier lane not 135 side 2. Faulty 135 feed lane position sensor (D129) or poorly connected harness 3. Faulty CYA23 circuit board
W-4320
The motor in the scanner section is being driven. Stop the motor and then retry it.
W-4322
Temperature control error is in the scanner section. It is possible to continue printing, but the color of the printing may vary a little.
Scanner section is operating when intending to carry out scanner correction (pre-operational checks). (Causes of the error message) 1. Scanner moving to home position 2. Poorly connected harness (main control unit to GMB23 circuit board) Scanner temperature control error (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected harness (LED23 to CLE circuit board) 2. Faulty LED23 circuit board 3. Faulty CLE23 circuit board
1. Change the carrier to the 135 feed lane. 2. Replace the sensor, repair or replace the harness.
1. Wait until completion. 2. Connect the harness securely.
1. Connect, repair or replace the harness. 2. Replace the circuit board. 3. Replace the circuit board.
If this error persists, consult your technical representative. I-4323
You cannot change mask, film type and film feeding method in scanning.
Incorrect condition setup (paper type or one-way mode), or delay of setup timing
Wait until completion of scanning.
Remove film and set again. I-4324
W-4325
Scanning conditions are not decided. Incorrect combination of diffusion box, carrier and mask Check if the diffusion box, carrier or mask is correctly installed. Diffusion box is not installed. Install it.
Install the correct diffusion box, carrier and mask.
Carrier and mask are installed without diffusion box. (Causes of the error message) 1. Carrier has been installed without 1. Install the diffusion box. diffusion box. 2. Faulty diffusion box sensor(D301/ 2. Replace the sensor. D302) 3. Broken diffusion box sensor(D301/ 3. Repair or replace the harness. D302)harness
W-4326
An incorrect diffusion box is installed. Incorrect combination of diffusion box Replace the diffusion box with the and mask correct one. Install the correct diffusion box.
W-4327
An incorrect film mask is installed. Install the correct film mask.
Incorrect combination of diffusion box and mask (Causes of the error message) 1. Incorrect combination of diffusion 1. Replace the diffusion box or mask. box and mask 2. Mask is not seated. 2. Reinstall the mask correctly. 3. Faulty mask sensor 3. Replace the MSB23 circuit board.
3-67
3.2 Messages and Actions No.
Message
W-4328
Wrong combination of film mask and diffusion box.
Factor
Actions
Incorrect combination of diffusion box Replace the mask or diffusion box. and mask
Check combination of film mask and diffusion box. W-4330
The leading frame is not detected. Check the selected film type and the actual film.
Leading end frame cannot be detected. (Causes of the error message) 1. Excessively underexposed or unexposed 135 film image
2. Excessively underexposed or unexposed image with unexposed frame detect level = 1 for IX240 W-4331
The parameter to request prescanning is incorrect.
1. Scan an excessively underexposed frame with fixed feed mode or MFC10AY. Stop the leading end frame by pressing the feed fine adjustment key when fixed feed mode is selected. 2. Check the IX240 film image. Select 2 or 3 for IX240 unexposed frame detect level.
Unexpected parameter (0 etc.) at prescanning demand
Proceed to “Print Size Registration” and check that the paper size is correct
Image has been scanned with a carrier without scanner correction being performed.
Perform the scanner correction in pre-operational checks.
Focus position adjustment has not been executed for the installed carrier.
Perform focus position adjustment and register it.
Check the carrier, film mask and the print size. If this error persists, consult your technical representative. W-4335
The scanner correction hasn’t been performed with this carrier. Perform the scanner correction.
W-4336
The focus position adjustment is not performed with this carrier. Install the film mask to be used, and then perform the focus position adjustment.
W-4337
The mask is not installed or it is not installed correctly. Install the correct one. If it exists, make sure to install it correctly.
W-4341
The range for cropping is incorrect.
Mask not installed or unset mask bit is detected (Causes of the error message) 1. Mask not installed 2. Calibration mask installed 3. Improperly seated mask 4. Faulty mask sensor
1. Install the mask. 2. Replace the calibration mask with the correct one. 3. Install the mask correctly. 4. Replace the MSB23 circuit board.
Bordered is selected but cropping frame exceeds original area.
Set the rotating angle to zero or reduce the cropping frame.
Pre-scanning error (Returned value error from mounted print)
If another error occurred at the same time, take action for it. If there is no other error at the same time, check the value in “Mask Position Adjustment”.
Pre-scanning error (Returned value error from mounted print)
If another error occurred at the same time, take action for it. If there is no other error at the same time, check the value in “Mask Position Adjustment”.
Pre-scanning error (Returned value error from mounted print)
If another error occurred at the same time, take action for it. If there is no other error at the same time, check the value in “Mask Position Adjustment”.
Perform cropping with the image. W-4343
Pre-scan failed. Perform it again. If this error persists, consult your technical representative.
W-4344
Pre-scan failed. Perform it again. If this error persists, consult your technical representative.
W-4345
Fine-scan failed. Perform it again. If this error persists, consult your technical representative.
3-68
3.2 Messages and Actions No. W-4346
Message Couldn’t read the bar code on the film. Continue processing.
W-4348
A film is not inserted into the carrier. Insert a film, and then retry printing.
W-4349
A film type is not selected. Select a film type, and then retry printing.
W-4351
An incorrect parameter in the CCD circuit board. The operation may be continued, but if a mechanical failure or abnormal image occurs, consult your technical representative.
W-4352
An incorrect parameter in the CTB circuit board. Consult your technical representative.
W-4353
An incorrect parameter in the CLE circuit board. Consult your technical representative.
Factor
Actions
Barcode cannot be read or information delayed in one-way mode. (Causes of the error message) 1. Notched film or fogged film edge 2. Film without barcode information
Proceed processing and check color, etc. on the printing screen.
Film is not inserted when leading end frame detecting command is received. (Software abnormal)
Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1)
Original type is not selected when leading end frame detecting command is received. (Software abnormal)
Restart the system software.If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE1)
Parameter of the scanner CCD23 circuit board differs from one of the HDD. (Causes of the error message) 1. CCD unit has been replaced. 2. Main control unit has been replaced. 3. Parameter writing is not performed after the system software has been newly installed. 4. Damaged data of circuit board or file in HDD of main control unit HDD.
On Menu 0350 “Scanner Parameter Check/Update”, perform the following.
Parameter of the scanner CTB23 circuit board differs from one of the HDD. (Causes of the error message) 1. CTB23 circuit board has been replaced. 2. Main control unit has been replaced. 3. Parameter writing is not performed after the system software has been newly installed. 4. Damaged data of circuit board or file in HDD of main control unit HDD.
On Menu 0350 “Scanner Parameter Check/Update”, perform the following.
Parameter of the scanner CLE23 circuit board differs from one of the HDD. (Causes of the error message) 1. CLE23 circuit board has been replaced. 2. Main control unit has been replaced. 3. Parameter writing is not performed after the system software has been newly installed. 4. Damaged data of circuit board or file in HDD of main control unit HDD.
On Menu 0350 “Scanner Parameter Check/Update”, perform the following.
NOTE 1: The refreshing backup can be restored (see Section 3.4).
3-69
1. Click [Reading]. 2. Click [Storage]. 3. Click [Storage].
4. Perform “AD Timing Adjustment”, “OFD voltage adjustment” and “Gray Pixel Detection”.
1. Click [Reading]. 2. Click [Storage]. 3. Click [Storage].
4. Perform “AD Timing Adjustment”, “OFD voltage adjustment” and “Gray Pixel Detection”.
1. Click [Reading]. 2. Click [Storage]. 3. Click [Storage].
4. Perform “AD Timing Adjustment”, “OFD voltage adjustment” and “Gray Pixel Detection”.
3
3.2 Messages and Actions No. W-4354
Message An incorrect parameter in the CPZ circuit board. Consult your technical representative.
W-4355
Writing data to hard disk failed. Consult your technical representative.
Factor Parameter of the scanner CPZ23 circuit board differs from one of the HDD. (Causes of the error message) 1. CPZ23 circuit board has been replaced. 2. Main control unit has been replaced. 3. Parameter writing is not performed after the system software has been newly installed. 4. Damaged data of circuit board or file in HDD of main control unit HDD. Disk writing failure (Causes of the error message) 1. Lack of HDD capacity 2. Faulty software
3. Faulty HDD W-4356
Reading data from hard disk failed. Consult your technical representative.
Reading from disk failure (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty software
2. Faulty HDD W-4357
No files are found in the hard disk. Consult your technical representative.
W-4358
Please install the calibration mask. Couldn’t perform the scanner correction.
W-4359
Unknown carrier type. Install the carrier again.
Search disk file failure (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty software
Perform the focus position adjustment with the 135 full-frame mask. W-4361
The focus position adjustment is not performed. Perform the focus position adjustment with the 135 half-frame mask.
W-4362
The focus position adjustment is not performed with this mask.
1. Click [Reading]. 2. Click [Storage]. 3. Click [Storage].
4. Perform “AD Timing Adjustment”, “OFD voltage adjustment” and “Gray Pixel Detection”.
1. Delete unnecessary files from the HDD. 2. Restart the system software.If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE1) 3. Replace the HDD.
1. Restart the system software.If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE1) 2. Replace the HDD.
2. Faulty HDD Calibration mask not installed. (Causes of the error message) 1. Calibration mask not installed. 2. Faulty mask sensor
1. Install the calibration mask. 2. Replace the MSB23 circuit board.
Incorrect carrier code is received. (Cusses of the error message) 1. Program in carrier changed for some reason.
2. Scanner software version unsuitable for this carrier. The focus position adjustment is not performed.
On Menu 0350 “Scanner Parameter Check/Update”, perform the following.
1. Restart the system software.If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE1) 2. Replace the HDD.
If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
W-4360
Actions
135F mask focus position adjustment is not performed when scanner correction with NC100AY carrier is requested.
1. If the type differs between the installed carrier and the displayed one, replace the carrier circuit board. 2. Upgrade the system software (A1). Perform and register “Focus Position Adjustment”.
135H mask focus position adjustment Perform and register “Focus Position is not performed when scanner Adjustment”. correction with NC100AY carrier is requested.
Scanning operation is requested with mask not performed focus position adjustment.
Perform it with this mask. NOTE 1: The refreshing backup can be restored (See Section 3.4).
3-70
Perform and register “Focus Position Adjustment”.
3.2 Messages and Actions No. I-4363
Message The scanner temperature control is not completed.
Factor Temperature control not completed.
Actions Wait until completion.
Please wait.
3
After the completion of temperature control, the selected menu will be automatically started. I-4364
The diffusion box is incorrect. Couldn’t perform the scanner correction. Check carrier and diffusion box.
I-4365
Closing the maintenance process.
Diffusion box type cannot be detected when scanner correction is requested. (Causes of the error message) 1. Diffusion box not installed. 1. Install the diffusion box. 2. Faulty diffusion box sensor. 2. Replace the sensor. 3. Broken or shorted diffusion box 3. Repair or replace the harness. sensor harness Maintenance completing
Wait until completion.
Please wait. W-4366
The scanner correction was cancelled.
Operation occurred to cancel scanner Perform the scanner correction again. correction
Try it again. E-4369
E-4370
Scanning conditions are not decided. Scanning condition (combination of diffusion box, carrier and mask) Check if the diffusion box, carrier or decision error mask is correctly installed. (Causes of the error message) 1. Incorrectly seated mask If this error persists, consult your 2. Faulty mask sensor technical representative. An incorrect scanning condition was entered. Check the printing magnification and the scanning range.
Entered parameter (magnification, range etc.) is zero or below. (Causes of the error message) 1. Incorrect print size value is set up. 2. Damaged scanning parameter in HDD
1. Install the mask correctly. 2. Replace the MSB23 circuit board.
1. Set print size up correctly. 2. Reinstall the system software (A1). (NOTE 1)
If this error persists, consult your technical representative. W-4371
It is unaccepted to print using this magnification. Decrease the printing magnification.
W-4372
The printing magnification exceeds the upper limit. Decrease the printing magnification.
W-4373
The printing magnification exceeds the lower limit. Increase the printing magnification.
W-4374
The cropping range is too small.
Parameter is specified to increase pixel shifting when executing fine scanning in one-way mode. (Causes of the error message) 1. Damaged scanning condition parameter file in HDD Printing magnification exceeds upper limit. (Causes of the error message) 1. Damaged scanning condition parameter file in HDD Printing magnification exceeds lower limit. (Causes of the error message) 1. Damaged scanning condition parameter file in HDD Too small cropping range
Increase the cropping range.
NOTE 1: The refreshing backup can be restored (see Section 3.4).
3-71
1. Restart the system software.If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE1)
1. Restart the system software.If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE1)
1. Restart the system software.If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE1) Increase the cropping range.
3.2 Messages and Actions No. W-4375
Message An margin occurs in printing. Crop it not to create the margin.
W-4377
Couldn’t decide the number of times for refracting pixels. Decrease the printing magnification. If this error persists, consult your technical representative.
W-4379
Processing the former film. Retry printing after it is completed.
W-4380
The lock of the carrier is released. Release the lock and remove the carrier.
W-4381
Carrier initialization failed. Couldn’t perform the scanner correction.
Factor White space occurs as a result of computation using specified no white blank parameter.
Nimber of times for pixel shifting cannot be decided because magnification is too high for one-way mode. (Causes of the error message) 1. Damaged scanning condition parameter in HDD
Actions Try to crop the image. If the error occurs again, restart the system software. Reinstall the system software if the error still occurs. (NOTE 1)
1. Restart the system software.If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE1)
Next processing cannot be performed Restart the system software.If the due to processing previous film error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE1) Carrier is removed or lock is not released. (Causes of the error message) 1. Moved only carrier lock arm to lock 1. Pull the lock release lever and move the arm to the release position position. 2. Remove the foreign matter. 2. Foreign matter in carrier lock sensor (D208) 3. Replace the sensor. 3. Faulty carrier lock sensor (D208) 4. Repair or replace the harness. 4. Broken or shorted carrier lock sensor harness NC100AY carrier is inoperable at pre- Remove the carrier and reinstall it. If operational checks. another error occurs, take measures against it.
Install the carrier again. W-4382
The lock of the carrier is released. Release the lock and remove the carrier.
Carrier is installed but not locked. (Causes of the error message) 1. Moved only carrier lock arm to lock 1. Pull the lock release lever and position move the arm to the release position. 2. Foreign matter in carrier lock 2. Remove the foreign matter. sensor (D208) 3. Faulty carrier lock sensor (D208) 3. Replace the sensor. 4. Broken or shorted carrier lock 4. Repair or replace the harness. sensor harness 5. Faulty CYA23 or CYB23 circuit 5. Replace the circuit board. board
W-4383
Couldn’t perform the scanner correction.
Scanner correction demand is received during stabilizing temperature control and temperature Perform the scanner correction again. control error occurs before it stabilizes.
Execute scanner correction again.
W-4384
Carrier is not installed.
Wait until the scanner initialization completes and perform the scanner correction again.
Couldn’t perform the scanner correction.
Scanner correction demand is received when the carrier is not installed.
Install the carrier. W-4385
Diffusion box is not installed. Couldn’t perform the scanner correction.
Scanner correction demand is Install the diffusion box and then received when the diffusion box is not perform the scanner correction. installed.
Install the diffusion box.
NOTE 1: The refreshing backup can be restored (See Section 3.4).
3-72
3.2 Messages and Actions No. W-4386
Message The sliding stage is not installed. Couldn’t perform the scanner correction.
Factor Scanner correction demand is received when the mask table slider is not set.
Actions Set the mask table slider and then perform the scanner correction.
3
Install it. E 4387
A communication error occurred between the main control section and GMB circuit boards. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4388
Initializing of communication for IEEE1394 failed. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4389
Initializing of communication for IEEE1394 failed.
Start response timeout (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected or broken 1394 interface cable 2. Poorly inserted GIE23 circuit board 3. Faulty GIE23 circuit board 4. Faulty GMB23 circuit board 1394 node connection failure (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected or broken 1394 interface cable between the image processing box and the main control unit 2. GMB23 circuit board does not start up.
1. Connect the cable correctly, or repair or replace it. 2. Insert the circuit board correctly in the slot. 3. Replace the GIE23 circuit board. 4. Replace the GMB23 circuit board.
1. Connect the cable correctly or replace it.
2. Inspect and repair the power supply system of the GMB23 circuit board. Replace the GMB23 or GIE23 circuit board.
1394 startup failure
Restart the system software.If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE1)
Image log cannot be stored due to lack of disk capacity.
Delete unnecessary files from the D drive of the main control unit.
Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative. W-4390
Couldn’t generate image log file due to insufficient disk space. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4391
E-4392
Couldn't generate log file. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Log cannot be stored due to lack of hard disk capacity. (Causes of the error message) 1. Lack of hard disk capacity.
A communication error occurred between the image processing section and the carrier.
No response obtained by command to carrier block
Restart the system software. If the same error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1)
A communication error occurred No response obtained by command between the image processing to scanner light source block section and scanner light source unit.
Restart the system software. If the same error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1)
1. Check the capacity of the hard disk and delete unnecessary files (such as templates).
Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative. E-4393
Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
NOTE 1: The refreshing backup can be restored (see Section 3.4).
3-73
3.2 Messages and Actions No. E-4395
Message A communication error occurred between the image processing section and image generating section.
Factor
Actions
No response for the demand is obtained from the image creation block.
Restart the system software. If the same error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1)
Faulty system software
Restart the system software. If the same error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1)
Faulty system software
Restart the system software. If the same error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1)
Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative. I-4396
Center memory space is insufficient. Please wait. If this error persists, consult your technical representative.
E-4398
Starting-up of the scanner section failed. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4399
A failure occurred in the memory of the image processing section. You may print now, but several functions may be restricted. If this error persists, consult your technical representative.
E-4401
A time-out error occurred during the CTB circuit board command was issued. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4402
A time-out error occurred during the CLE circuit board command was issued. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4403
A time-out error occurred during the CPZ circuit board command was issued. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4404
A time-out error occurred during the GIA circuit board command was issued. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Center memory standard mounting size (1GByte) cannot be assured. (Cause of the error message) 1. Only one mounted DIMM 2. Second DIMM not inserted in Slot 2 3. Second DIMM not detected
1. Add the DIMM. 2. Insert the second DIMM correctly in Slot 2. 3. Insert the second DIMM correctly in Slot 2.
No response obtained as against command to CTB23 circuit board (Causes of the error message) 1. Software overload (faulty software) 2. Poorly connected or broken harness 3. Faulty CTB23 circuit board 4. Faulty GIA23 circuit board 5. Faulty GMB23 circuit board
1. Restart the system software. 2. Reconnect the connector, or repair or replace the harness. 3. Replace the circuit board. 4. Replace the circuit board. 5. Replace the circuit board.
No response obtained as against command to CLE23 circuit board (Causes of the error message) 1. Software overload (faulty software) 2. Poorly connected or broken harness 3. Faulty CLE23 circuit board 4. Faulty GIA23 circuit board 5. Faulty GMB23 circuit board
1. Restart the system software. 2. Reconnect the connector, or repair or replace the harness. 3. Replace the circuit board. 4. Replace the circuit board. 5. Replace the circuit board.
No response obtained as against command to CPZ23 circuit board (Causes of the error message) 1. Software overload (faulty software) 2. Poorly connected or broken harness 3. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board 4. Faulty GIA23 circuit board 5. Faulty GMB23 circuit board
1. Restart the system software. 2. Reconnect the connector, or repair or replace the harness. 3. Replace the circuit board. 4. Replace the circuit board. 5. Replace the circuit board.
No response obtained as against command to GIA23 circuit board (Causes of the error message) 1. Software overload (faulty software) 1. Restart the system software. 2. Poorly connected or broken 2. Reconnect the connector, or repair harness or replace the harness. 3. Faulty GIA23 circuit board 3. Replace the circuit board.
NOTE 1: The refreshing backup can be restored (See Section 3.4).
3-74
3.2 Messages and Actions No. E-4405
Message A time-out error occurred during the main control section command was issued. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4406
A time-out error occurred during the auto dark correction table was being created. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4408
The downloading of the data from the main control section failed. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4410
E-4411
Uploading of the data to the main control section failed.
Factor No response obtained when sending command to main control unit (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected 1394 cable 2. Faulty system software
No response obtained when sending auto darkness correction table creation command to GIA 23 circuit board (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected harness (CCD23 to GIA23 circuit board) 2. Faulty GIA23 circuit board 3. Faulty CCD23 circuit board
Actions
1. Connect the cable correctly. 2. Restart the system software. If the same error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1)
1. Connect the harness correctly. 2. Replace the circuit board. 3. Replace the CCD unit.
Download completion response is not obtained from the main control unit or download response from the main control unit is NG. (Causes of the error message) 1. Connect the cable correctly. 1. Poorly connected 1394 cable 2. Restart the system software. If the 2. Faulty system software same error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1)
Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Upload response from the main control unit is NG. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty 1394 cable between GMB circuit board and main control unit 2. Faulty HDD in main control unit
Creating of the bright correction file information failed.
Brightness correction response failure
1. Reconnect or replace the 1394 cable. 2. Replace the HDD. Restart the system software. If the same error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1)
Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative. W-4412
Auto focus failed. Check if the film is set correctly.
Peak detecting retry over at AF execution (Causes of the error message) 1. Film (error occurs by specific 1. Correct the film (replace the frame or film) mount). • Low contrast • Heavily curled films • Excessively thin or thick mounts 2. Carrier (situation is changed by 2. Remove the carrier and reinstall it carriers or masks) or perform carrier self-diagnostics. • Carrier not seated on carrier base correctly • Mask not seated correctly • Faulty carrier pressure system 3. Scanner (frequent cavses) 3. Close “I/O Check” screen to check • Abnormal focus position the mechanical initializing error adjustment value and then inspect the lens and • Abnormal focus calibration value conjugate length variable drive • Loss of synchronization of lens section. or conjugate length motor
NOTE 1: The refreshing backup can be restored (see Section 3.4).
3-75
3
3.2 Messages and Actions No. W-4413
Message Auto focus failed. Check if the film is set correctly.
E-4414
Auto focus failed. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4415
A time-out error occurred when the GIA circuit board is started up. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4417
An error occurred when the piezoelectric actuator is controlled. It is possible to continue printing, but the resolution may be deteriorated when you print with larger sizes than 4R. Consult your technical representative.
E-4418
The AD timing adjustment failed. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Factor No contrast at AF (Causes of the error message) 1. Abnormal focus position adjustment value 2. Low contrast film 3. Scanned without film in MFC10AY Motor error at AF (AF error received from CTB23 circuit board) (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty harness between GIA23 and CTB23 circuit board 2. Faulty harness between CCD23 and GIA23 circuit board No action from GIA23 circuit board at starting up (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected CN3 connector to GIA23 circuit board. 2. Poorly connected connector to CCD23 circuit board 3. Poorly connected GIA23 circuit board in PCI slot 4. Faulty cable between GIA23 and CCD23 circuit boards 5. Faulty GIA23 circuit board 6. Faulty CCD23 circuit board At the time of N-scanning fine scanning (Causes of the error message) 1. Temporary disturbance at scanning (impact/high-power radio waves) 2. Faulty CCD unit (pixel shifting section) 3. Poorly connected or broken cable between CCD unit and CPZ23 circuit board. 4. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board 5. Abnormal CPZ23 parameter FL level AD timing decision failure (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty CCD23 circuit board power supply on harness 2. Faulty GIA23 circuit board power supply harness 3. Faulty coaxial harness between CCD23 and GIA23 circuit boards 4. Faulty serial transmission cable between CCD23 and GIA23 circuit board 5. Faulty CCD23 circuit board 6. Faulty GIA23 circuit board
3-76
Actions
1. Perform the focus position adjustment. 2. 3. Insert a film and execute the operation again.
1. Reconnect, repair or replace the harness. 2. Reconnect, repair or replace the harness.
1. Connect the connector correctly. 2. Connect the connector correctly. 3. Insert the circuit board securely. 4. Replace the cable. 5. Replace the circuit board. 6. Replace the CCD unit.
1. Remove disturbance. 2. Replace the CCD unit. 3. Replace the cable.
4. Replace the circuit board. 5. Check consistency of the CPZ23 circuit board parameter in “Scanner Parameter Check/ Update”.
1. Reconnect, repair or replace the harness. 2. Replace the circuit board, and reconnect, repair or replace the harness. 3. Reconnect or replace the harness. 4. Reconnect or replace the cable.
5. Replace the CCD unit. 6. Replace the circuit board.
3.2 Messages and Actions No. E-4419
Message The AD timing adjustment failed. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Factor DL level AD timing decision failure (Causes of the error message) 1. Abnormal CCD23 circuit board power supply harness 2. Abnormal GIA23 circuit board power supply or faulty harness 3. Faulty coaxial cable between CCD23 and GIA23 circuit boards 4. Faulty serial transmission cable between CCD23 and GIA23 circuit boards 5. Faulty CCD23 circuit board 6. Faulty GIA23 circuit board
E-4420
The AD timing adjustment failed. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Abnormal AD timing (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty CCD23 circuit board power supply harness 2. Faulty GIA23 circuit board power supply or harness 3. Faulty coaxial harness between CCD23 and GIA23 circuit boards 4. Faulty serial transmission cable between CCD23 and GIA23 circuit board 5. Faulty CCD23 circuit board 6. Faulty GIA23 circuit board
E-4421
The LED rated current exceeds the limit during the OFD voltage adjustment. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
I-4422
Performing the dark correction.
Actions
1. Reconnect, repair or replace the harness. 2. Replace the circuit board. Reconnect, repair or replace the harness. 3. Reconnect or replace the harness. 4. Reconnect or replace the cable.
5. Replace the CCD unit. 6. Replace the circuit board.
1. Reconnect, repair or replace the harness. 2. Replace the circuit board, and reconnect, repair or replace the harness. 3. Reconnect or replace the harness. 4. Reconnect or replace the cable.
5. Replace the CCD unit. 6. Replace the circuit board.
At CCD auto adjusting (Causes of the error message) 1. Shielding in optical path 2. Faulty CCD or CCD23 circuit board 3. Faulty LED-B
1. Remove the shielding. 2. Replace the CCD unit.
Darkness correction is processing.
Wait until correction is completed.
3. Replace the LED ASSY.
Please wait. I-4423
The full mask is not installed in the carrier. Install it.
At scanner correction, brightness correction or defect pixel creating (Causes of the error message) 1. No 135F lower mask 2. 135 upper mask is half-frame mask. 3. Not seated 135F lower mask
1. Install the 135F mask. 2. Install the 135F mask.
3. Install the 135F lower mask or replace the mask. 4. Foreign matter in scanner opening 4. Remove the foreign matter. 5. Scanner optical axis misalignment 5. Adjust the optical axis. W-4424
The half mask is not installed in the carrier. Install it.
At scanner correction, brightness correction or defect pixel creating (Causes of the error message) 1. No 135H lower mask 2. Upper mask is full-frame mask. 3. Not seated 135H lower mask
1. Install the 135H mask. 2. Install the 135H mask. 3. Install the 135H lower mask or replace the mask. 4. Foreign matter in scanner opening 4. Remove the foreign matter. 5. Scanner optical axis misalignment 5. Adjust the optical axis.
3-77
3
3.2 Messages and Actions No. W-4426
Message Detecting of the mask failed. Install the carrier and the mask correctly.
E-4429
The conjugate length control is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4430
The lens is stepped out. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
W-4431
The LED temperature is not stabilized. If this error persists, consult your technical representative.
E-4432
The version of the CTB circuit board software is mismatched.
Factor At scanner correction, brightness correction or defect pixel creating (Causes of the error message) 1. Required 135 upper and lower mask not installed 2. Diffusion plate of 135 lower mask removed 3. Foreign matter in scanner opening 4. Scanner optical axis misalignment
Actions
1. Install the required 135 mask. 2. Fit the diffusion plate to the 135 lower mask or replace the mask. 3. Remove the foreign matter. 4. Adjust the optical axis.
At post-operational checks (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty harness 2. Overload (foreign matter, lack of lubricant) 3. Faulty CTB23 circuit board or power supply
1. Replace the harness. 2. Remove foreign matter or apply grease. 3. Replace the circuit board or power supply unit.
At post-operational checks (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty harness 2. Overload (foreign matter, lack of lubricant) 3. Faulty CTB23 circuit board or power supply
1. Replace the harness. 2. Remove foreign matter or apply grease. 3. Replace the circuit board or power supply unit.
At one-way or two-way scanning mode (Causes of the error message) 1. Increased LED temperature due to too high a room temperature (32˚C or higher) 2. Blocked opening for light source section exhaust fan 3. Clogged scanner air filter 4. Too low a room temperature(10˚C or lower) 5. Faulty LED heater or LED light source temperature sensor 6. Faulty LED heater or LED light source temperature sensor harness 7. Faulty CLE23 circuit board
1. Decrease the room temperature.
2. Clear the opening. 3. Clean the air filter. 4. Increase the room temperature. 5. Replace the LED heater and sensor assembly. 6. Replace the harness.
7. Replace the circuit board.
Abnormal software at startup initializing
Load the CTB23 circuit board software using the system software (A1) CD.
Abnormal software at startup initializing
Load the CLE23 circuit board software using the system software (A1) CD.
Abnormal software at startup initializing
Load the CPZ23 circuit board software using the system software (A1) CD.
Consult your technical representative. E-4433
The version of the CLE circuit board software is mismatched. Consult your technical representative.
E-4434
The version of the CPZ circuit board software is mismatched. Consult your technical representative.
E-4435
All channels for IR-LED are disconnected. Consult your technical representative.
Startup initializing (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty harness between CLE23 and LED23 circuit boards 2. Faulty LED23 circuit board 3. Faulty CLE23 circuit board
3-78
1. Reconnect, repair or replace the harness. 2. Replace the circuit board. 3. Replace the circuit board.
3.2 Messages and Actions No. E-4436
Message All channels for B-LED are disconnected. Consult your technical representative.
E-4437
All channels for G-LED are disconnected. Consult your technical representative.
E-4438
All channels for R-LED are disconnected. Consult your technical representative.
W-4439
Any channels for IR-LED are disconnected. It is possible to continue printing, but make sure to do the scanner correction.
W-4440
Any channels for B-LED are disconnected. It is possible to continue printing, but make sure to do the scanner correction.
W-4441
Any channels for G-LED are disconnected. It is possible to continue printing, but make sure to do the scanner correction.
W-4442
Any channels for R-LED are disconnected. It is possible to continue printing, but make sure to do the scanner correction.
E-4443
The CTB7 connector is removed. Consult your technical representative.
E-4444
The CTB8 connector is removed. Consult your technical representative.
E-4445
An abnormal temperature was detected at the driver IC of the M204 pulse motor.
Factor
Actions
Startup initializing (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty harness between CLE23 and LED23 circuit boards 2. Faulty LED23 circuit board 3. Faulty CLE23 circuit board
1. Reconnect, repair or replace the harness. 2. Replace the circuit board. 3. Replace the circuit board.
Startup initializing (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty harness between CLE23 and LED23 circuit boards 2. Faulty LED23 circuit board 3. Faulty CLE23 circuit board
1. Reconnect, repair or replace the harness. 2. Replace the circuit board. 3. Replace the circuit board.
Startup initializing (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty harness between CLE23 and LED23 circuit boards 2. Faulty LED23 circuit board 3. Faulty CLE23 circuit board
1. Reconnect, repair or replace the harness. 2. Replace the circuit board. 3. Replace the circuit board.
Startup initializing (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty harness between CLE23 and LED23 circuit boards 2. Faulty LED23 circuit board 3. Faulty CLE23 circuit board
1. Reconnect, repair or replace the harness. 2. Replace the circuit board. 3. Replace the circuit board.
Startup initializing (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty harness between CLE23 and LED23 circuit boards 2. Faulty LED23 circuit board 3. Faulty CLE23 circuit board
1. Reconnect, repair or replace the harness. 2. Replace the circuit board. 3. Replace the circuit board.
Startup initializing (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty harness between CLE23 and LED23 circuit boards 2. Faulty LED23 circuit board 3. Faulty CLE23 circuit board
1. Reconnect, repair or replace the harness. 2. Replace the circuit board. 3. Replace the circuit board.
Startup initializing (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty harness between CLE23 and LED23 circuit boards 2. Faulty LED23 circuit board 3. Faulty CLE23 circuit board
1. Reconnect, repair or replace the harness. 2. Replace the circuit board. 3. Replace the circuit board.
Startup initializing (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected CTB7 connector to CTB23 circuit board 2. Faulty harness 3. Faulty CTB23 circuit board Startup initializing (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected CTB8 connector to CTB23 circuit board 2. Faulty harness 3. Faulty CTB23 circuit board Startup initializing (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty CTB23 circuit board
Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
3-79
1. Connect the connector securely. 2. Repair or replace the harness. 3. Replace the circuit board.
1. Connect the connector securely. 2. Repair or replace the harness. 3. Replace the circuit board.
1. Replace the circuit board.
3
3.2 Messages and Actions No.
Message
Factor
E-4446
An abnormal temperature was detected at the driver IC of the M202 pulse motor.
Startup initializing (Causes of the error message) At startup: 1. Too high a room temperature(32˚C or higher) 2. Faulty motor harness Except at startup: 3. Faulty motor (M202) 4. Faulty CTB23 circuit board
Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4447
An abnormal temperature was detected at the driver IC of the M201 pulse motor. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4448
The 5V power fuse for the CTB circuit board sensor is blown out. Consult your technical representative.
E-4449
The 24V power fuse for the CTB circuit board fan/solenoid is blown out. Consult your technical representative.
E-4452
The PLD in the CTB circuit board is abnormal.
Startup initializing (Causes of the error message) At startup: 1. Too high a room temperature(32˚C or higher) 2. Faulty motor harness Except at startup: 3. Faulty motor (M202) 4. Faulty CTB23 circuit board Startup initializing (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty sensor (D201/D202/D203) harness 2. Faulty sensor (D201/D202/D203) 3. Faulty CTB23 circuit board Startup initializing (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty sensor (F211/F212/F312) harness 2. Faulty fan (F211/F212/F312) 3. Faulty CTB23 circuit board Startup initializing (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty CTB23 circuit board
Actions
1. Decrease the room temperature. 2. Reconnect or replace the harness. 3. Replace the motor. 4. Replace the circuit board.
1. Decrease the room temperature. 2. Reconnect or replace the harness. 3. Replace the motor. 4. Replace the circuit board.
1. Reconnect or replace the harness. 2. Replace the sensor. 3. Replace the circuit board.
1. Reconnect or replace the harness. 2. Replace the sensor. 3. Replace the circuit board.
1. Replace the circuit board.
Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative. E-4454
Electrical failure occurred. (CTB CB +24V) Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4455
The exhausting fan in the scanner section is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4456
The cooling fan in the scanner section is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4457
The exhausting fan in the scanner section is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Startup initializing (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty harness between power supply and CTB23 circuit board 2. Voltage drop in 24V power supply to CTB23 circuit board 3. Faulty CTB23 circuit board Startup initializing (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty harness between CTB23 circuit board and fan 2. Faulty fan (F312) 3. Faulty CTB23 circuit board Startup initializing (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty harness between CTB23 circuit board and fan 2. Faulty fan (F212) 3. Faulty CTB23 circuit board Startup initializing (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty harness between CTB23 circuit board and fan 2. Faulty fan (F211) 3. Faulty CTB23 circuit board
3-80
1. Reconnect or replace the harness. 2. Replace the power supply unit. 3. Replace the circuit board.
1. Reconnect or replace the harness. 2. Replace the fan. 3. Replace the circuit board.
1. Reconnect or replace the harness. 2. Replace the fan. 3. Replace the circuit board.
1. Reconnect or replace the harness. 2. Replace the fan. 3. Replace the circuit board.
3.2 Messages and Actions No. E-4458
Message Electrical failure occurred. (CLE CB A+12V) Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4459
Electrical failure occurred. (CLE CB A+24V) Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4460
The fuse is blown out. (CLE CB F1) Consult your technical representative.
E-4461
The fuse is blown out. (CLE CB F2) Consult your technical representative.
E-4462
The fuse is blown out. (CLE CB F3) Consult your technical representative.
E-4463
The temperature control I/F connector (CLE2) is disconnected. Consult your technical representative.
E-4464
The micro-switch I/F connector (CLE5) is disconnected. Consult your technical representative.
E-4465
The CLE temperature sensor is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Factor Startup initializing (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty harness between power supply unit and CLE23 circuit board 2. Voltagedrop in 12V power supply for CTB23 circuit board 3. Faulty CLE23 circuit board Startup initializing (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty harness between power supply unit and CLE23 circuit board 2. Voltagedrop in 24V power supply for CTB23 circuit board 3. Faulty CLE23 circuit board Startup initializing (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty sensor (D311) harness 2. Faulty sensor (D311) 3. Faulty CLE23 circuit board Startup initializing (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty LED heater (LH311/LH312) harness 2. Faulty LED heater (LH311/LH312) 3. Faulty CLE23 circuit board Startup initializing (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty LED harness 2. Faulty LED 3. Faulty CLE23 circuit board Startup initializing (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected CLE2 connector to CLE23 circuit board 2. Faulty harness 3. Faulty CLE23 circuit board Startup initializing (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected CLE5 connector to CLE23 circuit board 2. Faulty harness 3. Faulty CLE23 circuit board
Actions
1. Reconnect or replace the harness.
2. Replace the power supply unit. 3. Replace the circuit board.
1. Reconnect or replace the harness.
2. Replace the power supply unit. 3. Replace the circuit board.
1. Reconnect or replace the harness. 2. Replace the sensor 3. Replace the circuit board.
1. Reconnect or replace the harness. 2. Replace the heater. 3. Replace the circuit board.
1. Reconnect or replace the harness. 2. Replace the LED. 3. Replace the circuit board.
1. Reconnect the connector. 2. Reconnect or replace the harness. 3. Replace the circuit board.
1. Reconnect the connector. 2. Reconnect or replace the harness. 3. Replace the circuit board.
Startup initializing (Causes of the error message) 1. Too high a room temperature(32˚C 1. Decrease the room temperature. or higher) 2. Faulty LED heater/temperature 2. Replace the heater/sensor sensor assembly. 3. Faulty CLE23 circuit board 3. Replace the circuit board.
3-81
3
3.2 Messages and Actions No. E-4466
Message The diagnostics of the piezoelectric actuator failed. It is possible to continue printing, but the resolution may be deteriorated when you print with larger sizes than 4R. Consult your technical representative.
E-4467
The diagnostics of the piezoelectric actuator failed. It is possible to continue printing, but the resolution may be deteriorated when you print with larger sizes than 4R.
Factor Broken Piezoelectric Actuator 1 or poorly connected connector at startup initialization (Causes of the error message) 1. Temporary disturbance at scanning (impact/high-power radio waves) 2. Poorly connected or broken cable between CCD unit and CPZ23 circuit board. 3. Faulty CCD unit (pixel shifting section) 4. Abnormal CPZ23 parameter
Actions
1. Remove disturbance.
2. Replace the cable.
3. Replace the CCD unit.
5. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board
4. Check consistency of the CPZ23 circuit board parameter in “Scanner Parameter Check/ Update”. 5. Replace the circuit board.
Faulty Piezoelectric Actuator 1 monitor circuit at startup initialization (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board
1. Replace the circuit board.
Consult your technical representative. E-4468
The diagnostics of the piezoelectric actuator failed. It is possible to continue printing, but the resolution may be deteriorated when you print with larger sizes than 4R.
Faulty high-pressure drive, monitor or displacement measuring circuit of Piezoelectric Actuator 1 at startup initialization (Causes of the error message) 1. Abnormal CPZ23 circuit board 1. Inspect and repair the power power supply supply system. 2. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board 2. Replace the circuit board.
Consult your technical representative. E-4469
The diagnostics of the piezoelectric actuator failed. It is possible to continue printing, but the resolution may be deteriorated when you print with larger sizes than 4R. Consult your technical representative.
E-4470
The diagnostics of the piezoelectric actuator failed. It is possible to continue printing, but the resolution may be deteriorated when you print with larger sizes than 4R.
Broken Piezoelectric Actuator 2 or poorly connected connector at startup initialization (Causes of the error message) 1. Temporary disturbance at scanning (impact/high-power radio waves) 2. Poorly connected or broken cable between CCD unit and CPZ23 circuit board. 3. Faulty CCD unit (pixel shifting section) 4. Abnormal CPZ23 parameter
1. Remove disturbance.
2. Replace the cable.
3. Replace the CCD unit.
5. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board
4. Check consistency of the CPZ23 circuit board parameter in “Scanner Parameter Check/ Update”. 5. Replace the circuit board.
Broken Piezoelectric Actuator 2 monitor circuit at startup initialization (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board
1. Replace the circuit board.
Consult your technical representative.
3-82
3.2 Messages and Actions No. E-4471
Message The diagnostics of the piezoelectric actuator failed. It is possible to continue printing, but the resolution may be deteriorated when you print with larger sizes than 4R.
Factor
Actions
Faulty high-pressure drive, monitor or displacement measuring circuit of Piezoelectric Actuator 2 at startup initialization (Causes of the error message) 1. Abnormal CPZ23 circuit board 1. Inspect and repair the power power supply supply system. 2. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board 2. Replace the circuit board.
Consult your technical representative. E-4472
Electrical failure occurred. (GIA CB A+5V) Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4473
The control of the CTB circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
At startup initialization (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected CN1 to GIA23 circuit board 2. Poorly connected PS2 to power supply unit 3. Faulty harness 4. Blown power supply fuse 5. Blown GIA23 circuit board fuse (F72) 6. Faulty GIA23 circuit board 7. Faulty power supply unit SKCTB-serial Transmission Driver 0 parity error (Causes of the error message) 1. Noise in electric line - Outside noise (static electricity, radio transmission or power supply-induced) - Inside noise 2. System software overload (faulty software) 3. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU)
E-4474
The control of the CTB circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCTB-serial Transmission Driver 0 framing error (Causes of the error message) 1. Noise in electric line - Outside noise (static electricity, radio transmission or power supply-induced) - Inside noise 2. System software overload (faulty software) 3. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU)
E-4475
The control of the CTB circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCTB-serial Transmission Driver 0 parity and framing error (Causes of the error message) 1. Noise in electric line - Outside noise (static electricity, radio transmission or power supply-induced) - Inside noise 2. System software overload (faulty software) 3. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU)
NOTE 1: The refreshing backup can be restored (see Section 3.4).
3-83
1. Connect the connector correctly 2. Connect the connector correctly 3. Replace the harness. 4. Replace the fuse. 5. Replace the circuit board. 6. Replace the circuit board. 7. Replace the power supply unit
1. Click [OK] to clear the message.
2. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 3. Replace the circuit board.
1. Click [OK] to clear the message.
2. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 3. Replace the circuit board.
1. Click [OK] to clear the message.
2. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 3. Replace the circuit board.
3
3.2 Messages and Actions No. E-4476
Message The control of the CTB circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Factor SKCTB-serial Transmission Driver 0 overrun error (Causes of the error message) 1. Noise in electric line - Outside noise (static electricity, radio transmission or power supply-induced) - Inside noise 2. System software overload (faulty software) 3. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU)
E-4477
The control of the CTB circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCTB-serial Transmission Driver 0 overrun and parity error (Causes of the error message) 1. Noise in electric line - Outside noise (static electricity, radio transmission or power supply-induced) - Inside noise 2. System software overload (faulty software) 3. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU)
E-4478
The control of the CTB circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCTB-serial Transmission Driver 0 overrun and framing error (Causes of the error message) 1. Noise in electric line - Outside noise (static electricity, radio transmission or power supply-induced) - Inside noise 2. System software overload (faulty software) 3. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU)
E-4479
The control of the CTB circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCTB-serial Transmission Driver 0 overrun, framing and parity error (Causes of the error message) 1. Noise in electric line - Outside noise (static electricity, radio transmission or power supply-induced) - Inside noise 2. System software overload (faulty software) 3. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU)
E-4480
The control of the CTB circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCTB-serial Transmission Driver 0 sending timeout (Causes of the error message) 1. Noise in electric line - Outside noise (static electricity, radio transmission or power supply-induced) - Inside noise 2. System software overload (faulty software) 3. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU)
NOTE 1: The refreshing backup can be restored (See Section 3.4).
3-84
Actions
1. Click [OK] to clear the message.
2. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 3. Replace the circuit board.
1. Click [OK] to clear the message.
2. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 3. Replace the circuit board.
1. Click [OK] to clear the message.
2. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 3. Replace the circuit board.
1. Click [OK] to clear the message.
2. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 3. Replace the circuit board.
1. Click [OK] to clear the message.
2. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 3. Replace the circuit board.
3.2 Messages and Actions No. E-4481
Message The control of the CTB circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Factor SKCTB-transmission 1 message sending error (Causes of the error message) 1. Noise in electric line - Outside noise (static electricity, radio transmission or power supply-induced) - Inside noise 2. System software overload (faulty software) 3. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU)
E-4482
The control of the CTB circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCTB-transmission 1 message receiving error (Causes of the error message) 1. Noise in electric line - Outside noise (static electricity, radio transmission or power supply-induced) - Inside noise 2. System software overload (faulty software) 3. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU)
E-4483
The control of the CTB circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCTB-transmission 1 retry over (Causes of the error message) 1. Noise in electric line - Outside noise (static electricity, radio transmission or power supply-induced) - Inside noise 2. System software overload (faulty software) 3. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU)
E-4484
The control of the CTB circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCTB-message delivery module initializing error 1 (Causes of the error message) 1. Abnormal software
2. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU) E-4485
The control of the CTB circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCTB-message delivery module initializing error 2 (Causes of the error message) 1. Abnormal software
2. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU) E-4486
The control of the CTB circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCTB-message delivery message sending error (Causes of the error message) 1. Abnormal software
2. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU) E-4487
The control of the CTB circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCTB-message delivery message sending error 1 (Causes of the error message) 1. Abnormal software
2. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU) NOTE 1: The refreshing backup can be restored (see Section 3.4).
3-85
Actions
1. Click [OK] to clear the message.
3 2. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 3. Replace the circuit board.
1. Click [OK] to clear the message.
2. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 3. Replace the circuit board.
1. Click [OK] to clear the message.
2. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 3. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
3.2 Messages and Actions No. E-4488
Message The control of the CTB circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Factor SKCTB-message delivery message sending error 2 (Causes of the error message) 1. System software overload (foulty software) 2. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU)
E-4489
The control of the CTB circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCTB-message delivery memory pool obtaining error 0 (Causes of the error message) 1. Abnormal software
2. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU) E-4490
The control of the CTB circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCTB-message delivery memory pool release error 0 (Causes of the error message) 1. Abnormal software
2. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU) E-4491
The control of the CTB circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCTB-message delivery—memory pool obtaining error 1 (Causes of the error message) 1. System software overload (foulty software) 2. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU)
E-4492
The control of the CTB circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCTB-message delivery—memory pool release error 1 (Causes of the error message) 1. Abnormal software
2. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU) E-4493
The control of the CTB circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCTB-message delivery— semaphore obtaining error (Causes of the error message) 1. System software overload (foulty software) 2. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU)
E-4494
The control of the CTB circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCTB-message delivery— semaphore return error (Causes of the error message) 1. Abnormal software
2. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU) E-4495
The control of the CTB circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCTB-message delivery— semaphore reference error (Causes of the error message) 1. Abnormal software
2. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU) E-4496
The control of the CTB circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCTB-system initialization error (Causes of the error message) 1. Abnormal software
2. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU)
NOTE 1: The refreshing backup can be restored (See Section 3.4).
3-86
Actions
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
3.2 Messages and Actions No. E-4497
Message The control of the CTB circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4498
The control of the CTB circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4499
The control of the CTB circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4500
The control of the CTB circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Factor SKCTB-task creation error (Causes of the error message) 1. Abnormal software
2. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU) SKCTB-mail box creation error (Causes of the error message) 1. Abnormal software
2. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU) SKCTB-alarm creation error (Causes of the error message) 1. Abnormal software
2. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU) SKCTB-fixed length memory pool creation error (Causes of the error message) 1. Abnormal software
2. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU) E-4501
The control of the CTB circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCTB-variable length memory pool creation error (Causes of the error message) 1. Abnormal software
2. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU) E-4502
The control of the CTB circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4503
The control of the CTB circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4504
The control of the CTB circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCTB-event creation error (Causes of the error message) 1. Abnormal software
2. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU) SKCTB-task starting error (Causes of the error message) 1. Abnormal software
2. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU) SKCTB-serial Transmission Driver 3 parity error (Causes of the error message) 1. Noise in electric line - Outside noise (static electricity, radio transmission or power supply-induced) - Inside noise 2. System software overload (faulty software) 3. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU)
NOTE 1: The refreshing backup can be restored (see Section 3.4).
3-87
Actions
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Click [OK] to clear the message.
2. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 3. Replace the circuit board.
3
3.2 Messages and Actions No. E-4505
Message The control of the CTB circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Factor SKCTB-serial Transmission Driver 3 framing error (Causes of the error message) 1. Noise in electric line - Outside noise (static electricity, radio transmission or power supply-induced) - Inside noise 2. System software overload (faulty software) 3. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU)
E-4506
The control of the CTB circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCTB-serial Transmission Driver 3 parity and framing error (Causes of the error message) 1. Noise in electric line - Outside noise (static electricity, radio transmission or power supply-induced) - Inside noise 2. System software overload (faulty software) 3. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU)
E-4507
The control of the CTB circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCTB-serial Transmission Driver 3 overrun error (Causes of the error message) 1. Noise in electric line - Outside noise (static electricity, radio transmission or power supply-induced) - Inside noise 2. System software overload (faulty software) 3. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU)
E-4508
The control of the CTB circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCTB-serial Transmission Driver 3 overrun and parity error (Causes of the error message) 1. Noise in electric line - Outside noise (static electricity, radio transmission or power supply-induced) - Inside noise 2. System software overload (faulty software) 3. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU)
E-4509
The control of the CTB circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCTB-serial Transmission Driver 3 overrun and framing error (Causes of the error message) 1. Noise in electric line - Outside noise (static electricity, radio transmission or power supply-induced) - Inside noise 2. System software overload (faulty software) 3. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU)
NOTE 1: The refreshing backup can be restored (See Section 3.4).
3-88
Actions
1. Click [OK] to clear the message.
2. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 3. Replace the circuit board.
1. Click [OK] to clear the message.
2. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 3. Replace the circuit board.
1. Click [OK] to clear the message.
2. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 3. Replace the circuit board.
1. Click [OK] to clear the message.
2. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 3. Replace the circuit board.
1. Click [OK] to clear the message.
2. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 3. Replace the circuit board.
3.2 Messages and Actions No. E-4510
Message The control of the CTB circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Factor SKCTB-serial Transmission Driver 3 sending overrun, framing and parity error (Causes of the error message) 1. Noise in electric line - Outside noise (static electricity, radio transmission or power supply-induced) - Inside noise 2. System software overload (faulty software) 3. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU)
E-4511
The control of the CTB circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4512
The control of the CTB circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCTB-serial Transmission Driver 3 sending timeout (Causes of the error message) 1. Noise in electric line - Outside noise (static electricity, radio transmission or power supply-induced) - Inside noise 2. System software overload (faulty software) SKCTB-transmission 2 message sending error (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software
2. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU) E-4513
The control of the CTB circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCTB-transmission 2 message receiving error (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software
2. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU) E-4514
The control of the CTB circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCTB-transmission 2 retry over (Causes of the error message) 1. Noise in electric line - Outside noise (static electricity, radio transmission or power supply-induced) - Inside noise 2. System software overload (faulty software) 3. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU)
E-4515
The control of the CTB circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCTB-serial Transmission Driver 4 parity error (Causes of the error message) 1. Noise in electric line - Outside noise (static electricity, radio transmission or power supply-induced) - Inside noise 2. System software overload (faulty software) 3. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU)
NOTE 1: The refreshing backup can be restored (see Section 3.4).
3-89
Actions
1. Click [OK] to clear the message.
3 2. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 3. Replace the circuit board.
1. Click [OK] to clear the message.
2. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1)
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Click [OK] to clear the message.
2. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 3. Replace the circuit board.
1. Click [OK] to clear the message.
2. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 3. Replace the circuit board.
3.2 Messages and Actions No. E-4516
Message The control of the CTB circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Factor SKCTB-serial Transmission Driver 4 framing error (Causes of the error message) 1. Noise in electric line - Outside noise (static electricity, radio transmission or power supply-induced) - Inside noise 2. System software overload (faulty software) 3. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU)
E-4517
The control of the CTB circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCTB-serial Transmission Driver 4 parity and framing error (Causes of the error message) 1. Noise in electric line - Outside noise (static electricity, radio transmission or power supply-induced) - Inside noise 2. System software overload (faulty software) 3. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU)
E-4518
The control of the CTB circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCTB-serial Transmission Driver 4 overrun error (Causes of the error message) 1. Noise in electric line - Outside noise (static electricity, radio transmission or power supply-induced) - Inside noise 2. System software overload (faulty software) 3. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU)
E-4519
The control of the CTB circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCTB-serial Transmission Driver 4 overrun and parity error (Causes of the error message) 1. Noise in electric line - Outside noise (static electricity, radio transmission or power supply-induced) - Inside noise 2. System software overload (faulty software) 3. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU)
E-4520
The control of the CTB circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCTB-serial Transmission Driver 4 overrun and framing error (Causes of the error message) 1. Noise in electric line - Outside noise (static electricity, radio transmission or power supply-induced) - Inside noise 2. System software overload (faulty software) 3. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU)
NOTE 1: The refreshing backup can be restored (See Section 3.4).
3-90
Actions
1. Click [OK] to clear the message.
2. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 3. Replace the circuit board.
1. Click [OK] to clear the message.
2. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 3. Replace the circuit board.
1. Click [OK] to clear the message.
2. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 3. Replace the circuit board.
1. Click [OK] to clear the message.
2. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 3. Replace the circuit board.
1. Click [OK] to clear the message.
2. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 3. Replace the circuit board.
3.2 Messages and Actions No. E-4521
Message The control of the CTB circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Factor SKCTB-serial Transmission Driver 4 overrun, framing and parity error (Causes of the error message) 1. Noise in electric line - Outside noise (static electricity, radio transmission or power supply-induced) - Inside noise 2. System software overload (faulty software) 3. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU)
E-4522
The control of the CTB circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4523
The control of the CTB circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCTB-serial Transmission Driver 4 sending timeout (Causes of the error message) 1. Noise in electric line - Outside noise (static electricity, radio transmission or power supply-induced) - Inside noise 2. System software overload (faulty software) SKCTB-transmission 3 message sending error (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software
2. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU) E-4524
The control of the CTB circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCTB-transmission 3 message receiving error (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software
2. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU) E-4525
The control of the CTB circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4526
An error occurred during accessing of SKCTB-I2C bus free detecting error the CTB circuit board external (Causes of the error message) memory. 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4527
SKCTB-transmission 3 retry over (Causes of the error message) 1. Noise in electric line - Outside noise (static electricity, radio transmission or power supply-induced) - Inside noise 2. System software overload (faulty software)
2. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM)
An error occurred during accessing of SKCTB-I2C start bit sending error the CTB circuit board external (Causes of the error message) memory. 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
2. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM)
NOTE 1: The refreshing backup can be restored (see Section 3.4).
3-91
Actions
1. Click [OK] to clear the message.
3 2. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 3. Replace the circuit board.
1. Click [OK] to clear the message.
2. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1)
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Click [OK] to clear the message.
2. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1)
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
3.2 Messages and Actions No. E-4528
E-4529
E-4530
E-4531
E-4532
E-4533
E-4534
Message
An error occurred during accessing of SKCTB-I2C slave address + R/W the CTB circuit board external data sending error memory. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative. 2. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM) An error occurred during accessing of SKCTB-I2C slave address + R/W the CTB circuit board external data sending failure memory. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative. 2. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM) An error occurred during accessing of SKCTB-I2C higher-order address the CTB circuit board external sending error memory. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative. 2. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM) An error occurred during accessing of SKCTB-I2C higher-order address the CTB circuit board external sending failure memory. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative. 2. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM) An error occurred during accessing of SKCTB-I2C lower-order address the CTB circuit board external sending error memory. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative. 2. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM) An error occurred during accessing of SKCTB-I2C lower-order address the CTB circuit board external sending failure memory. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative. 2. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM) An error occurred during accessing of SKCTB-I2C data sending error the CTB circuit board external (Causes of the error message) memory. 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4535
Factor
2. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM)
An error occurred during accessing of SKCTB-I2C data sending failure the CTB circuit board external (Causes of the error message) memory. 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
2. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM)
NOTE 1: The refreshing backup can be restored (See Section 3.4).
3-92
Actions
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
3.2 Messages and Actions No. E-4536
Message
An error occurred during accessing of SKCTB-I2C sending OFF error the CTB circuit board external (Causes of the error message) memory. 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4537
E-4540
E-4541
E-4542
E-4543
2. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM)
An error occurred during accessing of SKCTB-I2C start bit sending error the CTB circuit board external (Causes of the error message) memory. 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4539
2. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM)
An error occurred during accessing of SKCTB-I2C bus free detecting error the CTB circuit board external (Causes of the error message) memory. 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4538
Factor
2. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM)
An error occurred during accessing of SKCTB-I2C slave address + R/W the CTB circuit board external data sending error memory. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative. 2. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM) An error occurred during accessing of SKCTB-I2C slave address + R/W the CTB circuit board external data sending failure memory. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative. 2. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM) An error occurred during accessing of SKCTB-I2C higher-order address the CTB circuit board external sending error memory. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative. 2. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM) An error occurred during accessing of SKCTB-I2C higher-order address the CTB circuit board external sending failure memory. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative. 2. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM) An error occurred during accessing of SKCTB-I2C lower-order address the CTB circuit board external sending error memory. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative. 2. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM)
NOTE 1: The refreshing backup can be restored (see Section 3.4).
3-93
Actions
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
3
3.2 Messages and Actions No. E-4544
E-4545
Message
An error occurred during accessing of SKCTB-I2C lower-order address the CTB circuit board external sending failure memory. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative. 2. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM) An error occurred during accessing of SKCTB-I2C start bit sending error 2 the CTB circuit board external (Causes of the error message) memory. 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4546
E-4547
E-4548
An error occurred during accessing of SKCTB-I2C slave address + R/W the CTB circuit board external data sending failure 2 memory. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative. 2. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM) An error occurred during accessing of SKCTB-I2C receiving start error the CTB circuit board external (Causes of the error message) memory. 1. Faulty system software
2. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM)
An error occurred during accessing of SKCTB-I2C final data receiving error the CTB circuit board external (Causes of the error message) memory. 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4551
2. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM)
An error occurred during accessing of SKCTB-I2C data receiving error the CTB circuit board external (Causes of the error message) memory. 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4550
2. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM)
An error occurred during accessing of SKCTB-I2C slave address + R/W the CTB circuit board external data sending error 2 memory. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative. 2. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM)
Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative. E-4549
Factor
2. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM)
An error occurred during accessing of SKCTB-I2C receiving OFF error the CTB circuit board external (Causes of the error message) memory. 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
2. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM)
NOTE 1: The refreshing backup can be restored (See Section 3.4).
3-94
Actions
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
3.2 Messages and Actions No. E-4552
Message
An error occurred during accessing of SKCTB-EEPROM R/W error the CTB circuit board external (Causes of the error message) memory. 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
W-4553
The adjustment data for the CTB circuit board external memory is corrupted. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4563
Detecting of the conjugate length home position failed. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4564
Detecting of the conjugate length home position failed. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4569
The conjugate length control is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4580
Detecting of the lens home position failed. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4581
Detecting of the lens home position failed. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4590
Factor
Detecting of the shutter home position failed. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
2. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM) SKCTB-EEPROM data error (use of ROM data) (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software
2. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM) SKCTB-conjugate length variable position detection failure after moving conjugate length variable position home position sensor (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty conjugate length variable position home position sensor harness 2. Faulty conjugate length variable position home position sensor (D201) SKCTB-conjugate length home position operation 2 malfunction (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty conjugate length variable position home position sensor harness 2. Faulty conjugate length variable position home position sensor (D201)
Actions
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Reconnect or replace the harness.
2. Replace the sensor
1. Reconnect or replace the harness.
2. Replace the sensor
SKCTB-conjugate length VD interruption abnormal (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty harness between GIA23 and CTB23 circuit boards 2. Faulty harness between CCD23 and GIA23 circuit boards
1. Reconnect or replace the harness.
SKCTB-lens home position operation abnormal 2 (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty lens home position sensor (D202) harness 2. Faulty lens home position sensor (D202)
1. Reconnect or replace the harness.
SKCTB-lens home position sensor NG (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty lens home position sensor (D202) harness 2. Faulty lens home position sensor (D202)
1. Reconnect or replace the harness.
SKCTB-shutter home position operation abnormal 1 (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty shutter home position sensor (D203) harness 2. Faulty shutter drive motor (M203) harness
1. Reconnect or replace the harness.
NOTE 1: The refreshing backup can be restored (see Section 3.4).
3-95
2. Reconnect or replace the harness.
2. Replace the sensor
2. Replace the sensor
2. Reconnect or replace the harness.
3
3.2 Messages and Actions No. E-4592
Message
An error occurred during accessing of SKCTB-EEPROM writing abnormal the CTB circuit board external (Causes of the error message) memory. 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4595
Detecting of the shutter home position failed. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4596
Detecting of the shutter home position failed. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4597
The shutter control is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4598
The shutter control is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4599
The shutter control is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4600
The shutter control is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4601
Factor
The control for the CLE circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
2. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM)
The control for the CLE circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
SKCTB-shutter home position operation abnormal 3 (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty shutter home position sensor (D203) harness 2. Faulty shutter drive motor (M203) harness
1. Reconnect or replace the harness.
SKCTB-shutter home position operation abnormal 3 (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty shutter home position sensor (D203) harness 2. Faulty shutter drive motor (M203) harness
1. Reconnect or replace the harness.
SKCTB-shutter opening abnormal (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty shutter home position sensor (D203) harness 2. Faulty shutter drive motor (M203) harness
2. Reconnect or replace the harness.
2. Reconnect or replace the harness.
1. Reconnect or replace the harness. 2. Reconnect or replace the harness.
SKCTB-shatter opening timeout error (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty shutter home position 1. Reconnect or replace the harness. sensor (D203) harness 2. Faulty shutter drive motor (M203) 2. Reconnect or replace the harness. harness SKCTB-shutter closing abnormal (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty shutter home position sensor (D203) harness 2. Faulty shutter drive motor (M203) harness SKCTB-shutter closing timeout error (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty shutter home position sensor (D203) harness 2. Faulty shutter drive motor (M203) harness SKCLE-message delivery module initialization error 1 (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software
2. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU) E-4602
Actions
SKCLE-message delivery module initialization error 2 (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software
2. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU)
NOTE 1: The refreshing backup can be restored (See Section 3.4).
3-96
1. Reconnect or replace the harness. 2. Reconnect or replace the harness.
1. Reconnect or replace the harness. 2. Reconnect or replace the harness.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
3.2 Messages and Actions No.
Message
E-4603
The control for the CLE circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Factor SKCLE-message delivery message sending error (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software
2. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU) E-4604
The control for the CLE circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCLE-message delivery message sending error 1 (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software
2. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU) E-4605
The control for the CLE circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCLE-message delivery message sending error 2 (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software
2. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU) E-4606
The control for the CLE circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCLE-message delivery module initialization error 1 (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software
2. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU) E-4607
The control for the CLE circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCLE-message delivery module pool obtaining error 0 (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software
2. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU) E-4608
The control for the CLE circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCLE-message delivery memory pool obtaining error 1 (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software
2. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU) E-4609
The control for the CLE circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCLE-message delivery memory pool release error 1 (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software
2. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU) E-4610
The control for the CLE circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCLE-message delivery memory pool release error 1 (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software
2. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU)
NOTE 1: The refreshing backup can be restored (see Section 3.4).
3-97
Actions
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
3
3.2 Messages and Actions No.
Message
E-4611
The control for the CLE circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Factor SKCLE-message delivery semaphore return error (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software
2. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU) E-4612
The control for the CLE circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCLE-message delivery semaphore reference error (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software
2. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU) E-4613
The control for the CLE circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4614
The control for the CLE circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4615
The control for the CLE circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4616
The control for the CLE circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4617
The control for the CLE circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCLE-system initialization error (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software
2. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU) SKCLE-task creation error (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software
2. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU) SKCLE-mail box creation error (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software
2. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU) SKCLE-alarm creation error (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software
2. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU) SKCLE-fixed length memory pool creation error (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software
2. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU) E-4618
The control for the CLE circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCLE-variable length memory pool creation error (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software
2. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU) E-4619
The control for the CLE circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCLE-event creation error (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software
2. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU)
NOTE 1: The refreshing backup can be restored (See Section 3.4).
3-98
Actions
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
3.2 Messages and Actions No.
Message
E-4620
The control for the CLE circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4621
The control for the CLE circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Factor SKCLE-task start error (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software
2. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU) SKCLE-serial Transmission Driver 3 parity error (Causes of the error message) 1. Noise in electric line - Outside noise (static electricity, radio transmission or power supply-induced) - Inside noise 2. System software overload (faulty software) 3. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU)
E-4622
The control for the CLE circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCLE-serial Transmission Driver 3 framing error (Causes of the error message) 1. Noise in electric line - Outside noise (static electricity, radio transmission or power supply-induced) - Inside noise 2. System software overload (faulty software) 3. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU)
E-4623
The control for the CLE circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCLE-serial Transmission Driver 3 parity and framing error (Causes of the error message) 1. Noise in electric line - Outside noise (static electricity, radio transmission or power supply-induced) - Inside noise 2. System software overload (faulty software) 3. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU)
E-4624
The control for the CLE circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCLE-serial Transmission Driver 3 overrun error (Causes of the error message) 1. Noise in electric line - Outside noise (static electricity, radio transmission or power supply-induced) - Inside noise 2. System software overload (faulty software) 3. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU)
NOTE 1: The refreshing backup can be restored (see Section 3.4).
3-99
Actions
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Click [OK] to clear the message.
2. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 3. Replace the circuit board.
1. Click [OK] to clear the message.
2. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 3. Replace the circuit board.
1. Click [OK] to clear the message.
2. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 3. Replace the circuit board.
1. Click [OK] to clear the message.
2. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 3. Replace the circuit board.
3
3.2 Messages and Actions No.
Message
E-4625
The control for the CLE circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Factor SKCLE-serial Transmission Driver 3 overrun and parity error (Causes of the error message) 1. Noise in electric line - Outside noise (static electricity, radio transmission or power supply-induced) - Inside noise 2. System software overload (faulty software) 3. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU)
E-4626
The control for the CLE circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCLE-serial Transmission Driver 3 overrun and framing error (Causes of the error message) 1. Noise in electric line - Outside noise (static electricity, radio transmission or power supply-induced) - Inside noise 2. System software overload (faulty software) 3. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU)
E-4627
The control for the CLE circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCLE-serial Transmission Driver 3 overrun, framing and parity error (Causes of the error message) 1. Noise in electric line - Outside noise (static electricity, radio transmission or power supply-induced) - Inside noise 2. System software overload (faulty software) 3. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU)
E-4628
The control for the CLE circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCLE-serial Transmission Driver 3 sending timeout (Causes of the error message) 1. Noise in electric line - Outside noise (static electricity, radio transmission or power supply-induced) - Inside noise 2. System software overload (faulty software) 3. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU)
E-4629
The control for the CLE circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCLE-transmission 2 message sending error (Causes of the error message) 1. Noise in electric line - Outside noise (static electricity, radio transmission or power supply-induced) - Inside noise 2. System software overload (faulty software) 3. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU)
NOTE 1: The refreshing backup can be restored (See Section 3.4).
3-100
Actions
1. Click [OK] to clear the message.
2. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 3. Replace the circuit board.
1. Click [OK] to clear the message.
2. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 3. Replace the circuit board.
1. Click [OK] to clear the message.
2. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 3. Replace the circuit board.
1. Click [OK] to clear the message.
2. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 3. Replace the circuit board.
1. Click [OK] to clear the message.
2. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 3. Replace the circuit board.
3.2 Messages and Actions No.
Message
E-4630
The control for the CLE circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Factor SKCLE-transmission 2 message receiving error (Causes of the error message) 1. Noise in electric line - Outside noise (static electricity, radio transmission or power supply-induced) - Inside noise 2. System software overload (faulty software) 3. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU)
E-4631
The control for the CLE circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCLE-transmission 2 retry over (Causes of the error message) 1. Noise in electric line - Outside noise (static electricity, radio transmission or power supply-induced) - Inside noise 2. System software overload (faulty software) 3. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU)
E-4632
An error occurred during accessing of SKCLE-I2C bus free detecting error the CLE circuit board external (Causes of the error message) memory. 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4633
An error occurred during accessing of SKCLE-I2C start bit sending error the CLE circuit board external (Causes of the error message) memory. 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4634
E-4635
E-4636
2. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM)
2. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM)
An error occurred during accessing of SKCLE-I2C slave address + R/W the CLE circuit board external data sending error memory. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative. 2. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM) An error occurred during accessing of SKCLE-I2C slave address + R/W the CLE circuit board external data sending failure memory. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative. 2. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM) An error occurred during accessing of SKCLE-I2C higher-order address the CLE circuit board external sending error memory. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative. 2. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM)
NOTE 1: The refreshing backup can be restored (see Section 3.4).
3-101
Actions
1. Click [OK] to clear the message.
3 2. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 3. Replace the circuit board.
1. Click [OK] to clear the message.
2. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 3. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
3.2 Messages and Actions No. E-4637
E-4638
E-4639
E-4640
Message
An error occurred during accessing of SKCLE-I2C higher-order address the CLE circuit board external sending failure memory. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative. 2. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM) An error occurred during accessing of SKCLE-I2C lower-order address the CLE circuit board external sending error memory. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative. 2. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM) An error occurred during accessing of SKCLE-I2C lower-order address the CLE circuit board external sending failure memory. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative. 2. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM) An error occurred during accessing of SKCLE-I2C data sending error the CLE circuit board external (Causes of the error message) memory. 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4641
2. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM)
An error occurred during accessing of SKCLE-I2C bus free detecting error the CLE circuit board external (Causes of the error message) memory. 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4644
2. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM)
An error occurred during accessing of SKCLE-I2C sending off error the CLE circuit board external (Causes of the error message) memory. 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4643
2. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM)
An error occurred during accessing of SKCLE-I2C data sending failure the CLE circuit board external (Causes of the error message) memory. 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4642
Factor
2. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM)
An error occurred during accessing of SKCLE-I2C start bit sending error the CLE circuit board external (Causes of the error message) memory. 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
2. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM)
NOTE 1: The refreshing backup can be restored (See Section 3.4).
3-102
Actions
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
3.2 Messages and Actions No. E-4645
E-4646
E-4647
E-4648
E-4549
E-4650
E-4651
Message
An error occurred during accessing of SKCLE-I2C slave address + R/W the CLE circuit board external data sending error memory. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative. 2. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM) An error occurred during accessing of SKCLE-I2C slave address + R/W the CLE circuit board external data sending failure memory. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative. 2. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM) An error occurred during accessing of SKCLE-I2C higher-order address the CLE circuit board external sending error memory. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative. 2. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM) An error occurred during accessing of SKCLE-I2C higher-order address the CLE circuit board external sending failure memory. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative. 2. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM) An error occurred during accessing of SKCLE-I2C lower-order address the CLE circuit board external sending error memory. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative. 2. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM) An error occurred during accessing of SKCLE-I2C lower-order address the CLE circuit board external sending failure memory. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative. 2. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM) An error occurred during accessing of SKCLE-I2C start bit sending error 2 the CLE circuit board external (Causes of the error message) memory. 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4652
Factor
2. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM)
An error occurred during accessing of SKCLE-I2C slave address + R/W the CLE circuit board external data sending error 2 memory. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative. 2. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM)
NOTE 1: The refreshing backup can be restored (see Section 3.4).
3-103
Actions
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
3
3.2 Messages and Actions No. E-4653
E-4654
Message
An error occurred during accessing of SKCLE-I2C slave address + R/W the CLE circuit board external data sending failure 2 memory. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative. 2. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM) An error occurred during accessing of SKCLE-I2C receiving start error the CLE circuit board external (Causes of the error message) memory. 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4655
W-4659
E-4660
2. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM)
An error occurred during accessing of SKCLE-EEPROM R/W error the CLE circuit board external (Causes of the error message) memory. 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
2. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM)
The adjustment data for the CLE circuit board external memory is corrupted.
Use of ROM data at starting up (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software
Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
2. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM)
The control for the CLE circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4661
2. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM)
An error occurred during accessing of SKCLE-I2C receiving OFF error the CLE circuit board external (Causes of the error message) memory. 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4658
2. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM)
An error occurred during accessing of SKCLE-I2C final data receiving error the CLE circuit board external (Causes of the error message) memory. 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4657
2. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM)
An error occurred during accessing of SKCLE-I2C data receiving error the CLE circuit board external (Causes of the error message) memory. 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4656
Factor
The control for the CLE circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCLE-control task receiving error (Causes of the error message) 1. System software overload (faulty software) 2. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU) SKCLE-LED task receiving error (Causes of the error message) 1. System software overload (faulty software) 2. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU)
NOTE 1: The refreshing backup can be restored (See Section 3.4).
3-104
Actions
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
3.2 Messages and Actions No.
Message
E-4662
The control for the CLE circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Factor SKCLE-temperature control task receiving error (Causes of the error message) 1. System software overload (faulty software) 2. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU)
E-4663
The control for the CLE circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCLE-maintenance task receiving error (Causes of the error message) 1. System software overload (faulty software) 2. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU)
E-4664
The control for the CLE circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4665
E-4667
SKCLE-illegal message receiving (Causes of the error message) 1. System software overload (faulty software) 2. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU)
An error occurred during accessing of SKCLE-EEPROM writing abnormal the CLE circuit board external (Causes of the error message) memory. 1. System software overload (faulty software) Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical 2. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU) representative. The control for the CPZ circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCPZ-message delivery module initialization error 1 (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software
2. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board (CPU) E-4668
The control for the CPZ circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCPZ- message delivery module initialization error 2 (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software
2. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board (CPU) E-4669
The control for the CPZ circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCPZ-message delivery message sending error (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software
2. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board (CPU) E-4670
The control for the CPZ circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCPZ-message delivery message sending error 1 (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software
2. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board (CPU) E-4671
The control for the CPZ circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCPZ- message delivery message sending error 2 (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software
2. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board (CPU) NOTE 1: The refreshing backup can be restored (see Section 3.4).
3-105
Actions
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
3
3.2 Messages and Actions No.
Message
E-4672
The control for the CPZ circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Factor SKCPZ-message delivery memory pool obtaining error 0 (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software
2. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board (CPU) E-4673
The control for the CPZ circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCPZ-message delivery memory pool release error 0 (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software
2. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board (CPU) E-4674
The control for the CPZ circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCPZ-message delivery memory pool obtaining error 1 (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software
2. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board (CPU) E-4675
The control for the CPZ circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCPZ-message delivery memory pool release error 1 (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software
2. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board (CPU) E-4676
The control for the CPZ circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCPZ-message delivery semaphore obtaining error (Causes of the error message) 1. System software overload (faulty software) 2. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board (CPU)
E-4677
The control for the CPZ circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCPZ-message delivery semaphore return error (Causes of the error message) 1. System software overload (faulty software) 2. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board (CPU)
E-4678
The control for the CPZ circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCPZ-message delivery semaphore reference error (Causes of the error message) 1. System software overload (faulty software) 2. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board (CPU)
E-4679
The control for the CPZ circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4680
The control for the CPZ circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCPZ-system initialization error (Causes of the error message) 1. System software overload (faulty software) 2. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board (CPU) SKCPZ-task creation error (Causes of the error message) 1. System software overload (faulty software) 2. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board (CPU)
NOTE 1: The refreshing backup can be restored (See Section 3.4).
3-106
Actions
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
3.2 Messages and Actions No.
Message
E-4681
The control for the CPZ circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4682
The control for the CPZ circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4683
The control for the CPZ circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Factor SKCPZ-mail box creation error (Causes of the error message) 1. System software overload (faulty software) 2. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board (CPU) SKCPZ-alarm creation error (Causes of the error message) 1. System software overload (faulty software) 2. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board (CPU) SKCPZ-fixed length memory pool creation error (Causes of the error message) 1. System software overload (faulty software) 2. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board (CPU)
E-4684
The control for the CPZ circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCPZ-variable length memory pool creation error (Causes of the error message) 1. System software overload (faulty software) 2. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board (CPU)
E-4685
The control for the CPZ circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4686
The control for the CPZ circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4687
The control for the CPZ circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCPZ-event creation error (Causes of the error message) 1. System software overload (faulty software) 2. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board (CPU) SKCPZ-task start error (Causes of the error message) 1. System software overload (faulty software) 2. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board (CPU) SKCPZ-serial Transmission Driver 3 parity error (Causes of the error message) 1. Noise in electric line - Outside noise (static electricity, radio transmission or power supply-induced) - Inside noise 2. System software overload (faulty software) 3. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board (CPU)
E-4688
The control for the CPZ circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCPZ-serial Transmission Driver 3 framing error (Causes of the error message) 1. Noise in electric line - Outside noise (static electricity, radio transmission or power supply-induced) - Inside noise 2. System software overload (faulty software) 3. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board (CPU)
NOTE 1: The refreshing backup can be restored (see Section 3.4).
3-107
Actions
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Click [OK].
2. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 3. Replace the circuit board.
1. Click [OK].
2. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 3. Replace the circuit board.
3
3.2 Messages and Actions No.
Message
E-4689
The control for the CPZ circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Factor SKCPZ-serial Transmission Driver 3 parity and framing error (Causes of the error message) 1. Noise in electric line - Outside noise (static electricity, radio transmission or power supply-induced) - Inside noise 2. System software overload (faulty software) 3. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board (CPU)
E-4690
The control for the CPZ circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCPZ-serial Transmission Driver 3 overrun error (Causes of the error message) 1. Noise in electric line - Outside noise (static electricity, radio transmission or power supply-induced) - Inside noise 2. System software overload (faulty software) 3. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board (CPU)
E-4691
The control for the CPZ circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCPZ-serial Transmission Driver 3 overrun and parity error (Causes of the error message) 1. Noise in electric line - Outside noise (static electricity, radio transmission or power supply-induced) - Inside noise 2. System software overload (faulty software) 3. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board (CPU)
E-4692
The control for the CPZ circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCPZ-serial Transmission Driver 3 overrun and framing error (Causes of the error message) 1. Noise in electric line - Outside noise (static electricity, radio transmission or power supply-induced) - Inside noise 2. System software overload (faulty software) 3. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board (CPU)
E-4693
The control for the CPZ circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCPZ-serial Transmission Driver 3 overrun, framing and parity error (Causes of the error message) 1. Noise in electric line - Outside noise (static electricity, radio transmission or power supply-induced) - Inside noise 2. System software overload (faulty software) 3. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board (CPU)
NOTE 1: The refreshing backup can be restored (See Section 3.4).
3-108
Actions
1. Click [OK].
2. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 3. Replace the circuit board.
1. Click [OK].
2. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 3. Replace the circuit board.
1. Click [OK].
2. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 3. Replace the circuit board.
1. Click [OK].
2. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 3. Replace the circuit board.
1. Click [OK].
2. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 3. Replace the circuit board.
3.2 Messages and Actions No.
Message
E-4694
The control for the CPZ circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Factor SKCPZ-serial Transmission Driver 3 sending timeout (Causes of the error message) 1. Noise in electric line - Outside noise (static electricity, radio transmission or power supply-induced) - Inside noise 2. System software overload (faulty software) 3. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board (CPU)
E-4695
The control for the CPZ circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCPZ-transmission 2 message sending error (Causes of the error message) 1. Noise in electric line - Outside noise (static electricity, radio transmission or power supply-induced) - Inside noise 2. System software overload (faulty software) 3. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board (CPU)
E-4696
The control for the CPZ circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCPZ-transmission 2 message receiving error (Causes of the error message) 1. Noise in electric line - Outside noise (static electricity, radio transmission or power supply-induced) - Inside noise 2. System software overload (faulty software) 3. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board (CPU)
E-4697
The control for the CPZ circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCPZ-transmission 2 retry over (Causes of the error message) 1. Noise in electric line - Outside noise (static electricity, radio transmission or power supply-induced) - Inside noise 2. System software overload (faulty software) 3. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board (CPU)
E-4698
An error occurred during accessing of SKCPZ-I2C bus free detecting error the CPZ circuit board external (Causes of the error message) memory. 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4699
2. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM)
An error occurred during accessing of SKCPZ-I2C start bit sending error the CPZ circuit board external (Causes of the error message) memory. 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
2. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM)
NOTE 1: The refreshing backup can be restored (see Section 3.4).
3-109
Actions
1. Click [OK].
3 2. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 3. Replace the circuit board.
1. Click [OK].
2. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 3. Replace the circuit board.
1. Click [OK].
2. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 3. Replace the circuit board.
1. Click [OK].
2. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 3. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
3.2 Messages and Actions No. E-4700
E-4701
E-4702
E-4703
E-4704
E-4705
E-4706
Message
An error occurred during accessing of SKCPZ-I2C slave address + R/W the CPZ circuit board external data sending error memory. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative. 2. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM) An error occurred during accessing of SKCPZ-I2C slave address + R/W the CPZ circuit board external data sending failure memory. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative. 2. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM) An error occurred during accessing of SKCPZ-I2C higher-order address the CPZ circuit board external sending error memory. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative. 2. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM) An error occurred during accessing of SKCPZ-I2C high-order address the CPZ circuit board external sending failure memory. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative. 2. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM) An error occurred during accessing of SKCPZ-I2C lower-order address the CPZ circuit board external sending error memory. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative. 2. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM) An error occurred during accessing of SKCPZ-I2C lower-order address the CPZ circuit board external sending failure memory. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative. 2. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM) An error occurred during accessing of SKCPZ-I2C data sending error the CPZ circuit board external (Causes of the error message) memory. 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4707
Factor
2. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM)
An error occurred during accessing of SKCPZ-I2C data sending failure the CPZ circuit board external (Causes of the error message) memory. 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
2. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM)
NOTE 1: The refreshing backup can be restored (See Section 3.4).
3-110
Actions
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
3.2 Messages and Actions No. E-4708
Message
An error occurred during accessing of SKCPZ-I2C sending OFF error the CPZ circuit board external (Causes of the error message) memory. 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4709
E-4712
E-4713
E-4714
E-4715
2. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM)
An error occurred during accessing of SKCPZ-I2C start bit sending error the CPZ circuit board external (Causes of the error message) memory. 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4711
2. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM)
An error occurred during accessing of SKCPZ-I2C bus free detecting error the CPZ circuit board external (Causes of the error message) memory. 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4710
Factor
2. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM)
An error occurred during accessing of SKCPZ-I2C slave address + R/W the CPZ circuit board external data sending error memory. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative. 2. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM) An error occurred during accessing of SKCPZ-I2C slave address + R/W the CPZ circuit board external data sending failure memory. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative. 2. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM) An error occurred during accessing of SKCPZ-I2C higher-order address the CPZ circuit board external sending error memory. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative. 2. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM) An error occurred during accessing of SKCPZ-I2C higher-order address the CPZ circuit board external sending failure memory. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative. 2. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM) An error occurred during accessing of SKCPZ-I2C lower-order address the CPZ circuit board external sending error memory. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative. 2. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM)
NOTE 1: The refreshing backup can be restored (see Section 3.4).
3-111
Actions
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
3
3.2 Messages and Actions No. E-4716
E-4717
Message
An error occurred during accessing of SKCPZ-I2C lower-order address the CPZ circuit board external sending failure memory. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative. 2. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM) An error occurred during accessing of SKCPZ-I2C start bit sending error 2 the CPZ circuit board external (Causes of the error message) memory. 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4718
E-4719
E-4720
An error occurred during accessing of SKCPZ-I2C slave address + R/W the CPZ circuit board external data sending failure 2 memory. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative. 2. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM) An error occurred during accessing of SKCPZ-I2C receiving start error the CPZ circuit board external (Causes of the error message) memory. 1. Faulty system software
2. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM)
An error occurred during accessing of SKCPZ-I2C final data receiving error the CPZ circuit board external (Causes of the error message) memory. 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4723
2. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM)
An error occurred during accessing of SKCPZ-I2C data receiving error the CPZ circuit board external (Causes of the error message) memory. 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4722
2. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM)
An error occurred during accessing of SKCPZ-I2C slave address + R/W the CPZ circuit board external data sending error 2 memory. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative. 2. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM)
Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative. E-4721
Factor
2. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM)
An error occurred during accessing of SKCPZ-I2C receiving OFF error the CPZ circuit board external (Causes of the error message) memory. 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
2. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM)
NOTE 1: The refreshing backup can be restored (See Section 3.4).
3-112
Actions
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
3.2 Messages and Actions No. E-4724
W-4725
E-4726
Message
An error occurred during accessing of SKCPZ-EEPROM R/W error the CPZ circuit board external (Causes of the error message) memory. 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
2. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM)
The adjustment data for the CPZ circuit board external memory is corrupted.
Use of ROM data at starting (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software
Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
2. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM)
The control for the piezoelectric actuator is abnormal. It is possible to continue printing, but the resolution may be deteriorated when you print with larger sizes than 4R. Consult your technical representative.
E-4727
The control for the piezoelectric actuator is abnormal. It is possible to continue printing, but the resolution may be deteriorated when you print with larger sizes than 4R. Consult your technical representative.
E-4729
The control for the CPZ circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4730
The control for the CPZ circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4731
Factor
The control for the CPZ circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
SKCPZ-X axis control error (Causes of the error message) 1. Outside noise, such as cell phone transmissions, etc. 2. Faulty displacement sensor harnesses or piezoelectric actuator harness 3. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board 4. Faulty displacement sensors, or piezoelectric actuator SKCPZ-Y axis control error (Causes of the error message) 1. Outside noise, such as cell phone transmissions, etc. 2. Faulty displacement sensor harnesses or piezoelectric actuator harness 3. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board 4. Faulty displacement sensors, or piezoelectric actuator When control requested to CPZ (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software
2. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board 3. Faulty GIA23 circuit board 4. Faulty GMB23 circuit board When control requested to CPZ (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software
2. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board 3. Faulty GIA23 circuit board 4. Faulty GMB23 circuit board When control requested to CPZ (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software
2. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board 3. Faulty GIA23 circuit board 4. Faulty GMB23 circuit board
NOTE 1: The refreshing backup can be restored (see Section 3.4).
3-113
Actions
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Keep the noise source far away. 2. Reconnect or replace the harness.
3. Replace the circuit board. 4. Replace the CCD unit.
1. Keep the noise source far away. 2. Reconnect or replace the harness.
3. Replace the circuit board. 4. Replace the CCD unit.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board. 3. Replace the circuit board. 4. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board. 3. Replace the circuit board. 4. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board. 3. Replace the circuit board. 4. Replace the circuit board.
3
3.2 Messages and Actions No. E-4732
Message
An error occurred during accessing of SKCPZ-EEPROM writing abnormal the CPZ circuit board external (Causes of the error message) memory. 1. Faulty system software Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4733
An abnormality occurred during initializing of the piezoelectric actuator. It is possible to continue printing, but the resolution may be deteriorated when you print with larger sizes than 4R. Consult your technical representative.
E-4734
An abnormality occurred during initializing of the piezoelectric actuator. It is possible to continue printing, but the resolution may be deteriorated when you print with larger sizes than 4R. Consult your technical representative.
E-4735
An abnormality occurred during initializing of the piezoelectric actuator. It is possible to continue printing, but the resolution may be deteriorated when you print with larger sizes than 4R. Consult your technical representative.
E-4736
An abnormality occurred during initializing of the piezoelectric actuator. It is possible to continue printing, but the resolution may be deteriorated when you print with larger sizes than 4R. Consult your technical representative.
E-4737
Factor
An abnormality occurred during initializing of the piezoelectric actuator. It is possible to continue printing, but the resolution may be deteriorated when you print with larger sizes than 4R. Consult your technical representative.
2. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM) SKCPZ-piezoelectric actuator warming-up position 1 error (Causes of the error message) 1. Outside noise, such as cell phone transmissions, etc. 2. Faulty displacement sensor harnesses or piezoelectric actuator harness 3. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board 4. Faulty displacement sensors, or piezoelectric actuator SKCPZ-piezoelectric actuator warming-up position 2 error (Causes of the error message) 1. Outside noise, such as cell phone transmissions, etc. 2. Faulty displacement sensor harnesses or piezoelectric actuator harness 3. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board 4. Faulty displacement sensors, or piezoelectric actuator SKCPZ-piezoelectric actuator warming-up position 3 error (Causes of the error message) 1. Outside noise, such as cell phone transmissions, etc. 2. Faulty displacement sensor harnesses or piezoelectric actuator harness 3. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board 4. Faulty displacement sensors, or piezoelectric actuator SKCPZ-piezoelectric actuator warming-up position 4 error (Causes of the error message) 1. Outside noise, such as cell phone transmissions, etc. 2. Faulty displacement sensor harnesses or piezoelectric actuator harness 3. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board 4. Faulty displacement sensors, or piezoelectric actuator SKCPZ-piezoelectric actuator warming-up position 5 error (Causes of the error message) 1. Outside noise, such as cell phone transmissions, etc. 2. Faulty displacement sensor harnesses or piezoelectric actuator harness 3. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board 4. Faulty displacement sensors, or piezoelectric actuator
NOTE 1: The refreshing backup can be restored (See Section 3.4).
3-114
Actions
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Keep the noise source far away. 2. Reconnect or replace the harness.
3. Replace the circuit board. 4. Replace the CCD unit.
1. Keep the noise source far away. 2. Reconnect or replace the harness.
3. Replace the circuit board. 4. Replace the CCD unit.
1. Keep the noise source far away. 2. Reconnect or replace the harness.
3. Replace the circuit board. 4. Replace the CCD unit.
1. Keep the noise source far away. 2. Reconnect or replace the harness.
3. Replace the circuit board. 4. Replace the CCD unit.
1. Keep the noise source far away. 2. Reconnect or replace the harness.
3. Replace the circuit board. 4. Replace the CCD unit.
3.2 Messages and Actions No. E-4738
Message An abnormality occurred during initializing of the piezoelectric actuator. It is possible to continue printing, but the resolution may be deteriorated when you print with larger sizes than 4R. Consult your technical representative.
E-4739
An abnormality occurred during initializing of the piezoelectric actuator. It is possible to continue printing, but the resolution may be deteriorated when you print with larger sizes than 4R. Consult your technical representative.
E-4740
An abnormality occurred during initializing of the piezoelectric actuator. It is possible to continue printing, but the resolution may be deteriorated when you print with larger sizes than 4R. Consult your technical representative.
E-4741
The LED setting failed. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4742
The setting for the piezoelectric actuator failed. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4743
The settings for LED and piezoelectric actuator failed. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
W-4744
Scanning was cancelled.
Factor SKCPZ-piezoelectric actuator warming-up position 6 error (Causes of the error message) 1. Outside noise, such as cell phone transmissions, etc. 2. Faulty displacement sensor harnesses or piezoelectric actuator harness 3. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board 4. Faulty displacement sensors, or piezoelectric actuator SKCPZ-piezoelectric actuator warming-up position 7 error (Causes of the error message) 1. Outside noise, such as cell phone transmissions, etc. 2. Faulty displacement sensor harnesses or piezoelectric actuator harness 3. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board 4. Faulty displacement sensors, or piezoelectric actuator SKCPZ-piezoelectric actuator warming-up position 8 error (Causes of the error message) 1. Outside noise, such as cell phone transmissions, etc. 2. Faulty displacement sensor harnesses or piezoelectric actuator harness 3. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board 4. Faulty displacement sensors, or piezoelectric actuator Data returned from CLE circuit board differs from GIA circuit board setup data. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty harness between GIA23 and CLE23 circuit boards Data returned from CPZ circuit board differs from GIA circuit board setup data. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty harness between GIA23 and CPZ23 circuit boards Data returned from CLE circuit board differs from GIA circuit board setup data. Data returned from CPZ circuit board differs from GIA circuit board setup data. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty harness between GIA23 and CLE23 circuit boards 2. Faulty harness between GIA23 and CPZ23 circuit boards Canceling executed (Causes of the error message) 1. [Cancel] button is clicked during scanning 2. Faulty keyboard
3-115
Actions
1. Keep the noise source far away. 2. Reconnect or replace the harness.
3. Replace the circuit board. 4. Replace the CCD unit.
1. Keep the noise source far away. 2. Reconnect or replace the harness.
3. Replace the circuit board. 4. Replace the CCD unit.
1. Keep the noise source far away. 2. Reconnect or replace the harness.
3. Replace the circuit board. 4. Replace the CCD unit.
1. Reconnect or replace the harness.
1. Reconnect or replace the harness.
1. Reconnect or replace the harness. 2. Reconnect or replace the harness.
1. Scan again if scanning is not completed. 2. Replace the keyboard.
3
3.2 Messages and Actions No. W-4745
Message Setting of the dark correction table failed. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
W-4747
The density conversion is set to OFF during scanning. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4748
The AE retry-over occurred. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Factor At the time of scanning correction or auto darkness correction (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty GIA23 circuit board
Density conversion correction parameter of one-way mode finescanning demand is OFF. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software
At the time of AF, scanner correction, brightness correction, or AE (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty harness between CCD23 and GIA23 circuit boards 2. LED light amount too large 3. Faulty CCD
E-4749
The retry-over of the DC offset adjustment occurred. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4750
The listing-up overflow occurred in detecting the defected pixels. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4751
The five continuous defected pixels were found. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4752
The listing-up overflow of defected pixels occurred and the five continuous defected pixels were found. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4753
The voltage adjustment for the OFD1 failed. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
At the time of starting up, scanner correction, darkness correction or auto darkness correction (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty coaxial cable between CCD23 and GIA23 circuit boards 2. Faulty serial transmission cable between CCD23 and GIA23 circuit boards 3. Faulty GIA23 circuit board 4. Faulty CCD23 circuit board Gray pixels more than the specified number of pixels were detected (Full mode: 300 pixels, 1/4 mode: 100 pixels, 1/8 mode: 100 pixels). (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty CCD unit
Continuous five gray pixels in a vertical or horizontal direction were detected. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty CCD unit
Gray pixels more than the specified number of pixels were detected. Or continuous five gray pixels in a vertical or horizontal direction are detected. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty CCD unit
Condition met error judgement at the time of OFD1 adjustment. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty CCD unit
NOTE 1: The refreshing backup can be restored (See Section 3.4).
3-116
Actions
1. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software.If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software (NOTE1)
1. Reconnect or replace the harness. 2. Perform Menu 0349 “LED Light Amount Adjustment”. 3. Replace the CCD unit.
1. Reconnect or replace the cable. 2. Reconnect or replace the cable.
3. Replace the circuit board. 4. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, replace the CCD unit.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, replace the CCD unit.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, replace the CCD unit.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, replace the CCD unit.
3.2 Messages and Actions No.
Message
E-4754
The voltage adjustment for the OFD2 failed. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4755
Electrical failure occurred. (CCD CB) Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4756
The PLD communication error of the CCD circuit board occurred. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4757
A communication error occurred in the CCD circuit board external memory. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4758
Setting of the dark correction table failed. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4759
Electrical failure occurred. (CCD CB +20V) Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4760
Electrical failure occurred. (CCD CB -5V) Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Factor Condition met error judgment at the time of OFD2 adjustment. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty CCD unit
At the time of starting up, DC offset or AD timing adjustment (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected CN2 to CCD circuit board 2. Poorly connected JCD1 connector to CCD unit 3. Poorly connected PS6 connector to power supply unit 4. Broken harness 5. Blown fuse in power supply 6. Faulty CCD23 circuit board 7. Faulty power supply unit
Actions
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, replace the CCD unit.
1. Reconnect the connector. 2. Reconnect the connector. 3. Reconnect the two connectors. 4. 5. 6. 7.
Replace the harness. Replace the fuse. Replace the CCD unit. Replace the power supply unit.
At the time of starting up, DC offset or AD timing adjustment (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected serial cable 1. Reconnect or replace the cable. connector between GIA23 and CCD 23 circuit boards 2. Faulty GIA23 circuit board 2. Replace the circuit board. 3. Faulty CCD23 circuit board 3. Replace the circuit board. Result of R/W from GIA23 to EEPROM of CCD23 circuit board was NG. (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected serial cable connector between GIA23 and CCD 23 circuit boards 2. Faulty GIA23 circuit board 3. Faulty CCD23 circuit board At the time of scanner correction or auto darkness correction (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty GIA23 circuit board
(Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected CN2 to CCD circuit board 2. Poorly connected JCD1 connector to CCD unit 3. Poorly connected PS6 connector to power supply unit 4. Broken harness 5. Blown fuse in power supply 6. Faulty CCD23 circuit board 7. Faulty power supply unit (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected CN2 to CCD circuit board 2. Poorly connected JCD1 connector to CCD unit 3. Poorly connected PS6 connector to power supply unit 4. Broken harness 5. Blown fuse in power supply 6. Faulty CCD23 circuit board 7. Faulty power supply unit
3-117
1. Reconnect or replace the cable.
2. Replace the circuit board. 3. Replace the circuit board.
1. Replace the circuit board.
1. Reconnect the connector. 2. Reconnect the connector. 3. Reconnect the two connectors. 4. 5. 6. 7.
Replace the harness. Replace the fuse. Replace the CCD unit. Replace the power supply unit.
1. Reconnect the connector. 2. Reconnect the connector. 3. Reconnect the two connectors. 4. 5. 6. 7.
Replace the harness. Replace the fuse. Replace the CCD unit. Replace the power supply unit.
3
3.2 Messages and Actions No. E-4761
Message Electrical failure occurred. (CCD CB -12V) Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4762
Electrical failure occurred. (CCD CB +12V) Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
W-4763
The accumulation time in autoexposure adjustment reaches the maximum value. Check if there is no preventive object in the optical path.
E-4764
The external memory of GIA circuit board is abnormal. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-4772
W-4801
An error occurred during accessing of the CLE circuit board external memory. Restart the system. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Gaining of the image failed.
Factor (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected CN2 to CCD circuit board 2. Poorly connected JCD1 connector to CCD unit 3. Poorly connected PS6 connector to power supply unit 4. Broken harness 5. Blown fuse in power supply 6. Faulty CCD23 circuit board 7. Faulty power supply unit (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected CN2 to CCD circuit board 2. Poorly connected JCD1 connector to CCD unit 3. Poorly connected PS6 connector to power supply unit 4. Broken harness 5. Blown fuse in power supply 6. Faulty CCD23 circuit board 7. Faulty power supply unit At the time of scanner correction or brightness correction creation (Causes of the error message) 1. Foreign matter in optical path 2. Faulty harness between CCD23 and GIA23 circuit boards 3. Faulty CCD Result of GIA23 circuit board outside memory R/W was NG. (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly inserted GIA23 circuit board into slot of GMB23 circuit board 2. Faulty GIA23 circuit board Error occurs starting up, or executing lens registration/magnification calibration/focus calibration/LED light amount adjustment/scanner parameter check. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty software 2. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU or EEPROM)
Image obtaining failure (Causes of the error message) 1. IEEE1394 interface of GIE23 circuit board or main control unit is unstable. 2. Faulty application on GMB23 circuit board 3. Faulty 1394 cable from image processing box to main control unit
W-4802 I-4803 W-4804
Actions 1. Reconnect the connector. 2. Reconnect the connector. 3. Reconnect the two connectors. 4. 5. 6. 7.
Replace the harness. Replace the fuse. Replace the CCD unit. Replace the power supply unit.
1. Reconnect the connector. 2. Reconnect the connector. 3. Reconnect the two connectors. 4. 5. 6. 7.
Replace the harness. Replace the fuse. Replace the CCD unit. Replace the power supply unit.
1. Remove the foreign matter. 2. Reconnect or replace the harness. 3. Replace the CCD unit.
1. Insert the circuit board into the slot correctly. 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Restart the system. 2. Replace the CLE23 circuit board. (Make sure the system starts up normally and the parameter can be rewritten).
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, replace the GIE23 or GMB23 circuit board. 2. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, replace the GIE23 or GMB23 circuit board. 3. Reconnect or replace the cable.
Auto focus failed.
AF was executed without chart jig or film in mask.
Set the chart jig or film and execute again.
Performing the focus calibration.
At the time of focus calibration
Wait until calibration is completed.
The lens is not registered.
Lens was not registered at the time of Register the lens. optical magnification calibration.
Register it.
3-118
3.2 Messages and Actions No. W-4805
Message The optical magnification calibration is not performed yet.
Factor Optical magnification calibration was not performed at the time of executing focus calibration.
Actions Perform the optical magnification calibration.
Perform it. W-4806
I-4807
The focus calibration is not performed Focus calibration was not performed Perform the focus calibration. yet. at the time of executing focus position adjustment. Perform it. Downloading the bright correction table.
Brightness cancel button was clicked. Wait until downloading is completed.
Please wait. W-4808
Downloading of the bright correction table failed.
Brightness correction table was not found after brightness cancel button was clicked. (Causes of the error message) 1. IEEE1394 interface of GIE23 circuit board or main control unit is unstable. 2. Faulty application on GMB23 circuit board 3. Faulty 1394 cable from image processing box to main control unit
W-4809
The feeding lane is not set to 135 in the carrier. Select the 135 lane.
W-4810
The film mask type is incorrect.
1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, replace the GIE23 or GMB23 circuit board. 2. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, replace the GIE23 or GMB23 circuit board. 3. Reconnect or replace the cable.
NC100AY carrier was not in 135 feed lane when executing in 135 feed lane. (Causes of the error message) 1. Feed lane is not 135. 1. Set the carrier in the 135 feed lane. 2. Faulty 135 feed lane position 2. Replace the sensor. sensor(D129) 3. Faulty 135 feed lane position 3. Reconnect or replace the harness. sensor(D129) harness 4. Faulty CYA23 circuit board 4. Replace the circuit board. 135F mask is not installed in MFC10AY.
Install the 135F mask.
Set the 135Full mask. W-4811
W-4812
Creating of the table failed.
The floppy disk is not inserted into the floppy disk drive. Insert the floppy disk.
I-4813
Correct the scanner. Install the carrier.
I-4814
Set the next film in the carrier.
Focus calibration table creation failure (Causes of the error message) 1. Incorrectly installed chart jig or mask 2. Foreign matter in optical path 3. Abnormal mask pressure At the time of spectral calibration FD insertion (Causes of the error message) 1. FD not inserted 2. Not spectral calibration FD 3. Faulty FD drive 4. Faulty spectral calibration FD
1. Install the chart jig or mask correctly. 2. Remove the foreign matter. 3. Replace the damaged pressure cover parts or the solenoid.
1. 2. 3. 4.
Insert the FD. Insert the correct FD. Replace the main control unit. Replace the FD.
At the time of scanner correction execution confirmation for spectral calibration
Install the carrier.
Specifying mounted film for spectral calibration
Set the specified film.
At the time of image scanning for spectral calibration
Wait until reading is completed.
No: #### I-4815
Reading the image. Please wait.
3-119
3
3.2 Messages and Actions No.
Message
I-4816
Cancel the Measurement?
I-4817
Performing the scanner correction.
Factor
Actions
Spectral calibration was canceled.
Click [OK] to cancel.
At the time of scanner correction execution
Wait until correction is completed.
Please wait.
Please wait. W-4818
Image data judge error occurred. Insert film again.
W-4819
Calculating of adjustment parameter failed. Measurement cancelled.
W-4820
W-4821
Correcting of the scanner failed.
Spectral calibration image data judgement error (Causes of the error message) 1. Patches outside the frames 2. Displayed image is not specified film 3. Excessive outside light (flare) due to open scanner cover Spectral calibration parameter calculating error (Causes of the error message) 1. Excessive outside light (flare) due to open scanner cover Scanner correction for spectral calibration failure (Causes of the error message) 1. Removed carrier 2. Moved mask table slider 3. Removed calibration mask 4. Faulty mask table slider position sensor (D486)
1. Contain the patches within the frames. 2. Use the specified film. 3. Install the cover.
1. Install the cover.
1. 2. 3. 4.
Install the carrier. Set the mask table slider. Set the calibration mask. Reconnect or replace the harness, or replace the sensor.
Scanning of the image failed.
Spectral calibration image scanning failure
Scan the image again. If the error occurs again, restart the system software. If necessary, reinstall the system software. (NOTE1)
I-4822
Measurement completed correctly.
Spectral calibration completes normally.
Click [OK].
I-4823
Clear the LED working information.
LED [Clear] is clicked in “Working Information Display”.
Click [OK] to clear the information.
Piezoelectric actuator [Clear] is clicked in “Working Information Display”.
Click [OK] to clear the information.
Click the button.
Close?
Mismatch of parameters detected when exiting “Scanner Parameter Check/Update”.
Measuring the inclination of the carrier.
At the time of executing “Carrier Inclination Display”
Wait until processing is completed.
Insert a film.
At the time of “Focus Position Adjustment” etc.
Insert a film.
I-4828
Performing the focus position adjustment.
Performing focus position adjustment Wait until adjustment is completed.
I-4829
Adjusting the AD timing.
OK? I-4824
Clear the working information for the piezoelectric actuator. OK?
I-4825
I-4826
The parameters are mismatched.
Please wait. W-4827
Please wait. Adjusting AD timing
Wait until adjustment is completed.
Adjusting OFD voltage
Wait until adjustment is completed.
Please wait. I-4830
Adjusting the OFD voltage. Please wait.
NOTE 1: The refreshing backup can be restored (See Section 3.4).
3-120
3.2 Messages and Actions No. I-4831 W-4832
Message Detecting of the gray pixels is completed.
Detecting gray pixels is completed.
Carrier is not installed correctly.
Carrier differs from the one installed when executing. (Causes of the error message) 1. Incorrect carrier installed 2. Damaged data in carrier
Check the carrier.
E-4833
W-4834
E-4836
I-4837
Factor
Updating of the circuit board parameter files failed.
The dark correction failed.
A file accessing error occurred.
The focus position adjustment data deleted.
CXX circuit board parameter file update failure (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty software
Darkness correction failure (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty GIA23 circuit board File access error (Causes of the error message) 1. Lack of HDD capacity
Actions Click [OK].
1. Install the correct carrier. 2. Replace the CYA23 circuit board
1. Restart the system software.If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software (NOTE1)
1. Replace the circuit board.
1. Delete unnecessary files, template and log files.
Downstream data are deleted at the time of focus calibration data registration.
Perform the focus position adjustment again.
After lens registration
Perform the optical magnification calibration, focus calibration and then the focus position adjustment.
After optical magnification calibration registration
Perform the focus calibration and focus position adjustment again.
Try the focus position adjustment again. I-4838
The data for the optical magnification calibration, focus calibration and the focus position adjustment are cleared. Perform the optical magnification calibration again.
I-4839
The focus calibration data and the focus position adjustment data are cleared. Perform the focus calibration again.
W-4840
W-4841
W-4842
An incorrect diffusion box is installed. 135 diffusion box not installed (Causes of the error message) Install the 135 diffusion box. 1. 120 diffusion box is installed. 2. Diffusion box not installed 3. Faulty diffusion box sensor 4. Faulty diffusion box sensor harness Adjusting of LED light amount failed.
Diffusion box is not installed. Install the diffusion box.
W-4843
The film mask is installed in the carrier.
LED light amount adjustment failure (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty harness between GIA23 and CLE23 circuit boards Diffusion box not installed (Causes of the error message) 1. Diffusion box not installed or improperly seated 2. Faulty diffusion box sensor 3. Faulty diffusion box sensor harness Mask is installed.
Remove the film mask.
NOTE 1: The refreshing backup can be restored (see Section 3.4).
3-121
1. 2. 3. 4.
Install the 135 diffusion box. Install the 135 diffusion box. Replace the sensor. Reconnect or replace the harness.
1. Reconnect or replace the harness.
1. Install the diffusion box correctly. 2. Replace the sensor. 3. Reconnect or replace the harness. Remove the mask.
3
3.2 Messages and Actions No.
Message
Factor
W-4844
Couldn’t find the circuit board parameter file.
No circuit board parameter file
W-4845
The optical magnification calibration failed.
Optical magnification calibration failure (Causes of the error message) 1. Abnormal focal length of registered lens
W-4846
W-4847
Chart pattern is not detected.
Creating of the bright correction table failed. Perform the bright correction again.
W-4848
Optical magnification calibration check pattern detecting failure (Causes of the error message) 1. Improperly installed focusing chart jig 2. Misaligned optical axis 3. Foreign matter in light path Table creation failure at the time of brightness correction (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty system software
The temperature control is abnormal. Temperature control error (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty temperature sensor/heater harness 2. Faulty LED temperature sensor 3. Faulty heater 4. Faulty CLE23 circuit board
W-4849
The temperature control in the scanner section is not completed.
Temperature control is not completed. (Causes of the error message) 1. LED temperature is below 39˚C or 41˚C and above. 2. Ambient temperature is 32˚C and above. 3. Faulty light source section cooling fan 4. Faulty temperature sensor/heater harness 5. Faulty LED temperature sensor 6. Faulty heater 7. Faulty CLE23 circuit board
Actions Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software (NOTE1)
1. Register the lens again.
1. Install the jig correctly. 2. Adjust the optical axis. 3. Remove the foreign matter.
1. Restart the system software.If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software (NOTE1)
1. Reconnect or replace the harness. 2. Replace the sensor/heater assembly. 3. Replace the sensor/heater assembly. 4. Replace the circuit board.
1. Wait until temperature control is completed. 2. Decrease the room temperature. 3. Replace the fan. 4. Reconnect or replace the harness. 5. Replace the sensor/heater assembly. 6. Replace the sensor/heater assembly. 7. Replace the circuit board.
I-4850
The AD timing adjustment is normally AD timing adjustment is completed completed. normally.
Click [OK].
I-4851
The OFD voltage adjustment is normally completed.
OFD voltage adjustment is completed Click [OK]. normally.
W-4852
Couldn’t find the correct bright correction table.
No brightness correction table
Perform creation of the brightness correction table creation.
Perform the scanner correction. W-4853
The feeding lane is not set to correct position.
Feed lane condition difference (Causes of the error message) 1. Feed lane changed too quickly
1. Change the feed lane gently.
Carrier is installed.
Remove the carrier.
Set to correct position. W-4855
The carrier is installed. Remove the carrier.
NOTE 1: The refreshing backup can be restored (See Section 3.4).
3-122
3.2 Messages and Actions No. I-4856
Message Select the correct mask type for the bright correction table to be created.
Factor
Actions
NC100AY carrier 135F or 135H mask selection for brightness correction table creation
Select either one.
Carrier is not installed.
Install the carrier.
Mask position adjustment edge detection error (Causes of the error message) 1. Foreign matter in light path 2. No lower mask in NC100AY 3. 135H is selected with 135F mask installed in NC100AY 4. 135F is selected with 135H mask installed in NC100AY
1. Remove the foreign matter. 2. Install the lower mask. 3. Perform again with the correct condition. 4. Perform again with the correct condition.
Set the 135F mask or 135H mask. W-4857
Carrier is not installed. Install the carrier.
W-4858
The auto correction failed. Adjust mask position using the adjustment button.
W-4859
The correction value exceeds the range. Adjust mask position using the adjustment button.
W-4860
Film mask is not installed.
W-4862
The sliding stage is not installed.
Mask position adjustment frame out of range (Causes of the error message) 1. Misaligned optical axis 2. Misaligned carrier optical axis 3. Incorrectly set mount frame 4. Faulty horizontal position control springs of mount mask Mask is not installed in MFC10AY carrier.
1. 2. 3. 4.
Adjust the optical axis. Replace the carrier or mask. Insert the mount frame correctly. Replace the mount mask.
Install the mask.
Install a film mask.
Install it.
I-4863
All bright correction tables cleared.
MFC10AY mask table slider is not set. (Causes of the error message) 1. Mask table not locked in optical axis side 2. Faulty mask table slider position sensor (D486) After LED light amount adjustment
1. Move the mask table to the lock position. 2. Replace the sensor. Perform the brightness correction again.
Perform the bright correction. W-4864
The feeding lane is not set to correct position. Set to 135 position or IX240 position.
W-4865
Mount mask is not installed. Install the mount mask.
W-4866
The film will be ejected because of switching of the operation mode. Set the film in the carrier again.
Lane of NC100AY carrier is not detected. (Causes of the error message) 1. Neutral feed lane 2. Faulty feed lane position sensor (D129/D130) 3. Faulty harness 4. Faulty CYA23 circuit board
1. Change the lane correctly. 2. Replace the sensor. 3. Reconnect or replace the harness. 4. Replace the circuit board.
Mount mask is required but another mask is installed. (Causes of the error message) 1. No mount mask or incorrect one 2. Faulty mask sensor
1. Install the correct mount mask. 2. Replace the MSB23 circuit board.
Film ejected at focus position adjustment due to 135F/135H change. (Causes of the error message) 1. Mask type changed after film inserted
1. Select the mask type before inserting a film.
I-4867
Performing the Optical magnification calibration.
Execution of optical magnification calibration
Wait until calibration is completed.
I-4868
Adjusting LED light amount.
Execution of LED light amount adjustment
Wait until adjustment is completed.
3-123
3
3.2 Messages and Actions No. W-4869
Message Carrier is not installed correctly. Install the carrier.
E-4870
W-4871
A communication error occurred between the maintenance and GMB circuit boards.
There are not enough frames in the film.
Factor
Actions
Abnormal NC100AY carrier operation (Causes of the error message) 1. Carrier error such as film 1. Set the carrier to normal condition. remaining, carrier installed with pressure cover open, etc. Communication timeout between maintenance and GMB23 circuit board (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty 1394 communication 2. Poorly connected 1394 cable 3. Faulty GIE23 circuit board
1. Replace the cable. 2. Reconnect the cable correctly. 3. Replace the circuit board.
Insufficient number of frames
Use a film having more than five frames.
Set the film with more frames than #### in the carrier. W-4872
Ejecting film.
Film remaining
–
W-4873
Eject film.
Remaining film ejected when film insertion is required.
Insert a film.
W-4874
Please install the calibration mask.
Set the film.
1-4875
Update the CPZ CB parameters. Insert the floppy disk.
Calibration mask not installed (Causes of the error message) 1. Calibration mask not installed or improperly seated 2. Faulty mask sensor
1. Install the mask correctly. 2. Replace the MSB23 circuit board.
[FD reading] button of CPZ was Click [OK]. clicked in “Scanner Parameter Check/ Update”.
Press [OK] to write the parameters to the CB memory, and also its backup data is written in the hard disk. W-4876
Reading parameters from the CPZ CB failed. Check the floppy disk.
FD data is abnormal or not found after [FD reading] button of CPZ was clicked in “Scanner Parameter Check/ Update”. (Causes of the error message) 1. FD not inserted 1. Insert the FD. 2. No piezoelectric actuator 2. Insert the parameter FD. parameters in FD 3. File size different 3. Insert the parameter FD.
I-4877
Insert a film.
[Run] button was clicked in “Focus Position Calibration” for MFC10AY.
Insert a film.
I-4878
Save the parameters for CB memory in the hard disk.
[Store] button was clicked in “Scanner Click [OK]. Parameter Check/Update”.
I-4879
Write the backup parameters in the hard disk to the CB memory.
[Reading] button was clicked in “Scanner Parameter Check/Update”.
Click [OK].
W-4880
An incorrect diffusion box is installed. Incorrect combination of diffusion box Set the correct combination. and mask Install the correct diffusion box.
W-4881
An incorrect film mask is installed.
Incorrect combination of diffusion box Set the correct combination. and mask
Install the correct film mask. W-4882
Wrong combination of film mask and diffusion box.
Incorrect combination of diffusion box Set the correct combination. and mask
Check combination of film mask and diffusion box. NOTE 1: The refreshing backup can be restored (See Section 3.4).
3-124
3.2 Messages and Actions No. W-4904
Message The feeding lane of the carrier was switched.
Factor Lane change operation detection (Causes of the error message) 1. NC100AY feed lane changed 2. Faulty feed lane position sensor(D129/D130) 3. Faulty harness 4. Faulty CYA23 circuit board
Actions
1. Change to the feed lane required. 2. Replace the sensor. 3. Reconnect or replace the harness. 4. Replace the circuit board.
W-4905
Changing of the cartridge was detected.
Cartridge change operation detection (Causes of the error message) 1. Abnormal system software 1. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software (NOTE1)
W-4907
A film remains in the carrier.
Film has been inserted.
Insert a film after clicking [Run] button.
W-4908
Film is not inserted.
Film is not inserted.
Insert a film as necessary.
W-4909
The carrier type is not NC100AY.
Carrier type is not NC100AY.
Install the NC100AY carrier.
W-4910
The feeding lane is not set to IX240.
Carrier is not set in IX240 feed lane. (Causes of the error message) 1. Feed lane is not for IX240. 2. Faulty IX240 feed lane position sensor (D130) 3. Faulty harness 4. Faulty CYA23 circuit board
Select the IX240 lane.
W-4911
The feeding lane is not set to correct position. Set to 135 position or IX240 position.
W-4912
The operation was cancelled.
W-4913
The number of times for repeating is not selected.
W-4914
Carrier feed lane is not in 135 or IX240. (Causes of the error message) 1. Feed lane not in place 2. Faulty IX240 feed lane position sensor (D130) 3. Faulty harness 4. Faulty CYA23 circuit board Operation was canceled. (Causes of the error message) 1. Clicked [Stop] button 2. Faulty keyboard
1. Set in the IX240 feed lane. 2. Replace the sensor. 3. Reconnect or replace the harness. 4. Replace the circuit board.
1. Set to the IX240 feed lane. 2. Replace the sensor. 3. Reconnect or replace the harness. 4. Replace the circuit board.
1. – 2. Replace the keyboard. Enter one or higher.
Set the number of times.
Number of repeat times not set (Causes of the error message) Zero or below is entered for number of repeat times.
The operation is aborted.
Abnormal termination
Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1)
I-4915
Write the setting values to the monitor frame ratio information file.
Setup value is written in the monitor frame ratio file.
Click [OK].
I-4917
Write the carrier installation information to the FlashROM.
Carrier installation information is written in FlashROM.
Click [OK].
Writing in FlashROM
Wait until writing is completed.
OK?
OK? I-4918
Writing the information to the FlashROM. Please do not remove the carrier.
W-4919
Enter numerals only for the carrier ID. (Causes of the error message) 1. Entered characters except numerical value in carrier ID 2. Faulty keyboard
NOTE 1: The refreshing backup can be restored (see Section 3.4).
3-125
1. Enter the correct ID. 2. Replace the keyboard.
3
3.2 Messages and Actions No. W-4920
W-4922
W-4923
I-4924
Message
Factor
Enter numerals only for the serial No. Entered characters except numerical of the circuit board. values in hardware Rev (Causes of the error message) 1. Entered characters except numerical value as circuit board serial number 2. Faulty keyboard Install the NC100AY carrier.
Install the MFC10AY carrier.
Write the setting values to the focus offset adjustment file.
Actions
1. Enter the serial number correctly.
2. Replace the keyboard.
NC100AY is not installed. (Causes of the error message) 1. NC100AY is not installed. 2. Incorrectly installed carrier 3. Faulty plug-in connector harness 4. Faulty CYA23 circuit board
1. 2. 3. 4.
Install the NC100AY. Install the carrier correctly. Reconnect or replace the harness. Replace the circuit board.
MFC10AY is not installed. (Causes of the error message) 1. MFC10AY is not installed. 2. Incorrectly installed carrier 3. Faulty plug-in connector harness 4. Faulty CYB23 circuit board
1. 2. 3. 4.
Install the MFC10AY. Install the carrier correctly. Reconnect or replace the harness. Replace the circuit board.
Setup data is written in focus offset adjustment file.
Click [OK].
OK? W-4925
W-4926
The setting of the offset values is incorrect. The carrier IDs are mismatched.
File I/O error (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty HDD
1. Replace the HDD.
Carrier ID mismatch
Select the ID of installed carrier.
Carrier ID not selected
Select the carrier ID.
HD writing operation
Click [OK].
Check the carrier ID. W-4927
The carrier ID is not selected yet. Register the carrier ID.
I-4928
Overwriting the backup file. OK?
I-4929
Writing the data to the hard disk.
HD Writing
Wait until writing is completed.
I-4930
Write the data to the FlashROM.
FlashROM writing operation
Click [OK].
FlashROM writing
Wait until writing is completed.
OK? I-4931
Writing the data to the FlashROM. Please do not remove the carrier.
W-4932
The unregistered carrier was installed.
Installed unregistered carrier (Causes of the error message) 1. Installed unregistered carrier
2. Replaced carrier main circuit board 3. Changed carrier ID in carrier installation information setup
W-4933
An abnormality occurred during reading from the monitor frame ratio information file.
File I/O error (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty HDD
NOTE 1: The refreshing backup can be restored (See Section 3.4).
3-126
1. Perform “Focus Position Adjustment”, “Dark Correction/ Bright Correction” and “Mask Position Adjustment”.
Enter the carrier ID and perform Flash ROM writing to write machine data and working information data from the HDD to the FlashROM of the carrier.
1. Replace the HDD.
3.2 Messages and Actions No. W-4934
Message
Factor
Actions
An abnormality occurred during writing to the monitor frame ratio information file.
File I/O error (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty HDD 2. Lack of HDD capacity
1. Replace the HDD. 2. Delete unnecessary files.
An abnormality occurred during reading from the focus offset adjustment file.
File I/O error (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty HDD
1. Replace the HDD.
An abnormality occurred during writing to the focus offset adjustment file.
File I/O error (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty HDD 2. Lack of HDD capacity
1. Replace the HDD. 2. Delete unnecessary files.
W-4937
Remove the carrier.
At the time of carrier ID changing
Remove and reinstall the carrier.
W-4938
Writing of data failed.
Previous reading failure
Perform reading from the FlashROM again and then writing.
W-4935
W-4936
3
Perform reading the data once, and perform it again. W-4939
The carrier is not ready. If this error persists, consult your technical representative.
W-4940
W-5101
Enter alphabets or space only for the revision number.
An error occurred during the auto correction.
Carrier was removed during executing command. (Causes of the error message) 1. Carrier was removed. 2. Faulty plug-in connector 3. Faulty plug-in connector harness 4. Faulty carrier main circuit board Non-alphabetic character is entered as carrier Rev. (Causes of the error message) 1. Non-alphabetic character instead of a letter or space is entered as carrier Rev. 2. Faulty keyboard Error occurred during setting up command.
Do the pre-scan again.
W-5102
I-5103
FID cannot be read. Press the [Cancel] button to rewind the film. Check CID and then insert the film again.
FID reading error (Causes of the error message) 1. Fogged FID area 2. Dust or dirt on IX240 TSB sensor (D116) glass
Film reversed.
135 film inserted upside down
1. 2. 3. 4.
Install the carrier. Replace the plug-in connector. Replace the harness. Replace the circuit board.
1. Enter an alphabetic letter or space.
2. Replace the keyboard. Cancel scanning and then pre-scan again. If the error occurs again, restart the system software. If the error still occurs, reinstall the system software (NOTE1)
1. Check the FID. 2. Clean the glass surface. Cancel scanning, turn the film right side up and pre-scan again.
Press the [Scan Cancel] key to eject the film, and insert it again. E-5201
Image transfer from scanner to printer failed Consult your technical representative.
Image transfer timeout (10 seconds) (Causes of the error message) 1. Unstable communication between printer processor and main control unit 2. Faulty FMA20 or FMC20 circuit board 3. Abnormal system software
NOTE 1: The refreshing backup can be restored (see Section 3.4).
3-127
1. Replace the interface cable.
2. Replace the circuit board. 3. Restart the system software.If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software (NOTE1)
3.2 Messages and Actions No. E-5203
Message Communication error occurred between scanner and printer. (Retry over) Consult your technical representative.
E-5204
Communication error occurred between scanner and printer. (Retry over) Consult your technical representative.
W-5301
The image file cannot be read, so the printing of imported images will be cancelled. Check the order in the Imaging Controller.
W-5302
W-5303
W-5304
Couldn’t generate image file due to insufficient disk space.
Board definition command response timeout occurs three times consecatively (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected 1394 cable 2. Poorly connected 1394 ground cable. 3. Abnormal system software
Image receive preparation command response timeout occurs three times consecatively. (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected 1394 cable 2. Poorly connected 1394 ground cable. 3. Abnormal system software
Actions
1. Reconnect the cable correctly. 2. Connect the ground cable correctly. 3. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE1)
1. Reconnect the cable correctly. 2. Connect the ground cable correctly. 3. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE1)
File print image obtaining is NG. Import image file opening failure Inport image file reading failure (Causes of the error message) 1. Importing order was deleted at the 1. Perform again correctly. DIC during FDi import. 2. Network was shut down during FDi 2. Check and reconnect the network. import. Image file output error due to lack of disk capacity (Causes of the error message) 1. Full disk space of DIC 2. Unstable network connection to DIC
Image file output failure due to lack of disk capacity (retry button exists) (Causes of the error message) Please wait a moment and then press 1. Lack of hard disk space of DIC the [Retry] button. If problems persist, consult your technical representative. 2. Abnormal system software
1. Assure sufficient disk capacity. 2. Check and reconnect the network.
Couldn’t generate image file due to insufficient disk space.
Writing image file failed. Check the network connections and press the [Retry] button. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
W-6002
Factor
Incorrect feeding lane. Switch to the correct feeding lane as instructed in the screen.
Image file output failure due to network line shutdown (Causes of the error message) 1. Unstable network connection to DIC 2. Abnormal system software
Diagnosis was executed with different feed lane from that specified on screen. (Causes of the error message) 1. Feed lane differs from that specified on screen. 2. Faulty feed lane position sensor (D129/D130) 3. Poorly connected or faulty harness 4. Faulty CYA23 circuit board
NOTE 1: The refreshing backup can be restored (See Section 3.4).
3-128
1. Assure sufficient hard disk capacity. 2. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE1)
1. Check and reconnect the network line. 2. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE1)
1. Change to the correct feed lane. 2. Replace the sensor. 3. Reconnect or replace the harness. 4. Replace the circuit board.
3.2 Messages and Actions No. W-6003
Message Incorrect feeding lane. Switch to the IX240 lane.
W-6004
The auto film carrier not installed. Install the auto film carrier.
W-6005
The film carrier is not operable. Check if the carrier and mask are installed correctly.
W-6006
A film is not inserted.
Factor Magnetic information reading diagnosis was executed with 135 feed lane. (Causes of the error message) 1. Feed lane differs from that specified on screen. 2. Faulty feed lane position sensor (D129/D130) 3. Poorly connected or faulty harness 4. Faulty CYA23 circuit board
Actions
1. Change to the correct feed lane. 2. Replace the sensor. 3. Reconnect or replace the harness. 4. Replace the circuit board.
All diagnosis was executed without carrier. (Causes of the error message) 1. Self-diagnosis was executed without NC100AY carrier.
1. Install the carrier and then execute again.
Diagnosis was executed on condition that carrier cannot operate. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty carrier
1. Repair the carrier.
Diagnosis was executed without film insertion.
Insert a film correctly.
Insert it. W-6008
Reading of data from the hard disk failed. Retry it, and if problems persist, consult your technical representative.
W-6009
HDD file reading failure (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty HDD 2. File non-existent
Writing of data to the hard disk failed. Result of diagnosis writing to HDD failure Retry it, and if problems persist, (Causes of the error message) consult your technical representative. 1. Lack of HDD capacity 2. Faulty HDD
W-6011
The diagnostics cannot be done with the current feeding lane. Switch to the 135 or IX240 feed lane.
W-6013
Diagnosis was executed with feed lane in neutral position. (Causes of the error message) 1. Feed lane is in neutral position. 2. Faulty feed lane position sensor (D129/D130) 3. Poorly connected or broken harness 4. Faulty CYA23 circuit board
Writing to FD failure (Causes of the error message) 1. Abnormal FD Retry it, and if problems persist, 2. Lack of FD capacity consult your technical representative. 3. Write-protect FD
Deleting of the file failed.
1. Change to the correct feed lane. 2. Replace the sensor. 3. Reconnect or replace the harness. 4. Replace the circuit board.
Renaming of the file failed.
1. Replace the FD. 2. Replace the FD with a new one. 3. Flip the write-protect tab to “write enable”. 4. Format the FD.
File EzPcErr.bak deletion failure
Clear the massage and continue operation. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE1)
File EzPcErr.log rename failure
Clear the massage and continue operation. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE1)
If problems persist at the next startup, consult your technical representative. W-6016
1. Delete unnecessary files to assure sufficient HDD capacity. 2. Replace the HDD.
Reading or writing of data from/to the hard disk failed.
4. Unformatted FD W-6015
1. Replace the HDD. 2. Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE1)
If problems persist at the next startup, consult your technical representative.
NOTE 1: The refreshing backup can be restored (see Section 3.4).
3-129
3
3.2 Messages and Actions No. E-6017
Message A conversion file is not found.
Factor No file (EzPcErr.tbl)
Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE1) Cut the film so that the number of frames is thirty-nine or less.
Consult your technical representative. E-6019
Films with over 40 frames are not available.
Too long a film was used.
W-6022
Writing of data to the floppy disk failed.
[FD store] was clicked but FD is not inserted or data cannot be written. (Causes of the error message) 1. FD not inserted 2. Unformatted or broken FD 3. Faulty FD drive
Check the floppy disk.
W-6101
A recoverable error is detected in the main control unit memory. You may continue to use it, but it is recommended that you do the diagnostics.
W-6102
An abnormal temperature was detected in the main control unit. It is recommended that you do the diagnostics.
W-6103
An abnormal voltage was detected in the main control unit. It is recommended that you do the diagnostics.
W-6104
The fan in the main control unit is abnormal. It is recommended that you do the diagnostics.
E-6105
An unrecoverable error occurred in the main control unit. So the system was restarted. The diagnostics are required.
E-6106
E-6108
(Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly inserted DIMM in main control unit. 2. Faulty mother board or power supply unit in main control unit 3. Abnormal AC power supply input (influenced by thunder, etc.)
1. Insert the FD. 2. Format or replace the FD. 3. Replace the main control unit. 1. Insert the DIMM correctly. 2. Replace the main control unit. 3. –
(Causes of the error message) 1. Clogged vent holes in main control 1. Clean the vent holes. unit 2. Faulty power supply cooling fan in 2. Replace the main control unit. main control unit 3. Faulty case fan in main control unit 3. Replace the main control unit. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty power supply in main control unit 2. Faulty mother board (Causes of the error message) 1. Dust collected on fan 2. Disconnected fan connector 3. Faulty fan (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly inserted DIMM in main control unit. 2. Faulty mother board or power supply unit in main control unit 3. Abnormal AC power supply input (influenced by thunder, etc.)
The system was restarted because of (Causes of the error message) a hardware failure in the main control 1. Poorly inserted expansion card in unit. main control unit 2. Faulty expansion card in main The diagnostics are required. control unit The hard disk drive in the main control unit is abnormal.
Actions
1. Replace the main control unit. 2. Replace the main control unit.
1. Clean the fan. 2. Reconnect the connector. 3. Replace the main control unit.
1. Insert the DIMM correctly. 2. Replace the main control unit. 3. –
1. Insert the expansion card securely. 2. Replace the main control unit.
Abnormal HDD in main control unit is detected.
Replace the HDD.
Abnormal HDD in main control unit is detected.
Replace the HDD.
Abnormal HDD in main control unit is detected.
Replace the HDD.
The diagnostics are required. When using hard disk drive backup kit, switch to the backup hard disk drive. E-6109
The hard disk drive in the main control unit is abnormal. The diagnostics are required.
E-6110
The hard disk drive in the main control unit is abnormal. The diagnostics are required.
NOTE 1: The refreshing backup can be restored (See Section 3.4).
3-130
3.2 Messages and Actions No. E-6111
Message The hard disk drive in the main control unit is abnormal.
Factor Abnormal HDD in main control unit is detected.
Actions Replace the HDD.
The diagnostics are required. W-7001
Carrier was removed. Remove film and then install the carrier.
W-7002
Carrier sensor not calibrated correctly. Remove the carrier and then clean the glass surface of the upper and lower feeding lanes with a dried cotton swab.
I-7003
The carrier software must be upgraded. Upgrade it? It takes about 5 min.
I-7004
Upgrading the carrier software. It takes about 5minutes.
Carrier was removed with a film remaining in it during film feeding (Causes of the error message) 1. Carrier was removed during film feeding 2. Broken plug-in connector/harness CYA23 sensor calibration error (Causes of the error message) 1. Dust or dirt adhered to glass of upper or lower feed lane 2. Alcohol stains on inside of glass due to use of cotton swab soaked with alcohol 3. Poorly connected or broken sensor harness 4. Faulty or deteriorated sensor LED 5. Faulty or deteriorated sensor
3 1. Reinstall the carrier. 2. Replace the plug-in connector.
1. Clean the glass. 2. Clean the class.
3. Reconnect or replace the harness. 4. Replace the sensor LED. 5. Replace the sensor.
Carrier program file stored in HDD differs from one in carrier. (Causes of the error message) 1. Upgraded scanner software 2. Faulty version information file in HDD
1. Upgrade the carrier version. 2. Reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1)
Upgrading carrier software
Wait until upgrading is completed.
Do not touch the carrier. I-7005
Upgrading of the carrier is completed. Carrier upgrading completion
–
Install the carrier again. E-7006
Upgrading of carrier software failed. Consult your technical representative.
E-7007
Upgrading of carrier software failed. Consult your technical representative.
W-7008
Because the version of the carrier software is incorrect, this carrier cannot be used.
Carrier upgrading file does not exist. (Causes of the error message) 1. File does not exist. 2. File reading failure
3. Faulty CYA23 circuit board
1. Reinstall the system software. 2. Upgrade the system software again. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1) 3. Replace the circuit board.
Incorrect contents in carrier upgrading file (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty upgrading file 2. Faulty CYA23 circuit board
1. Reinstall the system software. 2. Replace the circuit board.
Upgrading instraction was canceled.
Remove and reinstall the carrier. Click [Yes] in the “I-7003” dialog box to upgrade the system.
Carrier was removed during upgrading carrier.
Reinstall the carrier and perform upgrading again.
Install the carrier again, and then upgrade the software. W-7009
The carrier was removed during upgrading of the software. Install the carrier again, and then upgrade the software.
NOTE 1: The refreshing backup can be restored (see Section 3.4).
3-131
3.2 Messages and Actions No. E-7010
Message Writing FlashROM data into carrier failed. Consult your technical representative.
E-7011
Writing FlashROM data into carrier failed. Consult your technical representative.
W-7012
Upgrading of carrier software failed. Consult your technical representative.
E-7013
Writing FlashROM data into carrier failed. Consult your technical representative.
E-7014
Writing FlashROM data into carrier failed. Consult your technical representative.
W-7015
W-7016
W-7017
File not found in hard disk.
Factor (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected plug-in connector 2. Faulty CYA23 circuit board (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected plug-in connector 2. Faulty CYA23 circuit board Carrier program transfer failure (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected plug-in connector 2. Faulty CYA23 circuit board (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected plug-in connector 2. Faulty CYA23 circuit board (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected plug-in connector 2. Faulty CYA23 circuit board File was searched with adjustment and maintenance function, but it did not exist. (Causes of the error message) 1. No target file 2. File transfer failure
A 135 film is inserted in the lane other 135 film was inserted when carrier than 135 lane. was not in 135 feed lane. (Causes of the error message) Remove the carrier and check the 1. Inserted 135 film into another feed position of the lane. lane 2. Dust or dirt adhered to 135 leading end sensor or LED glass 3. Faulty feed lane position sensor (D129/D130) or harness 4. Faulty 135 leading end sensor, LED (D101L/P) or harness An IX240 film is inserted in the lane other than IX240 lane. Remove the carrier and check the position of the lane.
IX240 strip film was inserted when carrier was not in IX240 feed lane. (Causes of the error message) 1. IX240 strip film inserted into another feed lane 2. Dust or dirt adhered to IX240 TSB sensor or LED (D116L/P) glass 3. Faulty feed lane position sensor (D129/D130) or harness 4. Faulty IX240 TSB sensor, LED (D116L/P), or harness
TSB sensor = Leading end/trailing end/bar code sensor
3-132
Actions 1. Remove and reinstall the carrier. 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Remove and reinstall the carrier. 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Remove and reinstall the carrier. 2. Replace the circuit board. 1. Remove and reinstall the carrier. 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Remove and reinstall the carrier. 2. Replace the circuit board.
Restart the system software. If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software. (NOTE 1)
1. Change to the 135 feed lane. 2. Clean the glass. 3. Reconnect or replace the harness, or replace the sensor. 4. Reconnect or replace the harness, or replace the sensor.
1. Change to the IX240 feed lane. 2. Clean the glass. 3. Reconnect or replace the harness, or replace the sensor. 4. Reconnect or replace the harness, or replace the sensor.
3.2 Messages and Actions No. W-7018
Message An IX240 film is inserted in the lane other than IX240 lane. Remove the carrier and check the position of the lane.
E-7019
Reading FlashROM data from carrier failed. Consult your technical representative.
E-7020
Reading FlashROM data from carrier failed. Consult your technical representative.
E-7023
Initializing of carrier failed. Install the carrier again. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
W-7024
Carrier cover is opened. Remove the carrier, and then close carrier cover.
E-7025
Writing FlashROM data into carrier failed. Consult your technical representative.
Factor IX240 cartridge was inserted when carrier was not in IX240 feed lane. (Causes of the error message) 1. Inserted IX240 cartridge when carrier was in another feed lane 2. Faulty cartridge set sensor (D123) or harness 3. Faulty feed lane position sensor (D129/D130) or harness Abnormal carrier/carrier FlashROM data (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected plug-in connector 2. Faulty CYA23 circuit board Abnormal carrier/carrier FlashROM data (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected plug-in connector 2. Faulty CYA23 circuit board Feed roller rotation sensor (D135) did not change when initializing. (Causes of the error message) 1. Loose IX240 drive belt 2. Faulty feed roller rotation sensor (D135) 3. Broken IX240 drive belt 4. Faulty feed motor(M101) 5. Faulty feed motor harness 6. Faulty CYA23 circuit board (Causes of the error message) 1. Open pressure cover 2. Faulty pressure cover open/close sensor (D128) 3. Faulty harness Writing to FlashROM failure (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected plug-in connector 2. Faulty CYA23 circuit board
3-133
Actions
1. Change to the IX240 feed lane. 2. Reconnect or replace the harness, or replace the sensor. 3. Reconnect or replace the harness, or replace the sensor.
1. Remove and reinstall the carrier. 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Remove and reinstall the carrier. 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Adjust belt tension. 2. Replace the sensor. 3. 4. 5. 6.
Replace the belt. Replace the motor. Reconnect or replace the harness. Replace the circuit board.
1. Close the pressure cover. 2. Replace the sensor. 3. Reconnect or replace the harness.
1. Remove and reinstall the carrier. 2. Replace the circuit board.
3
3.2 Messages and Actions No. W-7028
W-7029
Message
Factor
IX240 cartridge existing carrier installation error Remove the carrier, and then take out (Causes of the error message) the cartridge. 1. Installed carrier or turned power ON with unexposed cartridge remaining in carrier 2. Inserted unexposed cartridge immediately after carrier installed or power ON 3. Cartridge remains when Setup and Maintenance mode is selected. 4. Faulty cartridge set sensor (D123) or harness 5. Faulty IPI sensor (D121) or harness 6. Faulty CYA23 circuit board
Cartridge remains in carrier.
Feeding of film failed. Remove carrier and then film.
MTP center position detected at finescan is differ by 5mm or more from one at pre-scan. (Causes of the error message) 1. Slipped or blocked film 2. Broken cartridge door/flange
3. Faulty nest section unit 4. Faulty IX240 winding unit 5. Dust or dirt adhered to IX240 perforation sensor (D117L/P) glass 6. Faulty IX240 perforation sensor (D117L/P) or harness 7. Faulty feed/supply/door motor (M101/M102/M103) 8. Faulty IX240/135 side belt 9. Faulty harness 10.Faulty flexible cable 11.Faulty JNC23 circuit board 12.Faulty CYA23 circuit board W-7030
Actions
Feeding of film failed. Remove carrier and then film.
ATP = Anticipation perforation
1. Do not insert an unexposed cartridge. 2. Do not insert an unexposed cartridge. 3. Remove the cartridge and reinstall the carrier. 4. Reconnect or replace the harness or sensor. 5. Reconnect or replace the harness or sensor. 6. Replace the circuit board.
1. Clean the feed rollers or clear the cause of blocking. 2. If the error occurs with a certain cartridge, reload film into a known good cartridge. 3. Replace the nest section unit. 4. Replace the IX240 winding unit. 5. Clean the glass.
6. Replace the sensor or harness. 7. Replace the motor. 8. Adjust or replace the belt. 9. Reconnect or replace the harness. 10.Reconnect or replace the cable. 11.Replace the circuit board. 12.Replace the circuit board.
MTP hole length is more than 8mm at time of feeding, or ATP cannot be found after feeding 29mm from MTP. (Causes of the error message) 1. Slipped or blocked film 1. Clean the feed rollers or clear the cause of blocking. 2. Broken cartridge door/flange 2. If the error occurs with a certain cartridge, reload film into a known good cartridge. 3. Faulty nest section unit 3. Replace the nest section unit. 4. Faulty IX240 winding unit 4. Replace the IX240 winding unit. 5. Dust or dirt adhered to IX240 5. Clean the glass. perforation sensor (D117L/P) glass 6. Faulty IX240 perforation sensor 6. Replace the sensor or harness. (D117L/P) or harness 7. Faulty feed/supply/door motor 7. Replace the motor. (M101/M102/M103) 8. Faulty IX240/135 side belt 8. Adjust or replace the belt. 9. Faulty harness 9. Reconnect or replace the harness. 10.Faulty flexible cable 10.Reconnect or replace the cable. 11.Faulty JNC23 circuit board 11.Replace the circuit board. 12.Faulty CYA23 circuit board 12.Replace the circuit board.
MTP = Metering perforation
3-134
3.2 Messages and Actions No. W-7031
Message Feeding of film failed. Remove carrier and then film.
Factor ATP hole length is more than 8mm at feeding, or MTP cannot be found after feeding 9mm from ATP. (Causes of the error message) 1. Slipped or blocked film 2. Broken cartridge door/flange
3. Faulty nest section unit 4. Faulty IX240 winding unit 5. Dust or dirt adhered to IX240 perforation sensor (D117L/P) glass 6. Faulty IX240 perforation sensor (D117L/P) or harness 7. Faulty feed/supply/door motor (M101/M102/M103) 8. Faulty IX240/135 side belt 9. Faulty harness 10.Faulty flexible cable 11.Faulty JNC23 circuit board 12.Faulty CYA23 circuit board W-7032
Feeding of film failed. Remove carrier and then film.
W-7034
Feeding of film failed. Remove carrier and then film.
ATP = Anticipation perforation TAP = Turnaround perforation
Final frame has been fine adjusted more than 11mm from DTP when DTP position from TAP is 66mm due to reshaping twice. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty key circuit board (D131 to D134) 2. Faulty key circuit board harness 3. Dust or dirt adhered to IX240 TAP sensor (D116L/P) glass 4. Faulty IX240 TAP sensor (D116L/ P) 5. Faulty harness 6. Faulty flexible cable 7. Faulty JNC23 circuit board 8. Faulty CYA23 circuit board Number of perforation edges has been detected exceeding those detected by MTP sensor at feeding. (Causes of the error message) 1. Dust or dirt adhered to IX240 perforation sensor (D117L/P) glass 2. Faulty IX240 perforation sensor (D117L/P) or harness 3. Faulty flexible cable 4. Faulty JNC23 circuit board 5. Faulty CYA23 circuit board
DTP = Detach perforation
MTP = Metering perforation
3-135
Actions
1. Clean the feed rollers or clear the cause of blocking. 2. If the error occurs with a certain cartridge, reload film into a known good cartridge. 3. Replace the nest section unit. 4. Replace the IX240 winding unit. 5. Clean the glass.
6. Replace the sensor or harness. 7. Replace the motor. 8. Adjust or replace the belt. 9. Reconnect or replace the harness. 10.Reconnect or replace the cable. 11.Replace the circuit board. 12.Replace the circuit board.
1. Replace the circuit board. 2. Reconnect or replace the harness. 3. Clean the glass. 4. Replace the sensor. 5. 6. 7. 8.
Reconnect or replace the harness. Reconnect or replace the cable. Replace the circuit board. Replace the circuit board.
1. Clean the glass.
2. Replace the sensor or harness. 3. Reconnect or replace the cable. 4. Replace the circuit board. 5. Replace the circuit board.
3
3.2 Messages and Actions No. W-7035
Message Feeding of film failed. Remove carrier and then film.
W-7036
Feeding of film failed. Remove carrier and then film.
ATP = Anticipation perforation
Factor
Actions
MTP center detected at returning feed differs by 5mm or more from one at pre-scanning. (Causes of the error message) 1. Slipped or blocked film 1. Clean the feed rollers or clear the cause of blocking. 2. Broken cartridge door/flange 2. If the error occurs with a certain cartridge, reload film into a known good cartridge. 3. Faulty nest section unit 3. Replace the nest section unit. 4. Faulty IX240 winding unit 4. Replace the IX240 winding unit. 5. Dust or dirt adhered to IX240 5. Clean the glass. perforation sensor (D117L/P) glass 6. Faulty IX240 perforation sensor 6. Replace the sensor or harness. (D117L/P) or harness 7. Faulty feed/supply/door motor 7. Replace the motor. (M101/M102/M103) 8. Faulty IX240/135 side belt 8. Adjust or replace the belt. 9. Faulty harness 9. Reconnect or replace the harness. 10.Faulty flexible cable 10.Reconnect or replace the cable. 11.Faulty JNC23 circuit board 11.Replace the circuit board. 12.Faulty CYA23 circuit board 12.Replace the circuit board. MTP hole length is more than 8mm at returning or ATP cannot be found after feeding 9mm from MTP. (Causes of the error message) 1. Slipped film 1. Clean the feed rollers 2. Broken cartridge door/flange 2. If the error occurs with a certain cartridge, reload film into a known good cartridge. 3. Faulty nest section unit 3. Replace the nest section unit. 4. Faulty IX240 winding unit 4. Replace the IX240 winding unit. 5. Dust or dirt adhered to IX240 5. Clean the glass. perforation sensor (D117L/P) glass 6. Faulty IX240 perforation sensor 6. Replace the sensor or harness. (D117L/P) or harness 7. Faulty feed/supply/door motor 7. Replace the motor. (M101/M102/M103) 8. Faulty IX240/135 side belt 8. Adjust or replace the belt. 9. Faulty harness 9. Reconnect or replace the harness. 10.Faulty flexible cable 10.Reconnect or replace the cable. 11.Faulty JNC23 circuit board 11.Replace the circuit board. 12.Faulty CYA23 circuit board 12.Replace the circuit board.
MTP = Metering perforation
3-136
3.2 Messages and Actions No. W-7037
Message Feeding of film failed. Remove carrier and then film.
Factor ATP hole length is more than 8mm at time of return or MTP cannot be found after feeding 29mm from ATP. (Causes of the error message) 1. Slipped film 2. Broken cartridge door/flange
3. Faulty nest section unit 4. Faulty IX240 winding unit 5. Dust or dirt adhered to IX240 perforation sensor (D117L/P) glass 6. Faulty IX240 perforation sensor (D117L/P) or harness 7. Faulty feed/supply/door motor (M101/M102/M103) 8. Faulty IX240/135 side belt 9. Faulty harness 10.Faulty flexible cable 11.Faulty JNC23 circuit board 12.Faulty CYA23 circuit board W-7038
Feeding of film failed. Remove carrier and then film.
MTP cannot be found after feeding film 9mm from ATP. (Causes of the error message) 1. Slipped or blocked film 2. Broken cartridge door/flange
3. Faulty nest section unit 4. Faulty IX240 winding unit 5. Dust or dirt adhered to IX240 perforation sensor (D117L/P) glass 6. Faulty IX240 perforation sensor (D117L/P) or harness 7. Faulty feed/supply/door motor (M101/M102/M103) 8. Faulty IX240/135 side belt 9. Faulty harness 10.Faulty flexible cable 11.Faulty JNC23 circuit board 12.Faulty CYA23 circuit board
ATP = Anticipation perforation
MTP = Metering perforation
3-137
Actions
1. Clean the feed rollers 2. If the error occurs with a certain cartridge, reload film into a known good cartridge. 3. Replace the nest section unit. 4. Replace the IX240 winding unit. 5. Clean the glass.
6. Replace the sensor or harness. 7. Replace the motor. 8. Adjust or replace the belt. 9. Reconnect or replace the harness. 10.Reconnect or replace the cable. 11.Replace the circuit board. 12.Replace the circuit board.
1. Clean the feed rollers or clear the cause of blocking. 2. If the error occurs with a certain cartridge, reload film into a known good cartridge. 3. Replace the nest section unit. 4. Replace the IX240 winding unit. 5. Clean the glass.
6. Replace the sensor or harness. 7. Replace the motor. 8. Adjust or replace the belt. 9. Reconnect or replace the harness. 10.Reconnect or replace the cable. 11.Replace the circuit board. 12.Replace the circuit board.
3
3.2 Messages and Actions No. W-7039
Message Feeding of film failed. Remove carrier and then film.
Factor MTP hole length was more than 8mm at time of feeding. (Causes of the error message) 1. Slipped or blocked film 2. Broken cartridge door/flange
3. Faulty nest section unit 4. Faulty IX240 winding unit 5. Dust or dirt adhered to IX240 perforation sensor (D117L/P) glass 6. Faulty IX240 perforation sensor (D117L/P) or harness 7. Faulty feed/supply/door motor (M101/M102/M103) 8. Faulty IX240/135 side belt 9. Faulty harness 10.Faulty flexible cable 11.Faulty JNC23 circuit board 12.Faulty CYA23 circuit board W-7040
Feeding of film failed. Remove carrier and then film.
ATP cannot be found after feeding film 29mm from MTP. (Causes of the error message) 1. Slipped or blocked film 2. Broken cartridge door/flange
3. Faulty nest section unit 4. Faulty IX240 winding unit 5. Dust or dirt adhered to IX240 perforation sensor (D117L/P) glass 6. Faulty IX240 perforation sensor (D117L/P) or harness 7. Faulty feed/supply/door motor (M101/M102/M103) 8. Faulty IX240/135 side belt 9. Faulty harness 10.Faulty flexible cable 11.Faulty JNC23 circuit board 12.Faulty CYA23 circuit board W-7041
Feeding of film failed. Remove carrier and then film.
ATP = Anticipation perforation
Actions
1. Clean the feed rollers or clear the cause of blocking. 2. If the error occurs with a certain cartridge, reload film into a known good cartridge. 3. Replace the nest section unit. 4. Replace the IX240 winding unit. 5. Clean the glass.
6. Replace the sensor or harness. 7. Replace the motor. 8. Adjust or replace the belt. 9. Reconnect or replace the harness. 10.Reconnect or replace the cable. 11.Replace the circuit board. 12.Replace the circuit board.
1. Clean the feed rollers or clear the cause of blocking. 2. If the error occurs with a certain cartridge, reload film into a known good cartridge. 3. Replace the nest section unit. 4. Replace the IX240 winding unit. 5. Clean the glass.
6. Replace the sensor or harness. 7. Replace the motor. 8. Adjust or replace the belt. 9. Reconnect or replace the harness. 10.Reconnect or replace the cable. 11.Replace the circuit board. 12.Replace the circuit board.
ATP hole length was more than 8mm. (Causes of the error message) 1. Slipped or blocked film 1. Clean the feed rollers or clear the cause of blocking. 2. Broken cartridge door/flange 2. If the error occurs with a certain cartridge, reload film into a known good cartridge. 3. Faulty nest section unit 3. Replace the nest section unit. 4. Faulty IX240 winding unit 4. Replace the IX240 winding unit. 5. Dust or dirt adhered to IX240 5. Clean the glass. perforation sensor (D117L/P) glass 6. Faulty IX240 perforation sensor 6. Replace the sensor or harness. (D117L/P) or harness 7. Faulty feed/supply/door motor 7. Replace the motor. (M101/M102/M103) 8. Faulty IX240/135 side belt 8. Adjust or replace the belt. 9. Faulty harness 9. Reconnect or replace the harness. 10.Faulty flexible cable 10.Reconnect or replace the cable. 11.Faulty JNC23 circuit board 11.Replace the circuit board. 12.Faulty CYA23 circuit board 12.Replace the circuit board.
MTP = Metering perforation
3-138
3.2 Messages and Actions No. W-7042
Message Feeding of film failed. Remove carrier and then film.
Factor TAP cannot be detected. (Causes of the error message) 1. Slipped or blocked film 2. Broken cartridge door/flange
3. Faulty nest section unit 4. Faulty IX240 winding unit 5. Dust or dirt adhered to IX240 perforation sensor (D117L/P) glass 6. Faulty IX240 perforation sensor (D117L/P) or harness 7. Faulty feed/supply/door motor (M101/M102/M103) 8. Faulty IX240/135 side belt 9. Faulty harness 10.Faulty flexible cable 11.Faulty JNC23 circuit board 12.Faulty CYA23 circuit board W-7043
Feeding of film failed. Remove carrier and then film.
W-7044
Feeding of film failed. Remove carrier and then film.
1. Clean the feed rollers or clear the cause of blocking. 2. If the error occurs with a certain cartridge, reload film into a known good cartridge. 3. Replace the nest section unit. 4. Replace the IX240 winding unit. 5. Clean the glass.
6. Replace the sensor or harness. 7. Replace the motor. 8. Adjust or replace the belt. 9. Reconnect or replace the harness. 10.Reconnect or replace the cable. 11.Replace the circuit board. 12.Replace the circuit board.
TAP hole length was more than 8mm. (Causes of the error message) 1. Slipped or blocked film 1. Clean the feed rollers or clear the cause of blocking. 2. Broken cartridge door/flange 2. If the error occurs with a certain cartridge, reload film into a known good cartridge. 3. Faulty nest section unit 3. Replace the nest section unit. 4. Faulty IX240 winding unit 4. Replace the IX240 winding unit. 5. Dust or dirt adhered to IX240 5. Clean the glass. perforation sensor (D117L/P) glass 6. Faulty IX240 perforation sensor 6. Replace the sensor or harness. (D117L/P) or harness 7. Faulty feed/supply/door motor 7. Replace the motor. (M101/M102/M103) 8. Faulty IX240/135 side belt 8. Adjust or replace the belt. 9. Faulty harness 9. Reconnect or replace the harness. 10.Faulty flexible cable 10.Reconnect or replace the cable. 11.Faulty JNC23 circuit board 11.Replace the circuit board. 12.Faulty CYA23 circuit board 12.Replace the circuit board. DTP hole length was more than 8mm. (Causes of the error message) 1. Slipped or blocked film 2. Broken cartridge door/flange
3. Faulty nest section unit 4. Faulty IX240 winding unit 5. Dust or dirt adhered to IX240 perforation sensor (D117L/P) glass 6. Faulty IX240 perforation sensor (D117L/P) or harness 7. Faulty feed/supply/door motor (M101/M102/M103) 8. Faulty IX240/135 side belt 9. Faulty harness 10.Faulty flexible cable 11.Faulty JNC23 circuit board 12.Faulty CYA23 circuit board
TAP = Turnaround perforation
Actions
DTP = Detach perforation
3-139
1. Clean the feed rollers or clear the cause of blocking. 2. If the error occurs with a certain cartridge, reload film into a known good cartridge. 3. Replace the nest section unit. 4. Replace the IX240 winding unit. 5. Clean the glass.
6. Replace the sensor or harness. 7. Replace the motor. 8. Adjust or replace the belt. 9. Reconnect or replace the harness. 10.Reconnect or replace the cable. 11.Replace the circuit board. 12.Replace the circuit board.
3
3.2 Messages and Actions No. W-7045
Message Unprocessed cartridge. Not used. If it is a processed cartridge, fold IPI. When IPI is damaged, consult your technical representative.
W-7046
Feeding of film failed. Rewind it?
E-7047
Detecting of the home position of the feeding motor failed. Install the carrier again. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
W-7048
The IX240 lane cannot be used. Remove carrier and then cartridge.
W-7049
Film perforation error. Remove carrier and then film.
W-7050
Film rupture. Remove carrier and then film.
Factor Unprocessed cartridge (Causes of the error message) 1. Loaded unbroken IPI (unprocessd) cartridge 2. Pressed set lever while pressing steel plate at the nest section 3. Faulty cartridge set sensor (D123) 4. Faulty cartridge set sensor harness 5. Faulty IPI sensor (D121) 6. Faulty IPI sensor harness 7. Faulty CYA23 circuit board Trailing end of the IX240 strip film was inserted. (Causes of the error message) 1. Inserted IX240 strip film from its trailing end 2. Dust or dirt adhered to IX240 perforation sensor (D117L/P) or TSB sensor (D116L/P) glass 3. Faulty IX240 perforation sensor (D117L/P) or TAP sensor harness 4. Faulty flexible cable 5. Faulty JNC23 circuit board 6. Faulty CYA23 circuit board Abnormality in supply motor home position sensor was detected. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty supply motor(M102) or harness 2. Faulty supply motor home position sensor(D122) or harness 3. Faulty CYA23 circuit board 4. Supply motor drive train malfunction (friction clutch gear malfunction, damaged gear, etc.)
Actions
1. Remove the cartridge and reinstall the carrier. 2. Press the release button, remove and reinstall the carrier. 3. Replace the sensor. 4. Reconnect or replace the harness. 5. Replace the sensor. 6. Reconnect or replace the harness. 7. Replace the circuit board.
1. Insert the strip film from the leading end. 2. Clean the glass.
3. Replace the sensor or harness. 4. Reconnect or replace the cable. 5. Replace the circuit board. 6. Replace the circuit board.
1. Replace the motor or harness. 2. Replace the sensor or harness. 3. Replace the circuit board. 4. Replace the damaged parts.
Film cannot be fed in IX240 feed lane. (Causes of the error message) 1. Carrier not set in IX240 feed lane 1. Set the carrier in IX240 feed lane. 2. Open pressure cover 2. Close the pressure cover. DTP perforation is detected within 66mm after final frame determination perforation has been detected by TSB sensor (D116). (Causes of the error message) 1. Reshaped trailing end more than 28mm 2. Dust or dirt adhered to TSB sensor (D116L/P) glass 3. Faulty TAP sensor or harness 4. Faulty flexible cable 5. Faulty JNC23 circuit board 6. Faulty CYA23 circuit board Hole was detected in IX240 film by NC100AY. (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty IX240 TSB sensor (D116) or harness 2. Faulty flexible cable 3. Faulty JNC23 circuit board 4. Faulty CYA23 circuit board
TAP = Turnaround perforation DTP = Detach perforation TSB sensor = Leading end/trailing end/bar code sensor
3-140
1. Scan using the MFC10AY. 2. Clean the glass. 3. 4. 5. 6.
Replace the sensor or harness. Reconnect or replace the cable. Replace the circuit board. Replace the circuit board.
1. Replace the sensor or harness. 2. Reconnect or replace the cable. 3. Replace the circuit board. 4. Replace the circuit board.
3.2 Messages and Actions No. W-7051
Message Film remains in IX240 feeding lane. Remove carrier and then film.
W-7052
Feeding of film failed. Remove carrier and then clean feeding lane.
W-7053
Film rupture. Remove carrier and then film.
W-7054
Film remains in IX240 feeding lane. Remove carrier and then film.
W-7055
Film remains in IX240 feeding lane. Remove carrier and then film.
W-7056
An error occurred in cartridge door. Install the carrier again. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Factor Feed lane was changed during feeding IX240 film in NC100AY. (Causes of the error message) 1. Changed feed lane during scanning 2. Faulty IX240 feed lane position sensor (D130) or harness 3. Faulty CYA23 circuit board NC100AY IX240 film insertion error (Causes of the error message) 1. IX240 strip film leading end does not reach to first roller. 2. Blocked film outside of carrier 3. Faulty IX240 perforation sensor (D117L/P) or harness 4. Faulty JNC23 circuit board or harness 5. Faulty feed motor (M101), feed drive system or harness Hole was detected in IX240 film by NC100AY. (Causes of the error message) 1. Hole in film 2. Faulty IX240 perforation sensor (D117L/P) or harness 3. Faulty flexible cable 4. Faulty JNC23 circuit board 5. Faulty CYA23 circuit board NC100AY IX240 film existing installation error (Causes of the error message) 1. IX240 film remaining 2. Dust or dirt adhered to TSB sensor (D116) glass 3. Faulty IX240 TSB sensor (D116) or harness 4. Faulty flexible cable 5. Faulty JNC23 circuit board 6. Faulty CYA23 circuit board NC100AY IX240 film existing installation error (Causes of the error message) 1. IX240 film remaining 2. Dust or dirt adhered to IX240 perforation sensor (D117) glass 3. Faulty IX240 perforation sensor (D117) or harness 4. Faulty flexible cable 5. Faulty JNC23 circuit board 6. Faulty CYA23 circuit board NC100AY IX240 door motor initialization error (Causes of the error message) 1. Faulty door motor (M104) or drive system (damaged gear or rack/ improper engagement) 2. Faulty door motor (M104) or harness 3. Faulty door open/close sensor (D120) or harness 4. Faulty CYA23 circuit board
TSB sensor = Leading end/trailing end/bar code sensor
3-141
Actions
1. Remove the film. 2. Replace the sensor or harness. 3. Replace the circuit board.
1. Insert the film into the carrier as for as it will go. 2. Remove the cause of blocking. 3. Replace the sensor or harness. 4. Replace the circuit board. 5. Replace the motor, feed drive system or harness.
1. Remove the film. 2. Replace the sensor or harness. 3. Reconnect or replace the cable. 4. Replace the circuit board. 5. Replace the circuit board.
1. Remove the film. 2. Clean the glass. 3. Replace the sensor or harness. 4. Reconnect or replace the cable. 5. Replace the circuit board. 6. Replace the circuit board.
1. Remove the film. 2. Clean the glass. 3. Replace the sensor or harness. 4. Reconnect or replace the cable. 5. Replace the circuit board. 6. Replace the circuit board.
1. Replace the motor or damaged parts. 2. Replace the motor or harness. 3. Replace the sensor or harness. 4. Replace the circuit board.
3
3.2 Messages and Actions No. W-7057
Message An error occurred in cartridge door. Install the carrier again to use the cartridge. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
W-7058
Film not drawn from cartridge. After the rewinding of film, remove the carrier, and then clean the feeding lane.
W-7059
Film not drawn from cartridge. After the rewinding of film, remove the carrier, and then clean the feeding lane.
Factor NC100AY IX240 door motor drive error (Causes of the error message) 1. Damaged cartridge door 2. Faulty door motor (M104) or drive system (damaged gear or rack/ improper engagement) 3. Faulty door motor (M104) or harness 4. Faulty door open/close sensor (D120) or harness 5. Faulty CYA23 circuit board NC100AY IX240 tongue extraction error (Causes of the error message) 1. Damaged cartridge door 2. Faulty supply motor (M102) or harness 3. Faulty IX240 TSB sensor (D116) or harness 4. Faulty flexible cable 5. Faulty JNC23 circuit board 6. Faulty CYA23 circuit board 7. Faulty supply motor drive system (friction clutch gear malfunction or damaged gear) NC100AY IX240 cartridge loading error (Causes of the error message) 1. Damaged cartridge door 2. Faulty feed motor drive system (improperly engaged belt, run off belt or cut belt) 3. Faulty feed motor (M101), or harness 4. Faulty IX240 perforation (D117L/P) or harness 5. Faulty flexible cable 6. Faulty JNC23 circuit board 7. Faulty CYA23 circuit board
W-7060
Feeding of film failed. Remove carrier and then film.
NC100AY IX240 cartridge winding error (Causes of the error message) 1. Damaged cartridge door 2. Faulty feed motor drive system (improperly engaged belt, run off belt or cut belt) 3. Faulty feed motor (M101), or harness 4. Faulty IX240 perforation (D117L/P) or harness 5. Faulty flexible cable 6. Faulty JNC23 circuit board 7. Faulty CYA23 circuit board
TSB sensor = Leading end/trailing end/bar code sensor
3-142
Actions
1. Replace the cartridge. 2. Replace the motor or damaged parts. 3. Reconnect or replace the harness. 4. Replace the sensor or harness. 5. Replace the circuit board.
1. Replace the cartridge. 2. Replace the motor, reconnect or replace the harness. 3. Replace the sensor, reconnect or replace the harness. 4. Reconnect or replace the cable. 5. Replace the circuit board. 6. Replace the circuit board. 7. Replace the damaged parts.
1. Remove the carrier and then the cartridge. 2. Replace the damaged parts or adjust the belt tension. 3. Replace the motor (M101), or the harness. 4. Replace the sensor (D117L/P), or the harness. 5. Reconnect or replace the cable. 6. Replace the circuit board. 7. Replace the circuit board.
1. Remove the carrier and then the cartridge. 2. Replace the damaged parts or adjust the belt tension. 3. Replace the motor (M101), or the harness. 4. Replace the sensor (D117L/P), the harness. 5. Reconnect or replace the cable. 6. Replace the circuit board. 7. Replace the circuit board.
3.2 Messages and Actions No. W-7061
Message Magnetic head is stained. May not read magnetic data. Remove carrier and then clean the magnetic head.
W-7062
Feeding of film failed. Rewind film?
Factor NC100AY IX240 magnetic information verify error (Causes of the error message) 1. Dirty magnetic head (reading or writing) 2. Faulty magnetic reading head, MRH circuit board or harness 3. Faulty magnetic writing head, MRW circuit board or harness 4. Faulty flexible cable 5. Faulty JNC23 circuit board 6. Faulty CYA23 circuit board NC100AY IX240 TSB sensor error (Causes of the error message) 1. Dust or dirt adhered to IX240 perforation sensor (D117) or TSB sensor (D116) glass 2. Damaged film
3. Faulty IX240 TSB sensor (D116) or harness 4. Faulty IX240 perforation (D117) or harness 5. Faulty flexible cable 6. Faulty JNC23 circuit board 7. Faulty CYA23 circuit board W-7065
The cartridge lever is set to the setting position. Remove the carrier, and then press the cartridge release button.
W-7070
Film mask not installed. Install mask.
E-7072
A power source failure (carrier section +24V) was detected.
Actions
1. Clean the magnetic head. 2. Replace the damaged parts. 3. Replace the damaged parts. 4. Reconnect or replace the cable. 5. Replace the circuit board. 6. Replace the circuit board.
1. Clean the glass and reinstall the carrier. 2. Check the feed lane for remaining film or foreign matter and then reinstall the carrier. 3. Replace the sensor or harness. 4. Replace the sensor or harness. 5. Reconnect or replace the cable. 6. Replace the circuit board. 7. Replace the circuit board.
NC100AY IX240 cartridge lock error (Causes of the error message) 1. Cartridge has been removed forcibly after error occurred and carrier was installed with the set Press the release button lever in set position. to release the cartridge 2. Carrier was installed with cartridge set lever and then and set lever in set position. reinstall the carrier. 3. Cartridge set lever was in the setting position by pressing steel plate in nest and then carrier was installed. 4. Faulty cartridge set sensor (D123) 4. Replace the sensor or harness. or harness 5. Faulty CYA23 circuit board 5. Replace the circuit board. (Causes of the error message) 1. Mask not set 2. Faulty mask sensor
1. Set the mask. 2. Replace the MCB23 circuit board.
(Causes of the error message) 1. Incorrectly installed carrier 2. Faulty CYB23 circuit board
1. Install the carrier correctly. 2. Replace the circuit board.
Carrier is not installed correctly. Install the carrier again. If problems persist, consult your technical representative. W-7073
The sliding stage is not inserted. Insert it.
MFC10AY mask table slider is not set. (Causes of the error message) 1. Mask table slider of MFC10AY was 1. Set the mask table slider to the pulled out just before printing or printing position. during printing. 2. Faulty mask table slider position 2. Replace the sensor. sensor (D486)
TSB sensor = Leading end/trailing end/bar code sensor
3-143
3
3.2 Messages and Actions No. E-7074
Message A communication error occurred between the GMB CB and carrier. Carrier is not installed correctly.
Factor Communication error to carrier (Causes of the error message) 1. Incorrectly installed carrier 2. No response from carrier CPU 3. No carrier program
Install the carrier again. If problems persist, consult your technical representative. E-7075
A communication error occurred between the GMB CB and carrier.
Carrier and GMB timeout error (Causes of the error message) 1. Abnormal system software
Install the carrier again. If problems persist, consult your technical representative. W-7076
The feeding lane of the carrier is not switched correctly. Switch the feeding lane to 135 or IX240 correctly.
E-7077
Writing FlashROM data from carrier failed.
2. Faulty CYA23 circuit board Feed lane in neutral position. (Causes of the error message) 1. Feed lane in neutral position 2. Faulty 135/IX240 feed lane position sensor (D129/D130) 3. Faulty D129 or D130 harness 4. Faulty CYA23 circuit board
Actions
1. Install the carrier correctly. Replace the CYA23 circuit board.
1. Reinstall the carrier. If the error occurs again, restart the system software. If the error still occurs, replace the CYA23 circuit board. 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Set the feed lane correctly. 2. Replace the sensor. 3. Reconnect or replace the harness. 4. Replace the circuit board.
Faulty FlashROM
Remove and reinstall the carrier. If the error occurs again, restart the system software. If the error still occurs, replace the CYA23 circuit board.
Damaged machine data in FlashROM
Remove and reinstall the carrier. If the error occurs again, restart the system software. If the error still occurs, replace the CYA23 circuit board.
Damaged stored data in FlashROM
Remove and reinstall the carrier. If the error occurs again, restart the system software. If the error still occurs, replace the CYA23 circuit board.
Install the carrier again. If problems persist, consult your technical representative. E-7078
Reading FlashROM data from carrier failed. Install the carrier again. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-7079
Reading FlashROM data from carrier failed. Install the carrier again. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-7081
Carrier not installed correctly or no carrier installed. Install the carrier again.
E-7082
A communication error occurred in the carrier.
Incorrectly inserted carrier (Causes of the error message) 1. Incorrectly installed carrier 2. Faulty carrier sensor (plug-in connector) 3. Faulty harness Communication failure to magnetic information CPU
Install the carrier again.
1. Install the carrier correctly. 2. Replace the plug-in connector. 3. Reconnect or replace the harness. Remove and reinstall the carrier. If the error occurs again, restart the system software. If the error still occurs, replace the CYA23 circuit board.
If problems persist, consult your technical representative. E-7083
A power source failure (carrier section +24V) was detected. Carrier is not installed correctly. Install the carrier again. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Abnormal carrier +24V power supply (Causes of the error message) 1. Incorrectly installed carrier 2. Poorly connected CYA1 connector to CYA23 circuit board 3. Faulty CYA23 circuit board
3-144
1. Install the carrier correctly. 2. Reconnect the connector. 3. Replace the circuit board.
3.2 Messages and Actions No. E-7084
Message A power source failure (carrier section +12V) was detected. Carrier is not installed correctly. Install the carrier again. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
E-7085
A power source failure (carrier section -12V) was detected. Carrier is not installed correctly. Install the carrier again. If problems persist, consult your technical representative.
Factor Abnormal carrier +12V power supply (Causes of the error message) 1. Incorrectly installed carrier 2. Poorly connected CYA1 connector to CYA23 circuit board 3. Faulty CYA23 circuit board
1. Install the carrier correctly. 2. Reconnect the connector.
Abnormal carrier +12V power supply (Causes of the error message) 1. Incorrectly installed carrier 2. Poorly connected CYA1 connector to CYA23 circuit board 3. Faulty CYA23 circuit board
1. Install the carrier correctly. 2. Reconnect the connector.
W-7087
The memory for diagnostics program was not allocated.
Software error
W-7091
It may be a black-and-white film or too many pieces of tape are used.
ON/OFF combination was detected 20 times with check tape sensor. (Causes of the error message) 1. Scanned black/white film after selecting negative or reversal for original type 2. Fed insufficiently desilvered film 3. Fed film with 20 or more check tapes
Check the film.
W-7095
Film remains in 135 feeding lane.
W-7096
Film remains in 135 feeding lane.
Remove carrier and then film.
Remove carrier and then film.
W-7097
Film remains in 135 feeding lane. Remove carrier and then film.
Actions
Proceeded to Setup and Maintenance menu when 135 film remains in NC100AY Detected 135 film by upstream perforation sensor of NC100AY when exiting from Setup and Maintenance. menu (Causes of the error message) 1. Film remains in carrier. 2. Dusty or dirty 135 upstream perforation sensor (D102) glass 3. Faulty 135 upstream perforation sensor (D102) or harness 4. Faulty flexible cable 5. Faulty JNC23 circuit board 6. Faulty CYA23 circuit board Detected film by downstream perforation sensor of NC100AY when exiting from Setup and Maintenance menu. (Causes of the error message) 1. Film remains in carrier. 2. Dusty or dirty 135 downstream perforation sensor (D103) glass 3. Faulty 135 downstream perforation sensor (D103) or harness 4. Faulty flexible cable 5. Faulty JNC23 circuit board 6. Faulty CYA23 circuit board
3-145
3. Replace the circuit board.
3. Replace the circuit board.
Remove and reinstall the carrier. If the error occurs again, restart the system software. If the error still occurs, replace the CYA23 circuit board.
1. Select black/white for original type.
2. Process the film correctly. 3. Peel check tapes off so their number is below 20. Remove the carrier, remove the film and then reinstall the carrier.
1. Remove the film. 2. Clean the sensor glass. 3. Replace the sensor or harness 4. Reconnect or replace the cable 5. Replace the circuit board. 6. Replace the circuit board.
1. Remove the film. 2. Clean the sensor glass. 3. Replace the sensor or harness 4. Reconnect or replace the cable 5. Replace the circuit board. 6. Replace the circuit board.
3
3.2 Messages and Actions No. W-7098
Message Film remains in 135 feeding lane. Remove carrier and then film.
W-7099
Timing of inserting film into carrier is too early. Do not insert the film into the carrier while the green LED is lighted. Remove the film.
W-7100
Feeding of film failed. Remove carrier and then film.
W-7102
Feeding of film failed. Remove carrier and then film.
W-7104
Too long film.
Factor Detected film by leading end sensor of NC100AY when exiting from Setup and Maintenance menu. (Causes of the error message) 1. Film remains in carrier. 2. Dusty or dirty 135 leading end sensor (D101)glass 3. Faulty 135 leading end sensor (D101) or harness 4. Faulty flexible cable 5. Faulty JNC23 circuit board 6. Faulty CYA23 circuit board Detected film by frame sensor when exiting one-way mode (Causes of the error message) 1. Film remains in carrier. 2. Dusty or dirty 135 frame sensor (D109 to D112) glass 3. Faulty 135 frame sensor (D109 to D112) or harness 4. Faulty flexible cable 5. Faulty JNC23 circuit board 6. Faulty CYA23 circuit board Detected 500 or more perforations by 135 upstream perforation sensor (Causes of the error message) 1. Fed spliced film that has 500 or more perforations 2. Dust or dirt adhered to 135 upstream perforation sensor (D102) glass 3. Faulty 135 upstream perforation sensor (D102) or harness 4. Faulty flexible cable 5. Faulty JNC23 circuit board 6. Faulty CYA23 circuit board Detected 500 or more perforations by 135 downstream perforation sensor (Causes of the error message) 1. Fed spliced film that has 500 or more perforations 2. Dust or dirt adhered to 135 downstream perforation sensor (D103) glass 3. Faulty 135 downstream perforation sensor (D103) or harness 4. Faulty flexible cable 5. Faulty JNC23 circuit board 6. Faulty CYA23 circuit board Fed film length of 2m or longer
Actions
1. Remove the film. 2. Clean the sensor glass. 3. Replace the sensor or harness 4. Reconnect or replace the cable 5. Replace the circuit board. 6. Replace the circuit board.
1. Remove the film. 2. Clean the sensor glass. 3. Replace the sensor or harness 4. Reconnect or replace the cable 5. Replace the circuit board. 6. Replace the circuit board.
1. Do not insert a film that has 500 or more perforations 2. Clean the glass.
3. Replace the sensor or harness. 4. Reconnect or replace the cable. 5. Replace the circuit board. 6. Replace the circuit board.
1. Do not insert a film that has 500 or more perforations 2. Clean the glass.
3. Replace the sensor or harness. 4. Reconnect or replace the cable. 5. Replace the circuit board. 6. Replace the circuit board. Do not insert a film longer than 2m.
Remove carrier and then film. W-7105
Too short film. Remove carrier and then film.
Film length was 74mm or shorter. (Causes of the error message) 1. Inserted film with two or less frames 2. Inserted fogged reversal film (two or less normal frames) 3. Faulty 135 frame sensor (D109 to D115) or harness 4. Faulty flexible cable 5. Faulty JNC23 circuit board 6. Faulty CYA23 circuit board
3-146
1. Scan using the MFC10AY. 2. Scan using the MFC10AY. 3. Replace the sensor or harness. 4. Reconnect or replace the cable. 5. Replace the circuit board. 6. Replace the circuit board.
3.2 Messages and Actions No. W-7106
Message Inserting of film failed. Remove carrier and then film. If problems persist, clean the feeding rollers.
Factor NC100AY 135 film loading reattempt error (Causes of the error message) 1. Blocked or hand-pulled film 2. Slipped film due to dirty feed rollers 3. Detected film by 135 leading end sensor (D101) but it did not reach to feed rollers 4. Faulty feed motor (M101), drive system or harness 5. Faulty 135 frame sensor (D109 to D112) or harness 6. Faulty flexible cable 7. Faulty JNC23 circuit board 8. Faulty CYA23 circuit board
W-7107
Inserting of film failed. Remove carrier and then film. If problems persist, clean the feeding rollers.
Film loading error (one reattempt after reaching frame sensor) (Causes of the error message) 1. Blocked or hand-pulled film 2. Slipped film due to dirty feed rollers 3. Faulty feed motor (M101), drive system or harness 4. Faulty 135 upstream perforation sensor (D103) or harness 5. Faulty flexible cable 6. Faulty JNC23 circuit board 7. Faulty CYA23 circuit board
W-7108
Feeding of film failed. Remove carrier and then film.
W-7109
Feeding of film failed. Remove carrier and then film.
Film leading end does not reach to downstream perforation sensor. (Causes of the error message) 1. Film slippage due to dust or dirt adhered to feed roller 2. Blocked film end or film caught outside of carrier 3. Dust or dirt adhered to 135 downstream perforation sensor (D103) glass 4. Faulty 135 downstream perforation sensor or harness 5. Faulty flexible cable 6. Faulty JNC23 circuit board 7. Faulty CYA23 circuit board Film trailing end does not return to upstream perforation sensor. (Causes of the error message) 1. Film slippage due to dust or dirt adhered to feed roller 2. Blocked film end or film caught outside of carrier 3. Dust or dirt adhered to 135 upstream perforation sensor (D102) glass 4. Faulty 135 upstream perforation sensor or harness 5. Faulty flexible cable 6. Faulty JNC23 circuit board 7. Faulty CYA23 circuit board
3-147
Actions
1. Correct the film or scan using the MFC10AY. 2. Clean the rollers. 3. Insert the film fully to reach the rollers. 4. Replace the damaged parts. 5. Replace the sensor or harness. 6. Reconnect or replace the cable. 7. Replace the circuit board. 8. Replace the circuit board.
1. Correct the film or scan using the MFC10AY. 2. Clean the rollers. 3. Replace the damaged parts. 4. Replace the sensor or harness. 5. Reconnect or replace the cable. 6. Replace the circuit board. 7. Replace the circuit board.
1. Clean the roller. 2. Clear the film passage. 3. Clean the sensor glass.
4. Replace the sensor, or the harness. 5. Reconnect or replace the cable. 6. Replace the circuit board. 7. Replace the circuit board.
1. Clean the roller. 2. Clear the film passage. 3. Clean the sensor glass.
4. Replace the sensor, or the harness. 5. Reconnect or replace the cable. 6. Replace the circuit board. 7. Replace the circuit board.
3
3.2 Messages and Actions No. W-7110
Message Perforation rupture exists. Frame position may not detected correctly. Remove carrier and then film, and mend the rupture.
W-7111
Perforation rupture exists. Frame position may not detected correctly. Remove carrier and then film, and mend the rupture.
W-7112
Perforation rupture exists. Frame position may not detected correctly. Remove carrier and then film, and mend the rupture.
Factor Film damage (8.2mm or longer perforation length) was detected (upstream/right-feed/leading end near upstream perforation sensor). (Causes of the error message) 1. Breaks in film 2. Film slippage due to dust or dirt adhered to feed roller 3. Blocked film end or film caught outside of carrier 4. Dust or dirt adhered to 135 upstream/downstream perforation sensor (D102/D103) glass 5. Faulty 135 upstream/downstream perforation sensor or harness 6. Faulty flexible cable 7. Faulty JNC23 circuit board 8. Faulty CYA23 circuit board Film damage (8.2mm or longer perforation length) was detected (upstream/right-feed/leading end between upstream and downstream perforation sensors). (Causes of the error message) 1. Breaks in film 2. Film slippage due to dust or dirt adhered to feed roller 3. Blocked film end or film caught outside of carrier 4. Dust or dirt adhered to 135 upstream/downstream perforation sensor (D102/D103) glass 5. Faulty 135 upstream/downstream perforation sensor or harness 6. Faulty flexible cable 7. Faulty JNC23 circuit board 8. Faulty CYA23 circuit board Film damage (8.2mm or longer perforation length) was detected (upstream/right-feed/leading end near downstream perforation sensor). (Causes of the error message) 1. Breaks in film 2. Film slippage due to dust or dirt adhered to feed roller 3. Blocked film end or film caught outside of carrier 4. Dust or dirt adhered to 135 upstream/downstream perforation sensor (D102/D103) glass 5. Faulty 135 upstream/downstream perforation sensor or harness 6. Faulty flexible cable 7. Faulty JNC23 circuit board 8. Faulty CYA23 circuit board
3-148
Actions
1. Correct the film. 2. Clean the roller. 3. Clear the film passage. 4. Clean the sensor glass.
5. Replace the sensor, or the harness. 6. Reconnect or replace the cable. 7. Replace the circuit board. 8. Replace the circuit board.
1. Correct the film. 2. Clean the roller. 3. Clear the film passage. 4. Clean the sensor glass.
5. Replace the sensor, or the harness. 6. Reconnect or replace the cable. 7. Replace the circuit board. 8. Replace the circuit board.
1. Correct the film. 2. Clean the roller. 3. Clear the film passage. 4. Clean the sensor glass.
5. Replace the sensor, or the harness. 6. Reconnect or replace the cable. 7. Replace the circuit board. 8. Replace the circuit board.
3.2 Messages and Actions No. W-7113
Message Perforation rupture exists. Frame position may not detected correctly. Remove carrier and then film, and mend the rupture.
W-7114
Perforation rupture exists. Frame position may not detected correctly. Remove carrier and then film, and mend the rupture.
W-7115
Perforation rupture exists. Frame position may not detected correctly. Remove carrier and then film, and mend the rupture.
Factor Film damage (8.2mm or longer perforation length) was detected (upstream/right-feed/leading end at right side of downstream perforation sensor). (Causes of the error message) 1. Breaks in film 2. Film slippage due to dust or dirt adhered to feed roller 3. Blocked film end or film caught outside of carrier 4. Dust or dirt adhered to 135 upstream/downstream perforation sensor (D102/D103) glass 5. Faulty 135 upstream/downstream perforation sensor or harness 6. Faulty flexible cable 7. Faulty JNC23 circuit board 8. Faulty CYA23 circuit board Film damage (8.2mm or longer perforation length) was detected (upstream/left-feed/trailing end at left side of frame sensor). (Causes of the error message) 1. Breaks in film 2. Film slippage due to dust or dirt adhered to feed roller 3. Blocked film end or film caught outside of carrier 4. Dust or dirt adhered to 135 upstream/downstream perforation sensor (D102/D103) glass 5. Faulty 135 upstream/downstream perforation sensor or harness 6. Faulty flexible cable 7. Faulty JNC23 circuit board 8. Faulty CYA23 circuit board Film damage (8.2mm or longer perforation length) was detected (upstream/left-feed/trailing end at left side of frame sensor). (Causes of the error message) 1. Breaks in film 2. Film slippage due to dust or dirt adhered to feed roller 3. Blocked film end or film caught outside of carrier 4. Dust or dirt adhered to 135 upstream/downstream perforation sensor (D102/D103) glass 5. Faulty 135 upstream/downstream perforation sensor or harness 6. Faulty flexible cable 7. Faulty JNC23 circuit board 8. Faulty CYA23 circuit board
3-149
Actions
1. Correct the film. 2. Clean the roller. 3. Clear the film passage. 4. Clean the sensor glass.
5. Replace the sensor, or the harness. 6. Reconnect or replace the cable. 7. Replace the circuit board. 8. Replace the circuit board.
1. Correct the film. 2. Clean the roller. 3. Clear the film passage. 4. Clean the sensor glass.
5. Replace the sensor, or the harness. 6. Reconnect or replace the cable. 7. Replace the circuit board. 8. Replace the circuit board.
1. Correct the film. 2. Clean the roller. 3. Clear the film passage. 4. Clean the sensor glass.
5. Replace the sensor, or the harness. 6. Reconnect or replace the cable. 7. Replace the circuit board. 8. Replace the circuit board.
3
3.2 Messages and Actions No. W-7116
Message Perforation rupture exists. Frame position may not detected correctly. Remove carrier and then film, and mend the rupture.
W-7117
Perforation rupture exists. Frame position may not detected correctly. Remove carrier and then film, and mend the rupture.
W-7118
Perforation rupture exists. Frame position may not detected correctly. Remove carrier and then film, and mend the rupture.
Factor Film damage (8.2mm or longer perforation length) was detected (downstream/right-feed/leading end at right side of downstream perforation sensor). (Causes of the error message) 1. Breaks in film 2. Film slippage due to dust or dirt adhered to feed roller 3. Blocked film end or film caught outside of carrier 4. Dust or dirt adhered to 135 upstream/downstream perforation sensor (D102/D103) glass 5. Faulty 135 upstream/downstream perforation sensor or harness 6. Faulty flexible cable 7. Faulty JNC23 circuit board 8. Faulty CYA23 circuit board Film damage (8.2mm or longer perforation length) was detected (downstream/left-feed/trailing end at left side of frame sensor). (Causes of the error message) 1. Breaks in film 2. Film slippage due to dust or dirt adhered to feed roller 3. Blocked film end or film caught outside of carrier 4. Dust or dirt adhered to 135 upstream/downstream perforation sensor (D102/D103) glass 5. Faulty 135 upstream/downstream perforation sensor or harness 6. Faulty flexible cable 7. Faulty JNC23 circuit board 8. Faulty CYA23 circuit board Film damage (8.2mm or longer perforation length) was detected (downstream/left-feed/trailing end between frame and upstream perforation sensors) (Causes of the error message) 1. Breaks in film 2. Film slippage due to dust or dirt adhered to feed roller 3. Blocked film end or film caught outside of carrier 4. Dust or dirt adhered to 135 upstream/downstream perforation sensor (D102/D103) glass 5. Faulty 135 upstream/downstream perforation sensor or harness 6. Faulty flexible cable 7. Faulty JNC23 circuit board 8. Faulty CYA23 circuit board
3-150
Actions
1. Correct the film. 2. Clean the roller. 3. Clear the film passage. 4. Clean the sensor glass.
5. Replace the sensor, or the harness. 6. Reconnect or replace the cable. 7. Replace the circuit board. 8. Replace the circuit board.
1. Correct the film. 2. Clean the roller. 3. Clear the film passage. 4. Clean the sensor glass.
5. Replace the sensor, or the harness. 6. Reconnect or replace the cable. 7. Replace the circuit board. 8. Replace the circuit board.
1. Correct the film. 2. Clean the roller. 3. Clear the film passage. 4. Clean the sensor glass.
5. Replace the sensor, or the harness. 6. Reconnect or replace the cable. 7. Replace the circuit board. 8. Replace the circuit board.
3.2 Messages and Actions No. W-7119
Message Perforation rupture exists. Frame position may not detected correctly. Remove carrier and then film, and mend the rupture.
W-7120
Perforation rupture exists. Frame position may not detected correctly. Remove carrier and then film, and mend the rupture.
W-7121
Feeding of film failed. Remove carrier and then film.
Factor Film damage (8.2mm or longer perforation length) was detected (downstream/left-feed/trailing end near upstream perforation sensors) (Causes of the error message) 1. Breaks in film 2. Film slippage due to dust or dirt adhered to feed roller 3. Blocked film end or film caught outside of carrier 4. Dust or dirt adhered to 135 upstream/downstream perforation sensor (D102/D103) glass 5. Faulty 135 upstream/downstream perforation sensor or harness 6. Faulty flexible cable 7. Faulty JNC23 circuit board 8. Faulty CYA23 circuit board Film damage (8.2mm or longer perforation length) was detected (downstream/left-feed/trailing end between upstream and downstream perforation sensors) (Causes of the error message) 1. Breaks in film 2. Film slippage due to dust or dirt adhered to feed roller 3. Blocked film end or film caught outside of carrier 4. Dust or dirt adhered to 135 upstream/downstream perforation sensor (D102/D103) glass 5. Faulty 135 upstream/downstream perforation sensor or harness 6. Faulty flexible cable 7. Faulty JNC23 circuit board 8. Faulty CYA23 circuit board Blocked perforation (8.2mm or longer between perforations) was detected (upstream/right-feed/leading end near upstream perforation sensor). (Causes of the error message) 1. Perforation blocked with splicing tape, etc. 2. Film slippage due to dust or dirt adhered to feed roller 3. Blocked film end or film caught outside of carrier 4. Dust or dirt adhered to 135 upstream/downstream perforation sensor (D102/D103) glass 5. Faulty 135 upstream/downstream perforation sensor or harness 6. Faulty flexible cable 7. Faulty JNC23 circuit board 8. Faulty CYA23 circuit board
3-151
Actions
1. Correct the film. 2. Clean the roller. 3. Clear the film passage. 4. Clean the sensor glass.
5. Replace the sensor, or the harness. 6. Reconnect or replace the cable. 7. Replace the circuit board. 8. Replace the circuit board.
1. Correct the film. 2. Clean the roller. 3. Clear the film passage. 4. Clean the sensor glass.
5. Replace the sensor, or the harness. 6. Reconnect or replace the cable. 7. Replace the circuit board. 8. Replace the circuit board.
1. Remove the splicing tape scan using MFC10AY. 2. Clean the roller. 3. Clear the film passage. 4. Clean the sensor glass.
5. Replace the sensor, or the harness. 6. Reconnect or replace the cable. 7. Replace the circuit board. 8. Replace the circuit board.
3
3.2 Messages and Actions No. W-7122
Message Feeding of film failed. Remove carrier and then film.
W-7123
Feeding of film failed. Remove carrier and then film.
W-7124
Feeding of film failed. Remove carrier and then film.
Factor Blocked perforation (8.2mm or longer between perforations) was detected (upstream/right-feed/leading end between upstream and downstream perforation sensors). (Causes of the error message) 1. Perforation blocked with splicing tape, etc. 2. Film slippage due to dust or dirt adhered to feed roller 3. Blocked film end or film caught outside of carrier 4. Dust or dirt adhered to 135 upstream/downstream perforation sensor (D102/D103) glass 5. Faulty 135 upstream/downstream perforation sensor or harness 6. Faulty flexible cable 7. Faulty JNC23 circuit board 8. Faulty CYA23 circuit board Blocked perforation (8.2mm or longer between perforations) was detected (upstream/right-feed/leading end near downstream perforation sensor). (Causes of the error message) 1. Perforation blocked with splicing tape, etc. 2. Film slippage due to dust or dirt adhered to feed roller 3. Blocked film end or film caught outside of carrier 4. Dust or dirt adhered to 135 upstream/downstream perforation sensor (D102/D103) glass 5. Faulty 135 upstream/downstream perforation sensor or harness 6. Faulty flexible cable 7. Faulty JNC23 circuit board 8. Faulty CYA23 circuit board Blocked perforation (8.2mm or longer between perforations) was detected (upstream/right-feed/leading end at right side of downstream perforation sensor). (Causes of the error message) 1. Perforation blocked with splicing tape, etc. 2. Film slippage due to dust or dirt adhered to feed roller 3. Blocked film end or film caught outside of carrier 4. Dust or dirt adhered to 135 upstream/downstream perforation sensor (D102/D103) glass 5. Faulty 135 upstream/downstream perforation sensor or harness 6. Faulty flexible cable 7. Faulty JNC23 circuit board 8. Faulty CYA23 circuit board
3-152
Actions
1. Remove the splicing tape scan using MFC10AY. 2. Clean the roller. 3. Clear the film passage. 4. Clean the sensor glass.
5. Replace the sensor, or the harness. 6. Reconnect or replace the cable. 7. Replace the circuit board. 8. Replace the circuit board.
1. Remove the splicing tape scan using MFC10AY. 2. Clean the roller. 3. Clear the film passage. 4. Clean the sensor glass.
5. Replace the sensor, or the harness. 6. Reconnect or replace the cable. 7. Replace the circuit board. 8. Replace the circuit board.
1. Remove the splicing tape scan using MFC10AY. 2. Clean the roller. 3. Clear the film passage. 4. Clean the sensor glass.
5. Replace the sensor, or the harness. 6. Reconnect or replace the cable. 7. Replace the circuit board. 8. Replace the circuit board.
3.2 Messages and Actions No. W-7125
Message Feeding of film failed. Remove carrier and then film.
W-7126
Feeding of film failed. Remove carrier and then film.
W-7127
Feeding of film failed. Remove carrier and then film.
Factor Blocked perforation (8.2mm or longer between perforations) was detected (upstream/left-feed/trailing end at left side of frame sensors). (Causes of the error message) 1. Perforation blocked with splicing tape, etc. 2. Film slippage due to dust or dirt adhered to feed roller 3. Blocked film end or film caught outside of carrier 4. Dust or dirt adhered to 135 upstream/downstream perforation sensor (D102/D103) glass 5. Faulty 135 upstream/downstream perforation sensor or harness 6. Faulty flexible cable 7. Faulty JNC23 circuit board 8. Faulty CYA23 circuit board Blocked perforation (8.2mm or longer between perforations) was detected (downstream/left-feed/trailing end between frame and downstream perforation sensors). (Causes of the error message) 1. Perforation blocked with splicing tape, etc. 2. Film slippage due to dust or dirt adhered to feed roller 3. Blocked film end or film caught outside of carrier 4. Dust or dirt adhered to 135 upstream/downstream perforation sensor (D102/D103) glass 5. Faulty 135 upstream/downstream perforation sensor or harness 6. Faulty flexible cable 7. Faulty JNC23 circuit board 8. Faulty CYA23 circuit board Blocked perforation (8.2mm or longer between perforations) was detected (downstream/right-feed/leading end at right side of downstream perforation sensor). (Causes of the error message) 1. Perforation blocked with splicing tape, etc. 2. Film slippage due to dust or dirt adhered to feed roller 3. Blocked film end or film caught outside of carrier 4. Dust or dirt adhered to 135 upstream/downstream perforation sensor (D102/D103) glass 5. Faulty 135 upstream/downstream perforation sensor or harness 6. Faulty flexible cable 7. Faulty JNC23 circuit board 8. Faulty CYA23 circuit board
3-153
Actions
1. Remove the splicing tape scan using MFC10AY. 2. Clean the roller. 3. Clear the film passage. 4. Clean the sensor glass.
5. Replace the sensor, or the harness. 6. Reconnect or replace the cable. 7. Replace the circuit board. 8. Replace the circuit board.
1. Remove the splicing tape scan using MFC10AY. 2. Clean the roller. 3. Clear the film passage. 4. Clean the sensor glass.
5. Replace the sensor, or the harness. 6. Reconnect or replace the cable. 7. Replace the circuit board. 8. Replace the circuit board.
1. Remove the splicing tape scan using MFC10AY. 2. Clean the roller. 3. Clear the film passage. 4. Clean the sensor glass.
5. Replace the sensor, or the harness. 6. Reconnect or replace the cable. 7. Replace the circuit board. 8. Replace the circuit board.
3
3.2 Messages and Actions No. W-7128
Message Feeding of film failed. Remove carrier and then film.
W-7129
Feeding of film failed. Remove carrier and then film.
W-7130
Feeding of film failed. Remove carrier and then film.
Factor Blocked perforation (8.2mm or longer between perforations) was detected (downstream/left-feed/trailing end at left side of frame sensors). (Causes of the error message) 1. Perforation blocked with splicing tape, etc. 2. Film slippage due to dust or dirt adhered to feed roller 3. Blocked film end or film caught outside of carrier 4. Dust or dirt adhered to 135 upstream/downstream perforation sensor (D102/D103) glass 5. Faulty 135 upstream/downstream perforation sensor or harness 6. Faulty flexible cable 7. Faulty JNC23 circuit board 8. Faulty CYA23 circuit board Blocked perforation (8.2mm or longer between perforations) was detected (downstream/left-feed/trailing end between frame and upstream perforation sensors). (Causes of the error message) 1. Perforation blocked with splicing tape, etc. 2. Film slippage due to dust or dirt adhered to feed roller 3. Blocked film end or film caught outside of carrier 4. Dust or dirt adhered to 135 upstream/downstream perforation sensor (D102/D103) glass 5. Faulty 135 upstream/downstream perforation sensor or harness 6. Faulty flexible cable 7. Faulty JNC23 circuit board 8. Faulty CYA23 circuit board Blocked perforation (8.2mm or longer between perforations) was detected (downstream/left-feed/trailing end near upstream perforation sensor). (Causes of the error message) 1. Perforation blocked with splicing tape, etc. 2. Film slippage due to dust or dirt adhered to feed roller 3. Blocked film end or film caught outside of carrier 4. Dust or dirt adhered to 135 upstream/downstream perforation sensor (D102/D103) glass 5. Faulty 135 upstream/downstream perforation sensor or harness 6. Faulty flexible cable 7. Faulty JNC23 circuit board 8. Faulty CYA23 circuit board
3-154
Actions
1. Remove the splicing tape scan using MFC10AY. 2. Clean the roller. 3. Clear the film passage. 4. Clean the sensor glass.
5. Replace the sensor, or the harness. 6. Reconnect or replace the cable. 7. Replace the circuit board. 8. Replace the circuit board.
1. Remove the splicing tape scan using MFC10AY. 2. Clean the roller. 3. Clear the film passage. 4. Clean the sensor glass.
5. Replace the sensor, or the harness. 6. Reconnect or replace the cable. 7. Replace the circuit board. 8. Replace the circuit board.
1. Remove the splicing tape scan using MFC10AY. 2. Clean the roller. 3. Clear the film passage. 4. Clean the sensor glass.
5. Replace the sensor, or the harness. 6. Reconnect or replace the cable. 7. Replace the circuit board. 8. Replace the circuit board.
3.2 Messages and Actions No. W-7131
Message Feeding of film failed. Remove carrier and then film.
W-7132
Feeding of film failed. Remove carrier and then film.
W-7133
Feeding of film failed. Remove carrier and then film.
Factor Blocked perforation (8.2mm or longer between perforations) was detected (downstream/left-feed/trailing end between upstream and downstream perforation sensors). (Causes of the error message) 1. Perforation blocked with splicinge tape, etc. 2. Film slippage due to dust or dirt adhered to feed roller 3. Blocked film end or film caught outside of carrier 4. Dust or dirt adhered to 135 upstream/downstream perforation sensor (D102/D103) glass 5. Faulty 135 upstream/downstream perforation sensor or harness 6. Faulty flexible cable 7. Faulty JNC23 circuit board 8. Faulty CYA23 circuit board Perforation error range exceeds ±5mm when correcting feed at perforation decision (upstream/rightfeed/trailing end near upstream perforation sensor). (Causes of the error message) 1. Film slippage due to dust or dirt adhered to feed roller 2. Blocked film end or film caught outside of carrier 3. Dust or dirt adhered to 135 upstream/downstream perforation sensor (D102/D103) glass 4. Faulty 135 upstream/downstream perforation sensor or harness 5. Faulty flexible cable 6. Faulty JNC23 circuit board 7. Faulty CYA23 circuit board Perforation error range exceeds ±5mm when correcting feed at perforation decision (upstream/rightfeed/trailing end between upstream and downstream perforation sensors). (Causes of the error message) 1. Film slippage due to dust or dirt adhered to feed roller 2. Blocked film end or film caught outside of carrier 3. Dust or dirt adhered to 135 upstream/downstream perforation sensor (D102/D103) glass 4. Faulty 135 upstream/downstream perforation sensor or harness 5. Faulty flexible cable 6. Faulty JNC23 circuit board 7. Faulty CYA23 circuit board
3-155
Actions
1. Remove the splicing tape scan using MFC10AY. 2. Clean the roller. 3. Clear the film passage. 4. Clean the sensor glass.
5. Replace the sensor, or the harness. 6. Reconnect or replace the cable. 7. Replace the circuit board. 8. Replace the circuit board.
1. Clean the roller. 2. Clear the film passage. 3. Clean the sensor glass.
4. Replace the sensor, or the harness. 5. Reconnect or replace the cable. 6. Replace the circuit board. 7. Replace the circuit board.
1. Clean the roller. 2. Clear the film passage. 3. Clean the sensor glass.
4. Replace the sensor, or the harness. 5. Reconnect or replace the cable. 6. Replace the circuit board. 7. Replace the circuit board.
3
3.2 Messages and Actions No. W-7134
Message Feeding of film failed. Remove carrier and then film.
W-7135
Feeding of film failed. Remove carrier and then film.
W-7136
Feeding of film failed. Remove carrier and then film.
Factor Perforation error range exceeds ±5mm when correcting feed at perforation decision (upstream/rightfeed/trailing end near downstream perforation sensor). (Causes of the error message) 1. Film slippage due to dust or dirt adhered to feed roller 2. Blocked film end or film caught outside of carrier 3. Dust or dirt adhered to 135 upstream/downstream perforation sensor (D102/D103) glass 4. Faulty 135 upstream/downstream perforation sensor or harness 5. Faulty flexible cable 6. Faulty JNC23 circuit board 7. Faulty CYA23 circuit board Perforation error range exceeds ±5mm when correcting feed at perforation decision (upstream/rightfeed/trailing end at right side of downstream perforation sensor). (Causes of the error message) 1. Film slippage due to dust or dirt adhered to feed roller 2. Blocked film end or film caught outside of carrier 3. Dust or dirt adhered to 135 upstream/downstream perforation sensor (D102/D103) glass 4. Faulty 135 upstream/downstream perforation sensor or harness 5. Faulty flexible cable 6. Faulty JNC23 circuit board 7. Faulty CYA23 circuit board Perforation error range exceeds ±5mm when correcting feed at perforation decision (upstream/leftfeed/trailing end at left side of frame sensors). (Causes of the error message) 1. Film slippage due to dust or dirt adhered to feed roller 2. Blocked film end or film caught outside of carrier 3. Dust or dirt adhered to 135 upstream/downstream perforation sensor (D102/D103) glass 4. Faulty 135 upstream/downstream perforation sensor or harness 5. Faulty flexible cable 6. Faulty JNC23 circuit board 7. Faulty CYA23 circuit board
3-156
Actions
1. Clean the roller. 2. Clear the film passage. 3. Clean the sensor glass.
4. Replace the sensor, or the harness. 5. Reconnect or replace the cable. 6. Replace the circuit board. 7. Replace the circuit board.
1. Clean the roller. 2. Clear the film passage. 3. Clean the sensor glass.
4. Replace the sensor, or the harness. 5. Reconnect or replace the cable. 6. Replace the circuit board. 7. Replace the circuit board.
1. Clean the roller. 2. Clear the film passage. 3. Clean the sensor glass.
4. Replace the sensor, or the harness. 5. Reconnect or replace the cable. 6. Replace the circuit board. 7. Replace the circuit board.
3.2 Messages and Actions No. W-7137
Message Feeding of film failed. Remove carrier and then film.
W-7138
Feeding of film failed. Remove carrier and then film.
W-7139
Feeding of film failed. Remove carrier and then film.
Factor Perforation error range exceeds ±5mm when correcting feed at perforation decision (upstream/leftfeed/trailing end between frame and downstream perforation sensors). (Causes of the error message) 1. Film slippage due to dust or dirt adhered to feed roller 2. Blocked film end or film caught outside of carrier 3. Dust or dirt adhered to 135 upstream/downstream perforation sensor (D102/D103) glass 4. Faulty 135 upstream/downstream perforation sensor or harness 5. Faulty flexible cable 6. Faulty JNC23 circuit board 7. Faulty CYA23 circuit board Perforation error range exceeds ±5mm when correcting feed at perforation decision (downstream/ right-feed/leading end at right side of downstream perforation sensor). (Causes of the error message) 1. Film slippage due to dust or dirt adhered to feed roller 2. Blocked film end or film caught outside of carrier 3. Dust or dirt adhered to 135 upstream/downstream perforation sensor (D102/D103) glass 4. Faulty 135 upstream/downstream perforation sensor or harness 5. Faulty flexible cable 6. Faulty JNC23 circuit board 7. Faulty CYA23 circuit board Perforation error range exceeds ±5mm when correcting feed at perforation decision (downstream/ left-feed/trailing end at left side of frame sensors). (Causes of the error message) 1. Film slippage due to dust or dirt adhered to feed roller 2. Blocked film end or film caught outside of carrier 3. Dust or dirt adhered to 135 upstream/downstream perforation sensor (D102/D103) glass 4. Faulty 135 upstream/downstream perforation sensor or harness 5. Faulty flexible cable 6. Faulty JNC23 circuit board 7. Faulty CYA23 circuit board
3-157
Actions
1. Clean the roller. 2. Clear the film passage. 3. Clean the sensor glass.
4. Replace the sensor, or the harness. 5. Reconnect or replace the cable. 6. Replace the circuit board. 7. Replace the circuit board.
1. Clean the roller. 2. Clear the film passage. 3. Clean the sensor glass.
4. Replace the sensor, or the harness. 5. Reconnect or replace the cable. 6. Replace the circuit board. 7. Replace the circuit board.
1. Clean the roller. 2. Clear the film passage. 3. Clean the sensor glass.
4. Replace the sensor, or the harness. 5. Reconnect or replace the cable. 6. Replace the circuit board. 7. Replace the circuit board.
3
3.2 Messages and Actions No. W-7140
Message Feeding of film failed. Remove carrier and then film.
W-7141
Feeding of film failed. Remove carrier and then film.
W-7142
Feeding of film failed. Remove carrier and then film.
W-7150
The carrier information file stored in the hard disk is corrupted.
Factor Perforation error range exceeds ±5mm when correcting feed at perforation decision (downstream/ left-feed/trailing end between frame and upstream perforation sensors). (Causes of the error message) 1. Film slippage due to dust or dirt adhered to feed roller 2. Blocked film end or film caught outside of carrier 3. Dust or dirt adhered to 135 upstream/downstream perforation sensor (D102/D103) glass 4. Faulty 135 upstream/downstream perforation sensor or harness 5. Faulty flexible cable 6. Faulty JNC23 circuit board 7. Faulty CYA23 circuit board Perforation error range exceeds ±5mm when correcting feed at perforation decision (downstream/ left-feed/trailing end near upstream perforation sensor). (Causes of the error message) 1. Film slippage due to dust or dirt adhered to feed roller 2. Blocked film end or film caught outside of carrier 3. Dust or dirt adhered to 135 upstream/downstream perforation sensor (D102/D103) glass 4. Faulty 135 upstream/downstream perforation sensor or harness 5. Faulty flexible cable 6. Faulty JNC23 circuit board 7. Faulty CYA23 circuit board Perforation error range exceeds ±5mm when correcting feed at perforation decision (downstream/ left-feed/trailing end between upstream and downstream perforation sensors). (Causes of the error message) 1. Film slippage due to dust or dirt adhered to feed roller 2. Blocked film end or film caught outside of carrier 3. Dust or dirt adhered to 135 upstream/downstream perforation sensor (D102/D103) glass 4. Faulty 135 upstream/downstream perforation sensor or harness 5. Faulty flexible cable 6. Faulty JNC23 circuit board 7. Faulty CYA23 circuit board Damaged carrier file stored in HDD (carrier GMB side outputs)
Actions
1. Clean the roller. 2. Clear the film passage. 3. Clean the sensor glass.
4. Replace the sensor, or the harness. 5. Reconnect or replace the cable. 6. Replace the circuit board. 7. Replace the circuit board.
1. Clean the roller. 2. Clear the film passage. 3. Clean the sensor glass.
4. Replace the sensor, or the harness. 5. Reconnect or replace the cable. 6. Replace the circuit board. 7. Replace the circuit board.
1. Clean the roller. 2. Clear the film passage. 3. Clean the sensor glass.
4. Replace the sensor, or the harness. 5. Reconnect or replace the cable. 6. Replace the circuit board. 7. Replace the circuit board. On Menu 0446 “NC100AY Installation Information Setup”, enter correct value and store data into HDD.
Restore the file using the Film Carrier Information Setting screen. W-7171
Writing FlashROM data into carrier failed. Consult your technical representative.
Writing to FlashROM failure (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected plug-in connector 2. Faulty CYB23 circuit board
3-158
1. Remove and reinstall the carrier. If the error occurs again, replace the plug-in connector. 2. Replace the circuit board.
3.2 Messages and Actions No.
Message
E-7172
Reading FlashROM data from carrier failed. Consult your technical representative.
Factor Abnormal carrier/FlashROM data (Causes of the error message) 1. Poorly connected plug-in connector 2. Faulty CYB23 circuit board
W-7180
The sensor for 135 feeding lane cannot be calibrated correctly. Remove the carrier, and then clean the glass surface of the upper and lower feeding lanes with a dry cotton swab. It is possible to use the IX240 lane.
W-7182
The sensor for IX240 feeding lane cannot be calibrated correctly. Remove the carrier, and then clean the glass surface of the upper and lower feeding lanes with a dry cotton swab. You may use the 135 lane.
W-7183
Film remains in IX240 feeding lane. Remove carrier and then film.
W-7184
The cartridge cannot be used. Remove cartridge.
CYA23 135 sensor calibration error (Causes of the error message) 1. Dust or dirt adhered to 135 frame sensor (D101 to D115) glass 2. Faulty 135 frame sensor (LEE/ DTF23/DTG23) 3. Poorly connected or broken 135 frame sensor harness 4. Faulty flexible cable 5. Faulty JNC23 circuit board 6. Faulty CYA23 circuit board CYA23 IX240 sensor calibration error (Causes of the error message) 1. Dust or dirt adhered to IX240 frame sensor (D116 to D119) glass 2. Faulty IX240 frame sensor (LEE22, DTF23 or DTG23) 3. Poorly connected or broken IX240 frame sensor harness 4. Faulty flexible cable 5. Faulty JNC23 circuit board 6. Faulty CYA23 circuit board Carrier installation error (IX240 film remains)(unexposed film) (Causes of the error message) 1. Dust or dirt adhered to IX240 unexposed frame sensor (D118/ D119) glass 2. Faulty IX240 unexposed frame sensor 3. Poorly connected or broken IX240 unexposed frame sensor harness 4. Faulty flexible cable 5. Faulty JNC23 circuit board 6. Faulty CYA23 circuit board
Actions
1. Remove and reinstall the carrier. If the error occurs again, replace the plug-in connector. 2. Replace the circuit board.
1. Clean the glass. 2. Replace the sensor circuit board. 3. Reconnect or replace the harness. 4. Reconnect or replace the cable. 5. Replace the circuit board. 6. Replace the circuit board.
1. Clean the glass.
2. Replace the sensor circuit board. 3. Reconnect or replace the harness. 4. Reconnect or replace the cable. 5. Replace the circuit board. 6. Replace the circuit board.
1. Clean the glass.
2. Replace the sensor. 3. Reconnect or replace the harness. 4. Reconnect or replace the cable. 5. Replace the circuit board. 6. Replace the circuit board.
Under retracting operation (cartridge is used when stopping cartridge control function due to faulty cartridge section). (Causes of the error message) 1. Changed to degeneracy operation 1. Replace the damaged parts. due to faulty supply motor (D102), door motor (M104), door open/ close sensor (D120) or supply motor home position sensor (D122) 2. Changed to degeneracy operation 2. Reconnect or replace the harness. due to faulty supply motor (D104), door motor (M104), door open/ close sensor (D120) or supply motor home position sensor (D122) harness 3. Changed to degeneracy operation 3. Replace the circuit board. due to faulty CYA23 circuit board
3-159
3
3.2 Messages and Actions No. W-7185
Message Film remains in 135 feeding lane. Remove carrier and then film.
W-7186
Film remains in 135 feeding lane. Remove carrier and then film.
W-7187
Film remains in 135 feeding lane. Remove carrier and then film.
W-7188
Carrier is not installed correctly. Install the carrier again.
W-7210
Because of the failure in the feeding lane position sensor, the feeding lane is not identified. If problems persist after removing and installing of the carrier, consult your technical representative.
Factor Detected remaining film on frame sensor of NC100AY carrier when exiting from maintenance menu (Causes of the error message) 1. Film remains on 135 frame sensor (D109 to D112) 2. Dust or dirt adhered to 135 frame sensor (D109 to D112) glass 3. Faulty 135 frame sensor (D109 to D112) 4. Poorly connected or broken harness 5. Faulty JNC23 circuit board 6. Faulty CYA23 circuit board Detected remaining film on bar code sensor of NC100AY carrier when exiting from maintenance menu (Causes of the error message) 1. Film remains on 135 bar code sensor (D106/D108) 2. Dust or dirt adhered to 135 bar code sensor (D106/D108) glass 3. Faulty 135 bar code sensor (D106/ D108) 4. Poorly connected or broken harness 5. Faulty JNC23 circuit board 6. Faulty CYA23 circuit board Detected remaining film on panorama sensor of NC100AY carrier when exiting from maintenance menu (Causes of the error message) 1. Film remains on 135 panorama sensor (D114/D115) 2. Dust or dirt adhered to 135 panorama sensor (D114/D115) glass 3. Faulty 135 panorama sensor (D114/ D115) 4. Poorly connected or broken harness 5. Faulty JNC23 circuit board 6. Faulty CYA23 circuit board (Causes of the error message) 1. Incorrectly inserted carrier plug-in connector 2. Foreign matter blocking carrier lock sensor (D208) 3. Faulty carrier lock sensor (D208) 4. Faulty carrier lock mechanism Abnormal135/IX240 feed lane position sensor (Causes of the error message) 1. Foreign matter blocking 135/IX240 feed lane position sensor (D129/ D130) 2. Faulty feed lane position sensor (D129/D130) 3. Poorly connected or broken harness 4. Faulty CYA23 circuit board
3-160
Actions
1. Remove the film. 2. Clean the glass. 3. Replace the sensor. 4. Reconnect or replace the harness. 5. Replace the circuit board. 6. Replace the circuit board.
1. Remove the film. 2. Clean the glass. 3. Replace the sensor. 4. Reconnect or replace the harness. 5. Replace the circuit board. 6. Replace the circuit board.
1. Remove the film. 2. Clean the glass.
3. Replace the sensor. 4. Reconnect or replace the harness. 5. Replace the circuit board. 6. Replace the circuit board. 1. Install the carrier correctly. 2. Remove the foreign matter. 3. Replace the sensor. 4. Replace the damaged parts.
1. Remove the foreign matter.
2. Replace the sensor. 3. Reconnect or replace the harness. 4. Replace the circuit board.
3.2 Messages and Actions No. W-7211
Message The feeding lane position sensor (D129) failed. The 135 feeding lane cannot be used.
W-7212
The feeding lane position sensor (D130) failed. The IX240 feeding lane cannot be used.
I-7213
Downloading the data to the carrier.
Factor (Causes of the error message) 1. Foreign matter blocking 135/IX240 feed lane position sensor (D129/ D130) 2. Faulty feed lane position sensor (D129/D130) 3. Poorly connected or broken harness 4. Faulty CYA23 circuit board (Causes of the error message) 1. Foreign matter blocking 135/IX240 feed lane position sensor (D129/ D130) 2. Faulty feed lane position sensor (D129/D130) 3. Poorly connected or broken harness 4. Faulty CYA23 circuit board
Actions 1. Remove the foreign matter.
2. Replace the sensor. 3. Reconnect or replace the harness. 4. Replace the circuit board. 1. Remove the foreign matter.
2. Replace the sensor. 3. Reconnect or replace the harness. 4. Replace the circuit board.
Updating data from HDD to FlashROM
Wait until downloading is completed.
Taking more than 3 seconds to upload data from carrier
Wait until uploading is completed.
Carrier program file in HDD may not exist or be damaged.
Restart the system software.If the error occurs again, reinstall the system software (NOTE1)
Please wait a moment. It takes about 40 seconds. I-7214
Uploading the data from the carrier. Please wait a moment. It takes about 40 seconds.
W-7215
The version information stored in the hard disk was not known. The version may be old, but you can use the current carrier.
W-7216
W-7217
I-7218
The feeding lane of the carrier was (Causes of the error message) switched to the intermediate position. 1. Feed lane changed during scanning Remove carrier and then film. 2. Faulty feed lane change lock parts 3. Faulty feed lane position sensor (D129/D130) or harness 4. Faulty CYA23 circuit board Changing of the IX240 cartridge lever was detected.
(Causes of the error message) 1. Release button pressed during scanning Remove the carrier, and then take out 2. Cartridge lever returned by it self the cartridge. during scanning 3. Faulty cartridge set sensor (D123) or harness 4. Faulty CYA23 circuit board Too many frames in film. Printing is possible up to 79th frame.
(Causes of the error message) 80 or more frames were detected during scanning.
3-161
1. Do not change the feed lane during scanning. 2. Replace the damaged parts. 3. Replace the sensor or harness. 4. Replace the circuit board. 1. Do not press the release button during scanning. 2. Replace the cartridge lever or lever lock parts. 3. Replace the sensor or harness. 4. Replace the circuit board. Reduce the frames to 79 and below.
3
3.2 Messages and Actions No.
Message
W-7219
A film remains at the right-hand side of the carrier.
Factor
Downstream perforation sensor detects film before 135 upstream perforation sensor. Previous rightRemove the carrier, and then take out feed scanned film is left in the carrier the film. (film exists on downstream perforation sensor). (Causes of the error message) 1. The previously scanned film is not removed. 2. Dust or dirt adhered to 135 downstream perforation sensor (D103) glass 3. Faulty 135 downstream perforation sensor (D103) or harness 4. Faulty flexible cable 5. Faulty JNC23 circuit board 6. Faulty CYA23 circuit board
Actions
1. Remove the film. 2. Clean the glass.
3. Replace the sensor, or reconnect or replace harness. 4. Reconnect or replace the cable. 5. Replace the circuit board. 6. Replace the circuit board.
I-7220
The downloader returned the error, so the SDLT task tries to transfer file to GMB Clear the 1394 error. version of the carrier was not known. but carrier version cannot be downloaded due to 1394 error The version may be old, but you can communication. use the current carrier.
I-7221
To prevent film scratches, clean the feeding lane.
I-7222
Cartridge release button was pressed Cartridge release button was pressed Remove the cartridge after the door during scanning. during IX240 scanning. closes and the green indicator light blinks. After the feed-out of film, remove the carrier, and then take out the cartridge from it.
Cleaning message to prevent flow when inserting a reversal film after 360 or more frames are printed consecutively. (Causes of the error message) 1. Reversal film is inserted after more 1. Clean the feed lane. than 360 frames are fed.
3-162
3.3 Trouble Shooting 3.3.1
Film Carrier
Abnormal
Install other carrier. Is there any abnormality?
Check if for dust on pins of plug-in connector in scanner side, and remove it. Check for connection error, breakage or dust collection, and repair connector, if necessary.
Normal
3 Solved
Not solved (See 3.3.3 CTB23 Circuit Board) Check for connection error, breakage or dust collection in carrier side, and repair connector, if necessary.
Solved
Not solved
END
Normal
Use “I/O Check (0448/0449)” to check sensor. Malfunction
Malfunction Check sensor harness. Normal
Repair or replace harness.
Replace sensor.
Normal Check operation of motor or solenoid. Check if there is any mechanical failure and repair if necessary. • Wear, loosening or coming-off of drive belt
Malfunction
Malfunction Inspect motor or solenoid harness. Normal
Repair or replace harness. Normal
Replace motor or solenoid. Malfunction
Solved
In case of feed system, replace drive circuit board. Not solved
END Replace CYA23, CYB23 or JNC23 circuit board.
Note:
Note: CYA23 circuit board: For NC100AY CYB23 circuit board: For MFC10AY JNC23 circuit board: For NC100AY
3-163
END
3.3 Trouble Shooting 3.3.2
CTB23 Circuit Board
Sensor abnormal.
Use “I/O Check (0341)” to check sensor and motor. Motor driven?
Come-off or abnormal sound
Motor not driven. Fuse F51 or F52 on CTB23 circuit board burnt out? Not burnt out
Check mechanical operation, and repair or replace.
Burnt out Only same CP system not operated
Operated not at all
On “I/O Check (0341)”, other output system normally operated? Other operated
(+24V)
Turn off power supply, check for short-circuit of fuse system and repair if necessary.
Check if there is a connection error or disconnection of harness between CTB23 circuit board and sensor.
Malfunction
Normal Restart system.
Repair or replace harness.
Solved
Replace motor. Solved? Not solved
END
Replace CTB23 circuit board.
Check if there is a connection error or disconnection of harness between CTB23 circuit board and sensor.
Malfunction
Normal Repair or replace harness. Replace sensor. Solved?
Solved
Not solved
END
Replace CTB23 circuit board.
3-164
3.3 Trouble Shooting 3.3.3
CTB23 Circuit Board +24V System +24V
3 Is 2 pin of CTB1 connector on CTB23 circuit board set to LOW (drive power-ON signal)?
LOW
HIGH Replace CTB23 circuit board. Check harness between CTB1 on CTB23 circuit board and PS5 on power supply unit.
Malfunction
Normal Repair or replace harness.
Replace DC supply unit.
3-165
3.3 Trouble Shooting 3.3.4
Replenishment Cartridge Box Malfunction
Open
Replenisher box door open? Closed
The harness between the replenisher box door open/close detecting interlock switch (D724) and PWR4 on the PWR23 circuit board is poorly connected or broken?
Yes
No Connect harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
Replace the replenisher box door open/close detecting interlock switch (D724).
Figure1
Insert screwdrivers into the two holes and press the lock arm to release the lock. Fig-1
Replenishment cartridge open?
Open
Closed Lock Arm
Are solution levels of P1R, P2RA and P2R above the upper level sensor?
Screwdriver
LII911
No
Yes Is the harness between the replenisher cartridge box lower sensor (D723) and JNE2 on the JNE23 circuit board poorly connected or broken?
Yes
No Is the harness between the replenisher cartridge Yes box upper sensor (D722) and JNE2 on the JNE23 circuit board is poorly connected or broken?
Connect harness correctly, repair or replace it.
No Connect harness correctly, or repair or replace it.
Replace the replenisher cartridge box lower sensor (D723). Solved? Not solved Replace the replenisher cartridge box upper sensor (D722). Solved?
Not solved
Solved Replace the JNE23 circuit board.
1. Pour in water so that all replenisher levels are above the upper level sensor. 2. Close and open replenisher cartridge box door.
3-166
Solved
3.3 Trouble Shooting
Is the harness between the cartridge opening motor (M720) and PDB8 on the PDB23 circuit board is poorly connected or broken?
Yes
3
No Connect harness correctly, repair or replace it.
Replace the cartridge opening motor (M720). Solved?
Solved
Not solved
Replace the PDB23 circuit board.
1. Install new replenisher cartridge. 2. Close replenisher cartridge box door. • Cartridge opened and diluting starts.
3-167
3.3 Trouble Shooting 3.3.5
Processing Solution Temperature Abnormality
Touch heater surface.
Cool
Warm
To “Temperature sensor”, “Processing solution circulation”, “Safety thermostat”, “Heater cooling fan”
Is the harness between the heater and the PAC23 circuit board poorly connected or broken? P1: H700 to PAC04 P2: H701 to PAC05 PS1/2/3: H702 to PAC04 PS4: H703 to PAC05
Yes
No Connect harness correctly, repair or replace it.
Replace heater Solved?
Solved
END
Not solved
Replace the PAC23 circuit board.
3-168
3.3 Trouble Shooting Compare display values with measured values on “Processor Temperature Calibration (0623)”.
Abnormal
Normal Is the harness between the solution thermometer and the CTL23 circuit board is poorly connected or broken? P1: TS700 to CTL7 P2: TS701 to CTL7 PS1/2/3: TS702 to CTL7 PS4: TS703 to CTL7 To “Processing solution circulation”, “Safety thermostat”, “Heater cooling fan”
3 Yes
No Connect harness correctly, repair or replace it.
Replace processing solution temperature sensor. Solved? Not solved
Solved
END
Replace the CTL23 circuit board.
3-169
3.3 Trouble Shooting Remove circulation filter from sub-tank. Is solution surface inside sub-tank swirling?
NO
YES
Is the harness between the circulation pump and the PDB23 circuit board poorly connected or broken? P1: PU700 to PDB4 P2: PU701 to PDB4 PS1: PU702 to PDB4 PS2: PU703 to PDB4 PS3: PU704 to PDB4 PS4: PU705 to PDB4
Yes
No Connect harness correctly, repair or replace it.
Replace circulation pump. Solved? Not solved
Replace the PDB23 circuit board.
Replace circulation filter. Solved?
Solved
Not solved
END
Yes Pipes or nozzles clogged? No Correct clogging.
To “Safety thermostat”, “Heater cooling fan”
3-170
Solved
END
3.3 Trouble Shooting
Safety thermostat operated on “Processor Input Check (0624)”? Operating temperature:64°C Returned temperature:42°C P1 P2 PS1/2/3
Operating temperature: 64°C Returned temperature: 42°C
PS4
Operating temperature: 80°C Returned temperature: 42°C
Not operated
Operated
3
To “Heater cooling fan”
No Return at below 42°C? Yes Is the harness between the safety thermometer and the PAC23 circuit board is poorly connected or broken? P1: D700 to PAC18 P2: D701 to PAC18 PS1/2/3: D702 to PAC18 PS4: D703 to PAC18
Yes
No Connect harness correctly, repair or replace it.
Determine the cause of high temperature.
Replace safety thermostat. Solved?
Solved
END
Not solved
Replace the PAC23 circuit board.
Heater cooling fan turned ON/OFF on “Processor I/O Check (0624)”?
Abnormal
Normal Is the harness between the heater cooling fan and the PDB23 circuit board is poorly connected or broken? P1: F700 to PDB2 P2: F701 to PDB2 PS1/2/3: F702 to PDB2 PS4: F703 to PDB2
Yes
No Connect harness correctly, repair or replace it.
Clean fan filter.
Replace fan. Solved?
Solved
END
Not solved
Replace the PDB23 circuit board.
3-171
3.3 Trouble Shooting 3.3.6
Dryer Temperature Abnormality
Removed Cover around dryer section removed? Not removed
Install correctly.
To “Dryer heater”, “Dryer temperature sensor”, “Dryer heater safety thermostat”, “Dryer fan”.
Touch dryer section. Temperature risen?
Not risen
Risen The following protection devices are tripped? Circuit breaker: LB2, LB3 Circuit protector: CP4, CP6
Tripped
Not tripped To “Dryer temperature sensor”, “Dryer safety thermostat”, “Dryer fan”
Check short-circuit, repair it if necessary.
Are any of the following harnesses poorly connected or broken? • Dryer heater (H760/H762/H764) and PAC06 on the PAC23 circuit board • Dryer heater (H766/H767) and PAC07 on the PAC23 circuit board • Dryer heater (H761/H763/H765) and PAC08 on the PAC23 circuit board
Yes
No Connect harness correctly, repair or replace it.
Is the harness between the circuit breaker (LB2/LB3) and PAC9/PAC10/PAC17 on the CTL23 circuit board poorly connected or broken?
Yes
No Connect harness correctly, repair or replace it.
Replace dryer heater. Solved? Not solved
Solved
END
Replace the PAC23 circuit board.
3-172
3.3 Trouble Shooting Dryer temperature risen on “Processor Temperature Calibration (0623)”?
Not risen
Risen Is the harness between the dryer thermometer (TS760) and CTL7 on the CTL23 circuit board poorly connected or broken ?
3
Yes
No To “Safety heater thermostat”, “Dryer fan”
Connect harness correctly, repair or replace it.
Replace the dryer thermometer (TS760). Solved?
Solved
Not solved
END
Replace the CTL23 circuit board.
Dryer heater safety thermostat (D760) operated on “Processor Input Check (0624)”?
Operated
Not operated
Depress the recovery button on the safety thermostat (see next page). Solved?
Not solved
Solved To “Dryer fan”
END
Is the harness between the dryer heater safety thermostat (D760) and PAC18 on the PAC23 circuit board poorly connected or broken?
Yes
No Connect harness correctly, repair or replace it.
Replace safety thermostat (D760). Solved?
Solved
Not solved END
Replace the PAC23 circuit board.
3-173
3.3 Trouble Shooting 1. SU1400AY sorter: Remove the sorter. SU2400AY sorter: Move the sorter to its storage position. 2. Remove the two screws securing the dryer heater safety thermostat cover.
Screws (2)
LII913
3. Open the dryer belt unit and support it with the stopper.
Dryer Heater Safety Thermostat Cover Dryer Belt Unit
4. Remove the dryer heater safety thermostat cover.
LII914
5. Depress the recovery button on the dryer heater safety thermostat. 6. Reinstall the removed parts in the reverse order of removal.
Recovery Button LII915
3-174
3.3 Trouble Shooting
Dryer fan (F760) turned ON/OFF on “Processor I/O Check (0624)”?
Abnormal
Normal Is the harness between the dryer fan (F760)and PDB9 on the PDB23 circuit board poorly connected or broken?
3
Yes
No Clean dryer air filter. Open the dryer belt unit and make sure there is no paper in abnormal position.
Connect harness correctly, repair or replace it.
Replace dryer fan. Solved?
Solved
END
Not solved
Replace the PDB23 circuit board.
3-175
3.3 Trouble Shooting 3.3.7
Processing Solution Tank Level Lowering
Remove circulation filter from sub-tank, and measure solution level from upper surface of sub-tank. less than 65mm: Normal more than 65mm: Lowering
Lowering
Normal Leakage Leakage in processing solution system? Normal To “Processing solution level sensor diagnostics”
Repair leakage. Prepare processing solution.
To “3.3.8 Replenishment Pump Diagnostics”
Remove processing solution level sensor, soak it into water container. Sensor turned ON/OFF on “Processor Input Check (0624)”?
Abnormal
Normal Are any of the following harnesses between the solution level sensors and the JNE23 circuit board are poorly connected or broken? P1: FS700 to JNE5 P2: FS701 to JNE5 PS1: FS702 to JNE5 PS2: FS703 to JNE5 PS3: FS704 to JNE5 PS4: FS705 to JNE5 To “3.3.8 Replenishment Pump Diagnostics”
Yes
No Connect harness correctly, repair or replace it.
Replace the JNE23 circuit board.
3-176
3.3 Trouble Shooting 3.3.8
Replenishment Pump Diagnostics
Menu 0625 “Processor Operating Condition Setup” is set properly?
No
3
Yes
Perform Menu 0620 “Replenisher Pump Output Measurement/Setting. Normal?”
Set correctly. Abnormal
Normal Hose clogged or bent in replenishment system?
Yes
No To “3.3.9 Rack Auto Cleaning Systen Diagnostics” Correct hose clogging or bending.
Are any of the following harnesses between the replenisher pumps and the PDB23 circuit board are poorly connected or broken? P1R: PU721 to PDB5 P2RA: PU722 to PDB5 P2RB: PU723 to PDB5 PSR: PU724 to PDB3
Yes
No Connect harness correctly, repair or replace it.
Replace replenisher pump.
Perform Menu 0620 “Replenisher Pump Output Measurement/Setting.” Normal? Abnormal
Normal
END
Replace the PDB23 circuit board.
3-177
3.3 Trouble Shooting 3.3.9
Rack Auto Cleaning System Diagnostics
Perform Menu 0621 “Auto Cleaning Output Measurement/Setting”. Normal?
Normal
Abnormal Is the harness between the auto washing pump (PU720) and PDB7 on the PDB23 circuit board poorly connected or broken?
END
Yes
Connect harness correctly, repair or replace it.
No Replace the auto washing pump (PU720) Normal and then perform Menu 0621 “Auto Cleaning Output Measurement/Setting”. Normal? Abnormal
Is the harness between the crossover rack P1/P2 auto washing valve (S720) and PDB7 on the PDB23 circuit board poorly connected or broken?
Yes
Connect harness correctly, repair or replace it.
No
Is the harness between the crossover rack P2/PS1 auto washing valve (S721) and PDB7 on the PDB23 circuit board poorly connected or broken?
Yes
Connect harness correctly, repair or replace it.
No
Is the harness between the dryer entrance rack auto washing valve (S722) and PDB7 on the PDB23 circuit board poorly connected or broken?
Yes
Connect harness correctly, repair or replace it.
No Replace the crossover rack P1/P2 auto washing valve (S720) and then perform Menu 0621 “Auto Cleaning Output Measurement/Setting”.Normal?
END
Normal
Abnormal Replace the crossover rack P2/PS1 auto washing valve (S721) and then perform Menu 0621 “Auto Cleaning Output Measurement/Setting”.Normal?
END Normal
Abnormal Replace the dryer entrance rack auto washing valve (S722) and then perform Menu 0621 “Auto Cleaning Output Measurement/Setting”.Normal?
END
Normal
Abnormal
END
Replace the PDB23 circuit board.
3-178
3.3 Trouble Shooting 3.3.10
P1R Stirring Valve/Replenishment Cartridge Washing Valve Diagnostics
Operate valve on Menu 0642 “I/O Check”. Operating sound heard? P1R cartridge washing valve: S728 P2RA cartridge washing valve: S729 P2RB cartridge washing valve: S730 P1R stirring valve: S731
3 Heard
Not heard Stirring, cartridge washing hose clogged or bent?
Yes
No To “3.3.9 Rack Auto Cleaning System Diagnostics” Is the harness between the valve (S728/S729/ Yes S730/S731) and PDB8 on the PDB23 circuit board is poorly connected or broken? No Connect harness correctly, repair or replace it.
Replace valve (S728/S729/S730/S731). Solved? Not solved
Solved
END
Replace the PDB23 circuit board.
3-179
Repair hose clogging and bending.
3.3 Trouble Shooting 3.3.11
Replenishment Level Sensor Diagnostics
Check level sensor and actual level on “Processor I/O Check (0642)”.
Abnormal
Normal Is the harness between the level sensor and the JNE6 on the JNE23 circuit board is poorly connected or broken? P1R upper level sensor: FS720 P1R lower level sensor: FS724 P2RA upper level sensor: FS721 P2RA lower level sensor: FS725 P2RB upper level sensor: FS722 P2RB lower level sensor: FS726 PSR upper level sensor: FS723 PSR lower level sensor: FS727
Yes
No To “3.3.8 Replenishment Pump Diagnostics”
Connect harness correctly, repair or replace it.
Replace the JNE23 circuit board.
3.3.12
Return Action after Replenishment System Error
All solution levels of the P1R, P2RA and P2RB tanks aligned around upper level sensor? No
Drain all replenishers from the P1R, P2RA and P2RB tanks.
Yes
Upper level sensors of all tanks indicate “YES” on “Processor I/O Check (0642)”? Not all “Yes”
Pour a small amount of water to make indicator(s) of upper level sensor(s) Show “YES”. Install new replenisher cartridge.
Open and close replenisher cartridge box door. Perform “PROC.INST.MODE” “INSTALLATION” - “MIX REPLENISH”.
3-180
ALL “Yes”
3.3 Trouble Shooting 3.3.13
Replenishment Cartridge Opening Malfunction
Remove replenisher cartridge. Solution remained in cartridge due to opening malfunction?
Yes
3
No Opening parts damaged or abnormal?
Yes
No Replace parts. To “3.3.12 Return Action after Replenishment System Error” Any object remained in opening nozzle hopper section?
Yes
No Remove object.
Hose between hopper section and tank clogged?
Yes
No Correct clogging.
To “Replenishment Tank Lower Level Sensor Diagnostics (See subsection 3.3.11)”
To “3.3.12 Return Action after Replenishment System Error”
3-181
3.4 Restoration of Backup for Refreshing OS and application software files are compressed and stored in the HDD. They can be restored by performing this operation. 1. Shut down the system by performing postoperational check. 2. Insert the backup FD for refreshing (HDD Backup Tool) into the floppy disk drive.
HDD Backup Tool FD Z2041
3. Press the START switch.
START Switch Z2040
• The black background screen appears.
You Selected Restore Image to HDD Do You Want to Continue? C: Continue A: Abort
4. Enter “C” using the full keyboard. • The restoration program starts up. NOTE: Do not touch the operation keyboard and full keyboard to maintain stability of the operation during restoration.
• ”Power Quest Image Center - Scripting Process” appears on the green background screen.
Please Turn Off the PC. A:¥>
• Backup restoration is completed in 5 to 25 minutes.
3-182
[C, A] ?
3.4 Restoration of Backup for Refreshing 5. Remove the FD.
3
Z2042
6. Press the power switch of the main control unit to shut down the scanner. 7. Start up the main control unit using the Shift key. 8. If there is no trouble, select “Shutdown” from the “Start” menu to quit Windows.
Power Switch Z2518
3-183
3.5 OS Recovery and Backup for Refreshing 3.5.1
OS Recovery
If the machine stops during starting up or the system freezes when changing the screen, although “Refreshing Backup Restoration” (see Section 3.4) is performed, reinstallation of “OS Windows 2000” may clear that problem. Reinstall the OS by following the steps below using “Recovery CD”. ● Boot Drive Setup Press the START switch and insert “Recovery CD 1” into the CD-ROM drive.
Recovery CD 1
• The program of the “recovery CD” starts up automatically.
Z2043
Change the boot drive by taking the following steps. Boot Change Procedure: 1. Insert the “Boot Device Change FD” into the floppy disk drive when the power is OFF.
Boot Device Change FD Z2041-1
3-184
3.5 OS Recovery and Backup for Refreshing 2. Press the START switch.
3
START Switch Z2040
• The boot change screen appears.
EZ201 PC Boot Device Change FD V1.06 -------------------------------------1 HDD1 Boot (Default) 2 HDD2 Boot (Optional) 3 CD-ROM Boot 4 HDD1 Boot with disabled HDD2 (Optional) 5 HDD2 Boot with disabled HDD1 (Optional) --------------------------------—----Specify operation (Enter It’s number) A:>
3. Enter “3” from the full keyboard and press the [Enter] key.
• The restart screen appears.
*** COMPLETE *** DATA WRITE to CMOS ************************************************** ****** Cautions. Very important ! ****** ****** You have to power-down and reset ****** * You must reset your computer before the new setting will take effect. * **************************************************
4. Remove the “Boot Device Change FD” from the floppy disk drive.
Boot Device Change FD Z2042-1
3-185
3.5 OS Recovery and Backup for Refreshing 5. Insert “Recovery CD 1” into the CD-ROM drive.
Recovery CD 1
Z2043
6. Press the reset switch of the main control unit.
Reset Switch Z2532
● OS Recovery Procedure • The “Recovery of Pre-installed Software” dialog box appears.
1. Press the [Y] key. • The “Caution” dialog box appears.
Caution All data on hard disk will be lost !
2. Press the [Y] key.
! • The OS data is written from “Recovery CD” to the HDD.
Are you really sure it’s okey? Please press the [Y] key if you want to execute. Please press the [N] key if you want to quit. Yes [Y]
• The screen message requests “Recovery CD 2”.
3-186
No [N]
3.5 OS Recovery and Backup for Refreshing 3. Replace “Recovery CD 1” with “Recovery CD 2”.
Recovery CD 2
3
Z2043-1
• The completion message appears.
4. Remove “Recovery CD 2” from the CD-ROM drive. 5. Insert the “Boot Device Change FD” into the floppy disk drive. 6. Press any key. • The main control unit restarts.
Boot Device Change FD Z2041-1
● Boot Drive Restoration • The boot change screen appears.
EZ201 PC Boot Device Change FD V1.06 --------------------------------------------1 HDD1 Boot (Default) 2 HDD2 Boot (Optional) 3 CD-ROM Boot 4 HDD1 Boot with disabled HDD2 (Optional) 5 HDD2 Boot with disabled HDD1 (Optional) -------------------------------------------Specify operation (Enter It’s number) A:>
1. Enter “1” using the full keyboard.
3-187
3.5 OS Recovery and Backup for Refreshing • The restarting up screen appears.
*** COMPLETE *** DATA WRITE to CMOS ************************************************** ****** Cautions. Very important ! ****** ****** You have to power-down and reset ****** * You must reset your computer before the new setting will take effect. * **************************************************
2. Remove the “Boot Device Change FD” from the floppy disk drive.
Boot Device Change FD Z2042-1
3. Press the reset switch of the main control unit. • The main control unit restarts. 4. Wait until the Windows desktop screen appears. • The restart message appears. 5. Restart the OS. 6. If the “Found New hardware Wizard” appears, click the [Cancel] button. 7. Perform the following.
Reset Switch Z2532
1) Driver Installation (See Subsection 3.5.2) 2) System Software (A1) Reinstallation (See Section 4.3). 3) Optional Software Reinstallation (See Optional Software Manual). 4) Backup for Refreshing (See Subsection 3.5.3).
3-188
3.5 OS Recovery and Backup for Refreshing 3.5.2
Device Driver Installation
The driver for the image processing section and printer/processor must be installed before installing the system software (A1) when the main control unit or hard disk has been replaced, or OS has been recovered. Also the driver must be installed when the GIE23 circuit board of the scanner or printer/ processor has been replaced.
3
1. Make sure the IEEE1394 interface cables are connected from the main control unit to the image processing section and the printer/processor. 2. Turn the power switch ON to start up the Printer/ Processor and then to STANDBY. 3. Press the START switch of the Scanner.
START Switch Z2040
4. Immediately after the SP-3000 starts up, insert the driver disk into the CD-ROM drive.
Recovery CD 1
Z2043
3-189
3.5 OS Recovery and Backup for Refreshing • The "Found New Hardware Wizard" screen appears. NOTE: The "Device Driver Disk [D-01]" dialog box may appear over the "Found New Hardware Wizard" screen.
5. Click the [Cancel] button of the "Found New Hardware Wizard" screen. • The second "Found New Hardware Wizard" screen appears. 6. Click the [Cancel] button of the "Found New Hardware Wizard" screen. • The "Device Drivers Disk [D-01]" dialog box appears. 7. Click the [OK] button.
• The "Device Drivers Disk [D-02]" dialog box appears.
8. Replace the driver disk in the CD-ROM drive with the FRONTIER System (A1) disk.
FRONTIER System (A1) Disk
NOTE: If the system software is not Ver.1.7, the installer will start after restarting.
9. Click the [OK] button. • The system restarts automatically.
Z2043
3-190
3.5 OS Recovery and Backup for Refreshing • The "Found New Hardware Wizard" screen appears. NOTE: Proceed to Step 15 after the GIE23 circuit board of the scanner has been replaced.
3
10. Click the [Next >] button.
11. Click the [Next >] button.
12. Click the [Next >] button.
3-191
3.5 OS Recovery and Backup for Refreshing 13. Click the [Next >] button. NOTE: Proceed to Step 19 after the GIE23 circuit board of the printer/processor has been replaced.
14. Click the [Finish] button.
• The "Found New Hardware Wizard" screen appears.
15. Click the [Next >] button.
16. Click the [Next >] button.
3-192
3.5 OS Recovery and Backup for Refreshing 17. Click the [Next >] button.
3
18. Click the [Next >] button. 19. Click the [Finish] button.
• The "Information" dialog box appears. 20. Click the [OK] button. • The system restarts automatically.
3-193
3.5 OS Recovery and Backup for Refreshing 3.5.3
Backup for Refreshing
OS and application software files are compressed and stored by performing this operation. They will be restored if necessary. NOTE: Perform “Section 3.3 Multi Film Carrier MFC10AY condition Setup” and optional software installation before backup for refreshing.
1. Shut down the system by performing postoperational check. 2. Insert the backup FD for refreshing (HDD Backup Tool) into the floppy disk drive and press the START switch. • The backup program starts up automatically. NOTE: Do not touch the operation keyboard and full keyboard to maintain stability of the operation during backing up.
Backup FD Z2041
START Switch Z2040
• “Power Quest Image Center - Scripting Process” appears on the green background screen and status is displayed.
Power Quest Image Center - Scripting Process
NOTE: Time required for backup is 5 to 25 minutes depending on the device status.
• The following message appears on the left upper side of the black background screen when backup completes.
Please Turn Off the PC. A:¥>
3-194
3.5 OS Recovery and Backup for Refreshing 3. Remove the backup FD and press the power switch of the main control unit. • The scanner is shut down.
3
Power Switch Z2518
3-195
4. SOFTWARE INSTALLATION 4.1
Simple Upgrade ...................................................................................... 4-2
4.2
Update...................................................................................................... 4-6
4.3
Reinstallation ........................................................................................ 4-13
4.4
New Installation .................................................................................... 4-26
4.5
Reversion .............................................................................................. 4-36
4-1
4
4.1 Simple Upgrade NOTE: When upgrading from Ver.1.7 or before, the device driver installation is necessary before installing the system software (see Subsection 3.5.2).
In the “Simple Upgrade”, you can upgrade the FRONTIER 570 System Software (A1) and Variety Print Software (B1) by following the simple guidance messages on the screen. 1. Turn the power switch ON to start up the Printer/ Processor and then to STANDBY.
Handles Film Carrier Lock Release Lever
2. Remove the film carrier.
Auto Film Carrier NC100AY Z2051
3. Insert the FRONTIER 570 System (A1) Disk into the CD-ROM drive. 4. Perform the post-operational checks to shut down the system. 5. Press the START switch.
FRONTIER 570 System (A1) Disk Z2043
• The installer is started up and the “(L-001) Simple Upgrade” screen appears. 6. Click the [OK] button.
4-2
4.1 Simple Upgrade • The “Procedure Selection 1 (C-001)” screen appears. 7. Select “User version up” and click the [Next>] button.
4
• The “Starting Update (C-010)” dialog box appears.
8. Click the [Yes] button. • The “Paper Lut Selection (C-012)” dialog box appears. 9. Select “New Paper Lut from CD” and click the [Next>] button.
• The updating process starts.
4-3
4.1 Simple Upgrade NOTE: The “Unsafe Removal of Device” dialog box may appear during the updating process. Clear the dialog box by clicking the [OK] button.
• Upon completion of the upgrade, the “Update Completion (C-080)” dialog box appears.
10. Click the [OK] button. • The “Setup Completion (C-090)” dialog box appears. 11. Click the [OK] button.
• If any optional software is used, the upgrade screen appears. NOTE: If upgrading of the optional software is necessary, refer to the Instruction Manual for the optional software. If the upgrade is unnecessary, click the [Cancel] button.
4-4
4.1 Simple Upgrade • The “SETUP” dialog box appears.
4 12. Remove the FRONTIER 570 (A1) Disk from the CD-ROM drive. 13. Click the [OK] button. • The system is shut down. 14. Press the START switch to start up the system. • The system software starts up and the upgrade has been completed.
FRONTIER 570 System (A1) Disk Z2044
15. Perform printing operation after executing “Preoperational Checks” and “Paper Condition Setup”.
4-5
4.2 Update In the “Update”, the FRONTIER 570 System Software (A1) is upgraded. When the following circuit board is replaced, also perform the “Update”. SP-3000: GMB23, CTB23, CLE23 or CPZ23 circuit board (See Subsection 8.2.7)
LP5700: GMC23 circuit board (See Subsection 19.3.7) IMPORTANT: If the “Free space in the hard disk is insufficient” message appears, delete the variety print service template data. 1. Select “NO” for “Rack Auto Cleaning” on Menu 0625 “Processor Operating Condition Setup”. 2. Remove the carrier.
Handles Film Carrier Lock Release Lever
Auto Film Carrier NC100AY Z2051
3. Insert the FRONTIER 570 System (A1) Disk into the CD-ROM drive.
FRONTIER 570 System (A1) Disk Z2043
4. Shut down the system by performing the postoperational checks. 5. Turn the power switch ON to start up the Printer/ Processor and then to STANDBY.
4-6
4.2 Update 6. Press the scanner’s START switch. • After starting up Windows, “(L-001) Simple Upgrade” screen appears. 7. Click the [OK] button.
4
• “Procedure Selection 1 (C-001)” dialog box appears. 8. Select “SE maintenance” and click the [Next >] button.
• “Procedure Selection 2 (C-002)” dialog box appears. 9. Select “Update” and click the [Next >] button.
• The “Starting Update (C-010)” dialog box appears. 10. Click the [Yes] button. NOTE: If the error message “Insufficient disk space on drive D. Installation not performed.” is displayed, delete unnecessary files or template data files, then start installation again.
4-7
4.2 Update • The “Printer Selection [C-015]” dialog box appears. 11. Select “LP5700” and click the [Next >] button.
• The “File Copy (C-020)” dialog box appears. 12. Check version information and click the [Next >] button.
• The “Installation Medium Selection (C-030)” dialog box appears. 13. Select “Install from CD (software update)” and click the [Next >] button.
• The “Confirmation (C-040)] dialog box appears. 14. Click the [OK] button. • The updating process starts.
4-8
4.2 Update NOTE: The “Unsafe Removal of Device” dialog box may appear during the updating process. Clear the dialog box by clicking the [OK] button.
4
• After approximately sixteen minutes, the “Inherited Data Transport Medium Selection (C-050)” dialog box appears. 15. Select “Inherit data from HD” and click the [Next >] button. NOTE: When data in FD is used, select “Inherit data from FD”.
• The “Update Completion (C-080)” dialog box appears. 16. Click the [OK] button.
• The “Setup Completion (C-090)” dialog box appears. 17. Click the [OK] button.
4-9
4.2 Update • If any optional software is used, the upgrade screen appears. NOTE: If upgrading of the optional software is necessary, refer to the Instruction Manual for the optional software. If the upgrade is unnecessary, click the [Cancel] button.
• The “SETUP” completion dialog box appears.
18. Remove the FRONTIER 570 System (A1) Disk from the CD-ROM drive. 19. Click the [OK] button. • The system is shut down. 20. Press the START switch to restart the system.
FRONTIER 570 System (A1) Disk Z2044
• After the system restarts, the message “I-2305” appears. 21. Click the [OK] button to clear the message.
22. Select “YES” for “Rack Auto Cleaning” on Menu 0625 “Processor Operating Condition Setup” and click the [OK] button.
4-10
4.2 Update 23. Install the auto film carrier NC100AY.
Auto Film Carrier NC100AY
Mark
Z2052
• The message “I-7003” appears if upgrading of the carrier is necessary. 24. If the message “I-7003” appears, take the following steps. NOTE: If the [Cancel] button is clicked, the carrier software cannot be upgraded.
1) Click the [OK] button.
• Carrier upgrading starts.
4-11
4
4.2 Update 2) Remove the carrier.
Handles Film Carrier Lock Release Lever
Auto Film Carrier NC100AY Z2051
3) Reinstall the carrier.
Auto Film Carrier NC100AY
Mark
Z2052
• Data is uploaded from the carrier.
4-12
4.3 Reinstallation The device driver installation and system reinstallation procedures must be performed if the main control unit or hard disk has been replaced, or after reinstallation of “OS Windows 2000” using the Recovery CD (See Subsection 3.5.1). When system reinstallation into the present main control unit is necessary, perform the folder renaming and reinstallation procedure. The device driver installation is unnecessary. Perform these operations after turning OFF the scanner.
4
●Device Driver Installation Perform this operation after replacing the main control unit or hard disk, or installation of “OS Windows 2000” using the Recovery CD. 1. Turn the power switch ON to start up the Printer/ Processor and then to STANDBY. 2. Press the START switch of the Scanner.
3. Immediately after the Scanner starts up, insert the driver disk into the CD-ROM drive.
Driver Disk
Z2043
• The “Found New Hardware Wizard” screen appears. NOTE: The “Device Driver Disk [D-01]” dialog box may appear over the “Found New Hardware Wizard” screen.
4. Click the [Cancel] button of the “Found New Hardware Wizard” screen. • The second “Found New Hardware Wizard” screen appears. 5. Click the [Cancel] button of the “Found New Hardware Wizard” screen.
4-13
4.3 Reinstallation • The “Device Drivers Disk [D-01]” dialog box appears. 6. Click the [OK] button.
• The “Device Drivers Disk [D-02]” dialog box appears.
7. Replace the driver disk in the CD-ROM drive with the FRONTIER System (A1) disk. 8. Click the [OK] button. • The system restarts automatically.
FRONTIER 570 System (A1) Disk Z2043
• The “Found New Hardware Wizard” screen appears.
4-14
4.3 Reinstallation 9. Click the [Next >] button.
4
10. Click the [Next >] button.
11. Click the [Next >] button.
4-15
4.3 Reinstallation 12. Click the [Next >] button. 13. Click the [Finish] button.
• The “Found New Hardware Wizard” screen appears.
14. Click the [Next >] button.
15. Click the [Next >] button.
4-16
4.3 Reinstallation 16. Click the [Next >] button.
4
17. Click the [Next >] button. 18. Click the [Finish] button.
• The “Information” dialog box appears. 19. Click the [OK] button. • The system restarts automatically.
20. Remove the carrier.
Handles Film Carrier Lock Release Lever
Auto Film Carrier NC100AY Z2051
4-17
4.3 Reinstallation ●Renaming the “FUJIFILM” Folder Rename the “FUJIFILM” folder before system reinstallation into the present main control unit. 1. Turn the power switch ON to start up the Printer/ Processor and then to STANDBY. 2. Remove the carrier.
Handles Film Carrier Lock Release Lever
3. Press the START switch.
Auto Film Carrier NC100AY Z2051
• The Windows desktop screen is displayed. 4. Execute “[Shift] Starting Up” and rename the “FUJIFILM” folder in the “D” drive as “FUJIFILM1”, etc. except when the main control unit has been replaced.
5. Insert the FRONTIER 570 System (A1) Disk into the CD-ROM drive.
FRONTIER 570 System (A1) Disk Z2043
4-18
4.3 Reinstallation 6. Select “Run” from the “Start” menu.
4
7. Click the [Browse] button and select “ISO9660 (N)” for the CD-ROM drive. 8. Click the [Open] button.
9. Double-click “EZ171” folder and select “EZSetup.exe”. 10. Click the [Open] button.
4-19
4.3 Reinstallation 11. Make sure “N:\EZ171\EZSETUP.exe” is displayed in the “Open” box. 12. Click the [OK] button.
●System Reinstallation • The “Procedure Selection (A-001)” dialog box appears. 1. Select “Re-installation” and click the [Next >] button.
• The “Starting Re-installation (A-100)” dialog box appears. 2. Click the [Yes] button.
• The “Information (A-110)” dialog box appears. 3. Prepare the scanner and printer backup floppy disks. 4. Click the [OK] button. NOTE: If the error message “Insufficient disk space on drive D. Installation not performed.” is displayed, delete unnecessary files or template data files, then start installation again.
• The reinstallation process starts.
4-20
4.3 Reinstallation • After approximately fifteen minutes, the “FD Confirmation (A-117)” dialog box appears. 5. Click the [Yes] button.
4 • The “Inserting Scanner’s Backup FD (A-120)” dialog box appears. 6. Click the [Yes] button.
• The “Information” dialog box appears.
7. Insert the scanner’s backup FD into the FD drive.
Z2041
8. Click the [OK] button. • The “Inserting Printer’s Backup FD (A-130)” dialog box appears when completing data backup of the scanner.
4-21
4.3 Reinstallation 9. Remove the scanner’s backup FD from the FD drive. 10. Click the [Yes] button.
Z2042
• The “Information” dialog box appears.
11. Insert the printer’s backup FD into the FD drive.
12. Click the [OK] button.
Z2041
• The “Re-installation Completion (A-140)” dialog box appears.
13. Remove the printer’s backup FD from the FD drive.
14. Click the [OK] button.
Z2042
4-22
4.3 Reinstallation • The “Setup Completion (A-150)” dialog box appears.
4 15. Remove the FRONTIER 570 System (A1) Disk from the CD-ROM drive. 16. Click the [OK] button.
FRONTIER 570 System (A1) Disk Z2044
17. Select “Shut down” from the “START” menu and click the [OK] button. • The system is shut down. 18. Wait twelve seconds and press the START switch to restart up the system. NOTE: The system does not start up if the START switch is pressed before twelve seconds have elapsed.
• After the system restarts, the message “I-2305” appears. 19. Click the [OK] button to clear the message. NOTE: If the “DI Print and Data Writing Service (C4/ C5)” software is to be used, install the software by referring to the Instruction Manual of the “DI Print and Data Writing Service”.
4-23
4.3 Reinstallation 20. Install the auto film carrier NC100AY.
Auto Film Carrier NC100AY
Mark
Z2052
• The message “I-7003” appears if upgrading of the carrier is necessary. 21. If the message “I-7003” appears, follow the steps below. 1) Click the [OK] button.
• Carrier upgrading starts.
4-24
4.3 Reinstallation 2) Remove the carrier.
Handles Film Carrier Lock Release Lever
4 Auto Film Carrier NC100AY Z2051
3) Reinstall the carrier.
Auto Film Carrier NC100AY
Mark
Z2052
• Data is uploaded from the carrier.
4-25
4.4 New Installation The new installation procedure should be performed only when the backup FD is not found when replacing the main control unit. In this case, data should be input manually because all data return to the default values. 1. Turn the power switch ON to start up the Printer/ Processor and then to STANDBY. 2. Press the START switch of the Scanner. 3. Immediately after the Scanner starts up, insert the driver disk into the CD-ROM drive.
Driver Disk
Z2043
• The “Found New Hardware Wizard” screen appears. NOTE: The “Device Driver Disk [D-01]” dialog box may appear over the “Found New Hardware Wizard” screen.
4. Click the [Cancel] button of the “Found New Hardware Wizard” screen. • The second “Found New Hardware Wizard” screen appears. 5. Click the [Cancel] button of the “Found New Hardware Wizard” screen. • The “Device Drivers Disk [D-01]” dialog box appears. 6. Click the [OK] button.
4-26
4.4 New Installation • The “Device Drivers Disk [D-02]” dialog box appears.
4 7. Replace the driver disk in the CD-ROM drive with the FRONTIER System (A1) disk. 8. Click the [OK] button. • The system restarts automatically.
FRONTIER 570 System (A1) Disk Z2043
• The “Found New Hardware Wizard” screen appears.
9. Click the [Next >] button.
4-27
4.4 New Installation 10. Click the [Next >] button.
11. Click the [Next >] button.
12. Click the [Next >] button. 13. Click the [Finish] button.
4-28
4.4 New Installation • The “Found New Hardware Wizard” screen appears.
4
14. Click the [Next >] button.
15. Click the [Next >] button.
4-29
4.4 New Installation 16. Click the [Next >] button.
17. Click the [Next >] button. 18. Click the [Finish] button.
• The “Information” dialog box appears. 19. Click the [OK] button. • The system restarts automatically.
20. Remove the carrier.
Handles Film Carrier Lock Release Lever
Auto Film Carrier NC100AY Z2051
4-30
4.4 New Installation • The “Procedure Selection (A-001)” dialog box appears. 21. Select “New Installation” and click the [Next >] button.
4
• The “Starting New Installation (A-010)” dialog box appears. 22. Click the [Yes] button. NOTE: If the error message “Insufficient disk space on drive D. Installation not performed.” is displayed, delete unnecessary files or template data files, then start installation again.
• The new installation process starts. • After approximately fifteen minutes, the “New Installation Completion (A020)” dialog box appears. 23. Click the [OK] button.
• The “Setup Completion (A-030)” dialog box appears.
4-31
4.4 New Installation 24. Remove the FRONTIER 570 System (A1) Disk from the CD-ROM drive.
FRONTIER 570 System (A1) Disk Z2044
25. Click the [OK] button. 26. Select “Shut down” from the “START” menu and click the [OK] button. • The system is shut down. NOTE: Keep the printer/processor ON.
27. Wait twelve seconds and press the START switch to restart the system. NOTE: The system does not start up if the START switch is pressed before twelve seconds have elapsed.
• After the system restarts, the message “W4351” appears. 28. Click the [OK] button.
• The message “W-4352” appears. 29. Click the [OK] button.
4-32
4.4 New Installation • The message “W-4353” appears. 30. Click the [OK] button.
4 • The message “W-4354” appears. 31. Click the [OK] button.
32. Install the auto film carrier NC100AY.
Auto Film Carrier NC100AY
Mark
Z2052
• The message “I-7003” appears if upgrading of the carrier is necessary. 33. If the message “I-7003” appears, take the following steps. 1) Click the [OK] button.
4-33
4.4 New Installation • Carrier upgrading starts.
2) Remove the carrier.
Handles Film Carrier Lock Release Lever
Auto Film Carrier NC100AY Z2051
3) Reinstall the carrier.
Auto Film Carrier NC100AY
Mark
Z2052
4-34
4.4 New Installation • Data is uploaded from the carrier. 34. In Menu 0350 “Parameter Check/Update”, click the [Storage] buttons. NOTE: When the main control unit has been replaced, the CTB23, CLE23, CPZ23 and CCD23 circuit board parameters must be stored into the HDD of the main control unit.
4
• The parameters in the circuit boards are stored in the main control unit. 35. Refer to “Installation Manual” and set up the condition as necessary. 36. Perform the post-operational checks to shut down the system. 37. Press the START switch to restart the system. NOTE: If the “DI Print and Data Writing Service (C4/C5)” software is to be used, install the software by referring to the Instruction Manual of the “DI Print and Data Writing Service”.
4-35
4.5 Reversion This procedure reverts the system software to the previous version. 1. Perform the “Data Backup” in Menu 0122 to overwrite the Backup FD with the backup data. 2. Select “NO” for “Rack Auto Cleaning” in Menu 0625 “Processor Operating Condition Setup”. 3. Keep the Printer/Processor to “STANDBY”. 4. Remove the carrier. Handles Film Carrier Lock Release Lever
Auto Film Carrier NC100AY Z2051
5. Insert the FRONTIER 570 System (A1) Disk into the CD-ROM drive. 6. Shut down the system by performing the postoperational checks. 7. Press the START switch to restart the system.
FRONTIER 570 System (A1) Disk Z2043
• After Windows starts up, the “(L-001) Simple Upgrade” screen appears. 8. Click the [OK] button.
4-36
4.5 Reversion • The “Procedure Selection 1 (C-001)” dialog box appears. 9. Select “SE maintenance” and click the [Next >] button.
4
• The “Procedure Selection 2 (C-002)” dialog box appears. 10. Select “Reversion to previous version” and click the [Next >] button.
• The “Starting Version Back (C-100)” dialog box appears. 11. Click the [Yes] button. NOTE: If the error message “Insufficient disk space on drive D. Installation not performed.” is displayed, delete unnecessary files or template data files, then start installation again.
12. The “Confirmation (C-110)” dialog box appears. 13. Click the [OK] button.
• The “Inserting Printer’s Backup FD” dialog box appears. 14. Click the [No] button.
4-37
4.5 Reversion • The “Version Back Completion (C-120)” dialog box appears.
15. Click the [OK] button.
• The “Setup Completion (C-130)” dialog box appears.
16. Click the [OK] button.
• If any optional software is used, the upgrade screen appears. NOTE: If upgrading of the optional software is necessary, refer to the Instruction Manual for the optional software. If the upgrade is unnecessary, click the [Cancel] button.
• The “SETUP” completion dialog box appears.
17. Remove the FRONTIER 570 System (A1) Disk from the CD-ROM drive.
FRONTIER 570 System (A1) Disk Z2044
18. Click the [OK] button. • The system is shut down.
4-38
4.5 Reversion 19. Press the START switch to restart the system. • After the system restarts, the message “I-2305” appears. 20. Click the [OK] button to clear the message.
4
NOTE: If the “DI Print and Data Writing Service (C4/ C5)” software is to be used, install the software by referring to the Instruction Manual of the “DI Print and Data Writing Service”.
21. Select “YES” for “Rack Auto Cleaning” in Menu 0625 “Processor Operating Condition Setup” and click the [OK] button. 22. Install the auto film carrier NC100AY.
Auto Film Carrier NC100AY
Mark
Z2052
• The message “I-7003” appears if upgrading of the carrier is necessary. 23. If the message “I-7003” appears, take the following steps. 1) Click the [OK] button.
• Carrier upgrading starts.
4-39
4.5 Reversion
2) Remove the carrier.
Handles Film Carrier Lock Release Lever
Auto Film Carrier NC100AY Z2051
3) Reinstall the carrier.
Auto Film Carrier NC100AY
Mark
Z2052
• Data is uploaded from the carrier.
4-40
5. MAINTENANCE MENU 5.1
Operational Procedure ........................................................................... 5-4
5.2
System Operation Setup and Check (01) ............................................. 5-6 5.2.1 5.2.2 5.2.3 5.2.4 5.2.5 5.2.6 5.2.7 5.2.8 5.2.9 5.2.10 5.2.11 5.2.12 5.2.13
5.3
Print Condition Setup and Check (02) ................................................ 5-17 5.3.1 5.3.2 5.3.3 5.3.4 5.3.5 5.3.6 5.3.7 5.3.8 5.3.9 5.3.10 5.3.11 5.3.12 5.3.13
5.4
Connection to Imaging Controller (0100) .............................................................. 5-6 Image Export Settings (0101) ................................................................................. 5-6 Production Information (0120) ............................................................................... 5-6 Timer Setup (0121) .................................................................................................. 5-8 Data Backup (0122) ................................................................................................. 5-9 Error Information Check (0123)............................................................................ 5-10 DI Manager Administrative Setting (0124)........................................................... 5-11 Timer Waiting Time Setup (0125) ......................................................................... 5-12 Installation Information Reference (0126) ........................................................... 5-13 Accumulated Production Information (0127)...................................................... 5-13 Installation Information Setup (0140) .................................................................. 5-15 Clear Error Log (0141)........................................................................................... 5-16 Shipping Information Reference (0142)............................................................... 5-16
Paper Condition Setup (0200) .............................................................................. 5-17 Print Size Setup (0220).......................................................................................... 5-19 Paper Magazine Registration (0221) .................................................................... 5-22 Monitor Adjustment (0222) ................................................................................... 5-24 Special Film Channel Setting (0223).................................................................... 5-25 Monotone Correction Setting (0224).................................................................... 5-27 Custom Setting Regist/Delete (0225)................................................................... 5-28 Back Printing Format (0226)................................................................................. 5-36 Index Conditions (0227) ........................................................................................ 5-38 Image Correction Setup (0240)............................................................................. 5-39 Fine Adjustment of the Print Mag.Setting (0241)................................................ 5-39 Paper Condition Method Setup (0242)................................................................. 5-40 Paper Surfaces Display Setup (0243) .................................................................. 5-41
Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (03)............................................... 5-42 5.4.1 5.4.2 5.4.3 5.4.4 5.4.5 5.4.6 5.4.7 5.4.8 5.4.9 5.4.10 5.4.11 5.4.12 5.4.13 5.4.14 5.4.15 5.4.16
Image Scanning Method (0300)............................................................................ 5-42 Input Check (0320)................................................................................................. 5-43 Focus Position Adjustment (0321)....................................................................... 5-43 Working Information Display (0322) .................................................................... 5-44 AF Function Setup (0323) ..................................................................................... 5-45 Dark Correction/Bright Correction (0340) ........................................................... 5-47 I/O Check (0341)..................................................................................................... 5-49 Carrier Inclination Display (0342)......................................................................... 5-50 CCD Data Display (0343)....................................................................................... 5-51 Lens Registration (0344)....................................................................................... 5-53 Optical Axis Adjustment (0345)............................................................................ 5-54 Optical Magnification Calibration (0346) ............................................................. 5-56 Focus Calibration (0347)....................................................................................... 5-57 Spectral Calibration (0348) ................................................................................... 5-59 LED Light Amount Adjustment (0349)................................................................. 5-61 Scanner Parameter Check/Update (0350) ........................................................... 5-63
5-1
5
5.4.17
5.5
Carrier Adjustment/Maintenance (04) ................................................. 5-69 5.5.1 5.5.2 5.5.3 5.5.4 5.5.5 5.5.6 5.5.7 5.5.8 5.5.9 5.5.10 5.5.11 5.5.12 5.5.13 5.5.14 5.5.15 5.5.16 5.5.17 5.5.18 5.5.19 5.5.20 5.5.21 5.5.22 5.5.23 5.5.24
5.6
CCD Adjustment (0351)......................................................................................... 5-65
NC100AY Fixed Feeding Setup (0400)................................................................. 5-69 Mask Position Adjustment (0420) ........................................................................ 5-69 NC100AY Input Check (0421) ............................................................................... 5-71 MFC10AY Input Check (0422)............................................................................... 5-72 NC100AY Working Information Display (0423) ................................................... 5-73 MFC10AY Working Information Display (0424) .................................................. 5-75 NC100AY Monitor Frame Ratio Setup (0425) ...................................................... 5-76 MFC10AY Monitor Frame Ratio Setup (0426) ..................................................... 5-77 NC100AY Sensor Calibration (0440) .................................................................... 5-78 NC100AY Focus Offset Adjustment (0441) ......................................................... 5-79 MFC10AY Focus Offset Adjustment (0442)......................................................... 5-80 NC100AY Sensor Calibration Information (0443) ............................................... 5-81 NC100AY Installation Information Display (0444) .............................................. 5-83 MFC10AY Installation Information Display (0445).............................................. 5-83 NC100AY Installation Information Setup (0446) ................................................. 5-84 MFC10AY Installation Information Setup (0447)................................................. 5-85 NC100AY I/O Check (0448) ................................................................................... 5-86 MFC10AY I/O Check (0449)................................................................................... 5-88 Film Carrier ID Setup/Delete (0450)...................................................................... 5-88 NC100AY Machine Data Setup (0451).................................................................. 5-90 NC100AY Magnetic Information Reading (0452) ................................................ 5-91 NC100AY Magnetic Verify (0453) ......................................................................... 5-92 NC100AY Nest Section Operation Check (0454) ................................................ 5-93 NC100AY Feeding Operation Check (0455) ........................................................ 5-93
Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (05) ................................................. 5-95 5.6.1 5.6.2 5.6.3 5.6.4 5.6.5 5.6.6 5.6.7 5.6.8 5.6.9 5.6.10 5.6.11 5.6.12 5.6.13 5.6.14 5.6.15 5.6.16 5.6.17 5.6.18 5.6.19 5.6.20 5.6.21
Paper Magazine Feeding Fine Adjustment (0520) .............................................. 5-95 G Laser (SHG) Optimal Temperature Setup (0522) ............................................ 5-96 Paper Feed (0523).................................................................................................. 5-97 Printer Temperature Display (0524) ..................................................................... 5-97 Printer Input Check (0525) .................................................................................... 5-98 Image Position and Tilt Fine Adjustment (0527)................................................. 5-98 Printer Function Select (0528)............................................................................ 5-100 Printer I/O Check (0540) ...................................................................................... 5-101 Test Pattern Printing (0541)................................................................................ 5-102 Laser Exposure Check (0542) ............................................................................ 5-104 R Laser (R-LD) Data (0543) ................................................................................. 5-104 G Laser (G-SHG) Data (0544).............................................................................. 5-104 B Laser (B-LD) Data (0545) ................................................................................. 5-105 Scan/Scan Home Position Parameter (0546) .................................................... 5-105 Main Scan/Laser Beam Sync. Rough Adjust (0547)......................................... 5-106 Laser Beam Sync. Fine Adjustment Print (0548).............................................. 5-107 Laser History Display (0549) .............................................................................. 5-109 Paper Condition Setup Table (LUT) Copy (0550).............................................. 5-109 Printer Mechanical Fine Adjustment (0551) ...................................................... 5-110 Filter Replacement History (0552)...................................................................... 5-111 Feeding Position Sensor Fine Adjustment (0553)............................................ 5-111
5-2
5.6.22 5.6.23 5.6.24 5.6.25 5.6.26 5.6.27 5.6.28 5.6.29
5.7
Image Position Initial Setting (0554) .................................................................. 5-112 Sub-scan Feeding Speed Adjustment (0555).................................................... 5-113 Sub-scanning Soft Nip Fine Adjustment (0557) ............................................... 5-114 Sensor Calibration (Initial) (0558) ...................................................................... 5-115 Sensor Calibration (Daily) (0559) ....................................................................... 5-116 Printer Operation Data Display (0560) ............................................................... 5-117 Data Saving (0561)............................................................................................... 5-118 Data Download (0562) ......................................................................................... 5-119
Processor Adjustment/Maintenance (06) ......................................... 5-120 5.7.1 5.7.2 5.7.3 5.7.4 5.7.5 5.7.6 5.7.7 5.7.8 5.7.9 5.7.10
5.8
Replenisher Pump Output Measurement/Setting (0620) ................................. 5-120 Auto Cleaning Output Measurement/Setting (0621)......................................... 5-122 Low Volume Processing Setup (0622)............................................................... 5-124 Processor Temperature Calibration (0623) ....................................................... 5-125 Processor Input Check (0624) ............................................................................ 5-127 Processor Operating Condition Setup (0625)................................................... 5-128 Processing Temperature Setting (0640)............................................................ 5-129 Processor I/O Check (0642) ................................................................................ 5-130 Processor Operation Data Display (0643) ......................................................... 5-131 PS Liquid Concentration Management (0644) .................................................. 5-131
Image Processing Section Adjustment/Maintenance (07) .............. 5-133 5.8.1 5.8.2 5.8.3
5.9
Image Processing Section Information Display (0720).................................... 5-133 Image Processing Section I/O Check (0740)..................................................... 5-133 Image Processing Section Function Setting (0741) ......................................... 5-134
Register/Delete.................................................................................... 5-135 5.9.1 5.9.2 5.9.3 5.9.4
Shop Logo Regist/Delete (1020)......................................................................... 5-135 Template Regist/Delete (1021)............................................................................ 5-136 Holiday File Regist/Delete (1022) ....................................................................... 5-136 Custom Button Regist/Save (1023).................................................................... 5-136
5.10
Help (21)/Self-Diagnostics (Scanner)(22)/ Self-Diagnostics (Printer)(23).......................................................... 5-139
5.11
Special Operations (99)...................................................................... 5-139
5.11.1 5.11.2 5.11.3
Paint (9940) .......................................................................................................... 5-139 Explorer (9941)..................................................................................................... 5-139 Command (9942).................................................................................................. 5-140
5-3
5
5.1 Operational Procedure 1. Click the [Setup and Maintenance] button on the main menu or printing menu screen.
• The password dialog box appears. 2. Enter “7777” in the “Password” box using the operation, full or screen keyboard. 3. Click the [OK] button.
• The “Setup and Maintenance” menu screen appears. 4. Click the desired group from the left-hand group list.
5-4
5.1 Operational Procedure • The item list appears in the right-hand half of the menu screen. 5. Click the desired item. • Each screen appears. Reference: The screen number can be entered to display each screen by following the steps below.
5
1) Press the [F1] key.
• The “Screen No. Entry” dialog box appears. 2) Enter the screen number using the numeric keys of the operation, full or screen keyboard. 3) Click the [OK] button. • Each screen appears. 6. Upon completion of the setup and maintenance operations, click the [Close], [Cancel] or [OK] button to quit the screen. • Operation returns to the menu screen. 7. Click the [Print] button.
• The printing menu screen appears.
5-5
5.2 System Operation Setup and Check (01) 5.2.1
Connection to Imaging Controller (0100)
Select this menu to connect the imaging controller to the Frontier 355/375.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [01 System Operation Setup and Check] → [0100 Connection to Imaging Controller]
5.2.2
Image Export Settings (0101)
This procedure sets applicable boundaries of the center cropping.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [01 System Operation and Check] → [0101 Image Export Settings] 1. Select “Both” or “Print Only” for “Center Cropping for Export/Print”. 2. Click the [OK] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5.2.3
Production Information (0120)
This procedure displays the production information. The data can be cleared in this menu.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [01 System Operation Setup and Check] → [0120 Production Information] 1. Select “Negative”, “Reversal”, “Digital Image” or “All” from the “Input Type” box. • The information of the input type is displayed. An asterisk (∗) indicates duplicate size
2. Record the production information.
5-6
5.2 System Operation Setup and Check (01) 3. To save the data to a floppy disk, follow the steps below. 1) Click the [FD Save] button.
5
2) Insert the formatted floppy disk into the floppy disk drive of the main control unit.
Floppy Disk Z2041
3) Click the [OK] button. • The data is saved into the floppy disk.
4) Remove the floppy disk from the floppy disk drive.
5) Click the [OK] button. • The dialog box disappears.
4. To clear the data, follow the steps below. Floppy Disk
1) Click the [Clear] button. Z2042
• The “Clear production information?” dialog box appears. 2) Click the [OK] button.
5-7
5.2 System Operation Setup and Check (01) • The data is cleared and clearing date appears. 5. Click the [OK] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5.2.4
Timer Setup (0121)
This procedure sets the present date/time, timer ON date/time and preheat setup times.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [01 System Operation and Check] → [0121 Timer Setup] 1. To update “Present Date/Time”, change the date and time, and click the [OK] button. NOTE: • To cancel the update, click the [Cancel] button. • If the OS uses the 24-hour system, “04 to 09” and “14 to 19” cannot be entered directly. Use the spin buttons to enter these hours.
2. To change the timer date and time, enter a “checkmark” in the day of the week boxes and enter the time in the “Timer ON Date/Time Setting” box. 3. Set the preheat timer by performing the following steps, if necessary. IMPORTANT: The ON time for a nighttime preheating operation must not overlap with the ON time of the weekly timer since nighttime preheating takes priority and shuts down all power when it is set OFF. If, for instance, the calendar timer is set to 5:00AM and nighttime preheating is turned ON at 3:30AM, all the power will be shut down two hours later at 5:30AM. NOTE: Nighttime preheating is usually conducted when the room temperature drops below 10°C (50°F) at night and the temprature is not controlled for 8 or more hours.
5-8
5.2 System Operation Setup and Check (01) 1) Select “YES” for “Preheat Setting”. • The 1st and 2nd preheat setting boxes appear. 2) Move the cursor to “1st Preheat” and enter the time. 3) Move the cursor to “2nd Preheat” and enter the time.
5
NOTE: • For preheating once only, set the same time for both the first and second times. • Select “NO” when the preheat timer is not used. • The second preheating timer is ignored if the first preheat time and second preheat time overlap.
1st. pre-heat time: 2:00AM 2nd. pre-heat time: 3:00AM With the above settings, nighttime preheating will occur from 2:00AM to 4:00AM (2 hours). 4. Click the [OK] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5.2.5
Data Backup (0122)
This procedure makes a backup of the data stored on the hard disk of the main control unit when data, indicated on the data sheet located inside the front upper cover, is changed. The backup floppy disks are used when reinstalling or reverting to earlier system software.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [01 System Operation and Check] → [0122 Data Backup] 1. Prepare a new floppy disk for data backup when backing up data. NOTE: A floppy disk is unnecessary for pricing unit data backing up because data is backed up to the hard disk of the main control unit.
2. Insert the floppy disk into the floppy drive of the main control unit.
5-9
5.2 System Operation Setup and Check (01) 3. Move the cursor to the “Destination” box and select “Film Scanner”, “Printer Processor” or “Pricing Unit”. NOTE: Perform the data backup for the pricing unit when pricing unit data is changed. Data is backed up from the pricing unit to the hard disk of the main control unit. If the data backup is not performed, pricing unit data changed is canceled when next starting up the system next time.
4. Click the [OK] button. • The “Making the backup of the data” message appears. 5. Upon completion of the backup, click the [Cancel] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5.2.6
Error Information Check (0123)
The system error log is listed up in order of date and time.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [01 System Operation and Check] → [0123 Error Information Check] 1. Click the [Log Info.] button.
• The “Log File Re-reading Check” dialog box appears. 2. Click the [OK] button.
5-10
5.2 System Operation Setup and Check (01) • The log file is read out and the latest information is displayed on the screen. 3. Click the [Accum. Info.] button.
5 • Accumulated error information is displayed in order of code. 4. Click the [OK] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5.2.7
DI Manager Administrative Setting (0124)
This menu is used when connecting the optional DI controller.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [01 System Operation and Check] → [0124 DI Manager Administrative Setting] “Delete Waiting Time”: Sets up the time until the order processed on the DI controller is deleted. “Order Identifier”: Enter “a” for first machine and “b” for the second one when two machines are connected to one DI controller. In this case, the “Device Name” for the second machine should be changed.
5-11
5.2 System Operation Setup and Check (01) Logical Device Name 1st SP-3000
2nd SP-3000
Scanner
SP3000input-a
SP3000input-b
Printer (sRGB)
SP3000sRGB-a
SP3000sRGB-b
Printer (F-COLOR/PD)
SP3000PD-a
SP3000PD-b
5.2.8
Timer Waiting Time Setup (0125)
This procedure sets up “Sorter Information Display Time”, “Waiting Time for Monitoring” and “Waiting Time for the Position Adjustment of the 1st Frame”.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [01 System Operation and Check] → [0125 Timer Waiting Time Setup] “Sorter Info. Display Time”: Time to display the number of prints and sort number when pressing the [Sort] key or during auto sorting. “Waiting time for monitoring”: Waiting time for 1- or 6frame display during pre-scanning. This function activates only when the “Auto” film drive mode is used. “Waiting time for the pos. adjust of the 1st frame”: Display time for black/white image displayed after inserting the film to adjust the position of the leading end frame. NOTE: The black/white image will disappear in 20 seconds to protect the CCD.
1. Move the cursor to the “sec.” box. 2. Change the time by clicking the [▲] or [▼] button. 3. Click the [OK] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5-12
5.2 System Operation Setup and Check (01) 5.2.9
Installation Information Reference (0126)
This procedure displays the scanner and printer installation information.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [01 System Operation and Check] → [0126 Installation Information Reference]
5
1. Check the installation information. 2. Click the [Option] button.
• The “Optional Device Reference” dialog box appears. 3. Click the [OK] button. • The dialog box disappears. 4. Click the [OK] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5.2.10
Accumulated Production Information (0127)
This procedure displays the production information. The data can be cleared on this menu.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [01 System Operation Setup and Check] → [0127 Accumulated Production Information] 1. Select “Negative”, “Reversal”, “Digital Image” or “All” from the “Input Type” box. • The information of the input type is displayed.
An asterisk (∗) indicates duplicate size.
2. Record the accumulated production information. 3. To save the data to a floppy disk, follow the steps given on the next page.
5-13
5.2 System Operation Setup and Check (01) 1) Click the [FD Save] button.
2) Insert the formatted floppy disk into the floppy disk drive of the main control unit.
Floppy Disk Z2041
3) Click the [OK] button. • The data is saved into the floppy disk.
4) Remove the floppy disk from the floppy disk drive. 5) Click the [OK] button. • The dialog box disappears. 4. Click the [OK] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen. Floppy Disk
Z2042
5-14
5.2 System Operation Setup and Check (01) 5.2.11
Installation Information Setup (0140)
This procedure sets the installation information. After setting up, restart the system to activate the new settings.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [01 System Operation Setup and Check] → [0140 Installation Information Setup]
5
1. Set the delivery date, startup date and lab ID. 2. Click the [Option] button. 3. Select “Not used” or “COM1” for “PU800BA”. 4. Select “Not used” or “COM3” to “COM6” for “Barcode Reader”. 5. Select “YES” or “NO” for “External File I/O”. 6. Click the [OK] button. • The dialog box disappears. 7. Click the [OK] button. • The dialog box appears. 8. Click the [OK] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen. 9. Perform the post-operational checks to shut down the system and then restart the system. • The new settings are activated.
5-15
5.2 System Operation Setup and Check (01) 5.2.12
Clear Error Log (0141)
This procedure clears the system error and printer error information.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [01 System Operation Setup and Check] → [0141 Clear Error Log] 1. Select the item to be cleared and click the [Clear] button.
• The selected information is cleared. 2. Click the [OK] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5.2.13
Shipping Information Reference (0142)
This procedure displays the shipping information.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [01 System Operation Setup and Check] → [0142 Shipping Information Reference] 1. The model, serial no. and shipping date are displayed. 2. Click the [OK] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5-16
5.3 Print Condition Setup and Check (02) 5.3.1
Paper Condition Setup (0200)
When new paper is to be loaded, follow this procedure to set up the new paper condition.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [02 Print Condition Setup and Check] → [0200 Paper Condition Setup]
5
1. Install the paper magazine to be set up and select “Magazine (upper)” or “Magazine (lower)”. NOTE: Click the [Initialize] button to initialize condition setup data.
2. Click the [Print] button.
• After about three minutes, a condition setup print is fed out.
Condition Setup Print
3. Adjust the guide of the densitometer according to the width of the condition setup print.
Densitometer
Guide
NOTE: If an error occurs, press the orange [RESET] switch.
EZ634
5-17
5.3 Print Condition Setup and Check (02) 4. Insert the condition setup print into the densitometer.
Densitometer [START] Button
L2527
5. Click the [Dens. Measure] button.
• The measurement is started and the density measurement result is displayed. 6. Click the [OK] button.
• The density measurement result dialog box disappears. NOTE: If the “Density Measurement Result” is not acceptable, the message shown at right appears. Repeat Steps 2 to 6 until the result becomes OK.
7. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5-18
5.3 Print Condition Setup and Check (02) 5.3.2
Print Size Setup (0220)
This procedure sets the print size to be used.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [02 Print Condition Setup and Check] → [0220 Print Size Setup]
5
5-19
5.3 Print Condition Setup and Check (02) • Normally, sizes are registered as shown in the table below. Group 1 No.
Print Size
Width [0.1mm]
Length [0.1mm]
Display
Border
Simple Setting 1
1
89C
89.0
127.0
ON
BL
2
89P
89.0
254.0
ON
BL
3
89H
89.0
158.0
ON
BL
4
102C
102.0
152.0
ON
BL
5
102P
102.0
254.0
ON
BL
6
102H
102.0
178.0
ON
BL
7
3R
127.0
89.0
ON
BL
8
3RBD
127.0
89.0
OFF
BD
9
5R
127.0
178.0
OFF
BL
10
5RBD
127.0
178.0
OFF
BD
11
4R
152.0
102.0
ON
BL
12
4RBD
152.0
102.0
OFF
BD
13
6R
152.0
203.0
OFF
BL
14
6RW
152.0
216.0
OFF
BL
15
8R
203.0
254.0
ON
BL
16
8RW
203.0
305.0
OFF
BL
17
A5
210.0
148.0
OFF
BL
18
A4
210.0
297.0
OFF
BL
19
8R1
254.0
203.0
OFF
BL
20
10R
254.0
305.0
OFF
BL
21
10RW
254.0
381.0
OFF
BL
22
11 X 14
279.0
356.0
OFF
BL
23
11 X 17
279.0
432.0
OFF
BL
24
12 X 10
305.0
254.0
OFF
BL
25
12 X 15
305.0
381.0
ON
BL
26
12 X 18
305.0
457.0
OFF
BL
27
3DSC
89.0
119.0
OFF
BL
28
3DSCf
89.0
127.0
OFF
BD
29
4DSC
102.0
136.0
OFF
BL
30
4DSCf
102.0
152.0
OFF
BD
31
5DSC
127.0
169.0
OFF
BL
32
5DSCf
127.0
178.0
OFF
BD
33
89lx
89.0
120.0
OFF
BL
34
CDIDX
102.0
120.0
OFF
BL
35
127lx
127.0
120.0
OFF
BL
Width [0.1mm]
Length [0.1mm]
Border
Display
Group 2 No.
Print Size
1
89C
890
1270
BL
ON
2
89P
890
2540
BL
ON
3
89H
890
1580
BL
ON
4
102C
1020
1520
BL
ON
5
102P
1020
2540
BL
ON
6
102H
1020
1780
BL
ON
5-20
2
3
4
5
5.3 Print Condition Setup and Check (02) 1. Allocate “Button 1” to “Button 6” in the “Simple Setting” box for the six most frequently used print sizes. 2. Select the print size to be modified or registered from the list.
5 • ID [No.], Name, Width, Length, Border, four BD values and [Display(ON/OFF)] are displayed. 3. Move the cursor to the print size to be used, select “ON” or “OFF” shown in the “Display”. • If you select “ON”, the description appears in the list. If you select “OFF”, nothing appears in the list. 4. Click the [OK] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5-21
5.3 Print Condition Setup and Check (02) 5.3.3
Paper Magazine Registration (0221)
This procedure registers the paper magazine to be used. Change the dryer temperature if necessary.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [02 Print Condition Setup and Check] → [0221 Paper Magazine Registration] “ID”: “Width”: “Paper”: “Length”: “Remain”: “BP”: “Line speed”:
Enter the magazine ID. Enter the paper width (mm). Select the paper surface type. Enter the roll paper length (m). Enter remaining paper length (m). Select “YES” or “NO” for back printing. Selected automatically according to the “Type”. “Type”: Select the paper type correctly. The paper type is indicated on the paper package. [Set] button: Click this button to register the entered items.
↓ [Next page]
[Prev page] ↑
“ID”: “P1R”: “P2R”: “PSR”: “Correct value”:
Enter the magazine ID. Enter the P1R replenishment rate. Enter the P2R replenishment rate. Enter the PSR replenishment rate. Enter the correction value of the dryer temperature. [Set] button: Click this button to register the entered items. NOTE: Do not change the “P1R”, “P2R”, “PSR” and “Correct value” values.
1. Release the latches and open the paper magazine.
Latches (2)
Paper Magazine L2360
5-22
5.3 Print Condition Setup and Check (02) 2. Remove the two screws and adjust the width of the paper guides. Tighten the two screws.
Screws (2) Paper Guides
5 L2361
NOTE: • Use the appropriate guides for paper width. • Guide C is available as an optional accessory. Guide
Paper Width
A
Except B and C
B
95/120/130/210
C
114/216
L2367
3. Loosen the four screws securing the paper flanges to the paper shaft.
Paper Flanges Hole/Width Mark
4. Align the holes in the paper flange bosses with the paper width marks visible from the hole and tighten the four screws. NOTE: Be careful not to overtighten the screws.
Screws (4) L2368
5-23
5.3 Print Condition Setup and Check (02) 5. Find the appropriate paper from the table on the screen and install its ID chip to the magazine using the screw.
ID Chip
6. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
Screw L2366
5.3.4
Monitor Adjustment (0222)
This procedure sets the color balance of the monitor for each input type.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [02 Print Condition Setup and Check] → [0222 Monitor Adjustment] 1. Make a print without color and density correction with a normal film using the master channel for “Custom Setting”. 2. On the printing screen, correct the pre-scanning image so that it matches the print using the C, M and Y keys. 3. Multiply each of the correction values by the “Key Step Width Setup” value of Menu 0225 “Custom Setting Regist/Delete”. Then enter the results in the respective boxes on the screen. “Key Step Width Setup” values of the master channel (0) an Menu 0225 “Custom Setting Register/delete”: C: 8 M: 8 Y: 8 Correction values in Step 2: C: +2 M: –1 Y: 0
5-24
5.3 Print Condition Setup and Check (02) Correction values to be entered: C: 8 × 2 = 16 M: 8 × –1 = –8 Y: 8 × 0 = 0 4. Click the [OK] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5.3.5
Special Film Channel Setting (0223)
This procedure registers or deletes channel for the DX code of special monotone films (which use color processing). Also fine-adjusts the slope (for color) and balance (for black & white).
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [02 Print Condition Setup and Check] → [0223 Special Film Channel Setting]
1. On the printing screen, insert the film to be registered to pre-scan it. 2. Click the [i] button of the status icon at the lower left-hand corner of the screen.
5-25
5
5.3 Print Condition Setup and Check (02) • The “System Information and Operations Setup” dialog box appears. 3. Click the button of the “Status Display”.
• The “Status Display” dialog box appears.
4. Record the DX code. 5. Open the Menu 0223 screen. 6. Enter the DX code recorded into the “DX Code” box. 7. Enter the film name in the “Film Name” box using the full keyboard. 8. Click the [Register] button. NOTE: Before channel setting, register the DX code and film name.
1. Enter the channel number to be registered in the “CH No.” box. There are 128 film channels. 2. Enter the film name in the box next to the “CH No.” box. 3. Select “Register”. • The registered channel is added to the [Process 1] on the printing screen that appears when the DX code cannot be read. 4. Select the tone in the “Tone” box. Tone: Color Sepia 1 Sepia 2 B/W 5. Set “Balance/Slope” for color and “Balance” for black & white. 6. Enter the DX code registered in “Film Name Registration” into the “DX Code” box.
5-26
5.3 Print Condition Setup and Check (02) 7. Click the [Register] button. • The DX code is listed in the “Registered DX Code” box. 8. Click the [OK] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen. 1. Select the channel number to be deleted in the “CH No.” box.
5
• The DX code and name are displayed in the “Registered DX Code” box. 2. Click the [Delete] button. • The DX code is deleted. 3. Click the [OK] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5.3.6
Monotone Correction Setting (0224)
Follow this procedure to fine-adjust the balance values for the correction type indicated in the “Monotone Correction” dialog box on the printing menu screen.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [02 Print Condition Setup and Check] → [0224 Monotone Correction Setting] 1. Select the correction type to be adjusted in the “Correction” box. Correction: B/W Sepia 1 Sepia 2 User B/W User Sepia 1 2. Change the balance values. 3. Click the [OK] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5-27
5.3 Print Condition Setup and Check (02) 5.3.7
Custom Setting Regist/Delete (0225)
Printing is normally performed according to the condition of the master “0” channel. The 65 (0 + 64) custom conditions can be set up for each input type. The custom conditions can be selected on the printing screen. The condition editing items differ depending on the input type (Negative, Reversal or Black & White Negative), or whether of optional “Tone Selection Software (B9)” is installed or not.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [02 Print Condition Setup and Check] → [0225 Custom Setting Regist/Delete] 1. Select the input type to be set up. Input Type: Negative Reversal Black & White Negative 2. Select the number to be set up. 3. Enter the name for the back printing of custom setting in the “Name” box using the full keyboard. 4. Click the [Cond. Edit] button. • The “Initial Value Selection” dialog box appears. 5. Select the custom setting number to be used as the initial value. 6. Click the [OK] button.
5-28
5.3 Print Condition Setup and Check (02) ● Input Type: Negative • The “Corr. Level/Tone/Hypertone” panel appears. 1) Set up “Correct Level”, “Tone Adjust” and “Hypertone”.
Tone Correction
Color/Density Hypertone Correction
Full Correction
Yes
Yes
ON
Tone Fixing
No
Yes
OFF
L-CORR
(Low correction)
Condition Confirm No
No
5
OFF
Standard All Hard All Soft Highlight Hard Highlight Soft Shadow Hard Shadow Soft Hypertone Process: Yes No Highlight Level: Lower Low Normal High Higher Shadow Level: Lower Low Normal High Higher Mode: Mode 1 (Normal Hypertone Mode) Mode 2 (Acceptance rate priority mode; improving backlight and high contrast) 2) Click the “Key Step Width/BL-SL” tab.
5-29
5.3 Print Condition Setup and Check (02) • The “Key Step Width/BL-SL” panel appears. 3) Set up the key step width and balance/slope. C, M, Y: Normally enter “8”. Dc, Dm, Dy: Normally enter “15”. Normally enter “0”. Change setting only when the whole slope condition is biased. 4) Click the “Sharpness/Grain Control” tab. • The “Sharpness/Grain Control” panel appears. 5) Select “Hyper-sharpness“ for “Sharpness process”. Set up “Sharpness”, “Grain Control” Process, “Sharpness Large-size Setup” and “Minimizing Color Spreading”. Sharpness Level: Low 3 Low 2 Low 1 Normal High 1 High 2 High 3 Under Level: –2 –1 0 (Sharpness can be set individually only for under level.) Grain Coarseness Higher Invisible Normal ↑ Lower Visible Sharpness can be set up individually for largesize prints exceeding the magnification entered in the “Magnification” box. –2 –1 0 +1 +2
5-30
5.3 Print Condition Setup and Check (02) Yes: Minimizing color spreading in white areas when printing black and white fine grids, stripes, etc. 6) Click the “Other Correction” tab. • The “Other Correction” panel appears. 7) Set up the “Saturation”.
5
–9 to +9 (Color vividness is set up. Normally enter “0”.) 8) Click the “Gradation/Bright” tab. • The “Gradation/Bright” panel appears. NOTE: The “Gradation/Bright” panel can be used after installing the optional “Professional Scanning Software (B7)”, and/or “Tone Selection Software (B9)”.
● Input Type: Reversal NOTE: The “Reversal Special Settings” panel cannot be used.
• The “Corr. Level/Tone/Hypertone” panel appears. 1) Set up “Correct Level” and “Tone Adjustment”.
Tone Correction
Color/Density Correction
Hypertone
Full Correction
Yes
Yes
ON
Tone Fixing
No
Yes
OFF
No
OFF
Condition Confirm No
Standard All Hard All Soft Highlight Hard Highlight Soft Shadow Hard Shadow Soft
5-31
5.3 Print Condition Setup and Check (02) 2) Click the “Key Step Width/BL-SL” tab. • The “Key Step Width/BL-SL” panel appears. 3) Set up the key step width and balance/slope. NOTE: • Click the [Default] button to return to the initial values.
C, M, Y: Normally enter “4”. Dc, Dm, Dy: Normally enter “8”. Normally enter “0”. 4) Click the “Sharpness/Grain Control” tab. • The “Sharpness/Grain Control” panel appears. 5) Select “Hyper-sharpness” for “Sharpness process”. Set up “Sharpness”, “Grain Control Process”, “Sharpness Large-size Setup” and “Minimizing Color Spreading”. Sharpness Level: Low 3 Low 2 Low 1 Normal High 1 High 2 High 3 Grain Coarseness Higher Invisible Normal ↑ Lower Visible Sharpness can be setup individually for large-size prints exceeding the magnification entered in the “Magnification” box. –2 –1 0 +1 +2
5-32
5.3 Print Condition Setup and Check (02) Yes: Minimizing color spreading in white areas when printing black and white fine grids, stripes, etc. 6) Click the “Other Correction” tab. • The “Other Correction” panel appears. 7) Set up the saturation.
5
Color vividness can be adjusted. Range is –9 to +9 but normally enter “0”. 7. Click the “Gradation/Bright” tab. • The “Gradation/Bright” panel appears. NOTE: The “Gradation/Bright” panel can be used after installing the optional “Professional Scanning Software (B7)”, and/or “Tone Selection Software (B9)”.
● Input Type: Black & White Negative • The “Corr. Level/Tone/Hypertone” panel appears. 1) Set up “Correct Level” and “Tone Adjustment”. Tone Correction Color/Density Correction Full Correction
Yes
Yes
Tone Fixing
No
Yes
Condition Confirm No
No
Standard All Hard All Soft Highlight Hard Highlight Soft Shadow Hard Shadow Soft 2) Click the “Key Step Width/BL-SL” tab.
5-33
5.3 Print Condition Setup and Check (02) • The “Key Step Width/BL-SL” panel appears. 3) Set up the key step width and balance/slope. NOTE: Click [Default] to return to the initial values.
Dc, Dm, Dy: Normally enter “15”. Normally enter “0”. 4) Click the “Sharpness/Grain Control” tab. • The “Sharpness/Grain Control” panel appears. 5) Select “Hyper-sharpness” for “Sharpness process”. Set up “Sharpness”, “Grain Control Process”, “Sharpness Large-size Setup” and “Minimizing Color Spreading”. Sharpness Level: Low 3 Low 2 Low 1 Normal High 1 High 2 High 3 Under Level: -2 -1 0 (Sharpness can only be set individually for under level.) Grain Coarseness Higher Invisible Normal ↑ Lower Visible Sharpness can be setup individually for large-size prints exceeding the magnification entered in the “Magnification” box. –2 –1 0 +1 +2
5-34
5.3 Print Condition Setup and Check (02) Yes: Minimizing color spreading in white areas when printing black and white fine grids, stripes, etc. 6) Click the “Gradation/Bright” tab. The “Gradation/Bright” panel appears. NOTE: The “Gradation/Bright” panel can be used after installing the optional “Professional Scanning Software (B7)”, and/or “Tone Selection Software (B9)”.
5
8. Click the [OK] button. • The condition panel disappears and operation returns to the “Custom Setting Regist/Delete” screen. • The “Status” changes to “Use”. 9. To delete the custom condition, select the number to be deleted and click [Delete]. 10. Click the [OK] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5-35
5.3 Print Condition Setup and Check (02) 5.3.8
Back Printing Format (0226)
Select the back printing format for the 135/Others and IX240.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [02 Print Condition Setup and Check] → [0226 Back Printing Format]
<135/Others> 1. Select the desired printing item from No. “1” to “6”. 2. Move the cursor to the “User ID” or “Private Characters” box and enter the user ID or private characters using the numeric keys of the operation or full keyboard. NOTE: The maximum number of characters is three for the user ID and thirty five-for private characters.
3. Click the [OK] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
No.
Printing Item
Back Printing Format
1
User ID + Correction Data + Order No. + Digital Image Order No. + Frame No. + Custom Setting No. + Retrieve No.
ABC IARRWSSKKLDR CMYDDD NNN 1 SORT CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC ####
2
Serial No. + Correction Data+ Order No. + Digital Image Order No. + Frame No. + Custom Setting No. + Retrieve No.
Sno IARRWSSKKLDR CMYDDD 1 SORT CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC ####
3
Order No. + Private+ Frame No. + Custom Setting No. + Retrieve No.
SORT PP........PP CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC ####
4
Order No. + Date + Private+ Frame No. + Custom Setting No. + Retrieve No.
SORT YYYYMMDD PP.......PP CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC ####
5
Mag. + Correction Data + Order No.+ Angle + Digital Image Order No. + Frame No. + Custom Setting No. + Retrieve No.
MM.MM IARRWSSKKLDR CMYDDD NNN 1 SORT AAA ORDERN CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC ####
6
No Back Printing
AAA: Rotating Angle ABC: User ID CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC: Custom Setting No. : Frame No. IARRWSSKKLDR CMYDDD 1: Correction Data MM.MM: Magnification
ORDERN: PP.........PP: Sno: SORT: YYYYMMDD ####
5-36
ORDERN
ORDERN
Digital Imaging Order No. Private Characters Serial No. Order No. Date (Example: 20031001) Retrieve No.
5.3 Print Condition Setup and Check (02) Correction Data: I A RR WSS KK LD R CMY DDD Density correction CMY correction One way or two way and red eye combination Lens correction/Retouch Gradation level Custom setting correction combination Custom setting No. Auto correction condition Input mode
1. Click the “IX240” tab. 2. Select “Printing Item” from “1” to “5”. 3. Select “1” or “2” for the separator. 4. Click the [OK] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
No.
Printing Item
Back Printing Format
1
Correction Data + Digital Image Order No.
IARRWSSKKLDR CMYDDD ORDERN
2
Order No. + Digital Image Order No.
SORT ORDERN
3
Order No. + Correction Data + Digital Image Order No.
SORT IARRWSSKKLDR CMYDDD ORDERN
4
Mag. + Correction Data + Order No. + Digital Image Order No.
MM.MM IARRWSSKKLDR CMYDDD SORT ORDERN
5
No Back Printing
IARRWSSKKLDR CMYDDD: Correction Data MM.MM: Magnification
ORDERN: SORT:
5-37
Digital Imaging Order No. Order No.
5
5.3 Print Condition Setup and Check (02) 5.3.9
Index Conditions (0227)
Select the condition of the index printing.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [02 Print Condition Setup and Check] → [0227 Index Conditions] <135> 1. Click the [▼] button in the box to be changed and select the format. Logo:
FUJICOLOR*INDEX PRINT FUJICOLOR INDEX PRINT INDEX PRINT Index Custom Logo: Can be registered on Menu 1020. 2. Click the [OK] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen. 1. Click the “IX240” tab. 2. Click the [▼] button in the box to be changed and select the format. Logo: Negative – FUJICOLOR*INDEX PRINT FUJICOLOR INDEX PRINT INDEX PRINT Reversal – FUJICHROME*INDEX PRINT FUJICHROME INDEX PRINT INDEX PRINT Index Custom Logo: Can be registered on Menu 1020. 3. Select “Crop” or “Border Line” for “Frame”. 4. Click the [▼] button in the “Border Line” box and select the border line. Frame: Cropping Border Line
Green/White Black/White
5. Click the [OK] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5-38
5.3 Print Condition Setup and Check (02) 5.3.10
Image Correction Setup (0240)
This menu is used to enable image correction condition setting and custom setting condition editing by selecting “Yes” for each item. Set the image correction type for each input type. Input Type: Negative Reversal B/W negative
5
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [02 Print Condition Setup and Check] → [0240 Image Correction Setup] 1. Set the seven items in the Hyper ACCS frame. 2. Click the [OK] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5.3.11
Fine Adjustment of the Print Mag.Setting (0241)
This menu is used to change the basic magnification for each print size. The magnification can be changed by Magnification × Rate / 100 in the “Rate” box.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [02 Print Condition Setup and Check] → [0241 Fine Adjustment of the Print Mag.Setting] 1. Select the carrier, mask and film types. 2. Select the print size. 3. Select “Rate” Range: 50 % to 200 % 4. Click the [OK] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5-39
5.3 Print Condition Setup and Check (02) 5.3.12
Paper Condition Method Setup (0242)
This procedure sets the paper condition setup method.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [02 Print Condition Setup and Check] → [0242 Paper Condition Method Setup] 1. Select “YES” or “NO” for the ambient variable correction. 2. Select “YES” or “NO” for the master magazine registration.
↓ [Next page]
3. If “YES” is selected in Step 2, set the ID, width, paper and type for the master magazine. NOTE: • Ambient variable correction: When there is a sudden change in temperature during the day, it influences the color development process of color papers. To maintain constant printing quality in that condition, select “YES”. • Master magazine registration: Paper condition setup must be performed for all papers if “NO” is selected.
4. Click the [Next Page] button. 5. Enter “Density correction value” for “Patch No.” and “Temperature correction value” of the AD300 densitometer, if necessary. 6. Click the [Set] button. 7. Click the [OK] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5-40
[Prev page] ↑
5.3 Print Condition Setup and Check (02) 5.3.13
Paper Surfaces Display Setup (0243)
This procedure setups display of the “Paper” box of Menu 0221 “Paper Magazine ID Setting”. [Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [02 Print Condition Setup and Check] → [0243 Paper Surfaces Display Setup]
5
1. Select the paper type to be changed. 2. Select “ON” or “OFF”. 3. Click the [Set] button. 4. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5-41
5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (03) 5.4.1
Image Scanning Method (0300)
This menu sets up the detecting level for unexposed IX240 frames.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [03 Scanner Adjustment/ Maintenance] → [0300 Image Scanning Method] 1. Select “Unexposed Frame Detect Level”. Unexposed Frame Detect Level: 1: Unexposed frames are not displayed. 2: All frames including unexposed frames are displayed. 3: Unexposed frames between exposed frames are also displayed. 2. Select “One-way/Two-way scanning mode” or “Two-way scanning mode”. NOTE: If “One-way/Two-way scanning mode” is chosen, the film scanning method is automatically switched to the two-way mode when 4R or larger size, cropping, etc. is selected.
3. Click the [OK] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5-42
5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (03) 5.4.2
Input Check (0320)
This procedure displays the current status of each sensor. NOTE: Refer to Section 18.1 for input parts location.
[Selection]
5
[Setup and Maintenance] → [03 Scanner Adjustment/ Maintenance] → [0320 Input Check] 1. Click the [Next Page] button.
↓ [Next]
2. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5.4.3
Focus Position Adjustment (0321)
This menu is used to set up the center value for the auto focusing of each film carrier mask.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [03 Scanner Adjustment/ Maintenance] → [0321 Focus Position Adjustment] 1. Install the carrier and proceed to the “Focus Position Adjustment” screen. • Carrier ID, type and mask type (M69D only) are displayed. 2. Select “135F” or “135H” for the NC100AY.
5-43
[Previous] ↑
5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (03) 3. Insert a film into the carrier and click the [Run] button.
• The position adjustment value is displayed when the adjustment is completed. 4. Click the [Regist.] button. 5. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5.4.4
Working Information Display (0322)
“LED Light Time” and “Piezoelectric Actuator Operating Time” are displayed.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [03 Scanner Adjustment/ Maintenance] → [0322 Working Information Display] 1. Confirm the working information. 2. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5-44
5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (03) 5.4.5
AF Function Setup (0323)
Auto focusing timing can be set up for each carrier, masks and print size.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [03 Scanner Adjustment/ Maintenance] → [0323 AF Function Setup]
5
1. Select “NC100AY” or “MFC10AY” for “Carrier”. NC100AY: 1) Select “Carrier Setting” or “Each Film” for “AF Timing ” on the “One-way Mode” tab. “Carrier Setting”: Auto focusing is executed when the NC100AY is installed or the feed lane is changed from IX240 to 135. “Each Film”: Auto focusing is executed when a film is inserted. 2) Click the “2way” tab. 3) Select “Each Frame” or “Each Film” for “AF Timing” of “135” and “IX240”. “Each Frame”: Auto focusing is executed for each frame. “Each Film”: Auto focusing is executed when the film is inserted. Magnification can be entered in the “Mag.” box when it is selected. When a large-size print exceeding the magnification entered is selected, auto focusing is executed for each frame. Magnification Range: 0.2 to 42 NOTE: Click the [Initialize] button to return to initial setting.
5-45
5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (03) MFC10AY: 1) Select “Each Frame” or “Per 1 order” for each mask. “Each Frame”: Auto focusing is executed for each frame. “Per 1 order”: Auto focusing is executed for new sort/order. Magnification can be entered in the “Mag.” box when it is selected. When a large-size print exceeding the magnification entered is selected, auto focusing is executed for each frame. Magnification Range:0.2 to 42 NOTE: Click the [Initialize] button to return to initial setting.
2) Click the “Page 2” tab. 3) Select “Each Frame” or “Per 1 order” for “AF Timing” of “120/135 Full Panorama”. “Each Frame”: Auto focusing is executed for each frame. “Per 1 order”: Auto focusing is executed for new sort/order. Magnification can be entered in the “Mag.” box when it is selected. When a large-size print exceeding the magnification entered is selected, auto focusing is executed for each frame. Magnification Range: 0.1 to 28 NOTE: Click the [Initialize] button to return to initial setting.
2. Click the [Regist.] button. 3. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5-46
5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (03) 5.4.6
Dark Correction/Bright Correction (0340)
The darkness correction is performed automatically when the power is turned ON, the scanner correction in the pre-operational checks is executed, one order is completed or a film is inserted after ten minutes has elapsed from the previous darkness correction. The brightness correction is executed automatically when performing the pre-operational checks or changing mask on the first printing screen of the day.
5
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [03 Scanner Adjustment/ Maintenance] → [0340 Dark Correction/Bright Correction] ●Darkness Correction 1. Click the [Dark corr.] button. ●Brightness Correction NC100AY: 1. Clean the diffusion box.
2. For the auto film carrier NC100AY, set it in the 135 lane.
Auto Film Carrier NC100AY
Mark
Z2052
5-47
5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (03) 3. Click the [Bright corr.] button. 4. Select the mask to be corrected.
MFC10AY: 1. Install the multi-film carrier MFC10AY with the calibration mask. Calibration Mask
2. Click the [Bright corr.] button. 3. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
Multi-film Carrier MFC10AY Z2075
5-48
5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (03) 5.4.7
I/O Check (0341)
This procedure displays the status of motors, fans and sensors.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [03 Scanner Adjustment/ Maintenance] → [0341 I/O Check]
5
• The status of each part is displayed in real time. NOTE: Refer to Section 18.1 “I/O Parts Diagram” for parts location. ↓ [Next]
1. Press any button to specify an operation. • The selected operation is performed. 2. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5-49
[Previous] ↑
5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (03) 5.4.8
Carrier Inclination Display (0342)
This procedure checks the status of the carrier inclination. NOTE: If the difference value is more than 100, inspect the film carrier.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [03 Scanner Adjustment/ Maintenance] → [0342 Carrier Inclination Display]
1. Insert a film into the carrier or install the focusing chart jig.
Focusing Chart Jig Z2212
2. Click the [135] or [120] button. • The auto focusing is started and the position of the vertical and horizontal focusing pulses of the carrier and difference value between the maximum and minimum positions are displayed. 3. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5-50
5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (03) 5.4.9
CCD Data Display (0343)
Use this menu to confirm the CCD settings when there is a CCD-related irregularity or when lines or other abnormality appear on prints due to dust or dirt on the CCD, or if malfunctioning of the light source LED is suspected.
[Selection]
5
[Setup and Maintenance] → [03 Scanner Adjustment/ Maintenance] → [0343 CCD Data Display] NOTE: Do not try to change “Output Mode” and “Test Pattern”.
1. Set up the following items. CCD Setup: CDS Operate: Fill-in Scanner Correction Setup : Checkmark (✓) “Dark corr.” and “Gray Pixel”. Magnification: 0.74 LED Light/Current Value: Checkmark (✓) “G”. 2. Click the [AE] button. • The accumulated time is indicated in the “Accumu. Time” box of “CCD Setup”.
5-51
5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (03) 3. Enter the value of accumulated time ×1.2 to 1.3 in the “Accumu. Time” box. 4. Click the [Update] button. • The real time-image is displayed. 5. Find a black part (caused by dust) by enlarging, reducing or moving the position. Enlarging: [Shift] key + Clicking left-hand button of mouse Reducing: [Shift] key + Clicking right-hand button of mouse Moving: Clicking left-hand button of mouse. 6. Move the pointer (yellow lines) and enlarge the image by clicking the left-hand button of the mouse while pressing the [Shift] key. 7. Click the [Line Data Display Switching] button. • Make sure the CCD output is reduced (graph is deformed) at the dust position. 8. Clean the diffusion box or glass of the CCD unit when any dust is found.
1. Remove the carrier and diffusion box. 2. Set up the following items. CCD Setup: Operate: Accumulated Time: Scanner Correction Setup :
CDS Fill-in 10 msec Checkmark (✓) “Dark corr.” and “Gray Pixel corr.”. Magnification: 0.26 LED Light/Current Value: Current:Positive Checkmark (✓) R, G, B or IR to be checked.
5-52
5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (03) 3. Add 9900 pulses to the pulse value in the “Conj. length” box and enter it in the “Conj. length” box. NOTE: The added value may be approximately 11000. If it exceeds 11000, enter 11000 in the “Conj. length” box.
4. Click the [Move] button. 5. Turn ON the diffusion box sensor.
5
6. Click the [Update] button. • The real-time image of the LED is displayed. 7. Click the right-hand button of the mouse while pressing the [Shift] key to reduce the image. 8. Check the condition of LED pattern. LED Pattern R: 8 × 8 G: 5 × 8 B: 5 × 10 IR: 12 × 12 NOTE: Do not sfare at the LED light source for prolonged periods of time.
5.4.10
Lens Registration (0344)
This procedure sets the lens ID to be used and focal length.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [03 Scanner Adjustment/ Maintenance] → [0344 Lens Registration] • The current status is displayed.
5-53
5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (03) 1. Enter the lens ID number and the focal length indicated on the labels affixed to the lens unit. 2. Click the [Regist.] button. 3. Click the [OK] button.
Lens Unit
Labels Z2549
4. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen. 5. Perform the following items. 1) 2) 3) 4)
0345 “Optical Axis Adjustment” 0346 “Optical Magnification Calibration” 0347 “Focus Calibration” 0321 “Focus Position Adjustment” for each carrier and mask 5) 0420 “Mask Position Adjustment”
5.4.11
Optical Axis Adjustment (0345)
This procedure adjusts the optical axis of the image by moving the film carrier base.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [03 Scanner Adjustment/ Maintenance] → [0345 Optical Axis Adjustment] • The magnification setting is 0.55 when the screen is called up.
5-54
5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (03) 1. Install the focusing chart jig to the carrier base. 2. Click the [AF] button. • The calculated values of 0.55 magnification are displayed in the “Axis error.” and “Image rotate” columns in real time.
5 Focusing Chart Jig Z2212
• OK is displayed if the data is within the specified range.
3. If the data is out of range, loosen the four hexagonal socket head bolts securing the carrier base and adjust the optical axis by moving the base together with the jig.
Out of optical axis Image rotation
Range of OK Front (–)/Rear (+): ±10 Left (–)/Right (+): ±10 Left (–)/Right (+): ±5
NOTE: Adjust image rotation first, then the optical axis. X-axis: Move the carrier base towards front and rear. Y-axis: Move the carrier base towards right and left.
Focusing Chart Jig
Hexagonal Socket Head Bolts (4) z2213
4. Tighten the four hex. socket head bolts after “OK” is displayed. 5. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5-55
5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (03) 5.4.12
Optical Magnification Calibration (0346)
This procedure calibrates the optical magnification.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [03 Scanner Adjustment/ Maintenance] → [0346 Optical Magnification Calibration] • The current status is displayed.
1. Set the focusing chart jig to the carrier base.
Focusing Chart Jig z2212
2. Click the [Measure] button. • The optical magnification calibration is performed. • The result is displayed. 3. Click the [Regist.] button.
5-56
5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (03) • The “I-4389” message appears. 4. Click the [OK] button. 5. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen. 6. Perform the steps in the following menus. - 0347 “Focus Calibration” - 0321 “Focus Position Adjustment” for each carrier and mask
5.4.13
5
Focus Calibration (0347)
The center value for each printing magnification can be set up in this menu. The NC100AY with film in the 135-lane can be used to execute this menu if the focusing chart jig is not available. Set a film in the 135F mask for the MFC10AY.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [03 Scanner Adjustment/ Maintenance] → [0347 Focus Calibration]
1. Install the focusing chart jig instead of the carrier.
Focusing Chart Jig z2212
5-57
5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (03) 2. Click the [Create table] button.
• The result is displayed on the screen.
3. Click the [Regist.] button. • The “I-4837” message appears. 4. Click the [OK] button. 5. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen. 6. Perform Menu 0321 “Focus Position Adjustment”.
5-58
5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (03) 5.4.14
Spectral Calibration (0348)
After replacing the LED circuit board assembly or light source unit, perform Menu 0349 “LED Light Amount Adjustment” and then this Menu 0348 for reversal and negative films.
[Selection]
5
[Setup and Maintenance] → [03 Scanner Adjustment/ Maintenance] → [0348 Spectral Calibration] Perform the spectral calibration using the following tools. Tools: Chart/floppy disk set Multi-film carrier MFC10AY Calibration mask 135M mask 1. Insert the floppy disk into the FD drive of the main control unit. 2. Click the [OK] button.
3. Install the Multi-film carrier MFC10AY with the calibration mask.
Upper Cover
4. Click the [OK] button.
Calibration Mask Multi-film Carrier MFC10AY z2074
5-59
5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (03) • The scanner correction is performed. 5. Replace the calibration mask with the 135M mask.
6. Insert the “No. 1001xxxx” film into the 135M mask and set it in the exposure position.
Film Mount z2805
7. Click the [OK] button.
NOTE: If the image on the screen is abnormal, click the [Rereading] button to read the image again.
5-60
5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (03) 8. Adjust the position of the blocks so that they are at the center of each patch by using the arrow keys. 9. Click the [OK] button.
5
10. Repeat Steps 6 to 9 for Chart Films No. 1002xxxx, No. 1003xxxx, No. 1004xxxx, No.1005xxxx, No. 1006xxxx and No. 1007xxxx in this order. 11. Click the [OK] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen. 12. Remove the floppy disk from the main control unit. 13. Repeat Steps 1 through 12 for the negative films .
5.4.15
LED Light Amount Adjustment (0349)
Adjust LED light amount when: • the LED23 circuit board assembly is replaced. • the light source unit is replaced. • light amount is reduced. After executing this menu, perform Menu 0348 “Spectral Calibration”.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [03 Scanner Adjustment/ Maintenance] → [0349 LED Light Amount Adjustment] 1. Install the auto film carrier NC100AC in its 135lane. NOTE: Do not insert a film.
5-61
5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (03) 2. Click the [Measure] button.
• The result is displayed. 3. Click the [Regist.] button.
4. Click the [OK] button. 5. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen. 6. Perform Menu 0348 “Spectral Calibration”.
5-62
5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (03) 5.4.16
Scanner Parameter Check/Update (0350)
This menu checks parameters saved in the EEPROM of the CTB23, CLE23, CPZ23, CCD23 circuit boards and the HD of the main control unit, then displays the result by “OK” or “NG”. If “NG” is displayed, the [Storage] and [Reading] buttons become effective.
5
[Storage] Button:
Saves the parameters from the circuit board into the HD when the system software (A1) is newly installed. [Reading] button: Reads the parameters saved in the HD and writes them into the circuit board when the circuit board has been replaced. [FD reading] button: Reads the displacement parameters from the FD and writes them into the CPZ23 circuit board and the HD when the CCD unit has been replaced.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [03 Scanner Adjustment/ Maintenance] → [0350 Scanner Parameter Check/ Update] ●Storage Each button becomes effective when the system software (A1) is newly installed.
1. Click the [Storage] button. 2. Click the [OK] button. • The parameters in the EERROM are saved into the HD. 3. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5-63
5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (03) ●Reading Each button becomes effective when the circuit board has been replaced. 1. Click the [Reading] button. 2. Click the [OK] button. • The parameters saved in the HD are written into the EEPROM. 3. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen. ●FD Reading Use this procedure when the CCD unit has been replaced. 1. Insert the displacement sensor parameter FD attached to the CCD unit into the FD drive of the main control unit.
Displacement Sensor Parameter FD Z2041
2. Click the [FD reading] button. 3. Click the [OK] button. • The parameters are written from the FD into the HD of the main control unit and the EEPROM of the CPZ23 circuit board. 4. Remove the FD. 5. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen. 6. On Menu 0351 “CCD Adjustment”, perform “AD Timing Adjustment”, “OFD Voltage Adjustment” and “Gray Pixel Detection” (See Subsection 5.4.17).
5-64
5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (03) 5.4.17
CCD Adjustment (0351)
On this menu, perform AD timing adjustment, overflow voltage adjustment, DC offset adjustment and gray pixel detection when the CCD unit has been replaced.
[Selection]
5
[Setup and Maintenance] → [03 Scanner Adjustment/ Maintenance] → [0351 CCD Adjustment]
●AD Timing Adjustment 1. Remove the carrier and install the 135 diffusion box.
135 Diffusion Box
Hole
Pin
Hole
Pin Z2035
2. Click the [AD Timing Adjustment] button. NOTE: FL TIMING: Feed through level timing (Black level sampling) DL TIMING: Data level timing (Data sampling)
5-65
5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (03) 3. Click the [Run] button. 4. Click the [OK] button.
• The result of adjustment is displayed. 5. Click the [Regist.] button. 6. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the CCD adjustment main screen.
●Overflow Voltage Adjustment 1. Remove the carrier and install the 135 diffusion box. 2. Click the [OFD Voltage Adjustment] button.
3. Click the [Run] button. 4. Click the [OK] button.
5-66
5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (03) • Result of adjustment is displayed. 5. Click the [Regist.] button. 6. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the CCD adjustment main screen.
5 ●DC Offset Adjustment This procedure adjusts the CCD output so that it falls within the input range of the AD converter. 1. Remove the carrier and install the 135 diffusion box. 2. Click the [CCD Offset Adjustment] button. 3. Click the [Run] button.
• Result of adjustment is displayed. 4. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the CCD adjustment main screen.
5-67
5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (03) ●Gray Pixel Detection 1. Install the auto film carrier NC100AY with the 135F mask and set it in the 135 lane. In the case of the MFC10AY, install it without mask.
Auto Film Carrier NC100AY
Mark
Z2052
2. Click the [Gray Pixel Detection] button.
3. Click the [Run] button. 4. Click the [OK] button. 5. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the CCD adjustment main screen. 6. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5-68
5.5 Carrier Adjustment/Maintenance (04) 5.5.1
NC100AY Fixed Feeding Setup (0400)
On this menu, the feeding amount for the fixed feeding mode of the 135 films can be adjusted.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [04 Carrier Adjustment/ Maintenance] → [0400 NC100AY Fixed Feeding Setup]
5
1. Set up fixed feed frame lengths for the 135 full and half sizes by clicking the [▼] and [▲] buttons. Initial Value Input Range 135F 38.10mm
36.00 to 40.00mm
135H 19.40mm
19.00 to 20.00mm
2. Click the [Regist.] button. 3. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5.5.2
Mask Position Adjustment (0420)
This menu is used to adjust mask position relative to the monitor screen and prints. This menu should be executed for all carriers and masks to be used.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [04 Carrier Adjustment/ Maintenance] → [0420 Mask Position Adjustment] 1. Install the film carrier and mask to be adjusted. • The carrier ID, carrier type and mask type are displayed. NOTE: • Set a mount frame without film when adjusting the mount mask. • Do not insert a film.
5-69
5.5 Carrier Adjustment/Maintenance (04) 2. Click the [Image Disp] button. • The mask and adjustment frames are displayed. 3. Click the [Auto Correct] button. • The mask opening position is corrected automatically and the horizontal and vertical correction values are displayed in the “Position Adjust” boxes. 4. If necessary, adjust position manually by clicking the “Position Adjust” arrow buttons. NOTE: Click the [Initialize] button to return to “0.0mm” position.
5. Click the [Regist.] button. 6. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5-70
5.5 Carrier Adjustment/Maintenance (04) 5.5.3
NC100AY Input Check (0421)
The status of the sensors of the auto film carrier NC100AY can be checked.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [04 Carrier Adjustment/ Maintenance] → [0421 NC100AY Input Check]
5
1. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5-71
↓ [Next]
[Previous] ↑
↓ [Next]
[Previous] ↑
5.5 Carrier Adjustment/Maintenance (04) 5.5.4
MFC10AY Input Check (0422)
The status of the sensors of the Multi-film carrier MFC10AY can be checked.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [04 Carrier Adjustment/ Maintenance] → [0422 MFC10AY Input Check] 1. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5-72
5.5 Carrier Adjustment/Maintenance (04) 5.5.5
NC100AY Working Information Display (0423)
Working information of the auto film carrier NC100AY can be checked. When replacing the NC100AY, write the data into the FlashROM (memory in the carrier) and return the carrier to Fujifilm for analysis.
[Selection]
5
[Setup and Maintenance] → [04 Carrier Adjustment/ Maintenance] → [0423 NC100AY Working Information Display] 1. Install the auto film carrier NC100AY.
This mode is used for overwriting data in the carrier. 1) Click the [HD Reading] button. • The working information is read out from the HD and displayed on the screen.
5-73
↓ [Next]
[Previous] ↑
↓ [Next]
[Previous] ↑
5.5 Carrier Adjustment/Maintenance (04) 2) Click the [FlashROM writing] button. 3) Click the [OK] button.
• Working information is written to the FlashROM of the carrier.
1) Click the [FlashROM Reading] button. • The working information is read out from the FlashROM and displayed on the screen. 2) Click the [HD Writing] button. 3) Click the [OK] button. • The working information is written to the HD of the main control unit. 2. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5-74
5.5 Carrier Adjustment/Maintenance (04) 5.5.6
MFC10AY Working Information Display (0424)
Working information of the Multi-film carrier MFC10AY can be checked. When replacing the MFC10AY, write the data into the FlashROM and return it to Fujifilm.
[Selection]
5
[Setup and Maintenance] → [04 Carrier Adjustment/ Maintenance] → [0424 MFC10AY Working Information Display] 1. Install the Multi-film carrier MFC10AY.
1) Click the [HD Reading] button. • The working information is read out from the HD and displayed on the screen. 2) Click the [FlashROM Writing] button. 3) Click the [OK] button.
5-75
↓ [Next]
[Previous] ↑
↓ [Next]
[Previous] ↑
5.5 Carrier Adjustment/Maintenance (04) • The working information is written to the Flash ROM of the carrier. 4) Click the [OK] button. 1) Click the [FlashROM Reading] button. • The working information is read out from the Flash ROM and displayed on the screen. 2) Click the [HD Writing] button. 3) Click the [OK] button. • The working information is written to the HD of the main control unit. 2. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5.5.7
NC100AY Monitor Frame Ratio Setup (0425)
The image frame size displayed after pre-scanning can be set up on this menu. The initial values are set to optimum condition. Changing of this value may result in a mask frame, etc. appearing on the monitor screen.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [04 Carrier Adjustment/ Maintenance] → [0425 NC100AY Monitor Frame Ratio Setup]”
1. Select the carrier ID to be set up. 2. Change the monitor frame ratio by clicking the [▼] and [▲] buttons. NOTE: The default values are 95% for the NC100AY.
3. Click the [Storage] button.
5-76
5.5 Carrier Adjustment/Maintenance (04) 4. Click the [OK] button. • The data is saved. 5. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5 5.5.8
MFC10AY Monitor Frame Ratio Setup (0426)
The image frame size displayed after pre-scanning can be set up in this menu. The initial values are set to optimum condition. Changing of this value may result in a mask frame, etc. appearing on the monitor screen.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [04 Carrier Adjustment/ Maintenance] → [0426 MFC10AY Monitor Frame Ratio Setup]”
1. Select the carrier ID to be set up. 2. Change the monitor frame ratio by clicking the [▼] and [▲] buttons. NOTE: Enter 95% for 135F and smaller masks, and 98% for 120 and 135FP masks normally.
3. Click the [Storage] button.
4. Click the [OK] button. • The data is saved. 5. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5-77
5.5 Carrier Adjustment/Maintenance (04) 5.5.9
NC100AY Sensor Calibration (0440)
This procedure calibrates the optical sensors and shows the result data.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [04 Carrier Adjustment/ Maintenance] → [0440 NC100AY Sensor Calibration] 1. Check that there is no film in the carrier. 2. Click the [Run] button.
• The calibration results are displayed. NOTE: The calibration results are shown but not saved.
3. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5-78
↓ [Next]
[Previous] ↑
↓ [Next]
[Previous] ↑
5.5 Carrier Adjustment/Maintenance (04) 5.5.10
NC100AY Focus Offset Adjustment (0441)
This procedure sets up offset value of focus position for each carrier and mask.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [04 Carrier Adjustment/ Maintenance] → [0441 NC100AY Focus Offset Adjustment]
5
1. Select the carrier ID to be set up. 2. Change the offset value of the mask to be set up. NOTE: Enter “0.00”mm normally.
3. Click the [Storage] button.
4. Click the [OK] button. 5. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5-79
5.5 Carrier Adjustment/Maintenance (04) 5.5.11
MFC10AY Focus Offset Adjustment (0442)
This procedure sets up offset value of focus position for each carrier and mask.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [04 Carrier Adjustment/ Maintenance] → [0442 MFC10AY Focus Offset Adjustment]
1. Select the carrier ID to be set up. 2. Change the offset value of the mask to be set up. NOTE: Enter “0.00”mm normally.
3. Click the [Storage] button.
4. Click the [OK] button. 5. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5-80
5.5 Carrier Adjustment/Maintenance (04) 5.5.12
NC100AY Sensor Calibration Information (0443)
This procedure calibrates the optical sensors and displays the LED current setup and sensor output data. The data can be read out and written in.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [04 Carrier Adjustment/ Maintenance] → [0443 NC100AY Sensor Calibration Information]
5
1. Make sure there is no film in the auto film carrier NC100AY. ↓ [Next]
[Previous] ↑
↓ [Next]
[Previous] ↑
2. Click the [Run] button.
5-81
5.5 Carrier Adjustment/Maintenance (04) • The sensors are calibrated and the results are displayed. 1) Click the [HD Reading] button. • The data is read out from the HD and displayed on the screen.
2) Click the [FlashROM Writing] button. 3) Click the [OK] button. • The data is written to the FlashROM. 1) Click the [FlashROM Reading] button. • The data is read out from the FlashROM and displayed on the screen. 2) Click the [HD Writing] button. 3) Click the [OK] button. • The data is written to the HD of the main control unit. 3. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5-82
5.5 Carrier Adjustment/Maintenance (04) 5.5.13
NC100AY Installation Information Display (0444)
This procedure is used to check the auto film carrier ID and hard revision (modify history) numbers.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [04 Carrier Adjustment/ Maintenance] → [0444 NC100AY Installation Information Display]
5
1. Install the auto film carrier NC100AY. 2. Proceed to the “0444 NC100AY Installation Information Display “ screen. 3. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5.5.14
MFC10AY Installation Information Display (0445)
This procedure is used to check the multi-film carrier ID and hard revision (modify history) numbers.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [04 Carrier Adjustment/ Maintenance] → [0445 MFC10AY Installation Information Display] 1. Install the multi-film carrier MFC10AY. 2. Proceed to the “0445 MFC10AY Installation Information Display “ screen. 3. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5-83
5.5 Carrier Adjustment/Maintenance (04) 5.5.15
NC100AY Installation Information Setup (0446)
This procedure is used to register the auto film carrier ID and hard revision (modify history) numbers.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [04 Carrier Adjustment/ Maintenance] → [0446 NC100AY Installation Information Setup] 1. Install the auto film carrier NC100AY to be registered. 2. Proceed to the “0446 NC100AY Installation Information Setup” screen. • The carrier ID and hard revision numbers are displayed. 3. Click the [Set] button. 4. Click the [OK] button.
5. Click the [OK] button.
6. Remove the carrier.
5-84
5.5 Carrier Adjustment/Maintenance (04) 7. Reinstall the carrier and click the [OK] button. 8. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5 5.5.16
MFC10AY Installation Information Setup (0447)
This procedure is used to register the multi-film carrier ID and hard revision (modify history) numbers.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [04 Carrier Adjustment/ Maintenance] → [0447 MFC10AY Installation Information Setup] 1. Install the multi-film carrier MFC10AY to be registered. 2. Proceed to the “0447 MFC10AY Installation Information Setup” screen. • The carrier ID and hard revision numbers are displayed. 3. Click the [Set] button. 4. Click the [OK] button.
5. Click the [OK] button.
5-85
5.5 Carrier Adjustment/Maintenance (04) 6. Remove the carrier.
7. Reinstall the carrier and click the [OK] button. 8. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5.5.17
NC100AY I/O Check (0448)
This procedure displays the status of the motors, solenoid and sensors.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [04 Carrier Adjustment/ Maintenance] → [0448 NC100AY I/O Check] 1. Connect the auto film carrier NC100AY to the plug-in connector using the carrier extension harness.
Carrier Extension Harness Z2547
5-86
5.5 Carrier Adjustment/Maintenance (04) 2. Push the carrier lock arm to the lock position.
Carrier Lock Arm
5
Z2548
3. Proceed to the “0448 NC100AY I/O Check” screen. 4. Click the operation buttons and check if each part is operating normally. 5. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
↓ [Next]
5-87
[Previous] ↑
5.5 Carrier Adjustment/Maintenance (04) 5.5.18
MFC10AY I/O Check (0449)
This procedure displays the status of the solenoid and sensors.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [04 Carrier Adjustment/ Maintenance] → [0449 MFC10AY I/O Check] 1. Connect the multi-film carrier MFC10AY to the plug-in connector using the carrier extension harness.
2. Push the carrier lock arm to the lock position.
Carrier Lock Arm
3. Proceed to the “0449 MFC10AY I/O Check” screen. 4. Click the operating buttons and check if each part is operating normally. 5. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
z2548
5.5.19
Film Carrier ID Setup/Delete (0450)
This procedure saves data from the carrier into the hard disk when replacing the carrier or installing the machine. Data can be downloaded from the hard disk into the carrier after replacing the carrier circuit board.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [04 Carrier Adjustment/ Maintenance] → [0450 Film Carrier ID Setup/Delete]
5-88
5.5 Carrier Adjustment/Maintenance (04) 1. Click the [HD Backup] button. 2. Click the [OK] button. • Information of the present carrier is backed up to the hard disk in the main control unit. 3. Click the [Close] button.
5
• Operation returns to the menu screen. 1. Select the carrier ID.
2. Click the [HD Download] button. 3. Click the [OK] button. 4. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
1. Select the carrier ID. 2. Click the [HD Backup Del] button. • The carrier information is deleted. 3. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5-89
5.5 Carrier Adjustment/Maintenance (04) 5.5.20
NC100AY Machine Data Setup (0451)
This procedure sets up the data for the auto film carrier NC100AY.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [04 Carrier Adjustment/ Maintenance] → [0451 NC100AY Machine Data Setup]
5-90
↓ [Next]
[Previous] ↑
↓ [Next]
[Previous] ↑
↓ [Next]
[Previous] ↑
5.5 Carrier Adjustment/Maintenance (04) 1) Click the [HD Reading] button. • The data is read out from the HD and displayed on the screen. 2) Click the [FlashROM Writing] button. 3) Click the [OK] button.
5
• The data is written to the FlashROM. 1) Click the [FlashROM Reading] button. • The data is read out from the FlashROM and displayed on the screen. 2) Click the [HD Writing] button. 3) Click the [OK] button. • The data is written to the HD of the main control unit. 1. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5.5.21
NC100AY Magnetic Information Reading (0452)
This menu is used to check that the IX240 magnetic information of the IX240 can be read out.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [04 Carrier Adjustment/ Maintenance] → [0452 NC100AY Magnetic Information Reading] 1. Install the auto film carrier NC100AY in IX240 lane. 2. Insert the film cartridge or strip film. 3. Click the [Run] button.
5-91
5.5 Carrier Adjustment/Maintenance (04) • The magnetic information is read out and displayed. NOTE: If any of three judgments is “O”, reading is normally operated. For example, if result is “OXX” or “XOX”, there is no problem for operation.
4. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
0: Reading out is OK. ×: Reading out is NG. –: No magnetic information.
5.5.22
NC100AY Magnetic Verify (0453)
This menu is used to check that the magnetic head is operating correctly.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [04 Carrier Adjustment/ Maintenance] → [0453 NC100AY Magnetic Verify] 1. Install the auto film carrier NC100AY in IX240 lane. 2. Insert the film cartridge or strip film. 3. Click the [Run] button. • The magnetic information is read out and the result is displayed. 4. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5-92
5.5 Carrier Adjustment/Maintenance (04) 5.5.23
NC100AY Nest Section Operation Check (0454)
This procedure is used when checking operation of the IX240 nest section.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [04 Carrier Adjustment/ Maintenance] → [0454 NC100AY Nest Section Operation Check]
5
1. Install the auto film carrier NC100AY in the IX240lane. 2. Insert a film cartridge or strip film. 3. Click the [Run] button. • The nest section operates and then stops. 4. Click [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5.5.24
NC100AY Feeding Operation Check (0455)
This procedure is used to check film feed operation for the NC100AY.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [04 Carrier Adjustment/ Maintenance] → [0455 NC100AY Feeding Operation Check]
5-93
5.5 Carrier Adjustment/Maintenance (04) <135-lane Feeding Operation> 1. Install the NC100AY in the 135-lane. 2. Select “Neg.”, “Reversal” or “B/W” for “Original type setup”. 3. Select “Frame” or “Feed” for “Film Feed Type”. 4. Select “Feed-out toward left” or “Feed-out toward right” for “Feeding Mode”. 5. Click the [Run] button. 6. Insert a selected film. • The carrier feeds the film. 7. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen. 1. Install the NC100AY in the 240-lane. 2. Select “Neg.” or “Reversal” for “Original type setup”. 3. Select “Lv1”, “Lv2” or “Lv3” for “Unexposed frame detect level”. NOTE: “Lv1”, “Lv2” and “Lv3” in the “Unexposed frame detect level” box indicate levels 1, 2 and 3 on Menu 0300 “Unexposed Frame Detect Level Set” (See Subsection 5.4.1).
4. Click the [Run] button. 5. Insert a film cartridge or strip film. • The carrier feeds the film. 6. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5-94
5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (05) 5.6.1
Paper Magazine Feeding Fine Adjustment (0520)
This menu should be executed for all paper magazines when installing the machine, or when a new magazine is registered.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [05 Printer Adjustment/ Meintenance] → [0520 Paper Magazine Feeding Fine Adjustment]
5
1. Set a new magazine on the upper magazine deck. 2. Select “Upper” for “Magazine”. 3. Click the [Print] button. • After about three minutes, prints 1 and 2 are output to the sorter. 4. Enter new magazine ID in the “Magazine ID” box. 5. Measure the feed lengths of prints 1 and 2 at the center and record them.
Print 1
6. Enter the feed lengths recorded in the “Print 1” and “Print 2” boxes. 7. Click the [Set] button. • Feed length is adjusted automatically. 8. Install the magazine in the upper deck to the lower deck. 9. Repeat Steps 3 through 7 for the lower magazine.
Print 2
10. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen. 1. Enter the magazine ID to be adjusted in the “Magazine ID” box. 2. Select “Upper deck” or “Lower deck”. 3. Enter the value (mm) in the “New value” box.
5-95
5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (05) 4. Click the [Set] button. • The feed length is changed. 5. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5.6.2
G Laser (SHG) Optimal Temperature Setup (0522)
The G laser optimal temperature setting message appears every three months. Set up the optimal temperatures on this screen.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [05 Printer Adjustment/ Maintenance] → [0522 G Laser (SHG) Optimal Temperature Setup]
1. Click the [Enter] button.
• The result is displayed.
2. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5-96
5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (05) 5.6.3
Paper Feed (0523)
This procedure feeds and processes unexposed sheets of paper.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [05 Printer Adjustment/ Maintenance] → [0523 Paper Feed]
5
1. Enter the number of sheets in “Q’ty” box and the feed length in “Length” box. Number of sheets: 1 to 999 Feed length: 82.5 to 381.0 2. Click the [Enter] button. • The sheets of paper are fed and processed. 3. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5.6.4
Printer Temperature Display (0524)
This procedure displays the printer temperature and printer status.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [05 Printer Adjustment/ Maintenance] → [0524 Printer Temperature Display] NOTE: • The temperatures are updated every five seconds. • Always keep “ON” for “Working” of “Abnormal temp. detection”.
1. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5-97
5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (05) 5.6.5
Printer Input Check (0525)
This procedure displays the status of the sensors.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [05 Printer Adjustment/ Maintenance] → [0525 Printer Input Check] 1. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
↓ [Next page]
5.6.6
Image Position and Tilt Fine Adjustment (0527)
This procedure adjusts the white border and image position in a template for each magazine ID.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [05 Printer Adjustment/ Maintenance] → [0527 Image Position and Tilt Fine Adjustment] 1. Install the paper magazine to be adjusted on the upper paper deck. 2. Select “Upper” or “Lower” for “Magazine”. 3. Enter the feed length to be adjusted in the “Feed length” box. 4. Click the [Print] button.
5-98
[Prev. page] ↑
5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (05) y
• After about three minutes, the adjustment print is output.
d
Feeding Direction
5. Select the magazine ID to be adjusted. x
6. Measure the “X”, “Y”, “d” and “f” dimensions of the adjustment print and record them. 7. Enter the recorded “X” and “Y” values (mm) in the appropriate “Main (X)” and “Sub (Y)” boxes.
f
5
8. Calculate “d - f” and enter the value in the “Tilt (d f)” box. 9. Click the [Set] button. 10. Install the magazine to be adjusted on the lower magazine deck. 11. Select “Lower” for “Magazine”. 12. Repeat Steps 3 through 9. 13. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5-99
5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (05) 5.6.7
Printer Function Select (0528)
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [05 Printer Adjustment/ Maintenance] → [0528 Printer Function Select] 1. Select “Both” for “Magazine” normally. 2. Select “YES” for “Registration”. NOTE: Select “NO” for “Registration” to use temporarily when error “W-2414” or “W-2450” occurred.
3. Select “YES” for “Distribution”. NOTE: Select “NO” for “Distribution” to use temporarily when error “W-2419”or “W-2455” occurred and adjust the pipe slider position of the distribution unit as described below. Large size prints cannot be printed. 1) Open the magazine door. 2) Open the distribution section inner cover. 3) Align the “ ” marks on the pipe slider and the distribution unit. 4) Close the distribution section inner cover. 5) Close the magazine door.
Pipe Slider
4. Select “No change” for “Cut interval”. NOTE: When paper overlap feed has been occurred, select “Change” for “Cut interval”. If the large level is selected (from level 1 to level 2 or 3), the cut interval is increased and the processing ability is decreased.
5. Click the [OK] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen. “
” Marks L21157
5-100
5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (05) 5.6.8
Printer I/O Check (0540)
This procedure displays the status of the motors, solenoids and sensors.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [05 Printer Adjustment/ Maintenance] → [0540 Printer I/O Check]
5
1. Click the required operation button. • The respective motor or solenoid operates if it is normal.
↓ [Next page]
[Prev. page] ↑
↓ [Next page]
[Prev. page] ↑
↓ [Next page]
[Prev. page] ↑
2. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5-101
5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (05) 5.6.9
Test Pattern Printing (0541)
This procedure creates test pattern prints.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [05 Printer Adjustment/ Maintenance] → [0541 Test Pattern Printing] 1. Move the cursor to “Test pattern selection”, and select “Grid”, “Borderless contact”, “Bordered contact”, “Gradation”, “Back print 1 (wedge)”, “Back print 2 (line)”, “Back print 3 (character)” or “Frame print”. 2. Move the cursor to “Length” and enter the feed length (mm). 3. Move the cursor to “Q’ty” and enter the number of prints. 4. Click the [Print] button. • After about three minutes, the print is output to the sorter. ■ Color Drift Inspection 1) Make a grid test print. 2) Use a magnifying lens (X25) to check that the vertical line for the color drift is 1/8 pixel or less in width, and the horizontal line is 1/4 pixel or less in width. Reference: 1 pixel width = 0.08mm 5. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5-102
5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (05)
Grid: For color drift and feed length inspection
Borderless contact: For exposure and processing unevenness inspection
Bordered contact: For exposure and processing unevenness, or white border inspection
Back print 1 (wedge)
Back print 2 (line)
Frame print
5-103
Gradation: For gradation inspection
Back print 3 (character)
5
5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (05) 5.6.10
Laser Exposure Check (0542)
This procedure performs an RGB test exposure and displays the results.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [05 Printer Adjustment/ Maintenance] → [0542 Laser Exposure Check] 1. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5.6.11
R Laser (R-LD) Data (0543)
This procedure displays the R laser(R-LD) data in the EEPROM.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [05 Printer Adjustment/ Maintenance] → [0543 R Laser(R-LD) Data] 1. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5.6.12
G Laser (G-SHG) Data (0544)
This procedure displays the G laser(G-SHG) data in the EEPROM.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [05 Printer Adjustment/ Maintenance] → [0544 G Laser(G-SHG) Data] 1. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5-104
5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (05) 5.6.13
B Laser (B-LD) Data (0545)
This procedure displays the B laser(B-LD) data in the EEPROM.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [05 Printer Adjustment/ Maintenance] → [0545 B Laser(B-LD) Data]
5
1. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5.6.14
Scan/Scan Home Position Parameter (0546)
This procedure displays the parameters for exposure positions. Normally parameter changing is unnecessary. When the result of Menu 0547 “Main Scanning Position Adjustment/Laser Beam Synchronous Rough Adjustment” should be altered purposely, change the parameters.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [05 Printer Adjustment/ Maintenance] → [0546 Scan/Scan Home Position Parameter] 1. Enter the scanning position/scanning home position parameters by clicking the [▼] and [▲] buttons. Unit Main scanning: Pixel Sub-scanning: Raster 2. Click the [Set] button to set the parameters. 3. Click the [OK] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5-105
5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (05) 5.6.15
Main Scan/Laser Beam Sync. Rough Adjust (0547)
This procedure performs the scanning adjustment and laser beam synchronization rough adjustment.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [05 Printer Adjustment/ Maintenance] → [0547 Main Scan/Laser Beam Sync. Rough Adjust] NOTE: Perform this adjustment after processing three or more sheets of paper because the feed length may not stabilize immediately after setting paper.
1. Install the paper magazine for the narrowest paper width being used. 2. Click the [Print] button.
←→
• The print is output in about three minutes. 3. Measure the dimensions of A, B and C, then record them.
A→ ←
→
C
←B Sub-Scanning Line
NOTE: Tolerance of measurement: Within 0.5mm
4. Move the cursor to “A: Left measured value” and enter the measured A value.
Rough Adjustment Block
5. Move the cursor to “B: Right measured value” and enter the measured B value.
6. Click the [Set] button of “Width direction (main scanning position)”. 7. Click the [OK] button. 8. Move the cursor to “C: Top measured value” and enter the measured C value.
5-106
5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (05) 9. Click the [Set] button of “Feeding direction (subscanning position)”. 10. Click the [OK] button. 11. Find the X coordinate which has the minimum color drift on the print for the vertical lines using an inverted magnifier (x20-40), and record the coordinate value and the drifted color (CMY) order from the left side.
5
12. Check and record the drifted color (CMY) order of the sub-scanning line from the top using an inverted magnifier (x20-40). 13. Move the cursor to “X(Width)” and enter the measured X value. 14. Move the cursor to “Y(Feed)” and enter the measured Y value. 15. Click the [Set] button of “Coordinate with least amount of color drift”. 16. Click the [OK] button. 17. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5.6.16
Laser Beam Sync. Fine Adjustment Print (0548)
This procedure performs the fine adjustment of the laser beam synchronization.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [05 Printer Adjustment/ Maintenance] → [0548 Laser Beam Sync. Fine Adjustment Print] 1. Move the cursor to “Order of drifted colors for main scanning” and enter the drifted color order from the left recorded in “Main Scanning Position Adjustment/Laser Beam Sync. Rough Adjustment (Menu 0547)”. 2. Move the cursor to “Order of drifted colors for subscanning” and enter the drifted color order from the top recorded in “Main Scanning Position
5-107
5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (05) Adjustment/Laser Beam Sync. Rough Adjustment (Menu 0547)”. 3. Click the [Print] button.
• The print is output in about three minutes. NOTE: The adjustment print has twenty or twenty-five vertical and horizontal lines.
4. Find numbers that have the minimum color drift on the output print for the vertical and horizontal lines using the magnifier (x20-40). 5. Move the cursor to the “Best main scanning position” and enter the number of the vertical lines found. 6. Move the cursor to the “Best sub-scanning position” and enter the number of the horizontal lines found. 7. Click the [Set] button. 8. Click the [OK] button. 9. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5-108
5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (05) 5.6.17
Laser History Display (0549)
Display the exposure time and current value of R-LD, G-SHG and B-SHG.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintence] → [05 Printer Adjustment/ Maintenance] → [0549 Laser History Display]
5
1. Click the [Switch display] button to switch between the graph and numeric displays. 2. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5.6.18
Paper Condition Setup Table (LUT) Copy (0550)
This procedure copies the LUT (Look-up Table) from one magazine to another.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintence] → [05 Printer Adjustment/ Maintenance] → [0550 Paper Condition Setup Table(LUT) Copy] 1. Specify the ID of the source magazine. 2. Specify the ID of the destination magazine. 3. Click the [Enter] button. • Copying is performed.
5-109
5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (05) 4. Click the [OK] button. 5. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5.6.19
Printer Mechanical Fine Adjustment (0551)
This procedure adjusts the printer mechanism.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [05 Printer Adjustment/ Maintenance] → [0551 Printer Mechanical Fine Adjustment] 1. “Cutter: Feed motor stop timing”: Sets up the feed motor stop timing when supplying paper. Click the [Set] button. 2. “Eject: Right/left speed control start timing”: Sets up the speed control start timing of the M665 motor when feeding sheets papers with single lane. Click the [Set] button. 3. “Setup of precut length”: Sets up the leading end cut-off length of paper for each magazine when the roll paper is set, or first print after eight hours has elapsed from the rewinding paper. 4. “Adjustment for distributing position”: Adjusts distribution position and nip timing for each magazine. Click the [Set] button. 5. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5-110
5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (05) 5.6.20
Filter Replacement History (0552)
The laser optical unit air filter replacement history is displayed.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [05 Printer Adjustment/ Maintenance] → [0552 Filter Replacement History]
5
[Replace] button: Click this button when the filter has been replaced. [Initialize] button: Click this button to initialize the replacement history. 1. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5.6.21
Feeding Position Sensor Fine Adjustment (0553)
This procedure adjusts paper leading end position for supply process on the basis of the sensors.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [05 Printer Adjustment/ Maintenance] → [0553 Feeding Position Sensor Fine Adjustment] NOTE: perform this procedure for both upper and lower magazine decks.
1. Select “Upper” or “Lower” for “Magazine”. 2. Click the [Print] button. • After about three minutes, adjustment Prints 1 and 2 are output. 3. Measure the feed length of Prints 1 and 2 and record them. 4. Enter the recorded values in the “Measured” boxes for “Print 1” and “Print 2”. 5. Click the [Calculate] button.
5-111
5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (05) • New adjustment value appears in the “Calculated” box. 6. Select “All IDs” or “Selected ID only”. 7. Enter ID in the “ID” box if “Selected ID only” is selected. 8. Enter new adjustment value in the “New” box. 9. Click the [Set] button. 10. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5.6.22
Image Position Initial Setting (0554)
This procedure sets up the initial image position for all magazines.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [05 Printer Adjustment/ Maintenance] → [0554 Image Position Initial Setting] 1. Install the narrowest paper magazine on the upper deck and the widest paper magazine on the lower deck. 2. Click the [Print] button. A
• After about three minutes, adjustment Prints 1 and 2 for the upper magazine and Print 3 for the lower magazine are output.
C
C
3. Print 1: Measure the A to F dimensions and enter them in the appropriate boxes. Print 2: Measure the C and E dimensions and enter them in the appropriate boxes. Print 3: Measure the B to F dimensions and enter them in appropriate boxes.
D
D
B
F
E Print 2
E Print 1
5-112
5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (05) C
4. Click the [Set] button. 5. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
B
D
F
5
E Print 3
5.6.23
Sub-scan Feeding Speed Adjustment (0555)
This procedure adjusts the feeding speed of the subscanning unit.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [05 Printer Adjustment/ Maintenance] → [0555 Sub-scan Feeding Speed Adjustment] 1. Select “Upper” or “Lower” for “Magazine”. 2. Click the [Print] button. • After about three minutes, the adjustment print is output. 3. Measure the “A” dimension of the adjustment print and record it. 4. Enter the recorded value in the “Measured” box. 5. Click the [Calculate] button. • New adjustment value is displayed in the “Calculated (%)” box. 6. Enter the magazine ID in the “ID” box. 7. Enter the calculated value in the “New” box. 8. Click the [Set] button. 9. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5-113
5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (05) 5.6.24
Sub-scanning Soft Nip Fine Adjustment (0557)
This procedure adjusts the soft nip timing, nip position and motor current value of the sub-scanning unit.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [05 Printer Adjustment/ Maintenance] → [0557 Sub-scanning Soft Nip Fine Adjustment] 1. Enter the feed length in the “Feed length” box. 2. Select “Upper” or “Lower” for “Magazine”. 3. Click the [Print] button. • After about three minutes, adjustment Prints 1 to 9 are output. 4. Select optimum prints for unevenness level at the leading and trailing ends from nine adjustment prints 5. Enter the optimum print numbers in the “Tip No. 1 to 9” and “End No. 1 to 9” boxes. 6. Click the [Convert] button. • Timing, new pulse adjustment and motor current values are displayed. 7. Select “Selected ID only” or “All IDs”. 8. Enter the ID in the “Magazine ID” box if “Selected ID only” is selected. 9. Click the [Set] button for “Adjustment value”. 10. Click the [Set] button for “Motor current value”. 11. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5-114
5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (05) 5.6.25
Sensor Calibration (Initial) (0558)
This procedure calibrates the paper sensors.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [05 Printer Adjustment/ Maintenance] → [0558 Sensor Calibration (Initial)] D619 D629 D650 D653
: : : :
5
Upper magazine splice sensor Lower magazine splice sensor Exposure section entrance paper sensor. Exposure position paper sensor
1. Click the [▼] button to select the sensor to be calibrated. 2. Click the [Start] button. • Date and result are displayed. NOTE: If the result is “NG”, the sensor should be replaced.
3. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5-115
5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (05) 5.6.26
Sensor Calibration (Daily) (0559)
This procedure sets up daily calibration of the sensors.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [05 Printer Adjustment/ Maintenance] → [0559 Sensor Calibration (Daily)] • The calibration history is displayed in the lower box of the screen. D619 D629 D650 D653
: : : :
Upper magazine splice sensor Lower magazine splice sensor Exposure section entrance paper sensor. Exposure position paper sensor
1. Select “Yes” for “Daily Calibration” normally. NOTE: Manual calibration can be used if “No” is selected.
2. Click the [Set] button. 3. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen. 1. Select a sensor in the “Sensor No.” box. 2. Click the [Set] button. 3. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5-116
5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (05) 5.6.27
Printer Operation Data Display (0560)
This procedure displays the printer operation data.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [05 Printer Adjustment/ Maintenance] → [0560 Printer Operation Data Display]
5
1. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5-117
↓ [Next page]
[Prev. page] ↑
↓ [Next page]
[Prev. page] ↑
5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (05) 5.6.28
Data Saving (0561)
The parameters displayed can be written from the memory on the printer’s circuit board to the HD in the main control unit.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintence] → [05 Printer Adjustment/ Maintenance] → [0561 Data Saving]
1. Select the item to be saved. 2. Click the [OK] button. • The data is saved. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5-118
5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (05) 5.6.29
Data Download (0562)
The parameters displayed can be written from the HD in the main control unit to the memory on the printer’s circuit board.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintence] → [05 Printer Adjustment/ Maintenance] → [0562 Data Download]
5
1. Select the item to be downloaded. 2. Click [OK].
• The data is downloaded.
3. Click the [OK] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen. 4. Shut down and restart the system.
5-119
5.7 Processor Adjustment/Maintenance (06) 5.7.1
Replenisher Pump Output Measurement/Setting (0620)
This procedure measures and corrects the replenisher pump output. Normally measure only PSR. NOTE: The machine automatically measures and adjusts the pump output for P1R, P2RA and P2RB.
When executing this menu to confirm pump operation for the P1R, P2RA or P2RB, return the discharged replenisher into the replenisher tank.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [06 Processor Adjustment/Maintenance] → [0620 Pump Output Measurement/Setting] 1. Prepare a measuring cylinder. 2. Perform the following steps for PSR.
Screw
1) Open the water supply port door. 2) Loosen the screw and remove the water supply port inner cover.
Water Supply Port Inner Cover L21055
3. Perform the following steps for P1R, P2RA or P2RB. 1) Open the replenisher box door. 2) Remove the circulation filter tray.
Circulation Filter Tray L2232
5-120
5.7 Processor Adjustment/Maintenance (06) 3) Remove the screw and then the splashprevention cover.
Screw
4. Click the [Start] button for the pump to be measured. • The message below appears on the printer operation panel.
5
#PSR MEASURE #START
[YES]
?
5. Press the [Enter] key on the printer operation panel.
Splash-prevention Cover L21051
• The alarm beeps intermittently for ten seconds. NOTE: Click the [Cancel] button to stop the operation.
6. Before the pump starts discharging, disconnect the replenisher nozzle, insert it into the measuring cylinder and hold it at the same height as its setting position.
PSR Replenisher Nozzle
• The replenisher pump starts discharging. • The alarm beeps when discharging is completed. 7. Insert the replenisher nozzle into the sub-tank.
Measuring Cylinder
8. Place the measuring cylinder on a level surface, and then read and record the output.
L21050
5-121
5.7 Processor Adjustment/Maintenance (06) 9. PSR : Dispose of the liquid in the measuring cylinder. P1R, P2RA or P2RB : Return the discharged replenisher into the replenisher tank through the cartridge box opening.
P2RB Replenisher Nozzle P1W Replenisher Nozzle P1R Replenisher Nozzle
10. Select the “Measured value” box, and enter the recorded output value.
Measuring Cylinder
11. Clean the measuring cylinder. 12. Click the [OK] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen. P2RA Replenisher Nozzle
13. Reinstall the removed parts.
L21052
5.7.2
Auto Cleaning Output Measurement/Setting (0621)
This procedure measures and corrects auto-cleaning pump output.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [06 Processor Adjustment/Maintenance] → [0621 Auto Cleaning Output Measurement/Setting] 1. Prepare the two measuring cups for auto-cleaning output measurement. 2. Open the dryer unit and support it with Stopper 2 (yellow). 3. Remove the No.2 crossover rack.
No.2 Crossover Rack
NOTE: Do not remove the other crossover racks to prevent splashing of washing water.
No.3 Crossover Rack L21052
5-122
5.7 Processor Adjustment/Maintenance (06) 4. Install the measuring cups instead of the No.2 crossover rack as shown.
Measuring Cups
5. Click the [Start] button for “No.2”. • The message bellow appears on the printer operation panel. #No.2 MEASURE #START
[YES]
5
?
6. Press the [Enter] key on the printer operation panel.
L21116
• The pump discharges washing water after the ten second countdown. NOTE: To stop the pump, press the [Enter] key.
• The alarm beeps once when the discharging is completed. 7. Remove the measuring cups. 8. Place the measuring cups on a horizontal surface, read the liquid amount and record it.
Measuring Cups
9. Dispose of the water from the measuring cup. 10. Enter the recorded value in the “Measured value” box for the “No.2”. 11. Reinstall the No.2 crossover rack and remove the No.3 crossover rack. 12. Install the measuring cups instead of the No.3 crossover rack. 13. Repeat Steps 5 through 12 for No.3.
L21117
14. Reinstall the No.3 crossover rack.
5-123
5.7 Processor Adjustment/Maintenance (06) 15. Repeat Steps 5 and 6 for “Dryer entrance rack”.
Dryer Entrance Rack
16. Remove the dryer entrance rack and check that it is washed completely with washing water. 17. Reinstall the dryer entrance rack and close the dryer unit. 18. Click the [OK] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
L2236
5.7.3
Low Volume Processing Setup (0622)
This procedure sets up low volume processing.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [06 Processor Adjustment/Maintenance] → [0622 Low Volume Processing Setup] 1. Select “YES” for “Low volume”. 2. Enter minimum processing amount in the box. Range: 0.0 to 25.0 3. Enter minimum processing amount for last eight days in the box. Range: 0.0 to150.0 NOTE: Click the [Clear] button to clear all data.
4. Click the [OK] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5-124
5.7 Processor Adjustment/Maintenance (06) 5.7.4
Processor Temperature Calibration (0623)
This procedure calibrates the processor section temperatures.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [06 Processor Adjustment/Maintenance] → [0623 Processor Temperature Calibration]
5
1. Check that the display values have reached the “Setting” temperatures. 2. Open the dryer unit and support it with Stopper 2 (yellow). 3. Open the replenisher box door. 4. Remove the circulation filter tray. 5. Remove the P1 circulation filter and put it on the circulation filter tray.
P1 Circulation Filter
Circulation Filter Tray L2233
6. Measure the temperature of the P1 processing solution and record it.
P1 Sub-tank
Thermometer
7. Reinstall the filter by aligning the fastening tab with the notch, and then turn it 90° clockwise. 8. If the “Setting” temperatures differ from the values displayed, move the cursor to the “Measured value” and enter the values recorded in Step 4. Range: 0.0 to 99.9 9. Click the [Enter] button. P2 Sub-tank
10. Repeat Steps 4 through 9 for the P2 solution temperature.
L21047
5-125
5.7 Processor Adjustment/Maintenance (06) 11. Measure the PS1/2/3 solution temperature at the PS2 processing tank and record it.
Thermometer
12. Repeat Steps 8 and 9 for the PS1/2/3 solution temperature.
PS2 Sub-tank L21048
13. Remove the water supply port inner cover and rubber plug from the PS4 sub-tank.
PS4 Sub-tank
14. Measure the PS4 solution temperature and record it. 15. Repeat Steps 8 and 9 for the PS4 solution temperature. 16. Reinstall the rubber plug, water supply port inner cover and circulation filter tray. 17. Click the [Close] button.
Thermometer L21049
• Operation returns to the menu screen.
5-126
5.7 Processor Adjustment/Maintenance (06) 5.7.5
Processor Input Check (0624)
This procedure displays the status of the sensors.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [06 Processor Adjustment/Maintenance] → [0624 Processor Input Check]
5
1. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5-127
↓ [Next page]
[Prev. page] ↑
↓ [Next page]
[Prev. page] ↑
5.7 Processor Adjustment/Maintenance (06) 5.7.6
Processor Operating Condition Setup (0625)
This procedure sets up the processor operating condition.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [06 Processor Adjustment/Maintenance] → [0625 Processor Operating Condition Setup] 1. Normally, the processor operating conditions are set up as shown in the table below. Rack auto cleaning Dryer entrance rack auto clean No. of prints for dryer entrance rack auto clean 1 to 9999 Auto intermittent driving Forcible output to large size tray Energy saving mode Ambient temperature correction PS solution concentration monitor Evaporation correction Humidity PS rack cleaning Sorter Max. No. of sheets Line speed for control strip
ON ON 1000 ON OFF ON ON ON ON Auto OFF 50 High
2. Click the [OK] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5-128
5.7 Processor Adjustment/Maintenance (06) 5.7.7
Processing Temperature Setting (0640)
This procedure sets the processing temperatures.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [06 Processor Adjustment/Maintenance] → [0620 Processing Temperature Setting]
5
1. Enter the numerical values of the “P1”, “P2” and “PS” processing temperatures. Range
Initial Value
P1
40.0 to 45.0
43.0
P2
35.0 to 45.0
43.0
PS
42.0 to 47.0
45.0
2. Click the [OK] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5-129
5.7 Processor Adjustment/Maintenance (06) 5.7.8
Processor I/O Check (0642)
This procedure displays the status of the motors, solenoids and sensors.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [06 Processor Adjustment/Maintenance] → [0642 Processor I/O Check] 1. Click the required operation button. • The respective motor or solenoid operates, if it is normal.
↓ [Next page]
[Prev. page] ↑
↓ [Next page]
[Prev. page] ↑
2. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5-130
5.7 Processor Adjustment/Maintenance (06) 5.7.9
Processor Operation Data Display (0643)
This procedure displays the processor operation data.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [06 Processor Adjustment/Maintenance] → [0643 Processor Operation Data Display]
5
1. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen. ↓ [Next page]
5.7.10
PS Liquid Concentration Management (0644)
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [06 Processor Adjustment/Maintenance] → [0644 PS Liquid Concentration Management] 1. Enter level in the “Measurement level” box. Standard Level:6 NOTE: The level may not be “6” according to the factory adjustment.
2. Click the [Set] button. 3. Click the [Start] button for “Manual measurement”.
5-131
[Prev. page] ↑
5.7 Processor Adjustment/Maintenance (06) • The required setting level is displayed in the “OK level” box. 4. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5-132
5.8 Image Processing Section Adjustment/Maintenance (07) 5.8.1
Image Processing Section Information Display (0720)
The mounting status (free space, circuit board name and status) of the DIMM and PCI slots in the image processing circuit board box is displayed. Also DSP conditions (Valid or Invalid) are displayed for GPA circuit board.
[Selection]
5
[Setup and Maintenance] → [07 Image Processing Section Adjustment/Maintenance] → [0720 Image Processing Section Information Display] 1. Click the [Close] Button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5.8.2
Image Processing Section I/O Check (0740)
The image processing section temperature, carrier status (exist/none) and fan status are displayed.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [07 Image Processing Section Adjustment/Maintenance] → [0740 Image Processing Section I/O Check] 1. Click the [Close] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5-133
5.8 Image Processing Section Adjustment/Maintenance (07) 5.8.3
Image Processing Section Function Setting (0741)
The mounting status (free space, circuit board name and status) of the DIMM and PCI slots in the image processing circuit board box is displayed. The DSP conditions (Valid or Invalid) of the GPA circuit board are changed between “Valid” and “Invalid”.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [07 Image Processing Section Adjustment/Maintenance] → [0741 Image Processing Section Function Setting]
1. If any DSP is abnormal, change it to “Invalid” until the GPA23 circuit board is replaced. 2. Click the [Close] button. • Setting is registered and operation returns to the menu screen.
5-134
5.9 Register/Delete 5.9.1
Shop Logo Regist/Delete (1020)
This procedure registers or deletes the shop logo that appears on the index prints.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [10 Register/Delete] → [1020 Shop Logo Regist/ Delete]
5
1. Insert the floppy disk containing the shop logo to be registered into the floppy disk drive of the main control unit. 2. Click the [Add] button.
Floppy Disk z2041
• The “Media Selection” dialog box appears. 3. Select “FD” and click the [OK] button. • The shop logo is displayed in the dialog box. 4. Click the [OK] button. • The shop logo is registered. 5. Click the [OK] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen. 1. Select the shop logo to be deleted. 2. Click the [Delete] button. • The shop logo is deleted from the list. 3. Click the [OK] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5-135
5.9 Register/Delete 5.9.2
Template Regist/Delete (1021)
See the “Installation Manual” of the optional Variety Print Service software.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [10 Register/Delete] → [1021 Template Regist/Delete]
5.9.3
Holiday File Regist/Delete (1022)
See the “Operating Instructions” of the optional Variety Print Service software.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [10 Register/Delete] → [1022 Holiday File Regist/Delete]
5.9.4
Custom Button Regist/Save (1023)
This menu is used to register the custom button setting into the main control unit, using a floppy disk.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintenance] → [10 Register/Delete] → [1023 Custom Button Regist/Save]
5-136
5.9 Register/Delete [Save] button:
Customized setting registered in the main control unit is saved into a floppy disk. [Regist] button: Customized setting data edited by the PC is registered into the main control unit from a floppy disk. [Initialize] button: Customized setting is returned to the initial setting.
5
1. Select “Function” or “Service” to be registered. 2. Click the [Register] button.
3. Insert the floppy disk for the custom button setting edited by the Custom Button Setting Tool into the floppy disk drive of the main control unit.
Custom Button Setting Floppy Disk Z2041
4. Click the [OK] button. • The customized setting is registered into the main control unit.
5-137
5.9 Register/Delete 1. Select “Function” or “Service” to be saved. 2. Click the [Save] button.
3. Insert the formatted floppy disk into the floppy disk drive of the main control unit.
Floppy Disk Z2041
4. Click the [OK] button. • Custom button setting data is saved from the main control unit to the floppy disk.
1. Select “Function” or “Service” to be initialized. 2. Click the [Initialize] button. 3. Click the [OK] button. • Selected customized setting is returned to the initial setting. 4. Click the [OK] button. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5-138
5.10 Help (21)/Self-Diagnostics (Scanner)(22)/Self-Diagnostics (Printer)(23) Refer to the separate Service Manual “SelfDiagnostic/Trouble Help”.
5.11 Special Operations (99) 5.11.1
Paint (9940)
5
Follow this procedure to use “Paint”.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintence] → [99 Special Operations] → [9940 Paint] NOTE: For information on “Paint” operations, see the Windows® 2000 manual.
1. Click “File” and “Exit” on the upper left-hand side of the screen. NOTE: Be sure not to click the emergency button.
• Operation returns to the menu screen.
5.11.2
Explorer (9941)
Follow this procedure to use “Explorer”.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintence] → [99 Special Operations] → [9941 Explorer] NOTE: For information on “Explorer” operations, see the Windows® 2000 manual.
1. Click “File” and “Exit” on the upper left-hand side of the screen. NOTE: Be sure not to click the emergency button.
• Operation returns to the menu screen.
5-139
5.11 Special Operations (99) 5.11.3
Command (9942)
Follow this procedure to perform MS-DOS command operations.
[Selection] [Setup and Maintence] → [99 Special Operations] → [9942 Command] NOTE: For information on “Command” operations, see the MS-DOS® manual.
1. Click the [X] button on the upper right-hand side of the screen. • Operation returns to the menu screen.
5-140
6. OPERATION SECTION Parts Location......................................................................................... 6-2 6.1
Monitor..................................................................................................... 6-3 6.1.1
6.2
Monitor Replacement .............................................................................................. 6-3
Mouse/Keyboard/Light Box (Optional) ................................................. 6-4 6.2.1 6.2.2 6.2.3 6.2.4 6.2.5 6.2.6 6.2.7
Mouse Replacement................................................................................................ 6-4 Operation Keyboard Assembly Removal/Reinstallation ..................................... 6-4 Operation Keyboard Circuit Board Replacement................................................. 6-5 Operation Keyboard Replacement......................................................................... 6-5 Light Box (Optional) Replacement......................................................................... 6-6 Light Box (Optional) Switch Replacement ............................................................ 6-7 Table Upper Cover Removal/Reinstallation .......................................................... 6-7
6-1
6
Parts Location
Mouse Monitor Light Box (Optional)
Operation Keyboard
Table Upper Cover
Table Lower Cover
Z2440
6-2
6.1 Monitor 6.1.1
Monitor Replacement
Removal 1. Perform the post-operational checks to shut down the system. 2. Turn OFF the built-in circuit breaker and disconnect the power cord from the wall outlet. Monitor Cable
3. Disconnect the monitor cable from the main control unit.
6
Z2027
4. Disconnect the power supply cable from the monitor.
Monitor
5. Remove the monitor from the table.
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. After installation, perform the following adjustments. 1) Monitor setting (See Instruction Manual of the Monitor). Power Supply Cable
2) Menu 0222 “Monitor Adjustment” (See Subsection 5.3.4).
Z2086
6-3
6.2 Mouse/Keyboard/Light Box (Optional) 6.2.1
Mouse Replacement
Removal 1. Shut down the system by performing the postoperational checks. 2. Disconnect the mouse cable from the main control unit. 3. Open the two harness clamps. 4. Pass the mouse cable through the hole in the tablemat.
Harness Clamps (2) Mouse Cable Z2207
Installation
Groove in Table
1. Pass the mouse cable through the hole in the table mat and connect it to the main control unit.
Table Mat
2. Align the mouse with the right end of the table and fit in the cable into the groove in the table as shown.
Mouse Z2025
6.2.2
Operation Keyboard Assembly Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screw
Operation Keyboard Assembly
1. Perform the post-operational checks to shut down the system. 2. Turn OFF the built-in circuit breaker and disconnect the power cord from the wall outlet. 3. Remove the screw and then the operation keyboard assembly.
Z2106
6-4
6.2 Mouse/Keyboard/Light Box (Optional) 4. Disconnect the harness connector from the operation keyboard circuit board.
Operation Keyboard Circuit Board
Reinstallation Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Harness Connector Z2107
6.2.3
Operation Keyboard Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
Operation Keyboard Circuit Board
1. Remove the operation keyboard (See Subsection 6.2.2).
Connector
2. Remove the four screws and then the operation keyboard circuit board. 3. Release the lock of the connector and disconnect the flexible cable from the circuit board.
Screws (4) Flexible Cable
Installation
Z2113
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
6.2.4
Operation Keyboard Replacement
Removal
Screws (3)
Keyboard Bracket
1. Remove the operation keyboard (See Subsection 6.2.2). 2. Remove the three screws and then the keyboard bracket.
Z2114
6-5
6
6.2 Mouse/Keyboard/Light Box (Optional) 3. Remove the four screws and then the keyboard.
Circuit Board Screws (4)
4. Release the lock of the connector and disconnect the flexible cable from the circuit board.
Connector
Installation Operation Keyboard Flexible Cable
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
6.2.5
Z2115
Light Box (Optional) Replacement
Removal
Light Box
Screw
1. Perform the post-operational checks to shut down the system. 2. Turn OFF the built-in circuit breaker and disconnect the power cord from the wall outlet. 3. Remove the screw, then the light box cover and light box.
Light Box Cover Z2116
4. Disconnect the harness connector.
Light Box
Harness Connector
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Z2117
6-6
6.2 Mouse/Keyboard/Light Box (Optional) 6.2.6
Light Box (Optional) Switch Replacement
Removal
Harness Connector
Connector
1. Remove the light box(See Subsection 6.2.5). 2. Disconnect the harness connector.
Lock Tabs
3. Release the lock tabs and remove the switch from the cover.
6 Installation Light Box Switch
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
6.2.7
Z2118
Table Upper Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Seals (2)
1. Remove: • Scanner section front cover (See Subsection 8.2.3). • Operation keyboard assembly (See Subsection 6.2.2)). • Light box (optional)(See Subsection 6.2.5). 2. Peel the two seals from the center of the scanner base covers.
Screws (2) Base Covers (2)
3. Remove the two screws and then the two scanner base covers.
Z2105
6-7
6.2 Mouse/Keyboard/Light Box (Optional) 4. Peel the seal from the left-hand rear of the table.
Seal
Screw
5. If the light box is not used, remove the screw and then the light box section cover. 6. Remove the five screws and then the table upper cover.
Reinstallation
Screws (5) Light Box Section Cover
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Table Upper Cover Z2108
6-8
7. FILM CARRIER SECTION Parts Location......................................................................................... 7-3 7.1
Auto Film Carrier NC100AY (Pressure Cover Section) ....................... 7-9 7.1.1 7.1.2 7.1.3 7.1.4 7.1.5 7.1.6 7.1.7 7.1.8 7.1.9 7.1.10 7.1.11 7.1.12 7.1.13 7.1.14 7.1.15 7.1.16 7.1.17 7.1.18
7.2
Pressure Cover Removal/Reinstallation ............................................................... 7-9 MRH23 (Magnetic Reading Head) Circuit Board Replacement ........................... 7-9 MWH20 (Magnetic Writing Head) Circuit Board Replacement .......................... 7-10 IX240 Leading End/Trailing End/Bar Code Sensor LED (D116L)/LEE23 Circuit Board Replacement ................................................................................ 7-10 135 Leading End Sensor LED (D101L)/LEE22 Circuit Board Replacement ..... 7-11 135 Downstream Perforation Sensor LED (D103L)/LEE22 Circuit Board Replacement ........................................................................................................ 7-11 135 Feed Roller Replacement............................................................................... 7-12 LBF23 Circuit Board Replacement ...................................................................... 7-13 IX240 Feed Roller Replacement ........................................................................... 7-14 IX240 Dust Removal Roller Replacement............................................................ 7-15 Dummy Head Replacement .................................................................................. 7-17 Magnetic Reading Head (D124) Replacement..................................................... 7-17 Magnetic Writing Head (MG101) Replacement ................................................... 7-18 Pressure Cover Hinge Replacement.................................................................... 7-19 Pressure Mask Replacement................................................................................ 7-22 Pressure Cover Open/Close Detecting Pin Position Adjustment ..................... 7-23 Flexible Cable (LBF23 to JNC23) Replacement .................................................. 7-24 Machine Data Writing ............................................................................................ 7-25
NC100AY Lower Feed Section............................................................. 7-26 7.2.1 7.2.2 7.2.3 7.2.4 7.2.5 7.2.6 7.2.7 7.2.8 7.2.9 7.2.10 7.2.11 7.2.12 7.2.13 7.2.14 7.2.15 7.2.16 7.2.17 7.2.18 7.2.19 7.2.20 7.2.21 7.2.22 7.2.23 7.2.24 7.2.25
Feed Section Unit Removal/Reinstallation.......................................................... 7-26 Winding Unit Removal/Reinstallation.................................................................. 7-30 Winding Roller Replacement................................................................................ 7-30 Feed Motor (M101) Replacement ......................................................................... 7-32 JNC23 Circuit Board Replacement ...................................................................... 7-36 Feed Roller Rotation Sensor (D135)/SSE23 Circuit Board Replacement......... 7-37 135 Downstream Perforation Sensor (D103)/DTE22 Circuit Board Replacement.......... 7-37 Solenoid (S101) Replacement .............................................................................. 7-38 Reading Head Opposite Roller Replacement ..................................................... 7-38 Magnetic Reading Adjustment ............................................................................. 7-39 Writing Head Opposite Roller Replacement ....................................................... 7-40 IX240 Lower Dust Removal Roller Replacement ................................................ 7-40 Slide Rail Replacement ......................................................................................... 7-41 Pressure Cover Open/Close Sensor (D128) Replacement ................................ 7-41 Harness Cover Removal/Reinstallation............................................................... 7-42 135 Leading End Sensor (D101P)/DTG23 Circuit Board Replacement............. 7-42 IX240 Leading End/Trailing End/Bar Code Sensor (D116P)/ DTE23 Circuit Board Replacement .................................................................... 7-43 DTB23 Circuit Board Replacement ...................................................................... 7-43 DTF23 Circuit Board Replacement ...................................................................... 7-44 DBF23 Circuit Board Replacement ...................................................................... 7-44 Dummy Head Opposite Roller Replacement ...................................................... 7-45 Lane Change Lever/Arm Replacement................................................................ 7-46 Pressure Cover Lock Lever Replacement........................................................... 7-47 Feed Roller/Belt Replacement.............................................................................. 7-48 Flexible Cable (CYA23 to JNC23) Replacement ................................................. 7-50
7-1
7
7.3
NC100AY Nest Section......................................................................... 7-52 7.3.1 7.3.2 7.3.3 7.3.4 7.3.5 7.3.6 7.3.7 7.3.8 7.3.9 7.3.10 7.3.11 7.3.12 7.3.13 7.3.14 7.3.15 7.3.16 7.3.17
7.4
Nest Section Cover Removal/Reinstallation ....................................................... 7-52 Left-hand Front Cover Removal/Reinstallation .................................................. 7-52 Nest Section Unit Removal/Reinstallation .......................................................... 7-53 Nest Section/135 Entrance Guide-to-Feed Section Alignment Adjustment..... 7-56 135/IX240 Lane Change Phase Adjustment ........................................................ 7-59 SSB23 Circuit Board Replacement ...................................................................... 7-61 135 Entrance Guide Removal/Reinstallation ...................................................... 7-61 135 Entrance Guide Brush Replacement ............................................................ 7-62 Gear Bracket Replacement................................................................................... 7-62 Supply Motor Home Position Sensor (D122)/SSD23 Circuit Board Replacement ........................................................................................................ 7-63 IPI Sensor (D121)/SSA23 Circuit Board Replacement ....................................... 7-63 Cartridge Holder Assembly Replacement........................................................... 7-65 Spool Gear Replacement ...................................................................................... 7-66 Cartridge Release Lever Assembly Replacement .............................................. 7-66 Supply Motor (M102) Replacement...................................................................... 7-67 Keyboard (D131~D134)/MSC22 Circuit Board Replacement ............................. 7-68 Indicator Lamp (L/P101)/LEH23 Circuit Board Replacement ............................ 7-69
NC100AY Body Section........................................................................ 7-70 7.4.1 7.4.2 7.4.3 7.4.4 7.4.5 7.4.6 7.4.7
7.5
Carrier Cover Removal/Reinstallation ................................................................. 7-70 Load Harness Replacement ................................................................................. 7-70 135/IX240 Feed Lane Position Sensor (D129/D130) Replacement .................... 7-71 Plug-in Connector Replacement .......................................................................... 7-72 Bottom Cover Removal/Reinstallation ................................................................ 7-73 CYA23 Circuit Board Replacement...................................................................... 7-74 NC100AY Unit Replacement ................................................................................. 7-80
Multi-film Carrier MFC10AY (Optional) ............................................... 7-81 7.5.1 7.5.2 7.5.3 7.5.4 7.5.5 7.5.6 7.5.7 7.5.8 7.5.9 7.5.10 7.5.11
7.6
Right-hand, Left-hand and Circuit Board Cover Removal/Reinstallation ........ 7-81 CYB23Circuit Board Replacement....................................................................... 7-81 Flexible Cable Replacement ................................................................................. 7-82 MSB23 Circuit Board Replacement ..................................................................... 7-84 Solenoid (S480) Replacement .............................................................................. 7-84 Mask Table Slider Position Sensor (D486) Replacement .................................. 7-85 Mask Cover Gear Replacement............................................................................ 7-86 Plug-in Connector Replacement .......................................................................... 7-88 Slider Bracket Assembly Replacement ............................................................... 7-89 Mask Table Lock Unit Replacement .................................................................... 7-90 Mask Table Lock Unit Spring Replacement ........................................................ 7-91
Carrier Base Section ............................................................................ 7-92 7.6.1 7.6.2 7.6.3 7.6.4 7.6.5 7.6.6 7.6.7 7.6.8
Plug-in Connector Replacement .......................................................................... 7-92 Carrier Base Assembly Removal/Reinstallation................................................. 7-94 Carrier Lock Sensor (D208) Replacement........................................................... 7-96 Carrier Lock Assembly Removal/Reinstallation................................................. 7-96 Lock Release Shaft Disassembly/Reassembly................................................... 7-98 Roller/Arm Replacement....................................................................................... 7-99 Lock Release Arm Replacement ........................................................................ 7-100 Lock Arm Replacement....................................................................................... 7-100
7-2
Parts Location ● Auto Film Carrier NC100AY (Pressure Cover Top-view)
MRH23 Circuit Board
Magnetic Reading Head (D124)
Pressure Mask Height Adjustment Screw
IX240 Dust Removal Roller
Dummy Head LEE1 Circuit Board (D116L)
Magnetic Writing Head (MG101)
IX240 Winding Unit
MWH20 Circuit Board
LEE22 Circuit Board (D101L) LBF23 Circuit Board (D102L/D104L/D106L/ D108L/D109L/D110L/D111L/D112L/D114L/ D115L/D117L/D118L/D119L)
LEE1 Circuit Board (D103L)
Pressure Cover Open/Close Sensor Pin Position Adjusting Screw
Z2441
7-3
7
Parts Location ● Auto Film Carrier NC100AY (Pressure Cover Bottom-view ) D114L
D102L
DD115L
135 Upper Mask
D108L
D112L D103L D111L D101L D104L
D110L D109L D106L D119L D116L D118L Magnetic Writing Head (MG101)
D117L
IX240 Upper Mask Magnetic Reading Head (D124)
Pressure Mask
IX240 Dust Removal Roller Z2442
Symbol
Name
Symbol
Name
D101L
135 Leading End Sensor LED
D111L
135 Front Inner Frame Sensor LED
D102L
135 Upstream Perforation Sensor LED
D112L
135 Front Outer Frame Sensor LED
D103L
135 Downstream Perforation Sensor LED
D114L
135 Rear Panorama Sensor LED
D104L
135 Check Tape Sensor LED
D115L
135 Front Panorama Sensor LED
D106L
135 Rear Bar Code Sensor LED
D116L
IX240 Leading End/Trailing End/Bar Code Sensor LED
D108L
135 Front Bar Code Sensor LED
D117L
IX240 Perforation Sensor LED
D109L
135 Rear Outer Frame Sensor LED
D118L
IX240 Front Unexposed Frame Sensor LED
D110L
135 Rear Inner Frame Sensor LED
D119L
IX240 Rear Unexposed Frame Sensor LED
7-4
Parts Location ● Auto Film Carrier NC100AY (Lower Feed Section Top-view)
JNC23 Circuit Board Plug-in Connector
IX240 Lower Mask
SSD23 Circuit Board (D122)
Feed Motor (M101)
Solenoid (S101)
Supply Motor (M102)
7
D116P
D118P D119P
SSA23 Circuit Board (D121)
D117P
Feed Lane Switching Lever
D106P D109P D110P D101P D104P D111P D112P D108P D103P D115P
D102P
D114P D128
Next Section Unit SSB23 Circuit Board (D120/D123)
Door Motor (M104)
135 Lower Mask
IX240 Feed Lane 135 Feed Lane Position Sensor Position Sensor (D129) (D130)
Z2443
7-5
Parts Location ● Auto Film Carrier NC100AY (Lower Feed Section Bottom-view) DBF23 Circuit Board (D104P/D106P/D108P/ D109P/D110P/D111P/ D112P/D114P/D115P)
DTE22 Circuit Board (D103P) Pressure Cover Open/Close Sensor (D128)
DTG23 Circuit Board (D101P)
DTF23 Circuit Board (D102P) DTE23 Circuit Board (D116P)
DTB23 Circuit Board (D117P/D118P/ D119P) Dummy Head Opposite Roller Writing Head Opposite Roller Reading Head Opposite Roller SSE23 Circuit Board (D135) IX240 lower Dust Removal Roller Z2445
Symbol
Name
Symbol
Name
D101P
135 Leading End Sensor
D115P
135 Front Panorama Sensor
D102P
135 Upstream Perforation Sensor
D116P
IX240 Leading End/Trailing End/Bar Code Sensor
D103P
135 Downstream Perforation Sensor
D117P
IX240 Perforation Sensor
D104P
135 Check Tape Sensor
D118P
IX240 Front Unexposed Frame Sensor
D106P
135 Rear Bar Code Sensor 135 Rear Outer Bar Code Sensor
D119P
IX240 Rear Unexposed Frame Sensor
D108P
135 Front Bar Code Sensor 135 Front Outer Bar Code Sensor
D120
Door Open Close Sensor
D109P
135 Rear Outer Frame Sensor
D121
IPI Sensor
D110P
135 Rear Inner Frame Sensor
D122
Supply Motor Home Position Sensor
D111P
135 Front Inner Frame Sensor
D123
Cartridge Set Sensor
D112P
135 Front Outer Frame Sensor
D135
Feed Roller Rotation Sensor
D114P
135 Rear Panorama Sensor
7-6
Parts Location ● Multi-film Carrier MFC10AY(Optional) Top-view
Solenoid
CYB23 Circuit Board
Plug-in Connector
Mask Table Slider Position Sensor (D486)
Mask Cover Buffer Gear Box
7
MSB23 Circuit Board (D480 to D484)
Z2211
7-7
Parts Location ● Carrier Base Section
Plug-in Connector
Film Carrier Lock Unit
Magnet Carrier Base
Film Carrier Lock Release Lever
Carrier Base Slide Guides
Z2446
7-8
7.1 Auto Film Carrier NC100AY (Pressure Cover Section) 7.1.1
Pressure Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal 1. Open the carrier cover. 2. Remove the three screws and then the pressure upper cover.
Reinstallation Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Pressure Upper Cover
7
Screws (3) Z2252
7.1.2
MRH23 (Magnetic Reading Head) Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
Circuit Board Cover
Screw
1. Remove the pressure upper cover (See Subsection 7.1.1).
Flexible Cable
2. Release the lock of the connector and disconnect the flexible cable. 3. Remove the screw and then the circuit board cover.
Lock Z2481
4. Disconnect the harness from the CN1 connector.
Screws (3) CN1 Connector
CN2 Connector
5. Release the lock of the CN2 connector and disconnect the flexible cable. 6. Remove the three screws and then the circuit board.
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
MRH23 Circuit Board
Flexible Cable Z2253
7-9
7.1 Auto Film Carrier NC100AY (Pressure Cover Section) 7.1.3
MWH20 (Magnetic Writing Head) Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
Flexible Cable Screw
1. Remove the pressure upper cover (See Subsection 7.1.1). 2. Disconnect the harness from the CN1 connector. 3. Release the lock of the CN2 connector and disconnect the flexible cable. 4. Remove the screw and then the circuit board.
Installation CN2 Connector
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
CN1 Connector Z2254
NOTE: Align the hole in the circuit board with the locating boss.
7.1.4
IX240 Leading End/Trailing End/Bar Code Sensor LED (D116L)/ LEE23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal Screw
Sensor LED (D116L)/ LEE23 Circuit Board
1. Remove the pressure upper cover (See Subsection 7.1.1). 2. Disconnect the connector from the circuit board. 3. Remove the screw and then the circuit board.
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: • Tighten the screw while pressing the circuit board against the shoulder. • Perform “Machine Data Writing” (See Subsection 7.1.18).
Connector Z2255
7-10
7.1 Auto Film Carrier NC100AY (Pressure Cover Section) 7.1.5
135 Leading End Sensor LED (D101L)/LEE22 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
Screw
1. Remove the pressure upper cover (See Subsection 7.1.1). 2. Disconnect the connector from the circuit board. 3. Remove the screw and then the circuit board.
Installation
7
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Connector
NOTE: • Tighten the screw while pressing the circuit board against the shoulder. • Perform “Machine Data Writing” (See Subsection 7.1.18).
7.1.6
Sensor LED (D101L)/ LEE22 Circuit Board Z2256
135 Downstream Perforation Sensor LED (D103L)/ LEE22 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
Connector Screw
1. Remove the pressure upper cover (See Subsection 7.1.1). 2. Disconnect the connector from the circuit board. 3. Remove the screw and then the circuit board.
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: • Tighten the screw while pressing the circuit board against the shoulder. • Perform “Machine Data Writing” (See Subsection 7.1.18).
Sensor LED (D103L)/LEE22 Circuit Board Z2257
7-11
7.1 Auto Film Carrier NC100AY (Pressure Cover Section) 7.1.7
135 Feed Roller Replacement
Removal
Screw
Screws (2 for each plate)
1. Remove the pressure upper cover (See Subsection 7.1.1). 2. Remove the screw and then the D101L. 3. Remove the two screws and then the roller retainer plate.
D101L Roller Retainer Plate Z2258
4. Remove the two coil springs, four poly-sliders, two rollers and shaft.
Screws (2) Roller Retainer
Rollers (2)
Springs (2)
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Shaft
Poly-sliders (4) Z2259
7-12
7.1 Auto Film Carrier NC100AY (Pressure Cover Section) 7.1.8
LBF23 Circuit Board Replacement
LBF23 Circuit Board D102L: 135 upstream perforation sensor LED D104L: 135 check tape sensor LED D106L: 135 rear bar code sensor LED D108L: 135 front bar code sensor LED D109L: 135 rear outer frame sensor LED D110L: 135 rear inner frame sensor LED D111L: 135 front inner frame sensor LED D112L: 135 front outer frame sensor LED D114L: 135 rear perforation sensor LED D115L: 135 front perforation sensor LED D117L: IX240 perforation sensor LED D118L: IX240 front unexposed frame sensor LED D119L: IX240 rear unexposed frame sensor LED
7
Removal
Flexible Cable Screws (2)
1. Remove the pressure upper cover (See Subsection 7.1.1). 2. Disconnect the three harness connectors from the LBF23 circuit board. 3. Release the lock of the LBF1 connector and disconnect the flexible cable. 4. Remove the two screws and then the circuit board. Harness Connectors
Installation
LBF1 Connector
LBF23 Circuit Board
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Z2260
NOTE: • Tighten the screws while pressing the circuit board against the shoulder. • Insert the flexible cable into the connector so that its blue contact area disappears. • Perform “Machine Data Writing” (See Subsection 7.2.18).
7-13
7.1 Auto Film Carrier NC100AY (Pressure Cover Section) 7.1.9
IX240 Feed Roller Replacement
Removal
Screw (1 each)
1. Remove the pressure upper cover (See Subsection 7.1.1). 2. Remove the screw and then the roller retainer plate.
Roller Retainer Plate Z2261
3. Remove the two springs, four poly-sliders, two rollers and shaft.
Rollers (2) Springs (2)
Shaft
Poly-sliders (4) Z2262
7-14
7.1 Auto Film Carrier NC100AY (Pressure Cover Section) Installation Springs (Black)(2)
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: Install the two black (strong) springs to the entrance side and the four white (weak) springs to the exit side.
7 Springs (White)(4) Z2263
7.1.10
IX240 Dust Removal Roller Replacement
Removal
Screws (2)
1. Remove the pressure upper cover (See Subsection 7.1.1). 2. Remove the two screws and then the harness guide.
Harness Guide Z2485
3. Loosen the two screws and then the dust removal roller.
Screws (2)
Dust Removal Roller Z2264
7-15
7.1 Auto Film Carrier NC100AY (Pressure Cover Section) 4. Remove the two coil springs.
Springs (2)
Z2265
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: • Tighten the two dust removal roller fixing screws fully and loosen them three turns.
Screws (2) (Loosen 3 turns.) Z2266
• After installation, insert a film and turn the roller cleaning knob. The dust removal roller should be locked when the knob is turned to the feed direction and turned when the knob is turned to the return direction
Dust Removal Roller Film
Roller Cleaning Knob Z2267
7-16
7.1 Auto Film Carrier NC100AY (Pressure Cover Section) 7.1.11
Dummy Head Replacement
Removal
Flexible Cable
Cuircuit Board Cover
1. Remove the pressure upper cover (See Subsection 7.1.1). 2. Release the lock of the connector and disconnect the flexible cable from the LBF23 circuit board. Lock
7 LBF23 Circuit Board Z2482
3. Remove the screw (M3×8) and then the dummy head.
Hole Locating Pin
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Dummy Head
NOTE: Align the hole in the dummy head with the locating pin.
7.1.12
Screw (M3×8) Z2269
Magnetic Reading Head (D124) Replacement
Removal
Connector
1. Remove the pressure upper cover (See Subsection 7.1.1). 2. Release the lock of the connector and disconnect the flexible cable from the circuit board.
Flexible Cable Z2270
7-17
7.1 Auto Film Carrier NC100AY (Pressure Cover Section) 3. Remove the screw and then the magnetic reading head.
Magnetic Reading Head (D124)
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Screw
NOTE: After installation, perform the magnetic reading adjustment (See Subsection 7.2.10).
7.1.13
Z2271
Magnetic Writing Head (MG101) Replacement
Removal
Flexible Cable
1. Remove the pressure upper cover (See Subsection 7.1.1). 2. Release the lock of the connector and disconnect the flexible cable from the circuit board.
Connector Z2272
3. Remove the screw and then the magnetic writing head.
Magnetic Writing Head (MG101)
Installation
Screw
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Z2273
7-18
7.1 Auto Film Carrier NC100AY (Pressure Cover Section) 7.1.14
Pressure Cover Hinge Replacement
Removal
Load Harness Connector Cover
1. Remove the pressure upper cover (See Subsection 7.1.1). 2. Remove the screw and then the load harness connector cover.
Screw
7 Z2229
3. Remove the screw securing the load harness clamp.
Screw
Clamp Z2297
4. Remove the screw and then the JNC23 circuit board cover.
Circuit Board Cover
Screw Z2293
7-19
7.1 Auto Film Carrier NC100AY (Pressure Cover Section) 5. Disconnect all connectors from the JNC23 circuit board.
Flexible Cable
JNC23 Circuit Board
Connector
Screws (2) Z2294
6. Remove the four hex. socket head bolts and then the pressure cover.
Hex. Socket Head Bolts (4) Z2298
7. Remove the four screws and then the both hinges.
Screws (4)
Hinge
Hinge Z2299
7-20
7.1 Auto Film Carrier NC100AY (Pressure Cover Section) Installation
Screws (2)
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: • Tighten the screws while pressing the hinge against the pressure cover. • Perform the level adjustment described below. Hinge
Hinge
Screws (2) Z2300
1. Reinstall the pressure cover and loosely tighten the four hex. socket head bolts.
Pressure Cover
2. Lock the pressure cover and tighten the four hex. socket head bolts while pressing the cover down and against the rear.
Z2301
Hex. Socket Head Bolts (4) Z2302
7-21
7
7.1 Auto Film Carrier NC100AY (Pressure Cover Section) 7.1.15
Pressure Mask Replacement
Removal
Screws (2)
1. Remove the 135F upper mask. 2. Remove the two screws and then the pressure mask.
Pressure Mask Z2291
Installation 1. Temporarily install the pressure mask using the two screws. 135F Upper Mask
2. Reinstall the 135 F upper mask. 3. Align the 135 F upper mask with the lower mask and tighten the two screws securely. 4. Perform the pressure mask height adjustment described below.
135F Lower Mask
Pressure Mask Z2292
1. Remove the pressure upper cover (See Subsection 7.1.1).
Locknut
2. Close the pressure cover and loosen the locknut.
Z2303
7-22
7.1 Auto Film Carrier NC100AY (Pressure Cover Section) 3. Turn the hex. socket head setscrew with the 1.5mm hex wrench so that the clearance between the 135F upper mask and the lower mask is specified value.
Locknut Hex Socket Head Setscrew
Specified Clearance: 0.7 to 0.9 mm 4. Apply thread locking agent to the setscrew and tighten the locknut.
135F Upper Mask
Thread Locking Agent: LOCTITE 425 or equivalent
0.7 to 0.9mm
7 135F Lower Mask Z2304
7.1.16 Pressure Cover Open/Close Detecting Pin Position Adjustment 1. Remove the pressure upper cover (See Subsection 7.1.1). 2. Connect the Auto Film Carrier NC100AY to the plug-in connector of the scanner using a carrier extension cable. 3. Open the Menu 0421 “NC100AY Input Check” screen.
Lock Screw
4. Loosen the locknut. Pin
5. Close the pressure cover and turn the pin to find a point that “D128” just turns “Open” and “Close”.
Locknut Z2268
6. Screw in the pin 1.25 turns. 7. Apply thread locking agent to the threads of the pin and tighten the locknut securely. Thread Locking Agent: LOCTITE 425 or equivalent 8. Disconnect the carrier extension cable and reinstall the pressure upper cover.
7-23
7.1 Auto Film Carrier NC100AY (Pressure Cover Section) 7.1.17
Flexible Cable (LBF23 to JNC23) Replacement
Removal
Flexible Cable
Cuircuit Board Cover
1. Remove the pressure upper cover (See Subsection 7.1.1). 2. Release the lock of the connector and disconnect the flexible cable from the LBF23 circuit board. 3. Peel the flexible cable from the adhesive tape on the circuit board cover.
Lock
LBF23 Circuit Board Z2482
4. Remove the screw and then the JNC23 circuit board cover.
Circuit Board Cover
Screw Z2293
5. Release the lock of the connector and peel the flexible cable from the adhesive tape on the JNC23 circuit board.
Flexible Cable
Lock Adhesive Tape
JNC23 Circuit Board Z2483
7-24
7.1 Auto Film Carrier NC100AY (Pressure Cover Section) Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: • Attach two new adhesive tapes to the new flexible cable by referring the tape positions on the removed cable. • Insert the flexible cable into the connector so that its blue contact area disappears. • Attach the flexible cable to the circuit board cover so that its crease is 3mm in front of the cover edge as shown.
3mm Cover
7
Flexible Cable Z2484
7.1.18
Machine Data Writing
1. Install the carrier to the scanner. 2. Open the Menu 0443 “NC100AY Sensor Calibration Information” screen.
3. Click the [RUN] button.
• The sensors are calibrated and their data are displayed. 4. Click the [FlashROM Writing] button. 5. Click the [OK] button. • Data are written into the FlashROM on the CYA23 circuit board. 6. Click the [HD Writing] button. • Data are written into the HD of the main control unit. 7. Click the [Close] button.
7-25
7.2 NC100AY Lower Feed Section 7.2.1
Feed Section Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screw
1. Remove the nest section cover (See Subsection 7.3.1). 2. Remove the screw and then the interlock rack.
Interlock Rack Z2227
3. Remove the screw and then the load harness connector cover.
Load Harness Connector Cover
Screw
Z2229
4. Remove the screw and then the harness clamp.
Screw
Clamp
5. Remove the screw securing the grounding wire. 6. Disconnect the S101 and M101 connectors.
M101 Connector
Screw/Grounding Wire S101 Connector Z2230
7-26
7.2 NC100AY Lower Feed Section 7. Close the pressure cover. 8. Remove the two M2 screws securing the feed section.
M2 Screws (2)
Z2231
9. Move the feed section in the neutral position.
Neutral Position
7
Feed Section
Z2232
10. Turn over the carrier.
Screws (4)
11. Remove the four screws securing the feed section.
Z2233
7-27
7.2 NC100AY Lower Feed Section 12. Hold the feed section and turn back the carrier.
Z2234
13. Remove the two screws and then the front cover by pushing it to the rear.
Screws (2)
Front Cover
Z2235
Screw
14. Remove the screw and then the right-hand front cover by turning it clockwise.
Right-hand Front Cover
Tab
Hole Z2236
7-28
7.2 NC100AY Lower Feed Section 15. Move the feed section unit toward the rear and lift its front up as shown.
Z2237
16. Release the lock of the connector and lower flexible cable from the JNC23 circuit board.
Connector
7
Lower Flexible Cable Z2238
17. Release the lock of the connector and disconnect the upper flexible cable from the JNC23 circuit board.
Connector
18. Remove the feed section unit.
Reinstallation Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Upper Flexible Cable
NOTE: • Insert the flexible cable into the connector so that its blue contact area disappears. • Align the phase when installing the interlock rack (See Subsection 7.3.5).
Z2239
7-29
7.2 NC100AY Lower Feed Section 7.2.2
Winding Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screw
1. Remove the screw and then the gear cover.
Gear Cover Z2274
2. Remove the two screws and then the winding unit.
Winding Unit
Reinstallation Screws (2)
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
7.2.3
Z2275
Winding Roller Replacement
Removal
E-ring
1. Remove the winding unit (See Subsection 7.2.2). 2. Remove the E-ring and then the roller cleaning knob.
Roller Cleaning Knob Z2276
7-30
7.2 NC100AY Lower Feed Section 3. Remove the E-ring and poly-slider.
E-ring Poly-slider Z2277
4. Remove the two screws and then the feed guide.
Feed Guide
Screws (2) Z2278
5. Remove the shaft, roller and bearing.
Winding Roller
Shaft
Bearing Z2279
7-31
7
7.2 NC100AY Lower Feed Section 6. Remove the two coil springs, three E-rings and left-hand side roller assembly.
Left-hand Side Roller Assembly
Springs (2)
E-rings (3) Z2280
7. Remove the two coil springs, three E-rings and right-hand side roller assembly.
Right-hand Side Roller Assembly Springs (2)
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
7.2.4
E-rings (3) Z2281
Feed Motor (M101) Replacement
Removal
Load Harness Connector Cover
1. Remove the winding unit (See Subsection 7.2.2). 2. Remove the screw and then the load harness connector cover.
Screw
Z2229
7-32
7.2 NC100AY Lower Feed Section 3. Disconnect the M101 connector.
M101 Connector
Z2282
7
4. Loosen the screw securing the belt tensioner.
Belt Tensioner Fixing Screw Z2284
5. Remove the two screws securing the motor bracket.
Motor Bracket
Screws (2) Z2283
7-33
7.2 NC100AY Lower Feed Section 6. Disengage the belt from the pulleys and remove the motor bracket.
Motor Bracket
Belt Z2285
7. Remove the screw, spring and then the tensioner.
Tensioner
Screw
Spring Z2286
8. Remove the E-ring, spacer, two bearings and tensioner pulley.
Tensioner Pulley E-ring Spacer
Bearings (2)
Z2287
7-34
7.2 NC100AY Lower Feed Section 9. Remove the E-ring, spacer and two bearings.
E-ring Spacer
10. Remove the two screws and then the motor bracket.
Bearings (2)
Motor (M101) Motor Harness
Screws (2)
Motor Bracket Z2288
Installation
Screws (2)
Motor Bracket
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: • Install the bracket to the motor so that the harness is positioned as shown in the figure above. • Install the motor bracket while engaging the belt with the pulleys as shown. • Adjust belt tension by following the steps below.
Motor Pulley
Belt
Tensioner Pulley Z2289
1. Temporarily tighten the tensioner fixing screw.
Belt
Tensioner Fixing Screw
2. Rotate the motor gear ten turns in both direction. Push the tensioner toward the left side, then release it and tighten the tensioner fixing screw.
(Push)
Motor Gear
Tensioner Z2290
7-35
7
7.2 NC100AY Lower Feed Section 7.2.5
JNC23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
Circuit Board Cover
1. Remove the screw and then the circuit board cover.
Screw Z2293
2. Release the lock of the connector and peel the flexible cable from the adhesive tape on the circuit board.
Flexible Cable
JNC23 Circuit Board
3. Disconnect all harness connector from the circuit board. 4. Remove the two screws and then the circuit board. Connector
Screws (2) Z2294
5. Release the locks of the connectors and disconnect the two flexible cables from the circuit board.
Connectors (2)
Flexible Cables (2) Z2295
7-36
7.2 NC100AY Lower Feed Section Installation
JNC23 Circuit Board
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: • Attach the adhesive tape to the circuit board near the flexible cable connector. Make sure the adhesive tape does not interfere with the lock of the connector. • Release the lock of the connector and attach the flexible cable to the adhesive tape. Secure the flexible cable with the lock of the connector. • Insert the flexible cable into the connector so that its blue contact area disappears.
Adhesive Tape
Connector Z2496
7.2.6 Feed Roller Rotation Sensor (D135)/SSE23 Circuit Board Replacement Removal
Sensor (D135)
Screw
1. Remove the feed section unit (See Subsection 7.2.1). 2. Remove the screw and then the sensor. 3. Disconnect the connector from the sensor.
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Connector
NOTE: Align the hole in the circuit board with the locating boss.
Z2305
7.2.7 135 Downstream Perforation Sensor (D103)/DTE22 Circuit Board Replacement Removal
Connector Screw
1. Remove the feed section unit (See Subsection 7.2.1). 2. Disconnect the connector from the sensor. 3. Remove the screw and then the sensor.
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: • Tighten the screw while pressing the circuit board against the shoulder. • Perform “Machine Data Writing” (See Subsection 7.1.18).
Sensor (D103) Z2306
7-37
7
7.2 NC100AY Lower Feed Section 7.2.8
Solenoid (S101) Replacement
Removal 1. Remove the feed section unit (See Subsection 7.2.1). 2. Place the feed section unit upside down and remove the screw securing the solenoid. 3. Return the feed section unit and remove the solenoid.
Installation Z2307
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Removal 1. Remove the feed section unit (See Subsection 7.2.1). 2. Remove the two screws and then the leaf spring.
3. Remove the screw, then the roller assembly and eccentric pin.
7-38
7.2 NC100AY Lower Feed Section Installation
Screw
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Eccentric Pin
Roller Assembly
NOTE: • Install the roller assembly so that the groove of the eccentric pin is at right angle with the film feed lane as shown. • Perform “Magnetic Reading Adjustment” (See Subsection 7.2.10).
Eccentric Pin Z2310
7.2.10
Magnetic Reading Adjustment
Perform this adjustment after replacing the magnetic head and/or opposite roller. 1. Perform Menu 0452 “NC100AY Magnetic Information Reading” (See Subsection 5.5.21). 2. If the result is “NG”, perform the following adjustment. 1) Remove the bottom cover (See Subsection 7.4.5). 2) Connect the carrier to the plug-in connector of the scanner by using a extension harness and set the carrier to the IX240 feed lane. 3) Loosen the screw securing the opposite roller. 4) Turn the eccentric pin 45 degrees clockwise and perform Menu 0452. Opposite Roller Screw
5) If the result is still “NG”, repeat Menu 0452 with the eccentric pin in 90 degrees clockwise, 45 and 90 degrees counterclockwise positions in this order to find “OK” point.
Eccentric Pin Z2311
6) Secure the opposite roller by tightening the screw. 7) Disconnect the extension cable and reinstall the bottom cover.
7-39
7
7.2 NC100AY Lower Feed Section 7.2.11
Writing Head Opposite Roller Replacement
Removal
Retainer Plate
1. Remove the feed section unit (See Subsection 7.2.1). 2. Remove the screw and then the retainer plate.
Screw Z2312
3. Remove the two springs, roller and two polysliders.
Springs (2) Poly-sliders (2)
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Roller Z2313
7.2.12
IX240 Lower Dust Removal Roller Replacement
Removal
IX240 Lower Dust Removal Roller
1. Remove the feed section unit (See Subsection 7.2.1). 2. Place the feed section unit upside down. 3. Remove the two screws and then the roller.
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Screws (2) Z2314
7-40
7.2 NC100AY Lower Feed Section 7.2.13
Slide Rail Replacement
Removal 1. Remove the feed section unit (See Subsection 7.2.1).
Left-hand Slide Rail
2. Place the feed section unit upside down. 3. Remove the countersunk flat head screws and then the slide rail. Right-hand Slide Rail
Countersunk Flat Head Screws (2) Z2315
Installation
Left-hand Slide Rail
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: The right- and left-hand slide rails should be installed in place. The inner rail of the right-hand slide rail is extruded 12mm when it is pulled out fully to the front side.
12mm Right-hand Slide Rail
Inner Rail Z2316
7.2.14
Pressure Cover Open/Close Sensor (D128) Replacement
Removal
Connector
Sensor (D128)
1. Remove the right-hand slide rail (See Subsection 7.2.13). 2. Remove the screw and then the sensor. 3. Disconnect the connector form the sensor.
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Screw Z2317
NOTE: Align the hole in the circuit board with the locating boss.
7-41
7
7.2 NC100AY Lower Feed Section 7.2.15
Harness Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screw Lower Harness Cove
1. Remove the left-hand slide rail (See Subsection 7.2.13). 2. Remove the screw and then the lower harness cover.
Z2318
3. Remove the two screws and then the upper harness cover.
Reinstallation Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Upper Harness Cover Screws (2) Z2321
7.2.16 135 Leading End Sensor (D101P)/DTG23 Circuit Board Replacement Removal
Connector
1. Remove the lower harness cover (See Subsection 7.2.15). Screw
2. Remove the screw and then the sensor. 3. Disconnect the connector from the sensor.
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Sensor (D101P) Z2319
NOTE: • Tighten the screw while pressing the circuit board against the shoulder. • Perform “Machine Data Writing” (See Subsection 7.1.18).
7-42
7.2 NC100AY Lower Feed Section 7.2.17
IX240 Leading End/Trailing End/Bar Code Sensor (D116P)/ DTE23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
Screws (2)
1. Remove the lower harness cover (See Subsection 7.2.15). 2. Remove the screw and then the sensor. 3. Disconnect the connector from the sensor.
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
7
Sensor (D116P) Connector Z2320
NOTE: • Tighten the screws while pressing the circuit board against the shoulder. • Perform “Machine Data Writing” (See Subsection 7.1.18).
7.2.18
DTB23 Circuit Board Replacement
DTB23 Circuit Board D117P: IX240 perforation sensor D118P: IX240 front unexposed frame sensor D119P: IX240 rear unexposed frame sensor
Removal
Connector DTB23 Circuit Board
1. Remove the upper and lower harness cover (See Subsection 7.2.15). 2. Remove the screw and then the circuit board. 3. Disconnect the connector from the circuit board.
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Screw NOTE: • Tighten the screw while pressing the circuit board against the shoulder. • Perform “Machine Data Writing” (See Subsection 7.1.18).
Z2322
7-43
7.2 NC100AY Lower Feed Section 7.2.19
DTF23 Circuit Board Replacement
DTF23 Circuit Board D102P: 135 upstream perforation sensor D104P: 135 check tape sensor
Removal
Connector
1. Remove the upper and lower harness cover (See Subsection 7.2.15). 2. Remove the screw and then the circuit board. 3. Disconnect the connector from the circuit board.
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Screw
DTF23 Circuit Board Z2323
NOTE: • Tighten the screw while pressing the circuit board against the shoulder. • Perform “Machine Data Writing” (See Subsection 7.1.18).
7.2.20
DBF23 Circuit Board Replacement
DBF23 Circuit Board D106P: 135 rear bar code sensor D108P: 135 front bar code sensor D109P: 135 rear outer frame sensor D110P: 135 rear inner frame sensor D111P: 135 front inner frame sensor D112P: 135 front outer frame sensor D114P: 135 rear panorama sensor D115P: 135 front panorama sensor
Removal
DBF23 Circuit Board
1. Remove: • Upper and lower harness covers (See Subsection 7.2.15). • DTF23 circuit board (See Subsection 7.2.19). 2. Disconnect the connector from the circuit board. Connector
3. Remove the two screws and then the circuit board.
Screws (2) Z2324
7-44
7.2 NC100AY Lower Feed Section Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: • Tighten the screws while pressing the circuit board against the shoulder. • Perform “Machine Data Writing” (See Subsection 7.1.18).
7.2.21
Dummy Head Opposite Roller Replacement
Removal
7
1. Remove: • Upper and lower harness covers (See Subsection 7.2.15). 2. Remove the screw and then the retainer plate.
Retainer Plate Screw Z2325
3. Remove the springs, roller and poly-sliders.
Springs (2)
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Poly-sliders (2)
Roller Z2326
7-45
7.2 NC100AY Lower Feed Section 7.2.22
Lane Change Lever/Arm Replacement
Removal
Lane Change Lever
Screws (2)
1. Remove the two screws and then the lane change lever.
Z2327
2. Remove the screw, arm and spring.
Spring
Screw Arm
Z2328
3. Remove the E-ring, then the shaft and collar.
E-ring
Shaft
Collar
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Z2329
7-46
7.2 NC100AY Lower Feed Section 7.2.23
Pressure Cover Lock Lever Replacement
Removal
Cord Ties (2)
1. Cut the cord ties, remove the screw and then the harness guide.
7 Harness Guide
Screw Z2331
2. Remove the screw and then the 135 side tensioner assembly.
Screw
135 Side Tensioner Assembly Z2332
3. Remove the lock lever assembly. Lock Lever Assembly
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Z2333
7-47
7.2 NC100AY Lower Feed Section 7.2.24
Feed Roller/Belt Replacement
Removal 1. Remove: Winding unit (See Subsection 7.2.2). DTF23 circuit board (See Subsection 7.2.19). Feed roller rotation sensor (See Subsection 7.2.6). Writing head opposite roller (See Subsection 7.2.11). • Right-hand slide rail (See Subsection 7.2.13). • Pressure cover lock lever (See Subsection 7.2.23). • • • •
Belt Tensioner Fixing Screw Z2330
2. Loosen the screw securing the belt tensioner. 3. Remove the eight screws securing the roller bearings, then the four roller shafts and two belts.
Screws (8)
Belts (2) Roller Shafts (4) Z2334
Z2335
7-48
7.2 NC100AY Lower Feed Section 4. Remove the four screws, then the eight assist rollers, four shafts and eight poly-sliders.
Screws (4)
Poly-sliders (8)
Assist Rollers (8)
Shafts (4) Z2336
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: • Tighten the screws while pressing the bearing against the screw and the shoulder sides as shown.
Bearing Screw Z2337
• Route the belt on the pulleys as shown. • Adjust tension of the 135 side (front) belt by following the steps below.
Z2338
7-49
7
7.2 NC100AY Lower Feed Section 1. Loosen the screw securing the tensioner.
Tensioner Fixing Screw Z2339
2. Run the belt several turns by rotating the roller and tighten the screw at the lowest point of the tensioner.
Belt Tensioner Fixing Screw
NOTE: If the tensioner does not move up and down, tighten the screw at any point.
Tensioner Z2340
7.2.25
Flexible Cable (CYA23 to JNC23) Replacement
Removal
Circuit Board Cover
1. Remove the CYA23 circuit board (See Subsection 7.4.6). 2. Remove the screw and then the circuit board cover.
Screw Z2293
7-50
7.2 NC100AY Lower Feed Section 3. Remove the two screws securing the JNC23 circuit board.
JNC23 Circuit Board
Screws (2) Z2294
4. Release the locks of the connectors and disconnect the two flexible cables.
7
Connectors
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: Insert the end of the flexible cable into the connector so taht its blue contact area disappears.
Flexible Cables Z2347
7-51
7.3 NC100AY Nest Section 7.3.1
Nest Section Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screws (2)
1. Remove the carrier cover (See Subsection 7.4.1). 2. Remove the two screws and then the nest section cover.
Nest Section Cover Z2220
Reinstallation
Screws (2)
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Hole
NOTE: Align the hole in the cover with the tab on the carrier body and tighten the screws while pressing the cover against the left side as shown.
Tab
Nest Section Cover Z2221
7.3.2
Left-hand Front Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screw
1. Remove the screw and then the left-hand front cover by moving it to the right and rear as shown.
Left-hand Front Cover Z2222
7-52
7.3 NC100AY Nest Section 2. Disconnect the two connectors.
Connectors Z2223
Reinstallation
Hooks
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: Align the two hooks on the cover with the brackets and move it to the front and left as shown. Make sure the left edge of the cover flush with the carrier body left surface and tighten the screw.
Z2224
7.3.3
Nest Section Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Connector
1. Remove: • Nest section cover (See Subsection 7.3.1). • Left-hand front cover (See Subsection 7.3.2). 2. Cut the two cord ties. 3. Disconnect the two connectors.
Cord Tie Cord Tie
Connector Z2225
7-53
7
7.3 NC100AY Nest Section 4. Disconnect the M104 connector.
Screw
5. Remove the screw and then the SSB23 circuit board.
SSB1 Circuit Board
M104 Connector Z2559
6. Remove the screw and then the interlock rack.
Screw
Interlock Rack Z2227
7. Remove the three screws and then the nest section unit.
Screws (3)
Z2228
7-54
7.3 NC100AY Nest Section Reinstallation
Screw
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
NOTE: • Tighten the screw while pressing the SSB23 circuit board counterclockwise. • Align the phase of the 135/IX240 lane change (See Subsection 7.3.5). • Perform to nest section-to-feed section alignment adjustment (See Subsection 7.3.4). • If the nest section unit has been replaced, perform: 1) 135 entrance guide-to-feed section alignment adjustment (See Subsection 7.3.4). 2) “Data Writing after Nest Section Unit Replacement” as described below.
SSB23 Circuit Board Z2571
7
1. Record the “Door close position” and “Door open position” calibration values indicated in the parameter sheet attached to the new nest section unit. Part No. Door Close Position Door Open Position
2. Install the carrier to the SP-3000. 3. Open the Menu 0451 “NC100AY Machine Data Setup” screen.
4. Enter the calibration values in the “Door close position” and “Door open position” boxes. 5. Click the [Flash ROM Writing] button. 6. Click the [OK] button. • The entered values are written into the flash ROM on the CYA23 circuit board.
7-55
7.3 NC100AY Nest Section 7. Click the [HD Writing] button. • The entered values are written into the HD of the main control unit. 8. Click the [Close] button.
7.3.4 Nest Section/135 Entrance Guide-to-Feed Section Alignment Adjustment This alignment adjustment should be performed when the nest section unit has been removed.
Screw
1. Remove the screw and then the interlock rack. 2. Change the lane to the IX240 position. 3. Push the cartridge set lever in the setting position while pressing the arm in the cartridge set section.
Interlock Rack Z2227
4. Loosen the three screws securing the nest section.
Screws (3)
Z2228
7-56
7.3 NC100AY Nest Section 5. Install the nest section locating jig by aligning its with the spool and IX240 feed lane as shown.
Nest Section Locating Jig
Spool Z2560
6. Tighten the three screws while pressing the nest section against the locating jig.
Screws (3)
Nest Section Locating Jig
7. Remove the locating jig.
Spool
<135 Entrance Guide-to-Feed Section>
Z2561
NOTE: • Perform “135 Entrance Guide-to-Feed Section Alignment Adjustment” when the 135 entrance guide and/or nest section has been replaced. • Perform the alignment adjustment with the slide rack and spring removed (See Subsection 7.3.7).
1. Set the carrier in the 135 feed lane.
Screwdriver (ø2mm)
2. Lock the slide shaft by inserting ø2mm screwdriver, etc. and loosen the 135 entrance guide fixing screw. ø2mm Hole
5.5mm Open-end Wrench Screw Z2562
7-57
7
7.3 NC100AY Nest Section 3. Install the 135 entrance guide locating jig by aligning it with the slide shaft and 135 feed lane as shown.
135 Entrance Guide Locating Jig
Slide Shaft Z2573
4. Tighten the 135 entrance guide fixing screw.
Slide Shaft
5. Remove the jig.
Screw
135 Entrance Guide Locating Jig Z2574
NOTE: • Install the slide rack by aligning its index mark with the “o” mark on the gear.
Z2477
7-58
7.3 NC100AY Nest Section • Tighten the two screws securely while pressing the slide rack toward the front.
Z2475
7.3.5
135/IX240 Lane Change Phase Adjustment
1. With the 135 feed lane, open the pressure cover.
7
Screws (2)
2. Remove the nest section cover (See Subsection 7.3.1). 3. Remove the two screws and then the slide rack.
Slide Rack Z2350
4. Remove the screw and then the interlock rack.
Screw
Interlock Rack Z2227
7-59
7.3 NC100AY Nest Section 5. Align the index mark on the interlock rack with the “ ” mark on the gear and install the rack with the screw.
Screw
u
Pin
Interlock Rack
NOTE: Make sure the pin is inserted into the groove in the gear.
Gear
“ ” Mark
Index Mark Z2476
6. Align the index mark on the slide rack with the dot mark on the gear and install the rack temporarily with the two screws.
Pin Gear
NOTE: Make sure the pin is inserted into the groove in the gear.
Dot Mark
Screws (2) Index mark
Slide Rack Z2477
7. Press the slide rack toward the front and tighten the two screws securely. 8. Reinstall the nest section cover.
Screws (2)
Slide Rack Z2475
7-60
7.3 NC100AY Nest Section 7.3.6
SSB23 Circuit Board Replacement
SSB23 Circuit Board D120: Door open/close sensor D123: Cartridge set sensor
Removal SSB23 Circuit Board
1. Remove the left-hand front cover (See Subsection 7.3.2).
Connector
2. Disconnect the connector and remove the screw, then the circuit board.
7
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Screw Z2349
NOTE: Tighten the screw while pressing the circuit board in a counterclockwise direction.
Screw
SSB23 Circuit Board Z2571
7.3.7
135 Entrance Guide Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screws (2)
1. Remove the nest section cover. (See Subsection 7.3.1). 2. Remove the two screws and the slide rack.
Slide Rack Z2350
7-61
7.3 NC100AY Nest Section 3. Remove the three screws, spring and then the 135 entrance guide toward the rear.
Spring
Reinstallation
135 Entrance Guide
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Screws (3)
NOTE: • If the 135 entrance guide has been replaced, perform “135 Entrance Guide-to-Feed Section Alignment Adjustment” (See Subsection 7.3.4). • If the 135 entrance guide is reinstalled, perform phase adjustment for the slide rack (See Subsection 7.3.5)
Z2351
7.3.8
135 Entrance Guide Brush Replacement
Removal
Screws (2)
1. Remove the 135 entrance guide (See Subsection 7.3.7). 2. Remove the two screws and then the brush.
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
7.3.9
Brush Z2360
Gear Bracket Replacement
Removal
Screws (2)
1. Remove the 135 entrance guide (See Subsection 7.3.7). 2. Remove the two screws and then the gear bracket.
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Gear bracket Z2352
7-62
7.3 NC100AY Nest Section 7.3.10 Supply Motor Home Position Sensor (D122)/SSD23 Circuit Board Replacement Removal 1. Remove the gear bracket (See Subsection 7.3.9).
Connector
¸ ¶ (2)
2. Remove the screw and then the sensor. 3. Disconnect the connector from the sensor.
Screw
Sensor (D122) Z2353
Installation
Screw
Connector
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: Tighten the screw while pressing the circuit board in the arrow direction as shown.
SSD23 Circuit Board (D122) Z2556
7.3.11
IPI Sensor (D121)/SSA23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
Sensor (D121)
Connector
1. Remove the 135 entrance guide (See Subsection 7.3.7). Screws (2)
2. Remove the two screws and then the sensor assembly. 3. Disconnect the connector from the sensor.
IPI Sensor Assembly
Z2354
7-63
7
7.3 NC100AY Nest Section Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: • Insert an unexposed film cartridge, align the detecting arm with the rear edge of the sensor and tighten the screws. • Check that unexposed film cartridges are detected correctly by following the below.
Sensor
Detecting Arm
Screw Z2356
1) Install the carrier to the SP-3000 and insert an unexposed IX240 film cartridge.
Unexposed Film Cartridge
Z2576
2) Proceed to the Menu 0421 “NC100AY Input Check” screen. 3) Make sure “IPI sensor (D121)” is “Unexposed”. If it is “Unexposed”, proceed to Step 4) below. If it is “Exposed”, proceed to .
7-64
7.3 NC100AY Nest Section 4) Pull the slide bracket in the arrow direction and hold it in such a position that the sensor plate is placed as far rearward as possible. Make sure “IPI sensor (D121)” is “Unexposed”. If it is “Exposed”, proceed to .
IPI Sensor
Sensor Plate
Slide Bracket Z2577
1) Remove the carrier from the SP-3000 with the IX240 film cartridge inserted.
IPI Sensor
2) Loosen the IPI sensor fixing screw (yellow painted). 3) Push the IPI sensor fully toward the rear and retighten the screw. 4) Install the carrier to the SP-3000. 5) Repeat to make sure “IPI sensor (D121)” is “Unexposed”. If it is still “Exposed”, replace the nest unit (810C1034422) or carrier assembly with a new one.
7.3.12
Push in Arrow Direction
Screw (Yellow painted) Z2578
Cartridge Holder Assembly Replacement
Removal 1. Remove the IPI sensor assembly (See Subsection 7.3.11).
Screw
2. Remove the screw and then the cartridge holder assembly. Cartridge Holder Assembly
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Z2355
7-65
7
7.3 NC100AY Nest Section 7.3.13
Spool Gear Replacement
Removal
SSD1 Connector
Spool Assembly
1. Remove the gear bracket (See Subsection 7.3.9). 2. Disconnect the SSD1 connector. Screws (3)
3. Remove the three screws and then the spool assembly.
Z2357
4. Remove the E-ring, then the poly-slider, bearing, detecting plate, gear (torque limiter), collar and spool.
Bearing Spool
Collar
Installation Gear (Torque Limiter)
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
E-ring
Detecting Plate Poly-slider Z2358
7.3.14
Cartridge Release Lever Assembly Replacement
Removal 1. Remove the left-hand front cover (See Subsection 7.3.2).
Screws (2)
2. Remove the two screws and then the lever assembly.
Installation Cartridge Release Lever Assembly
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Z2374
7-66
7.3 NC100AY Nest Section 7.3.15
Supply Motor (M102) Replacement
Removal 1. Remove the nest section unit (See Subsection 7.3.3). 2. Remove: • 135 entrance guide (See Subsection 7.3.7). • Gear bracket (See Subsection 7.3.9). Screws (2)
3. Remove the two screws and then the motor/ bracket.
7
Motor/Bracket Z2378
4. Remove the screw, D-washer, collar, spring, gear assembly and gear.
Screw
Spring
D-washer
Collar
Gear
Gear Assembly Z2379
5. Remove the two screws and then the bracket from the motor.
Bracket Screws (2)
Z2380
7-67
7.3 NC100AY Nest Section Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: • Note the position of the motor harness. • Align the tab of the gear assembly with the hole as shown. Motor Harness
Tab of Gear Assembly Z2381
7.3.16
Keyboard (D131~D134)/MSC22 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal Screws (2)
1. Remove the left-hand front cover (See Subsection 7.3.2). 2. Remove the two screws securing the MSC22 circuit board.
Z2478
7-68
7.3 NC100AY Nest Section 3. Remove the cover, circuit board and keys.
Cover
MSC22 Circuit Board
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Keys (4)
Z2497
7.3.17
Indicator Lamp (L/P101)/LEH23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
Indicator Lamp (L/P101)
1. Remove the left-hand front cover (See Subsection 7.3.2). 2. Remove the screw and then the indicator lamp.
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Screw Z2479
7-69
7
7.4 NC100AY Body Section 7.4.1
Carrier Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Carrier Cover
1. Open the carrier cover. 2. Remove the three screws and then the carrier cover.
Screws (3)
Z2218
Reinstallation
Arm
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Spring
NOTE: Install the arm and spring as shown.
Z2219
7.4.2
Load Harness Replacement
Removal
Screws (2)
1. Remove the feed section unit (See Subsection 7.2.1). 2. Remove the two screws securing the grounding wires. 3. Remove the two screws and then the harness cover by shifting it to the arrow direction. Harness Cover
Screws/Grounding Wires (2) Z2242
7-70
7.4 NC100AY Body Section 4. Remove the five screws, then the two clamps and two harness covers.
CYA7 Connector Load Harness
5. Disconnect the CYA7 connector and remove the harness.
Screws (5)
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Harness Covers
Clamps (2) Z2341
7.4.3 135/IX240 Feed Lane Position Sensor (D129/D130) Replacement Removal 1. Remove the feed section unit (See Subsection 7.2.1). 2. Remove the screw and then the sensor bracket.
Sensor Bracket
Screw Z2342
3. Disconnect the connector from the sensor.
Sensor (D130)
4. Release the locking tabs and remove the sensor from the bracket.
Sensor
Sensor (D129)
Installation Locking Tabs
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Connector Z2343
7-71
7
7.4 NC100AY Body Section 7.4.4
Plug-in Connector Replacement
Removal
Screws (2)
1. Remove the nest section cover (See Subsection 7.3.1). 2. Change the feed lane to the IX240 position. 3. Remove the two screws securing the grounding wires. Harness Cover
4. Remove the two screws and then the harness cover by shifting it to the arrow direction. Screws/Grounding Wires (2)
Z2242
5. Disconnect the CYA1 connector.
CYA1 Connector
Cord Ties
6. Cut the two cord ties. 7. Remove the two screws securing the plug-in connector.
Screws (2)
Plug-in Connector Z2383
8. Remove the nest section unit (See Subsection 7.3.3).
Harness Duct
9. Remove the screw and then the harness duct.
Screw
Z2490
7-72
7.4 NC100AY Body Section 10. Remove the cover from the harness duct and then the harness from the duct.
Cover
Z2491
7
11. Disconnect the CYA2 connector. CYA2Connector
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
7.4.5
Z2492
Bottom Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screws (3)
1. Place the carrier upside down. 2. Remove the three screws and then the bottom cover.
Reinstallation
Bottom Cover
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Z2245
7-73
7.4 NC100AY Body Section 7.4.6
CYA23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal 1. Remove: • Carrier cover (See Subsection 7.4.1). • Left-hand front cover (See Subsection 7.3.2). 2. Remove the two screws and then the connector cover.
Connector Cover
Screws (2) Z2240
3. Disconnect the CYA5 connector from the CYA23 circuit board.
CYA5 Connector Z2241
4. Cut the two cord ties and move the harness to the circuit board side.
Harness
Cord Tie Cord Tie Z2244
7-74
7.4 NC100AY Body Section 5. Change the feed lane to the IX240 position.
Screws (2)
6. Remove the two screws securing the grounding wires. 7. Remove the two screws and then the harness cover by shifting it to the arrow direction.
Harness Cover
Screws/Grounding Wires (2) Z2242
7 8. Disconnect the CYA1, CYA7 and CYA8 connectors.
CYA1 Connector
CYA7 Connector
CYA8 Connector Z2243
9. Remove the bottom cover (See Subsection 7.4.5).
Screws (2)
10. Remove the two screws and then the left-hand guide rail.
Left-hand Guide Rail Z2246
7-75
7.4 NC100AY Body Section 11. Remove the five screws securing the circuit board.
Screws (5)
CYA23 Circuit Board Z2247
12. Lift the circuit board and disconnect the CYA2 connector.
CYA2 Connector
CYA23 Circuit Board Z2248
13. Release the locks of the connectors and disconnect the two flexible cables from the circuit board.
CYA23 Circuit Board
Connectors
Flexible Cables Z2249
7-76
7.4 NC100AY Body Section 14. Disconnect the harness from the CYA6 connector.
CYA6 Connector Harness Z2250
Installation
7
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: • Insert the flexible cable into the connector so that its blue contact area disappears. • Tighten the two screws while pressing the guide rail toward the left side.
Guide Rail Z2251
• Align the hook of the harness cover with the pin on the body and install the cover being careful not to pinch the harnesses. • Perform machine data reading by following the steps below.
Hook
Pin
Harness Cover
Z2480
7-77
7.4 NC100AY Body Section 1. Record the carrier ID printed near the plug-in connector of the carrier. 2. Install the carrier to the scanner.
Carrier ID Z2517
3. Open the Menu 0446 “NC100AY Installation Information Setup” screen. 4. Enter the carrier ID recorded by step 1 into the “Carrier ID” box.
5. Click the [Setup] button.
6. Click the [OK] button.
7-78
7.4 NC100AY Body Section
7. Remove the carrier. 8. Reinstall the carrier.
7
9. Click the [Close] button.
10. Open the Menu 0451 “NC100AY Machine Data Setup” screen. 11. Click the [HD Reading] button.
• The data is read out from the HD of the main control unit and displayed in the screen. 12. Click the [Flash ROM Writing] button. 13. Click the [OK] button. • The displayed data is written into the Flash ROM of the carrier. 14. Click the [Close] button.
7-79
7.4 NC100AY Body Section 7.4.7
NC100AY Unit Replacement
Scanner Fixing Bracket
1. Remove the rear cover (See Subsection 9.1.2). 2. Loosen the two screws and remove the scanner fixing bracket. 3. Loosen the screw and remove the carrier fixing bracket.
Screws (2)
Screw Carrier Fixing Bracket Z2522
4. Install the carrier fixing bracket to the carrier to be send back while pushing the feed section toward the rear (arrow direction) and tighten the screw securely.
Carrier to be Send Back Screw
1. Remove the carrier fixing bracket from new a carrier in the reverse order of “Fixing Bracket Installation for Shipping” and install it in place. 2. Install the carrier and perform the following adjustments.
Carrier Fixing Bracket Z2520
• Menu 0321 “Focus Position Adjustment” (See Subsection 5.4.3). • Menu 0420 “Mask Position Adjustment” (See Subsection 5.5.2). • Menu 0450 “Film Carrier Information ID Setup/ Delete” (HD backup) (See Subsection 5.5.19). • Scanner Correction (Pre-operational Check)
7-80
7.5 Multi-film Carrier MFC10AY (Optional) 7.5.1 Right-hand, Left-hand and Circuit Board Cover Removal/Reinstallation Removal
Screws (2) Screws (2) Left-hand Cover
1. Remove the two screws, then the right-hand and left-hand covers. 2. Remove the two screws and then the CYB circuit board cover.
7
Right-hand Cover
CYB Circuit Board Cover Z2395
3. Remove the two screws and then the MSB circuit board cover.
Screws (2)
Reinstallation Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
MSB Circuit Board Cover Z2399
7.5.2
CYB23Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
Flexible Cable Screw/Clamp
1. Remove the right-hand, left-hand and CYB circuit board covers (See Subsection 7.5.1). 2. Remove the screw securing the clamp. 3. Release the lock of the connector and disconnect the flexible cable.
Connector
4. Disconnect the three connectors from the circuit board. Screws (4)
5. Remove the four screws and then the circuit board.
CYB23 Circuit Board Z2396
7-81
7.5 Multi-film Carrier MFC10AY (Optional) Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: Insert the flexible cable into the connector so that its blue contact area disappears.
7.5.3
Flexible Cable Replacement
Removal Screw
1. Remove the CYB and MSB circuit board covers (See Subsection 7.5.1). 2. Remove the screw securing the plug-in connector cover. Plug-in Connector Cover
3. Remove the two screws and then the harness cover.
Screws (2)
Harness Cover Z2398
4. Remove the two screws securing the cable cover.
M3×6 Screw
5. Remove the M3×6 screw and then the duct from the cable cover.
Duct
Cable Cover Screws (2) Z2400
7-82
7.5 Multi-film Carrier MFC10AY (Optional) 6. Remove the screw securing the clamp.
Screw/Clamp
7. Release the lock of the connector and disconnect the flexible cable. Connector
8. Peel the flexible cable from the adhesive tape on the base.
Adhesive Tape
Flexible Cable Z2397
9. Release the lock of the connector on the MSB23 circuit board and disconnect the flexible cable.
Flexible Cable
MSB23 Circuit Board
Connector Z2401
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: • Bend the flexible cable along the creases as shown. • Attach the adhesive tape to the flexible cable as shown. • Insert the flexible cable into the connector so that its blue contact area disappears.
Adhesive Tape Z2404
7-83
7
7.5 Multi-film Carrier MFC10AY (Optional) 7.5.4
MSB23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
Connector
Flexible Cable
1. Remove the MSB circuit board cover (See Subsection 7.5.1). 2. Release the lock of the connector and disconnect the flexible cable. 3. Disconnect the connector from the circuit board. 4. Remove the four screws and then the circuit board. Connector
MSB23 Circuit Board
Screws (4) Z2402
5. Remove the five mask detecting pins.
Mask Detecting Pins (5)
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: Insert the flexible cable into the connector so that its blue contact area disappears. Z2403
7.5.5
Solenoid (S480) Replacement
Removal
Cord Tie MSB2 Connector
1. Remove the MSB circuit board cover (See Subsection 7.5.1). 2. Disconnect the MSB2 connector.
Screw
3. Cut the cord tie. 4. Remove the screw and then the solenoid.
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Solenoid (S480) Z2405
7-84
7.5 Multi-film Carrier MFC10AY (Optional) 7.5.6
Mask Table Slider Position Sensor (D486) Replacement
Removal
CYB4 Connector
1. Remove the CYB circuit board cover (See Subsection 7.5.1). 2. Disconnect the CYB4 connector. 3. Remove the screw and then the sensor bracket assembly.
7 Sensor Bracket Assembly
Screw Z2406
4. Remove the screw and then the cover.
Cover
Screw Z2407
5. Remove the screw and then the sensor from the bracket. 6. Disconnect the connector from the sensor.
Connector
Installation Sensor (D486)
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Screw Z2408
7-85
7.5 Multi-film Carrier MFC10AY (Optional) 7.5.7
Mask Cover Gear Replacement
Removal
Screws (2)
1. Remove the two screws and then the gear cover.
Gear Cover Z2409
2. Remove the two screw caps.
Screw Caps (2)
3. Remove the four screws, right-hand bearing, mask cover and gear bracket.
Gear Bracket Screws (4)
Right-hand Bearing
Mask Cover Z2410
4. Remove the two screws and then the damper gear.
Screws (2)
Damper Gear Z2411
7-86
7.5 Multi-film Carrier MFC10AY (Optional) 5. Remove the two E-rings, two poly-sliders, two bearings and shaft.
E-ring
Poly-slider Gear
6. Remove the E-ring then the gear and poly-slider from the shaft.
Shaft
E-rings (2)
7 Bearings (2)
Poly-sliders (2) Z2412
7. Remove the spring.
Spring Z2413
8. Remove the two E-rings then the two poly-sliders, shaft and gear.
Poly-sliders (2)
Gear Shaft
E-ring
E-ring Z2414
7-87
7.5 Multi-film Carrier MFC10AY (Optional) Installation Upper Gear
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
D-flat Surface of Upper Gear Shaft
NOTE: Engage the gears so that the D-flat surface of the upper gear shaft faces to the direction shown in the figure when the pin of the idler gear is moved up fully along the groove.
Pin on Idler Gear
Idler Gear
Z2415
7.5.8
Plug-in Connector Replacement
Removal
Screw/Clamp
1. Remove the CYB circuit board cover (See Subsection 7.5.1). 2. Remove the screw securing the harness clamp. 3. Remove the two screws securing the grounding wires. 4. Disconnect the CYB1 and CYB2 connectors. CYB2 Connector
Screws/Grounding Wires (2)
CYB1 Connector Z2416
5. Remove the screw and then the plug-in connector cover.
Plug-in Connector Cover
6. Remove the two screws and then the plug-in connector.
Screw
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Screws (2)
Plug-in Connector Z2417
7-88
7.5 Multi-film Carrier MFC10AY (Optional) 7.5.9
Slider Bracket Assembly Replacement
Removal
Connector
1. Remove the right-hand, left-hand and MSB circuit board covers (See Subsection 7.5.1). 2. Release the lock of the connector and disconnect the flexible cable from the MSB23 circuit board.
7 Flexible Cable Z2397
3. Remove the two locknuts while holding the adjusting screws to keep their original position. Adjusting Screws (2)
Locknuts (2) Z2418
4. Remove the three screws and then the slider/ mask table assembly.
Screws (3)
NOTE: Take care not to apply force to the flexible cable.
Slider/Mask Table Assembly Z2419
7-89
7.5 Multi-film Carrier MFC10AY (Optional) 5. Remove the two screws and then the right-hand slider bracket.
Screws (2)
Right-hand Slider Bracket
Z2420
6. Remove the two screws and then the left-hand slider bracket. Screws (2)
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Left-hand Slider Bracket
NOTE: Take care not to turn the adjusting screws.
7.5.10
Z2421
Mask Table Lock Unit Replacement
Removal
Screw Caps (2) Screws (2)
1. Remove the slider/mask table assembly (See Subsection 7.5.9). 2. Remove the two screw caps. 3. Remove the two screws and then the right-hand bearing. Right-hand Bearing Z2422
7-90
7.5 Multi-film Carrier MFC10AY (Optional) 4. Remove the screw cap, screw and then the lock release lever.
Screw Cap
Screws (2)
5. Remove the two screws securing the lock unit.
Screw Lock Release Lever Z2423
6. Remove the screw and then the lock unit.
7
Lock Unit
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Screw Z2424
7.5.11
Mask Table Lock Unit Spring Replacement
Removal 1. Remove the mask table lock unit (See Subsection 7.5.10). 2. Remove the two springs.
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Springs (2) Z2425
7-91
7.6 Carrier Base Section 7.6.1
Plug-in Connector Replacement
Removal 1. Remove: • Scanner lower cover (See Subsection 8.2.6). • Rear cover (See Subsection 9.1.2). 2. Disconnect the JCRY2 and JCRY3 connectors.
JCRY3 Connector
JCRY2 Connector Z2175
3. Loosen the screw and open the CTB23 circuit board bracket.
CTB23 Circuit Board Bracket
screw
Z2020
4. Remove the screw securing the grounding wires.
Screw
Grounding Wires
Z2176
7-92
7.6 Carrier Base Section 5. Loosen the screw and remove the connector cover.
Screw
Connector Cover Z2177
6. Remove the two screws and then the plug-in connector assembly.
7
Screws (2)
Plug-in Connector Assembly Z2179
Installation
Screw/Clamp
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: Make sure the plug-in connector can be moved back, forth, up, down, right and left direction. If necessary, adjust by loosening the screw securing the clamp.
Plug-in Connector Z2523
7-93
7.6 Carrier Base Section 7.6.2
Carrier Base Assembly Removal/Reinstallation
Removal 1. Remove the light source unit (See Subsection 8.1.1). 2. Loosen the screw and remove the connector cover.
Screw
Connector Cover Z2177
3. Remove the two screws securing the plug-in connector bracket.
Screws (2)
Plug-in Connector Bracket Z2179
4. Remove the two screws and then the lock release lever section cover.
Screws (2)
Lock Release Lever Section Cover Z2181
7-94
7.6 Carrier Base Section 5. Loosen the screw and open the CTB23 circuit board bracket.
CTB23 Circuit Board Bracket
screw
Z2020
7
6. Disconnect the D208 connector.
D208 Connector Z2183
7. Remove the four hex. socket head bolts and then the carrier base assembly.
Hex. Socket Head Bolts (4)
Reinstallation Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: • After reinstallation, perform the following adjustments. • Menu 0345 “Optical Axis Adjustment” (See Subsection 5.4.11). • Menu 0321 “Focus Position Adjustment” (See Subsection 5.4.3). • Menu 0421 “Mask Position Adjustment” (See Subsection 5.6.2).
Carrier Base Assembly Z2182
7-95
7.6 Carrier Base Section 7.6.3
Carrier Lock Sensor (D208) Replacement
Removal
Sensor (D208) Retainer Plate
1. Remove the carrier lock assembly (See Subsection 7.6.4). 2. Cut the three cord ties. 3. Remove the screw and then the retainer plate. 4. Remove the screw and then the sensor.
Screw
Installation
Pin Screw
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Cord Ties (3) Z2184
NOTE: Tighten the two screws for the retainer plate and sensor while pressing the sensor against the pin so that it is ON.
7.6.4
Carrier Lock Assembly Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
CTB23 Circuit Board Bracket
Screw
1. Remove the scanner lower cover (See Subsection 8.2.6)). 2. Loosen the screw and open the CTB23 circuit board bracket.
Z2020
3. Disconnect the D208 connector.
D208 Connector
Z2183
7-96
7.6 Carrier Base Section 4. Loosen the screw and remove the connector cover.
Screw
Connector Cover Z2177
5. Remove the two screws securing the plug-in connector.
7
Screws (2)
Plug-in Connector Z2179
6. Remove the two screws and then the lock section cover.
Screws (2)
Lock Section Cover Z2180
7-97
7.6 Carrier Base Section 7. Remove the screw and then the cam.
Screws (4) Screw
8. Remove the four screws and then the carrier lock assembly.
Cam
Reinstallation
Carrier Lock Assembly
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
7.6.5
Z2524
Lock Release Shaft Disassembly/Reassembly
Disassembly 1. Remove the carrier base assembly (See Subsection 7.6.2). 2. Remove the carrier lock assembly (See Subsection 7.6.4). 3. Remove the six hex. socket head bolts and then the lock release shaft assembly.
Hex. Socket Head Bolts (6) Z2185
4. Remove the screw and then the cam. Screw
Cam Z2187
7-98
7.6 Carrier Base Section 5. Remove the E-ring and then the small bearing from the shaft. E-ring
Small Bearing ( ‹)
Z2188
6. Release the spring and then the shaft from the bearing.
7
Bearing E-ring
7. Remove the E-ring and then the spring. Spring
8. Remove the screw and then the lock release lever.
Screw
Re-assembly
Lock Release Lever
Re-assembly is essentially in the reverse order of disassembly.
Spring
Shaft Z2189
7.6.6
Roller/Arm Replacement
Removal
Screw
1. Remove the carrier lock assembly (See Subsection 7.6.4). 2. Remove the screw and then the stopper.
Stopper Z2389
7-99
7.6 Carrier Base Section 3. Remove the E-ring and then the roller.
Roller E-ring
4. Remove the E-ring, then the shaft, spring and arm.
E-ring
Spring
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Arm
Shaft Z2390
7.6.7
Lock Release Arm Replacement
Removal
Spring
1. Remove the carrier lock assembly (See Subsection 7.6.4). Arm
2. Remove the E-ring, then the shaft, arm and spring.
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Shaft
E-ring Z2391
7.6.8
Lock Arm Replacement
Removal
Stopper
1. Remove: • Roller arm (See Subsection 7.6.6). • Lock release arm (See Subsection 7.6.7). 2. Remove the screw and then the stopper.
Screw Z2392
7-100
7.6 Carrier Base Section 3. Loosen the two screws, release the spring hook and remove the arm assembly.
Arm Assembly
Spring
Screws (2) Z2393
4. Disassemble the arm.
7
Arm
Shaft
Shaft
Spring
Screws (2)
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Z2394
7-101
8. SCANNER SECTION Parts Location......................................................................................... 8-2 8.1
Light Source Section.............................................................................. 8-3 8.1.1 8.1.2 8.1.3 8.1.4 8.1.5
Light Source Unit Removal/Reinstallation ............................................................ 8-3 CLE23 Circuit Board Replacement ........................................................................ 8-4 135/120 Diffusion Box Sensor (D301/D302) Replacement ................................... 8-4 Light Source Assembly Removal/Reinstallation .................................................. 8-5 LED Heater (LH311/LH312)/Light Source Temperature Sensor (D311) Replacement .......................................................................................................... 8-6 LED23 Circuit Board Replacement ........................................................................ 8-7 Light Source Section Exhaust Fan (F311) Replacement ..................................... 8-8
8.1.6 8.1.7
8.2
Scanner Section...................................................................................... 8-9 8.2.1 8.2.2 8.2.3 8.2.4 8.2.5 8.2.6 8.2.7 8.2.8 8.2.9 8.2.10 8.2.11 8.2.12 8.2.13 8.2.14 8.2.15 8.2.16 8.2.17 8.2.18
Scanner Section Rear Cover Removal/Reinstallation.......................................... 8-9 Scanner Section Upper Cover Removal/Reinstallation ....................................... 8-9 Scanner Section Front Cover Removal/Reinstallation ........................................ 8-9 Scanner Section Exhaust Fan (F211) Replacement ........................................... 8-10 Scanner Section Cooling Fan (F212) Replacement............................................ 8-10 Scanner Section Bracket Removal/Reinstallation.............................................. 8-11 CTB23 Circuit Board Replacement ...................................................................... 8-12 CPZ23 Circuit Board Replacement ...................................................................... 8-12 CCD Unit Removal/Reinstallation ........................................................................ 8-14 Shutter/Gear Replacement ................................................................................... 8-16 Lens Home Position Sensor (D202) Replacement ............................................. 8-17 Lens Drive Motor (M202) Replacement ............................................................... 8-18 Lens Unit Replacement......................................................................................... 8-19 Conjugate Length Variable Motor (M201) Replacement .................................... 8-20 Conjugate Length Variable Section Home Position Sensor (D201) Replacement ........................................................................................................ 8-21 Conjugate Length Variable Gear/Rack Replacement......................................... 8-22 Program Downloading to Scanner Circuit Board............................................... 8-25 Fixing Bracket Installation.................................................................................... 8-29
8-1
8
Parts Location
Scanner Section Cooling Fan (F212) Scanner Section Exhaust Fan (F211)
CPZ23 Circuit Board
CCD23 Circuit Board
Conjugate Length Variable Motor (M201)
CCD Unit CTB23 Circuit Board
Lens Unit
Auto Film Carrier NC100AY
Film Carrier Lock Release Lever Diffusion Box
Magnet
LED Light Source Unit Film Carrier Lock Unit CLE23 Circuit Board
Z2436
8-2
8.1 Light Source Section 8.1.1
Light Source Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screws (2)
1. Remove: • Scanner section lower cover (See Subsection 8.2.6). • Front cover (See Subsection 9.1.1). 2. Install the fixing bracket to conjugate length variable section (See Subsection 8.2.18). Light Source Section Cover
3. Loosen the two screws and remove the light source section cover.
Z2157
8
4. Disconnect the three connectors from the CLE23 circuit board.
CLE6 Connector
CLE7 Connector
CLE1 Connector Z2158
5. Remove the four screws and then the light source unit.
Screws (4)
Reinstallation Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Light Source Unit Z2159
8-3
8.1 Light Source Section 8.1.2
CLE23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
CLE4 Connector CLE23 Circuit Board
1. Remove the light source unit (See Subsection 8.1.1). 2. Disconnect the four connectors from the CLE23 circuit board.
CLE2 Connector
CLE5 Connector CLE3 Connector Z2160
3. Remove the six screws and then the CLE23 circuit board.
Screws (6)
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. After installation, perform the following adjustment. 1) Download the program from the HD of the main control unit to the CLE23 circuit board (See Subsection 8.2.17). 2) In Menu 0350 “Scanner Parameter Check/ Update”, click the [Reading] button for “CLE23 CB” to download the parameter from the HD of the main control unit to the EEPROM on the CLE23 circuit board (See Subsection 5.4.16).
8.1.3
CLE23 Circuit Board Z2161
135/120 Diffusion Box Sensor (D301/D302) Replacement
Removal
Harness Clamps
1. Remove the light source unit (See Subsection 8.1.1). 2. Disconnect the CLE5 connector from the CLE23 circuit board. 3. Open the two harness clamps.
CLE5 Connector Z2163
8-4
8.1 Light Source Section 4. Remove the two screws and then the diffusion box sensor bracket.
Screws (2) Diffusion Box Sensor Bracket
Z2164
5. Open the harness clamp.
Screw
8
120 Diffusion Box Sensor (D302)
6. Remove the screw and then the diffusion box sensor.
135 Diffusion Box Sensor (D301)
Installation Harness Clamp
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Screw Z2165
8.1.4
Light Source Assembly Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Harness Clamps (3)
1. Remove the diffusion box sensor bracket (See Subsection 8.1.3). 2. Disconnect the CLE2, CLE3 and CLE4 connectors from the CLE23 circuit board. 3. Open the three harness clamps.
CLE2 Connector
CLE4 Connector CLE3 Connector Z2166
8-5
8.1 Light Source Section 4. Remove the four screws and then the Light Source Assembly.
Screws (4)
Reinstallation Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
8.1.5
Light Source Assembly Z2167
LED Heater (LH311/LH312)/Light Source Temperature Sensor (D311) Replacement
Removal LED Heater 1 (LH311)
1. Remove the light source assembly (See Subsection 8.1.4).
Screw/Harness Clamp
2. Remove the screw and then the harness clamp. 3. Remove the three screws and then the bushing, LED heaters and light source temperature sensor assembly.
Screw (Short)/ Bushing
Installation LED Light Source Temperature Sensor (D311) Screws (2) (Long)
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
LED Heater 2 (LH312) Z2168
8-6
8.1 Light Source Section 8.1.6
LED23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
Screws (4)
1. Remove the light source assembly (See Subsection 8.1.4). 2. Remove the four screws and then the transparent cover.
Transparent Cover Z2170
3. Remove the filter and gasket.
8 Filter
Gasket
Z2169
4. Disconnect the four connectors from the LED23 circuit board.
LED1 Connector LED23 Circuit Board
LED4 Connector
LED2 Connector
LED3 Connector Z2171
8-7
8.1 Light Source Section Installation
LED23 Circuit Board
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Gasket
NOTE: • Do not touch to the surface of the LED. • Place the transparent cover upside down and fit the filter in the cover aligning its chamfered corner with the one in the cover. Position the gasket and LED23 circuit board as shown.
Chamfered Corner Filter
Transparent Cover
Z2173
• Turn the light source assembly over being careful not to shift the filter and then tighten the four screws.
Light Source Assembly
• After installation, perform the following adjustments. 1) Menu 0349 “LED Light Amount Adjustment” (See Subsection 5.4.15). 2) Menu 0348 “Spectral Calibration” (See Subsection 5.4.14).
Screws (4) Z2174
3) Scanner Correction (Pre-operational Check)
8.1.7
Light Source Section Exhaust Fan (F311) Replacement
Removal
Arrow
1. Remove the rear cover (See Subsection 9.1.2). 2. Disconnect the fan connector. 3. Remove the fan connector from the fan bracket. 4. Remove the two screws, then the fan and guard. Fan/Guard
Installation
Screws (2)
Fan Connector Z2190
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: Install the fan so that its arrow points outside.
8-8
8.2 Scanner Section 8.2.1
Scanner Section Rear Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screw
1. Perform the post-operational check to shut down the system. 2. Turn OFF the built in circuit breaker and disconnect the power supply cord from the wall outlet. 3. Loosen the screw and remove the scanner rear cover.
Reinstallation Scanner Section Rear Cover
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
8.2.2
Z2016
Scanner Section Upper Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Scanner Section Upper Cover
1. Remove the scanner Section rear cover (See Subsection 8.2.1). 2. Loosen the screw and remove the scanner section upper cover. Screw
Reinstallation Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Z2017
8.2.3
Scanner Section Front Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Screws (4)
1. Remove the scanner section upper cover (See Subsection 8.2.2). 2. Remove the four screws and then the scanner section front cover.
Reinstallation Scanner Section Front Cover
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Z2103
8-9
8
8.2 Scanner Section 8.2.4
Scanner Section Exhaust Fan (F211) Replacement
Removal
Harness Clamps (4) Fan Connector
1. Remove the scanner section upper cover (See Subsection 8.2.2). 2. Disconnect the fan connector. 3. Open the four harness clamps.
Arrow
4. Remove the two screws and then the fan.
Installation Screws (2)
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Scanner Section Exhaust Fan (F211) Z2119
NOTE: Install the fan so that its arrow points outside.
8.2.5
Scanner Section Cooling Fan (F212) Replacement
Removal
Harness Clamps (2) Scanner Section Cooling Fan (F212)
1. Remove the scanner section front cover (See Subsection 8.2.3). 2. Disconnect the fan connector. 3. Open the two harness clamps.
Arrow
4. Remove the two screws and then the fan.
Installation Screws (2)
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Z2120
NOTE: Install the fan so that its arrow points inside.
8-10
8.2 Scanner Section 8.2.6
Scanner Section Bracket Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screws (6)
1. Remove the scanner section front cover (See Subsection 8.2.3). 2. Remove the six screws and then the scanner section lower cover.
Scanner Section Lower Cover Z2124
3. Open the three harness clamps and disconnect the CTB12 connector from the CTB23 circuit board.
Harness Clamps (3)
CTB12 Connector Z2125
4. Remove the six screws and then the scanner section upper bracket.
Scanner Section Upper Bracket
Reinstallation Screws (6)
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Z2126
8-11
8
8.2 Scanner Section 8.2.7
CTB23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal 1. Remove the scanner section rear cover (See Subsection 8.2.1). Screws (6)
2. Disconnect all connectors from the CTB23 circuit board. 3. Remove the six screws and then the CTB23 circuit board.
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
CTB23 Circuit Board Z2121
After installation, perform the following adjustment. 1) Download the program from the HD of the main control unit to the CTB23 circuit board (See Subsection 8.2.17). 2) In Menu 0350 “Scanner Parameter Check/ Update”, click the [Reading] button for “CTB23 CB” to download the parameter from the HD of the main control unit to the EEPROM on the circuit board (See Subsection 8.2.16).
8.2.8
CPZ23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
Circuit Board Bracket
Screw
1. Remove the scanner section brackets (See Subsection 8.2.6). 2. Loosen the screw and open the CTB23 circuit board bracket.
Z2020
8-12
8.2 Scanner Section 3. Remove the two screws and then the circuit board cover.
Screws (2)
Circuit Board Cover Z2128
4. Disconnect all connectors from the CPZ23 circuit board.
Screws (4)
CPZ23 Circuit Board
5. Remove the four screws and then the CPZ23 circuit board.
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. After installation, perform the following adjustment. Z2129
1) Download the program from the HD of the main control unit to the CPZ23 circuit board (See Subsection 8.2.17). 2) In Menu 0350 “Scanner Parameter Check/ Update”, click the [Reading] button for “CPZ23 CB” to download the parameter from the HD of the main control unit to the EEPROM on the circuit board (See Subsection 5.4.16).
8-13
8
8.2 Scanner Section 8.2.9
CCD Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
PZ202
JCD1
PZ201
1. Remove the scanner section brackets (See Subsection 8.2.6). 2. Open the harness clamp. 3. Disconnect the PZ201, PZ202, JCD1 and M203 connectors. 4. Disconnect the two grounding wires from the CCD unit by removing the two screws.
M203
Harness Clamp
Screw/ Grounding Wire
Screw/Grounding Wire Z2133
5. Open the harness clamp and disconnect the JD203 connector.
Screws (2)
JCD2 Connector CCD1 Cable Screw/Cable Clamp
6. Loosen the two screws and disconnect the JCD2 connector. 7. Remove the screw securing the cable clamp and disconnect the CCD1 cable. 8. Remove the two screws to disconnect the two grounding wires.
Screw/Grounding Wire
JD203 Connector
Harness Clamp Screw/Grounding Wire Z2134
9. Remove the two screws and then the cable cover.
Cable Cover
Screws (2)
Z2135
8-14
8.2 Scanner Section 10. Remove the screw and then the clamp.
JPC2 Connector
11. Disconnect the JPC2 connector.
Screw/Clamp Z2136
12. Remove the three screws and then the CCD unit.
CCD Unit
8
Screws (3)
Z2137
Reinstallation Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. When the CCD unit has been replaced, perform the following adjustments after installation. 1) In Menu 0350 “Scanner Parameter Check/ Update” insert a parameter FD attached to the new CCD unit and click the [FD reading] button to download the parameter from the FD into the HD of the main control unit and the EEPROM on the CPZ23 circuit board (See Subsection 5.4.16). 2) In Menu 0351 “CCD Adjustment” perform “AD timing adjustment”, “OFD voltage adjustment” and “Gray pixel detecting” (See Subsection 5.4.17).
8-15
8.2 Scanner Section 3) Menu 0345 “Optical Axis Adjustment” (See Subsection 5.4.11). 4) Menu 0346 “Optical Magnification Calibration” (See Subsection 5.4.12). 5) Menu 0347 “Focus Calibration” (See Subsection 5.4.13). 6) Menu 0321 “Focus Position Adjustment” (See Subsection 5.4.3). 7) Menu 0349 “LED Light Amount Adjustment” (See Subsection 5.4.15). 8) Menu 0420 “Mask Position Adjustment” (See Subsection 5.5.2).
9) Scanner Correction (Ore-operational Check)
8.2.10
Shutter/Gear Replacement
Removal
Shaft
1. Remove the CCD unit (See Subsection 8.2.9).
Shaft Shutter
2. Remove the shaft, shutter and lock washer. 3. Remove the shaft and the drive gear.
Installation Drive Gear
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Lock Washer Z2141
8-16
8.2 Scanner Section 8.2.11
Lens Home Position Sensor (D202) Replacement
Removal 1. Install the fixing bracket to conjugate length variable section (See Subsection 8.2.18). 2. Remove the three screws and then the lens section lower cover. Screws (3) Lens Section Lower Cover
Z2145
3. Disconnect the D202 connector.
8
D202 Connector
4. Remove the connector from the bracket and cut the cord tie. Connector
Cord Tie Z2148
5. Remove the screw and then the lens home position sensor.
Lens Home Position Sensor (D202)
Screw
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. After installation, perform the following adjustments. 1) Menu 0346 “Optical Magnification Calibration” (See Subsection 5.4.12). 2) Menu 0347 “Focus Calibration” (See Subsection 5.4.13). Z2149
3) Menu 0321 “Focus Position Adjustment” (See Subsection 5.4.3).
8-17
8.2 Scanner Section 8.2.12
Lens Drive Motor (M202) Replacement
Removal 1. Install the fixing bracket to conjugate length variable section (See Subsection 8.2.18). 2. Remove the three screws and then the lens section lower cover. Screws (3) Lens Section Lower Cover
Z2145
3. Disconnect the M202 connector.
M202 Connector
4. Remove the connector from the bracket and cut the cord tie.
Cord Tie
Connector
Z2146
5. Cut the cord tie.
Cord Tie
Lens Drive Motor (M202)
6. Remove the two screws and then the lens drive motor.
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. After installation, perform the following adjustments. 1) Menu 0346 “Optical Magnification Calibration” (See Subsection 5.4.12).
Screws (2) Z2147
2) Menu 0347 “Focus Calibration” (See Subsection 5.4.13). 3) Menu 0321 “Focus Position Adjustment” (See Subsection 5.4.3).
8-18
8.2 Scanner Section 8.2.13
Lens Unit Replacement
Removal 1. Remove the CCD unit (See Subsection 8.2.9). 2. Disconnect the D202 and M202 connectors.
M202 Connector D202 Connector Z2142
3. Remove the three screws and then the lens cover.
Lens Cover
8
Screws (3) Z2143
4. Remove the three lens mounting screws.
Screws (3) Cut-away
5. Align the lens flange with the cut-away in the scanner base and remove the lens unit.
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Lens Unit Z2144
8-19
8.2 Scanner Section NOTE: Wipe clean the lens cover glass using a lens cleaning cloth (TORAY TORAYSEE or equivalent). Use a lens cleaning fluid if it is available.
After installation, perform the following adjustments. 1) Menu 0344 “Lens Registration” (See Subsection 5.4.10). 2) Menu 0345 “Optical Axis Adjustment” (See Subsection 5.4.11). 3) Menu 0346 “Optical Magnification Calibration” (See Subsection 5.4.12).
Lens Cover Glass Z2498
4) Menu 0347 “Focus Calibration” (See Subsection 5.4.13). 5) Menu 0321 “Focus Position Adjustment” (See Subsection 5.4.3). 6) Menu 0420 “Mask Position Adjustment” (See Subsection 5.5.2).
8.2.14
Conjugate Length Variable Motor (M201) Replacement
Removal
Circuit Board Bracket
Screw
1. Remove the scanner section rear cover (See Subsection 8.2.1). 2. Loosen the screw and open the CTB23 circuit board bracket.
Z2020
8-20
8.2 Scanner Section 3. Open the clamp and disconnect the motor connector.
Motor Connector
Conjugate Length Variable Motor (M201)
4. Remove the three screws and then the motor.
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. After installation perform the following adjustments. 1) Menu 0346 “Optical Magnification Calibration” (See Subsection 5.4.12).
Clamp
Screws (3) Z2123
2) Menu 0347 “Focus Calibration” (See Subsection 5.4.13).
8
3) Menu 0321 “Focus Position Adjustment” (See Subsection 5.4.3).
8.2.15
Conjugate Length Variable Section Home Position Sensor (D201) Replacement
Removal 1. Remove the scanner section brackets (See Subsection 8.2.6).
Sensor Bracket
2. Remove the screw and then the sensor bracket. 3. Disconnect the connector from the sensor.
Screw Connector Z2131
8-21
8.2 Scanner Section 4. Remove the sensor from the bracket by releasing its locking tabs.
Locking Tabs
Bracket
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. After installation perform the following adjustments. 1) Menu 0346 “Optical Magnification Calibration” (See Subsection 5.4.12).
Conjugate Length Variable Section Home Position Sensor (D201)
2) Menu 0347 “Focus Calibration” (See Subsection 5.4.13).
Z2132
3) Menu 0321 “Focus Position Adjustment” (See Subsection 5.4.3).
8.2.16
Conjugate Length Variable Gear/Rack Replacement
Removal
Screws (2) (Loosen) CPZ23 Circuit Board Box
1. Remove the CPZ23 circuit board box cover (See Subsection 8.2.8). 2. Disconnect all connectors from the CPZ23 circuit board. 3. Install the fixing bracket to conjugate length variable section (See Subsection 8.2.18). 4. Cut the cord tie and open the two harness clamps.
Screws (2) (Remove)
5. Loosen the two screws, remove the other two screws and then the CPZ23 circuit board box.
Harness Clamps (4)
Cord Tie Z2150
8-22
8.2 Scanner Section 6. Remove the conjugate length variable motor (M201) (See Subsection 8.2.14).
Screws (4)
7. Remove the four screws securing the gear bracket. 8. Raise the conjugate length variable section and remove the gear bracket.
Conjugate Length Variable Motor (M201) Z2151
9. Remove the two screws and then the gear cover.
Gear Cover
Screws (2)
Z2154
10. Remove the two E-rings and then the two gears from the bracket.
E-rings (2) Gears (2)
Bracket
Z2155
8-23
8
8.2 Scanner Section 11. Remove the three screws and then the harness guide.
Screws (3)
Harness Guide Z2152
12. Remove the four screws and then the rack. Screws (4)
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: Tighten the four screws while pressing the rack against the elevating frame.
After installation perform the following adjustments. Rack
1) Menu 0346 “Optical Magnification Calibration” (See Subsection 5.4.12).
Z2153
2) Menu 0347 “Focus Calibration” (See Subsection 5.4.13). 3) Menu 0321 “Focus Position Adjustment” (See Subsection 5.4.3).
8-24
8.2 Scanner Section 8.2.17
Program Downloading to Scanner Circuit Board
If the GMB23, CTB23, CLE23 or CPZ23 circuit board has been replaced, download its parameter from the main control unit to the circuit board. 1. Select “NO” for “Rack Auto cleaning” in Menu 0625 “Processor Operating Condition Setup”. 2. Insert the FRONTIER 570 System (A1) Disk into the CD-ROM drive. 3. Shut down the system by performing the postoperational checks. 4. Turn the power switch ON to start up the Printer/ Processor and then to STADBY.
8
5. Press the scanner’s START switch.
FRONTIER 570 System (A1) Disk Z2043
• After starting up Windows, “(L-001) Simple Upgrade” screen appears. 6. Click the [OK] button.
• “Procedure Selection 1 (C-001)” dialog box appears. 7. Select “SE maintenance” and click the [Next >] button.
8-25
8.2 Scanner Section • “Procedure Selection 2 (C-002)” dialog box appears. 8. Select “Update” and click the [Next >] button.
• The “Starting Update (C-010)” dialog box appears. 9. Click the [Yes] button.
• The “Printer Selection [C-015]” screen appears. 10. Click the [Next >] button.
• The “File Copy (C-020)” dialog box appears. 11. Check version information and click the [Next >] button.
8-26
8.2 Scanner Section • The “Installation Medium Selection (C-030)” dialog box appears. 12. Select “Install from HD to circuit board(s) in scanner” and click the [Next >] button.
• The “Download start (C-041)” dialog box appears. 13. Click the [Yes] button.
8
• The “Downloading to the GMB23 circuit board (C-041)” dialog box appears. 14. If the GMB23 circuit board has been replaced, click the [Yes] button. If not, click the [No] button.
• The “Downloading to the CTB23 circuit board (C-042)” dialog box appears. 15. If the CTB23 circuit board has been replaced, click the [Yes] button. If not, click the [No] button.
• The “Downloading to the CLE23 circuit board (C-043)” dialog box appears. 16. If the CLE23 circuit board has been replaced, click the [Yes] button. If not, click the [No] button.
• The “Downloading to the CPZ23 circuit board (C-044)” dialog box appears. 17. If the CPZ23 circuit board has been replaced, click the [Yes] button. If not, click the [No] button.
8-27
8.2 Scanner Section • The “Download Complete (C-085)” dialog box appears. 18. Click the [OK] button.
• The “Setup Completion (C-090)” dialog box appears. 19. Click the [OK] button.
• If any optional software is used, the upgrade screen appears. NOTE: If upgrading of the optional software is necessary, refer to the Instruction Manual for the optional software. If the upgrade is unnecessary, click the [Cancel] button.
• The “SETUP” completion dialog box appears.
20. Remove the FRONTIER 570 System (A1) Disk from the CD-ROM drive. 21. Click the [OK] button. • The system is shut down. 22. Press the START switch to restart the system. 23. Select “YES” for “Rack Auto cleaning” in Menu 0625 “Processor Operating Condition Setup” and click the [OK] button.
FRONTIER 570 System (A1) Disk Z2044
8-28
8.2 Scanner Section 8.2.18
Fixing Bracket Installation
Fixing Bracket Installation 1. Remove: • Rear cover (See Subsection 9.1.2). • Scanner section front cover (See Subsection 8.2.3). 2. Loosen the two screws and remove the fixing bracket. 3. Loosen the screw and remove the carrier fixing bracket. 4. Remove the two screws and three hex. socket head bolts.
Screws (2) Hex. Socket Head Bolts (3)
Fixing Bracket
Screw
Screws (2)
Carrier Fixing Bracket Z2522
5. Lift the conjugate length variable section and install the fixing bracket with the two screws. Fixing Bracket
Fixing Bracket Removal
Conjugate Length Variable Section
Removal is essentially in the reverse order of installation.
Screws (2) Z2521
8-29
8
9. SCANNER ELECTRICAL SECTION Parts Location......................................................................................... 9-2 9.1
Power Supply Section ............................................................................ 9-3 9.1.1 9.1.2 9.1.3 9.1.4 9.1.5
9.2
Front Cover Removal/Reinstallation...................................................................... 9-3 Rear Cover Removal/Reinstallation....................................................................... 9-3 Start Switch (D214) Replacement .......................................................................... 9-4 Power Supply Unit Replacement ........................................................................... 9-5 Power Supply Voltage Adjustment ........................................................................ 9-6
Image Processing Circuit Board Section ............................................. 9-7 9.2.1 9.2.2 9.2.3 9.2.4 9.2.5 9.2.6 9.2.7 9.2.8 9.2.9
9.3
Image Processing Circuit Board Box Removal/Reinstallation............................ 9-7 Box Cover and Circuit Board Holder Removal/Reinstallation ............................ 9-9 GSR23 Circuit Board Replacement........................................................................ 9-9 GIA23 Circuit Board Replacement ....................................................................... 9-10 GIE23 Circuit Board Replacement ....................................................................... 9-10 GPA23 Circuit Board Replacement...................................................................... 9-11 GMB23 Circuit Board Replacement ..................................................................... 9-11 Image Processing Circuit Board Expansion....................................................... 9-12 Image Processing Section Cooling Fan (F321) Replacement ........................... 9-12
Main Control Unit.................................................................................. 9-14 9.3.1 9.3.2 9.3.3 9.3.4 9.3.5
Main Control Unit Replacement ........................................................................... 9-14 Main Control Unit Left-hand Cover Removal/Reinstallation ............................. 9-15 Connecting Grounding Wristband....................................................................... 9-15 Motherboard Backup Battery Replacement........................................................ 9-16 Hard Disk Replacement ........................................................................................ 9-18
9-1
9
Parts Location
Image Processing Circuit Board box GIA23 circuit Board
GPA23 Circuit Board
Expanded Image Processing (GPA23) Circuit Board (Optional)
GIE23 Circuit Board
Full Keyboard
GSR23 Circuit Board Image Processing Section Cooling Fan (F321)
Image Processing Circuit Board Box
Power Supply Unit
Main Control Unit
Z2438
9-2
9.1 Power Supply Section 9.1.1
Front Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screws (3)
1. Perform the post-operational checks to shut down the system. 2. Turn OFF the built-in circuit breaker and disconnect the power supply cord from the wall outlet.
When servicing the electrical section parts, make sure the built-in circuit breaker is turned OFF and the power supply cord is disconnected. If the power supply cord is connected, electricity will flow as far as the power supply unit, and this can cause electric shocks and/or short-circuiting.
Front Cover Z2450
9
3. Loosen the three screws and remove the front cover.
Reinstallation Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
9.1.2
Rear Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal 1. Perform the post-operational checks to shut down the system. 2. Turn OFF the built-in circuit breaker and disconnect the power supply cord from the wall outlet. 3. Disconnect the power supply cord from the SP-3000.
When servicing the electrical section parts, make sure the built-in circuit breaker is turned OFF and the power supply cord is disconnected. If the power supply cord is connected, electricity will flow as far as the power supply unit, and this can cause electric shocks and/or short-circuiting. 4. Loosen the four screws and remove the rear cover.
Z2467
9-3
9.1 Power Supply Section Reinstallation Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
9.1.3
Start Switch (D214) Replacement
Removal
Connector
1. Remove the front cover (See Subsection 9.1.1). 2. Disconnect the connector from the start switch.
Start Switch Z2209
3. Release the locking tabs and remove the start switch.
Locking Tabs
Installation Start Switch
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Z2210
9-4
9.1 Power Supply Section 9.1.4
Power Supply Unit Replacement
Removal
Screws/Grounding Wires (3)
1. Remove the rear cover (See Subsection 9.1.2). 2. Remove the three screws securing the grounding wires to the frame. 3. Remove the two screws securing the cable clamps.
Screws/Cable Clamps (2) Z2204
4. Open the five harness clamps.
Harness Clamps (5)
9
5. Disconnect the ten cable connectors from the DC power supply unit.
Connectors (10) Z2206
6. Remove the two screws and then the DC power supply unit.
DC Power Supply Unit
Installation Screws (2)
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: After installation, adjust the power supply voltage (See Subsection 9.1.5).
Z2495
9-5
9.1 Power Supply Section 9.1.5
Power Supply Voltage Adjustment
1. Remove the rear cover (See Subsection 9.1.2). 2. Connect the power supply cable to the DC power supply unit and turn ON the built-in circuit breaker. 3. Press the START switch to start the system. 4. Measure the DC voltages at the measuring points as shown in the table below. 5. Adjust the voltages by turning each VR. Measuring Points VR
DC Voltage Range
Ground Terminal
+Terminal
D+3.3V
PS1-1
PS1-2
3.3±0.1V
D+5V1
PS1-3
PS1-4
5.1±0.1V
D+5V2
PS4-1
PS4-9
5.1V±0.1V
A+5V
PS2-4
PS2-8
5.1V±0.1V
A–5V
PS6-2
PS6-7
–5.2V±0.1V
A+12V
PS4-3
PS4-11
12.2±0.5V
A–12V
PS4-5
PS4-13
–12.2V±0.5V
A+20V
PS6-5
PS6-10
20.2±0.3V
P+12V1
PS2-3
PS2-7
12.2V±0.5V
P+12V2
PS5-6
PS5-12
12.2V±0.5V
P+24V
PS4-7
PS4-15
24.2±1.2V
6. Shut down the system. 7. Turn OFF the built-in circuit breaker and disconnect the power supply cord. 8. Reinstall the rear cover.
9
16
1
8
6
1
10
5
5 8
1 4
3 4
VR
1
4
9-6
1 2
4
1
6
3
5
1
8
4
7
1
12
6
9.2 Image Processing Circuit Board Section 9.2.1
Image Processing Circuit Board Box Removal/Reinstallation
Removal 1. Remove the rear cover (See Subsection 9.1.2). 2. Remove the six screws securing the cable clamps.
Screws/Cable Clamps (6) Z2486
3. Remove the two screws and then the fan duct from the box.
Fan Duct
Screws (2)
Z2487
4. Remove the two screws and then the connector cover.
Connector Cover Screws (2) Z2488
9-7
9
9.2 Image Processing Circuit Board Section 5. Disconnect the seven connectors from the circuit boards.
GIA2
GIA1
GSR1
GIA3 GMB11
GIE1
GMB3 Z2489
6. Remove the two screws and then the image processing circuit board box.
Reinstallation Image Processing Circuit Board Box
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Screws (2)
Z2494
9-8
9.2 Image Processing Circuit Board Section 9.2.2
Box Cover and Circuit Board Holder Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Box Cover
1. Remove the image processing circuit board box (See Subsection 9.2.1). 2. Remove the two screws and then the box cover.
Screws (2) Z2191
3. Remove the two screws and then the circuit board holder.
Circuit Board Holder
9
Reinstallation Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Screws (2)
NOTE: Tighten the two screws while lightly pressing the circuit board holder against the circuit boards.
9.2.3
Z2194
GSR23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
GSR23 Circuit Board
1. Remove the box cover (See Subsection 9.2.2). 2. Disconnect the connector from the GSR23 circuit board.
Connector Z2192
9-9
9.2 Image Processing Circuit Board Section 3. Remove the two special screws, washers and then the GSR23 circuit board.
GSR23 Circuit Board
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Special Screws (2)
Washers (2) Z2193
9.2.4
GIA23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
Screw
1. Remove the box cover and circuit board holder (See Subsection 9.2.2).
GIA23 Circuit Board
2. Remove the screw and then the GIA23 circuit board from Slot 1 on the GMB23 circuit board.
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: Insert the circuit board into the slot on the GMB23 circuit board securely.
9.2.5
Z2195
GIE23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
Screw
1. Remove the box cover and circuit board holder (See Subsection 9.2.2). 2. Remove the screw and then the GIE23 circuit board from Slot 2 on the GMB23 circuit board.
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: • Insert the circuit board into the slot on the GMB23 circuit board securely. • After installation, perform “Scanner Driver Installation” (See Section 3.5).
GIE23 Circuit Board Z2196
9-10
9.2 Image Processing Circuit Board Section 9.2.6
GPA23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
Screw
1. Remove the box cover and circuit board holder (See Subsection 9.2.2). 2. Remove the screw and then the GPA23 circuit board from Slot 3 on the GMB23 circuit board.
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: Insert the circuit board into the slot on the GMB23 circuit board securely.
9.2.7
GPA23 Circuit Board Z2197
9
GMB23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
Connectors
1. Remove: • GIA23 circuit board (See Subsection 9.2.4). • GIE23 circuit board (See Subsection 9.2.5). • GPA23 circuit board (See Subsection 9.2.6). 2. Disconnect the connectors from the GMB23 circuit board.
GMB23 Circuit Board Z2200
3. Remove the 11 screws and then the GMB23 circuit board.
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. After installation, download the program from the HD of the main control unit into the GMB23 circuit board (See Subsection 8.2.17).
Screws (11)
GMB23 Circuit Board Z2201
9-11
9.2 Image Processing Circuit Board Section 9.2.8
Image Processing Circuit Board Expansion
1. Remove the box cover and circuit board holder (See Subsection 9.2.2).
Screw
2. Remove the screw and then the cover.
Cover Z2198
3. Insert the expansion circuit board into the slot next to the present GPA23 circuit board and tighten the screw.
Screw
NOTE: Insert the expansion circuit board into the slot securely.
4. Reinstall the circuit board holder and box cover. 5. Reinstall the image processing circuit board box and rear cover.
Expansion (GPA23) circuit board Z2199
9.2.9
Image Processing Section Cooling Fan (F321) Replacement
Removal
GMB6 Connector Fan Bracket
1. Remove the box cover (See Subsection 9.2.2). 2. Disconnect the GMB6 connector. 3. Remove the screw and then the fan bracket.
Screw Z2202
9-12
9.2 Image Processing Circuit Board Section 4. Remove the two screws and then the fan from the bracket.
Bracket
Screws (2)
Fan (F321)
Arrow
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: Install the fan so that the arrow points the inside of the box.
Z2203
9
9-13
9.3 Main Control Unit 9.3.1
Main Control Unit Replacement
Removal Interface (1394) Cable
1. Perform the post-operational checks to shut down the system. 2. Turn OFF the built-in circuit breaker and disconnect the power supply cord from the wall outlet.
When servicing the electrical section parts, make sure the built-in circuit breaker is turned OFF and the power supply cord is disconnected. If the power supply cord is connected, electricity will flow as far as the power supply unit, and this can cause electric shocks and/or short-circuiting.
Clamp/Screw Z2028
3. Remove the screw securing the interface (1394) cable clamp.
w
q
4. Disconnect all cables from the main control unit. q Power Supply Cord w Mouse Cable e Full Keyboard Cable r Operation Keyboard (USB) Cable t MCU1 [Power Supply (1394) Cable from Power Supply Unit] y MCU2 [Image Processing Signal (1394) Cable] u Monitor (CRT) Cable i Interface Cable (1394) Cable
e
r
u t
5. Remove the main control unit i y Z2027
q w
Installation
e
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
r t
NOTE: After installation, perform the following operations. • Printer and scanner driver installation (See Section 3.5). • System software (A1) reinstallation (See Section 4.3). • Optional software reinstallation. • Backup for refreshing (See Subsection 3.5.3).
u
y i Z2515
9-14
9.3 Main Control Unit 9.3.2
Main Control Unit Left-hand Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Left-hand Cover
1. Remove the main control unit (See Subsection 9.3.1). 2. Remove the two screws. 3. Remove the left-hand cover by pulling it slightly toward the rear.
Reinstallation Screws (2)
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
9.3.3 !
Z2540
9
Connecting Grounding Wristband Wristband
CAUTION
Grounding Wire
To avoid damaging the electronic parts due to discharge of static electricity, be sure to wear the grounding wristband before replacing the parts. Grounding the frame of the main control unit is not necessary. 1. Remove the left-hand cover (See Subsection 9.3.2). 2. Temporarily install the cover screw to the frame as shown. 3. Wear the grounding wristband on the left wrist. Cover Screw
4. Connect the grounding wire to the screw.
Z2541
9-15
9.3 Main Control Unit 9.3.4
Motherboard Backup Battery Replacement
NOTE: • Normally, replace the backup battery within five years. • As the backup battery, use a CR2032 (commercial item).
Backup Battery
Removal 1. Connect the wristband (See Subsection 9.3.3). 2. Remove the backup battery from the motherboard.
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Motherboard Z2542
NOTE: • Install the battery with the plus (+) side facing upward. • After replacement, perform the following: 1) CMOS Initial Setup 2) Date/Time Setting Using BIOS Setup Utility
1. Insert the “Boot Device Change FD” into the FD drive. 2. Press the scanner’s START switch.
Boot Device Change FD Z2041
• The error message may be displayed on the lower side of the screen.
ERROR 0271: Check data and time settings WARNING 0251: System CMOS checksum bad - Default configuration used
3. If the error message appears, press the [F1] key.
Press to resume, to Setup
• The boot device change program starts. EZ201 PC Boot Device Change FD V1.06 ---------------------------- ---------1 HDD1 Boot (Default) 2 HDD2 Boot (Optional) 3 CD-ROM Boot 4 HDD1 Boot with disabled HDD2 (Optional) 5 HDD2 Boot with disabled HDD1 (Optional) --------------------------------------Specify operation (Enter It’s number) A:>
4. Press the [1] key to select “1 HDD1” and then the [Enter] key.
9-16
9.3 Main Control Unit 5. Remove the FD from the FD drive. 6. Press the [Alt] and [Del] keys simultaneously while pressing [Ctrl] key. • The main control unit is started. 7. Press the [F2] key immediately after the white characters appear on the black background.
Z2042
• The BIOS setup screen appears. • The cursor is positioned on “System Time:”. NOTE: Do not change the items other than the date and time.
9
8. Select hour/minute/second by pressing the [Tab] key and set the current time by pressing the [+] or [–] key of the numeric keys on the full keyboad. Press the [+] key to put forward the hour/minute/ second. Press the [–] key to put back the hour/minute/ second. NOTE: The [+] and [-] keys of the alphabet keys cannot be used.
9. Press the [↓] key to move the cursor to “year/ month/date:” 10. Select year/month/date by pressing the [Tab] key and set the current date by pressing the [+] or [–] key of the numeric keys on the full keyboard. Press the [+] key to put forward the year/month/ date. Press the [–] key to put back the year/month/date. 11. Press the [F10] key. • The “Setup Confirmation” dialog box appears. 12. Press the [←] or [→] key to move the cursor to [Yes]. 13. Press the [Enter] key. • The main control unit is restarted.
9-17
9.3 Main Control Unit 9.3.5 !
Hard Disk Replacement Flat Cable Connector
CAUTION
• To aviod moisture condensation, if the HDD is very cold and there is a great difference in temperature (more than 20°C) between the HDD and the room, let the HDD sit for about one hour to bring it to room temperature before unpacking. • To avoid damaging the HDD, take utmost care to avoid vibrations or impacts being delivered to the HDD. Place the HDD on soft material such as the cushion for packing. • When carrying the HDD, hold the outside frame. If the print-circuit board or connector is held, the HDD may be deformed or damaged. Power Supply P5 Connector
Removal
Z2543
1. Connect the wristband (See Subsection 9.3.3). 2. Disconnect the flat cable connector and power supply P5 connector form the hard disk. 3. Remove the three screws and then the hard disk bracket.
Screws (2)
Hard Disk Bracket Z2544
4. Remove the two inch-size screws and then the hard disk from the bracket.
Hard Disk Inch-size Screws (2) Z2545
9-18
9.3 Main Control Unit Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: • Remove the shoulder screw from the old hard disk and install it to the new one. • The hard disk is a precision part. Take extreme care to avoid any impacts being delivered to the hard disk. • Make sure each connector is connected properly. • Do not change the factory-settings of the HDD jumper plug. • After installation, perform the following. 1) OS Recovery (See Subsection 3.5.1). 2) Driver Installation ((See Subsection 3.5.2). 3) System Software (A1) Reinstallation (See Section 4.3). 4) Optional Software Installation (See Optional Software Manual). 5) Backup for Refreshing (See Subsection 3.5.3).
New Hard Disk
Shoulder Screw Z2546
9-19
9
10. PAPER SUPPLY SECTION Parts Location....................................................................................... 10-2 10.1
Paper Magazine..................................................................................... 10-3
10.1.1 10.1.2 10.1.3
10.2
Upper Paper Magazine Table.............................................................. 10-5
10.2.1 10.2.2 10.2.3 10.2.4 10.2.5 10.2.6 10.2.7
10.3
Upper Magazine Setting Lever Cover Removal/Reinstallation ......................... 10-5 Upper Magazine Setting Lever Removal/Reinstallation..................................... 10-5 Upper Magazine Setting Lever Lock Arm Replacement .................................... 10-6 Upper Magazine Table Unit Removal/Reinstallation .......................................... 10-6 Upper Slide Table/Bracket Removal/Reinstallation ........................................... 10-7 Magazine Moving Cam Roller Replacement ....................................................... 10-7 Upper Magazine Table Slide Lock Replacement ................................................ 10-8
Lower Magazine Table.......................................................................... 10-9
10.3.1 10.3.2 10.3.3 10.3.4 10.3.5 10.3.6
10.4
Paper Supply Section Assembly Replacement .................................................. 10-3 Magazine Roller Release Arm Replacement ....................................................... 10-3 Drive Pulley Replacement..................................................................................... 10-4
Lower Magazine Setting Lever Cover Removal/Reinstallation ......................... 10-9 Lower Magazine Setting Lever Removal/Reinstallation .................................... 10-9 Lower Magazine Setting Lever Lock Arm Replacement .................................. 10-10 Lower Magazine Table Unit Removal/Reinstallation........................................ 10-10 Magazine Table Lift Cam Roller Replacement .................................................. 10-11 Soft Down Damper Replacement ....................................................................... 10-12
Magazine Drive Unit/Interlock Switch ............................................... 10-14
10.4.1 10.4.2 10.4.3 10.4.4 10.4.5
Upper Magazine Drive Unit Removal/Reinstallation ........................................ 10-14 Lower Magazine Drive Unit Removal/Reinstallation ........................................ 10-15 Upper/Lower Magazine Paper Supply Motor (M610/M620) Replacement....... 10-15 Drive Belt Replacement ...................................................................................... 10-16 Magazine Door Interlock Switch (D680A/B) Replacement............................... 10-17
10-1
10
Parts Location Upper Magazine Drive Unit
Upper Magazine Paper Supply Motor (M610) Upper Paper Magazine
Lower Magazine Drive Unit
Lower Magazine Paper Supply Motor (M620)
Upper Magazine Table
Lower Paper Magazine
Lower Magazine Table
LII954
10-2
10.1 Paper Magazine 10.1.1
Paper Supply Section Assembly Replacement
Removal 1. Release the latches and open the paper magazine.
Paper Magazine Latches (2) LII360
2. Remove the six outside screws, two inside screws and then the paper supply section assembly.
Paper Supply Section Assembly
3. Remove each four screws and then the two latches.
10
Installation Screws (6)
Screws (2)
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
10.1.2
LII363
Magazine Roller Release Arm Replacement
Removal
Arm
1. Remove the paper supply section assembly (See Subsection 10.1.1).
Spring
2. Remove the E-ring, arm, spring and push rod.
Installation E-ring
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Push Rod LII364
10-3
10.1 Paper Magazine 10.1.3
Drive Pulley Replacement
Removal 1. Remove the E-ring and then the drive pulley. NOTE: Be careful not to lose the pulley drive straight pin.
Installation
E-ring Pulley
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
LII365
10-4
10.2 Upper Paper Magazine Table 10.2.1
Upper Magazine Setting Lever Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal 1. Open the magazine door.
Magazine Door LII206
2. Turn the setting lever to the left.
Screws (3)
3. Remove the three screws and then the setting lever cover.
10
Reinstallation Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
10.2.2
Setting Lever Cover LII372
Upper Magazine Setting Lever Removal/Reinstallation
Removal 1. Remove the upper magazine setting lever cover (See Subsection 10.2.1). 2. Remove the E-ring and then the setting lever.
Reinstallation Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. E-ring NOTE: Reinstall the setting lever so that it is parallel to the magazine table when it is turned fully to the right.
Setting Lever LII373
10-5
10.2 Upper Paper Magazine Table 10.2.3
Upper Magazine Setting Lever Lock Arm Replacement
Removal
Screws (4)
1. Remove the upper magazine setting lever (See Subsection 10.2.2). 2. Remove the four screws and then the lock assembly.
Lock Assembly LII374
3. Remove the spring, E-ring, two poly-sliders and arm.
E-ring Poly-sliders (2)
Arm
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
10.2.4
Spring LII375
Upper Magazine Table Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Screws (8)
1. Open the magazine door. 2. Align the holes by sliding the magazine table and remove the following screws. • Eight screws securing the rail to the cutter side bracket • Eight screws securing the center rail to the frame • Eight screws securing the rail to the processor side bracket
Screws (8)
Screws (8) LII376
3. Remove the upper magazine table unit.
10-6
10.2 Upper Paper Magazine Table Reinstallation Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: If the magazine table slider does not run smoothly after reinstallation, loosen the four screws securing the processor side bracket and retighten them after sliding the table in and out several times.
Processor Side Bracket Screws (4) LII400
10.2.5
Upper Slide Table/Bracket Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Screws (4)
1. Remove the upper magazine table unit (See Subsection 10.2.4).
Slide Table
2. Remove the four screws, then the slide table, two brackets and two magazine guides.
Magazine Guides (2)
Reinstallation Brackets (2)
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
10.2.6
LII377
Magazine Moving Cam Roller Replacement
Removal
Bearings (2) Camshaft
1. Remove: • Upper magazine setting lever (See Subsection 10.2.2). • Upper magazine setting lever lock arm (See Subsection 10.2.3). • Upper slide table/brackets (See Subsection 10.2.5).
Collars (4) E-rings (3)
2. Remove the three E-rings, then the two bearings, four collars and camshaft.
LII378
10-7
10
10.2 Upper Paper Magazine Table 3. Remove the two E-rings, two bearings and then the cam roller.
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
10.2.7
E-rings (2) Bearings (2)
Cam Roller LII379
Upper Magazine Table Slide Lock Replacement
Removal
Screws (2)
1. Remove the upper magazine table unit (See Subsection 10.2.4).
Lock Assembly
2. Remove the two screws and then the lock assembly.
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. LII380
10-8
10.3 Lower Magazine Table 10.3.1
Lower Magazine Setting Lever Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screws (3)
1. Open the magazine door. 2. Remove the three screws and then the cover.
Reinstallation Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
10.3.2
Cover LII381
Lower Magazine Setting Lever Removal/Reinstallation
10
Removal 1. Remove the magazine setting lever cover (See Subsection 10.3.1). 2. Remove the two screws and then the setting lever.
Setting lever
Reinstallation Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Screws (2)
NOTE: Reinstall the setting lever so that it is parallel to the magazine table when it is turned fully to the right.
LII383
10-9
10.3 Lower Magazine Table 10.3.3
Lower Magazine Setting Lever Lock Arm Replacement
Removal
Screws (3)
1. Remove the magazine setting lever (See Subsection 10.3.2). 2. Remove the three screws and then the lock assembly.
Lock Assembly LII384
3. Remove the spring, E-ring, two poly-sliders and then the arm.
Spring
E-ring Poly-sliders (2) Arm
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
10.3.4
LII385
Lower Magazine Table Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screws (8)
Processor Side Rail
1. Remove the left lower cover (See Subsection 19.4.1). 2. Align the holes by sliding the magazine table and remove the following screws. Center Rail
• Eight screws securing the rail to the cutter side bracket • Eight screws securing the center rail to the frame • Eight screws securing the rail to the processor side bracket
Cutter Side Rail
Screws (8)
Screws (8)
3. Remove the lower magazine table unit.
LII386
10-10
10.3 Lower Magazine Table Reinstallation
Shims(4)
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: • If the lower magazine table unit should be replaced, measure the shim thickness in four places and attach shims of the same thickness to a new magazine table.
LII387
• If the magazine table slider does not run smoothly after reinstallation, loosen the four screws securing the processor side bracket and retighten them after sliding the table in and out several times.
10
Processor Side Bracket Screws (4) LII401
10.3.5
Magazine Table Lift Cam Roller Replacement
Removal
Magazine Lift Plate Screws (8)
1. Remove the lower magazine setting lever cover (See Subsection 10.3.1). 2. Remove the eight screws, then four lift guides and magazine lift plate.
Lift Guides (4) LII388
10-11
10.3 Lower Magazine Table 3. Remove the E-ring, shaft, two bearings, and then the roller. E-ring
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Roller
NOTE: After installing the lift guides, check the magazine table for smooth movement by moving it up and down several times. If necessary, adjust it by following the steps below.
Shaft
Bearings (2) LII389
1) Loosen the screws securing the lift guides. 2) Move the magazine table up and down several times. 3) Retighten the screws.
10.3.6
Soft Down Damper Replacement
Removal 1. Remove the lower magazine table unit (See Subsection 10.3.4). 2. Remove the two screws and then the damper bracket.
Screws (2) Damper Bracket LII390
3. Remove the two screws and then the damper.
Damper
Screws (2)
LII391
10-12
10.3 Lower Magazine Table Installation
Damper Bracket
1. Temporarily install the damper to the bracket using the two screws. 2. Install the bracket with the two screws. 3. Tighten the two damper screws securely.
Screws (2) Screws (2) LII392
10
10-13
10.4 Magazine Drive Unit/Interlock Switch 10.4.1
Upper Magazine Drive Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Harness cover Screws (2)
1. Open the magazine door. 2. Remove the two screws and then the harness cover.
LII393
3. Remove the screw and then the connector cover. Harness Clamp
4. Open the harness clamp. 5. Disconnect the JMAG2 connector.
JMAG2 Connector
Screw Connector Cover
LII394
6. Loosen the six screws, remove the other one screw and then the drive unit by sliding it to the right-hand side.
Screws (Loosen) Drive Unit
Reinstallation Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: Tighten the drive unit screws by following the steps below. 1) Align the hole in the drive unit with the half-punch on the printer frame. 2) Tighten the four screws while pushing the unit upward. 3) Push the bracket against the cutter/feed unit and the drive unit and tighten the removed screw. 4) Tighten the two loosened bracket screws.
Screw (Remove) Braket Screws (Loosen) LII395
10-14
10.4 Magazine Drive Unit/Interlock Switch 10.4.2
Lower Magazine Drive Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal 1. Remove the left cover (See Subsection 11.1.1). 2. Remove the screw and then the connector cover.
Screw
Connector Cover LII402
3. Disconnect the connector (JMAG2). 4. Loosen the four screws and remove the drive unit by sliding into the sifting down it.
10 Reinstallation Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Screws (4) (Loosen)
Drive Unit Connector
NOTE: Tighten the drive unit screws by following the steps below.
LII403
1) Align the hole in the drive unit with the half-punch on the printer frame. 2) Tighten the four screws while pushing the unit to the left-hand side.
10.4.3 Upper/Lower Magazine Paper Supply Motor (M610/M620) Replacement Removal
Motor Cover
1. Remove the upper or lower magazine drive unit (See Subsection 10.4.1/10.4.2).
Screws (2)
2. Open the harness clamp. 3. Remove the two screws and then the motor cover.
Clamp
LII396
10-15
10.4 Magazine Drive Unit/Interlock Switch 4. Disengage the drive belt from the motor pulley.
Motor Pulley
Belt LII397
5. Open the clamp and disconnect the motor connector.
Screws (4) Motor (M610/M620)
6. Remove the four screws and then the motor.
Installation Motor Connector
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Clamp LII398
NOTE: After belt installation, turn the belt by hand to check that it operates correctly.
10.4.4
Drive Belt Replacement
Removal
Idler Pulley
1. Remove the upper or lower magazine drive unit (See Subsection 10.4.1/10.4.2). 2. Remove the spring and then the drive belt.
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Spring Belt
NOTE: After belt installation, turn the belt by hand to check that it operates correctly.
LII399
10-16
10.4 Magazine Drive Unit/Interlock Switch 10.4.5
Magazine Door Interlock Switch (D680A/B) Replacement
Removal
Screws (3)
1. Remove the left cover (See Subsection 11.1.1). 2. Remove the three screws and then the switch cover.
Switch Cover LII369
3. Disconnect the two switch connectors.
Switch Connectors (2)
4. Remove the two screws and then the switch bracket.
10
Screws (2) Switch Bracket LII370
5. Remove the spring, E-ring and then the two switches.
Spring
E-ring
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. LII371
10-17
11. PAPER FEED SECTION Parts Location....................................................................................... 11-3 11.1
Cutter/Feed Section.............................................................................. 11-6
11.1.1 11.1.2 11.1.3 11.1.4 11.1.5 11.1.6
11.1.7 11.1.8 11.1.9 11.1.10 11.1.11 11.1.12 11.1.13 11.1.14 11.1.15 11.1.16 11.1.17 11.1.18 11.1.19 11.1.20 11.1.21 11.1.22 11.1.23
11.2
Left Cover Removal/Reinstallation ...................................................................... 11-6 Cutter/Feed Unit Removal/Reinstallation ............................................................ 11-6 Upper Sensor Bracket Removal/Reinstallation .................................................. 11-9 Lower Sensor Bracket Removal/Reinstallation .................................................. 11-9 Upper/Lower Magazine Paper End Sensor (D616/D626) Replacement .......... 11-10 Upper Magazine ID Sensor 1 to 6 (D610 to D615), Open/Close Sensor (D617/D618), Lower Magazine ID Sensor 1 to 6 (D620 to D625), Open/Close Sensor (D627/D628) Replacement ................................................ 11-10 Feed Motor 1 (M630) Replacement .................................................................... 11-11 Drive Gear Replacement ..................................................................................... 11-11 Upper Magazine Paper Sensor (D631) Replacement ....................................... 11-12 Lower Magazine Paper Sensor (D632P) Replacement..................................... 11-12 Connector Cover Removal/Reinstallation......................................................... 11-13 Upper Cutter Unit Removal/Reinstallation ........................................................ 11-14 Upper and Lower Common use Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation ............ 11-15 Lower Magazine Paper Sensor LED (D632L) Replacement............................. 11-15 Lower Cutter Unit Removal/Reinstallation........................................................ 11-16 Feed Guide Plate Replacement .......................................................................... 11-17 Exit Nip Roller/Lower Magazine Entrance Nip Roller Replacement ............... 11-17 Lower Cutter Feed Roller Replacement ............................................................ 11-18 Upper Cutter Feed Roller Replacement............................................................. 11-19 Emulsion Surface Side Upper Cutter Exit Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation ....................................................................................... 11-20 Upper Cutter Nip Roller Replacement ............................................................... 11-21 Back Surface Side Upper Cutter Entrance Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation ....................................................................................... 11-21 Exit Feed Roller Replacement ............................................................................ 11-22
Back Printing Section......................................................................... 11-23
11.2.1 11.2.2 11.2.3 11.2.4 11.2.5 11.2.6 11.2.7 11.2.8 11.2.9 11.2.10 11.2.11 11.2.12 11.2.13 11.2.14 11.2.15 11.2.16 11.2.17
Back Printing/Feed Unit Removal/Reinstallation ............................................. 11-23 Feed Section Paper Sensor (D633) Replacement............................................. 11-24 Nip Release Solenoid 1 (S631) Replacement.................................................... 11-25 Nip Release Solenoid 2 (S632) Replacement.................................................... 11-25 Feed Motor 3 (M632) Replacement .................................................................... 11-26 Back Printing Entrance/Cutter Exit Feed Roller Drive Gear Replacement..... 11-27 Feed Motor 2 (M631) Replacement .................................................................... 11-28 Back Printing Entrance Feed Roller Replacement ........................................... 11-28 Back Printing Middle Feed Roller Replacement ............................................... 11-29 Back Printing Exit Feed Roller Replacement.................................................... 11-30 Back Printing Exit Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation .................................. 11-30 Back Printing Middle/Exit Nip Roller Replacement .......................................... 11-31 Back Printing Entrance Nip Roller Replacement.............................................. 11-32 Back Printing Entrance Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation.......................... 11-33 Platen Replacement ............................................................................................ 11-34 Back Printing Surface Side Guide Plate Replacement .................................... 11-34 Back Printing Drive Gear Replacement............................................................. 11-35
11-1
11
11.2.18 11.2.19 11.2.20 11.2.21
11.3
Back Printing Head Replacement ...................................................................... 11-36 Back Printing Unit Removal/Reinstallation....................................................... 11-37 Back Printing Unit Drive Gear Replacement..................................................... 11-37 Back Printing Head Clearance Adjustment....................................................... 11-38
Registration Section........................................................................... 11-40
11.3.1 11.3.2 11.3.3 11.3.4 11.3.5 11.3.6 11.3.7 11.3.8 11.3.9 11.3.10 11.3.11 11.3.12 11.3.13 11.3.14 11.3.15 11.3.16 11.3.17 11.3.18
Registration Unit Removal/Reinstallation ......................................................... 11-40 Nip Release Home Position Sensor 1 (D642) Replacement ............................ 11-40 Tilt Home Position Sensor (D641) Replacement .............................................. 11-41 Registration Section Paper Sensor (D640P) Replacement.............................. 11-42 Registration Section Paper Sensor LED (D640L) Replacement...................... 11-42 Feed Motor 4 (M640) Replacement .................................................................... 11-43 Registration Tilt Motor (M641) /Nip Release Motor1 (M642) Replacement..... 11-43 Nip Release Solenoid 4 (S641) Replacement.................................................... 11-45 Nip Release Solenoid 3 (S640) Replacement.................................................... 11-45 Registration Section Feed Roller Replacement................................................ 11-46 Registration Section Nip Roller 2 Replacement ............................................... 11-47 Registration Section Nip Roller 3/4 Replacement ............................................ 11-48 Exit Side Upper and Lower Guide Plate Replacement..................................... 11-49 Tilt Unit Removal/Reinstallation......................................................................... 11-52 Registration Section Feed Roller 1 Replacement............................................. 11-53 Entrance Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation.................................................. 11-53 Registration Section Nip Roller 1 Replacement ............................................... 11-54 Feed Roller 1 Drive Gear Replacement ............................................................. 11-55
11-2
Parts Location ● Cutter/Feed Unit
Upper Magazine Open/Close Sensor 1 (D617) Upper Magazine Open/Close Sensor 2 (D618)
Upper Magazine Paper End Sensor (D616)
Upper Magazine ID Sensors 1 to 6 6(D615) 5(D614) 4(D613)
Upper Magazine Paper Sensor (D631)
3(D612) 2(D611) 1(D610)
Feed Motor 1 (M630)
Upper Magazine Splice Sensor (D619) Upper Cutter Close Position Sensor (D602) Upper Cutter Open (Home) Sensor (D601) Upper Cutter Drive Motor (M600)
11 Lower Magazine Paper End Sensor (D626) Lower Magazine Open/Close Sensors 1/2 (D627/D628)
Lower Magazine Splice Sensor (D629)
Lower Magazine Paper Sensor (D632) Lower Magazine ID Sensor 1 to 6 (D620 to D625)
Lower Cutter Drive Motor (M601) Lower Cutter Close Position Sensor (D604)
Lower Cutter Open (Home) Sensor (D603)
LII955
11-3
Parts Location ● Back Printing/Feed Unit Feed Motor 3 (M632)
Feed Section Paper Sensor (D633)
Gear Release Lever
Feed Motor 2 (M631) Nip Release Solenoid 2 (S632) Nip Release Solenoid 1 (S631)
Platen
Back Printer Head (S630)
LII956
11-4
Parts Location ● Registration Unit
Nip Release Motor (M642) Tilt Home Position Sensor (D641)
Registration Section Paper Sensor (D640) Nip Release Home Position Sensor (D642)
Registration Tilt Motor (M641) Nip Release Solenoid 3 (S640) Nip Release Solenoid 4 (S641)
Feed Motor 4 (M640)
11
LII957
11-5
11.1 Cutter/Feed Section 11.1.1 Left Cover Removal/Reinstallation Removal 1. Turn OFF the built-in circuit breaker and the main power supply. 2. Open the magazine door.
Magazine Door LII206
3. Pull the lock release lever and remove the left cover.
Lock Release Lever
Reinstallation Left Side Cover
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
LII209
11.1.2 Cutter/Feed Unit Removal/Reinstallation Removal 1. Remove the left cover (See Subsection 11.1.1). 2. Push the gear release lever at the back printing section and inset the spacer (approximately 2 cm) between the lever and the frame flange as shown.
Spacer
Gear Release Lever
LII404
11-6
11.1 Cutter/Feed Section 3. Remove the two screws and then the harness cover.
Harness Cover
Screws (2)
LII393
4. Open the harness clamp. Connectors (3)
5. Disconnect the three connectors (Jha1 to Jha3).
11
Clamp LII405
6. Remove the three screws securing the unit in the upper magazine section. Screws (3)
LII406
11-7
11.1 Cutter/Feed Section 7. Remove the four screws securing the unit.
Screws (4) LII407
8. Remove the cutter/feed unit while pushing the shutter buttons.
Shutter Button
NOTE: Take care not to damage the wire harnesses.
Reinstallation Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: If the unit has been replaced, perform the following adjustments. 1) Menu 0558 "Sensor Calibration (Initial)" (See Subsection 5.6.25). 2) Menu 0553 "Feeding Position Sensor Fine Adjustment" (See Subsection 5.6.21). 3) Menu 0554 "Image Position Initial Setting" (See Subsection 5.6.22). 4) Menu 0520 "Paper Magazine Feeding Fine Adjustment" (See Subsection 5.6.1).
Cutter/Feed Unit LII408
11-8
11.1 Cutter/Feed Section 11.1.3 Upper Sensor Bracket Removal/Reinstallation Removal
Upper Sensor Bracket
1. Remove the cutter/feed unit (See Subsection 11.1.2).
Screws (2)
2. Open the clamp and disconnect the connector. 3. Remove the two screws and then the bracket.
Reinstallation Clamp
Connector
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. LII027
NOTE: Align the notch in the bracket with the tab on the cutter unit and tighten the seven screws.
11.1.4 Lower Sensor Bracket Removal/Reinstallation
11
Removal
Connector
1. Remove the cutter/feed unit (See Subsection 11.1.2). 2. Remove the two screws and then the bracket. 3. Disconnect the connector and remove the bracket.
Reinstallation Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Screws (2)
Lower Sensor Bracket
NOTE: Align the notch in the bracket with the tab on the cutter unit and tighten the seven screws.
LII1196
11-9
11.1 Cutter/Feed Section 11.1.5 Upper/Lower Magazine Paper End Sensor (D616/D626) Replacement Removal Connector
1. Remove: Locking Tabs
• Upper sensor bracket (D616) (See Subsection 11.1.3). • Lower sensor bracket (D626) (See Subsection 11.1.4). 2. Disconnect the connector from the sensor. 3. Release the locking tabs then remove the sensor.
Installation
Sensor (D616/D626) LII029
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
11.1.6 Upper Magazine ID Sensor 1 to 6 (D610 to D615), Open/Close Sensor (D617/D618), Lower Magazine ID Sensor 1 to 6 (D620 to D625), Open/Close Sensor (D627/D628) Replacement Removal
Locking Tabs
1. Remove: Connector
• Upper sensor bracket (D616) (See Subsection 11.1.3). • Lower sensor bracket (D626) (See Subsection 11.1.4).
D6 1 D6 8/D6 17 /D 28 D6 6 15 /D 27 D6 62 14 /D6 5 D6 2 13 /D6 4 D6 23 12/ D6 D6 2 11 /D6 2 21
2. Disconnect the connector from the sensor. 3. Release the locking tabs then remove the sensor.
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Sensor
D610/D620
LII028
11-10
11.1 Cutter/Feed Section 11.1.7 Feed Motor 1 (M630) Replacement Removal Clamp
1. Remove the cutter/feed unit (See Subsection 11.1.2). 2. Open the clamp and disconnect the connector.
Motor Bracket
3. Remove the four screws and then the motor bracket.
Screws (4) Connector LII031
4. Remove the two screws and then the bracket from the motor.
Bracket
Installation
11
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: Install the motor so that its connector faces as shown in the figure.
Screws (2) Motor (M630) LII032
11.1.8 Drive Gear Replacement Removal
Upper Cutter Roller Drive Gear
Exit Roller Drive Gear
1. Remove feed motor 1 (M630) (See Subsection 11.1.7).
E-ring E-rings (2)
2. Remove the E-ring and then the idler gear. 3. Remove the two E-rings, upper cutter roller drive gear, lower cutter roller drive gear and two spacers. 4. Remove the E-ring and then the exit roller drive gear. E-ring
Installation
Idler Gear
Lower Cutter Roller Drive Gear
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Spacers (2) LII033
NOTE: Install the gears so that they can be turned only arrow direction as shown when their shafts are held.
11-11
11.1 Cutter/Feed Section 11.1.9 Upper Magazine Paper Sensor (D631) Replacement Removal 1. Remove the cutter/feed unit (See Subsection 11.1.2). 2. Remove the screw and then the sensor bracket.
Sensor Bracket
Screw LII034
3. Disconnect the connector (D631).
Connector (D631)
4. Release the locking tabs then remove the sensor.
Sensor (D631)
Installation
Locking Tabs
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. LII035
11.1.10 Lower Magazine Paper Sensor (D632P) Replacement Removal 1. Remove the cutter/feed unit (See Subsection 11.1.2). 2. Remove the screw and then the sensor bracket.
Screw Sensor Bracket LII036
11-12
11.1 Cutter/Feed Section 3. Remove the screw and then the sensor. 4. Disconnect the connector (D632P) from the sensor.
Installation Connector (D632P)
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Screw Sensor (D632) LII037
11.1.11 Connector Cover Removal/Reinstallation Removal
Connector Cover
Screws (2)
1. Remove the cutter/feed unit (See Subsection 11.1.2). 2. Remove the two screws and then the connector cover.
11
Reinstallation Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
LII038
11-13
11.1 Cutter/Feed Section 11.1.12 Upper Cutter Unit Removal/Reinstallation Removal
Clamps(6)
1. Remove the connector cover (See Subsection 11.1.11). 2. Open the six clamps and disconnect the three connectors (M600, Jha3 and Jha5).
Connectors(3) LII039
3. Remove the seven screws and then the cutter unit. Cutter Unit
Reinstallation Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Screws (7) LII040
NOTE: • Align the notch in the bracket with the tab on the cutter unit and tighten the seven screws. • The connector codes “jha3” or “jha6”, “jha4” or “jha7” or “jha5” or “jha8” is found on each surface of the code tag because the upper and lower cutter units are the same parts. • After installation, perform the following adjustments. 1) Menu 0558 "Sensor Calibration (Initial)" (See Subsection 5.6.25). 2) Menu 0553 "Feeding Position Sensor Fine Adjustment" (See Subsection 5.6.21). 3) Menu 0554 "Image Position Initial Setting" (See Subsection 5.6.22).
11-14
11.1 Cutter/Feed Section 11.1.13 Upper and Lower Common use Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation Removal 1. Remove:
Connector (D632L)
• Upper cutter unit (See Subsection 11.1.12). • Lower cutter unit (See Subsection 11.1.15). 2. Disconnect the connector (D632L) and open the four harness clamps.
Clamps (4) LII047
3. Remove the E-ring and then the guide plate.
E-ring
11 Reinstallation Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Guide Plate LII048
11.1.14 Lower Magazine Paper Sensor LED (D632L) Replacement Removal 1. Remove the upper and lower common use guide plate (See Subsection 11.1.13).
Sensor Bracket
2. Remove the screw and then the sensor bracket.
Screw LII049
11-15
11.1 Cutter/Feed Section 3. Disconnect the connector from the sensor LED. Cover
Screw
4. Remove the screw, sensor LED and cover.
Sensor LED (D632L)
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Connector LII052
11.1.15 Lower Cutter Unit Removal/Reinstallation Removal
Clamps(6)
1. Remove the connector cover (See Subsection 11.1.11). 2. Open the six harness clamps. 3. Disconnect the three connectors (M601, Jha6 and Jha8).
Connector(3) LII050
4. Remove the four screws and then the cutter unit.
Screws (4)
Reinstallation Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: • Align the notch in the bracket with the tab on the cutter unit and tighten the seven screws. • The connector codes “jha3” or “jha6”, “jha4” or “jha7” or “jha5” or “jha8” is found on each surface of the code tag because the upper and lower cutter units are the same parts. • After installation, perform the following adjustments.
Cutter Unit LII051
1) Menu 0558 "Sensor Calibration (Initial)" (See Subsection 5.6.25). 2) Menu 0553 "Feeding Position Sensor Fine Adjustment" (See Subsection 5.6.21). 3) Menu 0554 "Image Position Initial Setting" (See Subsection 5.6.22).
11-16
11.1 Cutter/Feed Section 11.1.16 Feed Guide Plate Replacement Removal 1. Remove: • Upper cutter unit (See Subsection 11.1.12). • Lower cutter unit (See Subsection 11.1.15). 2. Open the five clamps and disconnect the connector (D632P).
Clamps (5) Connector (D632P) LII053
3. Remove the E-ring and then the guide plate.
E-ring
11 Installation Guide Plate
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
LII054
11.1.17 Exit Nip Roller/Lower Magazine Entrance Nip Roller Replacement Removal
Roller Shaft
Springs (2)
1. Remove the cutter/feed unit (See Subsection 11.1.2). 2. Remove the two springs and then the roller shaft.
LII055
11-17
11.1 Cutter/Feed Section 3. Remove the two E-rings, two bearings and then the roller.
Roller
Bearings (2)
E-rings (2)
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
LII056
11.1.18 Lower Cutter Feed Roller Replacement Removal 1. Remove: • Motor bracket (See Subsection 11.1.7). • Upper cutter unit (See Subsection 11.1.12). • Lower cutter unit (See Subsection 11.1.15). 2. Remove the four screws and then the connector bracket.
Screws (4)
Connector Bracket LII057
3. Remove the E-ring and then the bearing.
E-ring
Bearing
LII058
11-18
11.1 Cutter/Feed Section 4. Remove the E-ring and idler gear.
E-ring Spacer
Bearing
5. Remove the E-ring and then the roller drive gear, spacer and bearing.
E-ring
Idler Gear Roller Drive Gear LII059
6. Open the guide plate and remove the roller.
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
11
NOTE: Install the rollers with their hole in the shaft end toward the rear.
Roller LII060
11.1.19 Upper Cutter Feed Roller Replacement Removal 1. Remove: • Upper cutter unit (See Subsection 11.1.12). • Lower cutter unit (See Subsection 11.1.15). 2. Remove the four screws and then the connector bracket.
Screws (4)
Connector Bracket LII057
11-19
11.1 Cutter/Feed Section 3. Remove the E-ring and then the bearing.
E-ring
Bearing LII061
4. Remove the E-ring and idler gear.
Spacer E-ring
Roller
5. Remove the E-ring, roller drive gear and spacer. 6. Remove the roller.
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. E-ring
NOTE: Install the rollers with their hole in the shaft end toward the rear.
Idler Gear Roller Drive Gear LII062
11.1.20 Emulsion Surface Side Upper Cutter Exit Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation Removal 1. Remove: • Upper cutter unit (See Subsection 11.1.12). • Lower cutter unit (See Subsection 11.1.15). 2. Remove the two springs.
Springs (2) LII063
11-20
11.1 Cutter/Feed Section 3. Remove the E-ring and then the guide plate.
Reinstallation E-ring
Guide Plate
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
LII064
11.1.21 Upper Cutter Nip Roller Replacement Removal 1. Remove the emulsion surface side upper cutter exit guide plate (See Subsection 11.1.20).
Roller E-ring
2. Remove the two springs.
11
3. Remove the E-ring, bearing and then the roller. Springs (2)
Installation Bearings
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
11.1.22
LII065
Back Surface Side Upper Cutter Entrance Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Screw
1. Remove the emulsion surface side upper cutter exit guide plate (See Subsection 11.1.20). Sensor Bracket
2. Remove the screw and then the sensor (D631) bracket. 3. Remove the four screws and then the guide plate.
Reinstallation Screws (4)
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Guide Plate LII066
11-21
11.1 Cutter/Feed Section 11.1.23 Exit Feed Roller Replacement Removal
Screws (4)
Connector Bracket
1. Remove the cutter/feed unit (See Subsection 11.1.2). 2. Disconnect the six connectors and open the thirteen clamps. 3. Remove the four screws and then the connector bracket.
Clamps(13)
Connectors (6) LII104
4. Remove the E-ring and then the bearing.
E-ring
Bearing
LII102
5. Remove the E-ring, gear and bearing.
Roller
6. Remove the roller.
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: • Install the gear so that its black boss faces the roller side. • Install the rollers with their hole in the shaft end toward the rear.
Bearing
Gear
E-ring LII103
11-22
11.2 Back Printing Section 11.2.1 Back Printing/Feed Unit Removal/Reinstallation Removal 1. Remove the left cover (See Subsection 11.1.1). 2. Push the gear release lever and insert the spacer (approximately 2 cm) between the lever and the frame flange as shown.
Spacer
Gear Release Lever
LII404
3. Remove the two screws and then the harness cover.
Harness Cover
Screws (2)
11
LII393
4. Remove the four screws securing the unit.
Screws (4) LII409
11-23
11.2 Back Printing Section 5. Pull the unit out about 5 cm.
Clamps (2)
6. Open the two clamps and disconnect the three connectors. 7. Remove the unit.
Reinstallation Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: When the unit has been replaced, perform the following adjustments.
Connectors (3)
1) Back Printing Head Adjustment (See Subsection 11.2.21). 2) Menu 0554 "Image Position Initial Setting" (See Subsection 5.6.22). 3) Menu 0520 "Paper Magazine Feeding Fine Adjustment" (See Subsection 5.6.1).
Unit LII410
11.2.2 Feed Section Paper Sensor (D633) Replacement Removal 1. Remove the back printing/feed unit (See Subsection 11.2.1). 2. Release the locking tabs then remove the sensor. 3. Disconnect the connector from the sensor.
Installation Connector Sensor (D633)
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Locking Tabs LII067
11-24
11.2 Back Printing Section 11.2.3 Nip Release Solenoid 1 (S631) Replacement Removal
Connector Cover
1. Remove the back printing/feed unit (See Subsection 11.2.1). 2. Open the back printing exit guide plate. 3. Remove the screw and then the connector cover.
Screws LII068
4. Open the two clamps and disconnect the connector.
Screws (2)
Connector
5. Remove the E-ring. 6. Remove the two screws and then the solenoid. E-ring
11
Installation
Clamps (2)
Solenoid (S631) LII069
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
11.2.4 Nip Release Solenoid 2 (S632) Replacement Removal
Connector Cover
1. Remove the back printing/feed unit (See Subsection 11.2.1). 2. Remove the screw and then the connector cover.
Screw LII070
11-25
11.2 Back Printing Section 3. Open the two clamps and disconnect the connector.
Clamps (2)
4. Remove the E-ring. 5. Remove the two screws and then the solenoid.
Screws (2)
Solenoid (S632) E-ring
Installation Connector
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
LII071
11.2.5 Feed Motor 3 (M632) Replacement Removal
Motor/Bracket
Clamps (2)
1. Remove the back printing/feed unit (See Subsection 11.2.1). 2. Open the two clamps and disconnect the two connectors. 3. Remove the two screws and then the motor bracket.
Connectors (2)
Screws (2) LII072
4. Remove the two screws and then the motor.
Motor 3 (M632) Screws (2)
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. LII073
11-26
11.2 Back Printing Section 11.2.6 Back Printing Entrance/Cutter Exit Feed Roller Drive Gear Replacement Removal
E-ring
1. Remove the back printing/feed unit (See Subsection 11.2.1). 2. Remove the spring, E-ring and then the gear bracket.
Spring Gear Bracket LII074
3. Remove the back printing entrance feed roller drive gear and two bearings.
Back Printing Entrance Feed Roller Drive Gear Bearings (2)
4. Remove the screw, then the shaft, and then cutter exit feed drive gear.
11
Axis
Screw Cutter Exit Feed Drive Gear LII075
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: • Install the gear so that its black boss faces the roller (front) side. • Align the pin on the bracket with the slide lever of the gear bracket.
Pin Gear Bracket Slide Lever LII076
11-27
11.2 Back Printing Section 11.2.7 Feed Motor 2 (M631) Replacement Removal Screws (2)
1. Remove the back printing entrance/cutter exit feed drive gear bracket (See Subsection 11.2.6). 2. Disconnect the connector. 3. Remove the two screws and then the motor.
Connector
Installation Motor (M631) LII077
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
11.2.8 Back Printing Entrance Feed Roller Replacement Removal
Back Printing Unit Roller
1. Remove the back printing entrance/cutter exit feed drive gear bracket (See Subsection 11.2.6). 2. Remove the rear bearing. 3. Loosen the screw and open the back printing unit. 4. Remove the front E-ring, bearing and then the roller.
Installation Screw
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. E-ring NOTE: Install the rollers with their hole in the shaft end toward the rear.
Bearing
Bearing LII078
11-28
11.2 Back Printing Section 11.2.9 Back Printing Middle Feed Roller Replacement Removal 1. Remove the motor bracket (See Subsection 11.2.5). 2. Remove the E-ring, bearing, gear and the two spacers.
Gear
Spacer(2)
E-ring LII079
3. Remove the E-ring, bearing and then the roller.
Roller
11
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: • Install the gear with its black boss faces the roller side (front). • Install the rollers with their hole in the shaft end toward the rear.
Bearing
E-ring LII080
11-29
11.2 Back Printing Section 11.2.10 Back Printing Exit Feed Roller Replacement Removal
Bearing
1. Remove the back printing/feed unit (See Subsection 11.2.1). 2. Remove the E-ring, two spacers, gear and bearing.
Gear
Spacers (2)
E-ring LII081
3. Remove the E-ring, bearing and then the roller.
Roller
NOTE: • Install the gear with its black boss faces the roller side (front). • Install the rollers with their hole in the shaft end toward the rear.
Bearing
E-ring
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
LII082
11.2.11 Back Printing Exit Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation Removal 1. Remove the motor bracket (See Subsection 11.2.5). 2. Remove the E-ring, two spacers and then the gear.
Gear
Spacer(2)
E-ring LII079
11-30
11.2 Back Printing Section 3. Remove the screw and then the connector cover.
Connector Cover Screw
4. Disconnect the connector (S632) and open the clamp.
Connector
Clamp LII083
5. Loosen the front and rear fulcrum screws then remove the guide plate.
Reinstallation Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
11
NOTE: Install the gear with its black boss faces the roller side (front).
Screws (2) LII084
11.2.12 Back Printing Middle/Exit Nip Roller Replacement Removal
Springs (2)
1. Remove : • Nip release solenoid 1 (S631) (See Subsection 11.2.3). • Nip release solenoid 2 (S632) (See Subsection 11.2.4). 2. Remove the two springs. 3. Remove the E-ring, and then the roller/bracket by pulling out the shaft.
Roller/Bracket E-ring
Shaft LII085
11-31
11.2 Back Printing Section 4. Remove the two E-rings, two bearings and then the roller.
Roller
Installation
E-rings (2) Bearings (2)
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
LII086
11.2.13 Back Printing Entrance Nip Roller Replacement Removal 1. Remove the back printing/feed unit (See Subsection 11.2.1). 2. Remove the two screws. 3. Remove the two E-rings, two bearings and then the roller. Roller
Installation
E-rings (2)
Bearings (2) LII087
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
11-32
11.2 Back Printing Section 11.2.14 Back Printing Entrance Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation Removal
Connector Cover
1. Remove the back printing/feed unit (See Subsection 11.2.1). 2. Remove the screw and then the connector cover.
Screws LII068
3. Disconnect the connector (S631) and open the two clamps.
11
Clamps (2)
Connector LII088
4. Remove the eight screws and then the entrance guide plate.
Screws (8)
Reinstallation Entrance Guide Plate
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
LII089
11-33
11.2 Back Printing Section 11.2.15 Platen Replacement Removal 1. Remove the left cover (See Subsection 11.1.1). 2. Remove the two screws and then the platen/bracket.
Screws(2) Platen/Bracket LII090
3. Remove the two screws and then the platen. Screws(2)
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Platen
NOTE: After installation, adjust back printing head clearance (See Subsection 11.2.21).
LII091
11.2.16 Back Printing Surface Side Guide Plate Replacement Removal 1. Remove: • Motor bracket (See Subsection 11.2.5). • Back printing exit guide plate (See Subsection 11.2.11). • Back printing entrance guide plate (See Subsection 11.2.14). 2. Remove the E-ring then the two spacer and gear. Gear
Spacers (2)
E-ring LII081
11-34
11.2 Back Printing Section 3. Release the locking tabs, remove the sensor and open the two clamps.
Rocking Tabs
Sensor Clamps (2) LII092
4. Remove the four screws and then the back printing surface side guide plate.
Back Printing Surface Side Guide Plate
11 Installation Screws (4)
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
LII093
11.2.17 Back Printing Drive Gear Replacement Removal 1. Remove the motor bracket (See Subsection 11.2.5). 2. Remove the gear bearing.
Gear Bearing LII094
11-35
11.2 Back Printing Section 3. Remove the four E-rings then the two gears and pin.
Gears (2)
Installation
E-rings (4) Pin
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
LII095
11.2.18 Back Printing Head Replacement Removal
Screw
1. Remove the back printing/feed unit (See Subsection 11.2.1). 2. Loosen the screw and open the back printing unit, then secure it with the screw. 3. Release the lock and remove the ink ribbon cassette. 4. Remove the screw and then the connector cover. Connector Cover LII096
5. Disconnect the flat harness connector.
Back Printing Head
6. Remove the two screws and then the back printing head.
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: After installation, adjust back printing head clearance (See Subsection 11.2.21).
Screws (2)
Flat Harness Connector LII097
11-36
11.2 Back Printing Section 11.2.19 Back Printing Unit Removal/Reinstallation Removal
Bearing
Fulcrum Screw Washer
1. Remove the back printing/feed unit (See Subsection 11.2.1). 2. Remove the coil spring 1. 3. Open the two clamps.
Spring 2
4. Remove the screw. 5. Remove the fulcrum screw, washer, spring 2, bearing and then the back printing unit.
Screw Spring 1 Clamps (2)
Reinstallation
LII098
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
11.2.20 Back Printing Unit Drive Gear Replacement
11 Removal
Bearing
1. Remove the back printing/feed unit (See Subsection 11.2.19).
Screws(2)
2. Remove the E-ring, bearing, two screws and then the gear bracket.
E-ring Gear Bracket LII099
11-37
11.2 Back Printing Section 3. Remove the E-ring and then the gear from the bracket.
E-ring
Gear LII100
4. Remove the E-ring and then the ink ribbon drive gear.
E-ring
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: Install the gear so that its black boss faces the outside.
Ink Ribbon Drive Gear LII101
11.2.21 Back Printing Head Clearance Adjustment 1. Remove the left cover (See Subsection 11.1.1).
Back Printing Exit Guide Plate
2. Loosen the two screws securing the platen bracket. 3. Open the back printing exit guide plate.
Screws (2) LII1067
11-38
11.2 Back Printing Section 4. Insert the feeler gauge of the jig between the head and platen.
Feeler Gauge
Back Printing Clearance Adjustment Jig: (#332D889498) 5. Raise the feeler gauge up approximately 20 mm and push the platen pin against the gauge.
Platen Pin LII1068
6. While pressing the platen pin, tighten the two screws.
Platen Pin
7. Remove the feeler gauge. 8. Reinstall the left cover.
11
Screws (2) LII1069
11-39
11.3 Registration Section 11.3.1 Registration Unit Removal/Reinstallation Removal 1. Remove the left cover (See Subsection 11.1.1). 2. Remove the four screws securing the unit.
3. Pull out the unit until its stoppers touch to the frame as shown.
Screws (4) LII411
4. Disconnect the two connectors (Jre1 and Jre3). 5. Remove the unit.
Connectors (2)
Reinstallation Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: When the unit has been replaced, perform the following adjustment. • Menu 0554 "Image Position Initial Setting" (See Subsection 5.6.22). Unit LII412
11.3.2 Nip Release Home Position Sensor 1 (D642) Replacement Removal
Sensor (D642)
1. Remove the registration unit (See Subsection 11.3.1). Connector
2. Disconnect the connector. 3. Release the locking tabs then remove the sensor.
Installation Locking Tabs
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
LII105
11-40
11.3 Registration Section 11.3.3 Tilt Home Position Sensor (D641) Replacement Removal 1. Remove the registration unit (See Subsection 11.3.1). 2. Open the six harness clamps. 3. Disconnect the connector (D641).
Connector
Clamps (6)
LII106
4. Remove the three screws and then the tilt drive gear cover.
11
Tilt Drive Gear Cover
Screws (3) LII107
5. Release the locking tabs then remove the sensor.
Installation Sensor (D641)
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Locking Tabs LII108
11-41
11.3 Registration Section 11.3.4 Registration Section Paper Sensor (D640P) Replacement Removal
Sensor Bracket Screws (4)
1. Remove the registration unit (See Subsection 11.3.1). 2. Remove the four screws and then the sensor bracket.
LII109
3. Remove the screw and then the sensor.
Sensor (D640P) Screw
4. Disconnect the connector from the sensor.
Connector
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
LII110
11.3.5 Registration Section Paper Sensor LED (D640L) Replacement Removal 1. Remove the registration unit (See Subsection 11.3.1). Connector
Screw
2. Place the registration unit with its upper side down. 3. Remove the screw and then the sensor LED bracket. 4. Disconnect the connector from the sensor LED.
Sensor Bracket LII111
11-42
11.3 Registration Section 5. Remove the screw then the sensor LED and cover.
Cover
Sensor LED (D640L)
Installation Screw
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
LII112
11.3.6 Feed Motor 4 (M640) Replacement Removal
Screws(2)
1. Remove the registration unit (See Subsection 11.3.1). 2. Disconnect the motor connector. 3. Remove the two screws and then the motor.
11 Connector
Installation
Motor (M640)
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
LII113
11.3.7 Registration Tilt Motor (M641) /Nip Release Motor1 (M642) Replacement Removal 1. Remove the tilt drive gear cover (See Subsection 11.3.3). 2. Place the registration unit with its upper side down. 3. Remove the E-ring and then the tilt drive gear.
E-ring Tilt Drive Gear LII114
11-43
11.3 Registration Section 4. Disconnect the connector and remove the two screws then the registration tilt motor.
Screws(2)
Connector
Registration Tilt Motor (M641) LII115
5. Disconnect the connector and remove the two screws then Nip Release Motor 1. Screws(2)
Connector
Nip Release Motor 1 (M642) LII116
Installation
Cam
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: Install the tilt drive gear by aligning its cam with the roller as shown.
Roller
Tilt Drive Gear LII117
11-44
11.3 Registration Section 11.3.8 Nip Release Solenoid 4 (S641) Replacement Removal 1. Remove the registration unit (See Subsection 11.3.1). 2. Remove the screw and then the connector cover.
Connector Cover
Screw LII118
3. Disconnect the connector and open the two clamps.
Clamps (2)
Plunger
Solenoid (S641)
4. Remove the two screws then the solenoid and plunger.
11 Installation Connector
Screws (2)
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
LII119
11.3.9 Nip Release Solenoid 3 (S640) Replacement Removal
Screws (2)
1. Remove nip release solenoid 4 (S641) (See Subsection 11.3.8). Connector Bracket
2. Place the unit with its upper side down. 3. Open the harness clamp. 4. Remove the two screws and then the connector bracket.
Clamp LII120
11-45
11.3 Registration Section 5. Open the two clamps and disconnect the solenoid connector.
Clamps (2) Connector
6. Remove the connector from the bracket.
LII121
7. Place the unit with its upper side up.
Screws (2) Plunger
8. Remove the two screws then the solenoid and plunger.
Installation Solenoid (S640)
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
LII122
11.3.10 Registration Section Feed Roller Replacement Removal 1. Remove the registration unit (See Subsection 11.3.1). E-ring
2. Place the registration unit with its upper side down. 3. Remove the E-ring and then the drive side idler gear.
Drive Side Idler Gear LII123
11-46
11.3 Registration Section 4. Release the lock and remove the roller drive gear. 5. Remove the E-ring and then the bearing.
Bearing E-ring Roller Drive Gear LII124
6. Remove the E-ring and then the roller.
E-ring
11 Installation Roller
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
LII126
11.3.11 Registration Section Nip Roller 2 Replacement Removal
E-ring
1. Remove the registration unit (See Subsection 11.3.1). 2. Remove the two coil springs. 3. Remove the E-ring then the roller/bracket by pulling the shaft out.
Springs (2) Roller/Bracket
Axle LII127
11-47
11.3 Registration Section 4. Remove the two E-rings, two bearings and then the roller.
Roller
Installation
E-rings (2) Bearings (2)
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
LII086
11.3.12 Registration Section Nip Roller 3/4 Replacement Removal
E-ring
1. Remove the registration unit (See Subsection 11.3.1).
Roller
2. Remove the two coil springs. 3. Remove the E-ring, bearing and then the roller. Bearing
Springs (2) LII128
4. Remove the E-ring and bearing.
E-ring
Bearing
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. LII129
11-48
11.3 Registration Section 11.3.13 Exit Side Upper and Lower Guide Plate Replacement Removal
Sensor Bracket Screws (4)
1. Remove the registration unit (See Subsection 11.3.1). 2. Remove the four screws and then the sensor bracket.
LII109
3. Open the two clamps and disconnect the connector (D642).
Connector
Clamps (2)
11 LII130
4. Remove the screw and then the connector cover.
Connector Cover
Screw LII118
11-49
11.3 Registration Section 5. Disconnect the connector (S642) and open the two clamps.
Clamps (2) Sensor Bracket
6. Disconnect the connector (Jre2) and remove the sensor bracket.
Connector
Connector LII131
7. Remove the two coil springs.
Springs (2) LII132
8. Remove the E-ring and then the idler gear.
E-ring
Idler Gear LII133
11-50
11.3 Registration Section 9. Loosen the two fulcrum screws and remove the upper guide plate.
Upper Guide Plate
Screws (2) LII134
10. Place the registration unit with its upper side down. 11. Open the two clamps and disconnect the connector (D640L).
11 Connector
Clamps (2) LII135
12. Place the unit with its upper side up.
Screws (4)
13. Remove the four screws and then the lower guide plate.
Reinstallation Lower Guide Plate
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
LII136
11-51
11.3 Registration Section 11.3.14 Tilt Unit Removal/Reinstallation Removal
Spring
1. Remove: • Exit side upper and lower guide plate (See Subsection 11.3.13). • Nip release solenoid (S640) (See Subsection 11.3.9). 2. Remove the coil spring.
LII137
3. Remove the front and rear screws and then the two tilt guides.
Screws (2)
Tilt Guides (2)
LII138
4. Place the registration unit with its upper side down. 5. Remove the E-ring for tilt fulcrum and then the tilt section and bearing.
Reinstallation E-ring LII139
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
11-52
11.3 Registration Section 11.3.15 Registration Section Feed Roller 1 Replacement Removal 1. Remove the tilt unit (See Subsection 11.3.14).
E-rings (2)
2. Remove the two E-rings, two bearings and then the roller.
Installation Roller
Bearings (2)
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
LII140
11.3.16 Entrance Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation Removal
Entrance Lower Guide Plate
1. Remove registration section Feed Roller 1 (See Subsection 11.3.15).
Screws (4)
2. Remove the four screws and then the entrance lower guide plate.
11
LII141
3. Remove the two screws and then the entrance upper guide plate.
Entrance Upper Guide Plate
Reinstallation
Screws (2)
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
LII142
11-53
11.3 Registration Section 11.3.17 Registration Section Nip Roller 1 Replacement Removal
Roller/Bracket
Springs (2)
1. Remove the two entrance guide plates (upper and lower) (See Subsection 11.3.16). 2. Remove the two coil springs. 3. Remove the E-ring and then the roller/bracket by pulling the shaft out.
E-ring Shaft LII143
4. Remove the two E-rings, two bearings and then the roller.
Roller
Installation
E-rings (2) Bearings (2)
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
LII086
11-54
11.3 Registration Section 11.3.18 Feed Roller 1 Drive Gear Replacement Removal
Idler Gear
1. Remove the registration unit (See Subsection 11.3.1). E-ring
2. Remove the E-ring. 3. Release the lock and remove the idler gear.
LII144
4. Remove the E-ring, bearing and then the gear shaft.
E-ring
5. Remove the E-ring then the gear and drive pin. Gear
11 Drive Pin
Gear Shaft
Installation
Bearing
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
E-ring LII145
11-55
12. EXPOSURE SECTION Parts Location....................................................................................... 12-2 12.1
LDD Circuit Board/AOM Driver Section.............................................. 12-3
12.1.1 12.1.2 12.1.3 12.1.4 12.1.5 12.1.6 12.1.7 12.1.8 12.1.9 12.1.10
12.2
Laser Optical Unit ............................................................................... 12-10
12.2.1 12.2.2 12.2.3 12.2.4 12.2.5 12.2.6
12.3
Printer Top Cover Removal/Reinstallation.......................................................... 12-3 Thermohygrometer (HS760) Replacement.......................................................... 12-4 Fan Bracket Removal/Reinstallation ................................................................... 12-4 Feed Section Cooling Fan 5 (F609) Replacement .............................................. 12-5 Feed Section Cooling Fan 4 (F608) Replacement .............................................. 12-5 Louver Removal/Reinstallation ............................................................................ 12-5 LDD/AOM Cooling Fan (F614A/B) Replacement................................................. 12-6 AOM Driver Replacement ..................................................................................... 12-6 LDD23 Circuit Board Replacement ...................................................................... 12-7 Operation Panel/Keyboard Circuit Board (KEY23) Replacement ..................... 12-8
Laser Optical Unit Air Filter Replacement......................................................... 12-10 Anti-dust Fan 1/2/3 (F610/F611/F612) Replacement ......................................... 12-10 Laser Optical Unit Removal/Reinstallation ....................................................... 12-11 Shutter Solenoid (S673) Replacement............................................................... 12-14 Shutter Open/Close Sensor (D674) Replacement ............................................ 12-15 Exposure Point Thermometer (TS650) Replacement....................................... 12-15
Sub-scanning Unit .............................................................................. 12-17
12.3.1 12.3.2 12.3.3 12.3.4 12.3.5 12.3.6 12.3.7 12.3.8 12.3.9
Sub-scanning Unit Removal/Reinstallation ...................................................... 12-17 Frame Removal/Reinstallation ........................................................................... 12-18 Sub-scanning Steel Belt Replacement .............................................................. 12-19 Sub-scanning Feed Motor (M650) Replacement............................................... 12-21 Timing Belt Replacement.................................................................................... 12-21 Soft Nip Motor (M651) Replacement .................................................................. 12-22 Rubber Flat Belt Replacement ........................................................................... 12-22 Soft Nip Home Position Sensor (D651) Replacement ...................................... 12-24 Exposure Section Entrance Paper Sensor (D650P)/Exposure Position Paper Sensor (D653P) Replacement ............................................................... 12-25 12.3.10 Exposure Section Entrance Paper Sensor LED (D650L)/Exposure Position Paper Sensor LED (D653L) Replacement ........................................ 12-26 12.3.11 Soft Nip Pre-turning Belt Replacement ............................................................. 12-27
12-1
12
Parts Location
Sub-scanning Steel Belt
Exposure Position Paper Sensor (D653)
Soft Nip Home Position Sensor (D651)
Sub-scanning Feed Motor (M650)
Exposure Section Entrance Paper Sensor (D650)
Soft Nip Motor (M651) LII959
12-2
12.1 LDD Circuit Board/AOM Driver Section 12.1.1
Printer Top Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screws (2)
1. Turn the power switch to STANDBY then the builtin circuit breaker and the main power supply OFF.
Densitometer
2. Loosen the two screws and disconnect the cable connector from the densitometer. 3. Remove the densitometer.
Cable Connector LII414
4. Remove the four screws securing the printer top cover.
Screws (4)
5. Lift the front of the printer top cover slightly, disconnect the operation panel harness connector (JKEY1) and remove the cover.
12
Reinstallation Connector Top Cover
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
LII292
NOTE: Pass the densitometer cable through the groove in the printer top cover.
12-3
12.1 LDD Circuit Board/AOM Driver Section 12.1.2
Thermohygrometer (HS760) Replacement
Removal
Screw
1. Remove the printer top cover (See Section 12.1). 2. Remove the screw and then the sensor bracket.
Sensor Bracket LII454
3. Disconnect the connector, release the two locks and remove the sensor.
Connector
Installation
Locks (2)
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Thermohygrometer (HS760) LII455
12.1.3
Fan Bracket Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Connectors (3)
1. Remove the printer top cover (See Section 12.1). 2. Disconnect the two fan connectors and thermohygrometer connector. 3. Remove the four screws and then the fan bracket. Screws (4)
Reinstallation Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Fan Bracket LII456
12-4
12.1 LDD Circuit Board/AOM Driver Section 12.1.4
Feed Section Cooling Fan 5 (F609) Replacement
Removal
Fan (F609)
Connector
1. Remove the fan bracket (See Subsection 12.1.3). 2. Remove the connector from the bracket. 3. Remove the two screws and then the fan from the bracket.
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Screws (2) LII459
12.1.5
Feed Section Cooling Fan 4 (F608) Replacement
Removal
Screws (2) Fan (F608)
1. Remove the fan bracket (See Subsection 12.1.3). 2. Remove the connector from the bracket.
12
3. Remove the two screws and then the fan from the bracket.
Installation Connector LII460
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
12.1.6
Louver Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screws (2)
1. Remove the printer top cover (See Section 12.1). 2. Remove the two screws and then the three louvers.
Reinstallation Louvers (3)
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: Reinstall the louvers so that they faces as shown in the figure above.
LII461
12-5
12.1 LDD Circuit Board/AOM Driver Section 12.1.7
LDD/AOM Cooling Fan (F614A/B) Replacement
Removal 1. Remove the printer top cover (See Subsection 12.1.1). 2. Remove the three screws and then the fan bracket.
Screws (3)
Fan Bracket
LII467
3. Disconnect the connector and open the harness clamp.
Fan (F614A/B) Connector
Screws (2)
4. Remove the two screws and then the fan.
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: Install the fan so that its arrow mark points to the outside.
Clamp LII468
12.1.8
AOM Driver Replacement
Removal AOM Driver
1. Remove the printer top cover (See Subsection 12.1.1). 2. Disconnect the four coaxial cables from the AOM driver. 3. Disconnect the connector from the AOM driver.
Screws (4)
4. Remove the four screws and then the AOM driver.
Installation
Coaxial Cables (4) Connector LII469
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
12-6
12.1 LDD Circuit Board/AOM Driver Section 12.1.9
LDD23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal 1. Remove the printer top cover (See Subsection 12.1.1). 2. Wear the grounding wristband on the left wrist and connect its other end to the exposure section grounding wire as shown.
Grounding Wristband LII318
3. Disconnect fifteen connectors (LDD1 to LDD15) from the LDD23 circuit board.
12 Connectors (15) LII470
4. Remove the short connector from the clamp on the laser optical unit and connect it to the LDD12 connector.
Screw Screws (15)
5. Remove the screw securing the grounding wire. 6. Remove the ten screws and then the circuit board.
Short Connector LDD23 Circuit Board LII471
12-7
12.1 LDD Circuit Board/AOM Driver Section Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Harness with Mesh Cover
NOTE: Route the mesh cover harness for LDD1 connector so that it is not in touch with the LDD23 circuit board as shown.
Clamp
LDD1 Connector LII471
12.1.10 Operation Panel/Keyboard Circuit Board (KEY23) Replacement Removal
Screws (5) Cover
1. Remove the printer top cover (See Subsection 12.1.1). 2. Remove the five screws and then the cover.
LII472
3. Disconnect the connector (KEY7) and remove the five screws then the circuit board.
Connector Screws (5)
KEY23 Circuit Board LII473
12-8
12.1 LDD Circuit Board/AOM Driver Section 4. Remove the five screws and then the operation panel.
Panel
Screws (5)
LII474
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: Pass the wire harness through the groove in the cover as shown.
12 Cover Harness
LII475
12-9
12.2 Laser Optical Unit 12.2.1
Laser Optical Unit Air Filter Replacement
Removal 1. Remove the printer top cover (See Subsection 12.1.1). 2. Loosen the screw and remove the air filter.
Screw
Installation Filter
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
LII416
NOTE: After installation, perform the following adjustment. • Menu 0552 “Filter Replacement History” (See Subsection 5.6.20).
12.2.2
Anti-dust Fan 1/2/3 (F610/F611/F612) Replacement
Removal 1. Remove the printer top cover (See Subsection 12.1.1).
Screws (2)
2. Disconnect the fan connector. 3. Remove the fan connector from the bracket. 4. Remove the two screws and then the fan.
Installation Fan
Connector LII417
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
12-10
12.2 Laser Optical Unit 12.2.3
Laser Optical Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal 1. Remove the printer top cover (See Subsection 12.1.1). 2. Disconnect the R, G and B coaxial cables from the AOM driver and the relay connector.
Coaxial Cables (3) LII418
3. Wear the grounding wristband on the left wrist and connect its other end to the exposure section grounding wire as shown.
12 Grounding Wristband LII318
4. Disconnect seven connectors (LDD8 to LDD14) and open the two harness clamps.
Clamps (2)
Connectors (7) LII419
12-11
12.2 Laser Optical Unit 5. Remove the short connector from the clamp on the unit and connect it to the LDD14 connector.
Short Connector Clamp
Connector LII420
6. Disconnect the connector (JRO5) from the unit.
Clamp
7. Open the clamp for the coaxial cables and LDD23 circuit board harness. Connector
LII421
8. Loosen the four screws securing the unit.
Screws (4) LII422
12-12
12.2 Laser Optical Unit 9. Remove the laser optical unit.
Unit
LII423
Reinstallation
Clamp
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Colored Cord Ties
NOTE: • Secure the harness between the colored cord ties with the clamp as shown.
12
Short Connector LII320
• Hook the short connector to the clamp on the laser optical unit as shown.
Clamp Short Connector
LII321
12-13
12.2 Laser Optical Unit • Do not bend the coaxial cables between the color tube and the connector.
AOM Driver Color Tube G Coaxial Cable
• When the laser optical unit has been replaced, perform the following adjustments. 1) Menu 0522 “G Laser (SHG) Optimal Temperature Setup”(See Subsection 5.6.2) 2) Menu 0547 "Main Scan/Laser Beam Sync. Rough Adjustment"(See Subsection 5.6.15) 3) Menu 0548 "Laser Beam Sync. Fine Adjustment Print"(See Subsection 5.6.16) 4) Menu 0554 "Image Position Initial Setting" (See Subsection 5.6.22)
B Coaxial Cable R Coaxial Cable Relay Connector LII322
12.2.4
Shutter Solenoid (S673) Replacement
Removal
Screws (5)
Shutter Section Lower Bracket
1. Remove the laser optical unit (See Subsection 12.2.3). 2. Remove the five screws and then the shutter section lower bracket.
LII462
3. Disconnect the solenoid connector and remove the four screws then the guide and the solenoid.
Guide
Screws (4)
Installation Solenoid (S673)
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
LII463
12-14
12.2 Laser Optical Unit 12.2.5
Shutter Open/Close Sensor (D674) Replacement
Removal
Screws (5)
Shutter Section Lower Bracket
1. Remove the laser optical unit (See Subsection 12.2.3). 2. Remove the five screws and then the shutter section lower bracket.
LII462
3. Disconnect the connector from the sensor.
Connector
4. Release the locking tabs then remove the sensor.
Sensor (D674)
12 Installation
Locking Tabs
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
12.2.6
LII464
Exposure Point Thermometer (TS650) Replacement
Removal
Cover
1. Remove the laser optical unit (See Subsection 12.2.3). 2. Remove the two screws and then the cover.
Screws (2) LII465
12-15
12.2 Laser Optical Unit 3. Disconnect the connector then remove the screw and the sensor.
Connector
Installation
Screw Sensor (TS650)
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
LII466
12-16
12.3 Sub-scanning Unit 12.3.1
Sub-scanning Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Connectors (2)
Grounding Wire
1. Remove the laser optical unit (See Subsection 12.2.3). 2. Pull out the registration unit (See Subsection 11.3.1). 3. Disconnect the two connectors. 4. Loosen the front grounding wire screw and disconnect the wire from the unit.
Screw LII425
5. Loosen the rear two grounding wire screws and disconnect the wires from the unit.
Screws (2) Grounding wires
12
LII1087
6. Remove the eight screws securing the unit.
Screws (8)
LII426
12-17
12.3 Sub-scanning Unit 7. Remove the sub-scanning unit.
Unit
LII427
Reinstallation
Screws (8)
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Jig
NOTE: • Insert the two locating jigs into the holes in the frame. Position the frame so that the locating jigs fall into the locating holes smoothly and tighten the eight sub-scanning unit mounting screws. Make sure the jigs can be removed easily. • When the sub-scanning unit has been replaced, perform the following adjustments. 1)Menu 0558 "Sensor Calibration (Initial)" (See Subsection 5.6.25).
LII453
2)Menu 0554 "Image Position Initial Setting" (See Subsection 5.6.22).
12.3.2
Frame Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screws (4)
1. Remove the sub-scanning unit (See Subsection 12.3.1).
Frame
2. Open the five harness clamps. 3. Remove the four screws and then the frame. Clamps (5)
Reinstallation Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
LII428
12-18
12.3 Sub-scanning Unit 12.3.3
Sub-scanning Steel Belt Replacement
Removal NOTE: Wear clean gloves when handling the steel belt and pulley. Fingerprints on the belt and pulley may cause slippage or corrosion of the belt.
Screws (3)
1. Remove the frame (See Subsection 12.3.2). 2. Loosen the three screws securing the motor bracket.
LII429
3. Move the motor bracket to loosen the belt tension and tighten the one screw lightly.
Bracket
12 Screw LII430
4. Wear clean gloves and remove the belt. 5. Wipe the pulley surface clean with a cloth moistened with alcohol solution (mixture of an equal amount of alcohol and water).
Belt LII431
12-19
12.3 Sub-scanning Unit Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: • Take care not to bend or damage the belt as this may shorten its service life. • Perform the belt alignment adjustment by following the steps below.
1. Wear clean gloves and install the belt on the center of the pulleys. Screws (3)
2. Loosen the screw to apply tension to the belt and tighten the three screws in the order (1) to (3) as shown in the figure.
LII432
3. Rotate the pulley twenty turns.
Pulley
LII433
4. Loosen the three screws and retighten them in the order (1) to (3) as shown in the figure.
Screws (3)
LII434
12-20
12.3 Sub-scanning Unit 12.3.4
Sub-scanning Feed Motor (M650) Replacement
Removal
Motor (M650) Screws (2)
1. Remove the steel belt (See Subsection 12.3.3). 2. Disconnect the connector. 3. Remove the two screws and then the motor.
Installation Connector
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
LII435
12.3.5
Timing Belt Replacement
Removal 1. Remove the frame (See Subsection 12.3.2).
12
2. Remove the three screws and then the timing belt cover.
Screws (3) Timing Belt Cover LII436
3. Loosen the three screws to loosen the tensioner. 4. Remove the timing belt.
Tensioner
Installation
Belt Screws (3)
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
LII437
12-21
12.3 Sub-scanning Unit 12.3.6
Soft Nip Motor (M651) Replacement
Removal
Clamp
1. Remove the timing belt (See Subsection 12.3.5). Connector
2. Open the clamp and disconnect the connector. 3. Remove the two screws and then the motor.
Installation Screw Motor (M651)
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
12.3.7
LII438
Rubber Flat Belt Replacement
Removal 1. Remove the timing belt (See Subsection 12.3.5) 2. Remove the five screws and then the tensioner bracket.
Screws (5)
Tensioner Bracket LII439
3. Loosen the three screws, move the tensioner to loosen it and retighten the one screw lightly.
Belt
4. Remove the rubber flat belt.
Screws (3)
Tensioner LII440
12-22
12.3 Sub-scanning Unit Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: Perform the belt alignment adjustment by following the steps below.
1. Install the belt on the center of the pulleys. 2. Loosen the screw securing the tensioner and tighten the three screws in the order (1) to (3) as shown in the figure.
LII441
3. Rotate the knob twenty times.
12
Knob LII442
4. Loosen the three screws and retighten them in the order (1) to (3) as shown in the figure.
Screws (3)
LII443
12-23
12.3 Sub-scanning Unit 12.3.8
Soft Nip Home Position Sensor (D651) Replacement
Removal
Knob
1. Remove the timing belt (See Subsection 12.3.5). 2. Remove the two screws and then the knob.
Screws (2) LII444
3. Remove the E-ring, cam pulley and two bearings.
Cam Pulley
Bearings (2)
E-ring LII445
4. Remove the screw and then the sensor bracket.
Sensor (D651) Connector
5. Disconnect the connector then remove the screw and the sensor.
Sensor Bracket
Screw Screw
LII446
12-24
12.3 Sub-scanning Unit Installation
Rib
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: Install the knob by aligning the groove in the knob with the rib on the pulley.
Groove LII447
12.3.9
Exposure Section Entrance Paper Sensor (D650P)/Exposure Position Paper Sensor (D653P) Replacement
Removal
Screw
1. Remove the sub-scanning unit (See Subsection 12.3.1)
2. Disconnect the connector.
12
3. Remove the screw and then the sensor case.
Sensor Case
Connector LII448
4. Release the locking tabs to separate the case and remove the sensor. Sensor
Locking Tabs
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
LII449
NOTE: After installation, perform the following adjustment. • Menu 0558 "Sensor Calibration (Initial)" (See Subsection 5.6.25).
12-25
12.3 Sub-scanning Unit 12.3.10
Exposure Section Entrance Paper Sensor LED (D650L)/ Exposure Position Paper Sensor LED (D653L) Replacement
Removal
Connector Screws (6)
1. Remove the sub-scanning unit (See Subsection 12.3.1).
Clamp
2. Open the harness clamp. 3. Disconnect the three connectors. 4. Remove the six screws and then the lower bracket. Lower Bracket Connectors (3) LII450
5. Disconnect the connector then remove the screw and the sensor LED case.
Screw Connector
Sensor LED Case LII451
6. Release the locking tabs to separate the sensor LED case and remove the sensor LED.
Sensor LED
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Locking Tabs LII452
NOTE: After installation, perform the following adjustment. • Menu 0558 "Sensor Calibration (Initial)" (See Subsection 5.6.25)
12-26
12.3 Sub-scanning Unit 12.3.11
Soft Nip Pre-turning Belt Replacement
Removal
Screws (3)
1. Remove the frame (See Subsection 12.3.2). 2. Remove the four screws then the upper bracket and four coil springs.
Springs (4)
Upper Bracket
LII457
3. Remove the belt using a hook tool.
Belt
12 Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
LII458
12-27
13. DISTRIBUTION/PRINTER EXIT SECTION Parts Location....................................................................................... 13-3 13.1
Distribution Entrance Unit ................................................................... 13-6
13.1.1 13.1.2 13.1.3 13.1.4 13.1.5 13.1.6 13.1.7 13.1.8 13.1.9 13.1.10 13.1.11 13.1.12 13.1.13 13.1.14 13.1.15 13.1.16
13.2
Distribution Unit.................................................................................. 13-23
13.2.1 13.2.2 13.2.3 13.2.4 13.2.5 13.2.6 13.2.7 13.2.8 13.2.9 13.2.10 13.2.11 13.2.12 13.2.13 13.2.14 13.2.15 13.2.16 13.2.17 13.2.18 13.2.19 13.2.20
13.3
Magazine Door Hinge Opening/Closing .............................................................. 13-6 Distribution Section Connector Cover Removal/Reinstallation........................ 13-7 Printer Right Inner Cover Removal/Reinstallation ............................................. 13-7 Distribution Entrance Unit Removal/Reinstallation ........................................... 13-8 Nip Release Home Position Sensor 2 (D655) Replacement ............................ 13-10 Nip Release Timing Belt (M655 Side) Replacement ......................................... 13-10 Nip Release Motor 2 (M655) Replacement ........................................................ 13-12 Nip Roller (M655 Side) Replacement ................................................................. 13-13 Nip Release Home Position Sensor 3 (D656) Replacement ............................ 13-15 Nip Release Timing Belt (M656 Side) Replacement ......................................... 13-15 Nip Release Motor 3 (M656) Replacement ........................................................ 13-16 Nip Roller Replacement ...................................................................................... 13-16 Drive Gear Replacement ..................................................................................... 13-17 Upper Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation....................................................... 13-18 Feed Roller Replacement.................................................................................... 13-19 Feed Roller Drive Gear Replacement ................................................................ 13-20
Distribution Unit Removal/Reinstallation.......................................................... 13-23 Nip Release Home Position Sensor (Front: D662/Rear: D663) Replacement ........................................................................................................ 13-24 Nip Release Timing Belt (Front) Replacement.................................................. 13-25 Nip Release Motor 4 (Front) (M662) Replacement............................................ 13-26 Nip Release Timing Belt (Rear) Replacement................................................... 13-27 Nip Release Motor 4 (Rear) (M663) Replacement ............................................. 13-27 Nip Roller Replacement ...................................................................................... 13-28 Distribution Home Position Sensor (D661) Replacement................................ 13-29 Distribution Timing Belt Replacement .............................................................. 13-30 Distribution Slide Motor (M661) Replacement .................................................. 13-32 Distribution Roller Replacement........................................................................ 13-33 Feed Motor 5 (M660) Replacement .................................................................... 13-35 Drive Belt Replacement ...................................................................................... 13-36 Distribution Section Paper Sensor (Front: D664P/Center: D660P/Rear: D665P) Replacement............................... 13-36 Distribution Section Paper Sensor LED (Front: D664L/Center: D660L/Rear: D665L) Replacement ............................... 13-37 Pipe Slider Replacement..................................................................................... 13-38 Distribution Section Drive Standby Sensor (D669) Replacement................... 13-40 Drive Gear with Torque Limiter Replacement................................................... 13-40 Nip Roller Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation ................................................ 13-41 Exit Side Feed Roller Replacement ................................................................... 13-42
Printer Exit Section............................................................................. 13-44
13.3.1 13.3.2 13.3.3
Printer Exit Unit Removal/Reinstallation........................................................... 13-44 Feed Section Cooling Fan Cover Removal/Reinstallation............................... 13-44 Feed Section Cooling Fan 3 (F607) Replacement ............................................ 13-45
13-1
13
13.3.4 13.3.5 13.3.6 13.3.7 13.3.8 13.3.9 13.3.10 13.3.11 13.3.12 13.3.13 13.3.14 13.3.15 13.3.16 13.3.17
Feed Section Cooling Fan 2 (F606) Replacement ............................................ 13-45 Printer Exit Unit Drive Gear Replacement......................................................... 13-46 Speed Control Section Paper Sensor (Front: D666P/Center: D667P/Rear: D668P) Replacement............................... 13-47 Speed Control Section Paper Sensor LED (Front: D666L/Center: D667L/Rear: D668L) Replacement ............................... 13-47 Speed Control Motor (M664)/Belt (Front) Replacement................................... 13-48 Speed Control Motor (M665)/Belt (Rear) Replacement .................................... 13-49 Front Entrance Feed Roller Replacement ......................................................... 13-50 Rear Entrance Feed Roller Replacement .......................................................... 13-51 Front/Rear Entrance Nip Roller Replacement................................................... 13-52 Exit Nip Roller Replacement............................................................................... 13-53 Emulsion Surface Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation................................... 13-53 Entrance Back Surface Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation .......................... 13-54 Exit Back Surface Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation................................... 13-54 Exit Feed Roller/Guide Plate Replacement ....................................................... 13-55
13-2
Parts Location ● Distribution Entrance Unit
Nip Release Motor 3 (M656)
Nip Release Home Position Sensor 3 (D656)
Nip Release Motor 2 (M655)
Nip Release Home Position Sensor 2 (D655)
LII960
13
13-3
Parts Location ● Distribution Unit Nip Release Motor 4 (Rear) (M663)
Distribution Slide Motor (M661)
Distribution Section Paper Sensor (Rear) (D665P)
Distribution Roller Distribution Section Paper Sensor (Center) (D660P)
Distribution Home Position Sensor (D661) Distribution Section Paper Sensor (Front) (D664P)
Feed Motor 5 (M660)
Pipe Slider
Distribution Section Paper Sensor LED (Rear) (D665L)
Distribution Section Paper Sensor LED (Center) (D660L)
Nip Release Home Position Sensor (Rear) (D663) Nip Release Home Position Sensor (Front) (D662) Distribution Section Paper Sensor LED (Front) (D664L)
Distribution Section Drive Standby Sensor (D669)
Nip Release Motor 4 (Front) (M662) LII961
13-4
Parts Location ● Printer Exit Unit
Speed Control Section Paper Sensor (Rear)(D668P)
Speed Control Section Paper Sensor (Center)(D667P)
Speed Control Section Paper Sensor (Front)(D666P)
Speed Control Motor (Rear)(M665)
Speed Control Section Paper Sensor LED (Rear)(D668L)
Speed Control Section Paper Sensor LED (Center)(D668L)
Speed Control Section Paper Sensor LED (Front)(D668L)
13
Speed Control Motor (Front)(M664)
LII962
13-5
13.1 Distribution Entrance Unit 13.1.1
Magazine Door Hinge Opening/Closing
Hinge Opening 1. Open the magazine door.
Magazine Door LII206
2. Loosen the four screws and remove the printer front-right cover.
Screws (4)
Printer Front Right Cover LII339
3. Remove the three screws securing the magazine door hinge bracket and open the magazine door/ hinge.
Hinge Closing Closing is essentially in the reverse order of opening. Screws (3) Hinge Bracket
NOTE: Align the holes in the upper end of the hinge bracket with the locating half-punches on the frame and tighten the three screws.
Magazine Door LII340
13-6
13.1 Distribution Entrance Unit 13.1.2
Distribution Section Connector Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Distribution Section Guide Plate
Connector Cover
1. Open the magazine door. 2. Open the distribution section guide plate. 3. Remove the upper screw securing the connector cover. 4. Close the distribution section guide plate and remove the lower screw then the connector cover. Screw Screw LII476
Reinstallation
Printer Exit Unit Connector Cover
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: Install the connector cover so that it is behind the printer exit unit as shown.
13 LII1156
13.1.3
Printer Right Inner Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Light Shield Cover Screws (3)
1. Open the magazine door hinge section (See Subsection 13.1.1). 2. Remove the left cover (See Subsection 11.1.1). 3. Remove the three screws and then the light shield cover.
LII485
13-7
13.1 Distribution Entrance Unit 4. Remove the screw and then the knob.
Printer Right Inner Cover
5. Remove the four screws and then the printer right inner cover.
Knob
Reinstallation
13.1.4
Screws (4)
Screw
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
LII486
Distribution Entrance Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Connectors (2)
1. Remove: • Distribution section connector cover (See Subsection 13.1.2). • Printer right inner cover (See Subsection 13.1.3). 2. Disconnect the two connectors.
LII487
3. Loosen the screw securing the drive gear bracket, swing the bracket up and retighten it.
Screw
Drive Gear Bracket LII488
13-8
13.1 Distribution Entrance Unit 4. Remove the two screws mounting the unit.
Unit
5. Remove the distribution entrance unit.
Reinstallation Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: After unit installation, perform the gear engagement adjustment described below.
Screws (2) LII489
1. Align the unit with the rail, slide it in place and secure with the screw. Unit
Rail
13 LII515
2. Loosen the screw and remove the jig.
Screw
3. Loosen the screw securing the gear bracket.
Gear Bracket Screw
4. Install the jig between the gear shafts and tighten the screw. 5. Remove the jig and return it to its original position.
Tool
LII516
13-9
13.1 Distribution Entrance Unit 13.1.5
Nip Release Home Position Sensor 2 (D655) Replacement
Removal
Sensor Bracket
1. Remove the distribution entrance unit (See Subsection 13.1.4). 2. Remove the screw and then the sensor bracket.
Screw LII490
3. Disconnect the connector, release the locking tabs and remove the sensor.
Connector
Sensor (D655)
Installation
Locking Tab LII491
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
13.1.6
Nip Release Timing Belt (M655 Side) Replacement
Removal
Screws (2)
1. Remove the distribution entrance unit (See Subsection 13.1.4). 2. Loosen the two screws securing the nip release motor (M655). 3. Remove the tension adjustment spring if it is installed.
Spring LII492
13-10
13.1 Distribution Entrance Unit 4. Remove the four screws securing the nip roller bracket.
Screws (4)
LII493
5. Open the nip roller bracket and remove the belt.
Nip Roller Bracket
Belt LII494
13
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: • Install the tension adjustment spring then tighten the two motor screws.
Screws (2) Spring LII496
13-11
13.1 Distribution Entrance Unit • If there is no spring at the M655 side, it is installed in the M656 side. Remove it and use to adjust belt tension.
Spring LII495
13.1.7
Nip Release Motor 2 (M655) Replacement
Removal
Screws (2)
1. Remove the distribution entrance unit (See Subsection 13.1.4). 2. Disconnect the connector. 3. Remove the spring, two screws and then the motor.
Motor (M655) Spring Connector LII497
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: • Install the tension adjustment spring then tighten the two motor screws.
Screws (2) Spring LII496
13-12
13.1 Distribution Entrance Unit • If there is no spring at the M655 side, it is installed in the M656 side. Remove it and use to adjust belt tension.
Spring LII495
13.1.8
Nip Roller (M655 Side) Replacement
Removal
Cable
1. Remove the distribution entrance unit (See Subsection 13.1.4). 2. Remove the screw securing the cable and hook the cable end as shown.
13
Screw LII498
3. Remove the nip release timing belt (See Subsection 13.1.6).
E-rings (6) Nip Roller Assembly
Springs (4)
4. Remove the four springs. 5. Remove the six E-rings and then the nip roller assembly.
LII499
13-13
13.1 Distribution Entrance Unit 6. Remove two E-rings each then the two black bearings and roller.
Roller
Bearings (2)
E-rings (2)
LII500
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: • Install the tension adjustment spring then tighten the two motor screws.
Screws (2) Spring LII496
• If there is no spring at the M655 side, it is installed in the M656 side. Remove it and use to adjust belt tension.
Spring LII495
13-14
13.1 Distribution Entrance Unit 13.1.9
Nip Release Home Position Sensor 3 (D656) Replacement
Removal
Connector Sensor (D656)
1. Remove the distribution entrance unit (See Subsection 13.1.4). 2. Disconnect the connector from the sensor. 3. Release the locking tabs then remove the sensor.
Installation Locking Tabs LII501
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
13.1.10
Nip Release Timing Belt (M656 Side) Replacement
Removal
Belt
1. Remove the distribution entrance unit (See Subsection 13.1.4). 2. Loosen the two screws and remove the timing belt.
13 Screws (2) LII502
Installation Spring
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: • Install the tension adjustment spring then tighten the two motor screws. • If there is no spring at the M656 side, it is installed in the M655 side. Remove it and use to adjust belt tension.
Screws (2) LII503
13-15
13.1 Distribution Entrance Unit 13.1.11
Nip Release Motor 3 (M656) Replacement
Removal
Connector
1. Remove the distribution entrance unit (See Subsection 13.1.4). 2. Remove the spring if it is installed. 3. Disconnect the connector from the motor. 4. Remove the two screws and then the motor. Screws (2) Motor (M656)
Spring
LII504
Installation
Spring
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: • Install the tension adjustment spring then tighten the two motor screws. • If there is no spring at the M656 side, it is installed in the M655 side. Remove it and use to adjust belt tension.
Screws (2) LII503
13.1.12
Nip Roller Replacement
Removal
Clamps (3)
1. Remove: • Nip release timing belt (See Subsection 13.1.10). • Nip release motor 3 (M656) (See Subsection 13.1.11). 2. Disconnect the connector (JFKE2) and open the three clamps. Connector
3. Remove the four screws and then the nip roller bracket. Nip Roller Bracket Screws (4)
LII505
13-16
13.1 Distribution Entrance Unit 4. Remove the four springs.
Screws (4)
5. Remove the four screws and then the nip roller assembly.
Nip Roller Assembly Springs (4) LII506
6. Remove two E-rings each then the two bearings and roller.
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Roller
Bearings (2) E-rings (2)
13 LII507
13.1.13
Drive Gear Replacement
Removal 1. Remove the distribution entrance unit (See Subsection 13.1.4). 2. Remove the E-ring, screw and then the bracket assembly.
Screw
E-ring Bracket Assembly LII508
13-17
13.1 Distribution Entrance Unit 3. Remove each E-ring and then the gear.
E-ring
Installation
Gear
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: Tighten the screw while pressing the bracket upward.
13.1.14
LII509
Upper Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Cable
1. Remove the distribution entrance unit (See Subsection 13.1.4). 2. Remove the screw securing the cable end and hook the cable as shown.
Screw LII498
3. Remove the six screws and then the guide plate.
Guide Plate
Screws (6)
Reinstallation Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
LII510
13-18
13.1 Distribution Entrance Unit 13.1.15
Feed Roller Replacement
Removal
Cable
1. Remove the distribution entrance unit (See Subsection 13.1.4). 2. Remove the screw securing the cable end and hook the cable as shown.
Screw LII498
3. Remove the two guide plate fulcrum screws using a 2.5mm hexagonal wrench.
13 Guide Plate Fulcrum Screws (2) LII1158
4. Unhook the cable, remove the four screws and open the lower guide plate.
Lower Guide Plate
Screws (4)
Cable LII511
13-19
13.1 Distribution Entrance Unit 5. Remove the gear and bearing.
Bearing E-ring
6. Remove the E-ring then the bearing and the roller.
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Gear NOTE: Install the gears on both ends of the exit side roller sahft.
13.1.16
Bearing
Roller LII512
Feed Roller Drive Gear Replacement
Removal
Cable
1. Remove the distribution entrance unit (See Subsection 13.1.4). 2. Remove the screw securing the cable end and hook the cable as shown.
Screw LII498
13-20
13.1 Distribution Entrance Unit 3. Remove the two guide plate fulcrum screws using a 2.5mm hexagonal wrench.
Guide Plate Fulcrum Screws (2) LII1158
4. Unhook the cable, remove the four screws and remove the lower guide plate.
Lower Guide Plate
Screws (4)
Cable LII511
5. Remove the lock arm return spring.
Lock Arm Collar
6. Remove the two E-rings then the collar and lock arm.
Spring E-rings (2) LII513
13-21
13
13.1 Distribution Entrance Unit 7. Release the locking tabs to remove the roller gears.
E-ring
Locking Tab
8. Remove each E-ring and remove the gear.
Installation Gear
Gear LII514
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
13-22
13.2 Distribution Unit 13.2.1
Distribution Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screw
1. Remove: • Distribution section connector cover (See Subsection 13.1.2). • Printer right inner cover (See Subsection 13.1.3). 2. Loosen the screw securing the distribution entrance unit drive gear bracket, swing the bracket up and retighten it.
Drive Gear Bracket LII488
3. Loosen the two upper screws, remove the two lower screws and then the distribution section inner cover by shifting the spring hook.
Distribution Section Inner Cover
Screws (2) (Remove)
Screws (2) (Loosen) Hook
Spring LII517
4. Disconnect the four connectors and open the clamp.
Connectors (4)
Clamp LII518
13-23
13
13.2 Distribution Unit 5. Remove the two screws and then the unit.
Unit
Reinstallation Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: Perform the gear engagement adjustment described below.
Screws (2) LII519
1. Reinstall the unit.
Screw
2. Loosen the screw and remove the jig.
Gear Bracket Screw
3. Loosen the screw securing the gear bracket. 4. Install the jig between the gear shafts and tighten the screw. 5. Remove the jig and return it to its original position.
Tool
LII516
13.2.2 Nip Release Home Position Sensor (Front: D662/Rear: D663) Replacement Removal
Screws (2)
1. Remove the distribution unit (See Subsection 13.2.1).
Sensor Bracket
2. Remove the two screws and then the sensor bracket.
LII520
13-24
13.2 Distribution Unit 3. Disconnect the connector, release the locking tabs and remove the sensor.
Sensor (D663)
Installation
Locking Tabs Sensor (D662) Connector
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
13.2.3
LII521
Nip Release Timing Belt (Front) Replacement
Removal
Belt
1. Remove the distribution unit (See Subsection 13.2.1). 2. Remove the spring if it is installed. 3. Loosen the two screws and remove the belt.
13 Screws (2) Spring LII522
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: Install the tension adjustment spring then tighten the two screws. If there is no spring there, it is installed to the rear.
Screws (2) Spring LII523
13-25
13.2 Distribution Unit 13.2.4
Nip Release Motor 4 (Front) (M662) Replacement
Removal
Screws (2)
Spring
1. Remove the distribution unit (See Subsection 13.2.1). 2. Disconnect the connector from the motor. 3. Remove the tension adjustment spring if it is installed. 4. Remove the two screws and then the motor.
Connector Motor LII524
5. Remove the two screws and then the bracket from the motor.
Bracket
Screws (2)
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: • Note the motor connector position when installing the bracket. • Install the tension adjustment spring then tighten the two screws. If there is no spring install there, remove the one from the rear and use it to adjust the tension.
Motor (M662) LII525
13-26
13.2 Distribution Unit 13.2.5
Nip Release Timing Belt (Rear) Replacement
Removal
Belt
1. Remove the distribution unit (See Subsection 13.2.1). 2. Remove the tension adjustment spring if it is installed. 3. Loosen the two screws and remove the belt.
Screws (2) LII526
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: Install the tension adjustment spring then tighten the two screws. If there is no spring installed there, remove the one from the front and use it to adjust the tension.
13 Spring
Screws (2) LII527
13.2.6
Nip Release Motor 4 (Rear) (M663) Replacement
Removal
Screws (2)
1. Remove the distribution unit (See Subsection 13.2.1). 2. Disconnect the connector from the motor. 3. Remove the tension adjustment spring if it is installed. 4. Remove the two screws securing the motor.
Spring
Connector LII528
13-27
13.2 Distribution Unit 5. Remove the four screws securing the nip roller bracket.
Nip Roller Bracket
6. Lift the nip roller bracket and remove the motor. Screws (4)
Motor LII529
7. Remove the two screws then remove the bracket from the motor. Screws (2)
Bracket
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: • Note the motor connector position when installing the bracket. • Install the tension adjustment spring then tighten the two screws. If there is no spring installed there, remove the one from the front and use it to adjust the tension.
13.2.7
Motor (M662) LII530
Nip Roller Replacement
Removal
Nip Roller Bracket
1. Remove the distribution unit (See Subsection 13.2.1). 2. Remove the four screws and then the nip roller bracket assembly. Screws (4)
LII531
13-28
13.2 Distribution Unit 3. Remove the two pre-turning belts.
Pre-turning Belts (2)
LII532
4. Remove two E-rings each then the roller and two bearings each.
E-rings (2)
Installation Bearings (2)
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
13.2.8
Roller LII533
Distribution Home Position Sensor (D661) Replacement
Removal
Connector
1. Remove the distribution unit (See Subsection 13.2.1). 2. Disconnect the connector, release the locking tabs and remove the sensor.
Locking Tabs
Installation Sensor (D661) LII534
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
13-29
13
13.2 Distribution Unit 13.2.9
Distribution Timing Belt Replacement
Removal
Belt
1. Remove the distribution unit (See Subsection 13.2.1). 2. Remove the spring, two screws and then the timing belt.
Spring
Screws (2)
LII535
3. Move the belt holder toward the motor and remove the screw then the belt holder.
Belt Holder Screw
LII536
4. Loosen the two screws and remove the belt.
Belt
Screws (2) LII537
13-30
13.2 Distribution Unit Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: Adjust the belt tension by following the steps below. 1) Install the tension adjustment spring at the front motor and tighten the two screws.
Screws (2)
Spring LII538
2) Reinstall the belt holder. Drive Belt
Belt Holder
3) Reinstall the drive belt. 4) Remove the tension adjustment spring from the front motor side, install it at the rear motor side and tighten the two motor screws.
13 Screws (2)
Spring LII539
13-31
13.2 Distribution Unit 13.2.10
Distribution Slide Motor (M661) Replacement
Removal
Screws (2)
Spring
1. Remove the distribution unit (See Subsection 13.2.1). 2. Disconnect the motor connector and open the clamp.
Connector
3. Remove the motor connector from the bracket. 4. Remove the tension adjustment spring. 5. Remove the two screws and then the motor. Motor
Clamp LII540
6. Remove the two screws and then the bracket from the motor. Screws (2) Motor (M661)
Installation Bracket
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: • Note the motor connector position when installing the bracket. • Install the tension adjustment spring then tighten the two screws.
LII541
13-32
13.2 Distribution Unit 13.2.11
Distribution Roller Replacement
Removal
Distribution Nip Release Bracket
1. Remove the distribution unit (See Subsection 13.2.1). 2. Remove the three rear screws, two front screws and then the distribution nip release bracket.
Screws(5) LII542
3. Remove the guide shaft.
Guide Shaft
13 LII543
4. Loosen the one screw, remove the one screw, then the guide bearing bracket and two springs.
Guide Bearing Bracket Screws (Remove)
Screws (Loosen) Springs (2) LII544
13-33
13.2 Distribution Unit 5. Remove the rear four screws, front three screws and then the two distribution entrance guide plates.
Distribution Entrance Guide Plates Screws (4)
Screws (3) LII545
6. Remove the two E-rings, two bearings and then the drive roller.
Bearings (2)
E-rings (2)
Drive Roller LII546
7. Remove the E-ring, gear, drive pin and bearing from the roller shaft.
Bearing Pin Gear E-ring LII547
13-34
13.2 Distribution Unit 8. Remove two E-rings each, two bearings and then the nip roller.
E-rings (2)
Roller
Installation Bearings (2) LII548
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
13.2.12
Feed Motor 5 (M660) Replacement
Removal
Motor (M660)
1. Remove the distribution unit (See Subsection 13.2.1). 2. Disconnect the connector from the motor. 3. Loosen the three tension adjustment screws. 4. Remove the four screws and then the motor.
13 Screws (4) Connector
Screws (3) (Loosen) LII549
Installation
Screws (3)
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: Adjust the drive belt tension by following the steps below. 1) Loosen the three tension adjustment screws. 2) Tighten the three tension adjustment screws.
LII551
13-35
13.2 Distribution Unit 13.2.13
Drive Belt Replacement
Removal
Idler Gear
1. Remove the feed motor 5 (M660) (See Subsection 13.2.12). 2. Remove the E-ring then the idler gear and the belt.
Installation Belt
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
E-ring LII550
13.2.14
Distribution Section Paper Sensor (Front: D664P/Center: D660P/Rear: D665P) Replacement
Removal 1. Remove the distribution unit (See Subsection 13.2.1). 2. Remove the two Screws and then the sensor cover by moving the slider unit cover.
Screws (2) Sensor Cover LII552
13-36
13.2 Distribution Unit 3. Remove the screw and then the sensor.
Screw
4. Disconnect the connector from the sensor.
Sensor (D664P) Sensor (D660P)
Installation Sensor (D665P)
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Connector LII553
13.2.15
Distribution Section Paper Sensor LED (Front: D664L/ Center: D660L/Rear: D665L) Replacement
Removal 1. Remove the distribution unit (See Subsection 13.2.1). 2. Remove the two screws and then the sensor LED bracket. Screws (2)
13 Sensor LED Bracket LII554
3. Remove the screw and connector cover.
Sensor (D660L) Sensor (D665L) Screw Connector Cover
Sensor (D664L) LII555
13-37
13.2 Distribution Unit 4. Remove the screw then the cover and sensor LED.
Screw
5. Disconnect the connector from the sensor. Cover Sensor
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Connector LII556
13.2.16
Pipe Slider Replacement
Removal
Distribution Nip Release Bracket
1. Remove the distribution unit (See Subsection 13.2.1). 2. Loosen the three screws at the rear, remove the three screws at the front and then the distribution nip release bracket.
Screws(5) LII542
3. Pill the guide shaft out.
Guide Shaft
LII543
13-38
13.2 Distribution Unit 4. Remove the E-ring and bearing at the rear.
Bearing E-ring
5. Remove the two screws securing the belt guide and then the pipe slider unit.
Screws (2) LII559
6. Remove the two screws and then the pipe slider cover.
Screws (2)
NOTE: Take care not to get an injury from the edge of the parts.
Pipe Slide Cover LII558
7. Remove the pipe slider assembly.
13
Installation Pipe Slide Assembly
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
LII560
13-39
13.2 Distribution Unit 13.2.17 Distribution Section Drive Standby Sensor (D669) Replacement Removal 1. Remove the distribution unit (See Subsection 13.2.1). 2. Remove the two screws and then the sensor cover.
Sensor Cover
Screws (2) LII561
3. Disconnect the sensor connector.
Connector
4. Remove the screw and then the sensor.
Installation Screw
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
13.2.18
Sensor (D669) LII562
Drive Gear with Torque Limiter Replacement
Removal
Pipe Slider Bracket
1. Remove the distribution slide motor (See Subsection 13.2.10). Screws (2)
2. Remove the E-ring and bearing. 3. Remove the two screws and then the pipe slider bracket.
E-ring
Bearing LII563
13-40
13.2 Distribution Unit 4. Remove the E-ring and then the idler gear.
E-ring
Bearing
Bearing
E-ring
5. Remove the gear from the front end of the gear shaft. 6. Remove the E-ring and bearing. 7. Remove the rear E-ring, bearing and gear shaft.
Front Drive Gear E-ring Idler Gear LII564
8. Remove the E-ring and then the drive gear with torque limiter from the gear shaft.
E-ring
Drive Gear With Torque Limiter
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
LII565
13 13.2.19
Nip Roller Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation
Removal 1. Remove: • Drive gear shaft (See Subsection 13.2.18). • Distribution section drive standby sensor (D669) (See Subsection 13.2.17). 2. From the timing belt side, open the four harness clamps for the sensor (D669).
Clamps (4) LII566
13-41
13.2 Distribution Unit 3. Remove the two screws and then the distribution entrance guide plate.
Screws (2) Distribution Entrance Guide Plate Screws (4)
4. Remove the four screws and then the guide plate.
Reinstallation
Guide Plate
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
13.2.20
LII567
Exit Side Feed Roller Replacement
Removal
Guide Assembly
1. Remove the distribution unit (See Subsection 13.2.1). 2. Remove the two E-rings and then the guide assembly.
E-ring LII568
3. Remove the spring.
Screws (4)
4. Remove the four screws and then the guide plate. Guide Plate
Spring LII569
13-42
13.2 Distribution Unit 5. Release the locking tab and remove the gear.
E-ring
6. Remove the bearing. Bearing
7. Remove the E-ring and then the bearing from the roller shaft. Bearing
8. Remove the roller.
Roller Gear LII570
Installation
Screws (4)
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Guide Plate NOTE: Insert sheets of glossy paper (0.2 to 0.3 mm thickness) between the guide plate and the distribution side feed roller and tighten the four screws. Make sure that sheets of paper have slight resistance against removal.
Distribution Side Feed Roller
Glossy Paper (0.2 to 0.3 mm) LII571
13-43
13
13.3 Printer Exit Section 13.3.1
Printer Exit Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Connectors (2)
1. Remove: • Distribution section connector cover (See Subsection 13.1.2). • Printer right inner cover (See Subsection 13.1.3). 2. Disconnect the two connectors and open the two clamps.
Clamps (2) LII477
3. Remove the screw and remove the unit by pulling it to the front and moving to the left side.
Screw
Unit
Reinstallation Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
13.3.2
LII478
Feed Section Cooling Fan Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Screws (3)
Cover
1. Remove the printer exit unit (See Subsection 13.3.1). 2. Remove the three screws and then the fan cover.
Reinstallation Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
LII479
13-44
13.3 Printer Exit Section 13.3.3
Feed Section Cooling Fan 3 (F607) Replacement
Removal
Screws (2)
1. Remove the feed section cooling fan cover (See Subsection 13.3.2). 2. Disconnect the fan connector and remove it from the bracket. 3. Remove the two screws and then the fan.
Connector
Installation
Fan (F607)
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
LII480
13.3.4
Feed Section Cooling Fan 2 (F606) Replacement
Removal
Screws (2)
Fan Duct
1. Remove the feed section cooling fan cover (See Subsection 13.3.2).
Collar
2. Open the harness clamp. 3. Disconnect the fan connector and remove it from the bracket.
13
4. Remove the two screws and then the fan duct, fan, three louvers and two collars.
Fan (F606)
Louvers (3)
Clamp
Connector LII481
13-45
13.3 Printer Exit Section Installation
Arrow
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: • Point the arrow on the fan upward. • Install the louvers as shown in the figure.
Louvers (3) LII482
13.3.5
Printer Exit Unit Drive Gear Replacement
Removal
E-ring
1. Remove the printer exit unit (See Subsection 13.3.1). 2. Remove the E-ring and then the gear.
Gear LII483
3. Open the printer rear upper cover (See Subsection 19.5.1).
E-ring
4. Remove the E-ring and then the gear.
Installation Gear
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
LII484
13-46
13.3 Printer Exit Section 13.3.6
Speed Control Section Paper Sensor (Front: D666P/Center: D667P/Rear: D668P) Replacement
Removal
Screw
1. Remove the printer exit unit (See Subsection 13.3.1). 2. Remove the screw and then the sensor.
Sensor (D667P) Sensor (D666P) LII001
3. Disconnect the connector from the sensor.
Connector
Installation
13
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
13.3.7
LII002
Speed Control Section Paper Sensor LED (Front: D666L/ Center: D667L/Rear: D668L) Replacement
Removal Sensor LED Cover
1. Remove the printer exit unit (See Subsection 13.3.1). 2. Remove the two screws and then the sensor LED cover.
Screws (2) LII003
13-47
13.3 Printer Exit Section 3. Remove the screw then the sensor and cover.
Screw
Sensor/Cover LII004
4. Disconnect the connector from the sensor.
Installation Connector
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
13.3.8
LII005
Speed Control Motor (M664)/Belt (Front) Replacement
Removal
Motor Bracket
Screws (2)
1. Remove the printer exit unit (See Subsection 13.3.1). 2. Disconnect the connector (M664). 3. Remove the tension adjustment spring if it is installed. 4. Remove the two screws and then the motor bracket and belt.
Connector
Spring LII006
13-48
13.3 Printer Exit Section 5. Remove the two screws and then the bracket from the motor.
Motor (M664) Screws (2)
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: • Note the motor connector position when installing the bracket. • Install the tension adjustment spring then tighten the two screws. If there is no spring installed there, remove the one from the rear and use it to adjust the tension.
13.3.9
Bracket LII007
Speed Control Motor (M665)/Belt (Rear) Replacement
Removal
Screws (2)
1. Remove the printer exit unit (See Subsection 13.3.1). 2. Disconnect the connector (M665). 3. Remove the tension adjustment spring if it is installed.
13
4. Remove the two screws and then the motor bracket. Motor Bracket Spring
Connector LII008
5. Remove the two screws and then the bracket from the motor.
Motor (M664) Screws (2)
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: • Note the motor connector position when installing the bracket. • Install the tension adjustment spring then tighten the two screws. If there is no spring installed there, remove the one from the front and use it to adjust the tension.
Bracket LII007
13-49
13.3 Printer Exit Section 13.3.10
Front Entrance Feed Roller Replacement
Removal 1. Remove the speed control motor (M664) (See Subsection 13.3.8).
Bearing E-ring
2. Remove the E-ring then the pulley and pin. 3. Remove the E-ring and bearing.
Pin Pulley
E-ring LII009
4. Remove the two screws and then the sensor cover. Sensor Cover
Screws (2)
LII010
5. Remove the screw and then the roller bracket.
Roller Bracket
Screw
LII011
13-50
13.3 Printer Exit Section 6. Remove the E-ring, bearing and then the bracket from the roller. Roller Bearing
Bracket
Installation E-ring
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
13.3.11
LII012
Rear Entrance Feed Roller Replacement
Removal Bearing
1. Remove the speed control motor (M665) (See Subsection 13.3.9).
E-ring
2. Remove the E-ring then the pulley and pin. Pulley
3. Remove the E-ring and bearing.
Pin E-ring LII013
4. Remove the two screws and then the sensor cover.
Screws (2)
Sensor Cover
LII014
13-51
13
13.3 Printer Exit Section 5. Remove the screw and then the roller bracket. Roller Bracket
Screw
LII015
6. Remove the E-ring, bearing and then the bracket from the roller.
Bracket Roller
E-ring
Installation Bearing
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
13.3.12
LII016
Front/Rear Entrance Nip Roller Replacement
Removal 1. Remove the printer exit unit (See Subsection 13.3.1). 2. Remove the two screws and then the nip roller bracket.
Screws (2)
Nip Roller Bracket LII017
13-52
13.3 Printer Exit Section 3. Remove the two springs, two bearings then the bracket and roller.
Bearings (2)
Roller
Springs (2)
Installation
Bracket
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
13.3.13
LII018
Exit Nip Roller Replacement
Removal Nip Roller
1. Remove the printer exit unit (See Subsection 13.3.1). 2. Remove the two springs, two E-rings, two bearings and then the nip roller.
Springs (2)
Installation
13
E-rings (2) Bearings (2)
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
13.3.14
LII020
Emulsion Surface Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Guide Plate
1. Remove:
Screws (2)
• Entrance nip roller (See Subsection 13.3.12). • Exit nip roller (See Subsection 13.3.13). 2. Remove the two springs. 3. Loosen the two lower screws, remove the two upper screws and then the guide plate. Screws (2)
Reinstallation
Springs (2) LII019
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
13-53
13.3 Printer Exit Section 13.3.15
Entrance Back Surface Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Screws (4)
1. Remove: Guide Plate
• Front entrance feed roller (See Subsection 13.3.10). • Rear entrance feed roller (See Subsection 13.3.11). • Emulsion surface guide plate (See Subsection 13.3.14). 2. Remove the four screws and then the guide plate.
Reinstallation LII021
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
13.3.16
Exit Back Surface Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation
Removal 1. Remove the emulsion surface guide plate (See Subsection 13.3.14). 2. Remove the two screws and then the guide plate.
Reinstallation
Guide Plate
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Screws (2) LII022
13-54
13.3 Printer Exit Section 13.3.17
Exit Feed Roller/Guide Plate Replacement
Removal Clamps(4)
1. Remove: • Entrance back surface guide plate (See Subsection 13.3.15). • Exit back surface guide plate (See Subsection 13.3.16). Screws (4)
2. Open the four harness clamps. 3. Remove the four screws and then the lower frame.
LII1159
4. Remove the E-ring and then the gear. Bearings (2)
E-rings (2) E-ring
5. Remove the two E-rings and then the two bearings.
13 Gear LII1160
6. Remove the two springs from the guide plate.
E-rings (2) Springs (2)
7. Remove the two E-rings and then the guide plate. 8. Remove the two bearings and then the roller.
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Roller
NOTE: Install the gear with its black boss toward the roller.
LII1161
13-55
14. PROCESSOR SECTION Parts Location....................................................................................... 14-2 14.1
Crossover Racks .................................................................................. 14-4
14.1.1 14.1.2 14.1.3
14.2
Processing Racks................................................................................. 14-6
14.2.1 14.2.2 14.2.3 14.2.4 14.2.5 14.2.6 14.2.7 14.2.8
14.3
P1/P2/PS1/PS4 Upper Guide Removal/Reinstallation ........................................ 14-6 PS2/PS3 Upper Guide Removal/Reinstallation................................................... 14-6 Upper Guide Disassembly/Reassembly .............................................................. 14-7 P1/P2 Roller Replacement .................................................................................... 14-9 P1/P2/PS1/PS4 Drive Shaft Removal/Reinstallation......................................... 14-12 PS2/PS3 Drive Shaft Removal/Reinstallation ................................................... 14-12 PS2/PS3 Roller Replacement ............................................................................. 14-13 PS1/PS4 Roller Replacement ............................................................................. 14-15
PS Tank Partition Board..................................................................... 14-20
14.3.1
14.4
No.1 Crossover Rack Disassembly/Reassembly ............................................... 14-4 No.2/No.3 Crossover Rack Disassembly/Reassembly....................................... 14-4 Dryer Entrance Rack Disassembly/Reassembly ................................................ 14-5
PS Tank Partition Board Blade/Seal Replacement........................................... 14-20
Processor Drive System .................................................................... 14-25
14.4.1 14.4.2 14.4.3 14.4.4 14.4.5 14.4.6 14.4.7 14.4.8 14.4.9 14.4.10
Right Cover Removal/Reinstallation.................................................................. 14-25 Processor Rear Cover Removal/Reinstallation ................................................ 14-25 Motor Driver Bracket Removal/Reinstallation .................................................. 14-26 Motor Driver Replacement.................................................................................. 14-27 Auto Chain Tensioner Removal/Reinstallation................................................. 14-27 Processor Drive Motor (M700) Replacement .................................................... 14-28 Drive Bracket Removal/Reinstallation............................................................... 14-29 Drive Sprocket/Gear Replacement..................................................................... 14-30 Processor Drive Chain Replacement................................................................. 14-31 Printer Drive Gear/Sprocket Replacement ........................................................ 14-32
14-1
14
Parts Location
No.2 Crossover Rack No.1Crossover Rack No.3 Crossover Rack Dryer Entrance Rack
P1 Processing Rack Printer Exit Unit Drive Gear P2 Processing Rack
PS1 Processing Rack
PS2 Processing Rack
Processor Drive Chain PS3 Processing Rack
PS4 Processing Rack
Chain Tensioner
P1 P2 PS1 PS2 PS3 PS4 Processor Drive Motor (M700)
PS Tank Partition Plate
LII964
14-2
Parts Location ● Roller Arrangement
φ20 Black Soft Roller φ20 Black Soft Roller φ20 Black Soft Roller φ20 Black Soft Roller φ20 Black Soft Roller φ20 White Soft Roller φ20 Brown Soft Roller φ20 Black Hard Roller Chrome/Black Mark
φ20 Black Hard Roller
Gold/Red Mark
φ20 Ivory Soft Roller
Chrome/Red Mark φ20 Brown Hard Roller
Chrome/No Mark Chrome/No Mark
φ30 Black Soft Roller
LII1153
14-3
14
14.1 Crossover Racks 14.1.1
No.1 Crossover Rack Disassembly/Reassembly
Disassembly
C-rings (2) Gears (2)
1. Remove the No.1 crossover rack.
Bearings (2)
2. Remove the two C-rings from the rear of the crossover rack then the two gears, bearings and coil spring.
Coil Spring
3. Remove the two C-rings from the front of the crossover rack then the two bearings and coil spring. 4. Remove the two rollers.
Rollers (2)
Reassembly Bearings (2)
Reassembly is essentially in the reverse order of disassembly.
C-rings (2)
Coil Spring LII573
14.1.2
No.2/No.3 Crossover Rack Disassembly/Reassembly
Disassembly
C-rings (4) Gears (4) Coil Springs (2)
1. Remove the No.2 and No.3 crossover racks.
Bearings (4)
2. Remove the four C-rings from the rear of the crossover rack then the four gears, bearings and two coil springs. Rollers (4)
3. Remove the four C-rings from the front of the crossover rack then the four bearings and two coil springs. 4. Remove the four rollers.
Reassembly
Bearings (4) Coil Springs (2)
Reassembly is essentially in the reverse order of disassembly.
C-rings (4) LII574
NOTE: The roller shafts for the No.3 crossover rack are made of titanium and have 3mm diameter hole in their end. Take care not to exchange the other roller shafts.
14-4
14.1 Crossover Racks 14.1.3
Dryer Entrance Rack Disassembly/Reassembly
Disassembly 1. Remove the dryer entrance rack. 2. Remove the seven E-rings and cap from the rear of the dryer entrance rack then the seven gears, eight bearings and four coil springs. 3. Remove the eight E-rings from the front of the rack then the eight bearings and four coil springs. 4. Remove the four E-rings from the rear of the rack and then the four idler gears. 5. Remove the eight rollers. E-rings (8)
Bearings (8) Cap
Coil Springs (4)
Bearings (8)
Gears (7)
E-rings (4)
Idler Gears (4)
14 Rollers (8) E-rings (7) Coil Springs (4) LII575
Reassembly
Black Mark
Reassembly is essentially in the reverse order of disassembly. NOTE: Install the black marked coil springs to the lower roller bearings as shown.
LII576
14-5
14.2 Processing Racks 14.2.1
P1/P2/PS1/PS4 Upper Guide Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Gear
1. Remove the screw then the gear, poly-slider and bearing.
Screw Poly-slider Bearing
LII578
2. Remove the six screws and then the upper guide assembly.
Upper Guide Assembly
Reinstallation Screws (6)
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
14.2.2
LII579
PS2/PS3 Upper Guide Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screws (4)
1. Remove the four screws and then the upper cover. Upper Cover
LII577
14-6
14.2 Processing Racks 2. Remove the screw then the gear, poly-slider and bearing.
Gear Screw Poly-slider
Bearing
LII585
3. Remove the four screws and then the upper guide assembly.
Screws (4)
Reinstallation Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
14.2.3
Upper Guide Assembly LII586
Upper Guide Disassembly/Reassembly
Disassembly
Pin
14
Sprocket Shaft
1. Remove the screw, washer, two poly-sliders, two bearings, gear, drive pin, sprocket and shaft.
Poly-sliders (2) Bearings (2) Washer
Screw
Gear LII580
14-7
14.2 Processing Racks 2. Remove the two screws and then the crossover rack drive gear assembly.
Crossover Rack Drive Gear Assembly
Screws (2) LII581
3. Remove the E-ring and then the gear.
Gear E-ring LII582
4. Remove the two screws and then the idler gear assembly.
Screws(2) LII583
14-8
14.2 Processing Racks 5. Remove the E-ring and then the idler gear from the shaft.
Reassembly Reassembly is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: • When installing the idler gear assembly, align the flat surface in the upper guide hole with the flat of the gear shaft and tighten the screw. • When installing the sprocket, align the D-flat in the washer with the one on the shaft and tighten the screw.
14.2.4
Idler Gear
E-ring LII584
P1/P2 Roller Replacement
Removal 1. Remove the screw, washer, two poly-sliders and gear.
Gear Screw
Poly-sliders (2)
D-Washer LII590
2. Release the locking tabs then remove the drive side roller gear.
Drive Side Roller Gear
3. Remove the coil spring.
Spring
LII591
14-9
14
14.2 Processing Racks 4. Release the locking tabs of the gears then remove the front gears and spring.
Gears Spring
5. Remove the bearing for the center roller.
Bearing
LII592
6. Remove the two springs, three C-rings and four bearings from the drive side.
Rollers (3)
Bearings (4)
C-rings (3)
Springs (2) LII593
7. Release the locking tabs of the gears then remove the four gears, two springs and four bearings.
Knurled Roller
8. Remove the entrance side knurled soft roller.
Bearings (4)
Springs (2)
Gears (4) LII594
14-10
14.2 Processing Racks 9. Remove the four screws and then the turn guide.
Black Soft Rollers (2)
10. Remove the PPE roller and two black soft rollers.
Screws (4)
Turn Guide PPE Roller LII595
11. Remove the inlet, outlet upper and lower guide plates by releasing their locking tabs.
Entrance Guide Plate (2)
12. Remove the remaining 12 rollers.
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: • Check the locking tabs of guide plates are locked securely by moving each guide plate back forth. • Install the rollers and coil springs in the proper position as shown (see page 14-3).
Locking Tab LII589
14-11
14
14.2 Processing Racks 14.2.5
P1/P2/PS1/PS4 Drive Shaft Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Gear
1. Remove the screw, gear, poly-slider and bearing.
Screw Poly-slider Bearing
LII578
2. Remove the lower E-ring, poly-slider and bearing.
Middle Bearing Drive Shaft
3. Shift the middle bearing and remove the drive shaft.
Bearing Poly-slider E-ring
Reinstallation Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
14.2.6
LII596
PS2/PS3 Drive Shaft Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Gear
1. Remove the screw, gear, poly-slider and bearing.
Screw Poly-slider Bearing
LII578
14-12
14.2 Processing Racks 2. Remove the E-ring, poly-slider and bearing.
Shaft Bearing Poly-slider
3. Shift the drive shaft to remove it.
E-ring
Reinstallation Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
14.2.7
LII597
PS2/PS3 Roller Replacement
Removal Screws (4)
1. Remove the four screws and then the turn guide.
Turn Guide LII598
2. Release the locking tabs of the gears and remove the four drive side gears.
14
3. Remove the C-ring and then the drive side large idler gear.
C-ring Drive Side Gears (4)
Drive Side Idler Gear (Large) LII599
14-13
14.2 Processing Racks 4. Remove the two coil springs and four bearings from the drive side.
Bearings (4)
Springs (2) LII600
5. Remove the two coil springs, four C-rings and four bearings from the front side.
Rollers (4)
Bearings (4)
6. Remove the four lower rollers.
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Springs (2) NOTE: Install the rollers and coil springs in the proper position as shown.
C-rings (4) LII601
14-14
14.2 Processing Racks 14.2.8
PS1/PS4 Roller Replacement
Removal 1. PS1: Remove the entrance side guide plate. PS4: Remove the exit side guide plate.
PS1: Entrance Side Guide Plate PS4: Exit Side Guide Plate LII602
2. Remove the screw, gear, poly-slider and bearing.
Poly-slider Screw
Bearing
14
Gear LII603
3. Shift the drive shaft to remove it.
Drive Shaft LII604
14-15
14.2 Processing Racks 4. Remove the screw, D-washer, two poly-sliders and idler gear.
Roller Drive Gear
5. Release the locking tab of the gear and remove the roller drive gear.
Idler Gear Poly-sliders (2) D-Washer Screw LII605
6. Remove the two coil springs and four bearings.
Springs (2)
Bearings (4) LII606
7. Remove the C-ring and then the idler gear. 8. Release the locking tabs of the gears and remove the four roller drive gears.
Roller Drive Gears (4) Idler Gear
C-ring LII607
14-16
14.2 Processing Racks 9. Remove the two coil springs and four bearings.
Rollers (4)
10. Remove the four rollers.
Bearings (4)
Springs (2) LII608
11. Remove the C-ring and idler gear.
Idler Gear
12. Release the locking tabs of the gears and remove the four drive gears from the turn rollers.
C-ring Turn Roller Drive Gears (4) LII609
13. Remove the two coil springs and four bearings.
Springs (2)
Bearings (4) LII610
14-17
14
14.2 Processing Racks 14. Remove the two springs from the drive (rear) side.
Rollers (4)
15. Remove the three C-rings and bearings. 16. Remove the four rollers.
Bearings (3)
Springs (2) C-rings (3) LII611
Lower Turn Guide
17. Remove the two screws and then the lower turn guide.
Screws (2)
LII612
18. Remove the C-ring and idler gear from the drive side. 19. Release the locking tabs of the gears and remove the three roller drive gears.
C-ring Idler Gear
Roller Drive Gears (3) LII613
14-18
14.2 Processing Racks 20. Remove the two springs and bearings.
Springs (2) Bearings (2) LII614
21. Release the locking tabs of the gears and remove the two front roller drive gears.
Rollers (4)
22. Remove the two coil springs. 23. Remove the C-ring and two bearings. 24. Remove the four rollers.
Bearings (2)
Installation
Springs (2)
C-ring
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Front Side Roller Drive Gear (2)
NOTE: Install the rollers and coil springs in the proper position as shown (see page 14-3).
LII615
14-19
14
14.3 PS Tank Partition Board 14.3.1
PS Tank Partition Board Blade/Seal Replacement
PS Solution Draining 1. Remove the PS1 to PS4 racks.
Drain Cock Cover
2. Remove the PS drain cock cover.
LII640
3. Connect a hose (ordinary water hose with 13 mm I.D.) to the PS1 drain cock. 4. Open the PS1 drain cock to drain the solution in the PS1 processing tank into the waste solution tank.
Cock LII641
5. If the solution being drained off stops flowing, replace the waste solution tank with a lower container (such as tray) that can bring the hose to a level lower than the cock.
Cock
6. Continue draining off the solution. 7. Repeat Steps 3 through 6 to drain the PS2 to PS4 solutions. 8. Reinstall the PS drain cock cover after making sure the cocks are closed.
LII642
14-20
14.3 PS Tank Partition Board Partition Board Removal
Seal Plate
1. Remove the two screws and then the seal plate between the PS3 and PS4 tanks.
Screws (2) LII635
2. Remove two screws each and then the partition boards.
PS3 · PS4 Partition Board Screws (2)
PS2 · PS3 Partition Board
PS1 · PS2 Partition Board LII636
14
Blade Assembly/Gasket Removal 1. Remove the six screws and then the blade assembly and gasket.
Blade Assembly
Screws (6) LII637
14-21
14.3 PS Tank Partition Board 2. Remove the two screws then the two gasket fixing plates and gasket.
Gasket Fixing Plates (2)
Gasket
Screws (2)
LII638
Blade Assembly/Gasket Installation 1. Wipe any dirt and water off the sealing surface on the partition board. 2. Make sure the gasket is installed correctly in the groove of the blade assembly.
Gasket
LII1099
3. Install the blade assembly by aligning its holes with the locating pins on the partition board.
Locating pins LII1100
14-22
14.3 PS Tank Partition Board 4. Install the six screws and hand-tighten them. 5. Tighten the six screws in a crisscross pattern in two to three steps as shown.
Screws (6)
LII1101
6. Install a new gasket along the groove in the partition board. NOTE: • Face the flat surface of the gasket toward the inside. • Be careful not to twist the gasket. • Make sure the sealing surface of the gasket seated evenly in the groove.
Gasket RD556
7. Install the gasket fixing plates and tighten the two screws.
Gasket Fixing Plates (2)
Gasket
14
Screws (2)
LII638
14-23
14.3 PS Tank Partition Board Partition Board Reinstallation 1. Reinstall the partition boards with two screws each. NOTE: • Before installing the partition boards, wipe any water and dirt off the sealing surface in the processing tanks. • Install the partition board to the proper position as indicated on the label attached to the top of each board. • Tighten two screws each alternately in three or four steps.
2. Reinstall the seal plate between the PS3 and the PS4 tanks using the two screws.
PS Solution Filling FSC100 (1 tablet)
1. Put 1 tablet of FSC100 into a plastic film case of water or warm water and shake the case approximately 10 seconds to dissolve the tablet.
Plastic Film Case
LII1064
2. Pour the following amount of deionized water and FSC100 solution into each PS processing tank.
Processing Tank
FSC100
Deionized Water
PS1
Solution of 1 tablet
6 litters
PS2
Solution of 1 tablet
6 litters
PS3
Solution of 1 tablet
6 liters
PS4
Solution of 1 tablet
7 liters
LII1066
3. Reinstall the PS4 to PS1 processing racks, No.3 crossover rack and dryer entrance rack.
14-24
14.4 Processor Drive System 14.4.1
Right Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal 1. Shut down the system by performing the postoperational checks and turn OFF the built-in circuit breaker and main power supply.
Right Cover Sorter Cable
2. Disconnect the sorter cable. 3. Remove the six screws and then the right cover.
Reinstallation Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
14.4.2
Screws (6) LII616
Processor Rear Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal 1. Remove the right cover (See Subsection 14.4.1). 2. Loosen the two lower screws and remove the four upper screws then the cover.
Cover
Screws (4)
14
Reinstallation
Screws (2) (Loosen) LII617
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
14-25
14.4 Processor Drive System 14.4.3
Motor Driver Bracket Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Clamps (3)
1. Remove the processor rear cover (See Subsection 14.4.2). 2. Open the three harness clamps. 3. Remove the two screws and then the motor driver bracket.
Motor Driver Bracket
Screws (2) LII618
4. Remove the plastic cover.
Plastic Cover
5. Remove the three screws securing the bracket.
Screws (3)
LII619
6. Open the six harness clamps and remove the motor driver bracket.
Clamps (6) Motor Drive Bracket
Reinstallation Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
LII620
14-26
14.4 Processor Drive System 14.4.4
Motor Driver Replacement
Removal 1. Remove the motor driver bracket (See Subsection 14.4.3). 2. Disconnect the four connectors from the motor driver.
Connectors (4) LII621
3. Remove the five screws and then the motor driver.
Screws (5) Motor Driver
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. LII622
14.4.5
Auto Chain Tensioner Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Auto Tensioner
1. Remove the right cover (See Subsection 14.4.1). 2. Remove the three screws and then the auto tensioner.
Screws (3) LII626
14-27
14
14.4 Processor Drive System Reinstallation
Tensioner Arm (Locked)
1. Lock the auto tensioner as shown in the figure.
LII633
2. Align the sprocket of the tensioner with the drive chain then install the auto tensioner with the three screws. Screws (3)
3. Using a screwdriver, release the lock of the auto tensioner by pushing up the lock arm. 4. Reinstall the right cover.
Screwdriver LII634
14.4.6
Processor Drive Motor (M700) Replacement
Removal 1. Remove the motor driver bracket (See Subsection 14.4.3). 2. Remove the screw and then the motor bracket assembly by pulling it.
Motor Bracket Assembly
Screw LII627
14-28
14.4 Processor Drive System 3. Remove the three screws and two spacers then the bracket form the motor.
Spacers (2)
Screws (3)
Bracket LII628
4. Remove the two screws and plate.
Flat Key
5. Loosen the hexagonal socket head set screw and remove the gear and flat key.
Gear Screws (2)
Motor (M700)
Installation
Plate Hex. Socket Head Set Screws
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
LII629
14 14.4.7
Drive Bracket Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Clamps (2)
1. Remove: • Auto tensioner (See Subsection 14.4.5). • Processor drive motor (M700) (See Subsection 14.4.6). 2. Open the two hose clamps and disconnect the two hoses.
Hoses (2) LII624
14-29
14.4 Processor Drive System 3. Loosen the chain tensioner and disengage the chain from the sprocket.
Chain
Tensioner LII625
4. Remove the four screws and then the drive bracket.
Screws (4)
Reinstallation
Drive Bracket
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
14.4.8
LII623
Drive Sprocket/Gear Replacement I
Removal 1. Remove the drive sprocket (See Subsection 14.4.7). 2. Remove the E-ring.
E-ring LII630
14-30
14.4 Processor Drive System 3. Remove the drive sprocket, gear and bearing.
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Gear NOTE: Align the grooves in the sprocket with the ribs on the gear as shown.
Sprocket
Bearing
LII631
14.4.9
Processor Drive Chain Replacement
1. Remove the drive bracket (See Subsection 14.4.7).
Old Chain Master Link
2. Remove the chain clip and master link from the drive chain.
Clip
3. Connect a new chain to the end of the old chain by using the master link and clip. New Chain
4. Pull the old chain through as a guide to route the new chain. 5. Remove the clip, master link and old chain.
LII632
6. Connect the ends of the new chain with the master link and clip. 7. Reinstall the removed parts in the reverse order of removal.
14-31
14
14.4 Processor Drive System 14.4.10
Printer Drive Gear/Sprocket Replacement
Removal
Screw
1. Remove: • Auto chain tensioner (See Subsection 14.4.5). • Processing solution tank exhaust fan (See Subsection 15.2.7). 2. Remove the screw and then the printer drive gear bracket cover.
Printer Drive Gear Bracket Cover LII672
3. Remove the three screws and then the fan duct.
Fan Duct Screw (3)
LII673
4. Remove the E-ring and then the printer drive gear.
Drive Gear
E-ring LII1095
14-32
14.4 Processor Drive System 5. Scribe the position of the gear bracket using a pencil and remove the two bracket screws.
Screw (2) LII1094
6. Disengage the drive chain from the sprocket.
Screw (Loosen)
7. Loosen the screw, remove the other two screws then the sprocket and gear brackets.
Gear Bracket
Screws (2) LII1093
8. Remove the screw, E-ring, idler gear and shaft from the gear bracket.
Idler gear
E-ring
14
Screw
Shaft
LII1092
9. Remove the E-ring and then the sprocket.
Sprocket
E-ring LII1090
14-33
14.4 Processor Drive System 10. Remove the bearing and shaft from the sprocket bracket.
Bearings (2)
Shaft E-ring LII1091
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: Reinstall the gear bracket with two screws by aligning it with the scribed line marked in Step 5.
Screws (2) LII704
14-34
15. PROCESSING SOLUTION CIRCULATION SYSTEM Parts Location....................................................................................... 15-2 15.1
Sub-tank Section .................................................................................. 15-3
15.1.1 15.1.2 15.1.3 15.1.4 15.1.5 15.1.6
15.2
Processing solution Heater/Circulation Pump Section .................... 15-7
15.2.1 15.2.2 15.2.3 15.2.4 15.2.5 15.2.6 15.2.7 15.2.8 15.2.9
15.3
Processor Front Cover Removal/Reinstallation ................................................. 15-3 Upper Connector Cover Removal/Reinstallation ............................................... 15-3 Processor Inner Cover Removal/Reinstallation ................................................. 15-4 P1 to PS4 Solution Thermometer (TS700 to TS703) Replacement ................... 15-4 Solution Level Sensor (FS700 to FS705) Replacement ..................................... 15-5 PS4 Solution Concentration Sensor (FS706) Replacement .............................. 15-6
Lower Connector Cover Removal/Reinstallation ............................................... 15-7 Heater Cooling Fan (F700 to F703) Replacement ............................................... 15-7 Heater Safety Thermostat (D700 to D703) Replacement.................................... 15-8 Solution Heater (H700 to H703) Replacement..................................................... 15-9 P1/P2 Circulation Pump (PU700/PU701) Replacement .................................... 15-10 PS1 to PS4 Circulation Pump (PU702 to PU705) Replacement....................... 15-11 Processing Solution Tank Exhaust Fan 1 (F704) Replacement ...................... 15-13 Processing Solution Tank Exhaust Fan 2 (F705) Replacement ...................... 15-13 Hose Connection ................................................................................................. 15-14
Waste Solution System ...................................................................... 15-15
15.3.1 15.3.2 15.3.3
Waste Solution Level Sensor (FS728) Replacement........................................ 15-15 Waste Solution Tank Replacement.................................................................... 15-16 Waste Solution Hose Replacement ................................................................... 15-17
15
15-1
Parts Location Solution Level Sensors (FS700 to FS705) PS4 Solution Concentration Sensor (FS706) Solution Thermometer (TS700 to TS703)
P1 Circulation Filter
Circulation (Pleated) Filters (PS1 to PS4)
P2 Circulation Filter
Heaters (H700 to H703)/ SafetyThermostats (D700 to D703)
Waste Solution Tank Waste Solution Level Sensor (FS728) P1 P2
P1 P2 PS1~ PS3
PS1~ PS3 PS4
PS4
P1
Heater Cooling Fans (F700 to F703)
P2
Waste Solution Hose PS1
P1
Drain Cock
P2
PS2 PS3 PS1 PS2
PS4 Circulation Pumps (PU700 to PU705)
PS3 PS4 Drain Cock
LII965
15-2
15.1 Sub-tank Section 15.1.1
Processor Front Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Circulation Filter Tray
Water Supply Port Doo
Water Supply Port Inner Cover
1. Shut down the system by performing the postoperational checks and turn OFF the built-in circuit breaker and the main power supply. 2. Open the replenisher box door. 3. Open the water supply port door. 4. Remove the circulation filter tray. 5. Loosen the screw and remove the water supply port inner cover.
Replenisher Box Door LII324
6. Remove the processing solution cooling air filter holder.
Screws (5) Screws Splash-prevention Cover
7. Remove the screw and then the splash-prevention cover. 8. Remove the five screws and then the processor front cover.
Reinstallation
Processing Solution Cooling Air Filter Holder
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
15.1.2
Processor Front Cover LII325
15
Upper Connector Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal 1. Remove the processor front cover (See Subsection 15.1.1). 2. Loosen the two screws and remove the upper connector cover.
Reinstallation Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Upper Connector Cover
Screws (2) LII643
15-3
15.1 Sub-tank Section 15.1.3
Processor Inner Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Processor Inner Cover
1. Shut down the system by performing the postoperational checks and turn OFF the built-in circuit breaker and the main power supply. 2. Remove the dryer entrance rack. 3. Remove the four screws and then the processor inner cover.
Reinstallation
Screws (4) LII644
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
15.1.4
P1 to PS4 Solution Thermometer (TS700 to TS703) Replacement
Removal
Clamps (5)
1. Remove: • Upper connector cover (See Subsection 15.1.2). • PS1/PS2/PS3: Processor inner cover (See Subsection 15.1.3). 2. Open the five harness clamps and disconnect the solution thermometer connector.
Sensor Connector (TS703) Sensor Connector (TS702) Sensor Connector (TS701) Sensor Connector (TS700) LII645
15-4
15.1 Sub-tank Section 3. Remove the screw and then the solution thermometer.
Screw
Installation
Solution Thermometer (TS700) LII646
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
15.1.5
Solution Level Sensor (FS700 to FS705) Replacement
Removal
Clamps (5)
1. Remove: • Upper connector cover (See Subsection 15.1.2). • PS1/PS2/PS3: Processor inner cover (See Subsection 15.1.3). 2. Open the five clamps and disconnect the sensor connector. Sensor Connector (FS705) Sensor Connector (FS704) Sensor Connector (FS703) Sensor Connector (FS702) Sensor Connector (FS701) Sensor Connector (FS700)
15 LII647
3. Remove the screw and then the sensor.
Installation Sensor (FS700)
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Screw LII648
15-5
15.1 Sub-tank Section 15.1.6
PS4 Solution Concentration Sensor (FS706) Replacement
Removal
Water Supply Port Assembly
1. Remove: • Upper connector cover (See Subsection 15.1.2). • PS1/PS2/PS3: Processor inner cover (See Subsection 15.1.3). Screw (Remove)
2. Loosen the two screws, remove the other screw and move the water supply port assembly to one side.
Screws (2) (Loosen) LII649
3. Open the three clamps and disconnect the FS706 connector.
Clamps (3)
Sensor Connector (FS706) LII650
4. Remove the screw and then the sensor.
Sensor (FS706) Screw
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
LII651
15-6
15.2 Processing solution Heater/Circulation Pump Section 15.2.1
Lower Connector Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screws (2)
1. Remove the processor front cover (See Subsection 15.1.1). 2. Loosen the two screws and remove the lower connector cover.
Reinstallation Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Lower Connector Cover LII652
15.2.2
Heater Cooling Fan (F700 to F703) Replacement
Removal 1. Remove the lower connector cover (See Subsection 15.2.1). 2. Remove the four screws and then the fan duct.
Fan Duct
Screws (4) LII653
15-7
15
15.2 Processing solution Heater/Circulation Pump Section 3. Open the clamp and disconnect the fan connector.
Fan (F701) Fan (F700)
Fan (F703) Fan (F702)
4. Remove the two screws and then the fan.
Clamp
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Arrow NOTE: Install the fan so that its arrow mark points towards the heater.
15.2.3
Screws (2)
Connector LII654
Heater Safety Thermostat (D700 to D703) Replacement
Removal
Fan Bracket
1. Remove: • Upper connector cover (See Subsection 15.1.2). • Heater cooling fan (See Subsection 15.2.2). 2. For D701: Open the four clamps then loosen the two screws and move the fan bracket to one side.
Screws (2)
Clamps (4) LII655
15-8
15.2 Processing solution Heater/Circulation Pump Section 3. Disconnect the safety thermostat connector.
Connector Safety Thermostat Cover
4. Remove the safety thermostat cover. Screws (2)
5. Remove the two screws and then the safety thermostat.
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: Install the safety thermostat cover so that the harness comes from underneath.
15.2.4
Safety Thermostat (D700) LII656
Solution Heater (H700 to H703) Replacement
Removal
Clamps (4)
Upper Connector Bracket
NOTE: For PS1/PS2/PS3 or PS4, drain the processing solution.
1. Remove: • Upper connector cover (See Subsection 15.1.2). • Heater cooling fan (See Subsection 15.2.2). 2. Remove the two screws securing the upper connector bracket. 3. Open the four harness clamps.
Screw (Loosen) Screws (2) Lower Connector Bracket
Screw (Loosen)
4. Loosen the two screws and move the lower connector bracket to one side.
LII657
5. Disconnect all connectors on the upper connector bracket.
All Connectors LII658
15-9
15
15.2 Processing solution Heater/Circulation Pump Section 6. Open the clamp and disconnect the heater connector.
Connector
Clamp
LII659
7. Remove the two screws and then the safety thermostat.
Pinchcocks (2) Screws (2)
8. For P1/P2: Pinch the inlet and outlet hoses with the two pinchcocks.
Outlet Hose
Safety Thermostat
9. Remove the two screws and then the heater. 10. Loosen the two hose clamps and disconnect the hoses from the heater.
Installation Screws (2) Inlet Hose Clamps (2)
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Heater LII660
NOTE: Connect the hoses securely (See Subsection 15.2.9).
15.2.5
P1/P2 Circulation Pump (PU700/PU701) Replacement
Removal
Clamps (4)
Upper Connector Bracket
1. Remove: • Upper connector cover (See Subsection 15.1.2). • Heater cooling fan (See Subsection 15.2.2). 2. Remove the two screws securing the upper connector bracket. 3. Open the four harness clamps. 4. Loosen the two screws and move the lower connector bracket to one side.
Screw (Loosen) Screws (2) Lower Connector Bracket
Screw (Loosen)
LII657
15-10
15.2 Processing solution Heater/Circulation Pump Section 5. Loosen the two screws and remove the drain cock from the bracket.
Pump Bracket
Screws (2) (Loosen)
6. Loosen the two screws and remove the pump bracket.
Drain Cock
Screws (2)
LII661
7. Pull out the pump bracket, pinch the inlet and outlet hoses with the two pinchcocks and drain the solution in the hose from the drain cock.
Outlet Hose Clamp Pinchcocks (2)
Drain Cock Pump (PU700)
8. Loosen the hose clamps and disconnect the inlet and outlet hoses from the pump. 9. Remove the two screws and then the pump.
Installation Pump (PU701)
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Inlet Hose Screws (2)
NOTE: Connect the hoses securely (See Subsection 15.2.9).
LII662
15.2.6
PS1 to PS4 Circulation Pump (PU702 to PU705) Replacement
Removal
Clamps (4)
Upper Connector Bracket
1. Drain the PS1 to PS4 processing solutions. 2. Remove: • Upper connector cover (See Subsection 15.1.2). • Heater cooling fan (See Subsection 15.2.2). 3. Remove the two screws securing the upper connector bracket. 4. Open the four harness clamps.
Screw (Loosen) Screws (2) Lower Connector Bracket
Screw (Loosen)
5. Loosen the two screws and move the lower connector bracket to one side.
LII657
15-11
15
15.2 Processing solution Heater/Circulation Pump Section 6. Loosen the four screws and remove the drain cocks from the brackets.
Pump Bracket
Screws (2)
7. Loosen the two screws and remove the pump bracket.
Drain Cocks (4) Screws (4) LII681
8. Disconnect the four pump connectors and open the seven harness clamps.
Connectors (4)
Clamps (7) LII682
9. Remove the two screws securing the pump.
Pump (PU702)
10. Loosen the two clamps and disconnect the inlet and outlet hoses from the pump. Hose
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Pump (PU704) Pump (PU703)
NOTE: Connect the hoses securely (See Subsection 15.2.9). Clamps (2)
Screws (2)
Pump (PU705) LII683
15-12
15.2 Processing solution Heater/Circulation Pump Section 15.2.7
Processing Solution Tank Exhaust Fan 1 (F704) Replacement
Removal
Connector
1. Remove the processor rear cover (See Subsection 14.4.2). 2. Disconnect the fan connector. Fan Cover
3. Remove the two screws then the fan cover and fan.
Installation
Screws (2)
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Arrow Fan (F704)
NOTE: Install the fan so that its arrow points the outside.
15.2.8
LII663
Processing Solution Tank Exhaust Fan 2 (F705) Replacement
Removal 1. Remove the processor rear cover (See Subsection 14.4.2). 2. Disconnect the fan connector. 3. Remove the two screws and then the fan. Screws (2)
Installation
Fan (F705)
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Connector LII664
15-13
15
15.2 Processing solution Heater/Circulation Pump Section 15.2.9
Hose Connection
1. Connect the hoses securely so that they extend as far as the base of the connection opening.
Docking Portion
2. Inspect the hose clamps, and replace them if the docking portion is damaged.
Hose Clamp 0681
3. Check that the hose clamps are not twisted when they are installed. Hold each end of the clamp with a pair of pliers and squeeze the ends together securely. 4. After operating the machine for 30 minutes, check that there is no solution leakage from the hose connections.
Hose Clamp 0680
15-14
15.3 Waste Solution System 15.3.1
Waste Solution Level Sensor (FS728) Replacement
Removal
Screw
1. Shut down the system by performing the postoperational checks and turn OFF the built-in circuit breaker and the main power supply. 2. Remove the screw and then the waste solution level sensor cover.
Waste Solution Level Sensor Cover LII665
3. Disconnect the sensor connector.
Flashlight
NOTE: If the space is narrow between the machine and the wall, put the flashlight from above and look through the slits (peep holes) in the right cover. Connector
4. Remove the waste solution tank cap.
Slits (Peep Holes) Tank Cap LII1191
5. Remove the two screws and then the sensor from the tank cap.
Screws (2)
Installation Sensor (FS728)
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
LII667
15-15
15
15.3 Waste Solution System 15.3.2
Waste Solution Tank Replacement
Removal 1. Remove the processor rear cover (See Subsection 14.4.2). 2. Loosen the screw and remove the waste solution tank bracket.
Screw (Loosen)
Waste Solution Tank Bracket LII669
3. Loosen the hose clamps and disconnect the P1, P2 and PS1 waste solution hoses from the tank.
Connector
Hoses (3) Cap
Clamps (3)
4. Disconnect the level sensor connector and remove the tank cap.
LII670
5. Loosen the two hose clamps and disconnect the overflow and waste solution hoses from the tank.
Hoses (2)
Clamps (2)
6. Remove the waste solution tank.
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: Connect the hoses securely (See Subsection 15.2.9).
Waste Solution Tank LII671
15-16
15.3 Waste Solution System 15.3.3
Waste Solution Hose Replacement
Removal
Water Supply Port Assembly
1. Remove: • Processor front cover (See Subsection 15.1.1). • Processor rear cover (See Subsection 14.4.2). Screw (Remove)
2. Loosen the two screws, remove the other one and move the water supply port assembly to one side.
Screws (2) (Loosen) LII649 H
3. Loosen the hose clamp and disconnect the hose from the waste solution tank.
Hose
15 Hose Clamp LII910
4. Cut the cord tie and disconnect the drain cock from the waste solution hose.
Drain Cock
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: Connect the hoses securely (See Subsection 15.2.9).
Cord Tie LII909
15-17
16. PROCESSING SOLUTION REPLENISHMENT SYSTEM Parts Location....................................................................................... 16-2 16.1
Replenisher Cartridge Section ............................................................ 16-3
16.1.1 16.1.2 16.1.3 16.1.4 16.1.5 16.1.6 16.1.7 16.1.8
16.2
Replenisher Box Door Open/Close Detecting Interlock Switch (D724) Replacement .......................................................................................................... 16-3 Replenisher Cartridge Setting Sensor (D721) Replacement ............................. 16-3 Replenisher Cartridge Box Upper/Lower Sensor (D722/D723) Replacement .......................................................................................................... 16-4 Replenisher Cartridge Open Unit Removal/Reinstallation ................................ 16-5 Replenisher Cartridge Open Cam/Gear Replacement ....................................... 16-6 Cartridge Set Box Removal/Reinstallation.......................................................... 16-7 Cartridge Opening Motor (M720) Replacement .................................................. 16-8 Replenisher Box Door Lock Manual Releasing .................................................. 16-9
Processing Solution Replenishment System .................................. 16-10
16.2.1 16.2.2 16.2.3 16.2.4 16.2.5 16.2.6 16.2.7 16.2.8 16.2.9
Replenisher Filter Replacement......................................................................... 16-10 P1R/P2RA/P2RB Pump (PU721/PU722/PU723) Replacement.......................... 16-10 PSR Pump Bracket Removal/Reinstallation ..................................................... 16-12 PSR Pump (PU724) Replacement ...................................................................... 16-13 PSR Pump Valve Replacement .......................................................................... 16-14 PSR Pump Bellows Replacement ...................................................................... 16-15 PSR Filter Replacement ...................................................................................... 16-16 PSR Upper/Lower Level Sensor (FS723/FS727) Replacement........................ 16-16 P1R Upper/P2RA/B Upper/P1R Lower/P2RA/B Lower Level Sensor (FS720/FS721/FS722/FS724/FS725/FS726) Replacement ................................ 16-17 16.2.10 PSR Tank Replacement ...................................................................................... 16-18 16.2.11 P1R/P2RA/P2RB Tank Replacement.................................................................. 16-20
16.3
Auto Washing and P1R Stirring System........................................... 16-23
16.3.1 16.3.2 16.3.3
Auto Washing Pump (PU720) Replacement...................................................... 16-23 Rack Auto Washing Valve/P1WR Water Replenishment Valve (S720 to S722) Replacement............................................................................... 16-24 P1R/P2RA/P2RB Cartridge Washing/P1R Stirring Valve (S728/S729/S730/S731) Replacement ................................................................ 16-25
16
16-1
Parts Location Replenisher Nozzles (P1W/P1R/ P2RA/P2RB/PSR)
Auto Washing Nozzles (No.2 Crossover Rack) Auto Washing Nozzles (No.3 Crossover Rack)
P1R/P2RA/P2RB Cartridge Washing Valves (S728/S829/S730)/ P1 Stirring Valve (S731)
Auto Washing Nozzles (Dryer Entrance Rack)
Auto Washing Valves (No.2/No.3 Crossover Racks/ and Dryer Entrance Rack) (S720/S721/S722) P1WR Water Replenishment Valve (S723) To Water Supply Port PSR Replenisher Tank
Water Supply Port Replenisher Cartridge Box
P1R
PSRPump (PU724) P2RA PSR Replenisher Filter
P2RB PSR Lower Level Sensor (FS727)
PSR Drain Cock Auto Washing Pump (PU720)
P1R/P2RA/P2RB Pump (PU721/PU722/PU723)
PSR Upper Level Sensor (FS723) P1R
P1R Upper/P2RA Upper/P2RB Upper/P1R Lower/P2RA Lower/ P2RB Lower Level Sensors (FS720/FS721/FS722/FS724 FS725/FS726)
P1R/P2RA/P2RB Replenisher Tanks
P2RB P2RA
Replenisher Filters
P1R/P2RA/P2RB Drain Cocks
LII967
16-2
16.1 Replenisher Cartridge Section 16.1.1
Replenisher Box Door Open/Close Detecting Interlock Switch (D724) Replacement
Removal
Screw (Loosen) Screw
1. Remove the processor front cover (See Subsection 15.1.1). 2. Loosen the screw, remove the other one and then the switch bracket. 3. Remove the screw and then the connector cover.
Switch Bracket Screw Connector Cover LII676
4. Disconnect the connector from the switch.
Connector
E-ring
5. Remove the spring and E-ring then the switch. Switch
Installation Spring
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
16.1.2
LII677
Replenisher Cartridge Setting Sensor (D721) Replacement
Removal 1. Remove the processor front cover (See Subsection 15.1.1). 2. Remove the screw and then the sensor bracket.
Sensor Bracket
Screw LII678
16-3
16
16.1 Replenisher Cartridge Section 3. Disconnect the connector from the sensor.
Locking Tabs
4. Release the locking tabs then remove the sensor from the bracket.
Installation Sensor (D721)
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Connector LII679
16.1.3 Replenisher Cartridge Box Upper/Lower Sensor (D722/D723) Replacement Removal
Screw
1. Remove the processor front cover (See Subsection 15.1.1). 2. Remove the screw and then the sensor cover.
Sensor Cover LII685
3. Remove the screw and then the sensor bracket.
Screw
Sensor Bracket LII686
16-4
16.1 Replenisher Cartridge Section 4. Disconnect the connector, release the locking tabs and remove the sensor.
Sensor (D723)
Connector
Sensor (D722)
Installation
Locking Tab
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
16.1.4
LII687
Replenisher Cartridge Open Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Clamp Connector
1. Remove: • Move the water supply port assembly to one side(See Subsection 15.1.6). • Replenisher box door open/close detecting interlock switch bracket (See Subsection 16.1.1). • Replenisher cartridge setting sensor bracket (See Subsection 16.1.2). • Replenisher cartridge box upper/lower sensor bracket (See Subsection 16.1.3).
Clamps (4)
2. Open the four clamps at the right-hand side and six clamps at the left-hand side.
Clamps (6) LII684
3. Disconnect the motor connector and open the clamp.
16-5
16
16.1 Replenisher Cartridge Section 4. Remove the six screws and loosen the other two ones securing the unit. 5. Remove the replenisher cartridge open unit.
Screws (6) (Remove)
Reinstallation Screws (Loosen)
Screws (Loosen) LII688
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
16.1.5
Replenisher Cartridge Open Cam/Gear Replacement
Removal 1. Remove the replenisher cartridge open unit (See Subsection 16.1.4). 2. Remove the six screws and then the gear cover.
Gear Cover
Screws (6) LII689
3. Remove the E-ring and then the cam gear.
E-ring Screw
4. Remove the screw then the cam roller and nut.
Cam Gear Nut Cam Roller LII690
16-6
16.1 Replenisher Cartridge Section 5. Remove the two E-rings and then the two idler gears.
Idler Gears (2)
E-rings (2)
LII691
Installation
Cam Roller Groove
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: Install the gear cover by aligning the cam roller with the groove in the cartridge setting section.
LII692
16.1.6
Cartridge Set Box Removal/Reinstallation
Removal 1. Remove the replenisher cartridge open unit (See Subsection 16.1.4).
16
2. Remove the six screws and then the gear cover (See Subsection 16.1.5). 3. Remove the four screws and then the cartridge set box. Screws (4)
Reinstallation Replenisher Cartridge Setting Box
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
LII693
NOTE: Assemble the cartridge set box to the cartridge bracket so that they are in parallel.
16-7
16.1 Replenisher Cartridge Section 16.1.7
Cartridge Opening Motor (M720) Replacement
Removal
Screws (3)
Motor Bracket
1. Remove the cartridge set box (See Subsection 16.1.6). 2. Remove the three screws and then the motor bracket.
LII694
3. Remove the two screws and then the motor.
Screws (2)
Motor LII695
4. Loosen the hexagonal socket head setscrew then remove the gear and collar.
Flat Surface
Installation 2.5mm
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: Align the holes in the gear and collar and the flat surface on the shaft. Tighten the hexagonal socket head setscrew so that the shaft end is 2.5 mm from the gear end surface as shown.
Collar
Gear
Hexagonal Socket Head Setscrews LII696
16-8
16.1 Replenisher Cartridge Section 16.1.8
Replenisher Box Door Lock Manual Releasing
1. Open the dryer unit.
Replenisher Box Door
2. Release the lock by inserting the screwdriver into the two holes to push down the lock arms as shown. NOTE: Insert the tip of the screwdriver straight approximately 30mm and release the lock arms one by one while pulling the replenisher box door toward the front.
Screwdriver Lock Arm LII911
16
16-9
16.2 Processing Solution Replenishment System 16.2.1
Replenisher Filter Replacement
Removal
Clamps (3)
Pinchcocks (2)
1. Remove the processor front cover (See Subsection 15.1.1). 2. Open the three clamps and pull out the filter. 3. Pinch the inlet and outlet hoses with the pinchcocks. 4. Loosen the two clamps and disconnect the hoses from the filter.
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Hoses (2)
Clamps (2) Filter LII697
NOTE: • Connect the hoses securely (See Subsection 15.2.9). • After installation, perform the following adjustment. • Menu 0620 "Pump Output Measurement/Setting" (See Subsection 5.7.1).
16.2.2
P1R/P2RA/P2RB Pump (PU721/PU722/PU723) Replacement
Removal
Connectors (3)
Screws (2)
1. Move the water supply port assembly (See Subsection 15.1.6). 2. Remove the lower connector cover (See Subsection 15.2.1). 3. Disconnect the three pump connectors.
LII698
16-10
16.2 Processing Solution Replenishment System 4. Loosen the two screws and remove the pump bracket.
Pump Bracket
Screws (2) LII699
5. Pinch the inlet and outlet hoses using the pinchcocks.
Hoses (2) Pump
6. Cut the cord tie securing the outlet hose and disconnect the hose from the pump.
Pinchcocks (2)
Clamp
7. Loosen the clamp and disconnect the inlet hose from the pump. 8. Remove the screw and then pull out the pump.
Cord Tie
Screw LII700
9. Open the four clamps securing the pump harness.
16 Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: • Connect the hoses securely (See Subsection 15.2.9). • After installation, perform the following adjustment. Clamps (4) Menu 0620 "Pump Output Measurement/Setting" (See Subsection 5.7.1).
LII1198
16-11
16.2 Processing Solution Replenishment System 16.2.3
PSR Pump Bracket Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Clamps (2)
1. Remove the right cover (See Subsection 14.4.1). 2. Open the two clamps.
LII705
3. Remove the two screws and pull the pump bracket out.
Reinstallation Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Pump Bracket
Screws (2) LII706
16-12
16.2 Processing Solution Replenishment System 16.2.4
PSR Pump (PU724) Replacement
Removal
Pinchcocks (2) Hoses (2)
1. Remove the PSR pump bracket (See Subsection 16.2.3). 2. Pinch the inlet and outlet hoses with the pinchcocks. 3. Loosen the two hose clamps and disconnect the inlet and outlet hoses from the pump.
Clamps (2) LII709
4. Loosen the two screws and remove the connector cover.
Connector Cover Screws (2)
LII708
5. Disconnect the pump connector.
Connector
16
6. Open the two harness clamps.
Clamps (2) LII710
16-13
16.2 Processing Solution Replenishment System 7. Remove the screw and then the pump.
Pump
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: • Connect the hoses securely (See Subsection 15.2.9). • After installation, perform the following adjustment. Screw
Menu 0620 "Pump Output Measurement/Setting" (See Subsection 5.7.1).
16.2.5
LII711
PSR Pump Valve Replacement
Removal
Hoses (2)
1. Remove: • PSR pump bracket (See Subsection 16.2.3). • Connector cover (See Subsection 16.2.4). 2. Pinch the inlet and outlet hoses with the pinchcocks. 3. Loosen the two joint nuts.
Pinchcocks (2)
Joint Nuts (2) LII707
4. Remove the two valves.
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Valves (2)
NOTE: After installation, perform the following adjustment. Menu 0620 "Pump Output Measurement/Setting" (See Subsection 5.7.1).
RD232
16-14
16.2 Processing Solution Replenishment System 16.2.6
PSR Pump Bellows Replacement
Removal
Hoses (2)
1. Remove: • PSR pump bracket (See Subsection 16.2.3). • Connector cover (See Subsection 16.2.4). 2. Pinch the inlet and outlet hoses with the pinchcocks. 3. Loosen the two joint nuts.
Pinchcocks (2)
Joint Nuts (2) LII707
4. Remove the screw and then the pump.
Pump
Screw LII711
5. Turn the bellows 90 degrees counterclockwise to remove it.
Bellows
16
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: After installation, perform the following adjustment. Menu 0620 "Pump Output Measurement/Setting" (See Subsection 5.7.1).
LII712
16-15
16.2 Processing Solution Replenishment System 16.2.7
PSR Filter Replacement
Removal
Hoses (2)
Pinchcocks (2)
1. Remove the PSR pump bracket (See Subsection 16.2.3). 2. Pinch the inlet and outlet hoses with the pinchcocks. 3. Loosen the hose clamps and disconnect the hoses from the filter.
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Clamp
NOTE: • Connect the hoses securely (See Subsection 15.2.9). • After installation, perform the following adjustment.
Filter LII713
1) Menu 0620 "Pump Output Measurement/ Setting" (See Subsection 5.7.1). 2) Menu 0621 "Auto Cleaning Output Measurement/Setting" (See Subsection 5.7.2).
16.2.8
PSR Upper/Lower Level Sensor (FS723/FS727) Replacement
Removal
Connector (FS727)
Connector (FS723)
1. Remove the connector cover (See Subsection 16.2.4). 2. Disconnect the sensor connectors. 3. Open the three clamps and cut the cord tie. Clamps (3)
Cord Tie LII719
16-16
16.2 Processing Solution Replenishment System 4. Pinch the upper and lower hoses with the two pinchcocks.
Clamp
Hoses (2)
Pinchcocks (2)
5. Remove the screw and then the sensor from the bracket. 6. Loosen the hose clamps and disconnect the hoses from the sensor.
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Sensor
Screw
NOTE: Connect the hoses securely (See Subsection 15.2.9).
16.2.9
LII720
P1R Upper/P2RA/B Upper/P1R Lower/P2RA/B Lower Level Sensor (FS720/FS721/FS722/FS724/FS725/FS726) Replacement
Removal Screws (2)
1. Remove the connector cover (See Subsection 16.2.4). 2. Remove the two screws securing the tank bracket and pull the tank bracket out.
Tank Bracket LII1197
3. Open the clamp and disconnect the sensor connectors.
16
Connector
4. Remove the two screws and then the level sensors.
Clamp
Screws (2)
Sensor LII726
16-17
16.2 Processing Solution Replenishment System Installation
" "Marks Sensor
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: • Align the lower end of the sensor with the bottom bearing as shown. • Align the " " mark on the sensor flange with the " " mark on the tank as shown.
Bearing
LII727
16.2.10
PSR Tank Replacement
When servicing the power input section parts, make sure the built-in circuit breaker and the main power supply on the power distribution board are both set to the OFF position. If the main power is left ON, electricity will flow as far as the power input section, and this can cause electric shocks and/or shortcircuiting.
Removal 1. Remove: • Processor rear cover (See Subsection 14.4.2). • PSR pump bracket (See Subsection 16.2.3). 2. Remove the two screws and then the power input section cover.
Power Input Section Cover Screws (2) LII314
16-18
16.2 Processing Solution Replenishment System 3. Remove the four screws securing the power input section bracket.
Ground Harness
Screws (4) LII728
4. Open the two clamps and move the power input bracket to one side.
Clamps (2) Power Input Section Bracket LII729
5. Remove the two screws and then the tank bracket.
Tank Bracket
16
Screws (2) LII730
16-19
16.2 Processing Solution Replenishment System 6. Loosen the five hose clamps and disconnect the five hoses from the tank.
Hoses (5) Clamps (5)
7. Remove the tank.
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: • Connect the hoses securely (See Subsection 15.2.9). • Use a new toothed washer for tightening the grounding wire to the frame. • After installation, perform Installation Menu "91 PSR AIR EXT" from the operation panel on the LP5700.
Tank LII731
16.2.11
P1R/P2RA/P2RB Tank Replacement
Removal 1. Remove the right cover(See Subsection 14.4.1). 2. Drain remaining solutions from the tanks. 3. Remove the four screws and then the fan duct.
Fan Duct
Screws (4) LII653
4. Remove the two screws and then the upper connector bracket.
Clamps (4)
5. Loosen the four hose clamps and disconnect the three inlet hoses and stirring hose.
Stirring Hose
Inlet Hose LII1170
16-20
16.2 Processing Solution Replenishment System 6. Pull out the replenisher filters. 7. Loosen the three hose clamps and disconnect the three outlet hoses from the filters.
Outlet Hose
Clamps (3) LII1171
8. Disconnect the P1R, P2RA and P2RB level sensor connectors.
Sensor Connectors (6) LII1172
9. Open the clamp, remove the two screws and then the tanks.
Tank Screws (2) Clamp
16
LII725
16-21
16.2 Processing Solution Replenishment System Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: • Connect the hoses securely (See Subsection 15.2.9). • Take care not to bend or twist the hoses when connecting the hoses. • Connect the inlet hoses to the tanks, then install the tanks being careful not to pinch them between the bracket and the tanks. • After installation, perform Installation Menu "92 MIX REPL" and "93 PUMP AIR EXT" from the operation panel on the LP5700.
LII1173
16-22
16.3 Auto Washing and P1R Stirring System 16.3.1
Auto Washing Pump (PU720) Replacement
Removal
Connector
1. Remove: • PSR pump bracket (See Subsection 16.2.3). • Connector cover (See Subsection 16.2.4). 2. Disconnect the connector and open the three clamps. Clamps (3)
LII714
3. Pinch the three inlet and outlet hoses with the three pinchcocks.
Pump Hoses (3)
4. Loosen the two hose clamps and disconnect the hoses from the pump. 5. Remove the two screws and then the pump.
Screws (2)
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: • Connect the hoses securely (See Subsection 15.2.9). • After installation, perform the following adjustment.
Pinchcocks (3) Clamps (2) LII715
Menu 0621 "Auto Cleaning Output Measurement/Setting" (See Subsection 5.7.2).
16
16-23
16.3 Auto Washing and P1R Stirring System 16.3.2
Rack Auto Washing Valve/P1WR Water Replenishment Valve (S720 to S722) Replacement
Removal
Connector
1. Remove: • PSR pump bracket (See Subsection 16.2.3). • Connector cover (See Subsection 16.2.4). 2. Disconnect the connector and open the two clamps.
Clamps (2) LII716
3. Remove the two screws and then the valves.
Valves
Screws (2) LII717
4. Pinch the five hoses with the pinchcocks. 5. Loosen the hose clamps and disconnect the hoses from the valves.
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Clamp
Hose Pinchcocks (5)
LII718
NOTE: Connect the hoses securely (See Subsection 15.2.9).
16-24
16.3 Auto Washing and P1R Stirring System 16.3.3
P1R/P2RA/P2RB Cartridge Washing/P1R Stirring Valve (S728/ S729/S730/S731) Replacement
Removal 1. Remove the lower connector cover (See Subsection 15.2.1). 2. Disconnect the connector and open the two clamps.
Connector
Clamps (2) LII721
3. Open the four clamps.
Screws (2) (Loosen)
Clamps (4)
4. Remove the two screws and then the valve bracket.
Valve Bracket LII722
16-25
16
16.3 Auto Washing and P1R Stirring System 5. Remove the two screws and then the valves.
Valves
Screws (2) LII723
6. Pinch the five hoses with the pinchcocks. 7. Loosen the hose clamps and disconnect the hoses from the valves.
Installation Pinchcocks (5)
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Hose Clamp LII724
NOTE: Connect the hoses securely (See Subsection 15.2.9).
16-26
17. DRYER SECTION Parts Location....................................................................................... 17-2 17.1
Dryer Belt Unit....................................................................................... 17-3
17.1.1 17.1.2 17.1.3
17.2
Dryer Rack Section............................................................................... 17-6
17.2.1 17.2.2 17.2.3 17.2.4 17.2.5 17.2.6 17.2.7 17.2.8
17.3
Dryer Belt Unit Removal/Reinstallation............................................................... 17-3 Dryer Mesh Belt/Roller Replacement................................................................... 17-3 Dryer Belt Unit Open/Close Detecting Interlock Switch (D762B) Replacement ........................................................................................................ 17-5
Dryer Rack Removal/Reinstallation ..................................................................... 17-6 Dryer Section Open/Close Detecting Interlock Switch (D762A) Replacement ........................................................................................................ 17-8 Dryer Feed Roller Drive Belt Replacement ......................................................... 17-9 Dryer Feed Roller Replacement ........................................................................... 17-9 Dryer Unit Exit Turn Roller Replacement .......................................................... 17-10 Dryer Unit Exit Roller Replacement ................................................................... 17-12 Dryer Unit Lock Assembly Replacement .......................................................... 17-13 Exit Feed Belt Replacement ............................................................................... 17-13
Dryer Fan/Heater Section................................................................... 17-14
17.3.1 17.3.2 17.3.3 17.3.4 17.3.5
Dryer Fan Cover Removal/Reinstallation .......................................................... 17-14 Dryer Fan (F760) Replacement........................................................................... 17-15 Dryer Heater Safety Thermostats 1/2 (D760A/B) Replacement ....................... 17-16 Dryer Thermometer (TS760) Replacement........................................................ 17-16 Dryer Heater Assembly (H760 to H767) Replacement...................................... 17-17
17
17-1
Parts Location
Dryer Heaters A to H (H760 to H767) Dryer Heaters Safety Thermostats 1/2 (D760A/D760B)
Dryer Section Open/Close Detecting Interlock Switch (D762A)
Dryer Fan (F760)
Dryer Unit Dryer Belt Unit Open/ Close Detecting Interlock Switch (D762B) Dryer Thermometer (TS760)
LII969
17-2
17.1 Dryer Belt Unit 17.1.1
Dryer Belt Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal 1. Remove the dryer exit unit right cover (See Subsection 18.1.2). 2. Remove the dryer belt unit.
Reinstallation Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Belt Unit LII736
17.1.2
Dryer Mesh Belt/Roller Replacement
Removal 1. Remove the dryer belt unit (See Subsection 17.1.1). 2. Remove the two tension springs.
Springs (2) LII737
3. Remove the two E-rings and two bearings then the entrance side roller.
Bearings (2)
Shaft
E-rings (2)
4. Remove the two E-rings, two bearings and then the shaft.
Bearings (2)
17
Screws (2)
5. Remove the two screws and then the bracket.
Roller
E-rings (2) Bracket LII738
17-3
17.1 Dryer Belt Unit 6. Remove the E-ring and then the gear.
E-ring
7. Remove the E-ring and then the bearing.
Bearing E-ring Gear LII742
8. Remove the E-ring, bearing and then the roller.
E-ring
Bearing
Roller
LII743
9. Remove the eight screws and then the two stays and the mesh belt.
Screws (8) Mesh Belt
Installation
Stays (2)
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
LII744
17-4
17.1 Dryer Belt Unit 17.1.3
Dryer Belt Unit Open/Close Detecting Interlock Switch (D762B) Replacement
Removal
Screw
1. Remove the dryer fan cover (See Subsection 17.3.1). 2. Remove the screw and then the switch bracket.
Switch Bracket LII767
3. Disconnect the connector from the switch.
E-ring Connector
4. Remove the spring and E-ring then the switch.
Installation Spring
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Switch (D762B) LII766
17
17-5
17.2 Dryer Rack Section 17.2.1
Dryer Rack Removal/Reinstallation
Removal 1. Remove the dryer exit unit (See Subsection 18.1.3). 2. Remove the eight screws and then the two brackets.
Screws (8)
NOTE: The one screw tightened together with the grounding wire.
Brackets (2)
Grounding Wire LII761
3. Remove the four screws securing the dryer rack.
Screws (4) LII762
17-6
17.2 Dryer Rack Section 4. Remove the dryer rack.
Dryer Rack
LII763
Reinstallation
Channel
Fan Duct
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: • Align the rear channel with the printer end of the fan duct then the front two holes with the locating pins. • Connect the grounding wire correctly.
Dryer Rack Locating Pins Holes LII766
17
17-7
17.2 Dryer Rack Section 17.2.2
Dryer Section Open/Close Detecting Interlock Switch (D762A) Replacement
Removal
Screw
1. Remove the dryer fan cover (See Subsection 17.3.1). 2. Remove the screw securing the switch bracket.
LII764
3. Remove the switch bracket.
Switch Bracket LII765
4. Disconnect the connector from the switch.
E-ring Connector
5. Remove the spring and E-ring then the switch from the bracket.
Installation Spring Switch (D762A)
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
LII766
17-8
17.2 Dryer Rack Section 17.2.3
Dryer Feed Roller Drive Belt Replacement
Removal
Screws (2)
1. Remove the dryer rack (See Subsection 17.2.1). 2. Remove the two screws securing the tensioner and then the tension spring. 3. Remove the drive belt.
Installation
Belt Spring
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
17.2.4
LII768
Dryer Feed Roller Replacement
Removal
Screws (6)
1. Remove the dryer feed roller drive belt (See Subsection 17.2.3). 2. Remove the six screws and then the dryer guide plate.
Dryer Guide Plate LII769
3. Remove the three screws and then the belt cover.
17
Belt Cover Screws (3) LII770
17-9
17.2 Dryer Rack Section 4. Remove the eight screws and then the four guides.
Screws (8)
Guides (4)
LII771
5. Remove the E-ring and then the pulley.
Bearings (2) E-rings (2)
6. Remove the two E-rings and two bearings from each roller. 7. Remove the roller.
Installation Pulley
E-ring
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
17.2.5
LII772
Dryer Unit Exit Turn Roller Replacement
Removal
Screws (6)
1. Remove the dryer rack (See Subsection 17.2.1). 2. Remove the six screws and then the dryer guide plate.
Dryer Guide Plate LII769
17-10
17.2 Dryer Rack Section 3. Remove the front five E-rings and then the five gears.
E-rings (5)
Gears (5) LII1174
4. Remove the front two coil springs.
Springs (2)
5. Remove the front five E-rings and bearings.
Bearings (5)
E-rings (5) LII1175
6. Remove the E-ring and then the gear.
Rollers (5) Springs (2)
7. Remove the rear two coil springs. 8. Remove the rear five E-rings and bearings. 9. Remove the five rollers.
17
Bearings (5) E-rings (5)
Installation
Gear E-ring LII1176
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
17-11
17.2 Dryer Rack Section 17.2.6
Dryer Unit Exit Roller Replacement
Removal 1. Remove the dryer rack (See Subsection 17.2.1). 2. Remove the four E-rings, two plain washers and then the four gears.
Gears (4)
Washers (2)
E-rings (4) LII1178
3. Remove the two screws and fixing pins then the guide plate.
Screws (2)
Fixing Pins (2)
LII1179
4. Remove the two coil springs.
Nip Rollers (2)
5. Remove the four E-rings and bearings then the two nip rollers.
Installation Springs (2)
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
E-rings (4)
Bearings (4) LII1180
17-12
17.2 Dryer Rack Section 17.2.7
Dryer Unit Lock Assembly Replacement
Removal
Dryer Unit Front Left Cover
1. Remove the dryer exit unit top cover (See Subsection 18.1.2). 2. Remove the three screws and then the dryer unit front left cover.
Screws (3) LII815
3. Remove the four screws and then the lock assembly.
Screws (4)
Installation Lock Assembly
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
LII816
17.2.8
Exit Feed Belt Replacement
Removal
Gear Belt
E-ring
17
1. Remove the dryer rack (See Subsection 17.2.1). 2. Loosen the two screws securing the belt tensioner. 3. Remove the E-ring and then the gear. 4. Remove the belt.
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Screws (2) LII1177
17-13
17.3 Dryer Fan/Heater Section 17.3.1
Dryer Fan Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screws (4)
1. Remove the dryer exit unit top cover (See Subsection 18.1.2). 2. Remove the four screws and then the dryer section right cover.
Dryer Section Right Cover LII746
3. Remove the two screws and then the two harness duct covers.
Screws (2)
Harness Duct Covers (2)
LII747
4. Disconnect the three connectors (Jso6, Jso12 and Jshu3).
Connectors (3)
5. Remove the two screws and then the connector bracket.
Screws (2)
6. Put the harness to the hinge side.
Connector Bracket LII748
17-14
17.3 Dryer Fan/Heater Section 7. Open the dryer belt unit and support it with the stopper.
Dryer Belt Unit
8. Remove the two screws and then the dryer fan cover.
Reinstallation Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Screws (2)
Dryer Fan Cover LII749
17.3.2
Dryer Fan (F760) Replacement
Removal
Screws (4) Dryer Fan (F760)
1. Remove the dryer fan cover (See Subsection 17.3.1). 2. Disconnect the dryer fan connector. 3. Remove the four screws and the fan.
Installation Connector
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
LII750
17
17-15
17.3 Dryer Fan/Heater Section 17.3.3
Dryer Heater Safety Thermostats 1/2 (D760A/B) Replacement
Removal
Connector
Clamps (2) Clamps (2)
1. Remove the dryer fan (See Subsection 17.3.2).
Screws (2)
2. Disconnect the safety thermostat connector and open the two clamps. 3. Remove the two screws and two clamps. 4. Remove the four screws and then the safety thermostats.
Screws (4) Safety Thermostat (D760B)
Installation
Safety Thermostat (D760A)
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
17.3.4
LII751
Dryer Thermometer (TS760) Replacement
Removal
Connector Clamps (5)
1. Remove the dryer fan cover (See Subsection 17.3.1). Dryer Thermometer (TS760)
2. Open the five clamps and disconnect the thermometer connector. 3. Remove the screw and then the thermometer.
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: Be sure to remove the protection tube from the tip of the thermometer.
Screw LII752
17-16
17.3 Dryer Fan/Heater Section 17.3.5
Dryer Heater Assembly (H760 to H767) Replacement
Removal 1. Remove the safety thermostats (See Subsection 17.3.3). 2. Disconnect the three heater connectors (H760, H761 and H766).
Connectors (3) LII753
3. Remove the two screws and then the heater assembly.
Screws (2)
Installation Heater Assembly
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
LII754
17
17-17
18. PRINT EXIT SECTION/SORTER Parts Location....................................................................................... 18-3 18.1
Dryer Exit Unit....................................................................................... 18-9
18.1.1 18.1.2 18.1.3 18.1.4
18.1.5 18.1.6 18.1.7 18.1.8 18.1.9 18.1.10 18.1.11 18.1.12 18.1.13
18.2
Print Sending Unit ............................................................................. 18-25
18.2.1 18.2.2 18.2.3
18.3
SU1400AY Transversal Sorter Removal/Reinstallation ................................... 18-29 Cover/Lower Bracket Removal/Reinstallation .................................................. 18-29 Transversal Sorter Stop Sensor LED (D813L) Replacement........................... 18-30 Transversal Sorter Stop Sensor (D813P) Replacement................................... 18-31 Transversal Sorter Drive Motor (M811) Replacement ...................................... 18-31 Feed Belt/Belt Drive Roller Replacement .......................................................... 18-32
SU1400AY Sorter ................................................................................ 18-34
18.4.1 18.4.2 18.4.3 18.4.4 18.4.5 18.4.6 18.4.7
18.5
Print Sending Unit Removal/Reinstallation....................................................... 18-25 Print Sending Drive Motor (M771)/Belt Replacement....................................... 18-25 Feed Belt/Feed Belt Drive Roller Replacement................................................. 18-27
SU1400AY Transversal Sorter ........................................................... 18-29
18.3.1 18.3.2 18.3.3 18.3.4 18.3.5 18.3.6
18.4
Dryer Exit Unit Right Cover Removal/Reinstallation.......................................... 18-9 Dryer Exit Unit Top Cover Removal/Reinstallation ............................................ 18-9 Dryer Exit Unit Removal/Reinstallation ............................................................. 18-10 Feeding Path Switching Paper Sensor LED (Rear/Center/Front) (D770L/D771L/D772L)/Lower Exit Paper Sensor LED (Rear/Center/Front) (D773L/D774L/D775L) Replacement ................................................................ 18-12 Feeding Path Switching Paper Sensor (Rear/Center/Front) (D770P/D771P/D772P) Replacement................................................................ 18-13 Lower Exit Paper Sensor (Rear/Center/Front)(D773P/D774P/D775P) Replacement ...................................................................................................... 18-13 Feeding Path Switching Solenoid (S770) Replacement................................... 18-14 Feeding Path Switch Position Sensor (Large Size)(D776) Replacement ....... 18-15 Dryer Section Drive Motor (M770) Replacement .............................................. 18-16 Feed Roller Drive Belt Replacement.................................................................. 18-17 Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation .................................................................. 18-18 Roller Replacement ............................................................................................. 18-22 Nip Roller Replacement ...................................................................................... 18-24
SU1400AY Sorter Removal/Reinstallation ........................................................ 18-34 Sorter Cover Removal/Reinstallation ................................................................ 18-34 SWA20 Circuit Board Replacement ................................................................... 18-35 Sorter Tray Stop Position Sensor (D810) Replacement................................... 18-35 Sorter Drive Motor (M810) Replacement ........................................................... 18-36 Sorter Full Sensor (D811) Replacement ............................................................ 18-38 Chain Tension Adjustment ................................................................................. 18-38
SU2400AY Transversal Sorter ........................................................... 18-39
18.5.1 18.5.2 18.5.3 18.5.4 18.5.5
SU2400AY Transversal Sorter Removal/Reinstallation ................................... 18-39 Transversal Sorter Upper Cover Removal/Reinstallation................................ 18-40 Transversal Sorter Stop Sensor/LED (D813P/D813L) Replacement............... 18-40 Transversal Sorter Lower Cover Removal/Reinstallation ............................... 18-41 Transversal Sorter Drive Motor (M811) Replacement ...................................... 18-41
18-1
18
18.5.6 18.5.7 18.5.8
18.6
Print Alignment Motor (M812) Replacement ..................................................... 18-42 Print Alignment Stop Sensor (D814) Replacement .......................................... 18-43 Roller/Feed Belt Replacement............................................................................ 18-44
SU2400AY Sorter................................................................................ 18-46
18.6.1 18.6.2 18.6.3 18.6.4 18.6.5 18.6.6 18.6.7 18.6.8 18.6.9
Sorter Right Upper Cover Removal/Reinstallation........................................... 18-46 Sorter Tray Stop Position Sensor (D810) Replacement................................... 18-46 Sorter Drive Motor (M810) Replacement ........................................................... 18-47 SWA20 Circuit Board Replacement ................................................................... 18-48 Sorter Right Lower Cover Removal/Reinstallation .......................................... 18-48 Sorter Left Upper/Lower Cover Removal/Reinstallation.................................. 18-49 Sorter Full Sensor (D811) Replacement ............................................................ 18-50 Chain Tension Adjustment ................................................................................. 18-50 Sorter Tray Step Position Adjustment............................................................... 18-51
18-2
Parts Location • Dryer Exit Unit
Feeding Path Switch Position Sensor (D776) Sorter Tray Section Solenoid (S770)
Lower Exit Paper Sensors (D773 to D775)
Feeding Path Switching Paper Sensor (D770 to D772)
Dryer Section Drive Motor (M770)
LII971
18
18-3
Parts Location • Print Sending Unit
Print Sending Drive Motor (M771)
Print Sending Belt
LII972
18-4
Parts Location • SU1400AY Transversal Sorter
Transversal Sorter Belt
Transversal Sorter Stop Sensor (D813)
Transversal Sorter
Transversal Sorter Drive Motor (M811)
LII973A
18
18-5
Parts Location • SU1400AY Sorter
Sorter Full Sensor (D811)
Sorter Drive Motor (M810)
SU1400AY Sorter
Sorter Tray Stop Position Sensor (D810)
SW20 Circuit Board/ Sorter Full Buzzer (BZ810)/ Sorter Drive Switch (D812)
LII973B
18-6
Parts Location • SU2400AY Transversal Sorter
Transversal Sorter Stop Sensor (D813)
Transversal Sorter
Print Alignment Stop Sensor (D814) Print Alignment Motor (M812)
Transversal Sorter Drive Motor (M811)
LII974A
18
18-7
Parts Location • SU2400AY Sorter
SU2400AY Sorter
Sorter Tray Stop Position Sensor (D810)
Sorter Drive Motor (M810)
SW20 Circuit Board/ Sorter Full Buzzer (BZ810)/Sorter Drive Switch (D812)
Sorter Full Sensor (D811)
LII974B
18-8
18.1 Dryer Exit Unit 18.1.1
Dryer Exit Unit Right Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screws (6)
Cover
1. Remove the print sending unit (See Subsection 18.2.1). 2. Disconnect the transversal sorter cable. 3. Remove the six screws and then the cover.
Reinstallation Cable
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
18.1.2
LII735
Dryer Exit Unit Top Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Screws (6)
1. Remove the dryer exit unit right cover (See Subsection 18.1.1). 2. Remove the six screws and then the cover.
Reinstallation
Cover
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
LII745
18
18-9
18.1 Dryer Exit Unit 18.1.3
Dryer Exit Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screws (2)
1. Remove the dryer exit unit top cover (See Subsection 18.1.2). 2. Remove the two screws and then the print sending unit bracket. NOTE: Use a long shank screwdriver to avoid the screws from damage.
Print Sending Unit Bracket LII755
3. Disconnect the three connectors (Jso6/Jso12/ Jshu3).
Connectors (3) LII756
4. Loosen the two screws and turn the gear bracket counterclockwise. Tighten the two screws.
Screws (2) (Loosen)
Gear Bracket
“ ” Marks LII757
18-10
18.1 Dryer Exit Unit 5. Remove the four screws and then the unit by shifting it toward the printer side.
Unit
Screws (4) LII758
Reinstallation Screws (2) (Loosen)
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: After reinstallation, loosen the two screws and align the " " marks on the gear bracket and the unit. Tighten the two screws.
“ ” Marks
Gear Bracket LII1183
18
18-11
18.1 Dryer Exit Unit 18.1.4
Feeding Path Switching Paper Sensor LED (Rear/Center/ Front) (D770L/D771L/D772L)/Lower Exit Paper Sensor LED (Rear/Center/Front) (D773L/D774L/D775L) Replacement
Removal
Sensor LED (D775L)
Sensor LED (D773L)
Sensor LED (D774L)
1. Remove the dryer exit unit right cover (See Subsection 18.1.1). 2. Remove the screw then the sensor LED and cover. 3. Disconnect the connector from the sensor LED.
Sensor LED (D772L)
Sensor LED (D770L) Sensor LED (D771L) LII784
Cover
Connector
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Screw
Sensor LED LII780
18-12
18.1 Dryer Exit Unit 18.1.5
Feeding Path Switching Paper Sensor (Rear/Center/ Front)(D770P/D771P/D772P) Replacement
Removal 1. Remove the two screws and then the feeding path switching section lower cover.
Feeding Path Switching Section Lower Cover
Screws (2) LII782
2. Disconnect the connector from the sensor. Screw
Connector
3. Remove the screw and then the sensor.
Installation Sensor (D772P)
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Sensor (D770P)
Sensor (D771P) LII783
18.1.6
Lower Exit Paper Sensor (Rear/Center/Front)(D773P/D774P/ D775P) Replacement
Removal
Screws (2)
Guide Plate
1. Open the dryer exit unit left cover. 2. Remove the two screws and then the guide plate.
18
LII785
18-13
18.1 Dryer Exit Unit 3. Disconnect the connector from the sensor.
Sensor (D775P)
Sensor (D773P) Sensor (D774P)
4. Remove the screw and then the sensor.
Installation Screw
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
18.1.7
Connector LII786
Feeding Path Switching Solenoid (S770) Replacement
Removal
Solenoid Bracket
Screws (2)
1. Remove the dryer exit unit top cover (See Subsection 18.1.2). 2. Remove the coil spring. 3. Disconnect the solenoid connector and open the two harness clamps. 4. Remove the two screws and then the solenoid bracket. Spring
Connector
Clamps (2) LII787
5. Remove the two screws and then the cover from the solenoid.
Screws (2)
Cover
6. Remove the two screws and then the bracket from the solenoid.
Screws (2) Bracket LII788
18-14
18.1 Dryer Exit Unit Installation
Arm
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: Adjust the solenoid position so that its roller just contacts to the arm and tighten the two mount screws while pushing the lower end of the arm without coil spring as shown.
Screws (2) LII791
18.1.8
Feeding Path Switch Position Sensor (Large Size)(D776) Replacement
Removal
Sensor (D776) Locking Tabs
1. Remove the dryer exit unit top cover (See Subsection 18.1.2). 2. Disconnect the connector from the sensor. 3. Release the locking tabs and remove the sensor.
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Connector LII789
18
18-15
18.1 Dryer Exit Unit 18.1.9
Dryer Section Drive Motor (M770) Replacement
Removal
Screws (2)
1. Remove the dryer exit unit top cover (See Subsection 18.1.2). 2. Open the two harness clamps. 3. Remove the two screws and then the gear cover.
Gear Cover
Clamps (2) LII790
4. Disconnect the motor connector.
Motor (M770)
5. Remove the four screws and then the spacer and motor.
Screws (4)
Connector LII793
6. Remove the E-ring and then the gear from the motor.
Gear
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Spacer E-ring
LII796
18-16
18.1 Dryer Exit Unit 18.1.10
Feed Roller Drive Belt Replacement
Removal
Screws (2)
1. Remove the dryer exit unit top cover (See Subsection 18.1.2). 2. Open the two harness clamps. 3. Remove the two screws and then the gear cover.
Gear Cover
Clamps (2) LII790
4. Disconnect the motor connector.
Screws (5)
5. Remove the five screws and then the motor bracket.
Motor Bracket Connector LII792
6. Loosen the two screws securing the belt tensioner and remove the drive belt.
Belt Screws (2)
18
LII794
18-17
18.1 Dryer Exit Unit Installation
Tesioner
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: Apply a pressure of 8 ± 1N to the tensioner using the tension gauge and tighten the tensioner screws as shown.
Screws (2) LII795
18.1.11
Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Guide Plates (3)
1. Remove the dryer exit unit (See Subsection 18.1.3). 2. Remove: • Feeding path switching solenoid (S770) (See Subsection 18.1.7). • Feed roller drive belt (See Subsection 18.1.11). 3. Remove the three screws and then the three guide plates.
Screws (3)
Screws (3) LII799
4. Remove the two screws and then the dryer exit unit left lower cover.
Screws (2)
Dryer Exit Unit Left Lower Cover LII800
18-18
18.1 Dryer Exit Unit 5. Remove the four screws and then the dryer exit unit left cover.
Screws (4)
Dryer Exit Unit Left-hand Cover LII801
6. Open the five harness clamps. 7. Remove the three screws and then the three sensors (D770P, D771P and D772P).
Sensor (D772P) Sensor (D771P) Sensor (D770P)
Screws (3)
Clamps (5) LII8.2
8. Remove the six screws and locking pins then the three guide plates.
Screws (3) Locking Pins (6) Guide Plates (3)
Screws (3) LII8.3
18-19
18
18.1 Dryer Exit Unit 9. Open the ten harness clamps.
Sensor LED (D771L) Sensor LED (D770L) Screws (6) Clamps (5) Sensor LED (D772L)
10. Remove the six screws and then the sensor LEDs (D770L, D771L, D772L, D773L, D774L and D775L).
Clamps (5)
Sensor LED (D775L)
Sensor LED (D773L) Sensor LED (D774L) LII804
11. Remove the two screws and then the entrance guide plate. Screws (2)
Entrance Guide Plate LII805
12. Open the five harness clamps.
Screws (3) Clamps (5)
13. Remove the three screws and then the sensors (D773P, D774P and D775P).
Sensor (D773P)
Sensor (D774P) Sensor (D775P) LII8.6
18-20
18.1 Dryer Exit Unit 14. Remove the two screws and locking pins then the guide plate.
Screws (2)
Locking Pins (2) Bearing Pulley
15. Remove the E-ring from the front side and then the bearing.
Guide Plate
16. Remove the two E-rings, pulley and bearing from the rear side. 17. Remove the roller.
E-rings (2)
E-ring Roller Bearing
LII807
18. Remove the two screws and then the small size exit guide plate.
Small Size Exit Guide Plate
Screws (2) LII808
19. Remove the screw and then the arm.
Screw Arm Switching Guide Plate
20. Remove the two E-rings, bearings and then the switching guide plate.
18 E-rings (2) Bearings (2) LII809
18-21
18.1 Dryer Exit Unit 21. Remove the two screws and then the guide plate.
Reinstallation Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Screws (2)
Guide Plate LII810
18.1.12
Roller Replacement
Removal
E-ring
1. Remove the guide plates (See Subsection 18.1.11). 2. Remove the E-ring and then the reinforcement plate.
Reinforcement Plate LII1181
3. Remove the six E-rings from the rear side then the two idler gears, pulley and four roller drive gears.
Pulley
E-rings (6) Idler Gears (2)
Roller Drive Gears (4) LII811
18-22
18.1 Dryer Exit Unit 4. Remove the spring from the rear side.
Bearings (5) E-rings (7) Pulleys (2) Spring
5. Remove the seven E-rings from the rear side and then the two pulleys, four ball-bearings and bearing.
E-rings (7) Spring
6. Remove the spring from the front side. 7. Remove the seven E-rings from the front side then the gear, bearing and five ball-bearings.
Bearing Bearing Bearings (4)
Gear
LII812
8. Remove the rollers.
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: Install the rollers in their correct position.
φ18 White Hard Roller φ18 White Hard Roller
18
φ18 Black Soft Roller φ24 Black Soft Roller (With Grooves) φ24 Black Soft Roller φ24 Black Soft (One Way) φ30 Black Soft LII1062
18-23
18.1 Dryer Exit Unit 18.1.13
Nip Roller Replacement
Removal
Roller
1. Open the dryer exit unit left cover.
Bearings (2)
2. Remove the two E-rings.
E-rings (2)
3. Remove the two springs, bearings and then the roller.
Installation Springs (2)
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Dryer Exit Unit Left Cover LII814
18-24
18.2 Print Sending Unit 18.2.1
Print Sending Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screws (2)
Upper Cover
1. Remove the SU1400 sorter (See Subsection 18.4.1). 2. Remove the large size tray. 3. Remove the two screws and then the upper cover.
LII733
4. Disconnect the connector, remove the two screws and then the unit.
Connector Screws (2)
Reinstallation Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Unit LII734
18.2.2
Print Sending Drive Motor (M771)/Belt Replacement
Removal 1. Remove the print sending unit (See Subsection 18.2.1). 2. Disconnect the motor connector and open the two harness clamps.
18 Clamps (2) Connector LII146
18-25
18.2 Print Sending Unit 3. Remove the two screws and then the motor and drive belt.
Motor (M771)
Belt
Screws (2) LII147
4. Remove the E-ring and then the pulley from the motor.
E-ring
Pulley
Installation 2.0N±1N/3mm
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: Adjust the belt tension and tighten the motor mount screws. Specified Belt Tension:2.0 ±1N/3mm
LII148
18-26
18.2 Print Sending Unit 18.2.3
Feed Belt/Feed Belt Drive Roller Replacement
Removal 1. Remove the print sending drive motor (M771) (See Subsection 18.2.2). 2. Remove the two screws and then the bracket.
Screws (2)
Bracket LII150
3. Remove the coil spring.
Spring LII151
4. Place the unit up side down.
Screws (4)
5. Remove the four screws securing the belt guide plate.
LII152
18
18-27
18.2 Print Sending Unit 6. Turn over the unit to its original condition. 7. Remove the four screws and then the roller bracket.
Screws (4) Roller Bracket LII153
8. Remove the belt guide plate.
Belt Guide Plate LII154
9. Remove the feed belt and two rollers.
Belt
Rollers (2) LII155
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: After installing the tension spring, tighten the four bracket fixing screws.
Screws (4) Spring LII156
18-28
18.3 SU1400AY Transversal Sorter 18.3.1
SU1400AY Transversal Sorter Removal/Reinstallation
Removal 1. Remove the SU1400AY sorter (See Subsection 18.4.1). Cable
2. Disconnect the transversal sorter cable. 3. Remove the four screws securing the transversal sorter.
Screws (4) LII817
4.Remove the transversal sorter.
Reinstallation Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Transversal Sorter LII818
18.3.2
Cover/Lower Bracket Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screws (3)
Upper Cover
1. Remove the transversal sorter (See Subsection 18.3.1). 2. Remove the three screws and then the upper cover.
18
18-29
18.3 SU1400AY Transversal Sorter 3. Remove the three screws and then the lower cover.
Lower Cover Screws (3)
LII158
4. Remove the four screws and then the lower bracket.
Reinstallation Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Screws (4) Lower Bracket LII159
18.3.3
Transversal Sorter Stop Sensor LED (D813L) Replacement
Removal
Screws (2)
1. Remove the lower bracket (See Subsection 18.3.2). 2. Disconnect the connector then remove the screw and the sensor LED.
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Sensor LED (D813L)
Connector LII160
18-30
18.3 SU1400AY Transversal Sorter 18.3.4
Transversal Sorter Stop Sensor (D813P) Replacement
Removal 1. Remove the lower bracket (See Subsection 18.3.2). 2. Remove the two screws and then the sensor bracket.
Screw Sensor Bracket LII161
3. Disconnect the connector then remove the screw and the sensor from the bracket.
Connector
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Sensor (D813P)
NOTE: Secure the sensor bracket so that it is in the neutral position of the screw holes.
Screw LII162
18.3.5
Transversal Sorter Drive Motor (M811) Replacement
Removal
Motor (M811) Screws (3)
1. Remove the lower bracket (See Subsection 18.3.2).
Idler Gear
2. Remove the E-ring and then the idler gear. E-ring
3. Open the two clamps and disconnect the motor connector.
Clamps (2)
4. Remove the three screws and then the motor.
Installation
Connector LII163
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
18-31
18
18.3 SU1400AY Transversal Sorter 18.3.6
Feed Belt/Belt Drive Roller Replacement
Removal 1. Remove the lower bracket (See Subsection 18.3.2). 2. Remove the three E-rings then the two idler and drive gears.
E-rings (3) Drive Gear
Idler Gears (2)
LII164
3. Remove the two screws and then the rear bracket.
Screws (2)
Bracket LII165
4. Remove the two screws and then the front bracket.
Bracket
Screws (2) LII166
18-32
18.3 SU1400AY Transversal Sorter 5. Remove the tension spring and screw then the rear tension bracket.
Screw Spring
6. Remove the tension spring and screw then the front tension bracket. Screw
Front Tension Bracket
Rear Tension Bracket
Spring LII167
7. Remove the two rollers and then the feed belt.
Belt
Rollers (2) LII168
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: Tighten the screws after installing the tension brackets and springs.
Screw
Spring
18
Tension Bracket LII169
18-33
18.4 SU1400AY Sorter 18.4.1
SU1400AY Sorter Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Cable Set Hole
1. Disconnect the sorter cable and insert its end into the cable set hole as shown,
Cable LII246
2. Release the lock lever. 3. Remove the sorter by holding the grips as shown. Lock
Reinstallation Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. LII247
18.4.2
Sorter Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal 1. Remove the sorter (See Subsection 18.4.1). 2. Remove the two screws and then the sorter left cover.
Left Side Cover
Screws (2) LII179
18-34
18.4 SU1400AY Sorter 3. Remove the five screws and then the sorter right cover.
Reinstallation Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Screws (5)
Right Side Cover LII170
18.4.3
SWA20 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
Connectors (4)
1. Remove the sorter right cover (See Subsection 18.4.2). 2. Disconnect the four connectors from the circuit board. 3. Remove the two screws and then the circuit board.
Screws (2)
Installation
SWA20 Circuit Board LII171
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
18.4.4
Sorter Tray Stop Position Sensor (D810) Replacement
Removal 1. Remove the sorter right cover (See Subsection 18.4.2). Connector
2. Disconnect the connector from the sensor and open the harness clamp. 3. Remove the screw and then the sensor bracket. Screw Sensor Bracket Clamp LII172
18-35
18
18.4 SU1400AY Sorter 4. Release the locking tabs then remove the sensor from the bracket.
Locking Tabs
Installation Sensor (D810)
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
LII173
18.4.5
Sorter Drive Motor (M810) Replacement
Removal
Clamp Connector
1. Remove the sorter right cover (See Subsection 18.4.2). 2. Disconnect the connector (SWA2) from the circuit board and open the harness clamp.
LII174
3. Disconnect the connector (D810) and open the harness clamp.
Screws (4)
4. Remove the four screws and then the motor bracket.
Motor Bracket Clamp Connector LII175
18-36
18.4 SU1400AY Sorter 5. Remove the two screws and then the motor from the bracket.
Screws (2)
Motor (M810) LII176
Installation
“ K ” Mark
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: Install the motor bracket so that the two "K" marks on the idler gear and the two screws for the sensor plate are in line as shown.
Screws (2) LII177
• After starting up the printer/processor, make sure the sorter tray upper surface is slightly above the guide plate. If necessary, adjust by loosening the two sensor plate screws and turning the sensor plate.
Sorter Tray Guide Plate
To lower the tray: Turn the sensor plate clockwise. To raise the tray: Turn the sensor plate counterclockwise. • Do not over tighten the plastic parts such as bracket, circuit board, etc.
18 Sensor Plate Screws (2) LII178
18-37
18.4 SU1400AY Sorter 18.4.6
Sorter Full Sensor (D811) Replacement
Removal 1. Remove the sorter left cover (See Subsection 18.4.2). 2. Remove the two screws and then the sensor bracket.
Screws (2) Sensor Bracket LII180
3. Disconnect the connector from the sensor.
Connector
4. Release the locking tabs to remove the sensor from the bracket. Locking Tabs
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Sensor (D811)
NOTE: Be careful not to lose the sorter full sensor arm.
LII181
18.4.7
Chain Tension Adjustment
1. Remove the sorter right and left covers (See Subsection 18.4.2).
Adjusting Bolts (2)
Locknuts (2)
2. Loosen the locknuts and adjust the distance from the shaft center to the back of the tie plate to 81mm by turning the adjusting bolts as shown. 3.Tighten the locknuts securely.
81mm Axle
Tie Plate LII1184
18-38
18.5 SU2400AY Transversal Sorter 18.5.1
SU2400AY Transversal Sorter Removal/Reinstallation
Removal 1. Remove the four screws and then the transversal sorter rear cover. 2. Move the sorter to its storage position.
Screws (4)
Rear Cover
LII1115
3. Disconnect the transversal sorter cable.
Transversal Sorter Screws (6)
Cable
4. Remove the six screws securing the transversal sorter. 5. Remove the transversal sorter.
LII1114
Reinstallation Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: Move the transversal sorter to the right until it lightly touches to the SU2400AY sorter and tighten the mounting screws.
18 LII905
18-39
18.5 SU2400AY Transversal Sorter 18.5.2
Transversal Sorter Upper Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Upper Cover
1. Remove the SU2400AY transversal sorter (See Subsection 18.5.1). 2. Remove the six screws and then the upper cover.
Screws (6) LII819
Reinstallation
Insertion Tabs (3)
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Slits (3)
NOTE: Insert the three tabs of the upper cover into the slits as shown.
LII1199
18.5.3
Transversal Sorter Stop Sensor/LED (D813P/D813L) Replacement
Removal
Screws (2)
1. Remove the transversal sorter upper cover (See Subsection 18.5.2). 2. Remove the two screws and then the sensor bracket.
Sensor Bracket LII820
18-40
18.5 SU2400AY Transversal Sorter 3. Disconnect the connector from the sensor/LED. 4. Remove the screw and then the sensor/LED.
Screw
Installation Sensor (D813P)
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Sensor LED (D813L) LII821
18.5.4
Transversal Sorter Lower Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal 1. Remove the SU2400AY transversal sorter (See Subsection 18.5.1). 2. Remove the three screws and then the lower cover.
Lower Cover Screws (3)
Reinstallation LII822
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
18.5.5
Transversal Sorter Drive Motor (M811) Replacement
Removal
Clamps (2)
1. Remove:
18
• Transversal sorter upper cover (See Subsection 18.5.2). • Transversal sorter lower cover (See Subsection 18.5.4). 2. Disconnect the motor connector and open the two clamps.
Connector LII823
18-41
18.5 SU2400AY Transversal Sorter Remove the two screws and then the motor.
Screws (2)
Installation Motor (M811)
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
LII824
18.5.6
Print Alignment Motor (M812) Replacement
Removal
Clamp Connector
1. Remove: • Transversal sorter upper cover (See Subsection 18.5.2). • Transversal sorter lower cover (See Subsection 18.5.4). 2. Disconnect the motor connector and open the harness clamp. LII825
3. Remove the two screws and then the motor.
Motor (M812) Screws (2)
LII826
18-42
18.5 SU2400AY Transversal Sorter 4. Loosen the hexagonal socket head setscrew and remove the cam from the motor.
Hex. Socket Head Setscrew
Screws (2)
5. Remove the two screws and then the motor bracket from the motor.
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Motor Bracket Cam
NOTE: Align the hexagonal socket head setscrew with the D-flat in the motor shaft.
18.5.7
LII827
Print Alignment Stop Sensor (D814) Replacement
Removal
Sensor (D814) Locking Tabs
1. Remove: • Transversal sorter upper cover (See Subsection 18.5.2). • Transversal sorter lower cover (See Subsection 18.5.4). 2. Disconnect the connector from the sensor. 3. Release the locking tabs to remove the sensor. Connector LII828
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
18
18-43
18.5 SU2400AY Transversal Sorter 18.5.8
Roller/Feed Belt Replacement
Removal 1. Remove:
Screws (2)
• Transversal sorter upper cover (See Subsection 18.5.2). • Transversal sorter lower cover (See Subsection 18.5.4). 2. Remove the two screws from the front side.
LII829
3. Disconnect the two connectors and open the clamp.
Belt ASSY
Screws (5)
4. Remove the five rear screws and then the belt assembly.
Clamp
Connectors (2) LII830
5. Remove the two screws and two tension springs.
Screws (2) Springs (2) LII831
18-44
18.5 SU2400AY Transversal Sorter 6. Remove the two rollers.
Rollers (2)
LII832
7. Remove the feed belt.
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Belt LII833
18
18-45
18.6 SU2400AY Sorter 18.6.1
Sorter Right Upper Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screws (2)
Cover
1. Disconnect the sorter cable. 2. Remove the two screws and then the cover.
Reinstallation Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
18.6.2
LII834
Sorter Tray Stop Position Sensor (D810) Replacement
Removal
Locking Tabs
Sensor (D810)
1. Remove the sorter right upper cover (See Subsection 18.6.1). 2. Disconnect the connector from the sensor. 3. Release the locking tabs and remove the sensor.
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Connector LII835
NOTE: After installation, perform "Sorter Tray Stop Position Adjustment" (See Subsection 18.6.9).
18-46
18.6 SU2400AY Sorter 18.6.3
Sorter Drive Motor (M810) Replacement
Removal Motor (M810)
Screws (3)
1. Remove the sorter right upper cover (See Subsection 18.6.1). 2. Disconnect the connector (SWA2) From the SWA20 circuit board. 3. Open the two harness clamps. 4. Remove the three screws and then the motor.
Clamps (2)
Connector LII836
5. Remove the E-ring, bearing, gear and drive pin.
Gear E-ring Drive Pin Bearing
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. LII837
18
18-47
18.6 SU2400AY Sorter 18.6.4
SWA20 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
Connectors (4)
1. Remove the sorter right upper cover (See Subsection 18.6.1). 2. Disconnect the four connectors (SWA1 to SWA4) from the circuit board. 3. Release the locking tabs of the four spacers and remove the circuit board.
Installation
SWA20 Circuit Board
Locking Tabs LII838
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
18.6.5
Sorter Right Lower Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screws (2)
1. Remove the sorter right upper cover (See Subsection 18.6.1). 2. Remove the two screws and then the cover.
Reinstallation Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Cover LII839
18-48
18.6 SU2400AY Sorter 18.6.6
Sorter Left Upper/Lower Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Left Upper Cover Screws (3)
1. Remove the three screws and then the sorter left upper cover.
LII840
2. Remove the two screws and then the sorter left lower cover.
Screws (2)
Reinstallation Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Left Lower Cover LII841
18
18-49
18.6 SU2400AY Sorter 18.6.7
Sorter Full Sensor (D811) Replacement
Removal
Connector
Locking Tabs
1. Remove the sorter left lower cover (See Subsection 18.6.6). 2. Disconnect the connector from the sensor. 3. Release the locking tabs to remove the sensor.
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Sensor (D811) LII842
18.6.8
Chain Tension Adjustment
1. Remove: • Sorter right lower cover (See Subsection 18.6.5). • Sorter left lower cover (See Subsection 18.6.6). 2. Loosen the right and left locknuts. 3. Adjust the right and left spring lengths to the specified value by turning the right and left adjustment nuts. Springs (2)
Specified Spring Length: 22mm to 23mm 4. Tighten the right and left lock-nuts securely.
Adjustment Nuts (2)
Lock-nuts (2) 22mm to 23mm
5. Reinstall the removed parts in the reverse order of removal.
LII843
18-50
18.6 SU2400AY Sorter 18.6.9
Sorter Tray Step Position Adjustment
1. Remove the two screws and then the sorter right upper cover.
Screws (2)
Cover
LII834
2. Press the sorter drive switch to feed the sorter tray one pitch.
Detection Plate Hole
Upper Surface
Screw
3. Check that the upper surface of the tray aligns with the hole in the transversal sorter as shown. If it does not align, loosen the screw and adjust by turning the detecting plate of the sorter tray stop position sensor. If the upper surface is above the hole, turn the detecting plate clockwise. If the upper surface is below the hole, turn the detecting plate counterclockwise. Tighten the detecting plate screw securely. Sorter Drive Switch
4. Reinstall the sorter right-upper cover.
LII908
18
18-51
19. ELECTRICAL SECTION Parts Location....................................................................................... 19-2 19.1
Power Input Section ............................................................................. 19-3
19.1.1
19.2
Power Supply/Electrical Equipment Section ..................................... 19-4
19.2.1 19.2.2 19.2.3 19.2.4 19.2.5 19.2.6 19.2.7 19.2.8 19.2.9
19.3
Image Control Box/Cover Removal/Reinstallation........................................... 19-10 Image Control Section Cooling Fan (F620) Replacement................................ 19-11 GEP23/GIE23/GPR23 Circuit Board Replacement............................................ 19-12 GMC23 Circuit Board Replacement ................................................................... 19-13 ATX23 Circuit Board Replacement .................................................................... 19-14 GDM23 Circuit Board Replacement ................................................................... 19-14 Program Download to GMC23 Circuit Board .................................................... 19-15
DC Power Supply Section.................................................................. 19-19
19.4.1 19.4.2 19.4.3 19.4.4
19.5
Power Supply/Electrical Equipment Section Inner Cover Removal/Reinstallation ....................................................................................... 19-4 AC Power Supply Bracket Removal/Reinstallation............................................ 19-4 PAC23 Circuit Board Replacement...................................................................... 19-6 PAC23 Circuit Board Bracket Removal/Reinstallation ...................................... 19-7 Auxiliary Power Supply (SPS23 Circuit Board) Replacement........................... 19-7 Leakage Breaker (LB1 to LB3) Replacement ...................................................... 19-8 Noise Filter (NF1 to NF3)/Capacitor (C1 to C3) Replacement............................ 19-8 Relay (K1 to K5) Replacement.............................................................................. 19-9 Circuit Protector (CP1 to CP6) Replacement ...................................................... 19-9
Image Control Box.............................................................................. 19-10
19.3.1 19.3.2 19.3.3 19.3.4 19.3.5 19.3.6 19.3.7
19.4
Built-in Circuit Breaker Replacement .................................................................. 19-3
Left Lower Cover Removal/Reinstallation......................................................... 19-19 DC Power Supply Bracket Removal/Reinstallation.......................................... 19-19 PWR23 Circuit Board Replacement ................................................................... 19-20 DC Power Supply Unit Replacement ................................................................. 19-21
Control Section ................................................................................... 19-23
19.5.1 19.5.2 19.5.3 19.5.4 19.5.5 19.5.6 19.5.7
Printer Rear Cover Open/Close.......................................................................... 19-23 CTL23 Circuit Board Replacement .................................................................... 19-23 Control Circuit Board Bracket Removal/Reinstallation ................................... 19-24 PDA23 Circuit Board Replacement.................................................................... 19-29 PDB23 Circuit Board Replacement.................................................................... 19-29 Control Section Exhaust Fan 1 to 5 (F600 to F604) Replacement .................. 19-30 Power Supply Cooling Fan (F630)/Electrical Equipment Cooling Fan 1/2 (F631A/F631B) Replacement ............................................................................ 19-31 19.5.8 Control Section Exhaust Fan Bracket Removal/Reinstallation....................... 19-32 19.5.9 Left Cover Interlock Switch 1/2 (D681A/D681B) Replacement ........................ 19-32 19.5.10 Power Switch (D684) Replacement.................................................................... 19-33 19.5.11 Feed Section Cooling Fan 1 (F605) Replacement ............................................ 19-34
19-1
19
Parts Location
AOM Driver Operation Panel (AOM23 Circuit Board) Laser Optical Unit Densitometer LDD23 Circuit Board AD300
Power Switch
PDA23 Circuit Board
Relays (K1 to K5)
JND23 Circuit Board Image Control Box
JNF23 Circuit Board
GDM23 Circuit Board
GIE23 Circuit Board GPR23 Circuit Board GEP23 Circuit Board
CTL23 Circuit Board
ATX Power Supply PDB23 Circuit Board
Leakage Breakers (LB1 to LB3) Capacitors (C1 to C3)
Noise Filters (NF1 to NF3)
GMC23 Circuit Board JNE23 Circuit Board PAC23 Circuit Board Circuit Protectors (CP1 to CP6)
DC Power Supply Section
PWR23 Circuit Board
Power Supply Built-in Circuit Electrical Equipment Section Terminal Section Breaker
Auxiliary Power (SPS23 Circuit Board)
LII1975
19-2
19.1 Power Input Section 19.1.1
Built-in Circuit Breaker Replacement
When servicing the power input section parts, make sure the built-in circuit breaker and the main power supply on the power distribution board are both set to the OFF position. If the main power is left ON, electricity will flow as far as the power supply section, and this can cause electric shocks and/or shortcircuiting.
Removal 1. Remove the processor rear cover (See Subsection 14.4.2). 2. Remove the two screws and then the power input section cover.
Power Input Section Cover
Screws (2) LII314
3. Remove the four screws and then the built-in circuit breaker.
Screws (8)
Wires
4. Remove the eight screws to disconnect the wires from the breaker.
Breaker
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Screws (4) LII893
19-3
19
19.2 Power Supply/Electrical Equipment Section 19.2.1
Power Supply/Electrical Equipment Section Inner Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal 1. Perform the post-operational checks to shut down the system, turn OFF the built-in circuit breaker and main power supply. 2. Open the magazine door hinge section (See Subsection 13.1.1). 3. Remove the nine screws and then the inner cover. Screws (9) Inner Cover LII336
Reinstallation
Cover
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: Rest the left-hand end of the cover on the bracket on the left lower cover as shown.
Bracket LII1054
19.2.2
AC Power Supply Bracket Removal/Reinstallation
Removal 1. Remove the power supply/electrical equipment section inner cover (See Subsection 19.2.1). 2. Remove the two screws and pull out the bracket slightly. 3. Disconnect the power supply connector.
Screws (2)
Bracket
Power Supply Connector LII854
19-4
19.2 Power Supply/Electrical Equipment Section 4. Open the three harness clamps, disconnect the six connectors (PAC1, PAC3, PAC14, PAC15, PAC16 and PAC18) from the PAC23 circuit board and pull out the bracket slightly.
Connectors (6)
Clamps (3) LII855
5. Open the three harness clamps, disconnect the three connectors (PAC4, PAC5 and PAC6) and pull out the bracket slightly.
Connectors (3)
Clamps (3) LII856
6. Open the two harness clamps and disconnect the two connectors (PAC7 and PAC8).
Connectors (2)
Clamps (2) LII857
19
19-5
19.2 Power Supply/Electrical Equipment Section 7. Secure the upper harnesses with the two clamps on the image control section as shown.
Clamp Clamps (2)
8. Secure the white/black harnesses with the clamp on the right wall as shown. 9. Pull out the bracket.
Reinstallation Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
19.2.3
LII1185
PAC23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal 1. Remove the AC power supply bracket (See Subsection 19.2.2). 2. Disconnect the six connectors (PAC2, PAC9 to PAC12 and PAC17). 3. Remove the seven screws and then the circuit board.
Connectors (6)
Installation
PAC23 Circuit Board Screws (7) LII858
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
19-6
19.2 Power Supply/Electrical Equipment Section 19.2.4
PAC23 Circuit Board Bracket Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screws (4)
1. Remove the AC power supply bracket (See Subsection 19.2.2).
Connector
2. Disconnect the connector (PAC2) and open the harness clamp. 3. Remove the four screws and then the bracket. Bracket Clamp
Reinstallation
LII859
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
19.2.5
Auxiliary Power Supply (SPS23 Circuit Board) Replacement
Removal
Connectors (2)
1. Remove the PAC23 circuit board bracket (See Subsection 19.2.4). 2. Disconnect the two connectors (SPS1 and CN1). 3. Remove the four screws and then the circuit board. Screws (4)
Installation SPS Circuit Board
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
LII860
19
19-7
19.2 Power Supply/Electrical Equipment Section 19.2.6
Leakage Breaker (LB1 to LB3) Replacement
Removal
Leakage Breaker
Terminal Covers (2)
1. Remove the PAC23 circuit board bracket (See Subsection 19.2.4). 2. Remove the two terminal covers from the leakage breaker. 3. Remove the four screws to disconnect the wires from the breaker. 4. Remove the two screws and then the leakage breaker. Screws (2)
Screws (4)
Wires
LII861
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
19.2.7
Noise Filter (NF1 to NF3)/Capacitor (C1 to C3) Replacement
Removal
Noise Filter
Screws (2)
1. Remove the PAC23 circuit board bracket (See Subsection 19.2.4)). 2. Remove the four terminal nuts and disconnect the eight wires from the noise filter. 3. Remove the two screws and then the noise filter. 4. Remove the screw and then the capacitor.
Installation Nuts (4)
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Wires (8)
Screw
Capacitor LII862
19-8
19.2 Power Supply/Electrical Equipment Section 19.2.8
Relay (K1 to K5) Replacement
Removal
Relay
1. Remove the PAC23 circuit board bracket (See Subsection 19.2.4).
Screws (2)
2. Disconnect the six connectors from the relay. 3. Remove the two screws and then the relay.
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
19.2.9
Connectors (6) LII863
Circuit Protector (CP1 to CP6) Replacement
Removal 1. Remove the PAC23 circuit board bracket (See Subsection 19.2.4). 2. Remove the two screws and then the SPS circuit board bracket.
Circuit Board Bracket
Screws (2) LII864
3. Disconnect the two wires from the circuit protector.
Circuit Protector
4. Release the locking tabs to remove the circuit protector.
19 Wires (2)
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Locking Tabs LII865
19-9
19.3 Image Control Box 19.3.1
Image Control Box/Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
GEP9 Clamps (12)
1. Remove the power supply/electrical equipment section inner cover (See Subsection 19.2.1).
R/G/B Cables GPR2
LP
2. Open the twelve clamps. 3. Remove the two screws and then the two metal clamps. 4. Disconnect the six connectors, R, G and B cables from the box.
ATX1
Screws/Metal Clamps (2) LII1135
5. Remove the two screws and then the box.
Image Control Box
Screws (2) LII1136
6. Remove the six screws and then the cover from the box.
Cover
Screws (6) LII868
19-10
19.3 Image Control Box Reinstallation
Image Control Box
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: • Tighten the two mount screws while pressing the box down.
Screws (2) LII1138
• Clamp the harnesses between their cord ties. • Clamp the mesh covered harnesses so that the metal clamp make contact with the mesh cover.
Clamp Cord Ties
Metal Clamp Mesh Cover LII1139
19.3.2
Image Control Section Cooling Fan (F620) Replacement
Removal 1. Remove the image control box cover (See Subsection 19.3.1). 2. Open the clamp and disconnect the fan connector from the GMC23 circuit board.
19
Clamp
Fan Connector LII869
19-11
19.3 Image Control Box 3. Remove the two screws and then the fan. Fan (F620)
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Screws (2)
NOTE: Install the fan so that its arrow points the outside.
LII870
19.3.3
GEP23/GIE23/GPR23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal Screw
1. Remove the image control box cover (See Subsection 19.3.1). 2. Remove the screw and pull out the circuit board.
GPR23 Circuit Board (Slot 3)
GEP23 Circuit Board (Slot 1)
GIE23 Circuit Board (Slot 4) LII872
Installation
Circuit Board Bracket
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: • Contact the bracket on the circuit board with the gasket surface and insert the circuit board straight into the slot being careful not to peel the gasket.
Slot Gasket LII1149
19-12
19.3 Image Control Box • If the GPR23 circuit board has been replaced, turn ON the backup battery switch. • If the GIE23 circuit board has been replaced, install the device driver (See Subsection 3.5.2).
Backup Battery Switch
Image Control Box
GPR23 Circuit Board LII338
19.3.4
GMC23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
GMC23 Circuit Board
1. Remove the GEP23, GIE23 and GPR23 circuit board (See Subsection 19.3.3). 2. Disconnect the two connectors from the circuit board. 3. Remove the nine screws and then the circuit board.
Screws (9)
Installation
Connectors (2) LII873
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: After installation, perform "Program Download to GMC23 Circuit Board" (See Subsection 19.3.7).
19
19-13
19.3 Image Control Box 19.3.5
ATX23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal 1. Remove the image control box cover (See Subsection 19.3.1). 2. Remove the six screws securing the circuit board. 3. Disconnect the connector and remove the circuit board.
Installation
Connector
ATX23 Circuit Board Screws (6)
LII874
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
19.3.6
GDM23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal 1. Remove the image control box cover (See Subsection 19.3.1). 2. Release the locking levers and remove the circuit board.
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Lock Lever
GDM23 Circuit Board LII1186
19-14
19.3 Image Control Box 19.3.7
Program Download to GMC23 Circuit Board
When the GMC23 circuit board has been replaced, download the parameter from the main control unit to the circuit board. 1. Select “NO” for “Rack Auto cleaning” in Menu 0625 “Processor Operating Condition Setup”. 2. Insert the FRONTIER 570 System (A1) Disk into the CD-ROM drive.
FRONTIER 570 System (A1) Disk Z2043
3. Shut down the system by performing the postoperational checks. 4. Turn the power switch of the Printer/Processor ON and STANDBY to keep it to “STANDBY”. 5. Press the scanner’s START switch. • After starting up Windows, “(L-001) Simple Upgrade” screen appears. 6. Click the [OK] button.
19
19-15
19.3 Image Control Box • “Procedure Selection 1 (C-001)” dialog box appears. 7. Select “SE maintenance” and click the [Next >] button.
• “Procedure Selection 2 (C-002)” dialog box appears. 8. Select “Update” and click the [Next >] button.
• The “Starting Update (C-010)” dialog box appears. 9. Click the [Yes] button.
• The “Printer Selection [C-015]” screen appears. 10. Click the [Next>] button.
19-16
19.3 Image Control Box • The “File Copy (C-020)” dialog box appears. 11. Check version information and click the [Next >] button.
• The “Installation Medium Selection (C-030)” dialog box appears. 12. Select “Install from HD to printer” and click the [Next >] button.
• The “Confirmation (C-040)” dialog box appears. 13. Click the [OK] button.
• The “Setup Completion (C-090)” dialog box appears. 14. Click the [OK] button.
• If an optional software is used, the upgrade screen appears. NOTE: If the upgrade of the optional software is necessary, refer to the Instruction Manual for the optional software. If the upgrade is unnecessary, click the [Cancel] button.
19
19-17
19.3 Image Control Box • The “SETUP” completion dialog box appears.
15. Remove the FRONTIER 570 System (A1) Disk from the CD-ROM drive. 16. Click the [OK] button. • The system is shut down. 17. Press the START switch to restart the system. 18. Select “YES” for “Rack Auto cleaning” in Menu 0625 “Processor Operating Condition Setup” and click the [OK] button.
FRONTIER 570 System (A1) Disk Z2044
19-18
19.4 DC Power Supply Section 19.4.1
Left Lower Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Cover
1. Remove the left cover (See Subsection 11.1.1). 2. Loosen the two screws and remove the other two screws then the cover.
Reinstallation Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Screws (2)
Screw (Loosen) LII382
19.4.2
DC Power Supply Bracket Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Connector
1. Remove: • Remove the left cover (See Subsection 11.1.1). • Power supply/electrical equipment section inner cover (See Subsection 19.2.1). 2. Disconnect the power supply connector and secure its harness with the clamp as shown.
Clamp LIIT1
3. Disconnect the three connectors (PWR1 to PWR3) at the left side and open the five clamps.
19
Connectors (3)
Clamps (5) LIIT2
19-19
19.4 DC Power Supply Section 4. Disconnect the front connectors (PWR4 to PWR11).
Connector
5. Pull out the power supply bracket slowly until it catch on a stopper.
Power Supply Bracket LIIT3
6. Secure the harnesses with the clamp at the image control section as shown.
Connector
Harness
7. Remove the power supply bracket.
Reinstallation Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Power Supply Bracket LIIT4
19.4.3
PWR23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
Connectors (18)
1. Remove the DC power supply bracket (See Subsection 19.4.2). 2. Disconnect all connectors from the circuit board. 3. Remove the seventeen screws, release the locking tabs of the two spacers and remove the circuit board.
Installation
Screws (17) Spacers (2)
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
PWR23 Circuit Board LII849
19-20
19.4 DC Power Supply Section 19.4.4
DC Power Supply Unit Replacement
Removal 1. Remove the DC power supply bracket (See Subsection 19.4.2). 2. Disconnect the DC power supply connectors from the PWR23 circuit board.
Connectors (18) LII850
3. Disconnect three connectors (L, N and G) each from the units.
Screws (10)
4. Remove the ten screws and then the DC power supply unit bracket.
Bracket
Connectors (3) LII851
5. Remove the four screws and then the DC power supply unit.
M4✕8 Screws (Toothed Washers) (2) Screws (4)
19
Unit LII852
19-21
19.4 DC Power Supply Section 6. Disconnect the harness connectors from the unit.
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: • Use the toothed washers to the two M4 ✕ 8 screws. • After installation, inspect the DC voltage (See Subsection 19.4.4).
Harness KII853
19-22
19.5 Control Section 19.5.1
Printer Rear Cover Open/Close
Opening 1. Remove the left lower cover (See Subsection 11.1.1). 2. Remove the two screws and open the printer rear cover.
Closing Closing is essentially in the reverse order of opening.
Rear Cover
Screws (2) LII309
19.5.2
CTL23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
Bracket
1. Open the printer rear cover (See Subsection 19.5.1). 2. Disconnect all connectors from the CTL23 circuit board.
Screws (2)
3. Remove the two screws and then the circuit board bracket.
Connectors (12) LII882
19
19-23
19.5 Control Section 4. Remove the six screws and then the circuit board.
CTL23 Circuit Board Screws (6) LII883
Installation
CTL1 CTL2
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
CTL3 CTL14
NOTE: Connect the connectors to the CTL23 circuit board as shown.
CTL4 CTL6 CTL5 CTL7
CTL13
CTL8 CTL10 CTL12
CTL9
CTL11 LII1102
19.5.3
Control Circuit Board Bracket Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
CTL1
1. Open the printer rear cover (See Subsection 19.5.1).
Clamps
CTL2 CTL3 CTL4 CTL6
Mirror
2. Open all harness clamps on the connector cover. 3. Disconnect all connectors (CTL1 to CTL4, CTL6 to CTL11, CTL15) from the CTL23 circuit board.
CTL9
CTL15 CTL7 CTL8
CTL11 CTL10
LII881
19-24
19.5 Control Section 4. Loosen the four screws and remove the connector cover.
Connector Cover
Screws (4) LII880
5. Disconnect all relay connectors.
Relay Connector LII879
6. Remove the circuit board bracket.
Reinstallation
19
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: Connect the connectors by following the steps below to avoid damage of the harnesses.
Bracket LII878
19-25
19.5 Control Section 1. Connect the lower five relay connectors and put their harness inside the frame by twisting it as shown.
Harness
Frame
Connectors (5)
LII1140
2. Connect the lower four power harness connectors one by one from the bottom.
Connectors (4)
3. Align the cord tie on the harness with one on the harness put in Step 1 and store the harness inside the frame by twisting it.
Cord Ties
Power Supply Harness LII1141
4. Connect the three upper-front harness (having gray wires) connectors one by one from the top.
Connectors (3)
Front Harness
5. Twist the harness and put it inside the frame.
LII1142
19-26
19.5 Control Section 6. Connect the remaining nine connectors one by one from the top.
Connectors (9)
Remaining Harness
7. Twist the harness and put it inside the frame. 8. Install the connector cover with the four screws. NOTE: Be careful not to pinch the wires.
LII1143
1. Connect the CTL11 connector and clamp its harness at the cord tie.
CTL11 Connector
Clamps
Cord Ties LII1144
2. Connect the CTL2 and CTL9 connectors and clamp their flat harnesses with the four clamps.
CTL2 Connector
19 CTL9 Connector Flat Harnesses LII1145
19-27
19.5 Control Section 3. Connect the CTL15 connector.
CTL3 Connector
4. Connect the CTL6 and CTL3 connectors.
CTL6 Connector
CTL15 Connector LII1146
5. Connect the remaining connectors (CTL10, CTL8, CTL7, CTL4 and CTL1) in this order.
CTL1
6. Secure the harness with the six clamps. NOTE: Arrange the harness so that the harness for the CTL1 connector is outside.
CTL4
CTL7
Cable for CTL1
CTL8 CTL10 Clamps (6)
LII1147
19-28
19.5 Control Section 19.5.4
PDA23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
Screws (5) Bracket
1. Remove the control section control circuit board bracket (See Subsection 19.5.2). 2. Disconnect the three flat cable connectors from the CTL23 circuit board. 3. Remove the five screws and then the CTL23 circuit board bracket.
Connectors (3) LII875
4. Disconnect all connectors from the PDA23 circuit board.
PDA23 Circuit Board
5. Remove the fourteen screws and stud and then the circuit board.
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Screws (14) Stub
Connectors (18) LII876
19.5.5
PDB23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
Screws (5) Bracket
1. Remove the control circuit board bracket (See Subsection 19.5.2). 2. Disconnect the three flat cable connectors from the CTL23 circuit board.
19
3. Remove the five screws and then the CTL23 circuit board bracket.
Connectors (3) LII875
19-29
19.5 Control Section 4. Disconnect all connectors from the PDA23 circuit board.
PDB23 Circuit Board
5. Remove the eight screws and then the circuit board.
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Screws (8)
Connectors (15) LII877
19.5.6
Control Section Exhaust Fan 1 to 5 (F600 to F604) Replacement
Removal
Fan Guard
1. Open the printer rear cover (See Subsection 19.5.1). 2. Remove the three screws and then the fan guard.
Screws (3) LII884
3. Open the harness clamp, disconnect the fan connector and remove the fan.
Fan (F600)
Installation Connector
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Clamp LII885
19-30
19.5 Control Section 19.5.7
Power Supply Cooling Fan (F630)/Electrical Equipment Cooling Fan 1/2 (F631A/F631B) Replacement
Removal Screws (2)
1. Open the printer rear cover (See Subsection 19.5.1). 2. Remove the two screws and then the fan guard.
Fan Guard LII886
3. Open the clamp and disconnect the fan connector.
Connector
Screws (2)
4. Remove the two screws and then the fan.
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Clamp
Fan LII887
19
19-31
19.5 Control Section 19.5.8
Control Section Exhaust Fan Bracket Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Bracket
Screws (5)
1. Open the printer rear cover (See Subsection 19.5.1). 2. Disconnect the five fan connectors. 3. Remove the five screws and then the bracket.
Reinstallation Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Connectors (5) LII888
19.5.9
Left Cover Interlock Switch 1/2 (D681A/D681B) Replacement
Removal
Screws (2)
1. Remove the control section exhaust fan bracket (See Subsection 19.5.8). 2. Remove the two screws and then the switch bracket.
LII889
19-32
19.5 Control Section 3. Disconnect the two connectors and remove the spring.
Spring
4. Remove the E-ring and then the two interlock switches.
Installation
Connectors (2)
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
E-ring Interlock Switches (2) LII890
19.5.10
Power Switch (D684) Replacement
Removal
Wires
1A
4B
Locking tab
1. Remove the control section exhaust fan bracket (See Subsection 19.5.8). 2. Release the locking tabs to remove the switch. 3. Disconnect the wires from the switch.
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
2A
Switch LII891
19
19-33
19.5 Control Section 19.5.11
Feed Section Cooling Fan 1 (F605) Replacement
Removal
Fan (F605)
1. Remove the control section exhaust fan bracket (See Subsection 19.5.8). 2. Disconnect the fan connector. 3. Remove the two screws and then the fan.
Installation Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Connector
Screws (2) LII892
19-34
20. ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS 20.1
I/O Parts Diagrams................................................................................ 20-2
20.1.1 20.1.2 20.1.3 20.1.4 20.1.5
20.2
Electrical Parts and Circuit Board Layout Diagrams ...................... 20-15
20.2.1 20.2.2
20.3
Scanner Wiring Diagram..................................................................................... 20-29 Auto Film Carrier NC100AY Wiring Diagram .................................................... 20-32 Multi-film Carrier MFC10AY Wiring Diagram .................................................... 20-33
Printer/Processor DC Power Supply Unit and Circuit Boards ....... 20-34
20.6.1 20.6.2 20.6.3 20.6.4 20.6.5
20.7
DC Power Supply Voltage Adjustment.............................................................. 20-22 DC Voltage Check List ........................................................................................ 20-23 DC Power Supply Unit Fuses and LEDs............................................................ 20-24 Circuit Board Layout Diagrams.......................................................................... 20-26
Scanner (SP-3000) Wiring Diagrams................................................. 20-29
20.5.1 20.5.2 20.5.3
20.6
Scanner Block Diagram ...................................................................................... 20-18 Image Processing Block Diagram...................................................................... 20-19 Printer/Processor Block Diagram ...................................................................... 20-20 Printer/Processor Electrical Equipment Block Diagram.................................. 20-21
Scanner DC Power Supply Unit and Circuit Boards ....................... 20-22
20.4.1 20.4.2 20.4.3 20.4.4
20.5
Scanner Section (SP-3000) ................................................................................. 20-15 Printer Section (LP5700) ..................................................................................... 20-16
Block Diagrams................................................................................... 20-18
20.3.1 20.3.2 20.3.3 20.3.4
20.4
Scanner Section (SP-3000) ................................................................................... 20-2 Auto Film Carrier NC100AY .................................................................................. 20-4 Multi-film Carrier MFC10AY .................................................................................. 20-6 Printer Section (LP5700) ....................................................................................... 20-7 Processor Section (LP5700) ............................................................................... 20-11
Input Extension Cable Connection .................................................................... 20-34 DC Voltage Check List ........................................................................................ 20-35 “POWER” LEDs on the Operation Panel........................................................... 20-37 DC Power Supply System LED Indication......................................................... 20-39 Circuit Board Layout Diagrams.......................................................................... 20-44
Printer/Processor Wiring Diagrams .................................................. 20-53
20.7.1 20.7.2 20.7.3 20.7.4 20.7.5 20.7.6 20.7.7 20.7.8 20.7.9 20.7.10
AC Power Supply Wiring Diagram ..................................................................... 20-53 PAC23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram................................................................ 20-54 PWR23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram............................................................... 20-55 CTL23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram ................................................................ 20-56 JND23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram ................................................................ 20-59 JNE23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram ................................................................ 20-61 LDD23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram................................................................ 20-63 Image Control Box Circuit Board Wiring Diagram ........................................... 20-64 PDA23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram................................................................ 20-65 PDB23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram................................................................ 20-67
20-1
20
20.1 I/O Parts Diagrams 20.1.1
Scanner Section (SP-3000)
Micro Switch Motor Temperature Sensor Photo-interrupter Fan Displacement Sensor Switch Heater Z2217
20-2
20.1 I/O Parts Diagrams
Symbol
Name
Remarks
D201
Conjugate Length Variable Section Home Position Sensor
Photo Interrupter
D202
Lens Home Position Sensor
Photo Interrupter
D203
Shutter Home Position Sensor
Photo Interrupter
D204
Scanner Section Exhaust Fan Sensor
D205
Scanner Section Cooling Fan Sensor
D206
Displacement Sensor 1
D207
Displacement Sensor 2
D208
Carrier Lock Sensor
Micro Switch
D301
135 Diffusion box Sensor
Micro Switch
D302
120 Diffusion Box Sensor
Micro Switch
D311
LED Light Source Temperature Sensor
D214
Start Switch
D303
Light Source Section Exhaust Fan Sensor
F211
Scanner Section Exhaust Fan
DC24V/0.07A
F212
Scanner Section Cooling Fan
DC24V/0.07A
F311
Light Source Section Exhaust Fan
DC24V/0.04A
F321
Image Processing Section Cooling Fan
DC12V/0.14A
L301
R-LED Light Source
L302
G-LED Light Source
L303
B-LED Light Source
L304
IR-LED Light Source
LH311
LED Heater 1
LH312
LED Heater 2
M201
Conjugate Length Variable Motor
Pulse Motor
M202
Lens Drive Motor
Pulse Motor
M203
Shutter Drive Motor
Pulse Motor
PZ201
Piezoelectric Actuator 1
(Pixel Shifting)
PZ202
Piezoelectric Actuator 2
(Pixel Shifting)
20
20-3
20.1 I/O Parts Diagrams 20.1.2
Auto Film Carrier NC100AY
Micro Switch Photo-interrupter Motor Solenoid LED LED/Photosensitive device
Z2216
20-4
20.1 I/O Parts Diagrams
Symbol
Name
Remarks
D101
135 Leading End Sensor
LED/Phototransistor
D102
135 Upstream Perforation Sensor
LED/Phototransistor
D103
135 Downstream Perforation Sensor
LED/Phototransistor
D104
135 Check Tape Sensor
LED/Phototransistor
D106-A
135 Rear Inner Bar Code Sensor
LED/PSD
D106-B
135 Rear Outer Bar Code Sensor
LED/PSD
D108-A
135 Front Inner Bar Code Sensor
LED/PSD
D108-B
135 Front Outer Bar Code Sensor
LED/PSD
D109
135 Rear Outer Frame Sensor
LED/PSD
D110
135 Rear Inner Frame Sensor
LED/PSD
D111
135 Front Inner Frame Sensor
LED/PSD
D112
135 Front Outer Frame Sensor
LED/PSD
D114-A
135 Rear Inner Panorama Sensor
LED/PSD
D114-B
135 Rear Outer Panorama Sensor
LED/PSD
D115-A
135 Front Inner Panorama Sensor
LED/PSD
D115-B
135 Front Outer Panorama Sensor
LED/PSD
D116-A
IX240 Inner Leading End/Trailing End/Bar Code Sensor
LED/PSD
D116-B
IX240 Outer Leading End/Trailing End/Bar Code Sensor
LED/PSD
D117
IX240 Perforation Sensor
LED/Phototransistor
D118
IX240 Rear Unexposed Frame Sensor
LED/Phototransistor
D119
IX240 Front Unexposed Frame Sensor
LED/Phototransistor
D120
Door Open/Close Sensor
Photo Interrupter (SSB22)
D121
IPI Sensor
Photo Interrupter (SSA23)
D122
Supply Motor Home Position Sensor
Photo Interrupter (SSD23)
D123
Cartridge Set Sensor
Photo Interrupter (SSB22)
D124
Magnetic Reading Head
D128
Pressure Cover Open/Close Sensor
Micro Switch
D129
135 Feed Lane Position Sensor
Photo Interrupter
D130
IX240 Feed Lane Position Sensor
Photo Interrupter
D131
Left Frame Adjustment Key (<)
D132
Frame Return Key ([<])
D133
Frame Feed Key ([>])
D134
Right Frame Adjustment Key (>)
D135
Feed Roller Rotation Sensor
Photo Interrupter (SSE23)
L/P101
Indicator Lamp
LED (Green/Red)
M101
Feed Motor
Pulse Motor
M102
Supply Motor
Pulse Motor
M104
Door Motor
Pulse Motor
MG101
Magnetic Writing Head
S101
Solenoid
20
20-5
20.1 I/O Parts Diagrams 20.1.3
Multi-film Carrier MFC10AY
Photo-interrupter Solenoid Z2215
Symbol
Name
Remarks
D480
Film Mask Sensor 0
Photo Interrupter (Rear)
D481
Film Mask Sensor 1
Photo Interrupter
D482
Film Mask Sensor 2
Photo Interrupter
D483
Film Mask Sensor 3
Photo Interrupter
D484
Film Mask Sensor 4
Photo Interrupter (Front)
D486
Mask Table Slider Position Sensor
Photo Interrupter
S481
Solenoid
20-6
20.1 I/O Parts Diagrams 20.1.4
Printer Section (LP5700)
Switch
M
Motor Photo-interrupter Photo-transistor Micro Switch Solenoid Temperature Sensor Fan
20 L21189
20-7
20.1 I/O Parts Diagrams ■ Paper Supply Section Symbol
Name
Remark
D680A
Magazine door interlock switch 1
Micro Switch
D680B
Magazine door interlock switch 2
Micro Switch
M610
Upper magazine paper supply motor
Pulse Motor
M620
Lower magazine paper supply motor
Pulse Motor
■ Paper Feeding Section Symbol
Name
Remark
D601
Upper cutter open (home position) sensor
Photo Interrupter
D602
Upper cutter close sensor
Photo Interrupter
D603
Lower cutter open (home position) sensor
Photo Interrupter
D604
Lower shutter close sensor
Photo Interrupter
D610~D615 Upper magazine ID sensor
Micro Switch
D616
Upper magazine paper end sensor
Photo Interrupter
D617
Upper magazine open/close sensor 1
Micro Switch
D618
Upper magazine open/close sensor 2
Micro Switch
D619
Upper magazine splice sensor
LED, Photo-transistor
D620~D625 Lower magazine ID sensor
Micro Switch
D626
Lower magazine paper end sensor
Photo Interrupter
D627
Lower magazine open/close sensor 1
Micro Switch
D628
Lower magazine open/close sensor 2
Micro Switch
D629
Lower magazine splice sensor
LED, Photo-transistor
D631
Upper magazine paper sensor
Photo Interrupter
D632
Lower magazine paper sensor
Separate Type Photo Interrupter
D633
Feed section paper sensor
Photo Interrupter
D640
Registration section paper sensor
Separate Type Photo Interrupter
D641
Tilt home position sensor (for M641)
Photo Interrupter
D642
Nip release home position sensor 1 (for M642)
Photo Interrupter
D681A
Left side door interlock switch 1
Micro Switch
D681B
Left side door interlock switch 2
Micro Switch
M600
Upper cutter drive motor
DC Motor
M601
Lower cutter drive motor
DC Motor
M630/M631/ Feed motor 1 to 4 M632/M640
Pulse Motor
M641
Registration tilt motor
Pulse Motor
M642
Nip release motor 1
Pulse Motor
S630
Back printer head
S631/S632/ S640/S641
Nip release solenoid 1 to 4
20-8
20.1 I/O Parts Diagrams ■ Exposure Section Symbol
Name
Remark
D650
Exposure section entrance paper sensor
LED, Photo-transistor
D651
Soft nip home position sensor (for M651)
Photo Interrupter
D653
Exposure position paper sensor
LED, Photo-transistor
D674
Shutter open/close sensor
Photo Interrupter
D684
Power switch
Switch
F608
Feed section cooling fan 4
F609
Feed section cooling fan 5
F610~F612
Anti-dust fan
F690A
AOM cooling fan
F690B
LDD cooling fan
HS760
Thermohygrometer
IC
M650
Sub-scanning feed motor
Pulse Motor
M651
Soft nip motor
Pulse Motor
S673
Shutter solenoid
TS650
Exposure point temperature sensor
IC
■ Distribution/Print Exit Section Symbol
Name
Remark
D655
Nip release home position sensor 2 (for M655)
Photo Interrupter
D656
Nip release home position sensor 3 (for M656)
Photo Interrupter
D660
Distribution paper sensor (center)
Separate Type Photo Interrupter
D661
Distribution home position sensor (for M661)
Photo Interrupter
D662
Nip release home position sensor 4 (front) (for M652)
Photo Interrupter
D663
Nip release home position sensor 4 (rear) (for M653)
Photo Interrupter
D664
Distribution paper sensor (front)
Separate Type Photo Interrupter
D665
Distribution paper sensor (rear)
Separate Type Photo Interrupter
D666
Speed control section paper sensor (front)
Separate Type Photo Interrupter
D667
Speed control section paper sensor (center)
Separate Type Photo Interrupter
D668
Speed control section paper sensor (rear)
Separate Type Photo Interrupter
D669
Distribution drive standby sensor
Micro Switch
F606
Feed section cooling fan 2
F607
Feed section cooling fan 3
M655
Nip release motor 2
Pulse Motor
M656
Nip release motor 3
Pulse Motor
M660
Feed motor 5
Pulse Motor
M661
Distribution motor
Pulse Motor
M662
Nip release motor 4 (front)
Pulse Motor
M663
Nip release motor 4 (rear)
Pulse Motor
M664
Speed control motor (front)
Pulse Motor
M665
Speed control motor (rear)
Pulse Motor
20-9
20
20.1 I/O Parts Diagrams ■ Power/Electrical/Control Section Symbol
Name
D765
Dryer heater selection switch
F600~F604
Control section exhaust fan
F605
Feed section cooling fan 1
F620
Image control section cooling fan
F630
Power supply cooling fan
F631A/B
Electrical equipment cooling fan
Remark Switch
20-10
20.1 I/O Parts Diagrams 20.1.5
Processor Section (LP5700)
Heater Motor Photo-interrupter Photo-transistor Micro-Switch Solenoid Temperature Sensor Fan Pump Safety Thermostat Solution Level Sensor Buzzer Switch
L21190
20-11
20
20.1 I/O Parts Diagrams ■ Processor Section Symbol M700
Name
Remark
Processor drive motor
DC Motor
■ Processor Solution Circulation System Symbol
Name
Remark
F700
P1 heater cooling fan
F701
P2 heater cooling fan
F702
PS1/2/3 heater cooling fan
F703
PS4 heater cooling fan
F704/F705
Processing solution tank exhaust fan 1/2
H700
P1 heater
H701
P2 heater
H702
PS1/2/3 heater
H703
PS4 heater
PU700
P1 circulation pump
PU701
P2 circulation pump
PU702
PS1 circulation pump
PU703
PS2 circulation pump
PU704
PS3 circulation pump
PU705
PS4 circulation pump
PU720
Auto washing pump
PU721
P1R pump
PU722
P2RA pump
PU723
P2RB pump
PU724
PSR pump
S720
Crossover rack front auto washing valve
S721
Crossover rack rear auto washing valve
S722
Dryer entrance rack auto washing valve
S723
P1WR water replenishment valve
S728
P1R cartridge washing
S729
P2RA cartridge washing
S730
P2RB cartridge washing
S731
P1R stirring valve
D700
P1 heater safety thermostat
D701
P2 heater safety thermostat
D702
PS1/2/3 heater safety thermostat
D703
PS4 heater safety thermostat
TS700
P1 solution thermometer
TS701
P2 solution thermometer
TS702
PS1/2/3 solution thermometer
TS703
PS4 solution thermometer
20-12
20.1 I/O Parts Diagrams ■ Processing Solution Replenisher Symbol
Name
Remark
M720
Cartridge opening motor
Pulse Motor
D721
Replenisher cartridge setting sensor
Photo Interrupter
D722
Replenisher cartridge box upper sensor
Photo Interrupter
D723
Replenisher cartridge box lower sensor
Photo Interrupter
D724
Replenisher cartridge door interlock
Micro Switch
FS700
P1 solution level sensor
FS701
P2 solution level sensor
FS702
PS1 solution level sensor
FS703
PS2 solution level sensor
FS704
PS3 solution level sensor
FS705
PS4 solution level sensor
FS706
PS4 solution concentration sensor
FS720
P1R upper level sensor
FS721
P2RA upper level sensor
FS722
P2RB upper level sensor
FS723
PSR upper level sensor
FS724
P1R lower level sensor
FS725
P2RA lower level sensor
FS726
P2RB lower level sensor
FS727
PSR lower level sensor
FS728
Waste solution level sensor
■ Dryer Section Symbol F760
Name
Remark
Dryer fan
H760~H767 Dryer heater M770
Dryer section drive motor
DC Motor
D760A
Dryer heater safety thermostat 1
To monitor any abnormality in heater temperature
D760B
Dryer heater safety thermostat 2
To monitor any abnormality in heater temperature
D762A
Dryer section open/close detecting interlock switch
Micro Switch
D762B
Dryer belt unit open/close detecting interlock switch
Micro Switch
TS760
Dryer thermometer
To monitor any abnormality in heater temperature
20
20-13
20.1 I/O Parts Diagrams ■ Print Exit Sorter Section Symbol
Name
Remark
BZ810
Sorter full buzzer
M771
Print exit drive motor
DC Motor
M810
Sorter drive motor
DC Motor
M811
Transversal sorter drive motor
DC Motor
M812
Print alignment motor for SU2400AY
DC Motor
S770
Feeding path switching solenoid
D770
Feeding path switching rear paper sensor
LED, Photo-transistor
D771
Feeding path switching center paper sensor
LED, Photo-transistor
D772
Feeding path switching front paper sensor
LED, Photo-transistor
D773
Lower exit paper sensor (rear)
LED, Photo-transistor
D774
Lower exit paper sensor (center)
LED, Photo-transistor
D775
Lower exit paper sensor (front)
LED, Photo-transistor
D776
Feeding path switch position sensor (large size)
Photo Interrupter
D810
Sorter tray stop position sensor
Photo Interrupter
D811
Sorter full sensor
Photo Interrupter
D812
Sorter drive switch
Switch
D813
Transversal sorter stop sensor
Flood LED, Photo-transistor
D814
Print alignment stop sensor
Photo Interrupter
20-14
20.2 Electrical Parts and Circuit Board Layout Diagrams 20.2.1
Scanner Section (SP-3000) CPZ23 Circuit Board
CCD23 Circuit Board Monitor
CTB23 Circuit Board CYA23/CYB23 Circuit Board
LED23 Circuit Board
Full Keyboard
CLE23 Circuit Board
GPA23 Circuit Board GSR23 Circuit Board
GIA23 Circuit Board GIE23 Circuit Board
GMB23 Circuit Board
Expanded Image Processing (GOA23) Cirucuit Baord (Optional)
Power Supply Unit
Main Control Unit Z2438
■ Circuit Board Main Functions Circuit Boards CCD23 CLE23 CPZ23 CTB23 CYA23 CYB23 GIA23 GIE23 GMB23 GPA23 GSR23
Functions CCD and CCD output amplifier LED light source control Pixel shifting control Scanner section mechanical control Auto film carrier NC100AY control Multi film carrier MFC10AY control AD converter, CCD correction and scanner light source interface IEEE1394 interface Image processing section CPU circuit board Image processing Mechanical control interface
20-15
20
20.2 Electrical Parts and Circuit Board Layout Diagrams 20.2.2
Printer Section (LP5700)
AOM Driver Operation Panel (AOM23 Circuit Board) Laser Optical Unit Densitometer LDD23 Circuit Board AD300
Power Switch
PDA23 Circuit Board
Relays (K1 to K5)
JND23 Circuit Board Image Control Box
JNF23 Circuit Board
GDM23 Circuit Board
GIE23 Circuit Board GPR23 Circuit Board GEP23 Circuit Board
CTL23 Circuit Board
ATX Power GMC23 Circuit Board Supply PDB23 Circuit Board
Leakage Breakers (LB1 to LB3) Capacitors (C1 to C3)
Noise Filters (NF1 to NF3)
JNE23 Circuit Board PAC23 Circuit Board Circuit Protectors (CP1 to CP6)
DC Power Supply Section
PWR23 Circuit Board
Power Supply Built-in Circuit Electrical Equipment Section Terminal Section Breaker
Auxiliary Power (SPS23 Circuit Board)
L2975
20-16
20.2 Electrical Parts and Circuit Board Layout Diagrams ■ Circuit Board/Electrical Equipment Function Circuit Board
Function
AOM23
AOM driver for B and G (R is connected to the laser optical unit directly.)
CTL23
Mechanical control for the printer and processor
GDM23
DIMM (accumulates image data) 512MB
GEP23
Exposure control (outputs image data to the laser optical unit.)
GIE23
Interface to SP-3000 (receives input image data.)
GMC23
Image control motherboard (processes gradation of input image data and outputs to the correct receiver.) and main control for the LP5700
GPR23
Expanded functions (backup, power supply control and operation panel communication) of the GMC23
JND23
Printer sensor relay
JNE23
Processor sensor relay
JNF23
Back printer relay
LDD23
Control of the parts in the laser optical unit
PAC23
AC load (heaters) driver for the processor
PDA23
DC load (motors, solenoids and fans) driver for the printer
PDB23
DC load (motors, solenoids and fans) driver for the processor
PWR23
DC power interlock and distribution
Electrical Equipment
Function
Power Supply Section
AC power supply parts assembly [breakers, noise filters, circuit protectors, relays, transformer, SSR and auxiliary power (SPS23 circuit board)]
DC Power Supply Unit
DC 5V, 8V, 12V and 24V power supply
ATX Power Supply (ATX23 Circuit Board)
DC-DC power supply for image control
20
20-17
20-18
Motor Drive
Motor Drive
Power Supply
Motor Drive Light Box
Power Supply
Sensors
Multi Film Carrier MFC10AY
CLE23 Circuit Board
GSR23 Circuit Board
Bridge
Keyboard
Carrier Peripheral Device I/F USB
Main Control Unit
GMB23 Circuit Board
Bridge
Sensors
Auto Film Carrier NC100AY
LED23 Circuit Board
LED Driver
Temperature Control
Temperature Control
Light Source Control
CTB23 Circuit Board
Scanner Section Control
CPZ Circuit Board
Displacement Feedback
Driver
Pixel Shifting Control
LED Light Source
Light Source Section
• • •
•
Scanner Section Lens (Motor and Temperature) Conlugate Length Shuther Carrer Lock Release
Displacement Sensor
Piezoelectlic Actuator
GIA23 Circuit Board
Bridge
IEEE1394 (200Mbps)
IEEE1394 (200Mbps)
GPA23 Circuit Board
GPA23 Circuit Board (Optional)
GIE23 Circuit Board IEEE1394 Card
1
LP1500SC/ LP200SC
20.3.1
Pixel Shifting Unit
CCD23 Circuit Board
20.3 Block Diagrams Scanner Block Diagram
Z2090
20.3 Block Diagrams 20.3.2
Image Processing Block Diagram
Scanner/Light Source Section
Image Processing Section
CCD23 Circuit Board (CCD drive)
LED23 Circuit Board (LED light source)
CLE23 Circuit Board (Light source control)
GMB23 Circuit Board (Image processing motherboard)
GIA23 Circuit Board (AD converter/ CCD correction/ scanner light source interface)
GPA23 Circuit Board (Image processing)
GSR23 Circuit Board (Mechanical control interface)
GIE23 Circuit Board (IEEE1394 interface)
GPA23 Circuit Board (Optional)
CPZ23 Circuit Board (Pixel shifting control)
CTB23 Circuit Board (Scanner mechanical control)
To LP1500SC/ LP2000SC Main Control Unit
Power Supply Unit
CYA23 Circuit Board (Auto film carrier NC100AY control)
CYB23 Circuit Board (Optional Multi film carrier MFC10AY control)
Film Carrier
Monitor
Mouse/ Keyboard
Main Control Section
20
20-19
20-20
GIE 23 Circuit Board
GPP 23 Circuit Board
Scanner
IEEE1394
PCI
PCI
PCI
GEP 23 Circuit Board
RS232C
Image Control Box
RS232C
Cooling Fan
Exposure Point Temperature Sensor (TS650)
Image Data :
PAC 23 Circuit Board
Driver
PDB 23 Circuit Board
Driver
PDA 23 Circuit Board
CTL 23 Circuit Board
AOM Driver (Bch)
AOM Driver (Gch)
LDD 23 Circuit Board
RS232C
Thermometer
JNE 23 Circuit Board
JNF 23 Circuit Board
JND 23 Circuit Board
AOM
AOM B-LD
G-SHG
SOS
Polygon
JMG/B
to LDD
Power Switch
Motor
Motor Cooling Fan Solenoid
Sensor
Processor
Back Printer Head
Motor Cooling Fan Solenoid
Sensor
Printer
RFR
LDR R-LD
Laser Optical Unit
Operating Panel
JMR
RS232C to LDD
to PAC 23 Circuit Board
Shutter
GDM 23 Circuit Board (Main Memoly)
GMC 23 Circuit Board
ATX DC-DC Power Supply
Control Data :
20.3.3
Power Supply
Power Supply
Communication in the LP5700SC :
20.3 Block Diagrams Printer/Processor Block Diagram
Interupter
20-21
12V 5V 3.3V
*2
+5V
5V→3.3V
CTL23 Circuit Board
*1
+5V
*1 +5V supplied to JND/JNE is only relayed and not consumed by the circuit board. *2 +24V supplied to JNF is only relayed and not consumed by the circuit board.
+5V
+24V AOM ±12V Driver
+24V AOM ±12V Driver
IL+24V, IL+12V, +24V, ±12V, 8V
IL+12V→IL+8V ±12V→±5V
LDD23 Circuit Board
+24V
Densitometer
Operation Panel
200/220/230/240V AC Input from Electrical Section
Main DC Power Supply (PS)
+24V
24V→
ATX Power Supply
+12V,+5V,+3.3V
GMC23 Circuit Board
*1
+5V +5V +24V +24V, ±12V, JNF23 JNE23 JND23 +8V, ±5V, Circuit Circuit Circuit Board Board IL+12V, IL+8V, Board IL+24V
Sensors
+5V
Laser Optical Unit
Sensors
+5V
GEP23 Circuit Board 5V Back Printer Head
+5V, +3.3V
GPR23 Circuit Board 5V
+24V
PAC23 Circuit Board
+5V from CTL23 Circuit Board
AC200/220/230/240V
Heater
DC Pump
Dryer Fan
: Power System
: Analog System
: Digital System
200/220/230/240V AC Input from Electrical Section
+24V
IL+24V, +24V
5V→3.3V
+24V
IL+24V, +24V, 12V
Motors
PDB23 Circuit Board
IL+24V, +24V +5V
5V→3.3V
24V→12V
PDA23 Circuit Board
IL+24V, +24V, 12V
Motors
A→B : B is generated from A IL : Interlock
20.3.4
GIE23 Circuit Board
±12V from PS
20.3 Block Diagrams Printer/Processor Electrical Equipment Block Diagram
20
20.4 Scanner DC Power Supply Unit and Circuit Boards 20.4.1
DC Power Supply Voltage Adjustment
1. Remove the rear cover (See Subsection 9.1.2). 2. Connect the power supply cord and turn ON the built-in circuit breaker. 3. Press the START switch to start up the system. 4. Measure the DC voltage at the points shown in the table below.
Measuring Points GND Terminal
+ Terminal 5. Adjust the voltage by turning the VR on the DC power supply unit. 6. Shut down the system. 7. Turn OFF the built-in circuit breaker and disconnect the power supply cord. 8. Reinstall the rear cover.
9
16
1
1
8
6
1
10
5
5 8
DC Voltage Range
PS6-1
PS6-6
5.2 ± 0.2V
PS6-2
PS6-7
-5.2 ± 0.2V
PS6-3
PS6-8
12.2V ± 0.5V
PS6-4
PS6-9
-12.2V ± 0.5V
PS6-5
PS6-10
20.2V ± 0.3V
PS5-3
PS5-9
5.2 ± 0.2V
PS5-6
PS5-12
12.2V ± 0.5V
PS7-1
PS7-4
5.2 ± 0.2V
PS7-2
PS7-5
12.2V ± 0.5V
PS7-3
PS7-6
24.2V ± 1.2V
PS5-1
PS5-7
5.2 ± 0.2V
PS5-2
PS5-8
24.2V ± 1.2V
PS4-1
PS4-9
5.2 ± 0.2V
PS4-3
PS4-11
12.2V ± 0.5V
PS4-5
PS4-13
-12.2V ± 0.5V
PS4-7
PS4-15
24.2V ± 1.2V
1 4
3 4
1 2
4
1
6
3
5
1
8
4
7
1
12
6
4 Z2205
20-22
20.4 Scanner DC Power Supply Unit and Circuit Boards 20.4.2
DC Voltage Check List Circuit Board
Circuit Board
Power Name
Check Points on Circuit Board
Local Power in LED + Terminal GND Circuit Board Terminal
Check Points on DC Power Supply Unit
Voltage Range
Terminal GND Voltage Terminal Range
CCD23 A+5V
JCD1-1
JCD1-2
5.0 ± 0.2V
PS6-1
PS6-6
5.2 ± 0.2V
A-5V
JCD1-3
JCD1-4
-5.0 ± 0.2V
PS6-2
PS6-7
-5.2 ± 0.2V
A+12V
JCD1-5
JCD1-6
12.0V ± 0.5V
PS6-3
PS6-8
12.2V ± 0.5V
A-12V
JCD1-7
JCD1-8
-12.0V ± 0.5V PS6-4
PS6-9
-12.2V ± 0.5V
JCD1-9
A+20V
JCD1-10
20.0V ± 0.3V
PS6-5
PS6-10
20.2V ± 0.3V
D27 TP14
TP19
5.0 ± 0.2V
PS5-3
PS5-9
5.2 ± 0.2V
TP30
TP19
3.3V ± 0.15V
D29 TP16
TP19
12.0V ± 0.5V
PS5-6
PS5-12
12.2V ± 0.5V
D33 TP16
TP13
5.0 ± 0.2V
PS7-1
PS7-4
5.2 ± 0.2V
TP17
TP13
3.3V ± 0.15V
A+12V
D34 TP20
TP24
12.0V ± 0.5V
PS7-2
PS7-5
12.2V ± 0.5V
P+24V
D36 TP26
TP31
24.0V ± 1.2V
PS7-3
PS7-6
24.2V ± 1.2V
D41 TP52
TP53
5.0 ± 0.2V
PS5-1
PS5-7
5.2 ± 0.2V
TP63
TP55
3.3V ± 0.15V
D43 TP58
TP53
24.0V ± 1.2V
PS5-2
PS5-8
24.2V ± 1.2V
JCRY1-1
JCRY1-2
5.0 ± 0.2V
PS4-1
PS4-9
5.2 ± 0.2V
A+12V
JCRY1-3
JCRY1-4
12.0V ± 0.5V
PS4-3
PS4-11
12.2V ± 0.5V
A-12V
JCRY1-5
JCRY1-6
-12.0V ± 0.5V PS4-5
PS4-13
-12.2V ± 0.5V
P+24V
JCRY1-15 JCRY1-16 24.0V ± 1.2V
PS4-15
24.2V ± 1.2V
CPZ23 D+5V D+3.3V I+12V CLE23 D+5V D+3.3V
CTB23 D+5V D+3.3V P+24V CYA23 D+5V
PS4-7
●DC Power Supply Unit To GMB23 Circuit Board (1 to 3/5 to 7)/ CIA23 Circuit Board (4 and 8) To Carrier To CCD23 Circuit Board
9
16
1
8
To START Switch
To CLE23 Circuit Board
6 10
Spare (For Optional)
To Light Box
1
5
1
5
8
4
3 4
1 4 2 6
1 3
5
1
8
4
To Main Control Unit
1
7
1
12
6
To Main Control Unit (1 to 3)/ CRT (4 to 6)
20
4
GMB23 Circuit Board (GND)
VR
To CTB23 Circuit Board (1,2,7 and 8)/ CPZ23 Circuit Board (3,6,9 and 12) Z2205
20-23
20.4 Scanner DC Power Supply Unit and Circuit Boards 20.4.3
DC Power Supply Unit Fuses and LEDs
● Fuse and LED List Voltage Name D+5V
Fuses
LED No.
Connectors
For
F3(3.2A)
D3
PS4
Carrier
F7(2.0A)
D7
PS5
CTB23
F9(1.0A)
D9
PS5
CPZ23
F15(1.0A)
D15
PS7
CLE23
F21(4.0A)
D21
PS11
Option
F22(4.0A)
D22
PS11
Option
F2(1.0A)
D2
PS2
GIA23
F19(2.0A)
D19
PS6
CCD23
AÅ|5V
F11(1.0A)
D11
PS6
CCD23
A+12V
F4(2.0A)
D4
PS4
Carrier
F12(1.0A)
D12
PS6
CCD23
F16(1.0A)
D16
PS7
CLE23
F5(1.0A)
D5
PS4
Carrier
F13(1.0A)
D13
PS6
CCD23
F1(3.2A)
D1
PS2
Image Processing
F20(2.0A)
D20
PS11
Optional
+12V(Insulation)
F10(2.0A)
D10
PS5
CPZ23
A+20V
F14(1.0A)
D14
PS6
CCD23
P+24V
F6(3.2A)
D6
PS4
Carrier
F8(3.2A)
D8
PS5
CTB23
F17(3.2A)
D17
PS7
CLE23
F18(1.0A)
D18
PS8
Light Box
A+5V
AÅ|12V P+12V
Rated Current: 1.0A: 2.0A: 3.2A: 4.0A:
Quantity 10 5 5 2
20-24
20.4 Scanner DC Power Supply Unit and Circuit Boards ●Fuse and Load Connection Diagram Image Processing Section D+5V
F1
GIA1
GIA23 Fuses on GIA23 Circuit Board: Circuit Board F72 (2A) : GIA Analog Circuit FAN F73 (4A) : GIA Digital Circuit
A+12V
F2
GMB3
PS2 Connector D+5V
F3
Film Carrier
A+12V
F4
A-12V
F5
P+24V
F6 PS4 Connector
CTB23 Circuit Board F51
D+5V
F7
CTB7 D201, D208 CTB8
P+24V
F8
F52 CTB1
D+5V
F9
+12V (Insulated)
F10
CTB12 CTB11
D202, D203 F211, F212 F312
CPZ23 Circuit Board CPZ1
PS5 Connector
CLE23 Circuit Board
D+5V
F15
A+12V
F16
F61
P+24V
F17
CLE2
F62
PS4 Connector F63
D311 LH311, LH31
CLE3, 4
L301R, L302G L303B, L304IR
A+5V
F19
CCD23 Circuit Board
A-5V
F11
A+12V
F12
A-12V
F13
A+20V
F20
CCD2 PS6 Connector P+24V
F20
Light Box
PS8 Connector F12
P+12V
F13
D+5V
F20
D+5V
For Optional
PS11 connector
20-25
20
20.4 Scanner DC Power Supply Unit and Circuit Boards 20.4.4
Circuit Board Layout Diagrams
●CLE23 Circuit Board
Z2162
Fuse No.
Rated Current
LED No. (Color)
Load
F61
0.3A
D35 (Yellow)
Light Source Temperature Sensor Circuit
F62
2A
D37 (Orange)
Light Source LED Heater Circuit
F63
1.6A
D38 (Orange)
Light Source LED23 Circuit Board
20-26
20.4 Scanner DC Power Supply Unit and Circuit Boards ●CTB23 Circuit Board
Z2122
Fuse No.
Rated Current
LED No. (Color)
Load
F51
1A
D42 (Red)
Scanner Section Sensors
F52
2A
D44 (Orange)
Scanner Section Fans
20
20-27
20.4 Scanner DC Power Supply Unit and Circuit Boards ●CPZ23 Circuit Board
Z2130
20-28
20.5 Scanner (SP-3000) Wiring Diagrams Scanner Wiring Diagram (1/3) 5
8 Conjugate Length Variable Section Home Position Sensor
M201
F311
1 3 4 6 2 5
1 2 3
1 7 2 8 3 4 5 6 9 10 11 12
1 2 3 4 5 6
CTB14 CTB14
CTB11 CTB11
D208
D201
D208 1 2
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 9
TXD3+ TXD3RXD3+ RXD3D_GND D_GND
CTB23 Circuit Board
CTB10 CTB10
CTB7 CTB7
CTB8 CTB8
CTB4 CTB4
COM
To CPZ_3/3_CPZ4
D302
NO
D301
CTB9 CTB9
5 6 7 1 11 8 9 10
2 3 4
2 3 4 5 6
C
COM
1
12
11
Carrier Lock Sensor
D201
1 2 3
P+24V P_GND F311 P+24V P_GND Spare S
M201A_ M201A M201B M201B_ P_GND P_GND P_GND P_GND P_GND P_GND P_GND P_GND
RXD4+ RXD4TXD4+ TXD4D_GND D_GND D_GND CTB5 CTB5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
10
D+5V D211 D_GND D+5V D_GND Spare D_GND
F311
9
Base Collector Emitter
M201
B
7
Light Source Section Exhaust Fan
Conjugate Length Variable Motor
A
6
D+5V D203 D_GND ch-in ch-out D+5V Spare 1 D_GND
4
D+5V D202 D_GND
3
D+5V D201 D_GND D+5V Spare I D_GND D_GND ch-in ch-out
2
D+5V Spare: Temperature Sensor D_GND
1
NO
20.5.1
1 2 3
JD203 JD203 1 2 3 4 5
LH311
LH312
D211 D_GND CLE5_open D_GND
IR7 G5 R5 B7 IR9 G7 R7 B9 IR11 P+24V P+24V NC NC NC
D210 D_GND
P+24V P+24V IR1 B1 R1 G1 IR3 B3 R3 G3 IR5 B5
B6 IR8 G6 R6 B8 IR10 G8 R8 B10 IR12 P+24V P+24V NC
P+24V P+24V IR2 B2 R2 G2 IR4 B4 R4 G4 IR6
LED Temperature Control Unit
F
D203 D203
Lens Home Position Sensor
Shutter Home Position Sensor
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 23 24 22
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 23 24 22 25 26
1 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 13 11
13 12 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 11
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 2 1 3
LED4 LED4
LED3 LED3
LED1 LED1
LED2 LED2 IR7 G5 R5 B7 IR9 G7 R7 B9 IR11 P+24V P+24V NC
D311
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
P+24V P+24V IR1 B1 R1 G1 IR3 B3 R3 G3 IR5 B5 NC
(B) (C) (E)
8 9 10 11 12 1
B6 IR8 G6 R6 B8 IR10 G8 R8 B10 IR12 P+24V P+24V NC
5 6 7
1 2 3
D202
CLE4 CLE4
P+24V P+24V IR2 B2 R2 G2 IR4 B4 R4 G4 IR6 NC
2 3 4
1 2 3
D202
CLE3 CLE3
(B) (C) (E)
1 4 2 5 3 6
LH203_B P+24V LH203_E NC A_GND CLE2_open
CLE2 CLE2
CLE1
(A+VS) (AGND) (VOUT)
E
LH202_B P+24V LH202_E
A+12V A_GND D212
D+5V D_GND A+12V A_GND P+24V P_GND
CLE23 Circuit Board
CLE1
CLE5 CLE5
RXD+ RXDTXD+ TXDD_GND
D
4 5 1 6
2 3
CLE7 CLE7
P_GND P+12V
LED23 Circuit Board
D214_1A D214_1B D214_2A D214_2B
L N FG
1 2 3
L201 L201
D215 D215
Light Box
1 2 3
1 3 2 4
1 3 2 4
PS9 PS9
PS8 PS8
1 5
2 6 3 7 4 8
PS11 PS11 D+5V2_GND D+5V2 P+12V1_GND P+12V1 D+5V2_GND D+5V2
PS (Power Supply Unit)
F331 1 2
2 1
P+12V1_GND P+12V1
PS10 PS10
D215
P+24V P_GND NC NC
L N FG 4 5 6
1 2 3
PS7 PS7 D+5V2 D_GND A+12V A_GND P+24V P_GND
H
CRT Power Supply
D214_1A D214_2A D214_1B D214_2B
1 4 2 5 3 6
Main Control Unit
L N FG
G
L N FG
START Switch
Z2091
20-29
20.5 Scanner (SP-3000) Wiring Diagrams Scanner Wiring Diagram (2/3) 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
A
B
GIE23 GIE1 GIE1
RX2+ RX2TX2+ TX2D_GND D_GND D_GND D_GND TO
P+12V P_GND ALM GMB7 GMB7
TX1+ TX1TX1+ TX1DSR D_GND DSR D_GND RX1+ RX1RX1+ RX1D_GND D_GND D+3.3V D+3.3V
P+12V P_GND ALM GMB6 GMB6
GMB11 GMB11
GSR1 GSR1 2 3 15 16 6 7 19 20 4 5 17 18 8 21 1 14
1 2 3
D+3.3V D_GND D_GND D+5V
GSR23 Circuit Board
GMB23 Circuit Board
23 24 11 12 9 10 22 25 13
1 2 3 4
C
F321
1394-1
Operation Keyboard
D
1 2 3 4 9 10 11 12 5 6 7 8
1 9 2 10 3 11 4 12 5 13 6 14
Main Control Unit
Mouse Full Keyboard
JCRY2 JCRY2
7 15 8 16
1 9 2 10 3 11 4 12 5 13 6 14
7 15 8 16
32 31 16 15 30 14 22 21 6 5 20 19 4 3 18 17 2 1
7 8 23 24 10 9 26 25 12 13 28 29 11 27
JCRY1 JCRY1 P_GND P+24V P_GND P+24V FG FG A_GND A-12V A_GND A-12V A_GND A+12V A_GND A+12V D_GND D+5V D_GND D+5V
Printer Processor
E
To CTB_3/3_CTB2
1 2 3 4 9 10 11 12 5 6 7 8
JCRY3 JCRY3
1394-2
RX1+ RX1RX1+ RX1DSR D_GND DSR D_GND TX1+ TX1TX1+ TX1NC NC
Image Processing Section Cooling Fan
Film Carrier
1 2 3 4
7 15 8 16
PS4 PS4 P+24V P_GND P+24V P_GND
PS1 PS1
PS (Power Supply Unit)
D+3.3V D_GND D_GND D+5V
1 9 2 10 3 11 4 12 5 13 6 14
D+5V D_GND D+5V D_GND A+12V A_GND A+12V A_GND A-12V A_GND A-12V A_GND
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 PS3 PS3 A+12V A_GND NC NC NC NC NC NC NC
F
G
H
Z2092
20-30
20.5 Scanner (SP-3000) Wiring Diagrams Scanner Wiring Diagram (3/3) 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A
9
10
12
11
GMB23 Circuit Board
6 3 5 2 4 1
/VDOUT+_CLE /VDOUT-_CLE SCK+_CLE SCK-_CLE SDTW+_CLE SDTW-_CLE SDTR+_CLE SDTR-_CLE D_GND D_GND
/VDOUT+_CTB /VDOUT-_CTB D_GND D_GND
GIA3 GIA3 23 24 21 22 48 49 19 20 44 45 42 43 46 47 17 18
1 2
D_GND D_GND D_GND D_GND D_GND D_GND D_GND D_GND D_GND D_GND
GIA2 GIA2
/VDOUT+_CPZ /VDOUT-_CPZ SCK+_CPZ SCK-_CPZ SDTW+_CPZ SDTW-_CPZ SDTR+_CPZ SDTR-_CPZ D_GND D_GND
GIA1 GIA1
ADCLK+ ADCLKIDCK+ IDCKHD+ HDSDTR+ SDTRSCK+ SCKSDTW+ SDTWVD+ VDD_GND D_GND
CCDOS1
GMB3 GMB3
A+5V A_GND
B
+S(+3.3V) -S(+3.3V) +S(+5V1) -S(+5V1) P12V P_GND
GIA23 Circuit Board
3
4 5 6 28 29 30 31 8
7
1
13 14 15 16 25 38 39 40 41 50
CPS23 Circuit Board (D206)
CPS23 Circuit Board (D207)
CPS1 1 2 3 4 5
CPS1 1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10
JCPS1 JCPS1
4 5 2 3 14 15 1 6 9 10 7 8 12 13 11
JCD2 JCD2
1 2 3 4 5
36 37 11 12 9 10 34 35 32 33
Piezoelectric Actuator
To CTB_1/3_CTB5
C
2 26 27
PZ201 PZ201 1 4 2 3 5
PZ202 PZ202 1 4 2 3
1 3 2 4 6
5 7
6 7 8 9 10
4 5 2 3 14 15 1 6 9 10 7 8 12 13 11
1 2 3 4 5
CCD2 CCD2
CPZ1 CPZ1
8 3 9 4 10 5 7 2 6 1
1 4 3 6 2 5
CLE6 CLE6 /VD+ /VDSCK+ SCKSDTR+ SDTRSDTW+ SDTWD_GND D_GND
PZ202 Driver PZ202_GND
CLE23 Circuit Board
CPZ23 Circuit Board To GSR_2/3_GSR1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
TXD0+ TXD0RXD0+ RXD0D_GND NC NC NC
JCD1 JCD1
CTB13 CTB13
CTB1 CTB1
4 3 5 11 10 12
1 8 2 9
G
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 3 4 6 2 5
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3
M202
M203
F211
F212
M202
M203
F211
F212
Lens Drive Motor 8
1 7 2 8
3 9 6 12 4 5 10 11
Scanner Section Exhaust Fan
Scanner Section Cooling Fan
PS5 PS5
PS (Power Supply Unit)
D+5V2 D_GND P+12V2 P_GND NC NC
PS6 PS6 A+5V A_GND
+S(D+3.3V) -S(D+3.3V) +S(D+5V) -S(D+5V) P+12V1 P+12V1_GND
1 6 2 7 3 8 4 9 5 10
Shutter Drive Motor
1 2 3 4
D+5V2 D_GND P+24V P_GND NC NC
4
PS2 PS2
A+5V A_GND A-5V A_GND A+12V A_GND A-12V A_GND A+20V A_GND
1 5 2 6 3 7
H
CTB12 CTB12 6 7 13 14
NC NC
1 3 2 4
CTB23 Circuit Board M203A M203ACOM M203A M203B M203BCOM M203B
M202AM202A M202BM202B
D+5V D_GND P+24V P_GND
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
P+24V P_GND F211 P+24V P_GND Spare P_GND P_GND
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
F
1 2 3 4 5 CTB3 CTB3
CTB2 CTB2
RXD+ RXDD_GND D_GND D_GND
A+5V A_GND A-5V A_GND A+12V A_GND A-12V A_GND A+20V A_GND
D+5V D_GND P+12V A_GND NC NC
CCD23 Circuit Board
E
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CPZ2 CPZ2
CPZ4 CPZ4
PZ201 Driver PZ201_GND NC NC NC
/VD+ /VDSCK+ SCKSDTR+ SDTRSDTW+ SDTWD_GND D_GND
7 8 9 10 11 12
CPZ7 CPZ7
TXD+ TXDRXD+ RXDD_GND
CPZ3 CPZ3
ADCLK+ ADCLKIDCK+ IDCKHD+ HDSDTW+ SDTWSCK+ SCKSDTR+ SDTRVD+ VDNC NC
CCDOS1
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CCD3 CCD3
DS202 OUT D+3.3V DS202 CLK DS202 EN D_GND FG
15 13 11 9 14 16 7 5 6 8 2 4 10 12 1 3
CCD1 CCD1
DS201 OUT D+3.3V DS201 CLK DS201 EN D_GND FG
D
To PS_1/2
Z2093
20-31
20.5 Scanner (SP-3000) Wiring Diagrams 20.5.2
Auto Film Carrier NC100AY Wiring Diagram
1
2
3
4
5
6
Plug-in Connector
Feed Motor
Solenoid
CY1
M101
S101
1 17 2 18 3 19 4 20 5 21 15 31 16 32
6 22 12 28 13 29 9
10 26 25
Supply Motor M102
7 23 8 24 11 27 14 30
Door Motor M104
FG
1
MSC22
LEH23
SSA1
SSD1
D130
D129
MSC1
LEH1
SSB1
SSA1
SSD1
D130
D129
MSC1
LEH1
2 1 3
1 3 2
2 1 3
1 3 2 4
1 2 3 4 5
2 3 4 1
135 Leading End Sensor LED(D101L)
12
11
IX240 Leading End/ Trailing End/ 135 Downstream Bar Code Sensor Perforation Sensor LED(D116L) LED(D103L)
Magnetic Writing Head (MG101)
Magnetic Reading Head (D124)
LEE22
LEE23
LEE22
MWH20
LEE1
LEE1
LEE1
MWH1
MRH1
LEE1
LEE1
LEE1
MWH1
ZHR-6
1
2
1
2
1
2
MRH23
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6
B
2
S101 S101
BL K
BL K
Indicator Lamp (L/P101) Keyboard
10
FG
Tx1+ Tx1+ Tx1Tx1N.C N.C
DSR DSR GND
AGND AGND Rx 1 + Rx 1 + Rx 1 Rx 1 GND
9
SSB1 5 1 4 2 3
D+5V D+5V DGND DGND A +12V A +12V AGND AGND A -12V A -12V P+24V P+24V PGND PGND
8
Door Open/Close Supply Motor and Cartridge Home Position IX240 135 Set Sensors IPI Sensor Sensor Feed Lane Feed Lane (D122) (D120/D123) (D121) Position Position Sensor Sensor SSB23 SSA23 SSD23 D130 D129
Nest Section
A
7
1
2 1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4 5
M101 M101 1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3 4
M102 M102
M104 M104
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
CYA2
CYA7
CYA8
CYA5
CYA6
CYA1
CYA2
CYA7
CYA8
CYA5
CYA6 CYA6
D103L_E
D103L_R
D+5V 240MAGwrite1 240MAG_Ene1 240MAGwrite2 240MAG_Ene2 DGND
GRY
WHT
RED GRY BRN GRY BRN BLK
M-12V BLU MGND BLK M+12V RED DGND BLK BRN 240MAGread2 GRY 240MAGread1
D116L_E
4
5
6
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6
LBF3
LBF2
LBF3
CYA3
50 49 4847 46 45 4443 42 4140 3938 37 36 35 34 33 3231 30 2928 27 26 25 24 23 22212019 18 171615 14 13 1211 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
D101 L_E D101 L_R D102 L_E D102 L_R D103 L_E D103 L_R D104 L_E D104 L_R D106 L_E D106 L_R D108 L_E D108 L_R D109 L_E D109 L_R D110 L_E D110 L_R D111 L_E D111 L_R D112 L_E D112 L_R D114 L_E D114 L_R D115 L_E D115 L_R D116 L_E D116 L_R D117 L_E D117 L_R D118 L_E D118 L_R D119 L_E D119 L _R D+5V D+5V DG N D DG N D A +12V A +12V AGND AGND A - 12V A - 12V M+12 V M+12 V MGN D MGN D M-12 V M-12 V N.C N.C
D101L_E D101L_R D102L_E D102L_R D103L_E D103L_R D104L_E D104L_R D106L_E D106L_R D108L_E D108L_R D109L_E D109L_R D110L_E D110L_R D111L_E D111L_R D112L_E D112L_R D114L_E D114L_R D115L_E D115L_R D116L_E D116L_R D117L_E D117L_R D118L_E D118L_R D119L_E D119L_R D+5V D+5V DGND DGND 240MAGwrite1 240MAG_Ene1 240MAGwrite2 240MAG_Ene2 MGND MGND M+12V M+12V 240MAGread1 240MAGread2 M-12V M-12V MGND MGND
D+5V D+5V DGND DGND D101P D103P D102P D104P D12 5 D13 5 A +12V A +12V AGND AGND A - 12V A - 12V D106PA D106PB D108PA D108PB D109P D110P D111P D112P D114PA D114PB D115PA D115PB D116PA D116PB D117P N.C D118P D119P N.C D128 N.C N.C 240M A G read1 240M A G read2 240M A G write1 240M A G _Ene1 240M A G write2 240M A G _Ene2 M+12V M+12V MGND MGND M-12V M-12V 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
LBF4
LBF1
CYA4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 3233 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 4849 50
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
LBF4
LBF23 Circuit Board
CYA23 Circuit Board E
3
LBF2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
CYA1
D116L_R
GRY BRN GRY BRN BLK GRY BLK GRY D131 (< ) D132 (<<) D133 (>>) D134 (>) DGND L101-G DGND L101-R
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1314 15 16 1718
2
GRY
RED BLK GRY BRN RED BLK GRY GRY RED BLK RED BLK GRY GRY RED BLK D+5V DG N D D120 D123 D+5V DG N D D121 D122 D+5V DG N D D+5V DG N D D130 D129 D+5V DG N D N.C N.C 1 2 3 4
1
WHT
BRN ORG RED YEL M104-A M104-/A M104-B M104-/B N.C N.C N.C N.C 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
D101L_E BRN ORG RED YEL M102-A M102-/A M102-B M102-/B 1 2 3 4
D101L_R
BRN RED S101+ S1019 10
5 6 7 8
BRN
BRN ORG RED YEL M101-A M101-/A M101-B M101-/B 1 2 3 4
GRY BRN GRY BRN
GRY BRN GRY BRN BLK
Tx1 + Tx1 + Tx1 Tx1 DGND DGND DSR DSR DG ND DGND Rx 1 + Rx 1 + Rx 1 Rx 1 N.C N.C 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
GRY BRN BLK
RED ORG BLK BRN RED ORG BL K BRN BLU WHIT ORG ORG BLK BRN
D
D+5V D+5V DGND DGND A +12V A +12V AGND AGND A - 12V A - 12V P+24V P+24V PGND PGND
C
YEL
M3 Screw
50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
50 49 4847 46 45 4443 42 4140 3938 37 36 35 34 33 3231 30 2928 27 26 25 24 23 22212019 18 171615 14 13 1211 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
JNC1
JNC18
JNC2
JNC23 Circuit Board
H
JNC10
JNC17
JNC10
D106PB D106PA D108PA D108PB D109P D110P D111P D112P D114PB D114PA D115PA D115PB A+12V AGND A -12V AGND N.C N.C BRN GRY BRN GRY BRN GRY BRN GRY BRN R GY BRN GRY RED BLK BLU BLK
BLK 2
4 5
JNC11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 1415 16 1718
D+5V D117 P D118 P D119 P A +12V AGND A - 12V AGND N.C N.C
D128
DGND
GRY 1
3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
JNC11
RED W HIT BRN GRY RED BLK BLU
A - 12V
3
A +12V
2
AGND
1
BLU
D116PA
1 2
4 5
BLK
D116PB
3
3
RED
1 2
GRY
3
BRN
2
D135
1
DGND
3 2 4
D104P
1
BRN
D+5V
RED
ORG
3 2 4
D102P
D+5V
BRN
1
3 4
GRY
D+5V
D103P
RED
1 2
D+5V
2
JNC17
JNC7
BLK
1
2
JNC7
JNC14
D+5V
1
JNC14
RED
JNC8
BRN
JNC13
D101P
M3 Screw/ Base F1
JNC8
JNC12
RED
G
JNC13
BRN
F
JNC9
JNC12
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
M3 Screw/ Lower Feed Section F2
1 3
2 4
1
2
DTG1
DTE1
DTF1
SSE1
DTE1
DTG1
DTE1
DTF1
SSE1
DTE1
DTG23
DTE22
DTF23
SSE23
DTE23
135 Upstream 135 Leading End 135 Downstream Perforation Sensor Perforation and Sensor Check Tape Sensors (D103P) (D101P) (D102P/D104P)
CN1 CN1
DTB1
DBF1
DTB1
DBF1
DTB23
DBF23
MSA01
Feed Roller IX240 Leading End/ Rotation Sensor Trailing End/Bar (D135) Code Sensor (D116P)
Pressure Cover Open/Close IX240 Perforation/Front/ Sensor (D128) Rear Unexposed Frame Sensor (D117P/D118P/D119P)
135 Bar Code/Frame/Panorama Sensor (D106P/D108P/D109P/D110P/D111P/ D112P/D114P/D115P)
Z2469
20-32
20.5 Scanner (SP-3000) Wiring Diagrams 20.5.3
Multi-film Carrier MFC10AY Wiring Diagram
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Solenoid
A
S480
1
2
C
1
S101–
S101+
B
2 MSB2 MSB2
D
MSB23 Circuit Board
MSB1
E
FPS
D480 D481 D482 D483 D484 DGND FG FG S480–0 S480–1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
D480 D481 D482 D483 D484 DGND FG FG S480–0 S480–1
F
26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
CYB3
G
CYB23 Circuit Board
D48X
D486
RED
1 2 3
CYB5 5 4 3 2 1
BLK
BLK
J
DGND
D+5V
1 2 3
GRY BRN GRY BRN
GRY BRN BLK
T✕1+ T✕1+ T✕1– T✕1– DGND DGND DSR DSR DGND DGND R✕1+ R✕1+ R✕1– R✕1– N.C N.C GRY BRN GRY BRN BLK
ORG RED BLK BRU
D+5V D+5V DGND DGND A+12V A+12V AGND AGND A–12V A–12V P+24V P+24V PGND PGND RED ORG BLK BRU
I
CYB4
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14 1516
CYB6 DGND
CYB2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
BLK
CYB1
CYB4
D+5V
CYB2
BRN
CYB1
N.C N.C RXD0 TXD0 DGND
H
1 2 3
T✕1+ T✕1+ T✕1– T✕1– N.C N.C FG FG
1 17 2 18 3 19 4 20 5 211531 16 32 6 22 12 28 1329 9
DSR DSR GND
K
AGND AGND R✕1+ R✕1+ R✕1– R✕1– GND
D+5V D+5V DGND DGND A+12V A+12V AGND AGND A–12V A–12V P+24V P+24V PGND PGND
D486
1026 25
7 23 8 241127 14 30
20
Mask Table Slider Position Sensor
CY1
Plug-in Connector Z2514
20-33
20.6 Printer/Processor DC Power Supply Unit and Circuit Boards 20.6.1
Input Extension Cable Connection
1. Remove the DC power supply section bracket (See Subsection 19.4.2). 2. Connect the input extension cable (P/N: 136C1059989) between the power supply connectors as shown.
Power Supply Connector
Input Extension Cable
Input Extension Cable
Power Supply Connector L2871(1)
3. Connect the grounding wire connectors of the input extension cable to the ground terminals on the frame and the bracket.
All Connectors Grounding Wire/ Grounding Terminals
4. Reconnect all connectors to the PWR23 circuit board. 5. Turn ON the four interlock switches. 6. Turn ON the main power supply, built-in circuit breaker and power switch to start up the system.
PWR23 Circuit Board L2871(2)
20-34
20.6 Printer/Processor DC Power Supply Unit and Circuit Boards 20.6.2
DC Voltage Check List
Slot-5
Slot-4
Slot-3
2A
Voltage Measuring Circuit Board
Modul-type
1
Slot-2
Slot-1
PS2(AlphaII650)
PS1(AlphaII650)
Dc Power Supply
PS (AlphaII) Power Channel
LED on PS
PWR23 Power Channel
JFL
D+5V_MC
PD5 (G)
D+5V0_MC
Interlock
2A
JFL
D+5V_MC
PD5 (G)
D+5V1_MC
LED on PWR23
Circuit Board
Power Name
Local Power (within Circuit Board)
Fuse (Rated Current)
F60 <2A>
PD60 (G)
(PWR23)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
F112 <2A> F113 <2A>
D7 D13 D12 D9
+24V02 +24V03 +24V11 +24V12 +24V21 +24V22 +24V31 +24V32 S+24V +24V02 +24V50 A+24V IL24V
D+5Va D+5Vb D+3.3V D+1.5V – A+5Va A+5V2 A-5V2 – – – D+3.3V – – – – – – – P+12V – – – – – D+3.3V – – – – – – – – – – – – –
TP11 TP26 TP25 TP21 TP22 TP27 TP39 TP30 TP33 TP23 TP1 TP10 TP8 TP20 TP21 TP22 TP23 TP24 TP25 TP26 TP29 TP27 TP28 TP30 TP1 TP11 TP8 TP21 TP22 TP23 TP24 TP25 TP26 TP27 TP28 TP6 TP4 TP2 TP33 TP35
TP12 (DGND) TP12 (DGND) TP12 (DGND) TP12 (DGND) TP12 (DGND) TP28 (AG) TP28 (AG) TP31 (AG2) TP31 (AG2) TP24 (DGND2) TP2 T11 TP2 TP19 TP19 TP19 TP19 TP11 TP11 TP11 TP11 TP11 TP11 TP11 TP2 TP12 TP5 TP16 TP16 TP16 TP16 TP16 TP16 TP16 TP16 TP8 TP5 TP3 TP32 TP38
+5 ± 0.25 +5 ± 0.25 +5 ± 0.25 +3.3 ± 0.165 +1.5 ± 0.075 +5 ± 0.25 +5 ± 0.25 +5 ± 0.25 -4.75 ± 0.25 +5 ± 0.25 +5 ± 0.25V +5 ± 0.25V +3.3 ± 0.12V +24 ± 1.0V +24 ± 1.0V +24 ± 1.0V +24 ± 1.0V +24 ± 1.0V +24 ± 1.0V +24 ± 1.0V +12 ± 0.5V +24 ± 1.0V +24 ± 1.0V +24 ± 1.0V +5 ± 0.25V +5 ± 0.25V +3.3 ± 0.12V +24 ± 1.0V +24 ± 1.0V +24 ± 1.0V +24 ± 1.0V +24 ± 1.0V +24 ± 1.0V +24 ± 1.0V +24 ± 1.0V +24 ± 1.2V +24 ± 1.0V +24 ± 1.0V +24 ± 1.0V +24 ± 1.0V
A+8V A+12V IL12V
– – –
F133 4A F134 0.5A
TP34 TP36 TP56
TP32 TP32 TP38
A-12V
– – A+5V A-5V R+5V R-5V D+5V 3.3V L+5V L+8V IL8V PREF+5V REFÅ{5V REF+3V – – – – –
F136 0.5A F137 3.2A F135 0.5A
TP39 TP35 TP41 TP37 TP42 TP46 TP45 TP58 TP55 TP30 TP51 TP52 TP60 GMC9-1pin GMC9-2pin GMC9-3pin GEP9-2pin GEP9-3pin
F61 <5A>
PD61(G)
CTL23 A+5V
D+5V2_MC
F62 <5A>
PD62 (G)
F62 <5A>
PD62 (G) PD63 (G) PD72 (R) PD73 (R) PD74 (R) PD76 (Y) PD77 (R)
1
2A
JFL
D+5V_MC
PD5 (G)
D+5V2_MC
1
2B
JFL
+24V0
PD6 (G)
+24V01 +24V41 +24V42 +24V43 +24V51 +24V52
K
F63 <4A> F72 <4A> F73 <4A> F74 <4A> F76 <4A> F77 <4A>
+24V53
K
F78 <4A>
PD78 (R)
K K
F79 <4A> F80 <4A> F81 <4A>
PD79 (Y) PD80 (R) PD81 (R)
F62 <5A>
PD62 (G)
2
4
2
2
DFL
2
+24V4
DFL
1
+24V5
PD19 (Y)
PD20 (Y)
DFL
+24V6
PD21 (Y)
+24V61 +24V62 +24V63 D+5V2
1
2A
JFL
D+5V_MC
PD5 (G)
1
2B
JFL
+24V0
PD6 (G)
1
1A
HFL
+24V1
PD12 (Y)
1
1B
HFL
+24V2
PD14 (Y)
DFL
+24V3
PD18 (Y)
JFL DFL
+24V0 +24V5
PD6 (G) PD20 (Y)
2 1 2
5 2B 2
1
4B
PFL
A+24V_RS
PD8 (Y)
1
4A
PFL
A+8V_RS
PD9 (Y)
EFL
A+12V_RS
PD10 (G)
1
3A
+24V02 +24V03 +24V11 +24V12 +24V21 +24V22 +24V31 +24V32
K K K
K
K K
+24V02 +24V50 A+24V1_RS A+24V2_RS A+8V_RS A+12V1_RS A+12V2_RS
F64 <4A> F66 <4A> F67 <4A> F68 <4A> F69 <4A> F70 <4A> F71 <4A> F64 <4A> F75 <2A> F51 <4A>
K
F52 <4A> F53 <5A> F54 <4A>
K
F55 <4A>
PD64 (G) PD65 (R) PD66 (Y) PD67 (Y) PD68 (Y) PD69 (Y) PD70 (R) PD71 (R) PD64 (G) PD75 (Y) PD51 (Y) (Y) PD52 (R) PD53 (Y) PD54 (G) (Y) PD55 (R)
D+5V2 D+5V2 P+5V
PDA23
+24V01 +24V41 +24V42 +24V43 +24V51 +24V52 +24V53 +24V61 +24V62 +24V63 D+5V2 P+5V
PDB23
PAC23
LDD23
1
3B
1 1 1
EFL
5 3A 3B
A-12V_RS
PD11 (G)
CFL
D+12V_IM
PD4 (G)
EFL EFL
A+12V_RS A-12V_RS
PD10 (G) PD11 (G)
A-12V_RS
D+12V0_IM D+12V1_IM D+12V2_IM A+12V1_RS A-12V_RS
Check Points on PWR23 Circuit Board
PWR23 Fuse (Rated Current)
D+5V 1
Voltage Check Points
F56 <4A>
F57 <2A> F58 <5A> F59 <5A> F54 <4A> F56 <4A>
PD56 (G)
PD57 (G) PD58 (G) PD59 (G) PD54 (G) PD56 (G)
Image control box(GMC23) (GEP23)
+12V +3.3V +5V A+12V A-12V
F111 <2A>
LED
D14 D34 D15 D16 D11 D1 D4 D3 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 D11 D15 D12 D14 D16 D1 D4 D3 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 D11 D12 D16 D2 D3
F132 2A F139 3.2A
F138 0.5A
F131 0.5A
– – – FA1 <1A> FA2 <1A>
– – – – –
+ Terminal
GND Terminal
Voltage Range
+ Terminal
GND Terminal
Voltage Range
PWR8-1
PWR8-4
+5.10 ± 0.25
PWR8-13 PWR8-3
PWR8-16 PWR8-6
+5.10 ± 0.25 +5.10 ± 0.25
PWR8-7 PWR10-5 PWR10-15 PWR10-7 PWR11-1 PWR11-12 PWR11-3
PWR8-10 PWR10-8 PWR10-17 PWR10-9 PWR11-4 PWR11-14 PWR11-5
+24 ± 1.0V +24 ± 1.0V +24 ± 1.0V +24 ± 1.0V +24 ± 1.0V +24 ± 1.0V +24 ± 1.0V
PWR11-6 PWR11-17 PWR11-8 PWR8-14
PWR11-9 PWR11-20 PWR11-10 PWR8-17
+24 ± 1.0V +24 ± 1.0V +24 ± 1.0V +5.10 ± 0.25
PWR8-19 PWR8-20 PWR9-1 PWR9-10 PWR9-5 PWR9-14 PWR10-1 PWR10-11
PWR8-21 PWR8-22 PWR9-3 PWR9-12 PWR9-7 PWR9-16 PWR10-3 PWR10-13
+24 ± 1.0V +24 ± 1.0V +24 ± 1.0V +24 ± 1.0V +24 ± 1.0V +24 ± 1.0V +24 ± 1.0V +24 ± 1.0V
PWR8-8 PWR5-5 PWR6-1 PWR6-2
PWR8-11 PWR5-2 PWR6-3 PWR6-4
+24 ± 1.0V +24 ± 1.0V +24 ± 1.0V +24 ± 1.0V
+8 ± 0.4V +12 ± 0.6V +12 ± 0.6V
PWR6-5 PWR6-19 PWR6-8
PWR6-6 PWR6-21 PWR6-10
+8.1 ± 0.4V +12.1 ± 0.6V +12.1 ± 0.6V
TP38
-12 ± 0.6V
PWR6-24
PWR6-23
-12.05 ± 0.6V
TP32 TP32 TP40 TP40 TP47 TP47 TP59 TP59 TP32 TP40 TP40 TP8 GMC9-4pin GMC9-4pin GMC9-4pin GEP9-1pin GEP9-4pin
4.75 to 5.25V -4.75 to -5.25V 4.75 to 5.25V -4.75 to -5.25V 4.75 to 5.25V 3.18 to 3.41V 4.75 to 5.25V 7.6 to 8.4V 7.6 to 8.4V 4.90 to 5.10V 4.90 to 5.10V 2.94 to 3.06V +12 ± 0.6V +3.3 ± 0.165V +5 ± 0.25V – –
PWR7-1 PWR7-2 PWR7-3 PWR6-19 PWR6-24
PWR7-4 PWR7-5 PWR7-6 PWR6-21 PWR6-23
+12.05 ± 0.6V +12.05 ± 0.6V +12.05 ± 0.6V
LED : (R) = Red, (G) = Green, (Y) = Yellow
20-35
20.6 Printer/Processor DC Power Supply Unit and Circuit Boards 20.6.3
“POWER” LEDs on the Operation Panel
8 5 MENU
DOOR
6
4
UPPER
ON LINE
3
2
1 LOWER
ENTER
REPL DOOR
7
PROC. DRIVE
PAPER INFO.
ON/OFF
POWER K 1 K 2 L21045
“POWER” 1 Green: Output voltage from the DC power supply unit is normal. OFF: Output voltage from the DC power supply unit is abnormal (DC power supply unit or AC input is abnormal). 2 Green: Input power supply of theATX23 circuit board is normal. Red: Output power supply of the ATX23 circuit board is abnormal (D+3.3V or D+5V output is abnormal). OFF: Input power supply of theATX23 circuit board is abnormal (D+12V1 or D+12V2 input is abnormal).
CP1
Auxiliary Power (SPS23 Circuit Board)
Abnormality
Photo MOS Relay
System ON Signal Timer Start Signal by RTC or
(PAC23 Circuit Board)
Abnormality
STANDBY Switch
ON/OFF Control Signal by System Software
1 CP2 Built-in Leakage Circuit Breaker Breaker
1 Green
2 Red
Relay (K1)
DC Power Supply
Abnormality
ATX Power Supply 2
(ATX23 Circuit Board)
3
Image Control Section (GMC23 Circuit Board)
Abnormality
2 Green
20
20-37
20.6 Printer/Processor DC Power Supply Unit and Circuit Boards ■ N LED Pattern at Starting UP and Provable Causes LED Pattern Normal
Condition
Abnormality 1
Abnormality 2
Abnormality 3
Abnormality 4
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
Timer Starting Up
Green
Green
Green*
Red *
Green*
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
Power Switch Starting Up
Green
Green
Green
Red
Green
OFF
OFF
OFF
Green
Green
Standby
Green
Green
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
Green
Green
Running
Green
Green
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
Green
Green
*: The LED lights up for approximately 30 seconds then goes out.
LED Pattern and Provable Causes LED Pattern
Location
Provable Causes
Part Replacement
Abnormality 1
ATX23 circuit board 1) Faulty ATX23 circuit board (no output) and after 2) Activated protection circuit of ATX23 circuit board due to abnormal image control section (short circuit or over current)
1) ATX23 circuit board 2) GMC23 circuit board
Abnormality 2
Before ATX23 circuit board (except SPS23 circuit board)
1) 2) 3) 4) 5)
Abnormality 3
AC power supply to 1) Faulty or tripped leakage breaker SPS23 circuit board 2) Faulty or tripped circuit protector CP1 (1) 3) Faulty SPS23 circuit board
1) Leakage breaker 2) Circuit protector CP1 3) SPS23 circuit board
Abnormality 4
AC power supply to 1) Faulty GPR23, PAC23 or CTL23 circuit board SPS23 circuit board 2) Faulty harness (GPR23-to-CTL23-to-PAC23 (2) circuit board)
1) GPR23, PAC23 or CTL23 circuit board 2) harness
1) 2) 3) 4) 5)
Faulty or tripped circuit protector CP2 Faulty relay K1 Faulty DC power supply unit Blown fuse on PWR23 circuit board Faulty harness (relay K1-to-DC power supplyto-ATX23 circuit board)
Circuit protector CP2 Relay K1 DC power supply Fuse Harness
■ ATX23 Circuit Board LED Check 1. Open the magazine door and remove the air filter holder at the image control box section. 2. Check the LED on the ATX23 circuit board by peering through the holes in the image control box. LEDs D+12V0 : D+12V 1 : D+12V2 : D+3.3V : D+5V : OVPALM :
Image Control Box D+3.3V (Green) D+5V (Green)
Power supply for fan Input power for D+3.3V Input power for D+5V D+3.3V output D+5V output Over voltage alarm
ATX23 Circuit Board D+12V2 (Green) D+12V1 (Green) D+12V0 (Green)
20-38
OVPALM (Red)
20.6 Printer/Processor DC Power Supply Unit and Circuit Boards 20.6.4
DC Power Supply System LED Indication
The DC power supply system can be diagnosed by checking the LEDs on the PWR23 circuit board after removing the left lower cover. LED Condition:
[ [
] ON ] OFF
■ DC Power Supply Indication LEDs Green: power supply output (normal ON) Yellow: ON/OFF condition of control signal from the CTL23 or LDD23 circuit board (normal ON) Orange: Error alarm (normal ON) PS_Fail
SLOT5
SLOT4 (PD19) +24V4
PS2
(PD16) AC
(PD17) FAN
(PD13) DC
(PD18) +24V3
PS1
(PD2) AC
(PD3) FAN
(PD7) DC
(PD4) D+12V
(PD1) AUX
(PD22) main
(PD23) sub
(PD24) main
RS12V1
(PD8) A+24V
(PD9) A+8V
SLOT3
(PD10) A+12V
(PD11) A–12V
(PD25) sub
SLOT2
SLOT1
(PD20) +24V5
(PD21) +24V6
(PD5) D+5V
(PD6) +24V0
(PD12) +24V1
(PD14) +24V2
(PD26) +24V13
(PD27) +24V46
(PD28) A+24V
(PD29) A+8V
MC5V1
ON/OFF
NOTE: If the fan on the DC power supply unit stops, the unit stops all outputs due to activation of the overheat protection circuit.
■ DC Power Supply Indication LEDs AlphaII Slot
5
4
ID
D+12V_IM
A+24V_RS
PWR23
Connected to ATX23
LDD23
A+8V_RS
3
A+12V_RS
LDD23 GEP23
A-12V_RS PS1 D+5V_MC
CTL23 PWR23 PDA23 PDB23
2 +24V0
PAC23 PDA23 PDB23
+24V1 1
PDB23 +24V2
Interlock Relay
SW
Power Output
fuse_(A)
LED
F57<2A>
(PD57)
fuse_(A)
LED
D+12V0_IM
ID
F58<5A>
(PD58)
D+12V1_IM
F59<5A>
(PD59)
D+12V2_IM
F51<4A>
(PD51)
F52<4A>
(PD82)
F53<5A>
(PD53)
A+8V_RS
F54<4A>
(PD54)
A+12V1_RS
F55<4A>
(PD85)
F56<4A>
(PD56)
A-12V_RS
K202
D680-681
D680-681
–
–
(PD52)
(PD55)
A+24V2_RS
A+12V2_RS
F60<2A>
(PD60)
D+5V0_MC
(PD61)
D+5V1_MC
F62<5A>
(PD62)
D+5V2_MC
F63<4A>
(PD63) (PD64)
PWR7
A+24V1_RS K201
F61<5A>
F64<4A>
CN_No
+24V01
PWR6
PWR6
PWR8
+24V02 K206
D724
–
(PD65)
+24V03
F66<4A>
(PD66)
+24V11
F67<4A>
(PD67)
+24V12
F68<4A>
(PD68)
+24V21
F69<4A>
(PD69)
+24V22
PWR9
20
20-39
20.6 Printer/Processor DC Power Supply Unit and Circuit Boards
AlphaII Slot 5
4
ID +24V3
+24V4
PWR23
Connected to PDB23
PDA23
fuse_(A) –
–
Interlock LED –
–
Relay K207
K203
SW D762
D680-681
Power Output
fuse_(A)
LED
ID
F70<4A>
(PD70)
+24V31
F71<4A>
(PD71)
+24V32
F72<4A>
(PD72)
+24V41
F73<4A>
(PD73)
+24V42
F74<4A>
(PD74)
+24V43
CN_No PWR10
PWR10
3 PS2 2
1
+24V5
+24V6
PWR23 PAC23 PDA23
PDA23
F75<2A>
(PD75)
+24V50
F76<4A>
(PD76)
+24V51
–
–
F79<4A>
(PD79)
–
–
K204
D680-681
F77<4A>
(PD77)
+24V52
F78<4A>
(PD78)
+24V53
PWR4/5
PWR11
+24V61 K205
20-40
D680-681
F80<4A>
(PD80)
+24V62
F81<4A>
(PD81)
+24V63
PWR11
20.6 Printer/Processor DC Power Supply Unit and Circuit Boards No +24V3 Output Due to Faulty DC Module of DC Power Supply Unit PS2 PS_Fail
SLOT5
SLOT4 (PD19) +24V4
PS2
(PD16) AC
(PD17) FAN
(PD13) DC
(PD18) +24V3
PS1
(PD2) AC
(PD3) FAN
(PD7) DC
(PD4) D+12V
(PD1) AUX
(PD22) main
(PD23) sub
(PD24) main
RS12V1
5
4
ID
LDD23
A+8V_RS
3
A+12V_RS
LDD23 GEP23
A-12V_RS PS1
CTL23 PWR23 PDA23 PDB23
D+5V_MC 2
PAC23 PDA23 PDB23
+24V0
+24V1 1
PDB23 +24V2
ID
(PD20) +24V5
(PD21) +24V6
(PD5) D+5V
(PD6) +24V0
(PD12) +24V1
(PD14) +24V2
(PD26) +24V13
(PD27) +24V46
(PD28) A+24V
(PD29) A+8V
Interlock Relay
LED
F57<2A>
(PD57)
D+12V0_IM
SW
fuse_(A)
LED
ID
F58<5A>
(PD58)
D+12V1_IM
F59<5A>
(PD59)
D+12V2_IM
F51<4A>
(PD51)
F52<4A>
(PD82)
D680-681
–
(PD52)
A+24V2_RS
F53<5A>
(PD53)
A+8V_RS
F54<4A>
(PD54)
A+12V1_RS
F55<4A>
(PD85)
F56<4A>
(PD56)
A-12V_RS
K202
D680-681
–
(PD55)
A+12V2_RS
F60<2A>
(PD60)
D+5V0_MC
F61<5A>
(PD61)
D+5V1_MC
F62<5A>
(PD62)
D+5V2_MC
F63<4A>
(PD63)
+24V01
F64<4A>
(PD64)
F66<4A>
(PD66)
+24V11
F67<4A>
(PD67)
+24V12
F68<4A>
(PD68)
+24V21
F69<4A>
(PD69)
+24V22
fuse_(A)
PWR7
PWR6
PWR6
PWR8
+24V02 K206
D724
–
(PD65)
Interlock LED
CN_No
A+24V1_RS K201
PWR23
Connected to
Power Output
fuse_(A)
AlphaII Slot
(PD11) A–12V
SLOT1
ON/OFF
PWR23
ATX23
A+24V_RS
(PD10) A+12V
SLOT2
MC5V1
Connected to
D+12V_IM
(PD9) A+8V
(PD25) sub
AlphaII Slot
(PD8) A+24V
SLOT3
Relay
SW
5
+24V3
PDB23
–
–
K207
D762
4
+24V4
PDA23
–
–
K203
D680-681
+24V03
PWR9
Power Output
fuse_(A)
LED
ID
F70<4A>
(PD70)
+24V31
F71<4A>
(PD71)
+24V32
F72<4A>
(PD72)
+24V41
F73<4A>
(PD73)
+24V42
F74<4A>
(PD74)
+24V43
CN_No PWR10
PWR10
3 PS2 2
1
+24V5
+24V6
PWR23 PAC23 PDA23
PDA23
F75<2A>
(PD75)
+24V50
F76<4A>
(PD76)
+24V51
–
–
F79<4A>
(PD79)
–
–
K204
D680-681
F77<4A>
(PD77)
F78<4A>
(PD78)
+24V52
PWR4/5
PWR11
+24V53
20
+24V61 K205
20-41
D680-681
F80<4A>
(PD80)
+24V62
F81<4A>
(PD81)
+24V63
PWR11
20.6 Printer/Processor DC Power Supply Unit and Circuit Boards No +5V_MC Output Due to Faulty DC Module of DC Power Supply Unit PS1 PS_Fail
SLOT5
SLOT4 (PD19) +24V4
PS2
(PD16) AC
(PD17) FAN
(PD13) DC
(PD18) +24V3
PS1
(PD2) AC
(PD3) FAN
(PD7) DC
(PD4) D+12V
(PD1) AUX
(PD22) main
(PD23) sub
(PD24) main
RS12V1
5
4
ID
LDD23
A+8V_RS
3
A+12V_RS
LDD23 GEP23
A-12V_RS PS1
CTL23 PWR23 PDA23 PDB23
D+5V_MC 2
PAC23 PDA23 PDB23
+24V0
+24V1 1
PDB23 +24V2
ID
(PD20) +24V5
(PD21) +24V6
(PD5) D+5V
(PD6) +24V0
(PD12) +24V1
(PD14) +24V2
(PD26) +24V13
(PD27) +24V46
(PD28) A+24V
(PD29) A+8V
Interlock Relay
LED
F57<2A>
(PD57)
D+12V0_IM
fuse_(A)
LED
ID
F58<5A>
(PD58)
D+12V1_IM
F59<5A>
(PD59)
D+12V2_IM
F51<4A>
(PD51)
F52<4A>
(PD82)
D680-681
–
(PD52)
A+24V2_RS
F53<5A>
(PD53)
A+8V_RS
F54<4A>
(PD54)
A+12V1_RS
F55<4A>
(PD85)
F56<4A>
(PD56)
A-12V_RS
F60<2A>
(PD60)
D+5V0_MC
F61<5A>
(PD61)
D+5V1_MC
F62<5A>
(PD62)
D+5V2_MC
F63<4A>
(PD63)
+24V01
F64<4A>
(PD64)
F66<4A>
(PD66)
+24V11
F67<4A>
(PD67)
+24V12
F68<4A>
(PD68)
+24V21
F69<4A>
(PD69)
+24V22
fuse_(A)
K202
D680-681
–
(PD55)
PWR7
A+12V2_RS
PWR6
PWR6
PWR8
+24V02 K206
D724
–
(PD65)
Interlock LED
CN_No
A+24V1_RS K201
PWR23
Connected to
SW
Power Output
fuse_(A)
AlphaII Slot
(PD11) A–12V
SLOT1
ON/OFF
PWR23
ATX23
A+24V_RS
(PD10) A+12V
SLOT2
MC5V1
Connected to
D+12V_IM
(PD9) A+8V
(PD25) sub
AlphaII Slot
(PD8) A+24V
SLOT3
Relay
SW
5
+24V3
PDB23
–
–
K207
D762
4
+24V4
PDA23
–
–
K203
D680-681
+24V03
PWR9
Power Output
fuse_(A)
LED
ID
F70<4A>
(PD70)
+24V31
F71<4A>
(PD71)
+24V32
F72<4A>
(PD72)
+24V41
F73<4A>
(PD73)
+24V42
F74<4A>
(PD74)
+24V43
CN_No PWR10
PWR10
3 PS2 2
1
+24V5
+24V6
PWR23 PAC23 PDA23
PDA23
F75<2A>
(PD75)
+24V50
F76<4A>
(PD76)
+24V51
–
–
F79<4A>
(PD79)
–
–
K204
D680-681
F77<4A>
(PD77)
+24V52
F78<4A>
(PD78)
+24V53
F80<4A>
(PD80)
+24V62
F81<4A>
(PD81)
+24V63
PWR4/5
PWR11
+24V61 K205
20-42
D680-681
PWR11
20.6 Printer/Processor DC Power Supply Unit and Circuit Boards Blown Fuse F60 (D+5V_MC)on PWR23 Circuit Board PS_Fail
SLOT5
SLOT4 (PD19) +24V4
PS2
(PD16) AC
(PD17) FAN
(PD13) DC
(PD18) +24V3
PS1
(PD2) AC
(PD3) FAN
(PD7) DC
(PD4) D+12V
(PD1) AUX
(PD22) main
(PD23) sub
(PD24) main
RS12V1
5
4
ID
LDD23
A+8V_RS
3
A+12V_RS
"LDD23 GEP23
A-12V_RS PS1
"CTL23 PWR23 PDA23 PDB23
D+5V_MC 2
PAC23 PDA23 PDB23
+24V0
+24V1 1
PDB23 +24V2
ID
(PD20) +24V5
(PD21) +24V6
(PD5) D+5V
(PD6) +24V0
(PD12) +24V1
(PD14) +24V2
(PD26) +24V13
(PD27) +24V46
(PD28) A+24V
(PD29) A+8V
Interlock Relay
LED
F57<2A>
(PD57)
D+12V0_IM
fuse_(A)
LED
ID
F58<5A>
(PD58)
D+12V1_IM
F59<5A>
(PD59)
D+12V2_IM
F51<4A>
(PD51)
F52<4A>
(PD82)
D680-681
–
(PD52)
A+24V2_RS
F53<5A>
(PD53)
A+8V_RS
F54<4A>
(PD54)
A+12V1_RS
F55<4A>
(PD85)
F56<4A>
(PD56)
K202
D680-681
–
(PD55)
A+12V2_RS
(PD60)
D+5V0_MC
F61<5A>
(PD61)
D+5V1_MC
F62<5A>
(PD62)
D+5V2_MC
F63<4A>
(PD63)
+24V01
F64<4A>
(PD64)
F66<4A>
(PD66)
+24V11
F67<4A>
(PD67)
+24V12
F68<4A>
(PD68)
+24V21
F69<4A>
(PD69)
+24V22
PWR6
PWR6
PWR8
+24V02 K206
D724
–
(PD65)
Interlock LED
PWR7
A-12V_RS
F60<2A>
fuse_(A)
CN_No
A+24V1_RS K201
PWR23
Connected to
SW
Power Output
fuse_(A)
AlphaII Slot
(PD11) A–12V
SLOT1
ON/OFF
PWR23
ATX23
A+24V_RS
(PD10) A+12V
SLOT2
MC5V1
Connected to
D+12V_IM
(PD9) A+8V
(PD25) sub
AlphaII Slot
(PD8) A+24V
SLOT3
Relay
SW
5
+24V3
PDB23
–
–
K207
D762
4
+24V4
PDA23
–
–
K203
D680-681
+24V03
PWR9
Power Output
fuse_(A)
LED
ID
F70<4A>
(PD70)
+24V31
F71<4A>
(PD71)
+24V32
F72<4A>
(PD72)
+24V41
F73<4A>
(PD73)
+24V42
F74<4A>
(PD74)
+24V43
CN_No PWR10
PWR10
3 PS2 2
1
+24V5
+24V6
"PWR23 PAC23 PDA23
PDA23
F75<2A>
(PD75)
+24V50
F76<4A>
(PD76)
+24V51
–
–
F79<4A>
(PD79)
–
–
K204
D680-681
F77<4A>
(PD77)
+24V52
F78<4A>
(PD78)
+24V53
PWR4/5
PWR11
20
+24V61 K205
20-43
D680-681
F80<4A>
(PD80)
+24V62
F81<4A>
(PD81)
+24V63
PWR11
20.6 Printer/Processor DC Power Supply Unit and Circuit Boards 20.6.5
Circuit Board Layout Diagrams
■ PWR23 Circuit Board
L21208
20-44
20.6 Printer/Processor DC Power Supply Unit and Circuit Boards A■ TX23 Circuit Board
L21201
20
20-45
20.6 Printer/Processor DC Power Supply Unit and Circuit Boards ■ LDD23 Circuit Board
L21205
20-46
20.6 Printer/Processor DC Power Supply Unit and Circuit Boards ■ CTL23 Circuit Board
20 L21206
20-47
20.6 Printer/Processor DC Power Supply Unit and Circuit Boards ■ PDA23 Circuit Board
L21207
20-48
20.6 Printer/Processor DC Power Supply Unit and Circuit Boards ■ PDB23 Circuit Board
20
L21203
20-49
20.6 Printer/Processor DC Power Supply Unit and Circuit Boards ■ PAC23 Circuit Board
L21204
20-50
20.6 Printer/Processor DC Power Supply Unit and Circuit Boards ■ GEP23 Circuit Board
20 L21202
20-51
20.7 Printer/Processor Wiring Diagrams AC Power Supply Wiring Diagram 2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
11
PDU23-2
PDU23-1 Lo CP2
(BLK)
TB3
K1
(WHT)
1
2
3
4
1 2 3
(WHT) (ORG) (BLK)
6
1 2 3
(BLK) (WHT)
1
1
2
2
(BLK) (WHT) (BLK) (WHT)
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
(BLK) (WHT) (BLK) (WHT)
to EZ01300 ( main power supply )
to PAC17 _ 1p/6p
(BLK)
5
(BLK)
JPW1
Li
JPW1
A
PW1
1
PW1
20.7.1
PDU23-0 :
3Lo
4Li
4Lo
(BRN)
1
1
2
2
(WHT)
2Li
2Lo
1
3
2
4
Li (BLK)
C1 (WHT)
Lo CP1
(BLK) 1 (WHT) 3
(YEL/GRN) 5
(BLU)
(YEL/GRN)
L N
+24V +24V GND GND
FG
4 3 2 1
(BLK)
1
(WHT) 2
S+24V
(L21) 200V IN
(L22) 200V IN
(L31) 200V IN
(L32) 200V IN
SGND
(YEL)
(WHT)
1Li
1Lo
2Li
2Lo
(BLK)
1
(BLK) Li 3
Lo CP3
C2 4
(BLK) Li
(YEL)
(YEL)
(YEL/GRN)
D 5
(ORG)
Lo CP4
(BLK)
NF3
6 7
5 6
(BLK) (WHT)
7
1Li
1Lo
2Li
2Lo
(BLK)
1
(BLK) Li 3
Lo CP5
C3 (WHT)
(BLK)
4
(YEL/GRN)
(BRN)
(BLK) Li
(YEL/GRN)
Lo CP6
(BLK) (WHT)
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
(ORG) (BLK)
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
(BLK)
1
(WHT)
2
1 2 3 4
(WHT) (ORG) (BLK)
(ORG) (BLK)
K5
230-210V
S1
200-220V
(N22) 200V IN
to PAC17 _ 2p/7p (BLK)
1
(WHT)
2
PAC23
(N31) 200V IN
to PAC17 _ 5p/10p (BLK)
1 2 3
(WHT) (ORG) (BLK)
(N21) 200V IN
to PAC17 _ 4p/9p (BLK)
K4
(WHT) 2
1
K3
(WHT)
LB3
(BLU)
K2
(WHT) 2
(WHT)
(BLK)
(N32) 200V IN
to PAC17 _ 3p/8p 1 6
(ORG) (BLK)
E
2 7
PAC17 PAC17 3 8
K4_6p (C+) K4_5p (C-)
4
(BLK)
4 9
5 10
(ORG) (BLK)
4
3
K2_6p (C+) K2_5p (C-)
NF2
LB2 3
(ORG) (BLK)
C
K5_6p (C+) K5_5p (C-)
(YEL)
(YEL/GRN)
(ORG) (BLK)
(BLU)
3Li
(ORG)
(BLK)
K3_6p (C+) K3_5p (C-)
N
2Lo
1Lo
(ORG) (BLK)
N
2Li
1Li
K1_6p (C+) K1_5p (C-)
L3
(BRN)
(BLK)
SPS
NF1
LB1
(RED)
(RED)
PAC02 PAC02
L3
(ORG)
1Lo
PAC12 PAC12
L2
TB2
1Li
PAC10 PAC10
L2
NFB1 (RED)
PAC11 PAC11
L1
PAC09 PAC09
N
L1
SPS2 SPS2
L
SPS1 SPS1
TB1
B
to K1-K5_6p/5p
PDU23-0 : <3-Phase/3-Wire>
L1
L2
L2
L2
L3
L3
L3
N
N
N
TB2
NFB1 (RED) (ORG) (BRN) (BLU)
1Li
1Lo
2Li
2Lo
3Li
3Lo
4Li
4Lo
(RED)
(RED) (ORG)
1
1
2
2
TB1 (BLK) (WHT)
(BRN) (BLU)
(YEL/GRN)
(ORG)
L1
L1
L2
L2
L2
L3
L3
L3
N
N
N
TB2
NFB1 (RED) (ORG) (BRN) (BLU)
1Li
1Lo
2Li
2Lo
3Li
3Lo
4Li
4Lo
(RED)
(RED)
(ORG)
(ORG)
3
4
4
(BRN) (BLU)
5
5
6
6
(YEL/GRN) (YEL)
7
7
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
(BLK) (WHT)
(BLU)
(YEL/GRN)
3
1
(BRN)
(BLK) (WHT)
(YEL)
G
L1
(BLK) (WHT)
(YEL)
L1
(YEL)
TB1 L1
(YEL)
PDU23-0 : <3-Phase/4-Wire>
(YEL)
F
(BLK) (BRN)
(WHT) (YEL/GRN) (YEL)
(BLU)
(BLK) (WHT)
(YEL)
H
20-53
20-54 A24 A25 A26 B1 B2 B3
G CTL23 Circuit Board B24 B25 B26 7
5 6 1
(BLK)
(ORG) 3 9 4 10 5 11 6 12
2 8 JD700 JD700 3 9 4 10 5 11 6 12
(BLK)
(ORG)
(ORG)
8 2 9 3 10 4 11 PAC18 PAC18
1 3 5
1 3 5
1 3 5
5 12
PAC03 PAC03 2 4 6 7 9 11
2 4 6 7 9 11 JFAN4 JFAN4 2 4 6 7 9 11
6 13
PAC23 Circuit Board
8 10 12
8 10 12
1 8 8 10 12
1 8
4 2 1 F630 F630 F630 1 3 4 4 2 1 F631A F631A F631A 1 3 4 4 2 1 F631B F631B F631B 1 3 4
F630 F631A F631B
NC NC
(BLK)
P2 Heater Safety Thermostat (03EP-15A06B-090)
PS1/2/3 Heater Safety Thermostat (03EP-15A06B-090)
PS4 Heater Safety Thermostat (03EP-15A06B-090)
D702 D703
JD701 JD701 3 7 4 8
3 7 4 8
7 14
(BLK)
(ORG)
P1 Heater Safety Thermostat (03EP-15A06B-090)
Dryer Heater Safety Thermostat 2 (03EP-15A06B-090)
D701
(ORG)
(BLK)
(ORG)
(BLK)
(BLK)
(BLK)
Dryer Heater Safety Thermostat 1 (03EP-15A06B-090)
Dryer Section Cover Open/Close Detecting Interlock Switch (V-152-1C26)
D700
NC
(BLK)
(ORG)
(BLK)
(ORG)
(BLK)
(BLK)
(ORG) 8
(ORG)
NO
Dryer Unit Open/Close Detecting Interlock Switch (V-152-1C26)
11
S+24V SGND
1
D703 (+) D703 (-)
(ORG)
1
2 6
+24V02 F631B GND-24V0
(ORG)
4
1 5
(BLK)
1 2
5
(RED) (WHT)
1 2
2
(BLK)
1 2
3
(RED) (WHT)
4
Power Supply Cooling Fan
1 2
2 6
(BLK)
10
1 5
(ORG)
5
5
D702 (+) D702 (-)
9
(ORG)
4
2
2
(BLK)
1 2 D703 D703
3 6 JD760 JD760 6
D701 (+) D701 (-)
1 2 D702 D702
4
(BLK)
5 10
4
(RED) (WHT)
4 9
1
4
+24V02 F631A GND-24V0
2
3
+24V02 F630B GND-24V0
1 2 D701 D701
(ORG)
JD762 JD762
4
(BLK)
(BLK)
1 2 D700 D700
8
3
NC NC
(ORG) 10
3
(BLK)
NC
COM
NO
COM NC
D760 D760
D700 (+) D700 (-)
From PWR23 NC NC
(BLK)
2
(ORG)
(YEL)
3
5
(ORG)
(YEL)
1
9
(BLK)
(BLK)
(YEL) 7
4
(ORG)
(ORG) 7
(ORG)
(YEL) 2
NC NC
(YEL) 6
3 8 JSO12 JSO12
(YEL)
(YEL) 1
(YEL)
NC NC
To JKEY1 (Operation Panel)
7
NC NC
(BLK)
1
(BLK)
2
(BLK)
(BRN) 2
JKEY4 JKEY4 1 2
(BRN)
(GRY)
STANDBY Switch C1550AT-WW
6
2
D760B (+) D760B (-)
D760A (+) D760A (-)
LED (A) GND-24S
(RED)
1
JD684 JD684 1 2 3
(GRY)
(BLK)
1
1
2
+24V02 F630A GND-24V0
K4 (+) K4 (-)
K2 (+) K2 (-)
(RED)
(ORG)
Solution Heater (L31) 200V (From Relay K4)
Solution Heater (L21) 200V (From Relay K2)
Dryer Heater Input (L32) 200V (From Relay K5)
D762B
D760B
(BLK)
PAC17 PAC17 3 8 (ORG) (BLK)
2 7 (ORG) (BLK)
1 6
K5 (+) K5 (-)
K3 (+) K3 (-)
(BLK)
SPS
(ORG)
D684+ D684-
S+24V Rtn
S+24V
3 4 PAC16 PAC16
(ORG) (BLK)
Rtn
4
(ORG) (BLK)
+
3
K1 (+) K1 (-)
D
2
(BLK)
2
(ORG) (BLK)
PAC13 PAC13 1 2
1
1
10
(RED) (WHT)
1 8
D
(WHT)
1
(WHT)
1 2 PAC11 PAC11 200V (L) IN 200V (N) IN
(BLK)
1 2 PAC12 PAC12 200V (L) IN 200V (N) IN
D 5B D762A
D760A
Power Supply Cooling Fan
7 4
2A 4B
D762B
(BLK)
PAC14 PAC14 6 3 (BLK) (BLK)
rtn
(WHT)
(BLK)
1A 1 2 JKEY3 JKEY3
D762A
(BLK)
F (RED) (WHT)
5 2
D684
9
(RED) (WHT)
6 3 7 4 JPWC2 JPWC2 6 3 7 4
CHECK+ CHECK-
NC
A
Solution Heater 2 (K4)
5 2
D762BD762x
1 3 2 PAC09 PAC09
8
Solution Heater 2 (K2)
5 2
NC
Dryer Heater Input (L22) 200V (From Relay K3)
7
Dryer Heater 2 (K5)
1 2 JPWC1 JPWC1 1 2
(WHT)
(BLK)
6
Dryer Heater 1 (K3)
PAC15 PAC15 1 2
(ORG) (BLK)
E 200V (L) IN 200V (N) IN
1 3 2 4 PAC10 PAC10
D760+ D760-
3 6
+24V50 GND-24V5
NC NC
1 2 3 H703 H703 1 2 3
PS4 Heater (200V/375W)
1 2 3 H701 H701 1 2 3
IN IN IN IN
N.C
5
Relay for DC Power Supply (K1)
CTL2 CTL2 2 5 PAC05 PAC05 (WHT)
1 2 3 H702 H702 1 2 3
(ORG) (BLK)
B3 B2 B1 1 4 (BLK)
P2 Heater (200V/250W)
1 2 3 H700 H700 1 2 3
(ORG) (BLK)
PAC01 PAC01 N.C
H703
(L) (N) (L) (N)
PAC04 PAC04 NC NC
H701
200V 200V 200V 200V
3 4 (WHT)
H702
GND-24V0
1 2 (BLK)
PS1/2/3 Heater (200V/375W)
H700
+24V02
4 8
H703 (L) H703 (N)
3 7
NC NC
PAC08 PAC08 NC
C
(WHT)
4
(ORG) (BLK)
A3A2 A1 B26 B25 B24 2 6 3 6
H701 (L) H701 (N)
1 5 3 6
(BLK)
H765
P1 Heater (200V/250W)
H763
H702 (L) H702 (N)
NC
Dryer Heater H765 (200V378W/240V544W)
H761
(WHT)
Dryer Heater H763 (200V378W/240V544W)
H767
(BLK)
Dryer Heater H761 (200V378W/240V544W)
H766
H700 (L) H700 (N)
Dryer Heater H767 (200V378W/240V544W)
H764
NC
Dryer Heater H766 (200V378W/240V544W)
H762
NC
PAC07 PAC07 (WHT) NC
2 5 H761 H761 2 5
(BLK)
1 4
(WHT)
3 4
(BLK)
Dryer Heater H764 (200V378W/240V544W)
H760
NC
3 4 (WHT)
(BLK) 1 4
H765 (L) H765 (N)
1 2 3 4
H763 (L) H763 (N)
PAC06 PAC06
H761 (L) H761 (N)
1 2
(WHT)
3 6
(BLK)
(WHT)
(BLK)
(WHT)
(BLK)
1 2
H767 (L) H767 (N)
3 6
3
To PWR8
A1 A2 A3 2 5 H766 H766
3 6
To PWR5
A26 A25 A24
2
Power Supply Cooling Fan
H Dryer Heater H762 (200V378W/240V544W)
1
H766 (L) H766 (N)
1 4 2 5 H760 H760 2 5
H764 (L) H764 (N)
1 4
(WHT)
1 4
(BLK)
1
Dryer Heater H760 (200V378W/240V544W)
B
(WHT)
(BLK)
20.7.2
H762 (L) H762 (N)
H760 (L) H760 (N)
20.7 Printer/Processor Wiring Diagrams PAC23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram 12
ZWS30-24/JEZ Auxiliary Power Supply SPS2 4 2 3 1
1 2 PAC02 PAC02
D680B
D680A D680B 1 4 2 5 3 6
1 2 JIL3 JIL3 1 2
1 3 2 4 JD724 JD724 1 3 2 4
Image Control Box
2 9 4 11 6 13 NC NC
NC NC
11 PWR3 PWR3 1 8 2 3 4 5 6 7
(ORG) (BLK) (ORG) (BLK) (ORG) (BLK) (ORG) (BLK) (ORG) (BLK) (ORG) (BLK)
5 8 15 17 7 9 1 4 12 14 3 5 6 9 17 20 8 10
+24V61 +24V62 +24V63 GND-24V6
+24V51 +24V52 +24V53 GND-24V5
+24V51 GND-24V5 +24V52 GND-24V5 +24V53 GND-24V5 +24V61 GND-24V6 +24V62 GND-24V6 +24V63 GND-24V6
To PDA19
To PDA18
11
1 2 3 4 5 6 LDD2 LDD2 5 2 6 3 7 4 1 8 JPWC2 JPWC2 5 2 6 3 7 4 1 8
NC NC
NC NC NC NC
NC NC
1 5 2 6 3 7 4 8 JPWA3 JPWA3 1 5 2 6 3 7 4 8
+24V50 GND-24V5 D760+ D760D762BD762x rtn pwr35 check3+ pwr35 check-
GND-5MC GND-5MC
(ORG) (BLK) (ORG) (BLK) (ORG) (BLK)
NC NC NC NC
10
(BLK)
PWR6 PWR6 (ORG) (BLK) (ORG) (BLK) (ORG) (BLK) (BLK)
8 16 7 15 6 14 5 13 4 12 3 11 2 10 1 9 LDD4 LDD4
+24V41 GND-24V4 +24V42 GND-24V4 +24V43 GND-24V4
10 12 2 4 14 6 16 18 PWR10 PWR10
RS12V1s_Fail A+24V on/off A+8V on/off
pwr35_check+ pwr35_check2+ RS12V1m_Fail
1 3 11 13
NC NC NC NC
To PDB16
To PAC15
To PAC15
To PDB14
9
(GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (BLK) (BLK)
+24V31 GND-24V3 +24V32 GND-24V3 +24V41 +24V42 +24V43 GND-24V4
(ORG) (BLK) (ORG) (BLK)
1 3 10 12 5 7 14 16 9 11 2 4 13 15 6 8 PWR9 PWR9
1 3 2 4 JPWB4 JPWB4 1 3 2 4
(BLK)
12 (BLK)
RS
+24V31 GND-24V2 +24V32 GND-24V3
NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC
(ORG) (BLK) (ORG) (BLK) (ORG) (BLK) (ORG) (BLK)
8 11
GND-12RS
A-12V
GND-12RS
GND-8RS GND-8RS A+12V1 RS
+24V22 GND-24V2
+24V12 GND-24V1 +24V21 GND-24V2
+24V11 GND-24V1
+24V22 GND-24V2
+24V11 GND-24V1 +24V12 GND-24V1 +24V21 GND-24V2
19 21 20 22
NC
9 (BLU)
RS A+24V1 RS GND-24RS GND-24RS A+8V RS A+8V RS
A+24V1
GND-24RS A+12V2 RS A+12V2 RS GND-12RS GND-12RS
(ORG) (BLK)
7 10
NC
1 13 3 15 5 17 6 18 7 (BLK)
(RED)
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLK)
(ORG)
(BLK)
(RED)
GND-24RS
A+24V2 RS A+24V2 RS
1 5 2 6 3 7 4 8 JPWB3 JPWB3 1 5 2 6 3 7 4 8
NC
NC
NC NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
7 14 5 12 3 10 1 8 LDD3 LDD3
NC
2 1 4 3 GEP9 GEP9
(BLK)
+24V02 GND-24V0
1 2 JPWC1 JPWC1 1 2
(ORG) (BLK) (ORG) (BLK)
To PDA18
8
CPUPOWERC +12VPOWERC POWRONC POWERONC PCE PCE
1 2 3 4
2 14 4 16 8 20 10 22
A+24V A+24V A24G A24G A+8V A+8V A8G A8G A+12V A+12V A12G A12G A-12V A-12V A-12G A-12G
1 2 3 4 JKEY2 JKEY2
19 21 23 24
NC NC
7 8 15 16
+24V02 GND-24V0 +24V03 GND-24V0
To PDB13 (RED) (BLK)
1 3 2 4 JPWB2 JPWB2 1 3 2 4
(ORG) (BLK)
To PDA17 (RED) (BLK)
14 17 PWR8 PWR8
NC
A+12V1 RS GND-12RS GND-12RS A-12V RS
NC NC NC NC
3 6
NC NC NC NC
1 4 9 12 2 5 10 13 3 6 11 14 ATX1 ATX1
+24V01 GND-24V0
D+5V2_MC GND-5MC
D+5V2_MC GND-5MC
D+5V2_MC GND-5MC +24V03 +24V01
+5V GND +5V GND +5V2 GND2
1 2 JPWA2 JPWA2 1 2
NC
PWR7 PWR7
To JKEY1
D+12V2_IM GND-12IM
D+12V1_IM GND-12IM D+12V1_IM GND-12IM D+12V2_IM GND-12IM
D+12V0_IM GND-12IM D+12V0_IM GND-12IM
D+5V2_MC GND-5MC
(RED) (BLK) (RED) (BLK) (RED) (BLK)
MC5V1m_Fail MC5V1s_Fail +24V13_on/off +24V46_on/off AUX1_on/off AUX2_on/off NC GND-5MC GND-5MC GND-5MC GND-5MC NC NC NC
pwr2_check+ pwr2_check-
NC (D682x) D724 D762A D762B GND-5MC GND-5MC
RS12V1m_Fail1 RS12V1s_Fail1 D680A/D680B D681A/D681B
1 2 JPWB1 JPWB1 1 2
(ORG)
NC
PWR4 PWR4
7
To PAC14
1 3 2 4 JD762 JD762 1 3 2 4
2 5 9 18
1 2 JPWA1 JPWA1 1 2
IL+12V1 IL+12V1 IL12G1 IL12G1
2 5 3 6
D+5V1_MC GND-5MC D+5V1_MC GND-5MC
1 4 12 15 13 16
NC
(BLK) (BLK)
NC
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK) (BLK) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY)
8 9
6
IL+24V1 IL+24V1 IL24G1 IL24G1
JIL2 JIL2 GND-5MC GND-5MC
pwr2_check+ pwr2_checkMC5V1m_Fail MC5V1s_Fail +24V13_on/off +24V46_on/off AUX1_on/off AUX2_on/off
1 10 2 3 4 5 6 7 PWR2 PWR2
(RED) (BLK) (RED) (BLK) (RED) (BLK) (RED) (BLK)
1 4 7 10 2 5 8 11 3 6 9 12
(RED) (BLK)
D762A+ D762AD762B+ D762B-
1 23 2 24 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 PWR1 PWR1 CTL6 CTL6 2 3 5 6 4 1
(RED) (BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
(BRN) (RED) (BLK)
NC NC
12 6 13 7
(YEL) (YEL) (YEL) (YEL)
D724+ D724-
NC NC
B 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 CTL3 CTL3 1 16 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
(GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (BLK) (BLK)
ps1 Fan_ALM1 ps2 Fan_ALM2 ps1 DC_Fail1 ps2 DC_Fail2 +24V50_Fail D+5V0_MC_Fail
CTL23 Circuit Board
A+12V1_RS GND_12RS GND_12RS A-12V1_RS
1 4
5
_A _A _K _K
JIL1 JIL1
4
LED (Atx_out) LED (Atx_in) LED (Atx_xx) LED (Atx_xx)
NC NC
11 5
(YEL) (YEL)
ps1 Fan_ALM1 ps2 Fan_ALM2 ps1 DC_Fail1 ps2 DC_Fail2 +24V50_Fail D+5V0_MC_Fail MC5V1m_Fail MC5V1s_Fail RS12V1m_Fail RS12V1s_Fail D680A/D680B D681A/D681B NC D724 D762A D762B GND-5MC GND-5MC
3
D+12V0_IM GND-12IM D+12V0_IM GND-12IM D+12V1_IM GND-12IM D+12V1_IM GND-12IM D+12V2_IM GND-12IM D+12V2_IM GND-12IM
2 4
(YEL) (YEL) (YEL) (YEL)
2 4 NC NC
D680A/D680B+ D680A/D680B-
pwr1_check+ pwr1_checkpwr35_check+ pwr35_checkps1 AC_Fail1 ps2 AC_Fail2
2
To JS012
1 3 10 4
(YEL) (YEL)
(YEL) (YEL)
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK) (BLK) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY)
CTL11 CTL11 22 2 21 1 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
(YEL) (YEL)
NC NC
9 3
NC (YEL) NO COM
1 3
(YEL) (YEL)
pwr1_check+ pwr1_checkpwr35_check+ pwr35_checkps1 AC_Fail1 ps2 AC_Fail2
AA
(YEL) (YEL)
D680A
D681B
Magazine Door Interlock Switch 2 (V-152-1C25)
NC NO COM
pwr35_check3+ pwr35_check3D681A/D681B+ D681A/D681B-
1
NC NO COM
D681B
D681A
Magazine Door Interlock Switch 1 (V-152-1C25)
E 1 14 8 2
(YEL) (YEL)
(BLK)
D
(YEL) (YEL)
C
NC (YEL) NO COM
20.7.3
Replenisher Box Door Open/Close Detecting Interlock Switch (V-152-1C25)
H D681A
Left-hand Door Interlock Switch 2 (V-152-1C25)
G NC NO COM
F
Left-hand Door Interlock Switch 1 (V-152-1C25)
20.7 Printer/Processor Wiring Diagrams PWR23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram 12
JPWA4 JPWA4 1 7 2 8 3 9 4 10 5 11 6 12
1 7 2 8 3 9 4 10 5 11 6 12
PWR11 PWR11
11 2 13 15 16 7 18 19
PWR23 Circuit Board
5 2 6 3 7 4 1 8
PWR5 PWR5
LDD23 Circuit Board
D724
D724
20-55
H
20-56 PAC01 PAC01
B3B2B1
F
1 12 2 3 4 5 6
G PAC23 Circuit Board 1 12 2 3 4 5 6
1 12 2 3 4 5 6 3 1 2 4 JKEY2 JKEY2 3 1 2 4
JKEY1 JKEY1 7 8 9 10 11
7 8 9 10 11
KEY1 KEY1 7 8 9 10 11
KEY23 Circuit Board CTL3 CTL3 1 16 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
1 2 JKEY3 JKEY3 1 2
2 3 1 4 jgep jgep
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK) (BLK) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY)
1 10 2 3 4 5 6 7 PWR2 PWR2 8 9 1 23 2 24 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
CTL11 CTL11 22 2 21 1 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 CTL6 CTL6 2 3 5 6 4 1
(RED) (BLK) (RED) (BLK) (RED) (BLK)
T32
GPR2 GPR2
D
5 12
CTL1 CTL1 T17 T18 C17 C18 T32
C32 T33 T34 C33 C34
C32 T33 T34 C33 C34
PWR1 PWR1
PWR23 Circuit Board
+5V GND +5V GND +5V2 GND2
Temperature/Humidity Sensor (CHS-CMC-08)
10
D+5V1_MC GND-5MC D+5V1_MC GND-5MC D+5V2_MC GND-5MC
T17 T18 C17 C18
RS12V1m_Fail1 RS12V1s_Fail1 D680A/D680B D681A/D681B D682 D724 D762A D762B DGND DGND
C16
(GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (BLK) (BLK)
CTL15 CTL15
CPWR CPWR PWR_CN_ST PWR_CN_ST AC_Fail1 AC_Fail2 Fan_ALM1 Fan_ALM2 DC_Fail1 DC_Fail2 +24V50_Fail MC5V0_Fail
T16
C16
NC
CTL8 CTL8 2 3 1 4
(BLK) (BLK)
CTL23 Circuit Board (1/3)
GND-5MC GND-5MC
T3 C2 C3
9
ps1 Fan_ALM1 ps2 Fan_ALM2 ps1 DC_Fail1 ps2 DC_Fail2 +24V50_Fail D+5V0_MC_Fail MC5V1m_Fail MC5V1s_Fail RS12V1m_Fail RS12V1s_Fail D680A/D680B D681A/D681B NC D724 D762A D762B GND-5MC GND-5MC
CTL5 CTL5
T16
Spare 1 Spare 2 NC Rtn Rtn Rtn Rtn NC NC NC
T3 C2 C3
(GRY)
C
CPWR_CN_ST1 (DGND) CPWR_CN_ST1 CIOV_STS2 CTLV_STS2 +24V1-3on +24V4-6on
T2
8
pwr1_check+ pwr1_checkpwr35_check+ pwr35_checkps1 AC_Fail1 ps2 AC_Fail2
CTL4 CTL4 1 10 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 2
C1
T2
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK) (BLK) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY)
GND - TH1 TH2
7
pwr2_check+ pwr2_checkMC5V1m_Fail MC5V1s_Fail +24V13_on/off +24V46_on/off AUX1_on/off AUX2_on/off
T1
C1
(BLK)
B24B25 B26 6 8 4
NC
CTL2 CTL2 9 7 3
D653_0 D653_Rtn CTL_CN_ST4 CTL_CN_ST4
T1
(RED) (BLK) (BLK)
1 10
6
To GEP10
2 11
(BRN) (BLK)
4 3 1
(BRN) (BLK)
9 7 5
PL2_A PL2_K
10 8 6
(BLK) (BRN) (RED)
CTL7 CTL7
(BLK) (BRN) (RED)
15 13 11
5
PL1_K PL1_GA PL1_RA
16 14 12
(BRN) (RED) (BLK)
20 18 17
(BLK)
14 16 18
CTL_CN_ST3 DGND D+5V2 D+5V2 DGND2 DGND2 OPTXD OPRXD DGND NC
14 16 18
13 15 17
(0) AG NC
13 15 17
(RED) (WHT)
8 10 12
8 10 12
(BRN) (RED) (BLK)
A3A2A1 B26 B25B24
1 2 TS760 TS760 1 2
(BLK)
A24A25 A26 B1B2 B3
TS760
(0) AG HS760-1 FG2
7 9 11 ana1 ana1 7 9 11 +5V RHV (Humidity)
4
RXD TXD GND
(BLK) (BLK) (RED)
E 1 2 3 ana2 ana2 1 2 3
(RED) (WHT)
1 2 3 TS703 TS703 1 2 3
A+5Va HS760-2 FG2
1 2 3 TS702 TS702 1 2 3
(BLK)
TS703
NC A+5Va
PS4 Tank Temperature Sensor (YT205-56)
TS702
Dryer Temperature Sensor (GP1AQ36L)
PS1/2/3 Tank Temperature Sensor (YT205-56)
TS701
(RED) (WHT)
N.C
P2 Tank Temperature Sensor (YT205-56)
TS700
(RED) (WHT)
N.C
N.C
N.C
P1 Tank Temperature Sensor (YT205-56)
FS706
(DGND) CTL_CN_ST4 CTL_CN_ST4
(RED) (WHT)
(RED) (WHT)
N.C
N.C
N.C
PS4 Solution Concentration Sensor
A
TS760 (0) AG FG2
(RED) (WHT)
(RED) (WHT)
2 4 6
TS703 (0) AG FG2
(RED) (WHT)
2 4 6
1 3 5 (RED) (WHT)
1 3 5 1 2 3 TS701 TS701 1 2 3
TS702 (0) AG FG2
(RED) (WHT)
1 2 3 TS700 TS700 1 2 3
TS701 (0) AG FG2
N.C
1 2 3 FS706 FS706 1 2 3
3
(BLK) (BLK) (RED)
A26 A25 A24 (RED) (WHT)
N.C
2
GND
CN_STS CN_Rtn +5V
A1 A2 A3 (RED) (WHT)
N.C
1
TS700 (0) AG FG2
19 2 (RED) (WHT)
B
(RED) (WHT)
(BLK)
20.7.4
FS706 FS706_Rtn AG2
CTL_CN_ST4 CTL_CN_ST4
20.7 Printer/Processor Wiring Diagrams CTL23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram (1/3) 11 12
Temperature/Humidity Circuit Board
HS760 HS760 1 2 3 4
Image Control Box
1 4 12 15 13 16 PWR8 PWR8
20.7 Printer/Processor Wiring Diagrams CTL23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram (2/3) 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
A
JND23 Circuit Board
B A50 A49 A48
A4 A3 A2 A1 B50 B49 B48
B3 B2 B1
JND1 JND1
C
CTL9 CTL9 A1 A2 A3 A4
A48 A49 A50 B1 B2 B3
B48 B49 B50
CTL23 Circuit Board (2/3)
D
A1 A2 A3 A4
A32 A33 A34 B1 B2 B3
B32 B33 B34
CTL10 CTL10
E
JNE1 JNE1 A34 A33 A32
A4 A3 A2 A1 B34 B33 B32
B3 B2 B1
F JNE23 Circuit Board
G
H
20-57
20.7 Printer/Processor Wiring Diagrams CTL23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram (3/3) 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
11
A
PDB23 Circuit Board
B B1 B2 B3 B4
B47 B48 B49 B50 A1 A2 A3 A4 PDB1 PDB1
A28 A29 A30
C
A1 A2 A3 A4
CTL12 CTL12 A47 A48 A49 A50 B1 B2 B3
B47 B48 B49 B50
CTL23 Circuit Board (3/3)
D A1 A2 A3 A4
A47 A48 A49 A50 B1 B2 B3 CTL13 CTL13
B47 B48 B49 B50
A1 A2 A3 A4
A47 A48 A49 A50
B1 B2 B3
A28 A29 A30B1 B2 B3 CTL14 CTL14
B28 B29 B30
E
B1 B2 B3
F
G
H
20-58
PDA1 PDA1 B47 B48 B49 B50 A1 A2 A3 A4
PDA23 Circuit Board
PDA2 PDA2 B28 B29 B30 A1 A2 A3 A4
PDA23 Circuit Board
A28 A29 A30
A50 A49 A48
A1 A2 A3 A4
1618 1921 2022 232527 2426 28 293133 303234 1 3 5
A4 A3 A2 A1 B50 B49 B48
A48 A49 A50 B1 B2 B3
2 4 6 7 9 8 10
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
2 4 6 7 9 8 10 1113 1214 1517 1618 1921 2022 232425
1113 1214 1517
jha1 jha1 1214 1517 1618
jha2 jha2
1618
JND2 JND2 1921
1921 2022 232425 26 2729 313335 2830 323436
1 3 2 4
2022 232425 26 2729 313335 2830 323436 1 3
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
1113
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
8 10
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
7 9
(RED) (BLK)
2 4 6
(RED) (BLK)
1 3 5
(RED) (BLK)
303234
(RED) (BLK)
293133
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
171819 1 2
jha5/jha8 jha8
3 4 5
1416 20 171819 1 2
Paper Supply/Feed Section
3 4 5
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
1416 20
(RED) (BLK)
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
1315
(RED) (BLK)
(RED) (BLK)
1012
(RED) (BLK)
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
9 11
D632L D632L 1 2
26 2729 313335 2830 323436 1 3 2 4 5 7 9 6 8 10 11121314
jfk1 jfk1
2 4
JND3 JND3
5 7 9
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
jha4/jha7 jha7
Upper Magazine Splice Sensor
Lower Cutter Close Sensor
Lower Magazine ID Sensor 1 Lower Magazine ID Sensor 2 Lower Magazine ID Sensor 3 Lower Magazine ID Sensor 4
Lower Magazine Open/Close Sensor 2
Lower Magazine Paper Sensor
Exposure Section Entrance Paper Sensor
Exposure Position Paper Sensor
D632L D632P D650L D653L D650P D653P
D629P D632L D632P D650L D653L D650P D653P
1 2 1 2 3 1 3 1 2 3 1 2 1 2 3 1 2 3
jfk2 jfk2
Soft Nip Home Position Sensor (for M651)
Exposure Position Paper Sensor LED
Exposure Section Entrance Paper Sensor LED
Lower Magazine Splice Sensor
Lower Magazine Paper Sensor LED
Lower Magazine Splice Sensor LED
Lower Magazine Paper End Sensor
Lower Magazine Open/Close Sensor 1
Lower Magazine ID Sensor 6
Lower Magazine ID Sensor 5
Lower Cutter Open (Home Position) Sensor
Upper Magazine Paper Sensor
Upper Magazine Splice Sensor LED
D629P
D629L 1 2
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
1315
1 2 3
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
1012
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
9 11
(RED) (BLK)
6 8
(RED) (BLK)
5 7
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
2 4
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
1 3
(RED) (BLK)
2 4 678
(RED) (BLK)
1 3 5
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
6 8
(RED) (GRY)
5 7
(RED) (GRY)
2 4
1 2
D629L
D+5Va D651 DGND (DGND)
1517 1 3 5
(RED) (GRY)
1 3
(RED) (GRY)
2 4 678
jha3/jha6 jha6
(RED) (GRY)
1 3 5
D628
1 2
D+5Va D653P DGND
1214 303234
(RED) (GRY)
3 4 5
(RED) (GRY)
1 2
D627
10
D+5Va D650P DGND
1113
(RED) (GRY)
171819
(RED) (GRY)
1416
1 2
D+5Va D653L
8 10
(RED) (GRY)
(RED) (GRY)
1315
1 2
9
D+5Va D650L
7 9
(RED) (GRY)
(RED) (GRY)
1012
D624 D625
D+5Va D632P DGND
2 4 6
(RED) (GRY)
(RED) (GRY)
9 11
8
D+5Va D632L
1 3 5 293133
1 2
D626
D+5Va D629P DGND
D 28
1 2
D628
D+5Va D629L
2426
D623
1 2
D627
(DGND)
232527
7
D+5Va D626 DGND
2022
D622
1 2
D628 DGND
E 1921
1 2 3
D624 D625
D627 DGND
1618 28
(RED) (GRY)
2426
1 2 3
(RED) (GRY)
232527
3 4 5
D621 D621 D623
D604 D620 D620 D622
D603
D625 DGND
1517
jha5/jha8 jha5
6
D624 DGND
2022
1 2
D631
(RED) (GRY)
1921
1 2 3
D623 DGND
1618 171819
D619P
(RED) (GRY)
1517 1416
(RED) (GRY)
jha4/jha7 jha4
1 2
D622 DGND
1214 1315
1 2 3
(RED) (GRY)
1113 1012
D616
D621 DGND
(RED) (GRY)
1 2
(RED) (GRY)
D618
1 2
(RED) (GRY)
D617
1 2
5
D620 DGND
1214
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
D615
1 2
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
D614
1 2
D619P
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
D613
1 2
D619L
D+5Va D604 DGND
1113
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
D612
1 2
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
D611
1 2
D619L
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
D610
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
8 10 9 11
4
D+5Va D603 DGND
8 10
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
D618
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
Upper Magazine Open/Close Sensor 2
D617
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
7 9 6 8
(RED) (BLK)
Upper Magazine Open/Close Sensor 1
D615
Upper Magazine Paper End Sensor
Upper Magazine ID Sensor 6
D614
D+5Va D631 DGND
(RED) (BLK)
2 4 6 5 7
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
Upper Magazine ID Sensor 5
D613
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
6 8
(RED) (GRY)
Upper Magazine ID Sensor 4
D612
D+5Va D619P DGND
(RED) (GRY)
5 7
(RED) (GRY)
Upper Magazine ID Sensor 3
D611
(DGND)
(RED) (BLK)
7 9
3
D+5Va D619L
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
(RED) (GRY)
2 4
(RED) (GRY)
Upper Magazine ID Sensor 2
D610
D+5Va D616 DGND
(RED) (GRY)
(RED) (GRY)
(RED) (GRY)
1 3
(RED) (GRY)
(RED) (GRY)
2 4 6 78
D618 DGND
(RED) (GRY)
2 4 6
Upper Magazine ID Sensor 1
2
D617 DGND
(RED) (GRY)
(RED) (GRY)
jha3/jha6 jha3
D615 DGND
(RED) (GRY)
(RED) (GRY)
(RED) (GRY)
1 3 5
D614 DGND
(RED) (GRY)
2 4
(RED) (GRY)
1 3 5 1 3
(RED) (GRY)
(RED) (GRY)
1 2 3
D613 DGND
(RED) (GRY)
1 3 5
D602
D612 DGND
(RED) (GRY)
2 4 6 78
(RED) (GRY)
1 2 3
Upper Cutter Close Sensor
Upper Cutter Open (Home Position) Sensor
1
D611 DGND
(RED) (GRY)
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
D601
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
A
D610 DGND
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
C 1 3 5
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
B
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
20.7.5
D+5Va D602 DGND
D+5Va D601 DGND
20.7 Printer/Processor Wiring Diagrams JND23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram (1/2) 11 12
D651
3 2 1
1 2 3
1 2 1 3 2 4 1 2 3
1 3 2 4 1 2 3
jfk3 jfk3
5 7 9 6 8 10 11121314
6 8 10 11121314
JND6 JND6
Sub-scanning Section
JND23 Circuit Board (1/2)
F JND1 JND1 B3 B2 B1
G CTL9 CTL9
B48 B49 B50
CTL23 Circuit Board
H
20-59
Feed Section Paper Sensor
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
H
20-60 7 9
1 3 5
1 3 5
G 3 2 1 D633 D633 2 4 6 11 8 10 12
Registration Section
JND4 JND4 4 6 8 9 10 1 2 3 5 7
F 2 4 6 7 8 jin1 jin1 2 4 6 7 8 1 3 5 (RED) (BLU) (BLK)
JND5 JND5
Distribution Entrance Section 2 4 6 JND7 JND7 7 8 1 3 5 2 4 6 7 9 11
Back Print/Feed Section
JND23 Circuit Board (2/2)
D 19 2123 JND8 JND8 2022 24 25 2729 2628 30
(RED) (BLK)
8 10 12
131517 jfur2 jfur2 131517 141618 19 20 21 22 23 24 252627 28 1 2 3 4 5 6
141618 19 20 21 22 23 24 252627 28 1 2 3 4 5 6
40 (RED) (BLK)
8 10 12
7 9 11
(RED) (BLK)
7 9 11
5 6
(RED) (BLK)
5 6
3 4
1 2 3 5 4 6 7 9
D+5Va D667L
3 4
1 2
(RED) (BLK)
1 2
101214
(RED) (BLK)
101214
9 11 13
CTL_CN_STG NC D+5Va D666L
2 4 6 7 8 jfur1 jfur1 2 4 6 7 8 9 11 13
1 3 5
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
1 3 5
9 10 7 8 (RED) (BLK)
9 10 7 8 (RED) (BLK)
Distribution Section
34 36 373839
Paper Exit Section
D+5Va D668P DGND (DGND) DGND
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
33 35
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
31 32
7 9 11 8 10 12 13 141516
7 9 11 8 10 12 13 141516
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
Speed Control Section Paper Sensor LED (Center)
Speed Control Section Paper Sensor LED (Rear)
Speed Control Section Paper Sensor (Front)
Speed Control Section Paper Sensor (Center)
Speed Control Section Paper Sensor (Rear)
10
D+5Va D667P DGND
jshu1 jshu1 (RED) (BLU) (BLK)
Speed Control Section Paper Sensor LED (Front)
jfur4 jfur4 D657 D657 1 2 3
D+5Va D666P DGND
D659L 1 3
(DGND)
D659L
D658L 1 3
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
9
D+5Va D668L
D658L
(DGND)
D669 1 2
(RED) (BLK)
8
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
D669
(RED) (BLK)
7
D+5Va D697 DGND
(RED) (BLK)
D665P 1 2 3
D+5Va D659L
D660P 1 2 3
(RED) (BLK)
Distribution Paper Sensor (Rear)
D664P 1 2 3
D+5Va D658L
Distribution Paper Sensor (Center)
D665P
Distribution Drive Standby Sensor
Distribution Paper Sensor (Front)
D660P
(RED) (GRY)
D665L 1 3
D664P
D669 DGND
D660L 1 3 D661 D661 1 2 3
D+5Va D665P DGND
D665L
(RED) (GRY)
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
D660L
Distribution Home Position Sensor (for M661)
D664L
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
1718
D+5Va D660P DGND
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
Distribution Paper Sensor LED (Rear)
6
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
14 16
D+5Va D664P DGND
1315
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
8 1012
D+5Va D661 DGND
(RED) (BLK)
D664L 1 3
(RED) (BLK)
D659P 1 2 3
Distribution Paper Sensor LED (Center)
D659P
D+5Va D665L
(RED) (BLK)
1 3 5
D658P
D658P 1 2 3
Distribution Paper Sensor LED (Front)
5
(RED) (BLK)
2 4 6 7 8 jfur3 jfur3 2 4 6 7 8
D+5Va D660L
(RED) (BLK)
1 3 5
(RED) (BLK)
1 2 3 jfke2 jfke2 1 2 3
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
D663 D663 1 2 3
D+5Va D664L
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
Nip Release Home Position Sensor 4 (Rear) (for M663)
D662 D662 1 2 3
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
Nip Release Home Position Sensor 4 (Front) (for M662)
D656 D656 1 2 3
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
4
D+5Va D659P DGND
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
2 4 6 jfke1 jfke1 2 4 6 (RED) (BLU) (BLK)
Nip Release Home Position Sensor 3 (for M656)
Registration Section Paper Sensor
Nip Release Home Position Sensor 1 (for M642)
3
D+5Va D658P DGND
1 3 5
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
1 3 5
11 8 10 12
D+5Va D663P DGND
11 8 10 12
2 4 6
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
2 4 6 (RED) (BLU) (BLK)
4 5 6
D+5Va D662 DGND
1 2 3 D655 D655 1 2 3
NC NC
4 5 6
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
jre2 jre2
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
1 2 3
D+5Va D656 DGND
D640P 1 2 3
Nip Release Home Position Sensor 2 (for M655)
D640P
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
D642 D642 1 2 3
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
Registration Section Paper Sensor LED
Tilt Home Position Sensor (for M641)
2
D+5Va D655 DGND
1 3 5 (RED) (BLU) (BLK)
7 9
D+5Va D640P DGND
7 9
1 3 5 (RED) (BLU) (BLK)
1 3 5
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
(RED) (BLK)
D640L 1 3
(DGND)
D+5Va D642 DGND
(RED) (BLK)
D640L
(BLK)
E D+5Va D640L
D641 D641 1 2 3
D+5Va D633 DGND (DGND) DGND
CTL_CN_ST5 NC D+5Va D630 DGND jre1 jre1
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
B
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
1
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
D+5Va D641 DGND
20.7 Printer/Processor Wiring Diagrams JND23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram (2/2) 11 12
A
D666L D667L D668L D666P D667P D668P
jfur5 jfur5 D666L 1 3 D667L 1 3 D668L 1 3 D666P 1 2 3 D667P 1 2 3 D668P 1 2 3
C
8 10 12 11 JND9 JND9 131517 141618 19 20
H 1 3 7 8 9
7 8 9
3 4 5
3 4 5
D813L D813P D814 D814
D813L D813P 1 2 3
1 2 3
D814 D814 10 11 12
6 7 8
6 7 8
1 2 3
1 2 3
jso7 jso7 10 11 12 3 4 1 2
3 4 1 2
2 4
JSO17 JSO17
2 4 1 3 1 2 3 4 5
jso7
1 2 1 2 1 3
M812 M812 M811 M811 D813L D813P
D813L D813P
M812 M811 1 2 3
F
1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 3 1 3 1 3
D770L D771L D770P D771P D772L D772P D773P D773L D774L D775L D774P D775P
D770L D771L D770P D771P D772L D772P D773P D773L D774L D775L D774P D775P
High Speed Exit Rear Paper Sensor LED
High Speed Exit Center Paper Sensor LED High Speed Exit Front Paper Sensor LED
High Speed Exit Center Paper Sensor High Speed Exit Front Paper Sensor
1 2 3
6
1 2 3
8 10 11 13 15 17 19
11 13 15 17 19 1618 20
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
jshu3 jshu3 (RED) (BLU) (BLK)
1618 20
(RED) (BLK)
(RED) (BLU) (BLK) (RED) (BLU) (BLK)
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
(RED) (BLK)
Jshu2 Jshu2
(RED) (BLK)
1618 20
(RED) (BLK)
15 1719
(RED) (BLK)
11 13
(RED) (BLK)
D+5Va D772P DGND (RED) (BLU) (BLK) 1618 20
12 14 21 23 22 24 25 27 29
1 2 3
26 28 30
1 2 3
D+5Va D776 DGND (DGND)
D+5Va D775P DGND
D+5Va D774P DGND
D+5Va D775L
D+5Va D774L
D+5Va D773L
D+5Va D773P DGND
D+5Va D772L (RED) (BLK)
D+5Va D771P DGND
D+5Va D770P DGND
15 1719
10
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
6 8 10
11 13
16 18 20
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
6 8 10
15 1719
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
5 7 9
9
(RED) (BLK)
2 4
5 7 9
(RED) (BLK)
JNE3 JNE3
1 3
(RED) (BLK)
3
2 4
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
JNES2 JNES2
(RED) (BLK)
1 3
D+5Va D771L
8
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
JSO14
1 3
5 7 9
6 8 10
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
2 4 6 2 4
5 7 9
6 8 10
(RED) (BLK)
7 8 9
1 3
5 7 9
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
2 4
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
1 3
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
(RED) (BLK)
D+5Va D770L
D+5Va D723 DGND DGND
7
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
2 3
2 4
(RED) (BLK)
4 6 1 3
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
1
High Speed Exit Rear Paper Sensor
2 4
D723 D723
Feeding Path Switching Front Paper Sensor
JSO17
2 3
Feeding Path Switching Front Paper Sensor LED
* The following cables are connected to the sorter SU1400AY. 1
Feeding Path Switching Center Paper Sensor
1 3
D722 D722
7 8 9
(RED) (BLK)
jho2 jho2
(RED) (BLK)
2 4 6
Feeding Path Switching Rear Paper Sensor
1 2 3
4 5 6
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
jso3 jso3
(RED) (BLK)
D721 D721
4 5 6
9 10 11 12
Feeding Path Switching Center Paper Sensor LED
1 2 3
4 6 8
(RED) (BLK)
1 2 3
D+5Va D722 DGND
CTL_CN_ST7 NC D+5Va D721 DGND
6
Feeding Path Switching Rear Paper Sensor LED
G 6 7 8
3 5 7
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
1 1 2
Replenisher Cartridge Box Lower Sensor
JNES4 JNES4
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
(BLK)
A4 A3 A2 A1 B34 B33 B32
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
2 4
NC
A32 A33 A34 B1 B2 B3 CTL10 CTL10
Replenisher Cartridge Box Upper Sensor
E (RED) (BLU) (BLK)
6
5
Feeding Path Switching Position Sensor (Large Size)
JSO6 JSO6
5 6
5 6 2 4
Replenisher Cartridge Setting Sensor
3 5 4 6
(ORG) (BLK)
1
4
Transversal Sorter Drive Motor
C
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
A34 A33 A32
Transversal Sorter Stop Sensor
A1 A2 A3 A4
(RED) (BLK)
7 8
3
Transversal Sorter Stop Sensor LED
3 5
(ORG) (BLK)
3 5 2
(ORG) (BLK)
1 2
Transversal Sorter Drive Motor
3 5
(ORG) (BLK)
A
(ORG) (BLK)
7 8
D+5Va D814 DGND
D+5Va D813P DGND
D813L DGND
2
24-order Sorter Print Alignment Motor
1 2 1
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
1
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
7 8 3 5
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
1
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
7 8
(RED) (BLK)
1
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
1 2
(RED) (BLU) (BLK) jso6 jso6
(RED) (BLK) 7 8
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
(RED) (BLK)
D
Transversal Sorter Stop Sensor
(RED) (BLK)
20.7.6
Transversal Sorter Stop Sensor LED
20.7 Printer/Processor Wiring Diagrams JNE23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram (1/2) 11
12 14 21 23 22 24 25 27 29 26 28 30 31 32 3334
12 14 21 23 22 24 25 27 29 26 28 30 3132 33 34
12 14 21 23 22 24 25 27 29 26 28 30 31 32 3334
12 14 21 23 22 24 252 7 29 26 28 30 31 32 3334
12
CTL23 Circuit Board B32 B33 B34
B
JNES1 JNES1 B3 B2 B1
JNE23 Circuit Board (1/2)
31 32 33 34
D776 D776
1 2 3
M811 M811 1 2
M811
* The above diagram shows the configuration of the sorter SU2400AY.
20-61
F
G
H
20-62 1 28 2 3 5 4 6 7 9 8 10 11 13 12 14 15 17 16 18 19 20 21
JNE23 Circuit Board (2/2)
JNES JNES 22 2723 2425 26
1 16 2 15 3 5 4 6
(RED) (GRY)
(RED) (GRY)
8 10 1113 1214
FS704 DGND
FS705 DGND
7 9 JNES JNES
(RED) (GRY)
PS2 Solution Level Sensor
PS3 Solution Level Sensor
PS4 Solution Level Sensor
SWA20 Circuit Board
FS703 DGND
PS1 Solution Level Sensor
M810 D811 D811 1 2 3
1 3 2 4 5 6 SWA4
UL2464-SB (5P) ✕ 24AWG(7/0.203)
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
1 2 SWA2 SWA2
(RED) (GRY)
1 2 JSO4 JSO4
Sorter Tray Drive Motor
8
FS702 DGND
5 6 7 8 9 3 4 1011 12 1 2 jso4 jso4 5 6 7 8 9 3 4 1011 12 1 2
P2 Solution Level Sensor
1 2 3 4 5 6 jso2 jso2 1 2 3 4 5 6
(RED) (GRY)
SWA1 SWA1 3 4 5 6 8 7 9 10
FS701 DGND
1 3 2 4 5 6 SWA4 SWA4
P1 Solution Level Sensor
3 2 1 SWA3 SWA3
(RED) (GRY)
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
7
FS700 DGND
(RED) (BLU) (BLK)
D811 D811 1 2 3
M810+ M810-
D+5Va D811 DGND
D+5Va D810 DGND
D810 D810 1 2 3
M810+ M810-
NC NC
D+5Va DGND D810 D811 D812 D815
6
(BLK)
(ORG) (BLK)
UL2464-SB (5P) ✕ 24AWG(7/0.203)
Waste Solution Level Sensor
5
NC (DGND)
(RED) (BLK) (BLU) (BLU) (BLU) (BLU)
1 2 jho1 jho1 1 2
CTL_CN_ST8 DGND
1 2 3 FS727 FS727 1 2 3 1 2 FS728 FS728 1 2
(RED) (BLK) (BLU) (BLU) (BLU) (BLU)
PSR Lower Level Sensor
B
D+5Va DGND D810 D811 D812 D815
(RED) (GRY)
E
NC
(RED) (GRY)
1 2 FS726 FS726 1 2 3
NC
P2RB Lower Level Sensor
4
(D+5Va)
(RED) (GRY)
1 2 FS725 FS725 1 2 3
NC
P2RA Lower Level Sensor
C
FS728 DGND
(RED) (GRY)
1 2 FS724 FS724 1 2 3
NC
P1R Lower Level Sensor
PSR Upper Level Sensor
P2RB Upper Level Sensor
P2RA Upper Level Sensor
3
FS727 DGND
(RED) (GRY)
NC
1 2 3 FS723 FS723 1 2 3
FS726 DGND
(RED) (GRY)
NC
1 2 FS722 FS722 1 2 3
FS725 DGND
(RED) (GRY)
NC
1 2 FS721 FS721 1 2 3
FS724 DGND
(RED) (GRY)
NC
P1R Upper Level Sensor
2
FS723 DGND
(RED) (GRY)
NC
1 2 FS720 FS720 1 2 3
FS722 DGND
(RED) (GRY)
1
FS721 DGND
(BLK)
D
FS720 DGND
CTL_CN_ST8 DGND NC
20.7 Printer/Processor Wiring Diagrams JNE23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram (2/2) 9 10 11
A
* The following diagram shows the configuration of the sorter SU2400AY. * The following cables are connected to the sorter SU1400AY. (Cables for the sorter SU2400AY are used except for two cables.)
SWAT 3 4 5 6 8 7 9 10
1 2
1 2 FS700 FS700 1 2 1 2 FS701 FS701 1 2 1 2 FS702 FS702 1 2 1 2 FS703 FS703 1 2 1 2 FS704 FS704 1 2 1 2 FS705 FS705 1 2
1 2
5 6 7 8 9 3 4 10 11 12 1 2 jso4
12
F 1 2 JMH3 JMH3 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 JMH2 JMH2 6 5
JMH20 Circuit Board 4 3 2 1 JMH1 JMH1 9 10 4 5 6 7 8 3 2 1 LDR2 LDR2 1 2 8 10 6 17 18 4 3 7 8 5 11 12 13 11 14 12
LDR23 Circuit Board LDR1 LDR1 4 5 9 2 1 3 6 GMC2 GMC2 8 7 4 7 6 7 LDD6 LDD6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 LDD16 LDD16 1 2 3 4 5
GMC23 Circuit Board
1 2
(BLK)
DGND Txd1 Rxd1 DGND DGND
LDD1 LDD1 DGND A+24VP AGND Txd2 Rxd2 DGND LDD6IN
1 2 3 8
1 2 3 jgmc2 jgmc2 1 2 3 2 3 1 4 jgep jgep 2 3 1 4
5 6 GEP10 GEP10 3 4
GEP23 Circuit Board
9
JROS JROS 1 2 3 4 7 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 2324 25 2629 27 28 30
1 2 3 4 7 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 2324 25 2629 27 28 30 LDD7 LDD7
31 32
31 32
10
LDD17 LDD17
AGND BTH B_TrB B_TrC AGND NC D+5VP2 DGND BRCLK BDO BRDO BRCS NC NC
(WHT)
(RED) (BLK) (RED) (BLU)
8
BPD+ AGND BMODE A-12VP AGND A+12VP BLDON BHFM AGND BL+8V BLDV BMPX_T AGND BX_TrE A-12VP BX_TrB NC A+12VP A+5VP AGND
AGND THA
AGNDP F671_S F672 AGNDP F672_S NC NC A+5VP AGND A+12VP A-12VP
(ORG) (GRY) (BLK) (WHT) (GRY) (ORG) (BLK) (RED) (BLU) (BLK) (RED) (BLK) (WHT) (RED) (BLK) (WHT) (RED) (BLK) (WHT)
(RED) (BLK) (GRY) (BLK)
7
UL2464-SB (5P) ✕ 24AWG(7/0.203)
(BLK)
LDD11 LDD11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
(RED) (BLK)
7 8 9
SYNC_R_A SYNC_R_C
4 5 6 LDD15 LDD15 D+5VP2 DGND nSOS DTAIN DGND +24VP2 M676_CLK AGND M676_ON M676_ST S673 AGND D+5VP2 D674 DGND F670 AGND F670_S F671
(RED) (BLK) (WHT)
1 4 3 F614B F614B F614B 4 1 2
SOS DGND
1 2 3
(RED) (BLK) (WHT)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 LDD5 LDD5 +24VP AGND F900_ST
1 2 3 4 5 6 LDD2 LDD2 +24VP AGND F614B_ST
(RED) (BLK) (WHT)
A+24VA A24G A+12VA A12G A-12VA BAOM_ST
pwr35_check+ RS12V1m_Fail RS12V1s_Fail A+24V_on/off A+8V_on/off GND-5MC GND-5MC pwr35_check2+
GND-12RS
A-12V_RS
1 4 3 F614A F614A F614A 4 1 2
SYNC_L_A SYNC_L_C
E F614B
(GRY) (BLK)
LDD10 LDD10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 14 1516 12 13 8 9 10 11 17 18
Laser Optical Unit
F614A
/SOS GND-SOS
D 6
NC NC
8 16 7 15 6 14 5 13 4 12 3 11 2 10 1 9 LDD4 LDD4 AOM1 AOM1 1 2 3 4 5 6
Txd0 Rxd0 DGND DGND
C (RED) (BLK) (WHT)
11
AOM Driver (B/G)
+24VP AGND F614A_ST
12
5
LDDOUT /LDD_RST0
(RED) (GRY) (BLK) (BLK)
LDD13 LDD13 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9
PWR3 PWR3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A+24VA A24G A+12VA A12G A-12VA NC
7
GND-12RS
A+12V1_RS
GND-8RS
A+8V_RS
GND-24RS
A+24V1_RS
PWR23 Circuit Board
AGND RTH R_TrB R_TrC AGND D+5V2 DGND RRCLK RD0 RRD0 RRCS NC
6
(ORG) (BLK) (RED) (BLK) (BLU) (GRY)
5
4
RxIN0 TxOUT0 GND LDDIN
(RED) (GRY) (BLK)
LDD12 LDD12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 3
A+24VA A24G A+12VA A12G A-12VA BAOM_ST
2 9 4 11 6 13
3
RMPX_T AGND RHFM AGND RL+5V R+5V2 NC A+12VP
7 14 5 12 3 10 1 8 LDD3 LDD3 1
(GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (BLK) (BLK)
10
CPUPOWERC +12VPOWERC POWERONC POWERONC PCE PCE
PWR6 PWR6
RPD+ AGND RMODE R-5V2 AGND R+5V2 RLDON RX_TrE A-12VP RX_TrB
8
A+24V A+24V A+24G A+24G A+8V A+8V A8G A8G A+12V A+12V A12G A12G A-12V A-12V A-12G A-12G
2
TxOUT1 RxIN1 GND
LDD14 LDD14 1 2 4 GND-12RS
1
D+5VP2 DGND NC GRCLK GD0 GRD0 GRCS
2 A12V2_RS
GND-24RS
A+24V2_RS
B
NC NC NC NC NC NC
IL+24VI IL+24VI IL+24G1 IL+24G1 IL+12VI IL+12VI IL12GI IL12GI
20.7.7
GTH+ GTHGLD+ AGND GPD+ AGND A+12VP AGND A-12VP NC
GP+ GP-
20.7 Printer/Processor Wiring Diagrams LDD23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram 11 12
A
LDB23 Circuit Board
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 LDB1 LDB1 5 4 1 2 3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1912 1314 151617 1811 20 LDD8 LDD8 1 2 3 4 5
LDB2 LDB2 1 2 3 4 5 6
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 LDD9 LDD9
LDD23 Circuit Board LDD18 LDD18
1 5 4 3 9 AD thermometer
Densitometer (AD300)
G
H
20-63
H
20-64 2 1 3 6 GMC2 GMC2 8 7
RxIN0 TxOUT0 GND LDDIN LDDOUT /LDD_RST0
(RED) (GRY) (BLK) (BLK)
C
1 4 7 10 2 5 8 11 3 6 9 12 PWR7 PWR7
PWR23 Circuit Board (RED) (BLK) (BLK)
CTL8 CTL8 2 3 1 4
5 6 GEP10 GEP10 3 4
E
7 8 15 16
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4 2 1 4 3 GEP9 GEP9
GMC1 GMC1 1 11 2 12 3 13 4 14 5 15 6 16 7 17 8 18 9 19 10 20
ATX23 Circuit Board
IEEE1394 (Scanner)
Coaxial B
PWR23 Circuit Board Coaxial G
4
Coaxial R
CTL23 Circuit Board A+12V1_RS GND-12RS GND-12RS A-12V1_RS
D653_0 D653_Rtn CTL_CN_ST4 CTL_CN_ST4
6 7 (RED) (BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
3
(RED) (BLK) (BLK) (BLU)
SOS DGND
4 5 (GRY) (BLK)
LDD1 LDD1 NC NC
Txd0 Rxd0 DGND DGND
LDD23 Circuit Board
A+12V1_RS GND-12RS GND-12RS A-12V1_RS
SYNC_R_A SYNC_R_C
1 2
SYNC_L_A SYNC_L_C
/SOS GND-SOS
jgmc2 1 2 3
LED(Atx_out)_A LED(Atx_in) _A LED(Atx_xx) _K LED(Atx_xx) _K
GND-12IM GND-12IM D+5V_IM GND-12IM GND-12IM GND-12IM D+5V_IM GND-12IM GND-12IM GND-12IM NC NC NC D+5V_IM D+12V0_IM D+5V_IM
D+3.3V_IM D+3.3V_IM D+3.3V_IM NC
1 2 3 8
NC
ATX1 ATX1 1 4 9 12 2 5 10 13 3 6 11 14
(RED) (BLK) (RED) (BLK) (RED) (BLK) (RED) (BLK)
(BRN) (BRN) (RED) (RED) (ORG) (ORG) (YEL) (YEL) (GRN) (GRN) (BLU) (BLU) (VOL) (VOL) (GRY) (GRY) (WHT) (WHT) (BLK) (BLK)
4 5 9
(BRN) (RED) (BLK)
G NC NC
F D+3.3V_IM D3.3IM_sense D+3.3V_IM NC GND-12IM GND-12IM D51M_sense ps_on# GND-12IM GND-12IM D+5V_IM GND-12IM GND-12IM GND-12IM NC NC NC D+5V_IM D+12V0_IM D+5V_IM NC NC
A 2
To JKEY1
NC NC
D+12V0_IM GND-12IM D+12V0_IM GND-12IM D+12V1_IM GND-12IM D+12V1_IM GND-12IM D+12V2_IM GND-12IM D+12V2_IM GND-12IM
1
(RED) (BLK)
(RED) (GRY) (BLK)
20.7.8
D+12V0_IM GND-12IM D+12V0_IM GND-12IM D+12V1_IM GND-12IM D+12V1_IM GND-12IM D+12V2_IM GND-12IM D+12V2_IM GND-12IM
TxOUT1 RxIN1 GND
20.7 Printer/Processor Wiring Diagrams Image Control Box Circuit Board Wiring Diagram 5 6
D
GIE23 Circuit Board
7
RIN GIN BIN
PWR6 PWR6 19 2123 24
GEP4 GEP6 GEP8
GEP4 GEP6 GEP8
8
T1 C1 T2
T1
T3 C2 C3
T2 T3 C1 C2 C3
GEP23 Circuit Board PCI PCI
9
T16
10
T16
ATX1
11
T17 T18 C16 C17 C18 CTL1 CTL1 T32
GPR2 GPR2 T17 T18 C16 C17 C18 T32
GEP23
R(GEP2)
GEP9
G(GEP6) B(GEP8) GEP10
GPR23
(GPR2)
12
CTL23 Circuit Board T33 T34 C32 C33 C34
B 2 3 1 4 jgep jgep 2 3 1 4
T33 T34 C32 C33 C34
GPR23 Circuit Board PCI PCI
GMC23 Circuit Board
PCI PCI
< Front View> GIE23
1 12 2 13 3 14 4 15 5 16 6 17 7 18 8 19 9 20 10 21 11 22 ATX2 ATX2
GMC2
LVDS IEEE1394
H 1 5 4 3 2 6 M631 M631 1 5 4 3 2 6
M631 1 5 4 3 2 6 M632 M632 1 5 4 3 2 6
1 16 2 3 4 1011 12 8 9 JIN1 JIN1 1 16 2 3 4 10 11 12 8 9 5 6 7 3 4 5 1 6 2 3 4 5
5 6 7 3 4 5 1 6 2 3 JIN2 JIN2 4 5
7 8 1516
1 2 3 9 10 11 4 5 6 12 13 14 JIN4 JIN4 4 5 6 12 13 14 7 8 1516
S630
1 2 S631 S631 1 2 1 2 S632 S632 1 2
M632 S631 S632 8 9 10 11 1213
9 10 11 12
Distribution Section
Paper Supply/Back Print Section
PDA8 PDA8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1213 14 15 16 17 1819 20 21 2223 24 25 26 2728 29 30 3132 33 34 3536 37 38 3940
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1213 14 15 16 17 1819 20 21 2223 24 25 26 2728 29 30 3132 33 34 3536 37 38 3940 JNF1 JNF1
JNF23 Circuit Board
8 9 10 11 1213
3 4 5 8 9 10 1 2 7 8 3 4 9 10 PDA14 PDA14 5 6 11 12 1 14 2 3 4 5 6 7 PDA15 PDA15 8 9 10 11 1213
PDA17 PDA17 1 2
8 10 12 PDA16 PDA16
1 2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1213 14 15 16 17 1819 20 21 2223 24 25 26 2728 29 30 3132 33 34 3536 37 38 3940 JIN3 JIN3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1213 14 15 16 17 1819 20 21 2223 24 25 26 2728 29 30 3132 33 34 3536 37 38 3940
1 2 JPWA1 JPWA1 1 2 1 2 JPWA2 JPWA2 1 2
PDA18 PDA18 6 5 8 7 3 4
(RED) (BLK) (WHT)
Nip Release Motor 4 (Front)
Speed Control Motor (Rear)
F601 F602 F603 F604 F605
1 4 3 F600 F600 F600 4 1 2 1 4 3 F601 F601 F601 4 1 2 1 4 3 F602 F602 F602 4 1 2 1 4 3 F603 F603 F603 4 1 2 1 4 3 F604 F604 F604 4 1 2 1 4 3 F605 F605 F605 4 1 2
2 6 3 7 4 8 1 5 JPWA3 JPWA3 2 6 3 7 4 8 1 5 1 7 2 8 3 9 4 10 5 11 6 12 JPWA4 JPWA4 1 7 2 8 3 9 4 10 5 11 6 12
P+24V GND Feed Section Cooling Fan 6 Sensor Signal
P+24V GND Feed Section Cooling Fan 5 Sensor Signal
P+24V GND Feed Section Cooling Fan 2 Sensor Signal
P+24V GND Control Section Exhaust Fan Sensor Signal
P+24V GND Control Section Exhaust Fan Sensor Signal
P+24V GND Control Section Exhaust Fan Sensor Signal
P+24V GND Control Section Exhaust Fan Sensor Signal
P+24V GND Control Section Exhaust Fan Sensor Signal
Speed Control Motor (Front)
Nip Release Motor 4 (Rear)
10
13 15 17 14 16 18 19 21 23 20 22 24
F609 F609_rtn F609_err
(RED) (BLK) (WHT)
(RED) (YEL) (BLU) (ORG)
F600
F608 F608_rtn F608_err
(RED) (BLK) (WHT)
7 9 11
(RED) (BLK) (WHT)
2 4 6
(RED) (BLK) (WHT)
8 10 12 (RED) (BLK) (WHT)
8 10 12
7 9 11
F605 F605_rtn F605_err
7 9 11
2 4 6
(RED) (BLK) (WHT)
2 4 6
(RED) (BLK) (WHT)
JFAN1 JFAN1
(RED) (BLK) (WHT)
C (RED) (BLK) (WHT)
7 8 9 10 11 12
1 3 5
F604 F604_rtn F604_err
(RED) (BLK) (WHT)
1 3 5
(RED) (BLK) (WHT)
7 8 9 10 11 12
(RED) (BLK) (WHT)
JSHU2 JSHU2 (RED) (BLK) (WHT)
JFUR5 JFUR5
1 3 5
To PWR11
1 14 2 3 4 5 6 7 JSHU1 JSHU1 1 14 2 3 4 5 6 7
9
+24V51 GND-24V5 +24V52 GND-24V5 +24V53 GND-24V5 +24V61 GND-24V6 +24V62 GND-24V6 +24V63 GND-24V6
9 10 11 12
(ORG) (BLK) (ORG) (BLK) (ORG) (BLK) (ORG) (BLK) (ORG) (BLK) (ORG) (BLK)
5 6 7 8 JFUR2 JFUR2 5 6 7 8
F603 F603_rtn F603_err
1 2 3 4
F602 F602_rtn F602_err
3 4 5 8 9 10
1 2 3 4
5 6 11 12
To PWR10
1 2 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6
+24V41 GND-24V4 +24V42 GND-24V4 +24V43 GND-24V4
1 2 3 4 5 6
8
(ORG) (BLK) (ORG) (BLK) (ORG) (BLK)
5 6 11 12
(RED) (BLK) (WHT)
3 4 9 10 JFUR4 JFUR4 3 4 9 10
1 5 4 3 2 6 M665 M665 1 5 4 3 2 6
F601 F601_rtn F601_err
(RED) (YEL) (BLU) (ORG)
(RED) (YEL) (BLU) (ORG)
Distribution Motor
M657
+24V01 GND-24V0
1 2 7 8
(RED) (BLK) (WHT)
3 4 5 8 9 10
(RED) (BLK) (YEL) (BLU) (WHT) (ORG)
(RED) (BLK) (YEL) (BLU) (WHT) (ORG)
1 2 3 4
1 5 4 3 2 6 M664 M664 1 5 4 3 2 6
F600 F600_rtn F600_err
(RED) (BLK) (YEL) (BLU) (WHT) (ORG)
(RED) (YEL) (BLU) (ORG)
1 2 3 4
M656 M656 1 3 4 6
M665
D+5V2_MC GND-5MC
PDA13 PDA13 (RED) (BLK) (YEL) (BLU) (WHT) (ORG)
3 4 5 8 9 10
(RED) (BLK) (YEL) (BLU) (WHT) (ORG)
JFUR1 JFUR1 (RED) (YEL) (BLU) (ORG)
(RED) (YEL) (BLU) (ORG)
1 3 4 6
M655 M655 1 4 3 6 M664
(ORG) (BLK)
4 5
3 4 5 8 9 10
(RED) (YEL) (BLU) (ORG)
1 4 3 6 JFUR6 JFUR6 1 4 3 6 M663 M663 1 4 3 6
7
To PWR8
PDA7 PDA7 1 6 2 3
1 2 3 4 5 6 M661 M661 1 2 3 4 5 6
1 4 3 6 M662 M662 1 4 3 6
M663
M665 A M665/ACOM M665 / A M665 B M665/BCOM M665/B
1 2 6 7 (BLK) (BLK) (RED) (BLK) (YEL) (BLU) (WHT) (ORG)
3 4 7 8
M662
6
(CN_ST) (CN_ST_rtn) M664 A M664/ACOM M664 / A M664 B M664/BCOM M664/B
PDA12 PDA12 (RED) (YEL) (BLU) (ORG)
1 2 6 7
5
(RED) (BLK)
Distribution Entrance Section M661
1 3 4 6 M657 M657 1 3 4 6
M663 A M663 /A M663 B M663 /B
1 2 6 7
(RED) (YEL) (BLU) (ORG)
5 6 7 8
(RED) (YEL) (BLU) (ORG)
5 6 7 8
Feed Motor 5
A
M657 A M657 /A M657 B M657 /B
JFKE1 JFKE1 (RED) (YEL) (BLU) (ORG)
1 2 6 7
(RED) (YEL) (BLU) (ORG)
5 6 7 8
M660
M662 A M662 /A M662 B M662 /B
JFUR3 JFUR3 (RED) (BLK) (YEL) (BLU) (WHT) (ORG)
(RED) (YEL) (BLU) (ORG)
1 2 6 7
(RED) (BLK) (YEL) (BLU) (WHT) (ORG)
(RED) (YEL) (BLU) (ORG)
5 6 7 8
(RED) (BLK) (YEL) (BLU) (WHT) (ORG)
(RED) (YEL) (BLU) (ORG)
JFKE2 JFKE2
M661 A M661 / ACOM M661 / A M661 B M661 / BCOM M661 / B
M660 A M660 / A M660 B M660 / B
1 3 4 6 M660 M660 1 3 4 6
(CN_ST) NC S630_#5DRY S630_#5COM S630_#9DRY S630_#9COM S630_#3DRY S630_#3COM S630_#11DRY S630_#11COM S630_#1DRY S630_#1COM S630_#13DRY S630_#13COM S630_#15DRY S630_#15COM S630_#17DRY S630_#17COM S630_#18DRY S630_#18COM S630_#16DRY S630_#16COM S630_#2DRY S630_#2COM S630_#14DRY S630_#14COM S630_#4DRY S630_#4COM S630_#12DRY S630_#12COM S630_#6DRY S630_#6COM S630_#10DRY S630_#10COM S630_#7DRY S630_#7COM S630_#8DRY S630_#8COM NC (CN_ST_rtn)
S632 S632_rtn
4
To PWR8
(GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY)
5 6 7 3 4 5
(GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY) (GRY)
(ORG) (BLK)
Nip Release Motor 3
M656
(CN_ST) (CN_ST_rtn) S631 S631_rtn
1 2 5 6 (RED) (YEL) (BLU) (ORG)
Nip Release Motor 2
3
Printing Head
(ORG) (BLK)
(BLK) (BLK) (ORG) (BLK)
1 2 3 4 (RED) (YEL) (BLU) (ORG)
1 2 3 4
(RED) (YEL) (BLU) (ORG)
(RED) (YEL) (BLU) (ORG) M655
(ORG) (BLK)
F (BLK)
M655 A M655 / A M655 B M655 / B
(RED) (YEL) (BLU) (ORG)
1 2 3 4
Nip Release Solenoid 2
(ORG) (BLK)
M632 A M632/ACOM M632 /A M632 B M632/BCOM M632/ B
(RED) (YEL) (BLU) (ORG)
2
(ORG) (BLK)
(RED) (BLK) (YEL) (BLU) (WHT) (ORG)
M655 A M655 / A M655 B M655 / B 1 2 3 4
Nip Release Solenoid 1
(RED) (BLK) (YEL) (BLU) (WHT) (ORG)
1 2 3 9 10 11
(RED) (BLK) (YEL) (BLU) (WHT) (ORG)
NC NC
PDA6 PDA6 1 16 2 3 4 1011 12 8 9 M631 B M631/BCOM M631/ B
1
Feed Motor 3
(RED) (BLK) (YEL) (BLU) (WHT) (ORG)
E
(RED) (BLK) (YEL) (BLU) (WHT) (ORG)
B
Feed Motor 2
D
(CN_ST) (CN_ST_rtn) M631 A M631/ACOM M631/ A
20.7.9
(BLK) (BLK) (RED) (BLK) (YEL) (BLU) (WHT) (ORG)
20.7 Printer/Processor Wiring Diagrams PDA23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram (1/2) 11 12
F608 F609
1 2 3 F608 F608 1 2 3 1 2 3 F609 F609 1 2 3
13 15 17 14 16 18 19 21 23 20 22 24
13 15 17 14 16 18 19 21 23 20 22 24
Paper Exit Section PDA23 Circuit Board (1/2)
PDA19 PDA19 2 3 7 1 9 8 11 10 6 12 4 5
JNF2 JNF2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1213 14 15 16 17 1819 20 21 2223 24 25 26 2728 29 30 3132 33 34 3536 37 38 3940
G
21 2223 24 25 26 2728 29 30 3132 33 34 3536 37 38 3940 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1213 14 15 16 17 1819 20
20-65
20.7 Printer/Processor Wiring Diagrams PDA23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram (2/2) 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
11
2 3
4 5
4 5
2 3
Lower Magazine Paper Supply Motor
P+24V GND Feed Section Cooling Fan 3 Sensor Signal
P+24V GND Feed Section Cooling Fan 4 Sensor Signal
F606
F607
7 8 9 10 11 12
1 6
1 2 3 8 9
7 8 9 10 11 12
1 6
1 2 3 8 9
4 10 11 5 6 7 12 13 14 JFUK2 JFUK2 4 10 11 5 6 7 12 13 14
4 10 11 5 6 7 12 13 14 JFUK1 JFUK1 4 10 11 5 6 7 12 13 14
1 2 3 F607 F607 1 2 3
1 3 2 4 JMAG3 JMAG3 1 3 2 4
1 3 2 4 JMAG4 JMAG4 1 3 2 4
1 2 3
1 6 2 3 4 5 JMAG1 JMAG1 1 6 2 3 4 5
(RED) (BLK) (WHT)
1 3 4 6 M620 M620 1 3 4 6
1 3 4 6 M610 M610 1 3 4 6
1 2 3 4 5 6 M651 M651 1 2 3 4 5 6
1 4 3 F606 F606 F606 4 1 2
(RED) (BLK) (WHT)
1 2 3 8 9
JHA1 JHA1 15 16 17 18
M620
4 5 6 JFAN3 JFAN3
1 2 3
4 5 6
(RED) (BLK) (WHT)
15 16 17 18
M610
(RED) (BLK) (WHT)
9 10 11 12 13 14
9 10 11 12 13 14
7 8
1 2 3 8 9
5 6 7 8 9 10
(BLK) (RED) (ORG) (YEL) (BLU)
5 6
5 6 7 8 9 10 JHA3 JHA3
JRE1 JRE1 1 2 3 4
(BLK) (RED) (ORG) (YEL) (BLU)
(ORG) (BLK) 2 4
(RED) (BLK) (YEL) (BLU) (WHT) (ORG)
(ORG) (BLK)
2 4
1 3
(BLK)
(ORG) (BLK) 7 8
1 3
17 1819 20
1 2 3 4 5 JFUK3 JFUK3 1 2 3 4 5
1 5 4 3 2 6 M630 M630 1 5 4 3 2 6
(RED) (BLK) (YEL) (BLU) (WHT) (ORG)
(ORG) (BLK) 5 6
17 1819 20
11 12 13 14 15 16
(ORG) (BLK)
(RED) (YEL) (BLU) (ORG) 1 2 3 4
11 12 13 14 15 16
(ORG) (BLK)
9 10 JRE3 JRE3 9 10
(RED) (YEL) (BLU) (ORG)
7 8
(RED) (YEL) (BLU) (ORG)
7 8
5 6
(RED) (BLK) (YEL) (BLU) (WHT) (ORG)
5 6
1 2 3 4
1 2 M601 M601 1 2
(RED) (BLK) (YEL) (BLU) (WHT) (ORG)
(ORG) (BLK)
1 2 3 4
C
1 2 M600 M600 1 2
1 4 3 6 M641 M641 1 4 3 6
1 5 4 3 2 6 M640 M640 1 5 4 3 2 6
1 2 S641 S641 1 2
(ORG) (BLK)
1 2 S640 S640 1 2
(RED) (YEL) (BLU) (ORG)
1 4 3 6 M642 M642 1 4 3 6
M651
(RED) (YEL) (BLU) (ORG)
M630
(RED) (YEL) (BLU) (ORG)
Feed Motor
M601
Upper Magazine Paper Supply Motor
Lower Cutter Driver Motor
M600
(RED) (YEL) (BLU) (ORG)
Upper Cutter Driver Motor
M641
(BLK) (RED) (YEL) (BLU) (ORG)
Registration Tilt Motor
M640
Soft Nip Motor
Feed Motor
S641
(RED) (BLK) (YEL) (BLU) (WHT) (ORG)
Nip Release Solenoid 2
S640
1 2 3 4 5 M650 M650 1 2 3 4 5
(RED) (BLK) (YEL) (BLU) (WHT) (ORG)
Nip Release Solenoid 1
M642
M650
(BLK) (RED) (ORG) (YEL) (BLU)
Nip Release Motor 1
B
Sub-scanning Feed Motor
A
1 3 2 4 JMAG2 JMAG2 1 3 2 4
1 2 3
4 JFAN2 JFAN2 4 1 2 3
5 6 7
5 6 7
(RED) (BLK) (WHT)
3 4 5
8 9 10
F607 F607_rtn F607_err
1 2 6 7
(RED) (BLK) (WHT)
(RED) (YEL) (BLU) (ORG)
1 6 2 3 4 5 PDA3 PDA3
F606 F606_rtn F606_err
(BLK) (BLK) (RED) (YEL) (BLU) (ORG)
(RED) (BLK) (YEL) (BLU) (WHT) (ORG)
PDA20 PDA20 M620 A M620 / A M620 B M620 / B
(CN_ST) (CN_ST_rtn) M610 A M610 / A M610 B M610 / B
M651 A M651 ACOM M651 / A M651 B M651 BCOM M651 / B
M650 M650 M650 M650 M650
Paper Supply/Feed Section
Registration Section
4 10 11 5 6 7 12 13 14 PDA11 PDA11 NC NC NC
(BLK) (RED) (ORG) (YEL) (BLU) 1 2 3 8 9
A B C D E
(BLK) (BLK) 1 8
M601 M601_rtn
M600 M600_rtn
M641 A M641 / A M641 B M641 / B
M640 A M640 ACOM M640 / A M640 B M640 BCOM M640 / B
2 3 4 5 6 7 PDA5 PDA5
PDA4 PDA4
PDA9 PDA9 NC
2 4
(CN_ST) (CN_ST_rtn)
(ORG) (BLK) 1 3
(RED) (BLK) (YEL) (BLU) (WHT) (ORG)
(RED) (YEL) (BLU) (ORG) 7 8 9 10
M630 A M630 ACOM M630 / A M630 B M630 BCOM M630 / B
(RED) (BLK) (YEL) (BLU) (WHT) (ORG) 1 2 3 4 5 6
(ORG) (BLK)
(ORG) (BLK) 7 8 9
S641 S641_rtn
(ORG) (BLK) 5 6 PDA10 PDA10 S640 S640_rtn
1 2 3 4
M642 A M642 / A M642 B M642 / B
(RED) (YEL) (BLU) (ORG)
D
Magazine Drive Section
Sub-scanning Section
E PDA23 Circuit Board (2/2)
B1 B2 B3 B4
B47 B48 B49 B50 A1 A2 A3 A4
A47 A48 A49 A50
B1 B2 B3 B4
PDA1 PDA1
B28 B29 B30 A1 A2 A3
A28 A29 A30
PDA2 PDA2
F
A1 A2 A3 A4
CTL13 CTL13 A47 A48 A49 A50 B1 B2 B3 B4
CTL14 CTL14 B47 B48 B49 B50
A1 A2 A3 A4
A28 A29 A30 B1 B2 B3
G CTL23 Circuit Board
H
20-66
CTL23 Circuit Board
B28 B29 B30
H 2 3 8 4 5 CN602 CN602
1 5 2 3 6 JSO11 JSO11 1 5 2 3 6
M700_Driver 6 12 5 11
(ORG) (BLK)
8 4 9 JSO7 JSO7 8 4 9
4 7 8
1 4 2 3 5 6 JSO15 JSO15 1 4 2 3 5 6 6 12 5 11
4 7 8 1 2 JSO4 JSO4 6 12 5 11 JSO5 JSO5
5 10 7 14 6 13 5 12
5 10 7 14 6 13 5 12
JPR10 JPR10
5 12 JSO1 JSO1 5 12
JSO12 JSO12
(Continued to *A)
1 2
PDB11 PDB11 2 3 4 6 7 8
E
1 8 2 3 4 9 10 11
1 8 2 3 4 9 10 11
1 2 3 4 5 6 JSO2 JSO2 1 2 3 4 5 6
1 8 2 3 4 9 10 11
1 8 2 3 4 9 10 11
JSO9 JSO9 1 2 3 5 6 7 4 8 JSO6 JSO6 1 2 3 5 6 7 4 8
1 7 2 3 4 8 9 10
1 7 2 3 4 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 JSO10 JSO10 1 2 3 4 5 6
1 7 2 3 4 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 JSO13 JSO13
3 4
JPR3 JPR3
1 12 2 3 4 5 6
1 16 1 12 2 3 4 5 6
PDB7 PDB7 6 13 7 14 8 15 1 16 1 11 2 3 4 5
5 6 7 8 9
5 6 7 8 9
7 8 9 10 11
7 8 9 10 11
6 7 8 9 10
PDB6 PDB6 1 2 3 4 5 6
JSO12 JSO12
6 12 5 11
6 12 5 11
2 4 JSO14 JSO14 1 3
2 4 1 3
3 4 JSO6 1 2
1 2 S770 S770 1 2
(RED) (BLK) (YEL) (BLU) (WHT) (ORG)
1 5
3 4
1 2
3 4 8 PU724(D728) PU724(D728) 3 4 8
S770 M770 M771
Print Exit Drive Motor
PDB10 PDB10 8 15
1 2
PSR Replenisher Pump
9
(RED) (BLK) (YEL) (BLU) (WHT) (ORG)
JPR9 JPR9
1 2
(ORG) (BLK)
1 16
1 2 F704 F704 1 2
(ORG) (BLK)
8 15
F705
1 4 3 F705 F705 F705 4 1 2
(RED) (BLK) (BLU)
F704
(RED) (BLK) (BLU)
Processing Solution Tank Exhaust Fan
S724
(RED) (BLK) (BLU)
?
S723
(ORG) (BLK)
P1WR Water Replenishment Valve
S722
(ORG) (BLK)
Dryer Entrance Rack Auto Washing Valve
S721
Processor Exhaust Fan
Crossover Rack Rear Auto Washing Valve
S720
+5V GND D728(PU724)
7 14
7 15 8 16
(ORG) (BLK)
Crossover Rack Front Auto Washing Valve
PU720
(ORG) (BLK)
7 14
(ORG) (BLK)
7 15 8 16 (ORG) (BLK)
Replenisher Cartridge Washing Pump
S730
PU724 PU724_rtn
(ORG) (BLK)
6 13
(ORG) (BLK)
P2RB Replenisher Cartridge Washing Valve
S729
F705 F705_rtn
(ORG) (BLK)
6 14
1 2 S724 S724 1 2
F704 F704_rtn
(BLK) (BLK)
6 14
(CN_ST) (CN_ST_rtn)
(BLK)
(ORG) (BLK)
5 13
M771 A M771 ACOM M771 / A M771 B M771 BCOM M771 / B
(BLK) (BLK)
(ORG) (BLK)
P2RA Replenisher Cartridge Washing Valve
S728
(ORG) (BLK)
2 4
(RED) (BLK) (YEL) (BLU) (WHT) (ORG)
(ORG) (BLK)
4 8
(CN_ST) (CN_ST_rtn)
(ORG) (BLK)
P1R Replenisher Cartridge Washing Valve
S731
Dryer Section Drive Motor
6 13
3 7
8
Feeding Path Switching Solenoid
6 13
7 14
(ORG) (BLK)
P1R Replenisher Stirring Valve
M720
(ORG) (BLK)
7 14
4 8
4 8
7
(ORG) (BLK)
4 8
(ORG) (BLK)
(ORG) (BLK)
Cartridge Opening Drive Motor
6
(RED) (BLK) (YEL) (BLU) (WHT) (ORG)
1 3
3 7
S724 S724_rtn
5 12
(ORG) (BLK)
(ORG) (BLK)
(ORG) (BLK)
(ORG) (BLK)
S720-S723 S720-S723
M770 A M770 ACOM M770 / A M770 B M770 BCOM M770 / B
4 11
6 13
(RED) (BLK) (YEL) (BLU) (WHT) (ORG)
PDB8 PDB8 (ORG) (BLK)
(ORG) (BLK)
(ORG) (BLK) 4 11 5 12
(ORG) (BLK)
(ORG) (BLK)
5 12
(RED) (BLK) (YEL) (BLU) (WHT) (ORG)
7 4 11
5 13
(RED) (BLK) (YEL) (BLU) (WHT) (ORG)
7
1 5 2 3 6
5
(RED) (BLK) (YEL) (BLU) (WHT) (ORG)
1 5 2 3 6
1 12 5 10
10
4 12
(RED) (BLK) (YEL) (BLU) (WHT) (ORG)
2 3 9
3 11
S723 S723_rtn
10 11
4 12
S770 S770_rtn
8 9 10
2 6
(ORG) (BLK)
6 7 2 3 9
3 11
S722 S722_rtn
9 10
S721 S721_rtn
7 8 10
M811 M811_rtn
2 3 9
11 12 13
10
S720 S720_rtn
11 12 13
1 5
(ORG) (BLK)
1 12 (ORG) (BLK)
PDB9 PDB9 4 9
1 2 9
10 2 6
(RED) (BLK) (YEL) (BLU) (WHT) (ORG)
1 6 2 3 7
9 10
1 5
(ORG) (BLK)
1 6 2 3 7
3 9 12
4
(ORG) (BLK)
1 6 2 3 7 8
1 2 9
M812 M812_rtn
7 8
(ORG) (BLK)
(WHT) (ORG) (BLK)
(ORG) (BLK) 9 10
GND(D)
(WHT) (ORG) (BLK)
9 10
(WHT) (ORG) (BLK)
(ORG) (BLK) 7 8
4 1 2 3 PU720 PU720 4 1 2 3
(ORG) (BLK)
3 9 12
4 8
+24V GND
4 8
PU720_ON
3 7
(ORG) (BLK)
S728-S731 S728-S731
(ORG) (BLK)
1 12
2 6
M810 M810_rtn
4 5 (ORG) (BLK)
2 3 JPR2 JPR2
7 8
(ORG) (BLK)
5 6
3 7
(ORG) (BLK)
JPR1 JPR1 (ORG) (BLK)
5 6
(ORG) (BLK)
1 12 JPR8 5 6
S730 S730_rtn
2 3 4 5 6 JPR8
NC NC
2 3 4
S729 S729_rtn
3 4
(ORG) (BLK)
1 2
(ORG) (BLK)
(ORG) (BLK)
3 4
S728 S728_rtn
(ORG) (BLK)
1 5
+24V GND F760_ON D764 GND GND
(ORG) (BLK)
(ORG) (BLK)
B 1 2
2 6
(ORG) (BLK)
JSO3 JSO3
(ORG) (BLK) (RED) (BLU) (BLK)
S731 S731_rtn
(ORG) (BLK)
1 5
(ORG) (BLK)
4 10 5 11 6 JM7-2 JM7-2 4 10 5 11 6 (ORG) (BLK) (RED) (BLU) (BLK)
4 10 9 11 6 JM7-1 JM7-1 4 10 9 11 6
3
(ORG) (BLK)
3 1 2 4 5 CN601 CN601 (ORG) (BLK)
1 2 M720 M720 1 2
(ORG) (BLK)
1 7 2 8 PDB12 PDB12 5 4 10 9 11 6 (CN_ST) (CN_ST_rtn)
(BLK)
2
(ORG) (BLK)
1 7 2 8 (BLK) (BLK)
1 14
M720 M720_rtn
(CN_ST) (CN_ST_rtn)
D
(ORG) (BLK) (RED) (BLU) (BLK)
2 7 3 8 GND M700_ON M700_DIR GND M700_ER(iuput) M700_CLK 1 14
(BLK) (BLK)
NC
A
(ORG) (BLK) (RED) (BLU) (BLK)
(BLK)
2 7 3 8 (YEL) (BLU) (BLK) (GRY) (WHT)
2 7 3 8
(YEL) (BLU) (BLK) (GRY) (WHT)
+24V GND +5V GND
C
(YEL) (BLU) (BLK) (GRY) (WHT)
(BLK) (ORG) (RED) (BLK)
1
(ORG) (BLK) (RED) (BLU) (BLK)
G (BLK) (ORG) (RED) (BLK)
20.7.10
ON/OFF DIR GND REOUT CLK
(BLK) (ORG) (RED) (BLK)
F
NC 24V GND 5V GND
20.7 Printer/Processor Wiring Diagrams PDB23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram (1/2) 10 11
*A 1 7 2 3 4 8 9 10
1 7 2 3 4 8 9 10
12
PU724(D728)
5 6 7
5 6 7
PDB3 PDB3
PDB23 Circuit Board (1/2)
*B
JSO13 JSO13 1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6 M770 M770 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 M771 M771 1 2 3 4 5 6
6
(Continued to *B)
F760
20-67
H
20-68 G CTL23 Circuit Board (ORG) (WHT) (BLK)
5 6 7
2 3 4 5 6 7
PDB13 PDB13 1 2 PDB14 PDB14 3 1 2 4
1 2 JPWB1 JPWB1 1 2
(ORG) (WHT) (BLK)
2 3 4
1 20
1 PDB15 PDB15 2 6 5 8 7 3 4
F 1 2 3 4 JPWB2 JPWB2 1 2 3 4 1 5
1 5
2 6 3 7 JPWB3 JPWB3 2 6 3 7 4 8
+24V PU705_ON GND
1 20
1 18
(ORG) (WHT) (BLK)
(ORG) (WHT) (BLK)
7 8 9
+24V31 GND-24V3 +24V32 GND-24V3
1 18
15 16 17
(ORG) (WHT) (BLK)
7 8 9
4 5 6
(ORG) (BLK) (ORG) (BLK)
(ORG) (WHT) (BLK)
4 5 6
1 2 3
(ORG) (WHT) (BLK)
1 2 3
12 14 16
+24V PU704_ON GND
15 16 17
7 8
(ORG) (WHT) (BLK)
12 14 16
15
(ORG) (BLK)
(ORG) (WHT) (BLK)
(ORG) (WHT) (BLK)
15
11 13
(ORG) (BLK)
(ORG) (WHT) (BLK)
11 13
5 7 9
+24V PU703_ON GND
7 8
10 12 14
(ORG) (WHT) (BLK)
(ORG) (WHT) (BLK)
5 7 9
+24V11 GND-24V1 +24V12 GND-24V1 +24V21 GND-24V2 +24V22 GND-24V2
(ORG) (WHT) (BLK)
(ORG) (WHT) (BLK)
10 12 14
+24V PU702_ON GND
PDB5 PDB5 (ORG) (WHT) (BLK)
(ORG) (WHT) (BLK)
PS2 Circulation Pump
PS3 Circulation Pump
PS4 Circulation Pump
PU700 PU701 PU702 PU703 PU704 PU705
1 2 3 PU700 PU700 1 2 3 1 2 3 PU701 PU701 1 2 3 1 2 3 PU702 PU702 1 2 3 1 2 3 PU703 PU703 1 2 3 1 2 3 PU704 PU704 1 2 3 1 2 3 PU705 PU705 1 2 3
P2 Circulation Pump
PS1 Circulation Pump
P1 Circulation Pump
P2RB Replenisher Pump
9
To PWR10
CTL12 CTL12 A48 A49 A50 B1 B2 B3 A48 A49 A50 +24V02 GND-24V0 +24V03 GND-24V0
5 6
1 2 3 4 8 5 6 7 PU723(D727) PU723(D727) 1 2 3 4 8 5 6 7
(ORG) (BLK) (ORG) (BLK)
B48 B49 B50 A1 A2 A3 PDB1 PDB1 1 2 3 4 8 5 6 7 PU722(D726) PU722(D726) 1 2 3 4 8 5 6 7
8
(ORG) (BLK) (ORG) (BLK)
9 11 13
PU723(D727)
+24V PU701_ON GND
3 4
(ORG) (WHT) (BLK)
2
JHO2 JHO2 (BLK)
PU722(D726)
7
D+5V2_MC GND-5MC
E 6
+24V PU700_ON GND
5 6
(BLK) (BLK)
5 6
9 11 13
JPR13 JPR13
(RED) (BLK) (BLU)
PU721(D725)
1 4 3 F703 F703 F703 4 1 2
(CN_ST) (CN_ST_rtn)
9 11 13
3 4
(BLK) (BLK)
3 4
2
(RED) (BLK) (BLU)
F703
1 4 3 F702 F702 F702 4 1 2
(CN_ST) (CN_ST_rtn)
2
8 9
(RED) (BLK) (BLU)
8 10
(ORG) (BLK)
P2RA Replenisher Pump
F702
1 4 3 F701 F701 F701 4 1 2
+5V GND D727(PU723)
8 10
2 4 6
(ORG) (BLK)
2 4 6
1 3
(ORG) (BLK)
1 3
7 8 (RED) (BLK) (BLU)
P1R Replenisher Pump
5
PU723 PU723_rtn
7 8
5 6
(RED) (BLK) (BLU)
(ORG) (BLK)
5 6
(RED) (BLK) (BLU)
(RED) (BLK) (BLU)
P+24V GND PS4 Processing Solution Tank Heater Cooling Fan Sensor Signal
F701
1 4 3 F700 F700 F700 4 1 2 1 2 3 4 8 5 6 7 PU721(D725) PU721(D725) 1 2 3 4 8 5 6 7
+5V GND D726(PU722)
(ORG) (BLK)
8 9
6 7
(ORG) (BLK)
(ORG) (BLK)
JHO4 JHO4
(RED) (BLK)
P+24V GND PS1/2/3 Processing Solution Tank Heater Cooling Fan Sensor Signal
F700
P+24V GND P2 Processing Solution Tank Heater Cooling Fan Sensor Signal
4
PU722 PU722_rtn
(RED) (BLK) (BLU)
8 9
6 7
(RED) (BLK) (BLU)
6 7
+5V GND D725(PU721)
4 5 PDB2 PDB2 (ORG) (BLK)
2 3 4 5 JHO1 JHO1 4 5
(ORG) (BLK)
1 10
NC
3 4 (RED) (BLK)
P+24V GND P1 Processing Solution Tank Heater Cooling Fan Sensor Signal
3
PU721 PU721_rtn
2 3 (RED) (BLK)
(RED) (BLK)
3 4
1 2
F703 F703_rtn
2 3
1 10 (RED) (BLK)
(RED) (BLK)
(RED) (BLK)
1 2
F702 F702_rtn
1 10 (RED) (BLK)
(RED) (BLK) JHO3 JHO3
(RED) (BLK)
B
F701 F701_rtn
(BLK)
2
To PWR9
A1 A2 A3 A4 (RED) (BLK)
1
To PWR9
(RED) (BLK)
B1 B2 B3 B4 (RED) (BLK)
D (BLK) (BLK)
A
F700 F700_rtn
(CN_ST) (CN_ST_rtn)
20.7 Printer/Processor Wiring Diagrams PDB23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram (2/2) 10 11
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
10 11 12 13 14 15
C 16 17 18
8 9 10 JPR12 JPR12 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1718 19
11 12 13 14 15 16 1718 19
10 12 14 7 8 15 16 17 1 18 1 20 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 PDB4 PDB4 11 12 13 14 15 16 1718 19
PDB23 Circuit Board (2/2)
PDB16 PDB16 3 1 2 4
4 8 1 3 2 4 JPWB4 JPWB4 1 3 2 4
B48 B49 B50
12
21. APPENDIX 21.1
Adjustment Jigs ................................................................................... 21-2
21.1.1 21.1.2
21.2
Required Adjustments after Parts Replacement .............................. 21-5
21.2.1 21.2.2 21.2.3 21.2.4 21.2.5 21.2.6 21.2.7
21.3
Auto Film Carrier NC100AY .................................................................................. 21-2 LP5700 .................................................................................................................... 21-4
Auto Film Carrier NC100AY .................................................................................. 21-5 Scanner .................................................................................................................. 21-6 Paper Supply and Feed Sections......................................................................... 21-7 Exposure Section .................................................................................................. 21-7 Processing Solution Replenishment System ..................................................... 21-8 Sorter ...................................................................................................................... 21-8 Power Supply/Electrical Equipment/Control Section ........................................ 21-8
Index ...................................................................................................... 21-9
21 21-1
21.1 Adjustment Jigs 21.1.1 No.
Auto Film Carrier NC100AY Name and Shape
1
Carrier Extension Cable
2
Nest Section Locating Jig
Part Number
Purpose
Refer to
136C1042200
Connect it between the carrier and the scanner to enable input, output and operation checks to be carrier out.
5.5.17
347C1034425
Use this jig to align the nest section against the IX240 film feed lane.
7.3.4
Use this jig to align the 135 entrance guide against the 135 film feed lane.
7.3.4
Optical axis adjustment (Menu 0345)
5.4.11
Optical magnification calibration (Menu 0346)
5.4.12
Focus calibration (Menu 0347)
5.4.13
EZ1810
Z2557
3
135 Entrance Guide Locating Jig
4
Focusing Chart Jig
Z2570
899C21562A0
Z2214
21-2
21.1 Adjustment Jigs
No.
Name and Shape
Part Number
5
Spectral Calibration Chart (for reversal)
6
Spectral Calibration Chart (for negative)
Purpose
Refer to
610C895788
Spectral calibration (Menu 0348)
5.4.14
899C21478A0
Spectral calibration (Menu 0348)
5.4.14
EZ1815
EZ1815
21 21-3
21.1 Adjustment Jigs 21.1.2 No.
LP5700 Name and Shape
Part Number
1
Back Printer Head Clearance Adjusting Jig
2
Exposure Section Frame Locating Jigs
Purpose
Refer to
332D889498
Back printer head clearance adjustment
11.2.21
310C1023994
Locating the exposure section frame
12.3.1
136C1059989
Connection between the power supply 20.6.1 connector and the DC power supply bracket to enable DC power to be checked.
359D1062656
For auto washing pump output measurement.
EZ1814
CD1026
3
Power Input Extension Cable
Z21082A
7
Measuring Cup
LZ1118
21-4
5.7.2
21.2 Required Adjustments after Parts Replacement 21.2.1 No.
Auto Film Carrier NC100AY Replacement Parts
Subsection
Adjustment Item
Menu
Refer to
1
MR22 (Magnetic Reading Circuit Board
7.1.2
(1) Magnetic Reading Adjustment
–
7.2.10
2
IX240 Leading End/Trailing End/Bar Code Sensor (D116P/L) (LEE23 Circuit Board)
7.1.4/ 7.2.17
(1) Machine Data Writing
0443
7.1.18
3
135 Leading End Sensor (D101P/ L)(LEE22/DTG23 Circuit Board)
7.1.5/ 7.2.16
(1) Machine Data Writing
0443
7.1.18
4
135 Downstream Perforation Sensor (D103P/L)(LEE22/DTE22 Circuit Board)
7.1.6/ 7.2.7
(1) Machine Data Writing
0443
7.1.18
5
LBF23 Circuit Board
7.1.8
(1) Machine Data Writing
0443
7.1.18
6
Pressure Cover Hinge
7.1.14
(1) Level Adjustment
–
7.1.14
7
Pressure Mask
7.1.15
(1) Pressure Mask Height Adjustment
–
7.1.15
8
IX240 Leading End/Trailing End/Bar Code Sensor (D116P/L) (LEE23 Circuit Board)
7.1.4
(1) Machine Data Writing
0443
7.1.18
9
Feed Section Unit
7.2.1
(1) 135/IX240 Lane Change Phase Adjustment
–
7.3.5
10
Feed Motor (M101)
7.2.4
(1) Belt Tension Adjustment
–
7.2.4
11
Reading Head Opposite Roller
7.2.9
(1) Magnetic Reading Adjustment
–
7.2.10
12
DTB23 Circuit Board
7.2.18
(1) Machine Data Writing
0443
7.1.18
13
DTF23 Circuit Board
7.2.19
(1) Machine Data Writing
0443
7.1.18
14
DBF23 Circuit Board
7.2.20
(1) Machine Data Writing
0443
7.1.18
15
Nest Section Unit
7.3.3
(1) 135/IX240 Lane Change Phase Adjustment (2) Nest Section-to-Feed Section Alignment Adjustment (3) 135 Entrance Guide-to-Feed Section Alignment Adjustment (4) Data Writing after Nest Section Unit Replacement
–
7.3.5
–
7.3.4
–
7.3.4
0451
7.3.3
(1) 135 Entrance Guide-to-Feed Section Alignment Adjustment (2) 135/IX240 Lane Change Phase Adjustment
–
7.3.4
–
7.3.5
16
135 Entrance Guide
7.3.5
17
CYA23 Circuit Board
7.4.6
(1) Machine Data Reading after CYA23 Circuit board Replacement
0446 0451
7.4.6
18
NC100AY Carrier Unit
7.4.7
(1) (2) (3) (4)
0321 0420 0450 –
5.4.3 5.5.2 5.5.19 –
19
Carrier Base ASSY
7.6.2
(1) Optical Axis Adjustment (2) Focus Position Adjustment (3) Mask Position Adjustment
0345 0321 0420
5.4.11 5.4.3 5.5.2
Focus Position Adjustment Mask Position Adjustment Film Carrier ID Setup/Delete Scanner Correction
21 21-5
21.2 Required Adjustments after Parts Replacement 21.2.2
Scanner
No.
Replacement Parts
Subsection
Adjustment Item
Menu
Refer to
1
Monitor
6.1.1
(1) Monitor Screen Adjustment (2) Monitor Adjustment
– 0222
– 5.3.4
2
Power Supply Unit
9.1.4
(1) Voltage Adjustment
–
9.1.5
3
GIE23 Circuit Board
9.2.5
(1) Device Driver Installation
–
3.5.2
4
GMB23 Circuit Board
9.2.7
(1) Program Download
–
8.2.17
5
Main Control Unit
9.3.1
(1) (2) (3) (4)
Device Driver Installation System Software (A1) Reinstallation Optional Software Installation Backup for Refreshing
– – – –
3.5.2 4.3 – 3.5.3
6
HDD (Hard Disk)
9.3.3
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
OS Recovery Device Driver Installation System Software (A1) Reinstallation Optional Software Installation Backup for Refreshing
– – – – –
3.5.1 3.5.2 4.3 – 3.5.3
7
Main control Unit Backup battery
9.3.4
(1) CMOS Setup and Date/Time Setting
–
9.3.4
8
CLE23 Circuit Board
8.1.2
(1) Program Download (2) Parameter Download
– 0350
8.2.17 5.4.16
9
CTB23 Circuit Board
8.2.7
(1) Program Download (2) Parameter Download
– 0350
8.2.17 5.4.16
10
CPZ23 Circuit Board
8.2.8
(1) Program Download (2) Parameter Download
– 0350
8.2.17 5.4.16
11
CCD Unit
8.2.9
(1) Parameter Download (Use FD Attached to CCD unit) (2) AD Timing Adjustment (3) OFD Voltage Adjustment (4) Gray Pixel Detection (5) Optical Axis Adjustment (6) Optical Magnification Calibration (7) Focus Calibration (8) Focus Position Adjustment (9) LED Light Amount Adjustment (10)Mask Position Adjustment (11)Scanner Correction
0350
5.4.16
0351 0351 0351 0345 0346 0347 0321 0349 0420 –
5.4.17 5.4.17 5.4.17 5.4.11 5.4.12 5.4.13 5.4.3 5.4.15 5.5.2 –
12
LED23 Circuit Board
8.1.2
(1) LED Light Amount Adjustment (2) Spectral Calibration
0349 0348
5.4.15 5.4.14
13
Lens Unit
8.2.13
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
Lens Registration Optical Axis Adjustment Optical Magnification Calibration Focus Calibration Focus Position Adjustment LED Light Amount Adjustment Mask Position Adjustment Scanner Correction
0344 0345 0346 0347 0321 0349 0420 –
5.4.10 5.4.11 5.4.12 5.4.13 5.4.3 5.4.15 5.5.2 –
14
Lens Home Position Sensor (D202)
8.2.11
(1) Optical Magnification Calibration (2) Focus Calibration (3) Focus Position Adjustment
0346 0347 0321
5.4.12 5.4.13 5.4.3
15
Lens Drive Motor (M202)
8.2.12
(1) Optical Magnification Calibration (2) Focus Calibration (3) Focus Position Adjustment
0346 0347 0321
5.4.12 5.4.13 5.4.3
16
Conjugate Length Variable Motor (M201)
8.2.14
(1) Optical Magnification Calibration (2) Focus Calibration (3) Focus Position Adjustment
0346 0347 0321
5.4.12 5.4.13 5.4.3
17
Conjugate Length Variable Section Home Position Sensor (D201)
8.2.15
(1) Optical Magnification Calibration (2) Focus Calibration (3) Focus Position Adjustment
0346 0347 0321
5.4.12 5.4.13 5.4.3
21-6
21.2 Required Adjustments after Parts Replacement
No. 18
Replacement Parts Conjugate Length Variable Gear/Rack
21.2.3
Subsection 8.2.16
Adjustment Item (1) Optical Magnification Calibration (2) Focus Calibration (3) Focus Position Adjustment
Menu 0346 0347 0321
Refer to 5.4.12 5.4.13 5.4.3
Paper Supply and Feed Sections
No.
Replacement Parts
Subsection
Adjustment Item
Menu
Refer to
1
Paper Magazine
—
(1) Paper Magazine Feeding Fine Adjustment
0520
5.6.1
2
Cutter Unit
11.1.12 11.1.15
(1) Sensor Calibration (Initial) (2) Feeding Position Sensor Fine Adjustment (3) Image Position Initial Setting
0558 0553
5.6.25 5.6.21
0554
5.6.22
3
Cutter/Feed Unit
11.1.2
(1) Sensor Calibration (Initial) (2) Feeding Position Sensor Fine Adjustment (3) Image Position Initial Setting (4) Paper Magazine Feeding Fine Adjustment
0558 0553
5.6.25 5.6.21
0554 0520
5.6.22 5.6.1
(1) Back Printer Head Clearance Adjustment (2) Image Position Initial Setting (3) Paper Magazine Feeding Fine Adjustment
—
11.2.21
0554 0520
5.6.22 5.6.1
4
Back Printing/Feed Unit
11.2.1
5
Back Printer Head
11.2.18
(1) Back Printer Head Clearance Adjustment
—
11.2.21
6
Platen
11.2.15
(1) Back Printer Head Clearance Adjustment
—
11.2.21
7
Registration Unit
11.3.1
(1) Image Position Initial Setting
0554
5.6.22
21.2.4 No. 1
Exposure Section Replacement Parts
Laser Optical Unit
Subsection 12.2.3
Adjustment Item
Menu
Refer to
(1) G Laser (SHG) Optimal Temperature Setup (2) Main Scan/Laser Beam Sync. Rough Adjustment (3) Laser Beam Sync. Fine Adjustment Print (4) Image Position Initial Setting
0522
5.6.2
0547
5.6.15
0548
5.6.16
0554
5.6.21
2
Laser Optical Unit Air Filter
12.2.1
(1) Filter Replacement History
0552
5.6.20
3
Sub-scanning Unit
12.3.1
(1) Sensor Calibration (Initial) (2) Image Position Initial Setting
0558 0554
5.6.25 5.6.22
4
Exposure Section Entrance Paper Sensor (D650)/ Exposure Position Paper Sensor (D653)
12.3.9
(1) Sensor Calibration (Initial)
0558
5.6.25
12.3.10
21 21-7
21.2 Required Adjustments after Parts Replacement 21.2.5
Processing Solution Replenishment System
No.
Replacement Parts
Subsection
Adjustment Item
Menu
Refer to
1
PSR Filter
16.2.7
(1) Pump Output Measurement/Setting (2) Auto Cleaning Output Measurement/ Setting
0620 0621
5.7.2
2
PSR Pump (PU724)
16.2.4
(1) Pump Output Measurement/Setting
0620
5.7.1
3
PSR Pump Valve
16.2.5
(1) Pump Output Measurement/Setting
0620
5.7.1
4
PSR Pump Bellows
16.2.6
(1) Pump Output Measurement/Setting
0620
5.7.1
5
Auto Washing Pump (PU720)
16.3.1
(1) Auto Cleaning Output Measurement/ Setting
0621
5.7.2
6
P1R/P2RA/P2RB Filter
16.2.1
(1) Pump Output Measurement/Setting
0620
5.7.1
7
P1R/P2RA/P2RB Pump (PU721/PU722/PU723)
16.2.2
(1) Pump Output Measurement/Setting
0620
5.7.1
8
PSR Tank
16.2.10
(1) INSTALLATION "91 PSR AIR EXT."
—
1.2
9
P1R/P2RA/P2RB Tank
16.2.11
(1) INSTALLATION "92 MIX REPL. (2) INSTALLATION "93 PUMP AIR EXT."
—
1.2
21.2.6 No.
5.7.1
Sorter Replacement Parts
Subsection
Adjustment Item
Menu
Refer to
1
SU1400AY Sorter Drive Motor (M810)
18.4.5
(1) Sorter Tray Stop Position Adjustment
—
18.4.5
2.
SU2400AY Sorter Tray Stop Position Sensor (D810)
18.6.2
(1) Sorter Tray Stop Position Adjustment
—
18.6.9
21.2.7 No.
Power Supply/Electrical Equipment/Control Section Replacement Parts
Subsection
Adjustment Item
Menu
Refer to
1
GMC23 Circuit Board
19.3.4
(1) Program download
—
19.3.7
2
DC Power Supply Unit
19.4.4
(1) DC Voltage Inspection
—
20.6.1
3.
GIE23 Circuit Board
19.3.3
(1) Device Driver Installation
—
3.5.2
21-8
21.3 Index 0 [MENU] Item.........................................................1-7 1 [STARTUP CHK.] Item..........................................1-8 135 Downstream Perforation Sensor (D103)/ DTE22 Circuit Board Replacement ..................7-37 135 Downstream Perforation Sensor LED (D103L)/ LEE22 Circuit Board Replacement...................7-11 135 Entrance Guide Brush Replacement .............7-62 135 Entrance Guide Removal/Reinstallation.........7-61 135 Feed Roller Replacement ..............................7-12 135 Leading End Sensor (D101P)/ DTG23 Circuit Board Replacement..................7-42 135 Leading End Sensor LED (D101L)/ LEE22 Circuit Board Replacement...................7-11 135/120 Diffusion Box Sensor (D301/D302) Replacement ......................................................8-4 135/IX240 Feed Lane Position Sensor (D129/D130) Replacement...............................7-71 135/IX240 Lane Change Phase Adjustment .........7-59 2 [END CHK.] Item ................................................1-10 3 [LANGUAGE] Item .............................................1-11 4 [CHECK] Item.....................................................1-12 5 [SELECT FUNC.] Item ........................................1-13 6 [PRINT COND.] Item ..........................................1-14 7 [SPECIAL PRINT] Item .......................................1-15 8 [SYSTEM] Item ...................................................1-16 9 [INSTALLATION] Item ........................................1-19
Back Printing Entrance Nip Roller Replacement .................................................. 11-32 Back Printing Entrance/Cutter Exit Feed Roller Drive Gear Replacement ............................... 11-27 Back Printing Exit Feed Roller Replacement...... 11-30 Back Printing Exit Guide Plate Removal/ Reinstallation .................................................. 11-30 Back Printing Format (0226)................................. 5-36 Back Printing Head Clearance Adjustment........ 11-38 Back Printing Head Inspection............................... 2-9 Back Printing Head Replacement ...................... 11-36 Back Printing Middle Feed Roller Replacement .................................................. 11-29 Back Printing Middle/Exit Nip Roller Replacement .................................................. 11-31 Back Printing Section ......................................... 11-23 Back Printing Surface Side Guide Plate Replacement .................................................. 11-34 Back Printing Unit Drive Gear Replacement ...... 11-37 Back Printing Unit Removal/Reinstallation.......... 11-37 Back Printing/Feed Unit Removal/ Reinstallation .................................................. 11-23 Back Surface Side Upper Cutter Entrance Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation ............... 11-21 Backup for Refreshing........................................ 3-194 Block Diagrams .................................................. 20-18 Bottom Cover Removal/Reinstallation .................. 7-73 Box Cover and Circuit Board Holder Removal/Reinstallation ....................................... 9-9 Built-in Circuit Breaker Replacement ................... 19-3
[A] AC Power Supply Bracket Removal/ Reinstallation ....................................................19-4 AC Power Supply Wiring Diagram ......................20-53 Accumulated Production Information (0127) ........5-13 Adjustment Jigs ....................................................21-2 AF Function Setup (0323) .....................................5-45 Anti-dust Fan 1/2/3 (F610/F611/F612) Replacement ..................................................12-10 AOM Driver Replacement .....................................12-6 APPENDIX .............................................................21-1 ATX23 Circuit Board Replacement .....................19-14 Auto Chain Tensioner Removal/Reinstallation ....14-27 Auto Cleaning Output Measurement/Setting (0621) .............................................................5-122 Auto Film Carrier Inspection....................................2-4 Auto Film Carrier NC100AY............... 20-4, 21-2, 21-5 Auto Film Carrier NC100AY (Pressure Cover Section)....................................7-9 Auto Film Carrier NC100AY Wiring Diagram.......20-32 Auto Washing and P1R Stirring System ..............16-23 Auto Washing Pump (PU720) Replacement .......16-23 Auxiliary Power Supply (SPS23 Circuit Board) Replacement ....................................................19-7
[C] Cam Follower (Rubber Bearing) Replacement .... 2-12 Carrier Adjustment/Maintenance (04) .................. 5-69 Carrier Base Assembly Removal/Reinstallation ... 7-94 Carrier Base Section............................................. 7-92 Carrier Base Slider Guide Replacement ................ 2-5 Carrier Base Slider Rail Cleaning ........................... 2-5 Carrier Cover Removal/Reinstallation................... 7-70 Carrier Inclination Display (0342) ......................... 5-50 Carrier Lock Assembly Removal/Reinstallation.... 7-96 Carrier Lock Sensor (D208) Replacement ........... 7-96 Cartridge Holder Assembly Replacement............ 7-65 Cartridge Opening Motor (M720) Replacement... 16-8 Cartridge Release Lever Assembly Replacement .................................................... 7-66 Cartridge Set Box Removal/Reinstallation............ 16-7 CCD Adjustment (0351) ....................................... 5-65 CCD Data Display (0343) ..................................... 5-51 CCD Unit Removal/Reinstallation ......................... 8-14 CD-ROM Drive Inspection ...................................... 2-7 Chain Tension Adjustment.......................18-38, 18-50 Circuit Board Layout Diagrams ...............20-26, 20-44 Circuit Protector (CP1 to CP6) Replacement ....... 19-9 Circulation Pump Inspection ................................ 2-15 CLE23 Circuit Board Replacement ........................ 8-4 Clear Error Log (0141).......................................... 5-16 Command (9942)................................................ 5-140 Conjugate Length Variable Gear/Rack Replacement .................................................... 8-22
[B] B Laser (B-LD) Data (0545) ................................5-105 Back Printer Head Replacement ............................2-9 Back Printing Drive Gear Replacement ..............11-35 Back Printing Entrance Feed Roller Replacement ..................................................11-28 Back Printing Entrance Guide Plate Removal/ Reinstallation ..................................................11-33
21-9
21
21.3 Index Conjugate Length Variable Motor (M201) Replacement ....................................................8-20 Conjugate Length Variable Section Home Position Sensor (D201) Replacement...............8-21 Connecting Grounding Wristband ........................9-15 Connection to Imaging Controller (0100)................5-6 Connector Cover Removal/Reinstallation ...........11-13 Control Circuit Board Bracket Removal/ Reinstallation ..................................................19-24 Control Section....................................................19-23 Control Section Exhaust Fan 1 to 5 (F600 to F604) Replacement ..........................19-30 Control Section Exhaust Fan Bracket Removal/Reinstallation ...................................19-32 Cover/Lower Bracket Removal/Reinstallation .....18-29 CPZ23 Circuit Board Replacement.......................8-12 Crossover Rack/Dryer Entrance Rack Auto Washing Nozzle Inspection ..............................2-14 Crossover Racks ...................................................14-4 CTB23 Circuit Board ...........................................3-164 CTB23 Circuit Board +24V System.....................3-165 CTB23 Circuit Board Replacement.......................8-12 CTL23 Circuit Board Replacement .....................19-23 CTL23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram..................20-56 Custom Button Regist/Save (1023) .....................5-136 Custom Setting Regist/Delete (0225)....................5-28 Cutter Inspection.....................................................2-9 Cutter/Feed Section ..............................................11-6 Cutter/Feed Unit Removal/Reinstallation ..............11-6 CYA23 Circuit Board Replacement ......................7-74 CYB23Circuit Board Replacement .......................7-81
[D] Dark Correction/Bright Correction (0340) .............5-47 Data Backup (0122) ................................................5-9 Data Download (0562) ........................................5-119 Data Saving (0561) .............................................5-118 DBF23 Circuit Board Replacement.......................7-44 DC Power Supply Bracket Removal/ Reinstallation ..................................................19-19 DC Power Supply Section ...................................19-19 DC Power Supply System LED Indication...........20-39 DC Power Supply Unit Fuses and LEDs .............20-24 DC Power Supply Unit Replacement ..................19-21 DC Power Supply Voltage Adjustment................20-22 DC Voltage Check List ............................ 20-23, 20-35 Device Driver Installation ....................................3-189 DI Manager Administrative Setting (0124) ............5-11 Distribution Entrance Unit .....................................13-6 Distribution Entrance Unit Removal/ Reinstallation ....................................................13-8 Distribution Home Position Sensor (D661) Replacement ..................................................13-29 Distribution Roller Replacement..........................13-33 Distribution Section Connector Cover Removal/Reinstallation .....................................13-7 Distribution Section Drive Standby Sensor (D669) Replacement ......................................13-40 Distribution Section Nip Release System/ Roller Inspection...............................................2-13
21-10
Distribution Section Paper Sensor (Front: D664P/ Center: D660P/Rear: D665P) Replacement... 13-36 Distribution Section Paper Sensor LED (Front: D664L/Center: D660L/Rear: D665L) Replacement .................................................. 13-37 Distribution Slide Motor (M661) Replacement.... 13-32 Distribution Timing Belt Replacement ................ 13-30 Distribution Unit .................................................. 13-23 Distribution Unit Removal/Reinstallation............. 13-23 DISTRIBUTION/PRINTER EXIT SECTION............. 13-1 Drive Belt Replacement...........................10-16, 13-36 Drive Bracket Removal/Reinstallation................. 14-29 Drive Gear Replacement .........................11-11, 13-17 Drive Gear with Torque Limiter Replacement .... 13-40 Drive Pulley Replacement .................................... 10-4 Drive Sprocket/Gear Replacement..................... 14-30 Dryer Belt Unit ...................................................... 17-3 Dryer Belt Unit Open/Close Detecting Interlock Switch (D762B) Replacement .......................... 17-5 Dryer Belt Unit Removal/Reinstallation ................. 17-3 Dryer Entrance Rack Disassembly/Reassembly .. 14-5 Dryer Exit Unit....................................................... 18-9 Dryer Exit Unit Removal/Reinstallation ............... 18-10 Dryer Exit Unit Right Cover Removal/ Reinstallation .................................................... 18-9 Dryer Exit Unit Top Cover Removal/ Reinstallation .................................................... 18-9 Dryer Fan Cover Removal/Reinstallation ............ 17-14 Dryer Fan (F760) Replacement .......................... 17-15 Dryer Fan/Heater Section ................................... 17-14 Dryer Feed Roller Drive Belt Replacement........... 17-9 Dryer Feed Roller Replacement ........................... 17-9 Dryer Heater Assembly (H760 to H767) Replacement .................................................. 17-17 Dryer Heater Safety Thermostats 1/2 (D760A/B) Replacement ................................ 17-16 Dryer Mesh Belt Inspection .................................. 2-21 Dryer Mesh Belt/Roller Replacement ................... 17-3 Dryer Rack Removal/Reinstallation ...................... 17-6 Dryer Rack Section............................................... 17-6 DRYER SECTION.................................................. 17-1 Dryer Section Drive Motor (M770) Replacement .................................................. 18-16 Dryer Section Open/Close Detecting Interlock Switch (D762A) Replacement .......................... 17-8 Dryer Temperature Abnormality ......................... 3-172 Dryer Thermometer (TS760) Replacement......... 17-16 Dryer Unit Exit Roller Replacement .................... 17-12 Dryer Unit Exit Turn Roller Replacement ............ 17-10 Dryer Unit Lock Assembly Replacement............ 17-13 DTB23 Circuit Board Replacement ...................... 7-43 DTF23 Circuit Board Replacement....................... 7-44 Dummy Head Opposite Roller Replacement ....... 7-45 Dummy Head Replacement ................................. 7-17
[E] ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS ..................... 20-1 Electrical Parts and Circuit Board Layout Diagrams........................................................ 20-15 ELECTRICAL SECTION ........................................ 19-1
21.3 Index Emulsion Surface Guide Plate Removal/ Reinstallation ..................................................13-53 Emulsion Surface Side Upper Cutter Exit Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation ..........................11-20 Entrance Back Surface Guide Plate Removal/ Reinstallation ..................................................13-54 Entrance Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation.....11-53 Error Indication Outline ...........................................3-2 Error Information Check (0123).............................5-10 Exit Back Surface Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation ...................................13-54 Exit Feed Belt Replacement................................17-13 Exit Feed Roller Replacement.............................11-22 Exit Feed Roller/Guide Plate Replacement .........13-55 Exit Nip Roller Replacement ...............................13-53 Exit Nip Roller/Lower Magazine Entrance Nip Roller Replacement ........................................11-17 Exit Side Feed Roller Replacement ....................13-42 Exit Side Upper and Lower Guide Plate Replacement ..................................................11-49 Explorer (9941)....................................................5-139 Exposure Point Thermometer (TS650) Replacement ..................................................12-15 EXPOSURE SECTION ...........................................12-1 Exposure Section ..................................................21-7 Exposure Section Entrance Paper Sensor (D650P)/Exposure Position Paper Sensor (D653P) Replacement ....................................12-25 Exposure Section Entrance Paper Sensor LED (D650L)/Exposure Position Paper Sensor LED (D653L) Replacement ....................................12-26
[F] Fan Bracket Removal/Reinstallation .....................12-4 Feed Belt/Belt Drive Roller Replacement............18-32 Feed Belt/Feed Belt Drive Roller Replacement ..18-27 Feed Guide Plate Replacement ..........................11-17 Feed Motor 1 (M630) Replacement ....................11-11 Feed Motor 2 (M631) Replacement ....................11-28 Feed Motor 3 (M632) Replacement ....................11-26 Feed Motor 4 (M640) Replacement ....................11-43 Feed Motor 5 (M660) Replacement ....................13-35 Feed Motor (M101) Replacement .........................7-32 Feed Roller 1 Drive Gear Replacement ..............11-55 Feed Roller Drive Belt Replacement ...................18-17 Feed Roller Drive Gear Replacement .................13-20 Feed Roller Replacement ...................................13-19 Feed Roller Rotation Sensor (D135)/ SSE23 Circuit Board Replacement...................7-37 Feed Roller/Belt Replacement ..............................7-48 Feed Section Cooling Fan 1 (F605) Replacement ..................................................19-34 Feed Section Cooling Fan 2 (F606) Replacement ..................................................13-45 Feed Section Cooling Fan 3 (F607) Replacement ..................................................13-45 Feed Section Cooling Fan 4 (F608) Replacement ....................................................12-5 Feed Section Cooling Fan 5 (F609) Replacement ....................................................12-5
21-11
Feed Section Cooling Fan Cover Removal/Reinstallation ................................... 13-44 Feed Section Paper Sensor (D633) Replacement .................................................. 11-24 Feed Section Unit Removal/Reinstallation............ 7-26 Feeding Path Switch Position Sensor (Large Size)(D776) Replacement .................. 18-15 Feeding Path Switching paper Sensor LED (Rear/Center/Front) (D770L/D771L/D772L)/ Lower Exit Paper Sensor LED (Rear/Center/Front) (D773L/D774L/D775L) Replacement .................................................. 18-12 Feeding Path Switching Paper Sensor (Rear/Center/Front)(D770P/D771P/D772P) Replacement .................................................. 18-13 Feeding Path Switching Solenoid (S770) Replacement .................................................. 18-14 Feeding Position Sensor Fine Adjustment (0553) ............................................................. 5-111 Film Carrier ......................................................... 3-163 Film Carrier ID Setup/Delete (0450) ..................... 5-88 FILM CARRIER SECTION ....................................... 7-1 Filter Replacement History (0552) ...................... 5-111 Fine Adjustment of the Print Mag.Setting (0241).. 5-39 Fixing Bracket Installation..................................... 8-29 Flexible Cable (CYA23 to JNC23) Replacement.. 7-50 Flexible Cable (LBF23 to JNC23) Replacement... 7-24 Flexible Cable Replacement ................................ 7-82 Floppy Disk Drive Inspection.................................. 2-6 Focus Calibration (0347) ...................................... 5-57 Focus Position Adjustment (0321)........................ 5-43 Frame Removal/Reinstallation ............................ 12-18 Front Cover Removal/Reinstallation........................ 9-3 Front Entrance Feed Roller Replacement .......... 13-50 Front/Rear Entrance Nip Roller Replacement .... 13-52
[G] G Laser (G-SHG) Data (0544) ............................ 5-104 G Laser (SHG) Optimal Temperature Setup (0522) ............................................................... 5-96 GDM23 Circuit Board Replacement................... 19-14 Gear Bracket Replacement .................................. 7-62 GEP23/GIE23/GPR23 Circuit Board Replacement .................................................. 19-12 GIA23 Circuit Board Replacement ....................... 9-10 GIE23 Circuit Board Replacement ....................... 9-10 GMB23 Circuit Board Replacement ..................... 9-11 GMC23 Circuit Board Replacement................... 19-13 GPA23 Circuit Board Replacement...................... 9-11 GSR23 Circuit Board Replacement........................ 9-9 Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation.................... 18-18
[H] Hard Disk Replacement ....................................... 9-18 Harness Cover Removal/Reinstallation ................ 7-42 Heater Cooling Fan (F700 to F703) Replacement .................................................... 15-7 Heater Safety Thermostat (D700 to D703) Replacement .................................................... 15-8 Help (21)/Self-Diagnostics (Scanner)(22)/ Self-Diagnostics (Printer)(23) ......................... 5-139
21
21.3 Index [L]
Holiday File Regist/Delete (1022)........................5-136 Hose Connection ................................................15-14
[I] Image Control Box ..............................................19-10 Image Control Box Circuit Board Wiring Diagram ..........................................................20-64 Image Control Box/Cover Removal/ Reinstallation ..................................................19-10 Image Control Section Cooling Fan (F620) Replacement ..................................................19-11 Image Correction Setup (0240).............................5-39 Image Export Settings (0101) .................................5-6 Image Position and Tilt Fine Adjustment (0527) ...5-98 Image Position Initial Setting (0554)....................5-112 Image Processing Block Diagram ......................20-19 Image Processing Circuit Board Box Removal/Reinstallation .......................................9-7 Image Processing Circuit Board Expansion .........9-12 Image Processing Circuit Board Section ................9-7 Image Processing Section Adjustment/ Maintenance (07)............................................5-133 Image Processing Section Cooling Fan (F321) Replacement ....................................................9-12 Image Processing Section Function Setting (0741) ............................................................5-134 Image Processing Section Information Display (0720) ................................................5-133 Image Processing Section I/O Check (0740) .....5-133 Image Scanning Method (0300) ...........................5-42 Index Conditions (0227)........................................5-38 Indicator Lamp (L/P101)/LEH23 Circuit Board Replacement ....................................................7-69 Input Check (0320) ...............................................5-43 Input Extension Cable Connection .....................20-34 Installation Information Reference (0126) .............5-13 Installation Information Setup (0140) ....................5-15 I/O Check (0341)...................................................5-49 I/O Parts Diagrams................................................20-2 IPI Sensor (D121)/SSA23 Circuit Board Replacement ....................................................7-63 IX240 Dust Removal Roller Replacement .............7-15 IX240 Feed Roller Replacement ...........................7-14 IX240 Leading End/Trailing End/Bar Code Sensor (D116P)/DTE23 Circuit Board Replacement ....................................................7-43 IX240 Leading End/Trailing End/Bar Code Sensor LED (D116L)/LEE23 Circuit Board Replacement ....................................................7-10 IX240 Lower Dust Removal Roller Replacement ..7-40
[J] JNC23 Circuit Board Replacement.......................7-36 JND23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram .................20-59 JNE23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram..................20-61
[K] Keyboard (D131~D134)/MSC22 Circuit Board Replacement ....................................................7-68
21-12
Lane Change Lever/Arm Replacement ................ 7-46 Laser Beam Sync. Fine Adjustment Print (0548) ............................................................. 5-107 Laser Exposure Check (0542)............................ 5-104 Laser History Display (0549) .............................. 5-109 Laser Optical Unit............................................... 12-10 Laser Optical Unit Air Filter Replacement .......... 12-10 Laser Optical Unit Removal/Reinstallation ......... 12-11 LBF23 Circuit Board Replacement....................... 7-13 LDD Circuit Board/AOM Driver Section................ 12-3 LDD23 Circuit Board Replacement ...................... 12-7 LDD23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram ................ 20-63 LDD/AOM Cooling Fan (F614A/B) Replacement .................................................... 12-6 Leakage Breaker (LB1 to LB3) Replacement....... 19-8 LED Heater (LH311/LH312)/Light Source Temperature Sensor (D311) Replacement ........ 8-6 LED Light Amount Adjustment (0349) .................. 5-61 LED23 Circuit Board Replacement ........................ 8-7 Left Cover Interlock Switch 1/2 (D681A/D681B) Replacement ....................... 19-32 Left Cover Removal/Reinstallation........................ 11-6 Left Lower Cover Removal/Reinstallation ........... 19-19 Left-hand Front Cover Removal/Reinstallation ..... 7-52 Lens Cleaning......................................................... 2-4 Lens Drive Motor (M202) Replacement................ 8-18 Lens Home Position Sensor (D202) Replacement .................................................... 8-17 Lens Registration (0344) ...................................... 5-53 Lens Unit Replacement ........................................ 8-19 Light Box (Optional) Replacement ......................... 6-6 Light Box (Optional) Switch Replacement.............. 6-7 Light Source Assembly Removal/Reinstallation ..... 8-5 Light Source Section .............................................. 8-3 Light Source Section Exhaust Fan (F311) Replacement ...................................................... 8-8 Light Source Unit Removal/Reinstallation............... 8-3 Load Harness Replacement................................. 7-70 Lock Arm Replacement ...................................... 7-100 Lock Release Arm Replacement ........................ 7-100 Lock Release Shaft Disassembly/Reassembly .... 7-98 Louver Removal/Reinstallation ............................. 12-5 Low Volume Processing Setup (0622) ............... 5-124 Lower Connector Cover Removal/Reinstallation .. 15-7 Lower Cutter Feed Roller Replacement ............. 11-18 Lower Cutter Unit Removal/Reinstallation .......... 11-16 Lower Exit Paper Sensor (Rear/Center/Front) (D773P/D774P/D775P) Replacement ............ 18-13 Lower Magazine Drive Unit Removal/ Reinstallation .................................................. 10-15 Lower Magazine Paper Sensor (D632P) Replacement .................................................. 11-12 Lower Magazine Paper Sensor LED (D632L) Replacement .................................................. 11-15 Lower Magazine Setting Lever Cover Removal/ Reinstallation .................................................... 10-9 Lower Magazine Setting Lever Lock Arm Replacement .................................................. 10-10
21.3 Index Lower Magazine Setting Lever Removal/ Reinstallation ....................................................10-9 Lower Magazine Table..........................................10-9 Lower Magazine Table Unit Removal/ Reinstallation ..................................................10-10 Lower Sensor Bracket Removal/Reinstallation .....11-9 LP5700 ..................................................................21-4
MRH23 (Magnetic Reading Head) Circuit Board Replacement ........................................... 7-9 MSB23 Circuit Board Replacement...................... 7-84 Multi-film Carrier MFC10AY .................................. 20-6 Multi-film Carrier MFC10AY (Optional) ................. 7-81 Multi-film Carrier MFC10AY Wiring Diagram ...... 20-33 MWH20 (Magnetic Writing Head) Circuit Board Replacement ......................................... 7-10
[M] Machine Data Writing............................................7-25 Magazine Door Hinge Opening/Closing ...............13-6 Magazine Door Interlock Switch (D680A/B) Replacement ..................................................10-17 Magazine Drive Unit/Interlock Switch .................10-14 Magazine Moving Cam Roller Replacement.........10-7 Magazine Roller Release Arm Replacement ........10-3 Magazine Table Lift Cam Roller Replacement....10-11 Magnetic Reading Adjustment .............................7-39 Magnetic Reading Head (D124) Replacement ....7-17 Magnetic Writing Head (MG101) Replacement....7-18 Main Control Unit ..................................................9-14 Main Control Unit Left-hand Cover Removal/ Reinstallation ....................................................9-15 Main Control Unit Replacement ............................9-14 Main Scan/Laser Beam Sync. Rough Adjust (0547) .............................................................5-106 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION ........................2-1 Maintenance and Inspection Procedures ...............2-4 MAINTENANCE MENU ...........................................5-1 Maintenance Schedule ...........................................2-2 Mask Cover Gear Replacement............................7-86 Mask Position Adjustment (0420)..........................5-69 Mask Table Lock Unit Replacement .....................7-90 Mask Table Lock Unit Spring Replacement..........7-91 Mask Table Slider Position Sensor (D486) Replacement ....................................................7-85 MENU TABLE ..........................................................1-1 Menu Table .............................................................1-6 Message Icon .........................................................3-2 Message Number....................................................3-2 MESSAGES AND ACTIONS ....................................3-1 Messages and Actions ...........................................3-3 MFC10AY Focus Offset Adjustment (0442) ..........5-80 MFC10AY Input Check (0422) ..............................5-72 MFC10AY Installation Information Display (0445) ...............................................................5-83 MFC10AY Installation Information Setup (0447) ...5-85 MFC10AY I/O Check (0449) .................................5-88 MFC10AY Monitor Frame Ratio Setup (0426) .......5-77 MFC10AY Working Information Display (0424).....5-75 Monitor ....................................................................6-3 Monitor Adjustment (0222)....................................5-24 Monitor Replacement ..............................................6-3 Monotone Correction Setting (0224) .....................5-27 Motherboard Backup Battery Replacement .........9-16 Motor Driver Bracket Removal/Reinstallation......14-26 Motor Driver Replacement ..................................14-27 Mouse Cleaning ......................................................2-4 Mouse Replacement ...............................................6-4 Mouse/Keyboard/Light Box (Optional)....................6-4
21-13
[N] NC100AY Body Section........................................ 7-70 NC100AY Feeding Operation Check (0455) ........ 5-93 NC100AY Fixed Feeding Setup (0400) ................ 5-69 NC100AY Focus Offset Adjustment (0441) .......... 5-79 NC100AY Input Check (0421) .............................. 5-71 NC100AY Installation Information Display (0444) ............................................................... 5-83 NC100AY Installation Information Setup (0446) ... 5-84 NC100AY I/O Check (0448) ................................. 5-86 NC100AY Lower Feed Section ............................. 7-26 NC100AY Machine Data Setup (0451)................. 5-90 NC100AY Magnetic Information Reading (0452) ............................................................... 5-91 NC100AY Magnetic Verify (0453)......................... 5-92 NC100AY Monitor Frame Ratio Setup (0425)....... 5-76 NC100AY Nest Section......................................... 7-52 NC100AY Nest Section Operation Check (0454) ............................................................... 5-93 NC100AY Sensor Calibration (0440) .................... 5-78 NC100AY Sensor Calibration Information (0443) ............................................................... 5-81 NC100AY Unit Replacement ................................ 7-80 NC100AY Working Information Display (0423) .... 5-73 Nest Section Cover Removal/Reinstallation ......... 7-52 Nest Section Unit Removal/Reinstallation............. 7-53 Nest Section/135 Entrance Guide-to-Feed Section Alignment Adjustment ......................... 7-56 New Installation .................................................... 4-26 Nip Release Home Position Sensor 1 (D642) Replacement .................................................. 11-40 Nip Release Home Position Sensor 2 (D655) Replacement .................................................. 13-10 Nip Release Home Position Sensor 3 (D656) Replacement .................................................. 13-15 Nip Release Home Position Sensor (Front: D662/ Rear: D663) Replacement ............................. 13-24 Nip Release Mechanism (before exposure) Inspection ........................................................ 2-11 Nip Release Motor 2 (M655) Replacement ........ 13-12 Nip Release Motor 3 (M656) Replacement ........ 13-16 Nip Release Motor 4 (Front) (M662) Replacement .................................................. 13-26 Nip Release Motor 4 (Rear) (M662) Replacement .................................................. 13-27 Nip Release Solenoid 1 (S631) Replacement .... 11-25 Nip Release Solenoid 2 (S632) Replacement .... 11-25 Nip Release Solenoid 3 (S640) Replacement .... 11-45 Nip Release Solenoid 4 (S641) Replacement .... 11-45 Nip Release Timing Belt (Front) Replacement ... 13-25 Nip Release Timing Belt (M655 Side) Replacement .................................................. 13-10
21
21.3 Index Nip Release Timing Belt (M656 Side) Replacement ..................................................13-15 Nip Release Timing Belt (Rear) Replacement ....13-27 Nip Roller Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation ...13-41 Nip Roller (M655 Side) Replacement..................13-13 Nip Roller Replacement .............. 13-16, 13-28, 18-24 No.1 Crossover Rack Disassembly/ Reassembly ......................................................14-4 No.2/No.3 Crossover Rack Disassembly/ Reassembly ......................................................14-4 Noise Filter (NF1 to NF3)/Capacitor (C1 to C3) Replacement ....................................................19-8
[O] Operation Keyboard Assembly Removal/ Reinstallation ......................................................6-4 Operation Keyboard Circuit Board Replacement ...6-5 Operation Keyboard Replacement .........................6-5 Operation Panel/Keyboard Circuit Board (KEY23) Replacement ......................................12-8 OPERATION SECTION............................................6-1 Operational Procedure............................................5-4 Optical Axis Adjustment (0345) ............................5-54 Optical Magnification Calibration (0346) ..............5-56 OS Recovery .......................................................3-184 OS Recovery and Backup for Refreshing ...........3-184
[P] P1 to PS4 Solution Thermometer (TS700 to TS703) Replacement ....................................................15-4 P1/P2 Circulation Pump (PU700/PU701) Replacement ..................................................15-10 P1/P2 Roller Replacement ....................................14-9 P1/P2/PS1/PS4 Drive Shaft Removal/ Reinstallation ..................................................14-12 P1/P2/PS1/PS4 Upper Guide Removal/ Reinstallation ....................................................14-6 P1R Stirring Valve/Replenishment Cartridge Washing Valve Diagnostics ............................3-179 P1R Upper/P2RA/B Upper/P1R Lower/P2RA/B Lower Level Sensor (FS720/FS721/FS722/ FS724/FS725/FS726) Replacement................16-17 P1R/P2RA/P2RB Cartridge Washing/P1R Stirring Valve (S728/S729/S730/S731) Replacement ..................................................16-25 P1R/P2RA/P2RB Pump (PU721/PU722/PU723) Replacement ..................................................16-10 P1R/P2RA/P2RB Tank Replacement ..................16-20 PAC23 Circuit Board Bracket Removal/ Reinstallation ....................................................19-7 PAC23 Circuit Board Replacement ......................19-6 PAC23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram .................20-54 Paint (9940) .........................................................5-139 Paper Condition Method Setup (0242) .................5-40 Paper Condition Setup (0200)...............................5-17 Paper Condition Setup Table (LUT) Copy (0550) .............................................................5-109 Paper Feed (0523) ................................................5-97 PAPER FEED SECTION.........................................11-1 Paper Magazine ....................................................10-3
21-14
Paper Magazine Feeding Fine Adjustment (0520) ............................................................... 5-95 Paper Magazine Registration (0221).................... 5-22 Paper Supply and Feed Sections......................... 21-7 PAPER SUPPLY SECTION.................................... 10-1 Paper Supply Section Assembly Replacement.... 10-3 Paper Surfaces Display Setup (0243) .................. 5-41 PDA23 Circuit Board Replacement .................... 19-29 PDA23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram ................ 20-65 PDB23 Circuit Board Replacement .................... 19-29 PDB23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram ................ 20-67 Pipe Slider Inspection........................................... 2-13 Pipe Slider Replacement .................................... 13-38 Platen Replacement ........................................... 11-34 Plug-in Connector Replacement ....... 7-72, 7-88, 7-92 Power Input Section.............................................. 19-3 “POWER” LEDs on the Operation Panel............. 20-37 Power Supply Cooling Fan (F630)/Electrical Equipment Cooling Fan 1/2 (F631A/F631B) Replacement .................................................. 19-31 Power Supply Cord Cleaning ................................. 2-5 Power Supply Section............................................. 9-3 Power Supply Unit Replacement............................ 9-5 Power Supply Voltage Adjustment ......................... 9-6 Power Supply/Electrical Equipment Section ........ 19-4 Power Supply/Electrical Equipment Section Inner Cover Removal/Reinstallation ................. 19-4 Power Supply/Electrical Equipment/Control Section ............................................................. 21-8 Power Switch (D684) Replacement.................... 19-33 Pressure Cover Hinge Replacement .................... 7-19 Pressure Cover Lock Lever Replacement............ 7-47 Pressure Cover Open/Close Detecting Pin Position Adjustment ......................................... 7-23 Pressure Cover Open/Close Sensor (D128) Replacement .................................................... 7-41 Pressure Cover Removal/Reinstallation.................. 7-9 Pressure Mask Replacement................................ 7-22 Print Alignment Motor (M812) Replacement ...... 18-42 Print Alignment Stop Sensor (D814) Replacement .................................................. 18-43 Print Condition Setup and Check (02).................. 5-17 PRINT EXIT SECTION/SORTER............................ 18-1 Print Sending Drive Motor (M771)/Belt Replacement .................................................. 18-25 Print Sending Unit............................................... 18-25 Print Sending Unit Removal/Reinstallation ......... 18-25 Print Size Setup (0220) ......................................... 5-19 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (05) ................... 5-95 Printer Drive Gear/Sprocket Replacement ......... 14-32 Printer Exit Section.............................................. 13-44 Printer Exit Unit Drive Gear Replacement .......... 13-46 Printer Exit Unit Removal/Reinstallation.............. 13-44 Printer Function Select (0528) ............................ 5-100 Printer Input Check (0525) ................................... 5-98 Printer I/O Check (0540)..................................... 5-101 Printer Mechanical Fine Adjustment (0551) ....... 5-110 Printer Operation Data Display (0560) ............... 5-117 Printer Rear Cover Open/Close .......................... 19-23 Printer Right Inner Cover Removal/ Reinstallation .................................................... 13-7
21.3 Index Printer Section (LP5700) .....................................20-16 Printer Section (LP5700SC)...................................20-7 Printer Temperature Display (0524) ......................5-97 Printer Top Cover Removal/Reinstallation.............12-3 Printer/Processor Block Diagram ........................20-20 Printer/Processor DC Power Supply Unit and Circuit Boards.................................................20-34 Printer/Processor Electrical Equipment Block Diagram ..........................................................20-21 Printer/Processor Operation Panel Menu Table......1-6 Printer/Processor Wiring Diagrams .....................20-53 Printing Function Inspection ...................................2-8 Processing Rack Helical Drive Gear Lubrication........................................................2-14 Processing Racks .................................................14-6 PROCESSING SOLUTION CIRCULATION SYSTEM ............................................................15-1 Processing Solution Heater Inspection .................2-15 Processing solution Heater/Circulation Pump Section..............................................................15-7 Processing Solution Level Sensor Cleaning .........2-16 PROCESSING SOLUTION REPLENISHMENT SYSTEM ............................................................16-1 Processing Solution Replenishment System .................................................. 16-10, 21-8 Processing Solution Tank Exhaust Fan 1 (F704) Replacement .......................................15-13 Processing Solution Tank Exhaust Fan 2 (F705) Replacement .......................................15-13 Processing Solution Tank Level Lowering ..........3-176 Processing Solution Temperature Abnormality...3-168 Processing Temperature Setting (0640) .............5-129 Processor Adjustment/Maintenance (06)............5-120 Processor Drive Chain Lubrication .......................2-21 Processor Drive Chain Replacement ..................14-31 Processor Drive Motor (M700) Replacement......14-28 Processor Drive System ......................................14-25 Processor Front Cover Removal/Reinstallation .....15-3 Processor Inner Cover Removal/Reinstallation .....15-4 Processor Input Check (0624) ............................5-127 Processor I/O Check (0642) ...............................5-130 Processor Operating Condition Setup (0625).....5-128 Processor Operation Data Display (0643) ..........5-131 Processor Rear Cover Removal/Reinstallation ...14-25 PROCESSOR SECTION ........................................14-1 Processor Section (LP5700) ...............................20-11 Processor Temperature Calibration (0623).........5-125 Production Information (0120) ................................5-6 Program Download to GMC23 Circuit Board......19-15 Program Downloading to Scanner Circuit Board.....................................................8-25 PS Liquid Concentration Management (0644)....5-131 PS Tank Partition Board ......................................14-20 PS Tank Partition Board Blade/Seal Replacement ..................................................14-20 PS1 to PS4 Circulation Pump (PU702 to PU705) Replacement ..................................................15-11 PS1/PS4 Roller Replacement ..............................14-15 PS2/PS3 Drive Shaft Removal/Reinstallation.......14-12 PS2/PS3 Roller Replacement ..............................14-13 PS2/PS3 Upper Guide Removal/Reinstallation .....14-6
21-15
PS4 Solution Concentration Sensor Cleaning ...... 2-18 PS4 Solution Concentration Sensor (FS706) Replacement .................................................... 15-6 PSR Filter Replacement...................................... 16-16 PSR Level Sensor Inspection ............................... 2-19 PSR Pump Bellows Replacement....................... 16-15 PSR Pump Bracket Removal/Reinstallation........ 16-12 PSR Pump (PU724) Replacement ...................... 16-13 PSR Pump Valve Replacement .......................... 16-14 PSR Tank Replacement...................................... 16-18 PSR Upper/Lower Level Sensor (FS723/FS727) Replacement ......................... 16-16 PWR23 Circuit Board Replacement ................... 19-20 PWR23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram................ 20-55
[R] R Laser (R-LD) Data (0543)................................ 5-104 Rack Auto Cleaning System Diagnostics ........... 3-178 Rack Auto Washing Valve/P1WR Water Replenishment Valve (S720 to S722) Replacement .................................................. 16-24 Reading Head Opposite Roller Replacement ...... 7-38 Rear Cover Removal/Reinstallation ........................ 9-3 Rear Entrance Feed Roller Replacement ........... 13-51 Register/Delete ................................................... 5-135 Registration Section............................................ 11-40 Registration Section Feed Roller 1 Replacement .................................................. 11-53 Registration Section Feed Roller Cleaning........... 2-10 Registration Section Feed Roller Replacement.. 11-46 Registration Section Nip Roller 1 Replacement . 11-54 Registration Section Nip Roller 2 Replacement . 11-47 Registration Section Nip Roller 3/4 Replacement .................................................. 11-48 Registration Section Paper Sensor (D640P) Replacement .................................................. 11-42 Registration Section Paper Sensor LED (D640L) Replacement .................................................. 11-42 Registration Tilt Motor (M641) /Nip Release Motor1 (M642) Replacement ......................... 11-43 Registration Unit Removal/Reinstallation............ 11-40 Regular Maintenance and Inspection Table .......... 2-3 Reinstallation ........................................................ 4-13 Relay (K1 to K5) Replacement ............................. 19-9 Replenisher Box Door Lock Manual Releasing .... 16-9 Replenisher Box Door Open/Close Detecting Interlock Switch (D724) Replacemen .............. 16-3 Replenisher Cartridge Box Upper/Lower Sensor (D722/D723) Replacement .............................. 16-4 Replenisher Cartridge Open Cam/Gear Replacement .................................................... 16-6 Replenisher Cartridge Open Unit Removal/ Reinstallation .................................................... 16-5 Replenisher Cartridge Section ............................. 16-3 Replenisher Cartridge Setting Sensor (D721) Replacement .................................................... 16-3 Replenisher Filter Replacement ......................... 16-10 Replenisher Level Sensor Cleaning ..................... 2-17 Replenisher Pump Output Measurement/ Setting (0620)................................................. 5-120 Replenishment Cartridge Box Malfunction......... 3-166
21
21.3 Index Replenishment Cartridge Opening Malfunction .....................................................3-181 Replenishment Level Sensor Diagnostics ..........3-180 Replenishment Pump Diagnostics ......................3-177 Required Adjustments after Parts Replacement ....................................................21-5 Restoration of Backup for Refreshing .................3-182 Return Action after Replenishment System Error ...................................................3-180 Reversion ..............................................................4-36 Right Cover Removal/Reinstallation ....................14-25 Right-hand, Left-hand and Circuit Board Cover Removal/Reinstallation...........................7-81 Roller Replacement.............................................18-22 Roller/Arm Replacement .......................................7-99 Roller/Feed Belt Replacement ............................18-44 Rubber Flat Belt Replacement ............................12-22
[S] Scanner .................................................................21-6 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (03) ................5-42 Scanner Block Diagram ......................................20-18 Scanner DC Power Supply Unit and Circuit Boards ............................................................20-22 SCANNER ELECTRICAL SECTION.........................9-1 Scanner Parameter Check/Update (0350)............5-63 SCANNER SECTION ...............................................8-1 Scanner Section ......................................................8-9 Scanner Section Bracket Removal/ Reinstallation ....................................................8-11 Scanner Section Cooling Fan (F212) Replacement ....................................................8-10 Scanner Section Exhaust Fan (F211) Replacement ....................................................8-10 Scanner Section Front Cover Removal/ Reinstallation ......................................................8-9 Scanner Section Rear Cover Removal/ Reinstallation ......................................................8-9 Scanner Section (SP-3000) ....................... 20-2, 20-15 Scanner Section Upper Cover Removal/ Reinstallation ......................................................8-9 Scanner (SP-3000) Wiring Diagrams ..................20-29 Scanner Wiring Diagram .....................................20-29 Scan/Scan Home Position Parameter (0546)......5-105 Sensor Calibration (Daily) (0559) ........................5-116 Sensor Calibration (Initial) (0558)........................5-115 Setup and Maintenance Menu Table ......................1-2 Shipping Information Reference (0142) ................5-16 Shop Logo Regist/Delete (1020).........................5-135 Shutter Open/Close Sensor (D674) Replacement ..................................................12-15 Shutter Solenoid (S673) Replacement ................12-14 Shutter/Gear Replacement ...................................8-16 Simple Upgrade ......................................................4-2 Slide Rail Replacement .........................................7-41 Slider Bracket Assembly Replacement.................7-89 Soft Down Damper Replacement........................10-12 Soft Nip Home Position Sensor (D651) Replacement ..................................................12-24 Soft Nip Motor (M651) Replacement...................12-22 Soft Nip Pre-turning Belt Replacement ...............12-27
21-16
SOFTWARE INSTALLATION................................... 4-1 Solenoid (S101) Replacement.............................. 7-38 Solenoid (S480) Replacement.............................. 7-84 Solution Heater (H700 to H703) Replacement ..... 15-9 Solution Hose and Clamp Inspection ................... 2-20 Solution Level Sensor (FS700 to FS705) Replacement .................................................... 15-5 Sorter .................................................................... 21-8 Sorter Cover Removal/Reinstallation .................. 18-34 Sorter Drive Motor (M810) Replacement.18-36, 18-47 Sorter Full Sensor (D811) Replacement ..18-38, 18-50 Sorter Left Upper/Lower Cover Removal/ Reinstallation .................................................. 18-49 Sorter Right Lower Cover Removal/ Reinstallation .................................................. 18-48 Sorter Right Upper Cover Removal/ Reinstallation .................................................. 18-46 Sorter Tray Step Position Adjustment ................. 18-51 Sorter Tray Stop Position Sensor (D810) Replacement .......................................18-35, 18-46 Special Film Channel Setting (0223) .................... 5-25 Special Operations (99)...................................... 5-139 Spectral Calibration (0348)................................... 5-59 Speed Control Motor (M664)/Belt (Front) Replacement .................................................. 13-48 Speed Control Motor (M665)/Belt (Rear) Replacement .................................................. 13-49 Speed Control Section Paper Sensor (Front: D666P/Center: D667P/Rear: D668P) Replacement .................................................. 13-47 Speed Control Section Paper Sensor LED (Front: D666L/Center: D667L/Rear: D668L) Replacement .................................................. 13-47 Spool Gear Replacement ..................................... 7-66 SSB23 Circuit Board Replacement ...................... 7-61 Start Switch (D214) Replacement .......................... 9-4 SU1400AY Sorter................................................ 18-34 SU1400AY Sorter Removal/Reinstallation .......... 18-34 SU1400AY Transversal Sorter ............................ 18-29 SU1400AY Transversal Sorter Removal/ Reinstallation .................................................. 18-29 SU2400AY Sorter................................................ 18-46 SU2400AY Transversal Sorter ............................ 18-39 SU2400AY Transversal Sorter Removal/ Reinstallation .................................................. 18-39 Sub-scan Feeding Speed Adjustment (0555) .... 5-113 Sub-scanning Feed Motor (M650) Replacement .................................................. 12-21 Sub-scanning Section Roller Cleaning................. 2-11 Sub-scanning Soft Nip Fine Adjustment (0557) . 5-114 Sub-scanning Steel Belt Replacement............... 12-19 Sub-scanning Unit .............................................. 12-17 Sub-scanning Unit Removal/Reinstallation......... 12-17 Sub-tank Section .................................................. 15-3 Supply Motor Home Position Sensor (D122)/ SSD23 Circuit Board Replacement.................. 7-63 Supply Motor (M102) Replacement...................... 7-67 SWA20 Circuit Board Replacement ........18-35, 18-48 System Operation Setup and Check (01)............... 5-6
21.3 Index [T] Table Upper Cover Removal/Reinstallation ............6-7 Template Regist/Delete (1021) ...........................5-136 Test Pattern Printing (0541) ................................5-102 Thermohygrometer (HS760) Replacement ...........12-4 Tilt Home Position Sensor (D641) Replacement ..................................................11-41 Tilt Unit Removal/Reinstallation ...........................11-52 Timer Setup (0121) .................................................5-8 Timer Waiting Time Setup (0125)..........................5-12 Timing Belt Replacement ....................................12-21 Transversal Sorter Drive Motor (M811) Replacement ...................................... 18-31, 18-41 Transversal Sorter Lower Cover Removal/ Reinstallation ..................................................18-41 Transversal Sorter Stop Sensor (D813P) Replacement ..................................................18-31 Transversal Sorter Stop Sensor LED (D813L) Replacement ..................................................18-30 Transversal Sorter Stop Sensor/LED (D813P/D813L) Replacement.........................18-40 Transversal Sorter Upper Cover Removal/ Reinstallation ..................................................18-40 Trouble Shooting .................................................3-163
Upper Magazine ID Sensor 1 to 6 (D610 to D615), Open/Close Sensor (D617/D618), Lower Magazine ID Sensor 1 to 6 (D620 to D625), Open/Close Sensor (D627/D628) Replacement .................................................. 11-10 Upper Magazine Paper Sensor (D631) Replacement .................................................. 11-12 Upper Magazine Setting Lever Cover Removal/Reinstallation ..................................... 10-5 Upper Magazine Setting Lever Lock Arm Replacement .................................................... 10-6 Upper Magazine Setting Lever Removal/ Reinstallation .................................................... 10-5 Upper Magazine Table Slide Lock Replacement .................................................... 10-8 Upper Magazine Table Unit Removal/ Reinstallation .................................................... 10-6 Upper Paper Magazine Table .............................. 10-5 Upper Sensor Bracket Removal/Reinstallation..... 11-9 Upper Slide Table/Bracket Removal/ Reinstallation .................................................... 10-7 Upper/Lower Magazine Paper End Sensor (D616/D626) Replacement ............................ 11-10 Upper/Lower Magazine Paper Supply Motor (M610/M620) Replacement ........................... 10-15
[U] Update ....................................................................4-6 Upper and Lower Common use Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation ...................................11-15 Upper Connector Cover Removal/Reinstallation ..15-3 Upper Cutter Feed Roller Replacement..............11-19 Upper Cutter Nip Roller Replacement ................11-21 Upper Cutter Unit Removal/Reinstallation...........11-14 Upper Guide Disassembly/Reassembly ...............14-7 Upper Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation .........13-18 Upper Magazine Drive Unit Removal/ Reinstallation ..................................................10-14
[W] Waste Solution Hose Replacement .................... 15-17 Waste Solution Level Sensor Cleaning................. 2-18 Waste Solution Level Sensor (FS728) Replacement .................................................. 15-15 Waste Solution System ....................................... 15-15 Waste Solution Tank Replacement..................... 15-16 Winding Roller Replacement ................................ 7-30 Winding Unit Removal/Reinstallation.................... 7-30 Working Information Display (0322) ..................... 5-44 Writing Head Opposite Roller Replacement ........ 7-40
[X] X-#### Actions ....................................................... 3-2
21 21-17
FAX : 81-3-5484-0454
Questionnaire concerning This Manual Fujifilm’s Technical Division Photo Products Marketing would be most grateful if you would make copies of this form, then complete and send them to us by FAX. Your opinions will contribute greatly to an accurate assessment of the overall quality of each manual. All questions can be answered by ticking [✓] the appropriate box(es), but in addition to these answers, please provide us with your written comments in the lined spaces following each block of questions. Title : Frontier 570 Ver.1.7 SERVICE MANUAL Servicing and Electrical Circuit Diagrams
Manual Title and Reference Number
Reference Number : PP3-C1053E
Name :
Your Name and Company
Company :
E-mail Address :
Your E-mail Address and FAX Number
Question 1
Question 2
•
FAX Number :
How would you rate this manual overall? (1) Very easy to use and understand
(2) Fairly easy to use and understand
(3) Slightly difficult to use and understand
(4) Very difficult to use and understand
•
Please provide us with your reasons and comments.
•
Have you found any technical errors, errors in spelling, or missing words in this manual? Yes
Question 3
No
•
If you have ticked (Yes), please let us know what these errors and missing words are.
•
How would you rate the writing (language, choice of words/phrases, etc.) and the illustrations/ diagrams, etc.? (1) Clear and easy to follow
(2) Should be simplified
(3) Difficult to follow (1)’ [Illustrations, etc.] Of adequate size (2)’ [Illustrations, etc.] Too small (3)’ [Illustrations, etc.] Difficult to follow •
If you have ticked (2), (3) or (3)’, please give us your reasons.
Additional Comments/ Requests concerning This Manual Please return this questionnaire to :
FAX No. : Tokyo 81-3-5484-0454
FUJI PHOTO FILM CO., LTD. 26-30, Nishiazabu 2-chome, Minato-ku, Tokyo 106-8620, Japan. Printed on Recycled Paper Ref.No.PP3-C1053E TD-04.10-FG Printed in Japan
